BACKGROUND IMAGE
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2016
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
________________________
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from
to
Commission file number: 001 — 31545
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter )
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
RANDFONTEIN OFFICE PARK, CNR WARD AVENUE AND MAIN REEF ROAD,
RANDFONTEIN, SOUTH AFRICA, 1759
(Address of principal executive offices )
Riana Bisschoff, Group Company Secretary
Tel: +27 11 411 6020, riana.bisschoff@harmony.co.za, fax: +27 (0) 11 696 9734,
Randfontein Office Park, CNR Ward Avenue and Main Reef Road, Randfontein, South Africa, 1759
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person )
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Ordinary shares, with nominal value Rand 50 cents per share*
(Title of Class )
American Depositary Shares (as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts),
each representing one ordinary share
(Title of Class )
* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the last full fiscal year covered by
this Annual Report was 437,299,479 ordinary shares, with nominal value of Rand 50 cents per share
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES    NO  
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    YES      NO  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.   YES    NO  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files)**.    YES    NO  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated
filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  
   Accelerated filer        Non-accelerated filer   
Smaller reporting company    
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
US GAAP   
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  
Other  
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to
follow**:
Item 17 
    Item 18 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
YES      NO 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court**.
YES       NO 
**Not applicable to the registrant
BACKGROUND IMAGE
- i -
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
1
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
1
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
1
ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
21
ITEM 4A.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
42
ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
42
ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
68
ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
68
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
69
ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING
71
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
74
ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
82
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
83
PART II
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
85
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS
AND USE OF PROCEEDS
85
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
85
ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
86
ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS
86
ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
86
ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
87
ITEM 16E.
PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED
PURCHASERS
87
ITEM 16F.
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
87
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
87
ITEM 16H.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
87
PART III
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
92
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
92
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
93
SIGNATURE
BACKGROUND IMAGE
- ii -
This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2016 (“ Harmony 2016
Form 20-F ”) of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (“ Harmony ” or the “ Company ”). Certain of the information
in the Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2016 included in Exhibit 15.1 (“ Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 ”)
is incorporated by reference into the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F, as specified elsewhere in this
report, in accordance with Rule 12b-23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).
With the exception of the items so specified, the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is not deemed to be filed as part of the
Harmony 2016 Form 20-F.
Only (i) the information included in the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F, (ii) the information in the Integrated Annual
Report for the 20-F 2016 that is expressly incorporated by reference in the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F and (iii) the
exhibits to the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F that are required to be filed pursuant to the Form 20-F (the “ Exhibits ”), shall
be deemed to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) for any purpose. Any information in the
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 which is not referenced in the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F or filed as an Exhibit,
shall not be deemed to be so incorporated by reference.
Financial and other material information regarding Harmony is routinely posted on and accessible at the Harmony
website, www.harmony.co.za . References in the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F and the Exhibits to the Harmony website,
unless otherwise expressly stated, are not incorporated by reference into this document.
USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of South
Africa. As used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“ Harmony 2016 Form 20-F ”), unless the context otherwise
requires, the terms “ Harmony ” and “ Company ” refer to Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; the term “ South
Africa
” refers to the Republic of South Africa; the terms “ we ”, “ us ” and “ our ” refer to Harmony and, as applicable, its
direct and indirect subsidiaries as a “ Group ”.
In this annual report, references to “ R ”, “ Rand ” and “ c ”, “ cents ” are to the South African Rand, the lawful
currency of South Africa, “ A$ ” and “Australian dollars” refers to Australian dollars, “ K ” or “ Kina ” refers to Papua New
Guinean Kina and references to “ $ ”, “ US$ ” and “ US dollars ” are to United States dollars.
This annual report contains information concerning our gold reserves. While this annual report has been prepared
in accordance with the regulations contained in the SEC’s Industry Guide 7, it is based on assumptions which may prove
to be incorrect. See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—Estimations of Harmony’s gold reserves are based on a
number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price of gold. As
a result, quantities of gold produced may differ from current estimates.”
This annual report contains descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry, including descriptions of
geological formations and mining processes. We have explained some of these terms in the Glossary of Mining Terms
included in this annual report. This glossary may assist you in understanding these terms.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home country. Accordingly,
our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual and interim financial statements are prepared
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards
Board (“ IFRS ”). This annual report includes our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS,
translated into US dollars. All financial information, except as otherwise noted, is stated in accordance with IFRS.
In this annual report, we also present “cash costs”, “cash costs per ounce”, “all-in sustaining costs” and “all-in
sustaining costs per ounce”, which are non-GAAP measures. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or
as alternatives to production costs, cost of sales or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance
with IFRS. The calculation of cash costs, cash costs per ounce, all-in sustaining costs and all-in sustaining costs per
ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies and, by themselves, do not necessarily provide a basis for
comparison with other gold mining companies. For further information, see Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review
and Prospects—Costs—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures”
.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
- iii -
We have included the US dollar equivalent amounts of certain information and transactions in Rand, Kina and A$.
Unless otherwise stated, we have translated: (i) assets and liabilities at the closing rate as reported by Reuters on the last
business day of the period (R14.72 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2016 and R12.16 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2015),
(ii) acquisitions, disposals and specific items such as impairments at the rate prevailing at the dates applicable to such
transactions (iii) income statement items at the average rate for the year (R14.50 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2016, R11.45 per
US$1.00 for fiscal 2015 and R10.35 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2014) and (iv) equity items are translated at historic rates.
Profit from discontinued operations in fiscal 2013 is translated from Rand to US dollars at the average exchange rate for
the eight month period (R8.55 per US$1.00 for the period July 1, 2012 to February 28, 2013). Capital expenditures for
fiscal 2017 have been translated at an exchange rate of R14.00 per US$1.00. By including these US dollar equivalents in
this annual report, we are not representing that the Rand, Kina and A$ amounts actually represent the US dollar amounts,
as the case may be, or that these amounts could be converted at the rates indicated. For further information, see Item
3: “Key Information—Selected Financial Data—Exchange Rates”.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provided by
Section 21E of the Exchange Act and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with
respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive positions,
growth opportunities for existing services, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters.
These include all statements other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, any statements
preceded by, followed by, or that include the words “targets”, “believes”, “expects”, “aims”, “intends”, “will”, “may”,
“anticipates”, “would”, “should”, “could”, “estimates”, “forecast”, “predict”, “continue” or similar expressions or the
negative thereof.
These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects,
revenues and income, wherever they may occur in this annual report and the exhibits to this annual report, are necessarily
estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that
could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence,
these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in
this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections
contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:
      overall economic and business conditions in South Africa, Papua New Guinea, Australia and elsewhere;
      estimates of future earnings, and the sensitivity of earnings to the gold and other metals prices;
      estimates of future gold and other metals production and sales;
      estimates of future cash costs;
      estimates of future cash flows, and the sensitivity of cash flows to the gold and other metals prices;
      statements regarding future debt repayments;
      estimates of future capital expenditures;
      the success of our business strategy, development activities and other initiatives;
      estimates of reserves statements regarding future exploration results and the replacement of reserves;
      the ability to achieve anticipated efficiencies and other cost savings in connection with past and future
        acquisitions;
      fluctuations in the market price of gold;
      the occurrence of hazards associated with underground and surface gold mining;
      the occurrence of labor disruptions;
      power cost increases as well as power stoppages, fluctuations and usage constraints;
      supply chain shortages and increases in the prices of production imports and the availability, terms and
       deployment of capital;
      changes in government regulation, particularly mining rights and environmental regulation;
      fluctuations in exchange rates;
      the adequacy of the Group’s insurance coverage;
      socio-economic or political instability in South Africa, Papua New Guinea, Australia and other countries in
        which we operate.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
- iv -
We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to
reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events,
except as required by law.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
1
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their
entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements, and the notes thereto , set forth beginning on page F-1,
and with Item 3:“Key Information—Risk Factors” and Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home country. Accordingly,
our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual and interim financial statements are prepared
in accordance with IFRS. This annual report includes our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with
IFRS, translated into US dollars. The selected historical consolidated income statement and balance sheet data for the last
five fiscal years are, unless otherwise noted, stated in accordance with IFRS, and has been extracted from the more
detailed information and financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. The financial data as at June 30, 2016
and 2015 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2016, should be read in conjunction with, and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to our audited consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on
page F-1. Financial data as at June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 have been
derived from our previously published consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this document.
Discontinued operations for the periods below include the Evander operations in South Africa. The assets and
liabilities of the Evander operation were classified as held for sale in fiscal 2012 following the signing of a sale of shares
and claims agreement with Pan African Resources plc (“ Pan African ”). The results of this operation have been presented
as a discontinued operation. The reclassifications in respect of discontinued operations were done in terms of IFRS 5 —
Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. The sale of Evander was concluded in fiscal 2013.
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
($ in millions, except per share amounts, cash costs per ounce and all-
in sustaining costs per ounce)
Income Statement Data
Revenue ..............................................
1,264
1,348
1,515
1,803
1,953
Reversal of impairment/(impairment)
of assets .........................................
3
(285)
(135)
(274)
7
Operating profit/(loss) ........................
111
(433)
(146)
(193)
271
Profit/(loss) from associates ...............
(2)
(10)
Profit/(loss) from continuing
operations before taxation .............
109
(436)
(145)
(191)
245
Taxation..............................................
(43)
62
27
(69)
16
Profit/(loss) from continuing
operations ......................................
66
(374)
(118)
(260)
261
Profit/(loss) from discontinued
operations ......................................
36
75
Net profit/(loss) ..................................
66
(374)
(118)
(224)
336
Basic (loss)/earnings per share from
continuing operations (US cents) ..
15
(86)
(27)
(60)
60
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share
from continuing operations (US
cents) .............................................
15
(86)
(27)
(60)
60
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (US
cents) .............................................
15
(86)
(27)
(52)
78
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (US
cents) .............................................
15
(86)
(27)
(52)
78
Weighted average number of shares
434,423,747
433,212,423
431,880,814
430,817,682
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
($ in millions, except per share amounts, cash costs per ounce and all-
in sustaining costs per ounce)
used in the computation of basic
earnings/(loss) per share................
435,738,577
Weighted average number of shares
used in the computation of diluted
earnings/(loss) per share................
446,398,380
438,091,109
434,715,373
432,716,622
432,022,229
Dividends per share (US cents)
(1)
.......
12
14
Dividends per share (SA cents)
(1)
.......
100
100
Other Financial Data
Cash costs per ounce of gold from
continuing operations ($/oz)
(2)
.......
841
1,003
988
1,146
1,101
Total cash costs per ounce of gold
($/oz)
(2)
..........................................
841
1,003
988
1,137
1,086
All-in sustaining costs per ounce of
gold from continuing operations
($/oz)
(2)
..........................................
1,003
1,231
1,222
1,497
1,423
Balance Sheet Data
Assets
Property, plant and equipment ............
2,033
2,430
3,116
3,279
3,992
Assets of disposal groups classified
as held for sale...............................
174
Total assets .........................................
2,515
2,972
3,852
4,221
5,250
Net assets............................................
1,914
2,200
2,925
3,229
4,139
Equity and liabilities
Share capital .......................................
4,036
4,035
4,035
4,035
4,036
Total equity.........................................
1,914
2,200
2,925
3,229
4,139
Borrowings (current and non-current)
159
280
270
254
221
Liabilities of disposal groups held for
sale ................................................
46
Other liabilities ...................................
442
492
657
738
844
Total equity and liabilities ..................
2,515
2,972
3,852
4,221
5,250
(1)
Dividends per share relates to the dividends recorded and paid during the fiscal year.
(2)
Cash costs per ounce and all-in sustaining costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures. Cash costs per ounce and all-
in sustaining cost per ounce have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented. The all-in
sustaining costs per ounce for fiscal 2012 to 2015 have been restated to exclude share-based payments charge.
Changes in cash costs per ounce and all-in sustaining costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as
well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the US dollar. Because cash cost per ounce
and all-in sustaining costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures, these measures should therefore not be considered
by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost of sales, or any other measure of financial
performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. The calculation of cash costs, cash costs per ounce, all-in
sustaining costs and all-in sustaining costs per ounce may vary from company to company and may not be
comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. For further information, see Item 5:“Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects—Costs—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures
”.
Exchange Rates
Unless otherwise stated, balance sheet item amounts are translated from Rand to US dollars at the exchange rate
prevailing on the last business day of the period (R14.72 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2016 and R12.16 per US$1.00 as at
June 30, 2015), except for acquisitions, disposals and specific items such as impairments that are converted at the
exchange rate prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Income statement item amounts that are translated from Rand to
US dollars at the average exchange rate for the period (R14.50 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2016, R11.45 per US$1.00 for
fiscal 2015 and R10.35 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2014). During fiscal 2016, the Rand/dollar closing exchange rate ranged
between R12.24 and R16.87 per US$1.00. Profit from discontinued operations in fiscal 2013 is translated from Rand to
US dollars at the average exchange rate for the eight month period (R8.55 per US$1.00 for the period July 1, 2012 to
February 28, 2013).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
The following table sets forth, for the past five fiscal years, the average and period end rates for Rand expressed in
Rand per US$1.00. The exchange rates are sourced from Reuters, being the closing rate at period end.
As of October 19, 2016, the exchange rate per US$1.00 was R13.83
(1)
.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
Average
(2)
Period End
(1)
2012 ....................................................................................
7.77
8.21
2013 ....................................................................................
8.82
9.98
2014 ....................................................................................
10.35
10.61
2015 ....................................................................................
11.45
12.16
2016 ....................................................................................
14.50
14.72
Month of
High
Low
May 2016............................................................................
15.86
14.26
June 2016............................................................................
15.89
14.40
July 2016 ............................................................................
14.75
13.94
August 2016........................................................................
14.66
13.27
September 2016 ..................................................................
14.59
13.49
October 2016 (through October 19, 2016)..........................
14.36
13.58
(1)
Based on the interbank rate as reported by Reuters.
(2)
The daily average of the closing rate during the relevant period as reported by Reuters.
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between Rand and the US dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the price of
ordinary shares on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (“ JSE ”), which may affect the market price of the American
Depositary Shares (“ ADSs ”) evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ ADRs ”) on the New York Stock Exchange
(“ NYSE ”). These fluctuations will also affect the dollar amounts received by owners of ADSs on the conversion of any
dividends on ordinary shares paid in Rand.
B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.
C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
D. RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information included in this annual report and the exhibits, you should also carefully
consider the following factors related to our ordinary shares and ADSs. There may be additional risks that we do not
currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based on information currently available to us. Although
Harmony has a formal risk policy framework in place, the maintenance and development of which is undertaken on an
ongoing basis so as to help management address systematic categories of risk associated with its business operations,
any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations,
leading to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares or our ADSs. The risks described below may, in
retrospect, turn out to be incomplete and therefore may not be the only risks to which we are exposed. Additional risks
and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we now believe are immaterial (and have therefore not been
included), could also adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. The order of presentation
of the risk factors below does not indicate the likelihood of their occurrence or the magnitude or the significance of the
individual risks. The risks described below could occur individually or cumulatively and intensify in case of a cumulative
occurrence.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
Risks Relating to Our Business and the Gold Mining Industry
The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the
price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and
require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations.
Substantially all of Harmony’s revenues come from the sale of gold. Historically, the market price for gold has
fluctuated widely and been affected by numerous factors, over which Harmony has no control, including:
demand for gold for industrial uses, jewelry and investment;
international or regional political and economic events and trends;
strength or weakness of the US dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally are quoted) and of other
currencies;
monetary policies announced or implemented by central banks, including the US Federal Reserve;
financial market expectations on the rate of inflation;
interest rates;
speculative activities;
forward sales by gold producers;
actual or expected purchases and sales of gold bullion held by central banks or other large gold bullion
holders or dealers; and
production and cost levels for gold in major gold-producing nations, such as South Africa, China, the United
States and Australia.
In addition, current demand and supply affects the price of gold, but not necessarily in the same manner as current
demand and supply affect the prices of other commodities. Historically, gold has retained its value in relative terms
against basic goods in times of inflation and monetary crisis. As a result, central banks, financial institutions and
individuals hold large amounts of gold as a store of value and production in any given year constitutes a very small
portion of the total potential supply of gold. Since the potential supply of gold is large relative to mine production in any
given year, normal variations in current production will not necessarily have a significant effect on the supply of gold or
its price. Uncertainty on global economic conditions has impacted the price of gold significantly since fiscal 2013 and
continued to do so in fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2016 and may continue to do so in the future.
The volatility of gold prices is illustrated in the table, which shows the annual high, low and average of the
afternoon London bullion market fixing price of gold in US dollars for each of the past ten years:
Annual gold price: 2006 – 2016
Price per ounce (US$)
Calendar year
High
Low
Average
2006..............................................................................................
725
525
604
2007..............................................................................................
841
608
695
2008..............................................................................................
1,011
713
872
2009..............................................................................................
1,213
810
972
2010..............................................................................................
1,421
1,058
1,225
2011..............................................................................................
1,895
1,319
1,572
2012..............................................................................................
1,792
1,540
1,669
2013..............................................................................................
1,694
1,192
1,411
2014..............................................................................................
1,385
1,142
1,266
2015..............................................................................................
1,296
1,049
1,160
2016 (year to October 19, 2016)...................................................
1,366
1,077
1,366
On October 19, 2016, the afternoon fixing price of gold on the London bullion market was US$1,269/oz.
While the aggregate effect of these factors is impossible to predict, if gold prices should fall below Harmony’s cash
cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production and remain at these levels for any sustained
period, Harmony may record losses and be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of its operations. In addition,
Harmony would also have to assess the economic impact of low gold prices on its ability to recover any losses that may
be incurred during that period and on its ability to maintain adequate reserves.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
Harmony’s average cash costs per ounce of gold produced from continuing operations was US$841 in fiscal 2016,
US$1,003 in fiscal 2015 and US$988 in fiscal 2014. Harmony’s average all-in sustaining cost per ounce of gold sold was
US$1,003 in fiscal 2016, US$1,231 in fiscal 2015 and US$1,222 in fiscal 2014. For further information about the use of
Non-GAAP measures, refer to Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Costs—Reconciliation of Non-
GAAP Measures”
.
Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial
condition.
Gold is priced throughout the world in US dollars and, as a result, Harmony’s revenue is realized in US dollars, but
most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand and other non-US currencies, including the Australian dollar and Kina.
The strengthening of the US dollar against the Rand, Australian dollar and Kina lowers operating costs in US dollar
terms. From time to time, Harmony may implement currency hedges intended to reduce exposure to changes in the
foreign currency exchange. Such hedging strategies may not however be successful, and any of Harmony’s unhedged
exchange payments will continue to be subject to market fluctuations. Any significant and sustained appreciation of the
Rand and other non-US currencies against the dollar will materially reduce Harmony’s Rand revenues and overall net
income.
As Harmony currently does not enter into forward sales, commodity derivatives or hedging arrangements on its total
future gold production, it is exposed to the impact of any significant decreases in the gold price.
As a rule, Harmony sells its gold at the prevailing market price. In fiscal 2016 the Company did not enter into
forward sales, commodity derivative or hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of future gold
production.
Subsequent to June 30, 2016, however, Harmony entered into short term gold forward sale contracts for a total of
432,000 ounces over a period of 24 months. These contracts manage variability of cash flows for approximately 20% of
the Group’s total production and were concluded at an average gold price of R682,000/kg. Harmony will apply cash flow
hedge accounting to these contracts. Such hedging strategies may not, however be successful.
Harmony’s remaining unhedged future production may realize the benefit of any short-term increase in the gold
price, but is not protected against decreases; if the gold price should decrease significantly, Harmony’s revenues may be
materially adversely affected.
Global economic conditions could adversely affect the profitability of Harmony’s operations.
Harmony’s operations and performance depend on global economic conditions. A global economic downturn may
have follow-on effects on our business. These could include:
key suppliers becoming insolvent, resulting in a break-down in the supply chain; or
the availability of credit being reduced—this may make it more difficult for Harmony to obtain financing for
its operations and capital expenditure or make financing more expensive.
Coupled with the volatility of commodity prices as well as the rising trend of input costs, such factors could result
in initiatives relating to strategic alignment, portfolio review, restructuring and cost-cutting, temporary or permanent
shutdowns and divestments. Further, sudden changes in a life-of-mine plan or the accelerated closure of a mine may
result in the recognition of impairments and give rise to the recognition of liabilities that are not anticipated.
In addition, uncertainty on global economic conditions may also increase volatility or negatively impact the market
value of Harmony’s securities.
A further downgrade of South Africa’s credit rating may have an adverse effect on Harmony’s ability to secure
financing.
The slowing economy, rising debt, escalating labor disputes and the structural challenges facing the mining industry
and other sectors have resulted in the downgrading of South Africa’s sovereign credit rating to one level above
speculative investment grade, or junk. In fiscal 2016, South Africa was downgraded to BBB- with a negative outlook by
the Standard & Poor's rating agency. Moody's downgraded South Africa to Baa2 and changed the stable perspective to
negative, while Fitch Ratings downgraded South Africa to BBB- with a stable position. Further downgrading of South
Africa’s credit ratings to junk by any of these agencies may adversely affect the South African mining industry and
Harmony’s business, operating results and financial condition by making it more difficult to obtain external financing or
could result in any such financing being available only at greater cost or on more restrictive terms than might otherwise
be available.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
Estimations of Harmony’s gold reserves are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery
factors, future cash costs of production and the price of gold. As a result, quantities of gold produced may differ from
current estimates.
The mineral reserve estimates in this annual report are estimates of the mill-delivered quantity and grade of gold in
Harmony’s deposits and stockpiles. They represent the amount of gold that Harmony believes can be mined, processed
and sold at prices sufficient to recover its estimated future cash costs of production, remaining investment and anticipated
additional capital expenditures. Harmony’s mineral reserves are estimated based on a number of factors, which have been
stated in accordance with the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and
Mineral Reserves (“ SAMREC Code ”) and the Australian Code for the Reporting of Mineral Resources and Mineral
Reserves (“ JORC ”) and the SEC's Industry Guide 7. Calculations of Harmony’s mineral reserves are based on estimates
of:
future cash costs;
future gold prices; and
future currency exchange rates.
These factors, which significantly impact mineral reserve estimates, are beyond Harmony’s control. As a result,
reserve estimates in this annual report should not be interpreted as assurances of the economic life of Harmony’s gold
and other precious metal deposits or the future profitability of operations.
Since these mineral reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to factors detailed above, should there be
changes to these, we may in future need to revise these estimates. In particular, if Harmony’s cash operating and
production costs increase or the gold price decreases, recovering a portion of Harmony’s mineral reserves may become
uneconomical. This will lead, in turn, to a reduction in estimated reserves.
Harmony’s operations have limited proved and probable reserves, and exploration and discovery are necessary
to maintain current gold production levels at these operations. Exploration for gold and other precious metals is
speculative in nature, may be unsuccessful and involves many risks.
Risks include those related to:
locating orebodies;
geological nature of the orebodies;
identifying the metallurgical properties of orebodies;
estimating the economic feasibility of mining orebodies;
developing appropriate metallurgical processes;
obtaining necessary governmental permits; and
constructing mining and processing facilities at any site chosen for mining.
Harmony’s exploration efforts might not result in the discovery of mineralization, and any mineralization
discovered might not result in an increase in proved and probable reserves. To access additional reserves, Harmony will
need to successfully complete development projects, including extensions to existing mines and, possibly, new mines.
Development projects would also be required to access any new mineralization discovered by exploration activities
around the world. Harmony typically uses feasibility studies to determine whether to undertake significant development
projects. Feasibility studies include estimates of expected or anticipated economic returns, which are based on
assumptions about:
future gold and other metal prices;
anticipated tonnage, grades and metallurgical characteristics of ore to be mined and processed;
anticipated recovery rates of gold and other metals from the ore; and
anticipated total costs of the project, including capital expenditure and cash costs.
A failure in our ability to discover new reserves, enhance existing reserves or develop new operations in sufficient
quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our reserves could negatively affect our results, financial condition and
prospects.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
Actual cash costs, capital expenditure, production and economic returns may differ significantly from those
anticipated by feasibility studies for new development projects.
It can take a number of years from the initial feasibility study until development is completed and, during that time,
the economic feasibility of production may change. In addition, there are a number of inherent uncertainties in
developing and constructing an extension to an existing mine or any new mine, including:
availability and timing of necessary environmental and governmental permits;
timing and cost of constructing mining and processing facilities, which can be considerable;
availability and cost of skilled labor, power, water, fuel, mining equipment and other materials;
accessibility of transportation and other infrastructure, particularly in remote locations;
availability and cost of smelting and refining arrangements;
availability of funds to finance construction and development activities; and
spot and expected future commodity prices of metals including gold, silver, copper, uranium and
molybdenum.
Competition with other mining companies and individuals for specialized equipment, components and supplies
necessary for exploration and development, for mining claims and leases on exploration properties and for the acquisition
of mining assets also impact existing operations and potential new developments. Competitors may have greater financial
resources, operational experience and technical capabilities – all which could negatively affect the anticipated costs and
economic returns.
Harmony currently maintains a range of focused exploration programs, concentrating mainly on a number of
prospective known gold and copper mineralized areas in Papua New Guinea (“ PNG ”). During fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015
and fiscal 2014, the bulk of exploration expenditure was allocated to activities in PNG. However, there is no assurance
that any future development projects will extend the life of our existing mining operations or result in any new
commercial mining operations.
Costs associated with pumping water inflows from closed mines adjacent to our operations could adversely affect
Harmony’s operational results.
Certain of our mining operations are adjacent to the mining operations of other companies. A mine closure can
affect continued operations at an adjacent mine if appropriate preventative steps are not taken. In particular, this could
include the ingress of underground water when pumping operations at the closed mine are suspended. This can result in
damage to property, operational disruptions and additional pumping costs, which would adversely affect any one of our
adjacent mining operations.
Infrastructure constraints and ageing infrastructure could adversely affect Harmony’s operations
Mining, processing, development and exploration activities depend on adequate infrastructure. Reliable rail, ports,
roads, bridges, power sources, power transmission facilities and water supply are critical to the Company’s business
operations and affect capital and operating costs. The infrastructure and services are often provided by third parties
whose operational activities are outside the control of the Company.
Once a shaft or a processing plant has reached the end of its intended lifespan, higher than normal maintenance and
care is required. Maintaining this infrastructure requires skilled human resources, capital allocation, management and
planned maintenance. Although Harmony has implemented a comprehensive maintenance strategy, incidents resulting in
production delays, increased costs or industrial accidents may occur. Such incidents may have an adverse effect on
Harmony’s operating results and financial condition.
Fluctuations in input production prices linked to commodities may adversely affect Harmony’s operational results
and financial condition.
Fuel, energy and consumables, including diesel, heavy fuel oil, chemical reagents, explosives, tires, steel and
mining equipment consumed in mining operations form a relatively large part of the operating costs and capital
expenditure of a mining company. Harmony has no control over the costs of these consumables, many of which are
linked to some degree to the price of oil and steel.
Fluctuations in oil and steel prices have a significant impact on operating cost and capital expenditure estimates
and, in the absence of other economic fluctuations, could result in significant changes in the total expenditure estimates
for new mining projects or render certain projects non-viable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
The supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect the results of our operations and our
financial condition.
In South Africa, each of our mining operations depends on electrical power generated by the state utility, Eskom,
which holds a monopoly in the South African market. As a result of increased demand exceeding available generating
capacity, South Africa has been subject to disruptions in electrical power supply. In fiscal 2008, electricity supply was
interrupted by Eskom, halting production at certain of our mines. This led to management restructuring operating
processes to control and reduce our consumption of electricity at all our operations. During November 2014, Eskom
reintroduced a schedule of rolling blackouts, or “load shedding”. In 2015, Eskom could not guarantee that there would be
no power interruptions and we again faced very tight supply reserve margins. Load shedding events have, however,
stabilized in 2016 and electricity supply from Eskom is expected to remain stable in the near future, largely as a result of
the demand for electricity dropping as a result of market conditions. Should the implementation of load shedding
resume, however, the reduced supply of electricity may affect our operational results and financial condition.
As a result of Eskom’s planned capital expansion program to deal with power constraints, an average annual tariff
increase of 8% for the five-year multi-year price determination period has been approved by the National Energy
Regulator of South Africa (“ NERSA ”). The first increase was implemented on April 1, 2013. On March, 1, 2016,
NERSA granted Eskom a tariff increase of 9.4% in respect of the average tariff for standard tariff customers for the
2016/2017 financial year. On August 16, 2016, however, the Gauteng Division, Pretoria, of the High Court set aside
NERSA's decision to grant Eskom the tariff increase of 9.4% for the 2016/2017 financial year on the grounds that
NERSA's multi-year price determination methodology had not been properly applied. During September 2016, NERSA
and ESKOM each delivered an application to the Gauteng Division, Pretoria, of the High Court for leave to appeal the
judgment. Although Eskom has implemented the tariff increase following the delivery of its application for leave to
appeal, it is uncertain as to what tariff will apply following the outcome of the application for leave to appeal or
subsequent appeal. There can be no assurance as to the existence or nature of any government intervention with respect to
tariff increases in the future.
In November 2015, a draft Carbon Tax Bill was published for public consultation – the draft bill anticipates that
the carbon tax will be implemented on January 1, 2017. At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate impact of
the proposed carbon tax on the company. Energy is a significant input to our mining and processing operations, with our
principal energy sources being electricity and it is likely that the proposed carbon tax will affect our operations. In order
both to facilitate the carbon tax legal regime and to provide for greater regulation of greenhouse gas (“ GHG ”) emissions
outside of the carbon tax, the Department of Environmental Affairs has initiated the implementation of a mandatory GHG
reporting system, for certain identified data providers.
PNG has limited power generation and distribution capacity. This capacity is increasing but, currently, Harmony
mines and projects still partially rely on our own diesel-generated power. The cost of this power will fluctuate with
changes in the oil price.
Also, see Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Electricity in South Africa.” and “Integrated
Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Environmental performance” on pages 59 to 77 .
We may experience problems in identifying, financing and managing new acquisitions and integrating them with our
existing operations.
Acquiring new gold mining operations involves a number of risks including:
our ability to identify appropriate assets for acquisition and/or to negotiate acquisitions on favorable terms;
obtaining the financing necessary to complete future acquisitions;
difficulties in assimilating the operations of the acquired business;
difficulties in maintaining our financial and strategic focus while integrating the acquired business;
problems in implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
increasing pressures on existing management to oversee a rapidly expanding company; and
to the extent we acquire mining operations outside other than in South Africa, Australia or PNG,
encountering difficulties relating to operating in countries in which we have not previously operated.
Our ability to make successful acquisitions and any difficulties or time delays in achieving successful integration of
any of such acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and
share price.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
Certain factors may affect our ability to support the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment, goodwill and
other assets on our balance sheet.
Harmony reviews and tests the carrying value of its assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that
this amount may not be recoverable.
At least on an annual basis for goodwill, and when there are indications that impairment of property, plant and
equipment and other assets may have occurred, estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets are
prepared in order to determine the recoverable amounts of each group of assets. These estimates are prepared at the
lowest level at which identifiable cash flows are considered as being independent of the cash flows of other mining assets
and liabilities. Expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain, and could materially change over time. Such cash
flows are significantly affected by reserve and production estimates, together with economic factors such as spot and
forward gold prices, discount rates, currency exchange rates, estimates of costs to produce reserves and future capital
expenditures.
As at June 30, 2016, Harmony had substantial amounts of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other assets
on its consolidated balance sheets. Impairment charges relating to property, plant and equipment and other assets were
recorded in fiscal 2016 and if any one or a combination of these uncertainties should occur, management may be required
to recognize further impairment charges, which could affect Harmony’s financial results and condition. See Item 5:
“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Estimates—Impairment of Property, Plant and
Equipment”
and “ —Carrying Value of Goodwill.”
Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of liability, delays and
increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution.
The business of gold mining involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards and industrial
accidents. In particular, hazards associated with underground mining include:
rock bursts;
seismic events;
underground fires;
cave-ins or fall-of-ground;
discharges of gases and toxic chemicals;
release of radioactive hazards;
flooding;
mining of pillars (integrity of shaft support structures may be compromised and cause increased seismicity);
processing plant fire and explosion;
critical equipment failures;
accidents and fatalities; and
other conditions resulting from drilling, blasting and the removal and processing of material from a deep-
level mine.
Hazards associated with opencast mining (also known as open-pit mining) include:
flooding of the open-pit;
collapse of open-pit walls or slope failures;
processing plant fire and explosion;
accidents associated with operating large open-pit and rock transportation equipment; and
accidents associated with preparing and igniting of large-scale open-pit blasting operations.
Hazards associated with waste-rock mining include:
accidents associated with operating a waste dump and rock transportation;
production disruptions caused by weather;
processing plant fire and explosion; and
critical equipment failures.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
10
We are at risk from any or all of these environmental and industrial hazards. The occurrence of any of these
hazards could delay production, increase cash costs and result in financial liability to Harmony.
The nature of our mining operations presents safety risks.
The environmental and industrial risks identified above also present safety risks for Harmony’s operations and its
employees and could lead to the suspension and potential closure of operations for indeterminate periods. Safety risks,
even in situations where no injuries occur, can have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operations and production.
See Item 4: “ Information on the Company—Business Overview—Regulation—Health and Safety – South Africa ” and
“Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 – Harmony in Action – Safety and health” on pages 36 to 47.
Illegal mining, or criminal mining, as well as theft of gold and copper bearing material at our operations could pose a
threat to the safety of employees, result in damage to property and could expose the Company to liability.
Civil disturbances and criminal activities such as trespass, illegal mining, sabotage, theft and vandalism could lead
to disruptions at certain of Harmony’s operations.
The activities of illegal and artisanal miners, which include theft and shrinkage, could cause damage to Harmony’s
properties, including pollution, underground fires, or personal injury or death, for which Harmony could potentially be
held responsible. Illegal mining could result in the depletion of mineral deposits, potentially making the future mining of
such deposits uneconomic.
Rising gold and copper prices may result in an increase in gold and copper thefts. The occurrence of any of these
events could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s financial condition on results of its operations.
Harmony’s insurance coverage may prove inadequate to satisfy future claims against it.
Harmony has third-party liability coverage for most potential liabilities, including environmental liabilities.
Harmony may be subject to liability for pollution (excluding sudden and accidental pollution) or other hazards against
which we have not insured or cannot insure, including those for past mining activities. Harmony also maintains property
and liability insurance consistent with industry practice, but this insurance contains exclusions and limitations on
coverage. In addition, there can be no assurance that insurance will be available at economically acceptable premiums.
As a result, Harmony’s insurance coverage may not cover the claims against it for environmental or industrial accidents
or pollution, which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s financial condition.
Harmony’s operations may be negatively impacted by inflation.
Harmony’s operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa has fluctuated widely in
recent years, reaching 11.6% at the end of fiscal 2008 before decreasing since then, remaining within or just outside the
inflation range of 3% - 6% set by the South African Reserve Bank. At the end of fiscal 2014, 2015 and fiscal 2016,
inflation was 6.6%, 4.7% and 6.3%, respectively. However, working costs, in particular wages have increased in recent
years, resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. As a result of Eskom’s planned capital expansion
program to deal with power constraints, an average annual tariff increase of 8% for the five-year multi-year price
determination period has been approved by NERSA with effect from April 1, 2013. An average annual increase of 8%
was effected in April 2014, 12.69% was affected in April 2015 and 9.4% was affected in April 2016. There is a risk that
further tariff increases in 2017 and in the future will have a negative effect on the profitability of our operations.
The inflation rate in PNG ended fiscal 2014 at 6% and 2015 at 6.1%, while the annualized inflation stood at 6.4%
at the end of fiscal 2016.
Harmony’s profits and financial condition could be adversely affected when cost inflation is not offset by
devaluation in operating currencies or an increase in the price of gold.
The socio-economic framework in the regions in which Harmony operates may have an adverse effect on its
operations and profits.
Harmony has operations in South Africa and PNG. As a result, changes to or instability in the economic or political
environment in either of these countries or in neighboring countries could affect an investment in Harmony. These risks
could include terrorism, civil unrest, nationalization, political instability, change in regulatory frameworks, renegotiation
or nullification of existing contracts, leases, permits or other agreements, restrictions on repatriation of earnings or capital
and changes in laws and policy, as well as other unforeseeable risks.
In PNG, a mining legislative and tax regime review has been commissioned whereby various PNG government
agencies are involved in the process. The legislation being reviewed includes the Mining Act 1992, Mining Safety Act
1997, Income Tax Act 1959 and Environment Act 2000, and applicable regulations. Mineral Policy and mining-specific
sector policies including offshore mining policy, sustainable development policy, involuntary relocation policy and mine
closure policy are also being reviewed. The Chamber of Mines and Petroleum of PNG, as the representative industry
body, has been collating information from industry participants regarding the review of current legislation and policy as
part of the response to the governments mining legislation review.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
11
It is difficult to predict the future political, social and economic environment in these countries, or any other
country in which Harmony operates, and the impact government decisions may have on its business.
Actual and potential shortages of production inputs may affect Harmony’s operations and profits.
Harmony’s operational results may be affected by the availability and pricing of consumables such as fuel,
chemical reagents, explosives, steel and other essential production inputs. Issues with regards to availability of
consumables may result from shortages as well as long lead times to deliver, which could result in production delays and
production shortfalls. These shortages and delayed deliveries may be experienced where industrial action affects
Harmony’s suppliers. These issues could also affect the pricing of the consumables, especially if shortages are
experienced. The price of consumables may be substantially affected by changes in global supply and demand, along
with weather conditions, governmental controls and other factors. A sustained interruption to the supply of any of these
consumables would require Harmony to find acceptable substitute suppliers and could require it to pay higher prices for
such materials. Any significant increase in the prices of these consumables would increase operating costs and affect
production considerations.
Harmony’s ability to service its debt will depend on its future financial performance.
Harmony’s financial performance will be affected by its operating performance as well as by financial and other
factors, and in particular the gold price, certain of which are beyond the control of the Company. Various financial and
other factors may result in an increase in Harmony’s indebtedness, which could adversely affect the Company in several
respects, including:
limiting its ability to access the capital markets;
hindering its flexibility to plan for or react to changing market, industry or economic conditions;
limiting the amount of cash flow available for future operations, acquisitions, dividends, or other uses;
making it more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns, including interest rate increases;
increasing the risk that it will need to sell assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet payment obligations;
or
increasing the risk that it may not meet the financial covenants contained in its debt agreements or timely
make all required debt payments.
We compete with mining and other companies for key human resources.
Harmony competes with mining and other companies globally to attract and retain key human resources at all
levels with the appropriate technical skills and operating and managerial experience necessary to continue operating its
business. The need to recruit, develop and retain skilled employees is particularly critical with historically disadvantaged
South Africans (“ HDSAs ”), women in mining in South Africa, and recruiting and training local landowners in PNG. The
global shortage of key mining specialists, including geologists, mining engineers, mechanical and electrical engineers,
metallurgists and skilled artisans has been exacerbated by increased mining activity across the globe. There can be no
assurance that Harmony will attract and retain skilled and experienced employees. Should Harmony lose any of its key
personnel, its business may be harmed and its operational results and financial condition could be affected. See Item 4:
Information on the Company—Business Overview—Regulation—Employees ” and “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-
F 2016 – Harmony in Action – Employees and communities”
on pages 48 to 58.
Since Harmony’s labor force has substantial trade union participation, Harmony faces the risk of disruption from
labor disputes and non-procedural industrial action.
Despite a history of constructive engagement with labor unions, there are periods when various stakeholders are
unable to agree on dispute resolution processes. Disruptive activities on the part of labor, which normally differ in
intensity, then become unavoidable. Due to the high level of union membership among our employees, we are at risk of
production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other disputes, especially wildcat strikes. Inter-union
rivalry may increase the risk of labor relations instability. In October 2015, Harmony concluded a three year wage
agreement with unions representing the majority of the Company’s employees. This agreement was extended to all
employees irrespective of union affiliation. We are not able to predict whether we will experience significant labor
disputes in future, or what the financial impact of any such disputes may be. See Item 4: “ Information on the Company—
Business Overview—Regulation—Employees
”, “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—
Employees and communities”
on pages 48 to 58. South African employment law sets out minimum terms and conditions
of employment for employees. Although these may be improved by agreements between us and the trade unions,
prescribed minimum terms and conditions form the benchmark for all employment contracts. See “Integrated Annual
Report for the 20-F 2016 – Understanding Harmony – Material issues and stakeholder engagement”
on pages 31 to 35 .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
BACKGROUND IMAGE
12
We are required to submit a report under South African employment law detailing the progress made towards
achieving employment equity in the workplace. If this report is not submitted, we could incur substantial penalties.
Developments in South African employment law may increase our cash costs of production or alter our
relationship with our employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results
and financial condition.
HIV/AIDS poses risks to us in terms of productivity due to sick absenteeism as a result of tuberculosis co-infection
and costs.
The HIV/AIDS epidemic in South Africa and PNG poses risks to us in terms of potentially reduced productivity,
and increased medical and other costs. If there is a significant increase in the incidence of HIV/AIDS infection and
related diseases among the workforce over the next several years, this may have an adverse impact on our operations,
projects and financial condition. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 – Harmony in Action – Safety and
health”
on pages 36 to 47.
The cost of occupational healthcare services and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases may
increase in future.
Harmony’s operations are subject to health and safety regulations which could impose significant cost burdens. In
South Africa the present Mine Health and Safety Act 29 of 1996 imposes various duties on mines and grants the
authorities broad powers to, among others, close unsafe mines and order corrective action on health and safety matters.
Operations in PNG are subject to similar duties and powers, including under the following laws and regulations: PNG
Mining Act 1992, PNG Mining Safety Act 1997, PNG Mining Safety Regulation 1935 (updated 2006) and PNG
Environment Act 2000.
There is a risk that the cost of providing health services and implementing various programs could increase in
future, depending on changes to underlying legislation and the profile of its employees. This increased cost, should it
transpire, is currently indeterminate.
The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act 78 of 1973 (“ ODIMWA ”) governs the payment of compensation
and medical costs for certain illnesses contracted by people employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to
mining are conducted. The principles of compensation under ODIMWA were tested in the Mr. Thembekekile Mankayi v
AngloGold Ashanti court case. The Constitutional Court held that the compensation Mr Mankayi received under the
ODIMWA was inferior to the compensation one would receive under the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and
Diseases Act 130 of 1993. As a result, the Constitutional Court decided that an employee, who was awarded
compensation in terms of ODIMWA, is not precluded from claiming common law damages from an employer. On May
13, 2016, the South Gauteng High Court certified a class action by current and former mineworkers against gold mining
companies in South Africa (including Harmony). The class action would consist of two classes: the silicosis class; and
the tuberculosis “ TB ” class. The class also includes dependents whose parents died after contracting silicosis and/or TB
while working at the mines. While issues, such as negligence and causation, need to be proved by the claimant on a case-
by-case basis, such a ruling could expose Harmony to claims related to occupational hazards and diseases (including
silicosis and TB, which may be in the form of an individual claim, a class action or a similar group claim). See “Item 8:
Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings”
and
“Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Safety and health” on pages 36 to 47 for further
information. It is uncertain as to whether the Company will incur significant costs related to silicosis and/or TB claims in
the future. Following the engagement of stakeholders with a view to facilitate statutory compensation regime changes
and owing to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims, and the uncertainty of the outcome of
these types of claims, no accurate estimation can be made for the possible obligation. Should Harmony be unsuccessful
in defending any claims that may be lodged, it would have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition. See
note 33 “Commitments and Contingencies ” to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
Laws governing mineral rights affect our business and could impose significant costs and burdens.
Our operations in South Africa and PNG are subject to legislation regulating mineral rights. Certain of the
Company’s properties may be subject to the rights or the asserted rights of various community stakeholders, including
indigenous people. The presence of those stakeholders may therefore have an impact on Harmony’s ability to develop or
operate its mining interests.
In South Africa, we are governed by the South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002
(Act 28 of 2002) (“ MPRDA ”). See Item 4: “ Information on the Company —Business Overview—Regulation—Mineral
Rights - South Africa”
for a description of the principal objectives set out in the MPRDA.
The MPRDA was promulgated as effective legislation on May 1, 2004 and sought to transfer ownership of mineral
resources to the South African people, with the South African government acting as custodian in order to, among other
things, promote equitable access to the nation’s mineral resources by South Africans, expand opportunities to historically
BACKGROUND IMAGE
13
disadvantaged persons who wish to participate in the South African mining industry and advance social and economic
development. Owing to the change brought about by the MPRDA, provision for a transition from the old regime (in
which the role of the South African government was regulatory in nature and in which the right to mine vested in the
holder of the mineral rights) to the new regime (which provides for the South African government, acting through the
Minister of Mineral Resources (“ Minister ”), to grant mining rights) has been made in the Transitional Provisions
contained in Schedule II of the MPRDA (the “ Transitional Provisions ”). The Transitional Provisions provide for,
among other things, the holders of then-existing “old order” mining rights to apply for the conversion of those old order
rights into “new order” mining rights in accordance with the MPRDA within five years of May 1, 2004, or before the old
order right expired, whichever was earlier. Old order mining rights were converted into new order mining rights in
accordance with the MPRDA provided that the holder of the old order right fulfilled the requirements specified in the
MPRDA, its Regulations and the Revised Mining Charter (as defined below). We currently continue to comply with the
requirements of the MPRDA and the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African mining
industry published by the Minister in October 2002 (“ Original Mining Charter ”). Any failure to comply with the
conditions of our mining rights, whether intentional or unintentional, could have a material adverse effect on our
operations and financial condition.
On June 21, 2013, the Minister introduced the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill,
2013 (the “ MPRDA Bill ”) into Parliament. The South African Department of Mineral Resources (“ DMR ”) briefed the
National Assembly's Portfolio Committee on Mineral Resources on July 30 and 31, 2013, however, the MPRDA Bill has
not been assented to by the President and remains pending. There is a degree of uncertainty regarding the changes that
will be brought about should the MPRDA Bill be made law; many changes are expected and we cannot yet determine the
full impact that the MPRDA Bill may have on our business and there can be no assurance that such changes will not have
a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.
The Original Mining Charter followed by a Revised Mining Charter (the “ Revised Mining Charter ”) was
published by the Minister on September 13, 2010. Among other things, the Original Mining Charter required each
mining company to achieve a 15% HDSA ownership of mining assets within five years of the Mining Charter coming
into effect and a 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets within 10 years of the Mining Charter coming into effect. The
Revised Mining Charter contains guidelines envisaging, among other things, that mining companies should achieve a
minimum of 40% HDSA representation at executive management (board) level, senior management (executive
committee) level, core and critical skills, middle management level and junior management level and 10% participation
by women in the mining industry, in each case in five years.
In March 2015, the DMR made an interim report of consolidated results of the self-assessment by reporting
companies of compliance with the Mining Charter, reporting relatively broad compliance with the non-ownership
requirements of the Revised Mining Charter. However, the DMR did not report the results of compliance with the HDSA
ownership guidelines of the Mining Charter and noted that there is no consensus on certain applicable principles. It is
therefore unclear what the outcomes were. It is also unclear whether or not the information provided during the audit
process will be considered or used by the DMR for any purpose in the future.
BEE participation is an absolute requirement for the conversion of a mining right. Mining companies are required
to achieve an effective HDSA ownership of 26% of mining companies. Harmony believes that it has complied with the
requirements of the Revised Mining Charter’s to achieve a minimum of 26% effective HDSA ownership of mining assets
by 2014. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 – Harmony In Action – Mining Charter compliance
scorecard”
on pages 78 to 80.
The DMR and the mining industry disagree on the interpretation of the Revised Mining Charter’s ownership
requirement, specifically the applicability of the " once empowered, always empowered principle ", and have separately
approached the High Court of South Africa for a declaratory order in this regard. Should the DMR, based on the
declaratory order, find that Harmony is not in compliance with the Revised Mining Charter in relation to the ownership
requirement, the Company may challenge the decision in court. The outcome of such court action is uncertain.
Should Harmony breach its obligations in complying with the MPRDA, the Revised Mining Charter or any future
amendments to the Revised Mining Charter, its existing mining rights in South Africa could be suspended or cancelled
by the Minister in accordance with the provisions of the MPRDA. It may also influence the Company’s ability to obtain
any new mining rights. Any such suspension or cancellation could have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations as well as the Company’s financial condition.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
14
On April 15, 2016, the Minister published the Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African
Mining and Minerals Industry (" draft Mining Charter" ). The Company is engaging with the DMR and key industry
stakeholders on the content of a revised version of the draft Mining Charter. The MPRDA also obliges the holder of a
mining right to pay royalties payable to the South African government in accordance with the Mineral and Petroleum
Resources Royalty Act (Act 28 of 2008) (the “ MPRRA ”). The MPRRA provides for the payment of a royalty according
to a formula based on gross sales and EBIT, as defined under the MPRRA, after the deduction of capital expenditure.
This rate is then applied to revenue to calculate the royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5%
for gold mining companies. For fiscal 2016, the average royalty rate for our South African operations was 0.8% of gross
sales.
In PNG, we are governed by the Mining Act of 1992 (PNG). Mineral rights in PNG are controlled by the
government of PNG which initially awards exploration licenses but retains a right under the conditions of exploration
license, at any time prior to the commencement of mining, to acquire a participating interest of up to 30% in any mineral
discovery at historical exploration cost. The government then administers mining tenements under the relevant mining
legislation, and mining companies must pay royalties to the government based on production. The types of tenements
issued include: exploration license; mining lease; special mining lease; alluvial mining lease; lease for mining purpose;
and mining easement.
The PNG government has commissioned a review of the mining regime, including the PNG government’s right to
acquire an interest in a mine development, the percentage extent of such right and the consideration payable for it. The
Chamber of Mines and Petroleum of PNG, as the representative industry body, has been collating information from
industry participants as part of the industry’s response to the review proposals.
Harmony’s PNG mining operation is subject to a 2% royalty payment to the government of PNG. If we want to
expand any of our initiatives in PNG into additional areas under exploration, these operations would need to convert the
existing exploration licenses prior to the start of mining and that process could require landowner title approval. There
can be no assurance that any approval would be received.
Laws governing health and safety affect our business and could impose significant costs and burdens.
In South Africa, the Mine Health and Safety Act 29 of 1996 (" MHSA ") requires that employers take and
implement various measures to ensure the safety and health of persons working at a mine. This obligation is extended to
any contractor employees that may be working at a mine. These obligations include the identification and assessment of
risk, implementation of codes of practice and standards setting out safe work procedures, proper and appropriate training,
supervision, medical surveillance and the provision of safe equipment and personal protective equipment. Further,
Harmony must ensure compliance with various licenses, permissions or consents that have been issued to it in terms of
the various pieces of applicable legislation.
An employer may be subjected to significant penalties and/or administrative fines for non-compliance under the
MHSA and other health and safety legislation. Depending on the particular circumstances, litigation (criminal and/or
civil) may be instituted against the employer in respect of an accident or incident which has resulted in the death of an
employee (or contractor employee)
Any further changes to the health and safety laws which increase the burden of compliance on the employer and
impose higher penalties for non-compliance may result in incurring further significant costs for us.
The safety of employees and contractors at Harmony’s PNG mining operation is regulated by the Papua New
Guinea Mining (Safety) Act 1977 and Regulation. In terms of section 6(1)(e)(i) of the act the inspector has the power to
order the cessation of any part of the operations for an unlimited time as are necessary to carry the act into effect. Such
order for cessation can often result in lower or a total stoppage of production resulting in significant financial losses
during the cessation.
We are subject to extensive environmental regulations.
As a gold mining company, Harmony is subject to extensive environmental regulation. We expect the trend of
rising production costs due to compliance with South African and PNG environmental laws and regulations to continue.
In South Africa, the MPRDA, certain other environmental legislation and the administrative policies of the South
African government regulate the impact of the Company’s prospecting and mining operations on the environment. On the
suspension, cancellation, termination or lapsing of a prospecting or mining right, Harmony will remain liable for
compliance with the provisions of various relevant regulations, including any rehabilitation obligations until a closure
certificate is issued by the DMR. This liability will continue until the appropriate authorities have 1) certified that the
Company has complied with such provisions or 2) authorized the transfer of liability to a competent party.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
15
Estimates of ultimate closure and rehabilitation costs are significant and are based principally on current legal and
regulatory requirements that may change materially. Environmental provisions are accrued when they become known,
probable and can be reasonably estimated based on industry good practice. In future, Harmony may incur significant
costs for compliance with increasingly stringent requirements being imposed under new legislation. Harmony may also
face increased environmental costs should other mines in the vicinity fail to meet their obligations on the pumping or
treatment of water.
The South African government has reviewed requirements imposed on mining companies to ensure environmental
restitution. For example, following the introduction of an environmental rights clause in South Africa’s constitution, a
number of environmental legislative reform processes have been initiated. Legislation passed as a result of these
initiatives has tended to be materially more onerous than previous laws in South Africa. Examples of such legislation
include the MPRDA, the National Nuclear Regulator Act 1999, the National Water Act 1998 and the National
Environmental Management Act 1998 (“ NEMA ”), which include stringent ‘polluter pays’ provisions. The adoption of
these or additional or more comprehensive and stringent requirements, particularly for the management of hazardous
waste, pollution of ground and groundwater systems and duty to rehabilitate closed mines, may result in additional costs
and liabilities. The new financial provision regulations under NEMA which were published on November 20, 2015 are
also likely to affect the amount of financial provision which is set aside for rehabilitation of the mine. These regulations
place an emphasis on post closure water pumping and treatment and the need for upfront provision to be set aside for the
management of these types of impacts. On September 9, 2016 proposed amendments to the financial provision
regulations were published. One of the proposed amendments seeks to delay the transitional phase for implementation of
these new laws until February 20, 2018.
Harmony’s PNG operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to protection of the
environment, which are similar in scope to those of South Africa. The Environment Act 2000 governs the environmental
permitting and regulatory aspects of mining projects. An environmental impact statement is required when projects are
likely to have a significant adverse impact on the environment. This statement must be lodged with the Conservation and
Environment Protection Authority (previously the Department of Environmental Conservation) where, for large projects,
it may be forwarded to the Environment Council for review. Public consultation is an integral part of this review.
See “ Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Environmental performance ” on pages 59
to 77 for further discussion on the applicable legislation and our policies on environmental matters.
Mining companies are increasingly required to consider and ensure the sustainable development of, and provide
benefits to, the communities and countries in which they operate.
As a result of public concern about the perceived ill effects of economic globalization, businesses in general and
large international companies such as Harmony, in particular, face increasing public scrutiny of their activities.
Like other mining companies, Harmony is under pressure to demonstrate that while it seeks a satisfactory return on
investment for shareholders, other stakeholders including employees, communities surrounding the operations and the
countries in which they operate, also benefit from their commercial activities. Such pressures tend to be particularly
focused on companies whose activities are perceived to have a high impact on their social and physical environment. The
potential consequences of these pressures include reputational damage, legal suits and social spending obligations.
Existing and proposed mining operations are often located at or near existing towns and villages, natural water
courses and other infrastructure. Mining operations must therefore be designed to mitigate and/or manage their impact on
such communities and the environment. Specifically at our PNG operations, landowner rights require the payment of
agreed levels of compensation for any adverse impact the mining operation may have, and the distribution by the
government of PNG to landowner groups of an agreed share of royalties payable to the State by the operation. In
addition, all new mining leases are subject to agreed national content plans addressing various aspects of employment
and other community support. The cost of these measures could increase capital expenditure and operating costs and
therefore impact Harmony’s operational results and financial condition.
Compliance with emerging climate change regulations could result in significant costs for Harmony, and climate
change may present physical risks to our operations.
GHGs are emitted directly by Harmony’s operations and indirectly as a result of consuming electricity generated
by external utilities. Emissions from electricity consumption are indirectly attributable to Harmony’s operations. There
are currently a number of international and national measures to address or limit GHG emissions, including the Kyoto
Protocol, the Copenhagen Accord and the Paris Agreement (“ PA ”), in various phases of discussion or implementation.
As of October 5, 2016, enough contracting parties to the PA have ratified the PA for it to take legal effect. South
Africa ratified the PA on April 22, 2016. PNG ratified the PA on September 21, 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
16
In line with this aim, the country’s key carbon-emitting sectors, including energy and transport, had until end 2015
to finalize ‘carbon budgets’ and appropriate strategies to support these targets. Adopting a carbon budget model reflects
government’s acceptance of the relative energy and carbon intensity of the economy and the need to create the setting
required for industries to make the transition to a more carbon-constrained environment.
In November 2015, a draft Carbon Tax Bill was published for public consultation – the draft bill anticipates that
the carbon tax will be implemented on January 1, 2017. At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate impact of
the proposed carbon tax on the Company. Nevertheless, Harmony has set its internal carbon price (for the South African
operations) to match that of the proposed carbon tax. Harmony is at risk due to potential pass through costs from its
suppliers in the short term from increased fuel prices. As the draft bill stands, carbon tax on liquid fuels will be imposed
at the source. It is estimated that the increased fuel price would be R0.13/liter. This will have an impact on Harmony’s
operational expenses.
The Minister of Environmental Affairs noted that government would actively consult with industry on developing
carbon budgets to identify an “optimal combination” of mitigation actions to strike a balance between South Africa’s
socio-economic imperatives, especially creating and preserving jobs, as well as the need to manage climate change
impacts and contribute to global efforts to stabilize GHG concentrations.
From a medium and long-term perspective, we are likely to see an increase in costs relating to our energy-intensive
assets and assets that emit significant amounts of GHG as a result of regulatory initiatives in South Africa. These
regulatory initiatives will be either voluntary or mandatory and may impact our operations directly or by affecting our
suppliers or customers. These costs may include, among others, emission measurement and reduction, audit processes
and human resource costs. Non-compliance with statutory initiatives may result in monetary liabilities. Insurance
premiums may increase and our position relative to industry competitors may change. Assessments of the potential
impact of future climate change regulation are still uncertain, given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in
South Africa. PNG’s national office of climate change and environmental sustainability is studying the potential for
future economic growth to be driven by renewable energy. PNG has adopted a climate change policy but implementation
actions to date are very limited. The implications of the climate change policy on Harmony’s operations in PNG have
not yet been established but are not expected to have significant impacts.
The largest portion of GHG emissions is predominantly electricity-related, with electricity expenditure amounting
to approximately 16% of Harmony’s cash costs in South Africa. While cost management is clearly a strategic issue for
Harmony, of even greater importance is that energy supply be constant and reliable, given the implications of loss of
energy on both production and health and safety. GHG emissions regulations, which would increase the price of energy,
will affect Harmony significantly, as will regulation that stipulates emission thresholds, or sets technology standards that
may result in insecure energy supply. Already certain compliance costs from power suppliers are being passed on to the
Group in the form of price increases. For instance, in South Africa since 2009, Harmony has paid a levy of R0.02 -
R0.035 per kilowatt hour for electricity generated by fossil fuels. In the 2015 budget speech the Minister of Finance
proposed an increase in the electricity levy by an additional R0.02 per kilowatt hour. The implementation of the proposed
increase in the electricity levy is still to be determined. These levies may increase over time and additional levies may be
introduced in future in South Africa or PNG, which could result in a significant increase in our costs.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 —Harmony in Action—Environmental performance” on pages
68 to 70 for disclosure regarding our GHG emissions.
Our operations in South Africa are subject to water use licenses, which could impose significant costs.
Under South African law, Harmony’s local operations are subject to water use licenses that govern each
operation’s water use. These licenses require, among other issues, that mining operations achieve and maintain certain
water quality limits for all water discharges, where these apply. The majority of our South African operations are lawful
users with existing water permits in terms of the Water Act of 1954. Nevertheless, the South African operations have
applied to the relevant regional directors for water use licenses in terms of the National Water Act, 1998. Submissions
were made as early as 2003 and Harmony has been working closely with the regional directors in the review process. A
few operations have been issued with draft licenses for review and iteration. Kusasalethu has received its water use
license, subject to certain onerous conditions, which we have applied to be amended and are hopeful will be amended in
our favor. For the remaining licenses we anticipate that the conditions of the licenses may require Harmony to consider
and implement alternate water management measures that may have a significant cost implication for our business. We
intend working collaboratively with the regional departments to get to an amicable outcome that is in the best interest of
the licensee and the national water resource, as any failure on Harmony’s part to achieve or maintain compliance with the
requirements of these licenses for any of its operations may result in Harmony being subject to penalties, fees and
expenses or business interruption due to revoked water licenses. Any of these could have a material effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
17
There is a possibility of the South African National Treasury and Department of Water and Sanitation instituting an
environmental levy for the management of acid mine drainage (“ AMD ”) in future. AMD is a common occurrence on the
gold mines of the Witwatersrand Basin. AMD is caused by the exposure of sulfide-rich ore to oxygen and water during
the processes of mining, crushing, mineral recovery, and storage of the various waste streams. Any such environmental
levy could have a material effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 —Harmony in Action—Environmental performance” on pages
71 to 73 and pages 73 to 74 for disclosure regarding our water usage and management.
We may have exposure to rehabilitate potential groundwater pollution, which may include salination, and radiation
contamination that may exist where we have operated or continue to operate.
Due to the interconnected nature of mining operations, any proposed solution for potential flooding and decant risk
posed by deep groundwater needs to be a combined one supported by all mines located in the goldfields and government
in the event of legacy issues. As a result, the DMR and affected mining companies are involved in developing a regional
mine closure strategy. In view of limited current information, no reliable estimate can be made for any possible
obligations or liabilities for the Company, which could be material and have an adverse impact on Harmony’s financial
condition. The new financial provision regulations under NEMA published on November 20, 2015 are also likely to
affect the amount of financial provision which is set aside for rehabilitation of the mine. These regulations (draft
amendments to which are currently out for public comment) place an emphasis on post-closure water pumping and
treatment and the need for upfront provision to be set aside for the management of these types of impacts. No provision
for any potential liability has been made in the financial statements.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 —Harmony in Action—Environmental performance” on pages
61 to 63.
The use of contractors at certain of the Company’s operations may expose Harmony to delays or suspensions in
mining activities and increases in mining costs.
Harmony uses contractors at certain of its operations to mine and deliver ore to processing plants as well as for
other purposes. At mines employing mining contractors, contracting costs represent a significant proportion of the total
operating costs of these operations and the Company does not own all of the mining equipment.
Harmony’s operations could be disrupted, resulting in additional costs and liabilities, if the mining contractors at
affected mines have financial difficulties, if a dispute arises in renegotiating a contract, or if there is a delay in replacing
an existing contractor and its operating equipment to meet business needs at expected cost levels. Increases in contract
mining rates, in the absence of associated productivity increases, will also have an adverse impact on the Company’s
results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, Harmony’s reduced control over those aspects of operations which are the responsibility of contractors,
their failure to comply with applicable legal, human rights and regulatory requirements, or their inability to manage their
workforce or provide high quality services or a high level of productivity could adversely affect Harmony’s reputation,
results of operations and financial condition, and may result in the Company incurring liability to third parties due to the
actions of contractors.
Our jointly-controlled assets may not comply with our standards.
Harmony does not have full management control over some of its assets which are controlled and managed by joint
venture partnerships. The control environment of these assets may not align with our management and operating
standards, controls and procedures. Failure to adopt equivalent standards, controls and procedures could lead to higher
costs and reduced production, which could adversely affect our results and reputation.
Breaches in our information technology security processes and violations of data protection laws may adversely
impact the conduct of our business activities.
Harmony maintains global information technology (“ IT ”) and communication networks and applications to
support our business activities. Our extensive IT infrastructure and network may experience service outages that may
adversely impact the conduct of our business activities. IT security processes protecting Harmony’s IT infrastructure and
network may not prevent future malicious action or fraud by individuals, groups or organizations resulting in the
corruption of operating systems, theft of commercially sensitive data, including commercial price outlooks, mergers and
acquisitions and divestment transactions, misappropriation of funds and disruptions to our business operations.
Investors in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments, against us, our directors
and our executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the
United States or any state thereof.
18
We are incorporated in South Africa. Each of our directors and executive officers (and our independent registered
public accounting firm) resides outside the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially
all our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce a judgment
against these persons or ourselves obtained in a court of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of
the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any state thereof. A foreign judgment is not directly
enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided
that:
the court that pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles
recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;
the judgment is final and conclusive;
the judgment has not lapsed;
the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public
policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which require that the documents initiating the
United States proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to
be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;
the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and
the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the Protection of Business
Act 99 of 1978, as amended, of the Republic of South Africa.
Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our
compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.
Laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, “conflict
minerals” and “responsible” gold, new SEC regulations and other listing regulations applicable to us are subject to
change and can create uncertainty for companies like us. New or changed laws, regulations and standards could lack
specificity or be subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is
provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty on compliance matters and
higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.
In terms of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), we are required to furnish
a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. The report in this annual report contains,
among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of
the fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If we
fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing
basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The
requirement to evaluate and report on our internal controls also applies to companies that we may acquire and therefore,
this assessment may be complicated by any future acquisitions. While we continue to dedicate resources and
management time to ensuring that we have effective controls over financial reporting, failure to achieve and maintain an
effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on the market’s perception of our business
and our stock price. See Item 15: “Controls and Procedures” for management’s assessment as of June 30, 2016. In
addition to management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting, we are required to have our
independent registered public accounting firm publicly disclose their conclusions regarding the effectiveness of
Harmony’s internal controls over financial reporting.
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to
comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result
in, increased general and administrative expenses.
Failure to comply with laws, regulations, standards, contractual obligations whether following a breach or breaches
in governance processes or fraud, bribery and corruption may lead to regulatory penalties, loss of licenses or permits,
negative effects on our reported financial results, and adversely affect our reputation.
Harmony operates in multiple jurisdictions, including those with less developed political and regulatory
environments, and within numerous and complex frameworks. Our governance and compliance processes may not
prevent potential breaches of law, accounting principles or other governance practices.
Harmony’s Code of Conduct and Behavioral Code, among other policies, standards and guidance, and training
thereon may not prevent instances of unethical or unlawful behavior, including bribery or corruption, nor guarantee
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and breaches may not be detected by management.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
19
Sanctions for failure by the Company or others acting on its behalf to comply with these laws, regulations,
standards and contractual obligations could include fines, penalties, imprisonment of officers, litigation, and loss of
operating licenses or permits, suspensions of operations, negative effects on Harmony’s reported financial results and
may damage the Company’s reputation. Such sanctions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial
condition and results of operations.
Investors may face liquidity risk in trading our ordinary shares on the JSE Limited.
The primary listing of our ordinary shares is on the JSE Limited. Historically, the trading volumes and liquidity of
shares listed on the JSE have been low relative to other major markets. The ability of a holder to sell a substantial number
of our ordinary shares on the JSE in a timely manner, especially in a large block trade, may be restricted by this limited
liquidity. See Item 9: “The Offer and Listing—Listing Details—The Securities Exchange in South Africa.
Sales of large quantities of our ordinary shares and ADSs, or the perception that these sales may occur, could
adversely affect the prevailing market price of such securities.
The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could fall if large quantities of ordinary shares or ADSs are sold
in the public market, or there is a perception in the marketplace that such sales could occur. Subject to applicable
securities laws, holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may decide to sell them at any time. The market price of our
ordinary shares or ADSs could also fall as a result of any future offerings it makes of ordinary shares, ADSs or securities
exchangeable or exercisable for its ordinary shares or ADSs, or the perception in the marketplace that these sales might
occur. We may make such offerings of additional ADS rights, letters of allocation or similar securities from time to time
in the future.
Shareholders outside South Africa may not be able to participate in future issues of securities (including ordinary
shares) carried out by or on behalf of Harmony.
Securities laws of certain jurisdictions may restrict Harmony’s ability to allow participation by certain shareholders
in future issues of securities (including ordinary shares) carried out by or on behalf of Harmony. In particular, holders of
Harmony securities who are located in the United States (including those who hold ordinary shares or ADSs) may not be
able to participate in securities offerings by or on behalf of Harmony unless a registration statement under the Securities
Act is effective with respect to such securities or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is
available thereunder. Securities laws of certain other jurisdictions may also restrict Harmony’s ability to allow the
participation of all holders in such jurisdictions in future issues of securities carried out by Harmony. Holders who have a
registered address or are resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than South Africa should consult their
professional advisors as to whether they require any governmental or other consents or approvals or need to observe any
other formalities to enable them to participate in any offering of Harmony securities.
The liquidity and price of our ADRs, and our ability to raise capital, may be negatively impacted if our ADSs are
delisted from the NYSE and by the measures that we take to address non-compliance with the NYSE continued listing
standards.
Our ADRs are currently listed for trading on the NYSE. There are a number of continuing requirements that must
be met in order for our ADRs to remain listed on the NYSE and the failure to meet these listing standards could result in
the delisting of our ADRs from the NYSE. On September 8, 2015, we received notice that we are not in compliance with
the continued listing standard requiring a listed security to maintain a minimum average closing price of $1.00 per ADR
over a consecutive 30-trading-day period. Under the NYSE’s rules, we had a period of six months from the date of the
NYSE notice to bring the 30-trading-day average closing price of our ADRs above $1.00. The trading price of
Harmony’s ADRs complied with the continued listing standard within the six months’ notice period and therefore no
further action was required. In the event we are not able to meet the requirements necessary for continued listing on the
NYSE, our ADRs could be subject to delisting from the NYSE. See Item 9: “The Offer and Listing—A. Offer and
Listing Details”.
If our ADSs cease to be listed for trading on the NYSE for any reason, the liquidity of our ADSs may be materially
reduced and result in a corresponding material reduction in the price of our ADSs. Furthermore, any such delisting could
harm our ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may result in the potential loss of confidence by
investors, suppliers, business partners, licensees, customers and employees. Such consequences may materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As we have a significant number of outstanding share options, our ordinary shares are subject to dilution.
We have several employee share option schemes in operation. The remaining active employee share option scheme
came into effect in 2006, while awards under an employee share ownership plan (“ ESOP ”) governed by a trust called the
Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust (“ Tlhakanelo Trust ”) for employees other than management were made in August
2012 and in March of each subsequent year. Our shareholders have authorized up to 60,011,669 of the issued share
capital to be used for these plans. As a result, shareholders’ equity interests in us are subject to dilution to the extent of
the potential future exercises of the options through share schemes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20
We may not pay dividends or make similar payments to our shareholders in the future.
Harmony’s dividend policy is to pay cash dividends only if funds are available for that purpose. Whether funds are
available depends on a variety of factors, including the amount of cash available, our capital expenditures and other cash
requirements existing at the time. Under South African law, we are only entitled to pay a dividend or similar payment to
shareholders if we meet the solvency and liquidity tests set out in the Companies Act 71 of 2008 (as amended) including
its Regulations (the “ Companies Act ”) and our current Memorandum of Incorporation. Cash dividends or other similar
payments may not be paid in the future.
On April 1, 2012, a dividends tax (“ Dividends Tax ”) was introduced at a rate of 15% on dividends declared by
South African companies to beneficial shareholders borne by the shareholder receiving the dividend. This replaced
Secondary Tax on Companies. Although the substitution of Secondary Tax on Companies with Dividends Tax may
reduce the tax payable on our South African operations, thereby increasing distributable earnings, the withholding tax
will generally reduce the amount of dividends or other distributions received by shareholders.
In addition, Harmony’s foreign shareholders face investment risk from currency exchange rate fluctuations
affecting the market value of any dividends or distributions paid by the Company.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
21
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
The information set forth under the headings:
      “—About this report” on pages 3 to 4;
      “—Who we are” on pages 5 to 7;
      “—How we create value” on pages 8 to 9;
      “—Our strategy” on page 25;
      “—Understanding Harmony—Our business context” on pages 26 to 28;
      “—Harmony in Action—Operational performance” on pages 81 to 109;
      “—Harmony in Action—Projects and exploration” on pages 110 to 123;
      “—Directorate and administration” on page 152.
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference. Also see note 19 “Investments in
Associates”
and note 20 “Investments in Joint Operations” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning
on page F-1.
In the 2016 fiscal year, we did not receive any public takeover offers by third parties or make any public takeover offers
in respect of other companies’ shares.
Recent Developments
Developments since June 30, 2016
Since the end of fiscal 2016, the following significant events have occurred:
On July 7, 2016, Harmony repaid the remaining R300 million (US$20 million) outstanding on the R1.3 billion
Nedbank ZAR facility.
During July 2016, Harmony entered into short term gold forward sale contracts for a total of 432 000 ounces over a
period of 24 months. These contracts manage variability of cash flows for approximately 20% of the Group’s total
production and were concluded at an average gold price of R682,000/kg. We plan on applying cash flow hedge
accounting to these contracts. The financial effect will be determined as the contracts mature as the realized gain or loss
is dependent on the R/kg gold price on the date of maturity.
On August 15, 2016, the Harmony board declared a dividend of 50 SA cents (4 US cents) for the year ended June
30, 2016. US$14.9 million was paid on September 19, 2016.
On August 25, 2016, an application for a special mining lease for the Wafi-Golpu project was submitted to the
Mineral Resources Authority in Papua New Guinea. Submission of this application follows reviews of the feasibility
study for the Wafi-Golpu project by the boards of directors of both Harmony and Newcrest Mining Limited (Newcrest),
Harmony’s joint venture partner in the project. Further project development will be subject to the granting of the special
mining lease, the obtaining of all necessary permits, approvals and agreements and, ultimately, approval by the boards of
both Harmony and Newcrest.
On September 19, 2016, Harmony announced that it would acquire Newcrest's 50% of Hidden Valley for a cash
consideration of US$1, subject to certain regulatory approvals. Harmony will assume all liabilities and expenses related
to the Hidden Valley joint venture and mine, including all closure, rehabilitation and remediation obligations, with effect
from August 31, 2016. Newcrest will pay an amount of US$22.5 million as its once-off contribution towards Hidden
Valley’s future closure liability. Harmony and Newcrest will remain joint venture partners in the Wafi-Golpu project.
The transaction became unconditional on October 25 2016. Management will begin the process for the purchase price allocation
in accordance with IFRS 3, Business Combinations . An updated life-of-mine plan will be completed for Hidden Valley.
On completion of the transaction, 100% of the operation's assets, liabilities, income and expenses will be recognized in the financial statements.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
22
B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
The information set forth under the headings:
      “—Who we are” on pages 5 to 7;
      “—Understanding Harmony” on pages 25 to 35;
      “—Harmony in Action—Safety and health” on pages 36 to 47;
      ““—Harmony in Action—Employees and communities ” on pages 48 to 58;
      “—Harmony in Action—Environmental performance” on pages 59 to 77;
      “—Harmony in Action—Operational performance” on pages 81 to 109;
      “—Harmony in Action—Projects and exploration” on pages 110 to 123;
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
Capital Expenditures
Capital expenditures for all operations and capitalized exploration incurred for fiscal 2016 amounted to US$164
million, compared with US$226 million in fiscal 2015 and US$244 million in fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2016, capital
expenditure at PNG accounted for 13% of the total, with Kusasalethu accounting for 15%, Phakisa, Tshepong and Target
1 each accounting for 13% of the total. During fiscal 2015, capital expenditure at PNG accounted for 9% of the total,
with Kusasalethu accounting for 19%, Phakisa accounting for 16% and Tshepong accounting for 13% of the total. During
fiscal 2014, capital expenditure at PNG accounted for 5% of the total, with Kusasalethu accounting for 20% and Phakisa
and Target 1 each accounting for 14% and 11% respectively of the total.
The focus of our capital expenditures in recent years has been underground development and plant improvement
and upgrades. During fiscal 2016, the capital expenditure was funded from the Company’s cash generated by operation.
See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
We have budgeted approximately US$200 million for capital expenditures in fiscal 2017. We currently expect that
our planned operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations and new borrowings as needed. Details
regarding the capital expenditure for each operation is included in the table below.
Capital expenditure budgeted for fiscal 2017
(US$’million)
South Africa
Kusasalethu ............
26
Doornkop................
16
Phakisa ...................
25
Tshepong ................
31
Masimong...............
7
Target 1 ..................
23
Bambanani..............
7
Joel .........................
17
Unisel .....................
6
Other – surface .......
16
International
Hidden Valley ........
6
Total operational capital expenditure
180
Golpu......................
18
Other international..
2
Total capital expenditure
200
BACKGROUND IMAGE
23
Reserves
As at June 30, 2016, we have declared attributable gold equivalent proved and probable reserves of 36.9 million
ounces: 16.8 million ounces gold in South Africa and 20.2 million gold and gold equivalent ounces in PNG. In instances
where individual deposits may contain multiple valuable commodities with a reasonable expectation of being recovered
(for example gold and copper in a single deposit) Harmony computes a gold equivalent to more easily assess the value of
the deposit against gold-only mines. Harmony does this by calculating the value of each of the commodity, then dividing
the product by the price of gold. For example, the gold equivalent of a gold and copper deposit would be calculated as
follows: ((gold ounces x gold price per ounce) + (copper pounds x copper price per pound)) / gold price per ounce. All
calculations are done using metal prices as stipulated in the discussion below. Harmony assumes a 100% metallurgical
recovery in its calculations unless otherwise stated. The year-on-year negative variance in mineral reserves is due to the
following reasons:
normal depletion of 1.2 million ounces;
a net decrease of 4.5 million ounces in reserves due to changes at operations (mainly at Kusasalethu where
the revised life-of-mine focuses on the higher grade portion of the ore body).
We use the SAMREC Code, which sets out the internationally recognized procedures and standards for reporting
of mineral resources and mineral reserves. We use the term “mineral reserves” herein, which has the same meaning as
“ore reserves”, as defined in the SAMREC Code. Our reporting of the PNG Mineral Reserves complies with the 2012
JORC code. This code is materially the same as the SAMREC Code. In reporting of reserves, we have complied with the
SEC's Industry Guide 7.
For the reporting of Mineral Reserves the following parameters were applied:
a gold price of US$1,150 per ounce;
an exchange rate of R12.85 per US dollar,
the above parameters resulting in a gold price of R475,000/kg for the South African assets;
the Hidden Valley Operation and Wafi-Golpu project in the Morobe Mining Joint Ventures used prices of
US$1,150/oz gold (“ Au”) , US$15.00/oz silver (“ Ag ”), US$5.00/lb molybdenum (“ Mo ”) and US$3.00/lb
copper (“ Cu ”) at an exchange rate of US$0.80 per A$.
gold equivalent ounces are calculated assuming a US$1,150/oz Au, US$ 3.00/lb Cu and US$15.00/oz Ag
with 100% recovery for all metals. These assumptions are based on those used in the 2016 feasibility study;
and
“gold equivalent” is computed as the value of the Company’s gold, silver and copper from all mineral
resources/reserves classifications divided by the price of gold. All calculations are done using metal prices as
stipulated.
In order to define the proved and probable mineral reserve at our underground operations, we apply the concept of
a cut-off grade. At our underground operations in South Africa, this is done by defining the optimal cut-off grade as the
lowest grade at which an orebody can be mined such that the total profits, under a specified set of mining parameters, are
maximized. The cut-off grade is determined using our Optimizer computer program which requires the following as
input:
the database of measured and indicated resource blocks (per operation);
an assumed gold price which, for this mineral reserve statement, was taken as R475,000 per kilogram (gold
price of US$1,150 per ounce and an exchange rate of R12.85 per US dollar);
planned production rates;
the mine recovery factor which is equivalent to the mine call factor (“ MCF ”) multiplied by the plant
recovery factor; and
planned cash costs (cost per tonne).
Rand per tonne cash costs of the mines are historically based, but take into account distinct changes in the cost
environment, such as the future production profile, restructuring, right-sizing, and cost reduction initiatives.
For the block cave reserve at Golpu (PNG), we used our consultants’ proprietary tool called “Block Cave mine
optimizing software computer program” to define the optimal mine plan and sequencing.
The open pit reserve at Hidden Valley (PNG) is defined by a pit design based on the optimal output from Whittle
open pit optimization software.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
24
See the table below in this section for the cut-off grades and cost per tonne for each operation.
The mineral reserves represent that portion of the measured and indicated resources above cut-off in the life-of-
mine plan and have been estimated after consideration of the factors affecting extraction, including mining, metallurgical,
economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors. A range of disciplines which includes
geology, survey, planning, mining engineering, rock engineering, metallurgy, financial management, human resources
management and environmental management have been involved at each mine in the life-of-mine planning process and
the conversion of resources into reserves. The oreflow-related modifying factors used to convert the mineral resources to
mineral reserves through the life-of-mine planning process are stated for each individual operation. For these factors,
historical information is used, except if there is a valid reason to do otherwise. Owing to depth and rock engineering
requirements at our underground mines, some mines design stope support pillars into their mining layouts which
accounts for approximately 7% to 10% discounting. Further discounting relates to the life-of-mine extraction to provide
for geological losses.
Our standard for narrow reef sampling with respect to both proved and probable reserve calculations for
underground mining operations in South Africa is generally applied on a 6 meter by 6 meter grid. Average sample
spacing on development ends is at 2 meter intervals in development areas. For the massive mining at the Target 1
operation, our standard for sampling with respect to both proved and probable reserves are fan drilling with “B” sized
diamond drill holes (43mm core) sited at 50 meter spaced sections along twin access drives. The Kalgold opencast
operations are sampled on diamond drill and reverse circulation drill spacing of no more than 25 meters on average.
Surface mining at South African operations other than Kalgold involves recovering gold from areas previously involved
in mining and processing, such as metallurgical plants, waste rock dumps and tailing dams (slimes and sand) for which
random sampling is used.
The PNG resources are hosted in large porphyry or related mesothermal geological systems. Data is gained through
diamond drilling using PQ down to NQ sized core. The core is cut in half, one half sampled at a maximum of 2 meter
intervals and the other half stored in designated core storage facilities. Drill spacing at our Hidden Valley operations is
typically on less than 20 meter centers for measured category, 20 to 40 meter centers for the Indicated category and
greater than 40 meters for Inferred category material. Due to the nature of the Golpu porphyry mineralization, drill
spacing is increased to 100 to 200 meters for indicated and greater for inferred. Assaying for gold is by fire assay and
various methods are used for copper and other elements. All assays informing the resource calculation are analyzed at a
National Association of Testing Authorities (“ NATA ”) accredited commercial laboratory. Extensive Quality
Assurance/Quality Control work is undertaken and data is stored in an electronic database.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
25
Our mining operations’ reported total proved and probable reserves as of June 30, 2016 are set out below:
Mineral Reserves statement (Imperial) as at June 30, 2016
Operations Gold
PROVED RESERVES
PROBABLE RESERVES
TOTAL RESERVES
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Gold oz
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Gold oz
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Gold oz
(1)
(000)
South Africa Underground
Bambanani.............................
1.4
0.323
449
1.4
0.323
449
Joel ........................................
2.8
0.153
435
3.3
0.134
440
6.1
0.143
875
Masimong..............................
1.6
0.118
193
0.3
0.112
30
1.9
0.117
223
Phakisa ..................................
6.2
0.191
1,185
2.1
0.209
437
8.3
0.196
1,622
Target 1 .................................
3.0
0.134
401
4.3
0.139
591
7.3
0.137
992
Tshepong...............................
18.9
0.160
3,022
3.9
0.128
500
22.8
0.155
3,522
Unisel ....................................
1.4
0.122
168
1.4
0.127
180
2.8
0.124
348
Doornkop...............................
1.9
0.147
278
2.8
0.152
431
4.7
0.150
709
Kusasalethu ...........................
4.2
0.209
878
0.2
0.155
36
4.4
0.206
914
Total South Africa
Underground
41.4
0.169
7,009
18.3
0.145
2,645
59.7
0.162
9,654
Mineral Reserves statement (Imperial) as at June 30, 2016
Operations Gold
PROVED RESERVES
PROBABLE RESERVES
TOTAL RESERVES
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Gold oz
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Gold oz
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Gold oz
(1)
(000)
South Africa Surface
Kalgold ...............................
5.8
0.028
165
13.6
0.033
443
19.4
0.031
608
Free State Surface—
Phoenix .........................
88.0
0.008
712
88.0
0.008
712
St Helena.......................
193.9
0.008
1,507
193.9
0.008
1,507
Central Plant...................
73.2
0.008
551
73.2
0.008
551
Other ..............................
551.8
0.007
3,726
551.8
0.007
3,726
Total South Africa
Surface
287.7
0.008
2,384
638.6
0.007
4,720
926.3
0.008
7,104
Total South Africa
329.1
9,393
656.9
7,365
986.0
16,758
Papua New Guinea
(2)
Hidden Valley .....................
1.4
0.032
45
12.6
0.047
599
14.0
0.046
644
Hamata................................
0.1
0.031
2
1.1
0.065
71
1.2
0.063
73
Golpu ..................................
209.0
0.026
5,522
209.0
0.026
5,522
Total Papua New Guinea
1.5
0.032
47
222.7
0.028
6,192
224.2
0.028
6,239
Total
330.6
9,440
879.6
13,557
1,210.2
22,997
(1)
Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are reported as mill delivered tons and head grades. Metallurgical
recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures.
(2)
Represents Harmony’s attributable interest of 50%.
Note: 1 ton = 907 kg = 2,000 lbs.
In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our gold equivalents for reserves for silver and copper from our
PNG operations. Gold equivalent ounces are calculated assuming a US$1,150/oz for gold, US$3.00/lb copper and
US$15.00/oz for silver with 100% recovery for all metals.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
26
Gold Equivalents
(2)
Silver
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total reserves
Tons
(millions)
Gold
Equivalents
(oz)
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Gold
Equivalents
(oz)
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Gold
Equivalents
(oz)
(1)
(000)
Hidden Valley
1.4
12
12.6
166
14.0
178
Copper
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total reserves
Tons
(millions)
Gold
Equivalents
(oz)
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Gold
Equivalents
(oz)
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Gold
Equivalents
(oz)
(1)
(000)
Golpu
209.0
13,471
209.0
13,471
Total Gold Equivalents
1.4
12
221.6
13,907
223.0
13,919
Total Harmony including gold
equivalents
330.6
9,452
879.6
27,464
1,210.2
36,916
In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our attributable reserves for silver and copper from our PNG
operations. Metal prices are assumed at US$15.00/oz for silver, US$3.00/lb for copper, and molybdenum at US$5.00/lb.
Papua New Guinea: Other
(2)
Silver
Proved Reserves
Probable Reserves
Total Reserves
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Silver oz
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Silver oz
(1)
(000)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(oz/ton)
Silver oz
(1)
(000)
Hidden Valley................
1.4
0.628
882
12.6
1.012
12,789
14.0
0.973
13,671
Copper
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(%)
Cu lb
(1)
(millions)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(%)
Cu lb
(1)
(millions)
Tons
(millions)
Grade
(%)
Cu lb
(1)
(millions)
Golpu .............................
209.0
1,144
5,269
209.0
1.144
5,269
(1)
Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are reported as mill delivered tons and head grades. Metallurgical
recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures.
(2)
Represents Harmony’s attributable interest of 50%.
Note: 1 ton = 907 kg = 2,000 lbs
Our methodology for determining our reserves is subject to change and is based upon estimates and assumptions
made by management regarding a number of factors as noted above in this section. Cost per tonne and cut-off grade per
operation are as follows.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
27
Operations gold
Underground Operations
Surface and Massive Mining
Cut-off grade
(cmg/t)
Cut-off cost
(R/Tonne)
Cut-off grade
(g/t)
Cut-off cost
(R/Tonne)
South Africa Underground
Bambanani ...................................................
1,799
3,479
Joel...............................................................
800
1,674
Masimong ....................................................
906
1,670
Phakisa .........................................................
790
2,104
Target 1 ........................................................
3.80
1,924
Tshepong......................................................
650
1,922
Unisel...........................................................
868
1,708
Doornkop .....................................................
680
1,781
Kusasalethu ..................................................
795
2,164
South Africa Surface
Kalgold.........................................................
0.54
242
Free State Surface ........................................
0.17
47
Cut-off grade
(%Cu)
Cut-off cost
(A$/Tonne)
Cut-off grade
(g/t)
Cut-off cost
(A$/Tonne)
Papua New Guinea
Hidden Valley ..............................................
0.91
32.5
Hamata .........................................................
0.91
32.5
Golpu ...........................................................
0.2
22.0
Operations silver and copper
Underground Operations
Surface and Massive Mining
Cut-off grade
(%Cu)
Cut-off cost
(A$/Tonne)
Cut-off grade
(g/t)
Cut-off cost
(A$/Tonne)
SILVER
Papua New Guinea
Hidden Valley............................................
0.91
32.5
COPPER
Papua New Guinea
Golpu.........................................................
0.2
22.0
Notes on Cut-off:
1)
Surface and massive mining are stated in g/t (g/t is grams of metal per tonne of ore).
2)
All SA underground operations are stated in cmg/t (cmg/t is the Reef Channel width multiplied by the g/t which indicates the gold
content within the Reef Channel).
Notes on Cut-off cost:
Cut-off cost refers to the cost in R/Tonne or A$/Tonne to mine and process a tonne of ore.
Notes on Copper:
Cut-off is stated in % Cu.
Notes on Golpu:
Cut-off is based on 0.2% copper; molybdenum and gold mined as by-product.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
28
Worldwide Operations
The following is a map of our worldwide operations:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
29
BACKGROUND IMAGE
30
Geology
The major portion of our South African gold production is derived from mines located in the Witwatersrand Basin
in South Africa. The Witwatersrand Basin is an elongated structure that extends approximately 300 kilometers in a
northeast-southwest direction and approximately 100 kilometers in a northwest-southeast direction. It is an Archean
sedimentary basin containing a six kilometer thick stratigraphic sequence consisting mainly of quartzites and shales with
minor volcanic units. The majority of production is derived from auriferous placer reefs situated at different stratigraphic
positions and at varying depths below the surface in three of the seven defined goldfields of the Witwatersrand Basin.
Our Hidden Valley project comprises low sulphidation carbonate-base metal-gold epithermal deposits within the
Morobe Goldfield, in the Morobe Province of PNG. In the Hidden Valley project area, a batholith of Morobe
Granodiorite (locally a coarse grained monzogranite) is flanked by fine metasediments of the Owen Stanley
Metamorphics. Both are cut by dykes of Pliocene porphyry ranging from hornblende-biotite to feldspar-quartz
porphyries. A number of commonly argillic altered and gold anomalous breccias are known, including both hydrothermal
and over printing structural breccias. The Hidden Valley deposit is hosted in the Moribe Granodiorite, dominated by a
series of post-Miocene faults, both north and north-west trending, control the gold mineralization.
Our Wafi project comprises the sedimentary/volcaniclastic rocks of the Owen Stanley Formation that surround the
Wafi Diatreme and host the gold mineralization. Gold mineralization occurs associated with an extensive zone of high-
sulphidation epithermal alteration overprinting porphyry mineralization and epithermal style vein-hosted and replacement
gold mineralization with associated wall-rock alteration. The Golpu Copper-Gold project is located about one kilometer
northeast of the Wafi gold orebody. It is a porphyry (diorite) copper-gold deposit. The host lithology is a diorite that
exhibits a typical zoned porphyry copper alteration halo together with mineralization in the surrounding metasediment.
The mineralized body can be described as a porphyry copper-gold “pipe”. The Wafi gold mineralization and alteration
partially overprints the upper levels of the Golpu porphyry copper-gold mineralization.
Operations Recently Placed on Care and Maintenance
Target 3
Target 3 (previously Loraine 3) and Freddies 7 & 9 shafts were acquired from Pamodzi Gold Free State
(Proprietary) Limited (In Liquidation) (“ Pamodzi FS”) in February 2010. Target 3 is situated near the town of
Allanridge in the Free State Province, some 270 kilometers southwest of Johannesburg. Located on the northern limit of
the Welkom Goldfields, the site is accessed via the R30 motorway situated between the towns of Bothaville and
Welkom.
Geology : At Target 3 Shaft there remains a mix of remnant ore blocks including shaft pillar blocks where scattered
mining can be exploited, and a number of areas of virgin ground where conventional mining can take place, with the
potential to exploit zone 3 in the Freddies 9 Shaft area.
The gold mineralization exploited by Target 3 is contained within the Basal Reef, B Reef, A Reef (Kimberly
Formation) and Elsburg Reef, a succession of Elsburg a pebble conglomerate reefs hosted by the Van Heeverrust
(Eldorado Formation). Synclinal fold forms the major structural feature and is manifested as an asymmetric syncline
whose axis trends N 15° W, with a general plunge of 10—12° north.
The Target 3 Shaft orebody has characteristics that suit massive mining techniques in the Eldorados which enable
design to be centered on a mechanized operation.
Mining operations: During fiscal 2015 the operation was placed on care and maintenance. This decision was
taken based on the financial performance of the operation and the future capital that was required to extend the life of the
mine.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
31
Production analysis :
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
Target 3
2016
(1)
2015
(1)
2014
Production
Tons (‘000) ......................................................................................
99
331
Recovered grade (ounces/ton) .........................................................
0.156
0.137
Gold produced (ounces)...................................................................
15,529
45,429
Gold sold (ounces)...........................................................................
16,140
45,301
Results of operations ($)
Product sales (‘000).........................................................................
19,432
58,788
Cash cost (‘000)...............................................................................
(14,870)
(53,856)
Inventory movement (‘000).............................................................
(603)
60
Production profit (‘000)...................................................................
3,959
4,992
Cash costs
Per ounce of gold produced ($)........................................................
958
1,185
All-in sustaining cost
Per ounce of gold sold ($)................................................................
1,114
1,514
Capex (‘000) ($)..............................................................................
1,785
12,385
(1)
Placed on care and maintenance in October 2014, therefore no discussion has been included for fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015.
Tonnages milled decreased from 355,000 tons in fiscal 2013 to 331,000 tons in fiscal 2014. This was due to
environmental conditions (unable to develop sub-shaft areas) and erratic grades in secondary reefs and complex geology
necessitating many unplanned crew moves. The erratic grades in secondary reefs in which more than 70% of mining on
Target 3 and hanging wall / footwall conditions in Basal and B-Reefs resulted in the decrease in recovery grade from
0.147 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013 to 0.137 ounces per ton in fiscal 2014. In fiscal 2014 ounces produced decreased by
13% to 45,429 ounces, primarily as a result of a decrease in recovered grade and tons generated. The average tons milled
in fiscal 2014 was 27,580 tons per month, compared with 29,583 tons per month in fiscal 2013.
Revenue decreased to US$58.8 million in fiscal 2014 as a result of the decrease in ounces produced. Cash costs per
ounce increased from US$1,116/oz in fiscal 2013 to US$1,185/oz in fiscal 2014. This was mainly due to a decrease in
production. Cash costs for Target 3 was US$53.9 million in fiscal 2014, compared with US$58.3 million in fiscal 2013.
Cash costs in Rand terms increased by 10% this increase was primarily attributed to an increase in electricity costs of 8%
as well as an increase in contractor cost to rehabilitate the second escape to comply with safety standards and procedures,
but was however negated in dollar terms due to the weakening of the Rand in fiscal 2014.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
32
Regulation
Mineral Rights
-
South Africa
The MPRDA
The MPRDA is the primary legislation used to regulate the mining industry since it came into effect on May 1,
2004. The Department of Mineral Resources (the “ DMR ”) is the national department tasked with implementing the
MPRDA and regulating the mining industry. The MPRDA extinguished private ownership of mineral rights. The South
African government’s role as custodian of South Africa’s mineral and petroleum resources was entrenched in system
where the right to prospect and mine is granted by government through the Minister of Mineral Resources (the
" Minister ").
The principal objectives of the MPRDA are:
to recognize the internationally accepted right of the South African government to exercise full and
permanent sovereignty over all the mineral and petroleum resources within South Africa;
to give effect to the principle of South Africa’s custodianship of its mineral and petroleum resources;
to promote equitable access to South Africa’s mineral and petroleum resources to all the people of South
Africa;
to substantially and meaningfully expand opportunities for HDSAs including women, to enter the mineral
and petroleum industry and to benefit from the exploitation of South Africa’s mineral and petroleum
resources;
to promote economic growth and mineral and petroleum resources development in South Africa;
to promote employment and advance the social and economic welfare of all South Africans;
to provide security of tenure in respect of prospecting, exploration, mining and production operations;
to give effect to Section 24 of the South African Constitution by ensuring that South Africa’s mineral and
petroleum resources are developed in an orderly and ecologically sustainable manner while promoting
justifiable social and economic development; and
to ensure that holders of mining and production rights contribute towards socio-economic development of the
areas in which they are operating.
Owing to the change brought about by the MPRDA, provision for a transition from the old regime (in which the
role of the South African government was regulatory in nature and in which the right to mine vested in the holder of the
mineral rights) to the new regime (which provides for the South African government, acting through the Minister, to
grant mining rights) has been made in the Transitional Provisions contained in Schedule II of the MPRDA (the
Transitional Provisions ”). The Transitional Provisions provide for, among other things, the holders of then-existing
“old order” mining rights to apply for the conversion of those old order rights into “new order” mining rights in
accordance with the MPRDA within five years of May 1, 2004, or before the old order right expired, whichever was
earlier.
Old order mining rights were converted into new order mining rights in accordance with the MPRDA provided that
the holder of the old order right fulfilled the requirements specified in the MPRDA, its Regulations and the Revised
Mining Charter. Upon conversion, or failure to convert within the specified time periods, the old order rights cease to
exist. In the event that the old order right was converted, the new order mining right could have been converted for a
period up to 30 years which period may be renewed for further periods, each of which may not exceed 30 years at a time.
A mining right for which an application for renewal has been lodged shall, despite its stated expiry date, remain in force
until such time as such application has been granted or refused.
In accordance with the MPRDA, the holder of a mining right must comply with the terms of the right, the
provisions of the MPRDA, the environmental authorization (issued under the National Environmental Management Act,
107 of 1998
("
NEMA"), the mining work programme and the social and labor plan (the " SLP ") approved as part of the
right. The SLP relates to the obligations placed on the mining right holder to, among other things, train employees of the
mine in accordance with prescribed training methodologies, achieve employment equity and human resource
development in the mining company, improve housing and living conditions of employees and set up local economic
development projects. Compliance with the provisions of the MPRDA, environmental authorization, mining work
programme and SLP is monitored by submission of monthly, bi-annual and annual returns and reports by the holder of
the right to the DMR in accordance with the provisions of the MPRDA and the right.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
33
We have been working on our program of licensing since 2004, which involved the compilation of a mineral assets
register and the identification of all of our economic, mineral and mining rights. We actively carry out mining and
exploration activities in all of our material mineral rights areas. Accordingly, the change in regime to that contained in
the MPRDA has not had a significant impact on our mining and exploration activities as we applied for and were granted
conversion of all of our old-order mining rights into new order mining rights in terms of the MPRDA. Our strategy has
been to secure all strategic mining rights on a region-by-region basis, which we have achieved as we have secured all
“old mining rights” and validated existing mining authorizations. We now have to continue complying with the required
monthly, annual and bi-annual reporting obligation to the DMR.
On May 31, 2013, a notice was published in the Government Gazette recording the Minister's intention to introduce
the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, 2013 (the “ MPRDA Bill ”) into Parliament. The
Bill was introduced into Parliament on June 21, 2013. The DMR briefed the National Assembly's Portfolio Committee on
Mineral Resources on July 30 and 31, 2013, however, the MPRDA Bill has not been assented to by the President and
remains pending. There is a degree of uncertainty regarding the changes that will be brought about should the MPRDA
Bill be made law and the MPRDA Bill raises some concerns as it relates to Harmony’s business:
Concentration of rights
The MPRDA Bill seeks to amend the MPRDA to provide that the Minister must refuse to provide a mining
right or an exploration right if this will result in a concentration of rights under the control of the applicant.
Ownership of tailings created before May 1, 2004
The MPRDA provides that historic tailings are not regulated in terms of the MPRDA; however, the MPRDA
Bill purports to amend the MPRDA so as to render historic tailings subject to regulation under the MPRDA,
resulting in the South African government gaining custodianship of historic tailings.
Mineral beneficiation
A key change is that the MPRDA Bill now makes it mandatory for the Minister to “initiate or promote the
beneficiation of minerals and petroleum resources in the Republic of South Africa”. The MPRDA Bill
affords the Minister broad discretion over beneficiation, without providing any criteria under which such
discretion should be exercised.
Issue of a closure certificate
The MPRDA Bill envisages that a rights holder will remain liable for environmental and associated damage
caused by prospecting and mining operations, even after (and notwithstanding) the issue of a closure
certificate by the Minister. This means that a rights holder will no longer be indemnified from liability after
the issue of a closure certificate.
Harmony is, through the Chamber of Mines of South Africa, working closely with government to ensure that the
MPRDA Bill is drafted to support continued investment in mining in South Africa.
The Mining Charter
The South African government has identified the South African mining industry as an industry in which significant
BEE (increased participation by black South Africans) is required. One of the express objects of the MPRDA is to
substantially and meaningfully encourage Historically Disadvantaged South Africans (" HDSAs "), including women, to
enter the mineral and petroleum industries and to benefit from the exploitation of the nation’s mineral and petroleum
resources. Section 100 of the MPRDA provides that the Minister must, within six months from the date on which the
MPRDA takes effect, develop a broad-based social empowerment charter. This sets the framework, targets and timetable
for affecting the entry of HDSAs into the mining industry, and allow such South Africans to benefit from the exploitation
of mining and mineral resources.
Mining right holders were initially required to comply with the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment
Charter (the “ Original Mining Charter ") for effecting entry of HDSAs into the mining industry. Among other things,
the Original Mining Charter required (i) each mining company to achieve a 15% HDSA ownership of mining assets
within five years of the Mining Charter coming into effect and a 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets within 10 years
of the Mining Charter coming into effect, (ii) the mining industry as a whole to agree to assist HDSA companies in
securing finance to fund participation in an amount of R100 billion over the first five years and (iii) mining companies to
spell out plans for achieving employment equity at management level with a view to achieving a baseline of 40% HDSA
participation at executive management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level core and critical
skills, middle management level and junior management level and 10% participation by women in the mining industry, in
each case within five years.
On September 13, 2010, the Minister published the Amendment of the Broad-Based Socio-Economic
Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Mineral Industry (the “ Revised Mining Charter ") and an
BACKGROUND IMAGE
34
updated Scorecard in respect thereof. The Revised Mining Charter’s addresses ownership, procurement and enterprise
development, beneficiation, employment equity, human resources development, mine community development, housing
and living conditions, sustainable development and growth of the mining industry and reporting (monitoring and
evaluation).
BEE participation is an absolute requirement for the conversion of a mining right. Mining companies are required
to achieve an effective HDSA ownership of 26% of mining companies. The Revised Mining Charter does provide for a
maximum 11% HDSA equity offset where a mining company undertakes beneficiation activities in relation to the
mineral it extracts and mining companies are required to (i) procure a minimum of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services
and 50% of consumer goods from HDSA suppliers (i.e. suppliers in which a minimum of 25% + 1 vote of their share
capital must be owned by HDSAs) by 2014 (exclusive of non-discretionary procurement expenditure); (ii) ensure that
multinational suppliers of capital goods contribute a minimum of 0.5% of their annual income generated from South
African mining companies into a social development fund from 2010 towards the socio-economic development of South
African communities; (iii) achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation by 2014 at executive
management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level, core and critical skills, middle management
level and junior management level, (iv) invest up to 5% of annual payroll in essential skills development activities and
(v) implement measures to improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mineworkers by converting or
upgrading mineworkers’ hostels into family units, attaining an occupancy rate of one person per room and facilitating
home ownership options for all mineworkers in consultation with organized labor, all of which must be achieved by
2014.
In addition, mining companies are required to monitor and evaluate their compliance with the Revised Mining
Charter and must submit annual compliance reports to the DMR. The Scorecard attached to the Revised Mining Charter
makes provision for a phased-in approach for compliance with the above targets over the five year period ended in 2014.
For measurement purposes, the Scorecard allocates various weightings to the different elements of the Revised Mining
Charter. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Revised Mining Charter will amount to a breach of the MPRDA and
may result in the cancellation or suspension of a mining company’s existing mining rights.
December 2014 marked the end of the five-year period of implementation of the Revised Mining Charter and, as
such, all targets must have been achieved by the end of calendar 2014. In March 2015, the DMR made an interim report
of consolidated results of the self-assessment by reporting companies of compliance with the Mining Charter, reporting
relatively broad compliance with the non-ownership requirements of the Revised Mining Charter. However, the DMR
did not report the results of compliance with the HDSA ownership guidelines of the Mining Charter and noted that there
is no consensus on certain applicable principles.
Harmony believes that it had complied with the requirements of the Revised Mining Charter. Harmony will
continue to comply with the Revised Mining Charter until a new Charter is applicable. See “ Integrated Annual Report for
the 20-F 2016 —Harmony in Action—Mining Charter compliance scorecard” on pages 78 to 80 .
In March 2015, the Minister released the assessment of the mining industry’s compliance with the Mining Charter.
Following the release, on April 15, 2016 the Minister published the Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment Charter
for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (" draft Mining Charter" ). The draft Mining Charter is still in draft
form and may be subject to change, however, we note that:
      the targets set in the Revised Charter have all been heightened and more stringent compliance requirements
        have been proposed;
      as was the case with its predecessors, the draft Mining Charter contains six elements with which mining
        companies are expected to comply. In addition, an updated weighted scorecard has been included, however,
        that the Ownership, Housing and Living Conditions and Human Resource Development elements are now
"        Ring Fenced Elements ", which means that mining companies must ensure strict compliance with these
        elements at all times. The Employment Equity, Procurement and Supplier Development and Mine
        Community Development elements are each weighted;
      existing right holders are given a maximum of three years from the effective date of the draft Mining
        Charter, to comply with the revised targets set out therein;
      the draft Mining Charter seeks to align itself with the Revised Codes of Good Practice on Black Economic
        Empowerment, 2013 published under the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (Act 53 of 2003
        (“ BBBEE Act "). this is, however, done in an opaque fashion, as it relates only to the scorecard and ignores
        the important discrepancies in the manner that ownership by HDSAs is measured; and
      rights holders who have not complied with the Ring Fenced Elements and who fall below a 50% compliance
        level on the weighted scorecard are said to be in breach of the MPRDA.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
35
Harmony notes the difference of opinion in how some BEE transactions are recognized and the applicability of the
" once empowered, always empowered principle ". To this end, the DMR and the mining industry have agreed to jointly
seek a ‘declaratory order’ from a South African court to determine whether the " once empowered, always empowered
principle
" is applicable to the BBE component of the Mining Charter. This is a proactive and necessary step to promote
regulatory certainty for the mining industry and will be fundamental to the implementation of the draft Mining Charter.
The Royalty Act
The Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Act 28 of 2008 and the Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Administration Act 29
of 2008 were assented to on November 21, 2008 with the commencement date set as May 1, 2009. However, the date on
which royalties became payable was deferred to March 1, 2010. Royalties are payable by the holders of mining rights to
the government according to formula based on earnings before interest and tax. This rate is then applied to revenue to
calculate the royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold. For 2016, the average royalty
rate for our South African operations was 0.8% of gross sales.
The Davis Tax Committee also released a report on the determination of royalties for mining comments. This
report proposed no changes to the royalty regime even though a number of amendments have recently been introduced
dealing with the payment of mining royalties. Effectively the intention is to treat the payment similar to the
determination of provisional tax on the basis that payments must effectively be made on a six-monthly basis. It is
possible that there may be more than two payments if an estimate provided by a taxpayer is adjusted. Penalties may
also be levied as a result of underestimation and not on the underestimation as such.
The BBBEE Act and the BBBEE Amendment Act
The BBBEE Act, which came into effect on April 21, 2004, established a national policy on broad-based
black economic empowerment with the objective to (i) remedy historical racial imbalances in the South Africa economy
and (ii) achieve economic transformation, by increasing the number of black people who participate in the mainstream
South African economy. The BBBEE Act provides for various measures to promote BEE, including empowering the
Minister of Trade and Industry to issue the BBBEE Codes, with which organs of state and public entities and parties
interacting with them or obtaining rights and licenses from them would be required to comply. The BBBEE Codes were
first published in 2007, and were revised in 2013 (although the revisions only came into effect in 2015). The BBBEE
Codes sought to provide a standard framework, in the form of a "generic scorecard", for the measurement of BBBEE
across all sectors and industries operating within the South African economy and sought to regularize such sectors and
industries by providing clear and comprehensive criteria for the measurement of BBBEE.
On October 24, 2014, the BBBEE Amendment Act, No. 46 of 2013 (the “ BBBEE Amendment Act ”) came into
effect. The BBBEE Amendment Act inserted a new provision in the BBBEE Act, whereby the BBBEE Act would trump
the provisions of any other law in South Africa which conflicts with the provisions of the BBBEE Act, provided such
conflicting law was in force immediately prior to the effective date of the BBBEE Amendment Act. The BBBEE
Amendment Act also stipulates that this provision would only be effective one year after the BBBEE Amendment Act is
brought into effect, on October 24, 2015. On October 27, 2015, the Minister for Trade and Industry published a
government gazette notice declaring an exemption in favor of the DMR from applying the requirements contained in
section 10(1) of the BBBEE Act for a period of 12 months. There has been some debate as to whether or to what extent
the mining industry was subject to the BBBEE Act and the policies and codes provided for thereunder. The BBBEE
Codes apply in the absence of sector specific codes which have been agreed to by interested and affected parties active
within a specific sector. By way of background, various sectors within the South African economy may negotiate and
agree Codes of Good Practice which would govern transformation in that specific sector. In addition, certain codes fall
outside of the regulatory framework established by the BBBEE Act and Codes promulgated by the Minister of Trade and
Industry thereunder. One such sector is the mining industry, where the Mining Charter governs the implementation of
BBBEE, among other things, within the mining industry. For purposes of the BBBEE Act, the Mining Charter is not a
Sector Code. It is not clear at this stage how the Mining Charter and Code relate to each other. The government may
designate the Mining Charter as a Sector Code, in which case it will be under the auspices of the BBBEE Act. On the
other hand, the Mining Charter may remain a stand-alone document under the auspices of the MPRDA and may be
subject to the trumping provision discussed above. This uncertainty may be resolved through either government
clarification or judicial attention. The exemption by Minister for Trade and Industry can be read as confirmation that the
Department of Trade and Industry regards the BBBEE Codes as “applicable” to the Mining Industry after the exemption
is lifted on October 27, 2016. On February 17, 2016, the Minister of Trade and Industry published a gazette notice which
repealed and confirmed the validity of a number of Sector Codes. The omission of the Mining Charter from the notice
can be interpreted as confirmation that the Mining Charter is not contemplated as a Sector Code. This supports the
interpretation BBBEE Act did not intend to trump the Mining Charter. While it remains to be seen how this will be
interpreted, it appears that the BBBEE Act and the BEE Codes will not overrule the Mining Charter in the future and, in
any event, our view is that the DMR is likely to continue implementing the Mining Charter and it is unlikely that the
DMR will begin applying the BBBEE Act and BBBEE Codes in administering the MPRDA.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
36
Mineral Rights
-
Papua New Guinea
According to the Mining Act of 1992 (PNG) mineral rights in PNG belong to the PNG government and, subject to
the Act, all land is available for exploration and mining. The PNG government issues and administers mining tenements
under the relevant mining legislation and regulations, and mining companies must pay royalties to the PNG government
based on production. The Mining Act is administered by the Mineral Rights Authority, within the Department of Mining.
Mining tenements include:
    exploration licenses, issued for a term not exceeding two years, renewable for further two year terms
      subject to compliance with expenditure and other conditions. Each license contains a condition conferring
      on the PNG government the right to make a single purchase up to 30% equitable interest in any mineral
      discovery under the license at a price pro rata to the accumulated exploration expenditure
    mining leases, issued for a term not exceeding 20 years, renewable on application subject to compliance
      with issue conditions
    special mining leases, issued for a term not exceeding 40 years, renewable on application subject to
      compliance with issue conditions
•     >mining easements; and
    leases for mining purposes.
These tenements generally confer exclusive rights on the holder to exercise their rights thereunder. The key difference in
PNG is that citizens have the right to carry out non-mechanized mining of alluvial minerals on land owned by them,
provided that an alluvial mining lease is obtained.
Almost all land in PNG is owned by a person or group of persons under customary ownership, and is not generally
overlaid by landowner title. There is often considerable difficulty in identifying landowners of a particular area of land
because land ownership may arise from both contract and inheritance, and because of the absence of a formal written
registration system.
Prior to commencing exploration, compensation for loss or damage must be agreed with the landowners. Prior to
commencing mining, a written agreement must be entered into with landowners dealing with compensation and other
matters.
In PNG, a mining legislative and tax regime review has been commissioned whereby various PNG government
agencies are involved in the process. The policies and legislation being reviewed are the Mining Act 1992, Mining Safety
Act 1997, Mineral Policy and sector policies including offshore mining policy, sustainable development policy,
involuntary relocation policy and mine closure policy. The Chamber of Mines and Petroleum of PNG as the
representative industry body has been collating information from industry participants regarding the review of current
legislation and policy as part of the response to the government’s mining legislation review. Harmony is represented on
the chamber’s sub-committee and is actively participating in discussions
In PNG, Harmony’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited holds a 50% share in a
mining lease for the Hidden Valley mine, together with its partner in the Hidden Valley Joint Venture, Newcrest PNG 1
Limited, which holds the other 50% share. Both parties have obligations under a memorandum of agreement with the
PNG government, local government and the landowners.
Similarly, in the Wafi-Golpu Project, Harmony’s wholly–owned subsidiary, Wafi Mining Limited holds a 50%
share in various exploration licenses, together with its partner in the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture, Newcrest PNG 2
Limited, which holds the other 50% share. Both companies have entered into compensation agreements with landowners
on its exploration licenses.
There has been a significant rationalization of Harmony’s (100%) tenement holding in PNG since fiscal 2014 and
Harmony now manages two main project areas, which include the Tari and Poru projects in the Southern Highlands.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
37
Health and Safety – South Africa
For many years, the safety of persons working in South African mines and quarries was controlled by the Mines
and Works Act of 1956 and then by the Minerals Act of 1991 which was replaced by the Mine Health and Safety Act 29
of 1996 (as amended by the Mine Health and Safety Amendment Act, No.74 of 2008, the " MHSA "). The objectives of
the MHSA are:
to protect the health and safety of persons at mines;
to require employers and employees to identify hazards and eliminate, control and minimize the risks relating
to health and safety at mines;
to give effect to the public international law obligations of South Africa that concern health and safety at
mines;
to provide for employee participation in matters of health and safety through health and safety
representatives and the health and safety committees at mines;
to provide effective monitoring of health and safety measures at mines;
to provide for enforcement of health and safety conditions at mines;
to provide for investigations and inquiries to improve health and safety at mines;
to promote a culture of health and safety in the mining industry;
training in health and safety in the mining industry; and
co-operation and consultation on health and safety matters between the South African, employers, employees
and their representatives.
One of the most important objectives of the MHSA is to protect the health and safety of all persons at mines and
not merely the health and safety of employees. An employer is obliged, in terms of the MHSA and the regulations
binding in terms thereof, to protect, as far as reasonably practicable, the health and safety of non-employees (such as
visitors to a mine) and employees (which includes employees of independent contractors) performing work at a mine.
The word “ employer ” in section 102 of the MHSA is defined as the owner of the mine. In turn, an “ owner ” of a mine is
defined to include: (i) the holder of the prospecting permit or mining authorization issued under the MPRDA; (ii) if a
prospecting permit or mining authorization does not exist, the person for whom the activities in connection with the
winning of a mineral are undertaken, but excluding an independent contractor; or (iii) the last person who worked the
mine or that person’s successor in title.
The aforesaid subsection was amended by section 30(f) of the Mine Health and Safety Amendment Act, No. 74 of
2008 by substituting the term “ Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act ” for the term “ Minerals Act .” Under
the new system, mining authorizations do not exist. However, taking into account section 12 of the Interpretation Act,
No. 33 of 1957, the word “ authorisation ” must be substituted by the words “ mining right or mining permit .”
Accordingly, the holder of the “ mining right or mining permit ” is regarded the employer for the purposes of the MHSA
and the regulations binding thereunder. The employer therefore remains responsible to ensure that applicable provisions
of the MHSA and the regulations binding in terms thereof are complied with to ensure the health and safety of persons,
as far as reasonably practicable and to prevent damage to property.
The MHSA prescribes general and specific duties for employers and others, determines penalties and a system of
administrative fines, and provides for employee participation by requiring the appointment of health and safety
representatives and the establishment of health and safety committees. It also entrenches the right of employees to refuse
to work in dangerous conditions.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Safety and health” on pages 36 to 47 .
The Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate (" MHSI ") within the DMR is responsible for the enforcement of the
MHSA and the regulations binding in terms thereof and it also plays an important role in the promotion of health and
safety at mines. The MHSI comprises of a Chief Inspector of Mines, Principal Inspectors of Mines for each region and
various Inspectors of Mines for each region. Should employers or employees fail to comply with their obligations under
the MHSA the MHSI may take a number of enforcement measures which include the following.
    the issuing of statutory instructions (for example notices in terms of section 54 or section 55 of the MHSA) if an
     Inspector of Mines has reason to believe that any occurrence, practice or condition at a mine endangers the
     health and safety of any person at a mine, alternatively if an Inspector of Mines has reason to believe that a
     provision of the MHSA has not been complied with. A notice in terms of section 54 of the MHSA may halt all
     mining operations undertaken at a mine or part thereof. If a mine receives notices in terms of section 54 of the
     MHSA regularly, the production stoppages and the additional costs incurred as a result thereof, will not only
BACKGROUND IMAGE
38
     effect the production results of a mine but also the reputation and business of a mine. If, however, a notice in
     terms of section 54 of the MHSA has been issued unlawfully, the mine may appeal the said notice to the Chief
     Inspector of Mines. It must be noted that the aforesaid appeal does not suspend the operation of the notice issued
     in terms of section 54 of the MHSA. To suspend the operation of the notice in the above instance, a mine may
     lodge an urgent application to the Labour Court (being the court with jurisdiction) requesting the suspension of
     the operation of the notice issued in terms of section 54 of the MHSA pending the outcome of the appeal to the
     Chief Inspector of Mines;
    the Chief Inspector of Mines may suspend or cancel certificates of competency issued in terms of the MHSA if
     the holder of that certificate is guilty of gross negligence or misconduct or has not complied with the MHSA or
     the regulations binding thereunder;
    a Principal Inspector of Mines may recommend prosecution to the National Director of Public Prosecutions if
     satisfied that there is sufficient admissible evidence that an offence has been committed. Any person convicted
     of an offence in terms of the MHSA may be sentenced to a fine or imprisonment as may be prescribed;
    Principal Inspector of Mines may, after considering the recommendation of an Inspector of Mines and the
     written representations of the employer, impose an administrative fine for the failure to comply with, amongst
     others, the provisions of the MHSA and the regulations binding thereunder. In terms of Schedule 8 to the
     MHSA, the maximum administrative fine which may be imposed on an employer is one million ZAR per
     transgression. The MHSA does not make provision for any internal appeal against an administrative fine which
     has been issued unlawfully. However, if a mine receives an administrative fine which has been issued
     unlawfully, the mine may lodge an application in the Labour Court (being the court with jurisdiction) to review
     the decision of the Chief Inspector of Mines to impose an administrative fine.
In addition to the aforesaid and in terms of section 92 of the MHSA, an owner which has been convicted of an
offence in terms of section 86 of the MHSA may be sentenced to “the withdrawal or suspension of the permit” (see
section 92(6)(a) of the MHSA). Over and above the aforesaid, investigation and/or inquiry proceedings in terms of the
MHSA are instituted by the MHSI following the occurrence of any accident or incident at a mine, which results in the
death of any person.
Health and Safety – Papua New Guinea
PNG has a significant mining industry, and a developing system of occupational health and safety. The PNG
Mining (Safety) Act of 1977 is the principal legislation, which addresses a range of issues such as working hours,
minimum safety and reporting requirements. Other legislation and regulations also apply. The PNG Mining (Safety) Act
and Regulations are currently under review as part of the overall review of mining legislation in PNG.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Safety and health” on pages 36 to 47 .
Laws and Regulations pertaining to Environmental Protection – South Africa
The following is an overview of the South African environmental laws and regulations which are relevant to our
operations in South Africa.
Four major pieces of legislation presently account for the majority of environmental management of mining
operations in South Africa and are discussed in turn below. They are:
    NEMA;
    The National Water Act, 36 of 1998 (" NWA ");
    The National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 39 of 2004 ; and
    The National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 59 of 2008 (" Waste Act ").
South African environmental legislation commonly requires businesses whose operations may have an impact on
the environment to obtain permits, authorizations and other approvals for those operations. The rationale behind this is to
ensure that companies with activities that are reasonably expected to have environmental impacts, can initially assess the
extent of the environmental impacts from such activities, as well as to put reasonable and practicable mitigation measures
in place to manage these impacts.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
39
NEMA
NEMA is the overarching legislation giving effect to the environmental right protected in section 24 of the
Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996, and which provides the underlying framework and principles
underpinning the coordinated and integrated management of environmental activities. In terms of NEMA, an
environmental authorization is required in order to commence a listed activity. These activities are currently listed in
GNR 983-985 of December 8, 2014 (“ NEMA Listed Activities ”). The commencement of a listed activity without an
environmental authorization may be rectified via a section 24G application for authorization, however, such application
will be subject to payment of an administrative penalty and may attract other liability.
Depending on the anticipated severity of the impact of undertaking a listed activity, the application process will
require either a basic assessment report (“ BAR ”) or a scoping and environmental impact assessment report (“ S&EIR ”) to
be prepared as part of the application for an environmental authorization. An activity requiring a mining right is
considered to have a more severe environmental impact and requires an S&EIR prior to commencement. This listed
activity was previously listed in the listing notices published prior to 2014; however, it was never brought into effect. As
a result there was legal debate about the applicability of NEMA listed activities to mining and related activities and
whether activities which were incidental to mining triggered other related activities under NEMA. Previously the
approval of an Environmental Management Programme (“ EMPR ”) served a relatively similar function under the Mineral
and Petroleum Resources Development Act 28, of 2002 (Act 28 of 2002) (" MPRDA "). Clarity has since been brought about by virtue of a
number of amendments to NEMA and the MPRDA, as well as the listed activities under NEMA and it is clear that as of
December 8, 2014, an environmental authorization is required for the commencement of any activity which requires a
mining right or the commencement of any activity which requires a prospecting right. The issue of an environmental
authorization is a condition prior to the grant of a prospecting or mining right. The DMR is the responsible authority for the issuing of an environmental authorization; however, the Department of
Environmental Affairs remains the appeal authority in respect of any appeals to the issue of an environmental
authorization. Applicants are also required to follow stringent requirements in the public participation process to enable
consultation with all interested and affected parties.
As part of its application for an environmental authorization the applicant must demonstrate that it has complied
with the prescribed financial provisioning requirements in terms of section 24P of NEMA. This means that the holder
must set provisioning rehabilitation of the mining activities for concurrent rehabilitation, rehabilitation upon closure and
the costs of managing latent and residual post closure impacts. Moreover every holder of a mining right must assess his
or her environmental liability on an annual basis and must increase his or her financial provision to the satisfaction of the
Minister for Mineral Resources. The holder must also submit an audit report to the Minister on the adequacy of the
financial provision from an independent auditor. The new financial provisions, regulations 2015 stipulate new procedures
for how financial provision is to be made, audited and reviewed. Existing mines are also required to comply with the
financial provision requirement, and are required to substantively review and align their financial provision in accordance
with these regulations during the relevant transitional period, the long-stop date of which currently expires on February
20, 2017. Proposed amendments to the financial provision regulations (published on 9 September 2016) seek to extent
this transitional period until February 20, 2018. These regulations have brought about a number of changes and
clarifications to the previous legal regime, and they are likely to substantially increase the required quantum of financial
provision set aside by existing operations, as well as the financial vehicles historically used by mining companies to put
up these provisions. This is due to the qualification that latent or residual environmental impacts which may become
known in the future now include the pumping and treatment of polluted or extraneous water. The mining industry has
raised serious concerns about the intent of, and ability of the DMR to implement the new regulations. The proposed
changes which have been published also seek to address some of the concerns that have been raised by the mining
industry.
Lastly, NEMA imposes a statutory obligation on every person who has caused or is likely to cause significant
contamination to take reasonable measures in relation thereto. This duty applies retrospectively to contamination caused
prior to 1998. A failure to comply with this duty, as well as the requirement for an environmental authorization can result
in significant fines of up to ZAR10 million and/or 10 years imprisonment being imposed. Directives or compliance
notices can also be issued under NEMA for the temporary or permanent shut down of facilities at a mining operation or
the entire mining operation. Directors and certain employees can also be held criminally liable for environmental
offences in their personal capacity under NEMA if they fail to take reasonable measures to protect the environment.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
40
Waste management
In relation to mining waste specifically, the Waste Act has recently been amended so as to apply to residue
stockpiles and deposits and to prescribe certain management measures in respect thereof. A waste management license is
now required for the establishment or reclamation of a residue stockpile or residue deposit resulting from activities which
require a prospecting right or mining permit. This requirement only applies to facilities established or reclaimed after July
24, 2015. It does not apply retrospectively to existing stockpiles and deposits as the relevant transitional provisions
(albeit drafted ambiguously) appear to suggest that if they were authorized in an EMPR in terms of the MPRDA prior to
July 24, 2015, they will be considered lawful or authorized for the purposes of the Waste Act. Other waste management
facilities constructed and/or operated by our operations may also be subject to licensing requirements, including
hazardous waste disposal sites and central salvage yards.
In addition to licensing, mines must also comply with the management measures prescribed for residue stockpiles
and deposits in the Regulations for Residue Stockpiles and Residue Deposits from a Prospecting, Mining, Exploration or
Production Operation in GNR 632 of July 24, 2015. These regulations do not retrospectively apply to existing stockpiles
and deposits, so long as they are in an approved EMPR. These regulations have notable cost implications for new residue
stockpiles and deposits established after this date as they impose certain liner/barrier requirements for them.
As of May 2014, the Waste Act also regulates contaminated land, whether or not the contamination occurred
before the commencement of the Waste Act or at a different time from the actual activity that caused the contamination.
Consequently, historic, as well as present or future arising, contaminated land which is identified as an investigation area
by the environmental authorities or which is notified as being contaminated by the land owner must be assessed and
reported on. The direction of taking monitoring and management measures, or of undertaking site remediation, may
follow depending on the level of risk associated with the contamination.
Water use and pollution
South Africa’s water resources are regulated by the NWA. The NWA has provisions governing the prevention and
remediation of pollution, and provides for a liability regime similar to that of NEMA, as well as licensing requirements.
Most mining operations require a water use license in order to conduct their operations, particularly for activities relating
to water abstraction, storage, effluent discharge, diversions, and facilities which have the potential to pollute groundwater
resources. Water use licenses are difficult to obtain and usually involve a lengthy and delayed application process. Mines
are also required to comply with the regulations which were specifically published for the use of water for mining and
related activities in GN 704 of June 4, 1999. These regulations provide for limitations on the location of mining
infrastructure and requirements for separation of dirty and clean water systems and the design of certain water
management infrastructure.
Labor Relations
South Africa
Employee relations in South Africa are guided by the Labour Relations Act as well as by company and mine-based
recognition agreements. In South Africa, Harmony recognises four labour unions. As at financial year-end, these unions
and their corresponding representation were as follows, namely the National Union of Mineworkers (at 60%); the
Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (at 24%); the United Association of South Africa (at 8%) and
Solidarity (at 2%). About 94% of our South African workforce is unionised, with the balance not belonging to a union.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Employees and communities” on page 51.
Australia
Employee relations in Australia are regulated by a combination of federal and state statutes that stipulate minimum
standards and provide for collective bargaining and action. All employment contracts are based on the Fair Work Act of
2009 and the National Employment Standards. Our Australian workforce is not unionized.
Papua New Guinea
Employee relations in PNG are regulated by the Employment Act of 1978 (PNG) and the Employment of Non-
Citizens Act 1978 (PNG). Individual contracts are entered into, and the workforce is not unionized.
In PNG, wages are guided by independent market research that compares mining, oil and gas companies in the
region. Industrial relations at Hidden Valley have been established through regular dialogue between management and
employees via the Employee Relations Committee. Employees at PNG are not unionized, however, Hidden Valley Mine
employment is guided by a MOA between the Landowner Association, the Company and the government. The MOA
governance process requires that, when qualifications and experience are equivalent, employment preference is given to
local and landowner candidates before individuals from other provinces or countries. Compliance with this agreement is
a critical issue in maintaining Hidden Valley Mine’s license to operate.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
41
C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
The information set forth under the heading:
    “—Who we are” on page 5
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference. Also see note 2.1 “Consolidation”
of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning on page F-1.
D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT`
The information set forth under the headings:
    “—Harmony in Action—Environmental performance” on pages 59 to 77;
    “—Harmony in Action—Operational performance” on pages 81 to 109;
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference. Also see note 13 “Property, Plant
and Equipment” and note 29 “Cash Generated by Operations” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth
beginning on page F-1.
Also see Item 4: “ Information on the Company—Business Overview— Reserves”, “—Geology” and “—Capital
Expenditures”
and Item 5: “ Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Tabular Disclosure of Contractual
Obligations”
.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
42
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements,
including the related notes, set forth beginning on page F-1.
A. OPERATING RESULT
Overview
We are currently the third largest producer of gold in South Africa and are an important producer in PNG. Our gold
sales for fiscal 2016 were 1.08 million ounces of gold. As at June 30, 2016, our mining operations and projects reported
total proved and probable reserves of approximately 36.9 million gold equivalent ounces and in fiscal 2016 we processed
approximately 20.3 million tons of ore.
For segment purposes, management distinguishes between “Underground” and “Surface”, with each shaft or group
of shafts or open-pit mine managed by a team (headed by a single general manager) being considered to be an operating
segment.
Our reportable segments are as follows:
Bambanani, Doornkop, Joel, Kusasalethu, Masimong, Phakisa, Target 1, Target 3 (operations were
suspended and placed on care and maintenance during the December 2014 quarter), Tshepong, Unisel and
Hidden Valley;
all other shafts and surface operations, including those that treat historic sand dumps, rock dumps and
tailings dams, are grouped together under “Other — Underground ” and “Other — Surface ”.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Harmony’s accounting policies are described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements set forth
beginning on page F-1. Recently adopted accounting policies, as well as recent accounting pronouncements with the
potential for impact on the consolidated financial statements, are described in note 2 “ Accounting Policies ” to our
consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported results of our operations. Actual results may differ from those estimates. We have
identified the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial results depend. Some of our accounting policies
require the application of significant judgment and estimates by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for
calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and are
based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management’s view on trends in the gold mining industry
and information from outside sources.
Our significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates and judgments are described in more detail in
note 2 “ Accounting Policies ” and 3 “ Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments ”, respectively, to our consolidated
financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
such consolidated financial statements and the relevant notes. Management has identified the following as critical
accounting policies because estimates used in applying these policies are subject to material risks and uncertainties.
Management believes the following critical accounting policies, together with the other significant accounting policies
discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, affect its more significant judgments and estimates used
in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and could potentially impact our financial results and future
financial performance.
Gold mineral reserves
Gold mineral reserves are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from
the Group’s properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves, estimates and assumptions are required about a
range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates,
production costs, commodity prices and exchange rates.
Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves requires the size, shape and depth of the orebodies to be
determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require
complex and difficult geological judgments and calculations to interpret the data. These reserves are determined in
accordance with the SAMREC Code, JORC and SEC Industry Guide 7.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
43
Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves change from year to year, and
because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves may
change from year to year. Changes in the proved and probable reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and
financial position in a number of ways, for example depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may
change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method.
The estimate of the total expected future lives of our mines could be materially different from the actual amount of
gold mined in the future. See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—Estimations of Harmony’s gold reserves are
based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price
of gold. As a result, quantities of gold produced may differ from current estimates”
Depreciation of Mining Assets
Depreciation of mining assets is computed principally by the units of production method over the life-of-mine,
based on estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves, which can be recovered in
future from known mineral deposits.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in compliance with IFRS requires management to assess the
useful life of each of its operations separately based on the characteristics of each deposit and select the reserve/resource
base that best reflects the useful life of the operation. In most instances, management considers the use of proved and
probable reserves for the calculation of depreciation and amortization expense to be the best estimate of the life of the
respective mining operation. Therefore, for most of the Company’s operations, we use proved and probable reserves
only, excluding all inferred resources as well as any indicated and measured resources that have not yet been deemed
economically recoverable.
In some instances, proved and probable reserves alone may not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of
mine and related assets. In these instances, management may be confident that certain inferred resources will eventually
be classified as measured and indicated resources, and if economically recoverable, they will be included in proved and
probable reserves. Management is approaching economic decisions affecting the mine on this basis, but has not yet done
the necessary development and geological drill work to improve the confidence to the required levels to designate them
formally as reserves. In these cases, management, in addition to proved and probable reserves, may also include certain,
but not all, of the inferred resources associated with these properties as the best estimate of the pattern in which the
asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.
Management only includes the proved and probable reserves and the inferred resources that have been included in
the life-of-mine plan. To be included in the life-of-mine plan, resources need to be above the cut-off grade set by
management, which means that the resource can be economically mined and is therefore commercially viable. This
consistent systematic method for inclusion in the life-of-mine plan takes management’s view of the gold price, exchange
rates as well as cost inflation into account. The board of directors and management approach economic decisions
affecting these operations based on the life-of-mine plans that include such resources. In declaring the resource,
management would have had to obtain a specified level of confidence of the existence of the resource through drilling as
required by the SAMREC Code or JORC. For further discussion on mineral reserves, see “—Gold mineral reserves”
above.
During the periods presented, the Company added the inferred resources that were included in the life-of-mine
plans at Doornkop and Masimong to the proved and probable reserves in order to calculate the depreciation expense. The
depreciation calculation for all other operations was done using only the proved and probable reserves.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
44
Both the Masimong and Doornkop operations were restructured during fiscal 2015 to address the low gold price
and high input cost environment. At Masimong, orebody development, which would have concentrated on the inferred
resource areas, has been scaled down significantly as a result and the expected life of mine reduced to three years in order
to improve profitability by reducing costs and improving margins. The revised life-of-mine plan has resulted in the
reduction of inferred resources included in the plan. During fiscal 2016, no additional inferred resources were identified
at Masimong for inclusion in the life-of-mine plan.
In fiscal 2016, exploration at Doornkop proved successful with the inclusion of new mining areas in the updated
life-of-mine plan for fiscal 2017. Further exploration, including a seismic study and development will be conducted in the
next financial year to further enhance Doornkop’s geological and orebody confidence.
At Doornkop, there has been a steady conversion of the inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan into
measured and indicated resources that are then classified as reserves if economically viable. In addition, there have been
no instances during the periods presented where subsequent drilling or underground development indicated instances of
inappropriate inclusion of inferred resources in the life-of-mine plan. As such, management is confident that the inclusion
of the inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan in calculating the depreciation charge is a better reflection of
the pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits of these assets than would be achieved by excluding them.
Management’s confidence in the economical recovery of these inferred resources is based on historical experience
and available geological information. The surface drilling spread (surface boreholes) and underground advance drilling at
Doornkop South Reef has indicated that the portion of the inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan exist and
can be economically mined with a high level of confidence in the orebodies. The surface boreholes have been used to
determine the existence of the orebodies as well as the location of major geological structures and the mineralogy of the
orebodies. However, since further drilling and underground development necessary to classify the inferred resources as
measured and/or indicated resources and then as reserves, if economically recoverable, has not been done yet, they
remain in the inferred resource category. Geological drilling can only be done as and when the underground
infrastructure is advanced.
Additional confidence in existence and commercial viability is obtained from the fact that the orebodies
surrounding these two operations have already been mined over many years in the past. We mine continuations of the
same reefs that these mined-out operations exploited. At Doornkop South Reef, the geological setting of the orebody is
such that there is an even distribution of the mineralized content, and reliance can be placed on the comparable results of
the surrounding mines. As these results are already known, simulations and extrapolations of the expected formations can
be done with a reasonable degree of accuracy. Although this information will not allow the classification of inferred
resources to measured and indicated resources and then as a reserve if economically viable, it does provide management
with valuable information and increases the level of confidence in existence and grade expectation.
Future capital expenditure necessary to access these inferred resources, such as costs to complete a decline or a
level, has also been included in the cash flow projections for the life-of-mine plan and have been taken into account when
determining the pattern of depreciation charge for these operations.
Due to the fact that the economic assumptions used to estimate the proved and probable reserves and resources
change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates
of the resources and proved and probable reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proved and probable
reserves and the inferred resource base used in the life-of-mine plan may affect the calculation of depreciation and
amortization. The change is recognized prospectively.
The relevant statistics for the two operations have been included below.
Applicable to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
Doornkop South Reef
2016
2015
2014
A
Years (life-of-mine plan)
15
18
17
B
Reserves (Tons million)
5.6
8.4
7.3
B
Resources (Tons million)
36.2
34.3
34.4
D
Total inferred resources (Tons million)
24.9
24.5
21.8
E
Inferred resources included in life-of-mine plan
(Tons million)
4.2
9.6
14.3
F
Future development costs
Rand million
173.3
269.0
226.0
US$ million
11.9
23.5
21.8
G
Depreciation expense for the fiscal year
As reported (US$ million)
12.7
5.0
4.1
Excluding inferred resources (US$
million)
16.9
10.3
11.6
BACKGROUND IMAGE
45
Applicable to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
Masimong
2016
2015
2014
A
Years (life-of-mine plan)
3
15
13
B
Reserves (Tons million)
2.1
7.3
9.1
B
Resources (Tons million)
15.1
75.5
109.6
D
Total inferred resources (Tons million)
5.7
58.2
82.3
E
Inferred resources included in life-of-mine
plan (Tons million)
0.1
3.7
4.0
F
Future development costs
Rand million
1.5
16.4
0.0
US$ million
0.1
1.4
0.0
G
Depreciation expense for the fiscal year
As reported (US$ million)
17.7
4.5
3.9
Excluding inferred resources
(US$ million)
18.6
6.1
6.9
Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
We review and evaluate our mining assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the
related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there
are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets
such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of
the cash flows of other shafts and assets.
Future cash flows are estimated based on estimated quantities of recoverable minerals, expected commodity prices
(considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production levels and cash costs of
production, capital and reclamation costs, all based on detailed life-of-mine plans. The significant assumptions in
determining the future cash flows for each individual operating mine at June 30, 2016, apart from production cost and
capitalized expenditure assumptions unique to each operation, included a gold price, silver price and exchange rate
assumptions as follows:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
Long term
US$ gold price per ounce............................................................
1,189
US$ silver price per ounce ..........................................................
17.80
Exchange rate (R/US$) ...............................................................
13.86
Exchange rate (PGK/US$) ..........................................................
3.10
The term “recoverable minerals” refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained from proved and
probable reserves and related exploration stage mineral interests, except for other mine-related exploration potential and
Greenfields exploration potential discussed separately below, after taking into account losses during ore processing and
treatment. Estimates of recoverable minerals from such exploration stage mineral interests are risk adjusted based on
management’s relative confidence in such materials. With the exception of other mine-related exploration potential and
Greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are included on an area of interest basis,
which generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine complex. In the
case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential,
cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions
involving sales of similar properties.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
46
As discussed above under “Gold mineral reserves” , various factors could impact our ability to achieve our
forecasted production schedules from proved and probable reserves. Additionally, gold prices, capital expenditure
requirements and reclamation costs could differ from the assumptions used in the cash flow models used to assess
impairment. The ability to achieve the estimated quantities of recoverable minerals from exploration stage mineral
interests involves further risks in addition to those factors applicable to mineral interests where proved and probable
reserves have been identified, due to the lower level of confidence that the identified mineralized material can ultimately
be mined economically. Assets classified as other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration
potential have the highest level of risk that the carrying value of the asset can be ultimately realized, due to the still lower
level of geological confidence and economic modeling.
During fiscal 2016, we recorded a net reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment of US$3 million, an
impairment of US$285 million was recorded in fiscal 2015 and an impairment of assets of US$12 million was recorded
in fiscal 2014. Material changes to any of these factors or assumptions discussed above could result in future impairment
charges, particularly around future commodity price assumptions. A 10% decrease in commodity price assumptions at
June 30, 2016 would have resulted in an additional impairment at Masimong of US$19 million and Hidden Valley of
US$22 million. The decreases noted would have resulted in impairments at Doornkop of US$1 million (as opposed to the
reversal of US$50.1 million), Free State Surface of US$10 million, Unisel of US$11 million and other Harmony assets of
US$3.1 million. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
Carrying Value of Goodwill
We evaluate, on at least an annual basis, the carrying amount of goodwill to determine whether current events and
circumstances indicate that such carrying amount may no longer be recoverable. For the purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating
units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered
to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of the cash flows of other shafts and assets. To
accomplish this, we compare the recoverable amounts of our cash generating units to their carrying amounts. The
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the carrying value of a cash
generating unit were to exceed its recoverable amount at the time of the evaluation, an impairment loss is recognized by
first reducing goodwill, and then the other assets in the cash generating unit on a pro rata basis. Assumptions underlying
fair value estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties. If these assumptions change in the future, we may need to
record impairment charges on goodwill not previously recorded.
As at June 30, 2016 substantially all of our goodwill related to the Tshepong and Bambanani cash generating units.
An impairment of US$123 million on goodwill relating to Phakisa was recorded in fiscal 2014. No impairment on
goodwill was recorded during fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2016.
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
Our mining and exploration activities are subject to various laws and regulations governing the protection of the
environment. Estimated long term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation and mine
closure, are based on the Group’s environmental management plans. Annual changes in the provision consist of finance
costs relating to the change in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as
well as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created is capitalized to mining assets
against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. The rehabilitation asset is depreciated as discussed above.
Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of
ongoing current programs to prevent and control pollution is charged against income as incurred.
Deferred Taxes
The taxable income from gold mining at our South African operations was subject to a formula to determine the
taxation expense. The tax rate calculated using the formula was capped to a maximum mining statutory rate of 34% for
fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. Taxable income is determined after the deduction of qualifying mining capital
expenditure to the extent that it does not result in an assessed loss. Excess capital expenditure is carried forward as
unredeemed capital expenditure and is eligible for deduction in future periods, taking the assessed loss criteria into
account. Further to this, mines are ring-fenced and are treated separately for tax purposes, with deductions only being
available to be claimed against the mining income of the relevant ring-fenced mine.
In terms of IAS 12 — Income Taxes , deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are
expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, and at our South African operations,
such average tax rates are directly impacted by the profitability of the relevant ring-fenced mine. The deferred tax rate is
therefore based on the current estimate of future profitability of an operation when temporary differences will reverse,
based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at balance sheet date.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
47
The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for
that operation. The life-of-mine plan is based on parameters such as the Group’s long term view of the US$ gold price
and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation. As some of these parameters are
based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the reserves may also increase or decrease
based on updated or new geological information.
We do not recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will not be utilized.
Assessing recoverability of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant estimates related to expectation
of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations,
reversals of deferred tax liabilities and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. To the extent that future
taxable income differs significantly from estimates, our ability to realize the net deferred tax assets recorded at the
balance sheet date could be impacted. Additionally, future changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate
could limit our ability to obtain the future tax benefits represented by deferred tax assets recorded at the balance date.
Revenue
Most of our revenues are derived from the sale of gold. As a result, our operating results are directly related to the
price of gold. Historically, the price of gold has fluctuated widely. The gold price is affected by numerous factors over
which we do not have control. See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—The profitability of our operations, and cash
flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash
cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain
operations”.
As a general rule, we sell our gold produced at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit from increases
in the prevailing gold price and do not enter into hedging arrangements such as forward sales or derivatives that establish
a price in advance for the sale of our future gold production.
Subsequent to June 30, 2016, Harmony entered into short term gold forward sale contracts for a total of 432,000
ounces over a period of 24 months. These contracts manage variability of cash flows for approximately 20% of the
Group’s total production and were concluded at an average gold price of R682,000/kg. Harmony will apply cash flow
hedge accounting to these contracts.
Significant changes in the price of gold over a sustained period of time may lead us to increase or decrease our
production in the nearterm.
Harmony’s Realized Gold Price
In fiscal 2016, the gold price remained volatile and the average gold price in US dollars received by us was
US$1,169 per ounce. The market price for gold (and, accordingly, the price received by us) is affected by numerous
factors over which we have no control. See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—The profitability of our operations,
and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below
our cash cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend
certain operations”
.
The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London Bullion Market price of gold and our
average US dollar sales price during the past three fiscal years:
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
2016
2015
2014
($/oz)
Average ..........................................................................................
1,169
1,224
1,296
High ................................................................................................
1,325
1,340
1,420
Low.................................................................................................
1,049
1,142
1,195
Harmony’s average sales price
(1)
.....................................................
1,169
1,222
1,299
(1)
Our average sales price differs from the average gold price due to the timing of our sales of gold within each year.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
48
Costs
Our cash costs typically make up between 70% and 80% of our total costs (excluding impairments). The remainder
of our total costs consists primarily of exploration costs, employment termination costs, corporate and sundry
expenditure, and depreciation and amortization. Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs exclusive of
depreciation and amortization. Production costs are incurred on labor, equipment, consumables and utilities. Labor costs
are the largest component and typically comprise between 50% and 55% of our production costs.
Our all-in sustaining costs decreased from US$1,231 in fiscal 2015 to US$1,003 in fiscal 2016. The primary reason
for the decrease in US dollar terms is the weakening of the Rand against the US dollar in fiscal 2016. This weakening of
the Rand resulted in the Rand amounts being translated at a higher rate of R14.50 compared to R11.45 in fiscal 2015. The
weakening of the Rand was offset by the impact of the decrease in ounces sold, increased labor and energy costs, as well
as inflationary pressures on supply contracts.
Our cash costs have decreased from US$1,003 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$841in fiscal 2016, mainly due to the
depreciation of the Rand against the US dollar, which was partially offset by the impact of increased labor and energy
costs and inflationary pressures on supply contracts. Management continuously review costs at all operations, to ensure
that costs are properly managed and within budget.
Our US translated costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US
dollar. See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Exchange Rates”. Appreciation of the Rand and
other non-US currencies against the US dollar increases working costs at our operations when those costs are translated
into US dollars. See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material
adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition”.
The average exchange rate of the South African Rand depreciated approximately 27% against the US dollar in
fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. In the case of our International operations, the Australian dollar depreciated by 13%
against the US dollar in fiscal 2016, while the Kina depreciated by 15% against the US dollar in fiscal 2016.
Management conducts a thorough review of costs at all operations to ensure that costs are properly managed and
within budget. However, it should be noted that there are risks beyond our control such as safety stoppages, which would
result in production being negatively affected while certain costs would still be incurred. This is discussed in more detail
in “Risk Factors—Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of liability,
delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution”
and “—The
nature of our mining operations presents safety risks”
.
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
All-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining costs per ounce, total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are non-
GAAP measures.
The World Gold Council (“ WGC ”) published industry guidance in June 2013 on the calculation of “all-in
sustaining costs” and “all in cost” non-GAAP measures, developed to create a better understanding of the overall costs
associated with producing gold. Although Harmony is not a member of the WGC, we started disclosing all-in sustaining
costs in the 2014 fiscal year (only for continuing operations). The all-in sustaining cost measure is an extension of the
existing cash cost measure (refer below) and incorporates costs related to sustaining production.
All-in sustaining costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and
administrative costs, costs associated with movements in production inventories, ore stockpiles, as well as ongoing
environmental rehabilitation costs, transfers for stripping activities and costs associated with royalties. Employee
termination costs are included, however employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft
closures are excluded. The following costs are also included: local economic development (“ LED ”) expenditure for
continuing operations, corporate costs, sustaining exploration costs and sustaining capital expenditure including ongoing
capital development (“ OCD ”) expenditure and rehabilitation accretion and amortization for continuing operations. Gold
ounces sold are used as the denominator in the all-in sustaining costs per ounce calculation. The all-in sustaining cost per
ounce figures for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 have been restated to exclude the share-based payment charge.
Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs and are expensed as incurred. The cash costs are incurred to
access ore to produce current mined reserves. Cash costs do not include capital development costs, which are incurred to
allow access to the orebody for future mining operations and are capitalized and amortized when the relevant reserves are
mined.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
49
Total cash costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative
costs, ore stockpiles, as well as ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers for stripping activities and
costs associated with royalties. Employee termination cost is included, however employee termination costs associated
with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. The costs associated with movements in production inventories
are excluded from total cash costs. Gold ounces produced are used as the denominator in the total cash costs per ounce
calculation.
Changes in all-in sustaining costs per ounce and cash costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as
well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the US dollar and, in the case of the Papua New
Guinean operations, the Kina. All-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining costs per ounce, total cash costs and total cash
costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures. All-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining costs per ounce, total cash costs and
total cash costs per ounce should not be considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost
of sales, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the calculation
of all-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining costs per ounce, total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce may vary from
company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. However, we
believe that all-in sustaining costs per ounce and cash costs per ounce are useful indicators to investors and management
of a mining company’s performance as they provide (1) an indication of the cash generating capacities of our mining
operations, (2) the trends in all-in sustaining costs and cash costs as the Company’s operations mature, (3) a measure of a
company’s performance, by comparison of cash costs per ounce to the spot price of gold and (4) an internal benchmark
of performance to allow for comparison against other companies.
While recognizing the importance of reducing all-in sustaining costs and cash costs, our chief focus is on
controlling and, where possible, reducing total costs, including overhead costs. We aim to control total unit costs per
ounce produced by maintaining our low total cost structure at our existing operations. We have been able to reduce total
costs by implementing a management structure and philosophy that is focused on reducing management and
administrative costs.
The following is a reconciliation of total all-in sustaining costs from continuing operations only, as a non-GAAP
measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales:
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2016
2015*
2014*
(in $ millions, except for ounce amounts)
Total cost of sales from continuing operations – under
IFRS..........................................................................
1,088
1,645
1,549
Depreciation and amortization expense..........................
(145)
(212)
(205)
Rehabilitation credit/(costs)............................................
3
1
(1)
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts .........
(8)
(9)
(6)
Employment termination and restructuring costs ...........
(1)
(22)
(26)
Share-based payments ....................................................
(23)
(18)
(26)
Impairment of assets.......................................................
3
(285)
(135)
Other...............................................................................
1
7
LED costs .......................................................................
3
6
8
Corporate, administration and other expenditure costs...
23
27
33
Exploration (sustaining) .................................................
1
Capital expenditure (OCD).............................................
96
154
151
Capital expenditure (Exploration, abnormal
expenditure and shaft capital) ...................................
45
65
82
Total all-in sustaining costs............................................
1,085
1,359
1,425
Per ounce calculation:
Ounces sold ....................................................................
1,081,615
1,103,793
1,166,682
Total all-in sustaining costs per ounce............................
1,003
1,231
1,222
* Restated to exclude share-based payment charge of US$18 million (or US$15 per ounce) and US$26 million (or US$20 per ounce) in fiscal 2015 and
fiscal 2014.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
50
The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs, as a non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP
measure, cost of sales under IFRS:
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2016
2015
2014
(in $ millions, except for ounce amounts)
Total cost of sales – under IFRS ....................................
1,088
1,645
1,549
Depreciation and amortization expense .........................
(149)
(216)
(207)
Rehabilitation (costs)/credit ...........................................
3
1
(1)
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts.........
(8)
(9)
(6)
Employment termination and restructuring costs...........
(1)
(22)
(26)
Share-based payments....................................................
(23)
(18)
(26)
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of assets..............
3
(285)
(135)
Other ..............................................................................
1
7
Gold inventory movement..............................................
(4)
(22)
10
Total cash costs ..............................................................
910
1,081
1,158
Per ounce calculation:
Ounces produced............................................................
1,082,035
1,077,466
1,171,987
Total cash costs per ounce..............................................
841
1,003
988
Within this report, our discussion and analysis is focused on the all-in sustaining costs and total cash costs measure.
Exchange Rates
Our revenues are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar.
Currently, the majority of our earnings are generated in South Africa and, as a result, most of our costs are incurred
in Rand. Since gold is generally sold in US dollars, most of our revenues are received in US dollars. The average gold
price received by us during fiscal 2016 decreased by US$53 per ounce to US$1,169 per ounce from US$1,222 per ounce
during fiscal 2015. Appreciation of the Rand against the US dollar increases our US dollar working costs at our South
African operations when those costs are translated into US dollars, which serves to reduce operating margins and net
income from our South African operations. Depreciation of the Rand against the US dollar reduces these costs when they
are translated into US dollars, which serves to increase operating margins and net income from our South African
operations. Accordingly, strengthening of the Rand generally results in poorer earnings for us if there is not a similar
increase in the gold price.
The exchange rates obtained when converting US dollars to Rand are determined by foreign exchange markets,
over which we have no control. The conversion rate for balance sheet items as at June 30, 2016 is R14.72 per US$1.00,
except for specific items within equity that are converted at the exchange rate prevailing on the date the transaction was
entered into. This compares with a conversion rate of R12.16 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2015, reflecting a depreciation
of 21% of the Rand against the US dollar. Income statement items were converted at the average exchange rate for fiscal
2016 of R14.50 per US$1.00, reflecting a depreciation of 27% of the Rand against the US dollar when compared with
fiscal 2015.
In fiscal 2016, Harmony entered into foreign exchange hedging contracts in the form of zero cost collars, which
establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) Rand/US dollar exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to Rand.
At June 30, 2016, the nominal amount of the hedging contracts is US$500 million and is spread over a 12 month period
with a weighted average cap price of US$1=R18.27 and weighted average floor price of US$1=R15.55.
The majority of our working costs are incurred in Rand and, as a result of this, depreciation of the Rand against the
US dollar decreased our working costs when translated into US dollars. Offsetting this decrease are increases in our labor
costs as well as inflationary pressures on our consumables and energy costs, which would decrease operating margins and
net income reflected in our consolidated income statement. Appreciation of the Rand against the US dollar would cause
an increase in our costs in US dollar terms. Similarly, at our International operations, appreciation of the Australia dollar
or Kina against the US dollar would cause an increase in our costs in US dollar terms. See Item 3: “Key Information—
Risk Factors—Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and
financial condition”
.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
51
On June 4, 2014 the Bank of Papua New Guinea introduced an exchange rate trading band requiring all foreign
currency traded in the market to be ± 75 basis points (± 0.0075 PGK/US$ points) from the official interbank rate. This
had the effect of strengthening the Kina by approximately 10% and the US$ equivalent of Kina denominated costs
higher. The Bank of Papua New Guinea has weakened the Kina against the US$ by approximately 40 basis points per
month in fiscal 2016. Since the introduction of the trading band the Kina has weakened by 23% against the US$ as at
June 30, 2016. Should the trading band continue and depending on the level the exchange rate is set at, it could have a
negative impact on the results of the Hidden Valley operation, as well as the cost of development at Golpu and other
PNG exploration sites.
Inflation
Our operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa was 6.3% at the end of fiscal
2016, 4.7% at the end of fiscal 2015 and 6.6% at the end of fiscal 2014. Working costs, especially wages, have increased
considerably over the past several years resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. In addition, the
effect on inflation of the increase in electricity tariffs of 8% in fiscal 2014, 12.7% in fiscal 2015 and 9.4% in fiscal 2016
together with an estimated increase of approximately 12.7% in fiscal 2017, will have a negative effect on the profitability
of our operations.
The inflation rate in PNG ended fiscal 2014 at 6% and 2015 at 6.1%, while the annualized inflation stood at 6.4%
at the end of fiscal 2016.
Our profits and financial condition could be adversely affected if the cost inflation is not offset by a concurrent
devaluation of the Rand and other non-US currencies and/or an increase in the price of gold. See Item 3: “Key
Information—Risk Factors—Our operations may be negatively impacted by inflation”
.
South African Socio-Economic Environment
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are in South Africa. As a result, we are subject
to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors that affect South African companies generally.
See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—The socio-economic framework in the regions in which Harmony operates
may have an adverse effect on its operations and profits”
.
South African companies are subject to exchange control limitations. While exchange controls have been relaxed
in recent years, South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to deploy capital outside of the
Southern African Common Monetary Area. See Item 10: “Additional Information—Exchange Controls ”.
Social and Labor Plans, or SLPs, have been developed for each of our South African operations. These SLPs are
prepared in line with legislation governing the participation of HDSAs in mining assets.
We have been granted all of our mining licenses under the MPRDA. We have therefore already started to incur
expenses relating to HDSA participation. We believe the biggest challenge will lie in maintaining these licenses, as we
will have a responsibility in respect of human resource development, procurement and local economic development. We
are unable, however, to provide a specific amount of what the estimated cost of compliance will be but we will continue
to monitor these costs on an ongoing basis.
Electricity in South Africa
In South Africa, almost all of the energy we consume is in the form of electricity purchased from the national
power utility, Eskom, which is largely derived from coal-fired power stations. Years of underinvestment in the country's
power infrastructure has meant that energy demands are rising faster than Eskom’s current supply and the supply to be
provided by new projects.
The adequacy of Eskom generation capability depends upon such factors as the installed capacity, unit size, plant
reliability, demand forecasting error and the shape of the load curve. The reserve margin is a deterministic criterion,
which provides perhaps the simplest available measure of system security.
During fiscal 2016, the electricity supply in South Africa stabilized marginally following the power interruptions
(also referred to as load shedding) occurring at short notice in fiscal 2015, similar to the power interruptions and
electricity supply shortages experienced in 2008. This is largely due to the demand for electricity dropping as a result of
market conditions and due to the success of the Department of Energy's Renewable Energy IPP Procurement Programme
(" REIPPP ") which has seen a number of renewable energy power plants being commissioned in 2016 and alleviating the
pressure on the grid. Load shedding may resume in future if market conditions improve and if Eskom is unable to keep
up with the demand.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
52
Nationally, the supply and demand for electricity peaks during the evening between 17h00 and 20h00. Harmony
participates voluntarily in the Eskom Demand response program to reduce their demand during the said periods. Various
load clipping and load shifting projects were implemented by the South African operations to reduce the electricity
demand during evening peaks. Load shifting is generally achieved by rescheduling the pumping to pump water mainly
outside of the evening peaks. Load clipping is achieved by reducing the compressed air demand during evening peak
periods. Harmony also benefits financially from this as the Eskom tariffs are more expensive during that period. The risk
of having power outages will be mainly limited to the evening peak periods in the current situation. This could change
during summer months as the demand profile does not have the same evening peaks as during winter months, additional
maintenance is scheduled for summer months hence reducing the reserve margin. Should there be major unplanned
outages of Eskom generation capacity, it will be a country or sector problem and municipalities should be the first to
have power outages.
The Department of Energy, through its REIPP Programme, has successfully procured 6,4 GW from various
renewable energy sources including solar, wind, hydro and biomass from 102 IPPs over a number rounds of bidding. Of
the total renewable energy projects procured to date, projects generating approximately 3,9 GW are at various stages of
construction or have commenced with commercial operation.
The Department's Coal Baseload IPP Procurement Programme (“ the Coal Programme ”) aims to procure 2 500
MW of electricity from coal-fired power stations, with individual bids capped at 600 MW per project. The first bid
window is focused on the domestic market. Similar to the REIPPP Programme, the Coal Programme is structured as a
rolling procurement programme. The RFP for the first Coal Programme bid window was released to the market on
December 15, 2014, and the announcement of preferred bidders is outstanding.
An allocation of 800 MW was originally determined for the Department's Cogeneration IPP Procurement
Programme (“ the Cogeneration Programme ”) for the procurement of capacity from industrial cogenerating facilities.
Subsequently, an amendment was made to that Determination, adding an additional 1 000 MW of capacity to the
Cogeneration Programme. The 'brownfields' Cogeneration Programme was released to the market on June 4, 2015 and
two bid windows have been run to date.
The Department is also working on an LNG-to-Power IPP Procurement Programme to kick-start South Africa's
fledgling gas economy. The Preliminary Information Memorandum for this new energy programme is expected to be
released to the market during 2016.
Finally, the Department is pursuing a nuclear new build programme in line with the South African Nuclear Energy
Policy of 2008, the current Integrated Resource Plan, 2010, which provides for the roll-out of 9,600 MW of new nuclear
capacity by 2030 and the National Development Plan. In September 2016 it was announced that the Department had
procured the services of a number of transaction and expert advisors to assist it in structuring the nuclear procurement
programme.
In addition to these Department lead procurement programmes which are seek to diversify South Africa's energy
mix, progress has been made on a number of Eskom lead projects including the Medupi, Kusile and Ingula power
stations.
Tariffs
Like all mining companies, Harmony is a major user of electricity, mostly supplied by South Africa’s power utility,
Eskom. Energy is a significant and growing portion of our operating costs, given rising electricity tariffs. After an
average increase of 22% in each of fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, tariffs rose by a further 9.6% in fiscal 2013,
8.0% in fiscal 2014, 12.7% in fiscal 2015 and 9.4% in fiscal 2016. On October 3, 2014, NERSA announced the approval
of the implementation plan of the Regulatory Clearing Account (“ RCA ”) balance for Eskom. This is a once-off recovery
from standard tariff customers and other Eskom customer categories. The implementation of the second Multi-Year
Determination RCA in 2015/2016 will result in an average tariff increase of 12.7% from the 8.0% approved in the third
Multi-Year Determination decision of February 2013.
Energy efficiency
Harmony has worked closely with Eskom to manage electricity use and peak demand, underlining our commitment
to reduce energy consumption. This includes demand-side management (“ DSM ”) strategies to reduce electricity
consumption in peak periods; timing our pumping to coincide with cheaper off-peak periods, making more efficient use
of Eskom tariffs that reward load-shifting, and improving the efficiency of pumping operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
53
We have implemented various energy efficiency projects in recent years. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F
2016—Harmony in Action—Environmental performance—”
on pages 65 to 67 .
Renewable energy
Harmony continues to assess various energy-generating initiatives.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016Social and ethics committee chairman’s report” on pages 16 to 18 and
“Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016—Harmony in Action—Environmental performance—”
on pages 67 to 68 .
Results of Operations
Years Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015
Revenues
Revenue decreased by 6%, from US$1,348 million in fiscal 2015 to US$1,264 million in fiscal 2016. This decrease
can be attributed to a 4% decrease in the gold price received of US$1,169 per ounce for fiscal 2016, compared to
US$1,222 per ounce for fiscal 2015 and 2% decrease in gold sold. Our gold sales decreased 2%, from 1,103,793 ounces
in 2015 to 1,082,615 ounces in 2016. The decrease in ounces can be attributed mainly to planned production stoppages at
Kusasalethu to upgrade its infrastructure, lower than expected recovered grade and safety stoppages at Target 1 and
safety stoppages and lower grade at Hidden Valley. Target 3 was placed on care and maintenance during fiscal 2015,
resulting in a decrease of 15,529 ounces (or 1%) in fiscal 2016 when compared to fiscal 2015.
At Phakisa, ounces sold increased by 26% from 101,468 in fiscal 2015 to 128,314 in fiscal 2016. The recovery
grade and tons milled increased by 14% and 12% to 0.170 ounce per ton and 756,000 tons respectively in fiscal 2016 as
production continues to ramp up at the operation.
At Tshepong, ounces sold increased by 16% from 139,437 in fiscal 2015 to 161,685 in fiscal 2016. The recovery
grade and tons milled increased by 7% and 10% to 0.135 ounce per ton and 1,200,000 tons respectively in fiscal 2016 as
the operation continues to focus on operating efficiencies and increasing productivity at the operation.
At Bambanani, ounces sold increased by 2% from 94,748 in fiscal 2016 to 96,934 in fiscal 2015. The recovery
grade and tons milled increased by 2% and 1% to 0.378 ounce per ton and 256,000 tons respectively in fiscal 2016 as the
operation continues to develop and mine the high grade shaft pillar.
At Hidden Valley, ounces sold decreased by 22% from 96,548 in fiscal 2015 to 75,233 in fiscal 2016. The recovery
grade and tons milled decreased by 19% and 5% to 0.038 ounce per ton and 1,906,000 tons respectively in fiscal 2016.
Hidden Valley lost approximately 33 production days during the September 2015 quarter when operations were
suspended due to a fatality in July 2015. The operation was also affected by safety related road closures, which restricted
mining activity. Stripping activities for Stage 5 remained suspended in fiscal 2016, resulting in the increase in the
processing or ore stockpiles towards the end of the financial year.
At Target 1, ounces sold decreased by 12% from 124,358 in fiscal 2015 to 109,923 in fiscal 2016. The recovery
grade and tons milled decreased by 10% and 1% to 0.134 ounce per ton and 814,000 tons respectively in fiscal 2016.
Target 1 was adversely affected by safety stoppages during the March 2016 quarter and lower than expected recovered
grade during fiscal 2016.
At Kusasalethu, ounces sold decreased by 11% from 138,151 in fiscal 2015 to 122,880 in fiscal 2016. The recovery
grade increased by 33% to 0.169 ounce per ton as the focus was on mining higher grade areas in fiscal 2016. Tons milled
decreased by 26% to 736,000 tons in fiscal 2016. The decrease in ounces sold and tons milled can be attributed mainly to
planned production stoppages at Kusasalethu to upgrade its infrastructure fiscal 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
54
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, (reversal of impairment)/impairment of
assets and employment termination and restructuring costs.
a) Production costs (cash costs/all-in sustaining costs)
The following table sets out our total ounces produced and weighted average cash costs per ounce and total ounces sold
and weighted average all-in sustaining costs per ounce for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016:
Year Ended June 30, 2016
Year Ended June 30, 2015
Percentage
(increase)/decrease
Cash costs
All-in sustaining
costs
Cash costs
All-in sustaining*
costs
Cash
costs
per
ounce
All-in
sustaining
costs per
ounce
(oz
produced)
($/oz)
(oz sold)
($/oz)
(oz
produced)
($/oz)
(oz sold)
($/oz)
South Africa
Kusasalethu.............
124,198 1,026
122,880
1,254
127,092
1,283
138,151
1,596
20
21
Doornkop ................
87,772
831
87,193
<
1,016
85,618
1,092
87,160
1,362
24
25
Phakisa....................
128,217
741
128,314
936
100,246
1,016
101,468
1,347
27
31
Tshepong ................
161,751
787
161,685
940
137,540
1,008
139,437
1,235
22
24
Masimong ...............
78,190
916
78,191
1 059
79,187
1,080
80,087
1,302
15
19
Target 1...................
108,895
787
109,923
1 012
122,944
837
124,358
1,075
6
6
Bambanani ..............
96,870
576
96,934
654
93,495
651
94,748
735
12
11
Joel..........................
73,239
796
72,179
911
72,596
908
74,911
1,043
12
13
Unisel......................
54,785
949
54,817
1 064
54,495
1,080
55,138
1,275
12
17
Target 3
(1)
................
15,529
958
16,140
1,096
n/a
n/a
Other – surface........
95,553
935
94,266
994
94,105
1,000
95,647
1,070
7
7
International
Hidden Valley
(2)
......
72,565 1,028
75,233
1,282
94,619
1,065
96,548
1,395
3
8
Total........................ 1,082,035
1,081,615
1,077,466
1,103,793
Weighted average ...
841
1,003
1,003
1,231
16
19
(1)
The Target 3 operation was suspended and the mine placed on care and maintenance during the December 2014 quarter.
(2)
Cash costs and all-in sustaining costs would have been US$1,320 per ounce and US$1,564 per ounce (2015: US$1,230 per ounce and US$1,557
per ounce) respectively had silver byproduct credits of US$21 million (2015: US$16 million) or US$292 per ounce produced, US$282 per
ounce sold (2015: US$169 per ounce produced, US$166 per ounce sold) not been taken into account.
*
Restated to exclude the share-based payment charge.
For further information about the use of Non-GAAP measures, refer to Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review
and Prospects—Costs—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” .
Our total average all-in sustaining costs per ounce decreased from US$1,231 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$1,003
per ounce in fiscal 2016, mainly due to the weakening of the Rand against the US dollar in fiscal 2016.
Our average cash costs decreased by 16%, or US$162 per ounce, from US$1,003 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to
US$841 per ounce in fiscal 2016. Cash costs per ounce vary with the working costs per ton (which are, in turn, affected
by the number of tons processed) and grade of ore processed. Cash costs expressed in US dollars per ounce also vary
with fluctuations in the Rand-US dollar exchange rate, because most of our working costs are incurred in Rand.
Offsetting the depreciation of the Rand against the dollar in fiscal 2016 is the decrease in ounces produced and sold by
0.4% and 2% respectively (decrease in the denominator in the per ounce calculation). Operating costs in Rand terms
increased by 7%. The South African Rand depreciated by 27% against the US dollar when compared to fiscal 2015.
Operating costs in Rand terms were affected mainly by an increase in costs on Phakisa, Tshepong, Bambanani and Joel
where costs increased in Rand terms by 18%, 16%, 16% and 12%, respectively, year on year. Annual increases in labor
costs as well as inflationary pressures on our consumables and increase in electricity tariffs also contributed towards
higher operating costs in fiscal 2016.
At Phakisa, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 27% from US$1,016 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$741 per
ounce in fiscal 2016. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 31% from US$1,347 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to
US$936 per ounce in fiscal 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the 28% and 26% increase in gold produced and
ounces sold respectively as a result of the increase in the recovered grade (14% increase to 0.170oz/t) and tons milled
(12 % increase to 756,000 tons) in fiscal 2016 due to the ramp up in production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
55
At Doornkop, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 24% from US$1,092 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$831 per
ounce in fiscal 2016. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 25% from US$1,362 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to
US$1,016 per ounce in fiscal 2016. The decrease was due to the depreciation of the Rand against the US Dollar and 3%
increase in gold produced mainly as a result of the increase in tons milled (5% increase to 695,000 tons) in fiscal 2016.
At Tshepong, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 22% from US$1,008 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$787 per
ounce in fiscal 2016. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 24% from US$1,235 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to
US$940 per ounce in fiscal 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the 18% and 16% increase in gold produced and
ounces sold respectively as a result of the increase in the recovered grade (increase of 7% to 0.135oz/t) and tons milled
(increase of 10% to 1,200,000 tons) in fiscal 2016.
At Kusasalethu, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 20% from US$1,283 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$1,026
per ounce in fiscal 2016. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 21% from US$1,596 per ounce in fiscal 2015
to US$1,254 per ounce in fiscal 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the depreciation of the Rand against the US
Dollar. Gold produced only decreased by 2% to 124,198 ounces due to the 33% increase in recovered grade to 0.169oz/t
partially offsetting the 26% decrease in tons milled due to planned production stoppages in fiscal 2016.
At Masimong, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 15% from US$1,080 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$916 per
ounce in fiscal 2016. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 19% from US$1,302 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to
US$1,059 per ounce in fiscal 2016. The decrease was mainly due to the depreciation of the Rand against the US Dollar
and 3% increase in gold produced mainly as a result of the increase in tons milled in fiscal 2016. Gold produced
decreased by 1% to 78,190 ounces due to the 3% decrease in tons milled, offset partially by the increase in the recovered
grade. The operation was restructured in fiscal 2015 to focus on the mining of higher grade areas. The recovered grade
increased by 2% to 0.109oz/t in fiscal 2016.
At Bambanani, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 12% from US$651 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$576 per
ounce in fiscal 2016. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 11% from US$735 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to
US$654 per ounce in fiscal 2016. The decrease was due to the depreciation of the Rand against the US Dollar and 4%
and 2% increase in gold produced and ounces sold respectively as a result of the increase in the recovered grade (increase
of 2% to 0.378oz/t) and tons milled (increase of 1% to 256,000 tons) in fiscal 2016.
At Hidden Valley, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 3% from US$1,065 per ounce in fiscal 2015 to US$1,028
per ounce in fiscal 2016. Silver by-product credits increased by 31% to US$21 million in fiscal 2016 due to the increase
in silver ounces produced (49% to 1,331,328 ounces) and increase in the average silver price. The recovered grade
decreased by 19% to 0.038oz/t and tons milled decreased by 5% to 1,906,000 tons in fiscal 2016.
b) Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization decreased from US$216 million in fiscal 2015 to US$149 million, or 31%, in fiscal
2016 despite the 2% increase in tons milled from 19,919,000 tons in fiscal 2015 to 20,255,000 tons in fiscal 2016. In
Rand terms, there was a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense of 12%. The decrease in the depreciation and
amortization charge in fiscal 2016 is mainly due to the revised useful lives and residual values mainly related to the
scrapping losses recorded for Kusasalethu and Masimong and impairments recorded on Doornkop and Hidden Valley in
fiscal 2015. The estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves reduced year on year
from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016 following the annual life-of-mine reassessment conducted in fiscal 2015.
c) Employment termination and restructuring costs
The charge for employment termination and restructuring costs decreased from US$22 million in fiscal 2015 to
US$1 million in fiscal 2016. The charge for fiscal 2016, mainly relates to the restructuring at Doornkop which was
initiated towards the end of fiscal 2015. For fiscal 2015, the costs relate to the restructuring at Kusasalethu, Masimong
and Hidden Valley. Target 3 was placed on care and maintenance and voluntary severance packages were offered to
management in September 2014.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
56
d) (Reversal of impairment)/impairment of assets
A net reversal of impairment of US$3 million was recorded in fiscal 2016 compared to the impairment charge of
US$285 million in fiscal 2015. A reversal of impairment of US$50 million was recognized for Doornkop due to the
increased Rand gold price assumption, improvements in operational efficiencies following the restructuring in 2015 and
new mining areas included in the life-of-mine plan based on additional exploration performed during the 2016 fiscal year.
An impairment of US$32 million was recognized for Hidden Valley following a change in the life-of-mine plan during
the annual planning process. The updated life-of-mine plan at June 30, 2016 for Hidden Valley results in lower production
for the 2017 financial year as the mine will predominantly process ore stockpiles followed by a period of care and
maintenance. Stripping activities for stage 5 are planned to recommence in the 2018 financial year according to the life-
of-mine plan at the end of fiscal 2016. See “ Item 4 – Recent developments”. An impairment of US$16 million was
recognized for Masimong which is a low margin operation and has a remaining life of mine of three years. The
exploration programme to locate additional areas of the higher grade B Reef proved unsuccessful and was stopped during
the 2016 financial year. In addition, the grade estimation of the Basal Reef decreased. The charge in fiscal 2015 relates
primarily to Hidden Valley and Doornkop, where charges of US$174 million and US$85 million respectively were
recognized.
Exploration expenditure
Exploration expenditure recorded in fiscal 2016 mainly relates to the Kili Teke gold-copper exploration project in
PNG. In fiscal 2016, exploration expenditure decreased from US$23 million to US$13 million. This was as a result of
capitalizing the project exploration and evaluation expenditure for the Golpu project, in the 2015 fiscal year following the
board approval of the Golpu prefeasibility study. The approval and progression to the final feasibility study stage,
together with the reserves previously declared demonstrates the technical and commercial viability of the Golpu project.
Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment
A loss on scrapping of US$4 million (2015: US$42 million) was recorded in fiscal 2016.
During fiscal 2016, the abandonment of unprofitable areas in the plans resulted in the derecognition of property,
plant and equipment as no future economic benefits are expected from their use or disposal. A loss on scrapping of
property, plant and equipment was recognized for Unisel amounting to US$1 million, Joel amounting to US$2 million
and mining assets amounting to US$1 million were abandoned for Free State Surface. In fiscal 2015, a loss on scrapping
of property, plant and equipment was recognized mainly on Kusasalethu (US$19 million) and Masimong (US$19
million) following the life-of-mine optimization process conducted in fiscal 2015 which led to the abandonment of
certain mining levels and areas.
Foreign exchange translation loss (net)
Foreign exchange translation loss (net) decreased from US$32 million in fiscal 2015 to US$13 million in fiscal
2016. The decrease in fiscal 2016 is primarily due to the unrealized and realized derivative gain of US$26 million and
US$5 million respectively. During fiscal 2016, Harmony entered into foreign exchange hedging contracts (forex hedging
contracts) in the form of zero cost collars, which establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) Rand/US dollar
exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to Rand. The nominal value of open forex hedging contracts at June 30,
2016 was US$500 million. The hedging contracts are spread over a 12 month period. The mark-to-market of the
derivative asset was US$25 million positive as at June 30, 2016. This was due to the strengthening of the Rand exchange
rate against the US dollar since entering into the forex hedging contracts. Hedge accounting is not applied to these forex
hedging contracts and all gains have been recorded in the income statement. The foreign exchange translation loss
relating to the translation of the US$ revolving credit facilities into Rand increased from US$33 million in fiscal 2015 to
US$46 million in fiscal 2016. The Rand weakened by 21% from a closing rate of R12.16 in fiscal 2015 to R14.72 in
fiscal 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
57
Income and mining taxes
In fiscal 2015 and 2016, the tax rates for companies were 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income
for South African companies and 30% for Australian companies and PNG mining companies.
Income and mining tax
2016
2015
Effective income and mining tax rate ................................................
40%
(14)%
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2016 was higher than the mining statutory tax rate of 34% for us and our
subsidiaries as a whole due to increased profitability of most of the South African operations in fiscal 2016 as a result of
the increase in the average Rand gold price received and the increase in the average deferred tax rates at the South
African operations due to higher estimated profitability following the completion of the updated life-of-mine plans. The
most significant items causing the group’s income tax provision to differ from the mining statutory tax rate are:
    No tax consequences relating to the impairment recorded on Hidden Valley and deferred tax assets not
     recognized which relates primarily to the Hidden Valley operation.
    Rate differences related to the additional capital allowances that may be deducted from mining taxable
     income in South Africa, which mainly relates to Avgold Limited (which includes the Target 1 operation).
Deferred tax rates for the South African operations are calculated based on estimates of the future profitability of
each ring-fenced mine when temporary differences will reverse. The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn,
is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation, which is based on parameters such as the Group’s
long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation.
As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the
reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information. Changes in the future
profitability of each ring-fenced mine impact the deferred tax rates used to recognize temporary differences at these
operations. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Deferred taxes ” above. The increase in deferred tax on
temporary differences due to changes in estimated effective tax rates results primarily from an increase in the effective
deferred tax rate at Freegold (includes the Bambanani, Joel, Phakisa and Tshepong operations) and Harmony (includes
the Masimong, Unisel and Free State Surface operations). The deferred tax rate at Freegold increased from 16.7% in
fiscal 2015 to 20.0% in fiscal 2016 and Harmony increased from 12.5% in fiscal 2015 to 21.1%, both increases mainly
due to higher estimated profitability. The deferred tax rate at Randfontein Estates (includes the Doornkop and
Kusasalethu operations) decreased from 14.3% to 10.1%, mainly due to the lower estimated profitability of the
Kusasalethu operation driven by the decrease in the life-of-mine of the operation.
South Africa. Generally, South Africa imposes tax on worldwide income (including capital gains) of all our South
African incorporated tax resident entities at a rate of 28% on non-mining income. We pay taxes separately on mining
income and non-mining income. The amount of our South African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a gold
mining formula that takes into account our total revenue and profits from, and capital expenditure for, mining operations
in South Africa. 5% of total mining revenue is exempt from taxation in South Africa as a result of the application of the
gold mining formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is calculated by deducting qualifying capital
expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which taxable mining income exceeds 5% of mining revenue
constitutes taxable mining income. We and our subsidiaries account for taxes separately that is determined in respect of
each entity. Hence South Africa does not make use of any group basis of taxation.
South Africa has a Controlled Foreign Company regime which effectively attributes certain types of passive
income derived by offshore subsidiaries and imputes that income in taxable income as if it had been derived in South
Africa under South African tax rules.
The Davis Tax Committee released its first interim mining tax report to the Minister of Finance on 13 August
2015. The Davis Tax Committee has been established to review the current South African mining tax regime for
consideration by the Government. This does not currently affect any non-resident shareholders or non-resident ADSs
holders, although it may have an indirect effect in future on the mining tax regime in South Africa.
The main recommendations by the Davis Tax Committee were the following:
    the discontinuing of the 100% upfront capital expenditure write off applicable to mining companies;
    the retaining of the “gold formula” for existing gold mines only, as new gold mines would be unlikely to
     be established An alternative recommendation was to phase out the gold formula for all mines over a
     reasonable period of time”; and
    phasing out of the additional capital allowances available to certain gold mines.
The above main proposals will bring the gold mining corporate income tax regime in line with the tax system
applicable to other corporate taxpayers in South Africa.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
58
Australia. Generally, Australia also imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of our
Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%.
Harmony Gold (Australia) Proprietary Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiary companies are
recognized and taxed as a single entity. Under the consolidation rules all of the Australian subsidiary companies are
treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold Australia. As a result, inter-company transactions between
group members are generally ignored for tax purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members
without any tax consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by the Head Company of the group.
Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents to non-residents, which
would include any dividends on the shares of our Australian subsidiaries that are paid to us. In the case of dividend
payments to non-residents, a 30% withholding tax applies. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a
country with which Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally limited
to 15% (or in the case of South Africa 5% where the dividend is paid to a company which controls at least 10% of the
Australian dividend paying company). Where dividends are fully franked, no withholding tax applies as an effective
credit is allowed against any withholding tax otherwise payable, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in
place. However, due to the tax profile of Harmony Gold Australia it is not expected to have any franking credits in the
foreseeable future.
Where conduit foreign income received by an Australian company is paid from Australia as a dividend, it is not
subject to dividend withholding tax.
Australia has a Controlled Foreign Company regime which effectively attributes certain types of passive income
derived by offshore subsidiaries and taxes that income as if it had been derived in Australia under Australian tax rules.
PNG. The Hidden Valley mine in PNG commenced operations in fiscal 2010. We are also reviewing other
potential projects and carrying out extensive exploration.
PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore each project is taxed as a separate entity, even though
it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company. In certain circumstances there is an ability to
transfer the tax benefit obtained through exploration expenditure between projects and wholly-owned companies. Tax
losses are generally quarantined or ring-fenced and cannot be transferred between projects.
PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%. Mining operations in PNG are subject to a 2% royalty
which is payable to the PNG Government.
Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax purposes and can be
generally deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against project income, with the deduction being
limited to the lesser of 25% of the diminished value or the income of the project for the year.
PNG imposes dividend withholding tax of 10% on dividends paid by PNG mining operations to non-residents.
Although PNG also imposes interest withholding tax on interest paid off-shore, the PNG Tax Act exempts interest paid to
non-resident lenders from withholding tax where the PNG company is engaged in mining operations in PNG. These rates
only apply once an entity has commenced mining and do not apply to entities at the exploration stage.
The PNG Government set up a Taxation Review Committee in 2013. The Committee released a total of 10 Issues
Papers between March 2014 and October 2015. The Committee requested submissions on each of the papers and to the
extent it was relevant Harmony made submissions. The Mining companies in general supported maintaining the status
quo in relation to State Equity versus additional taxes.
In October 2015 the Committee released its Report to the PNG Government with a recommendation to introduce
an Additional Profits Tax at 35% for Mining in the 2017 Budget which is generally announced in November 2016. At
the time the hurdle rate for the Additional Profits Tax was recognized as requiring further discussion with industry and to
date has not been set.
The Tax Review Committee recommendation is for the Additional Profits Tax to be accompanied by a reduction in
Corporate income tax rate from 30% to 25% and to reduce the State Equity Participation rate from 30% to 5%. However,
this is in contrast to the draft Mining Act which calls for State Equity to be raised to 50% and royalties from 2% to 3%.
The recommendations of the Taxation Review Committee have not yet been finalized.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
59
Years Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014
Revenues
Revenue decreased by 11%, from US$1,515 million in fiscal 2014 to US$1,348 million in fiscal 2015. This
decrease can be attributed to a 6% decrease in the gold price received of US$1,222 per ounce for fiscal 2015, compared
to US$1,299 per ounce for fiscal 2014 and a decrease in gold sold. Our gold sales decreased by 5%, from 1,166,682
ounces in 2014 to 1,103,793 ounces in 2015. The decrease in ounces can be attributed mainly to numerous production
stoppages at Kusasalethu, lower-than-expected recovered grade at Target 1 and a breakdown in the overland conveyor
belt and planned maintenance at the metallurgical plant impacted production at Hidden Valley. Target 3 was placed on
care and maintenance during fiscal 2015.
At Bambanani (excluding Steyn 2, which was placed on care and maintenance during March 2014), ounces sold
increased by 15% from 82,530 in fiscal 2014 to 94,748 in fiscal 2015. The recovery grade and tons milled increased by
2% and 11% to 0.370 ounce per ton and 253,000 tons respectively in fiscal 2015 following the development and mining
of the high grade shaft pillar.
At Phakisa, ounces sold increased by 7% from 95,263 in fiscal 2014 to 101,468 ounces in fiscal 2015. This was
mainly a result of a 6% increase in tons milled from 636,000 tons in fiscal 2014 to 674,000 tons in fiscal 2015 as the
operation continues to build up production.
At Tshepong, ounces sold increased by 3% from 135,161in fiscal 2014 to 139,437 ounces in fiscal 2015. This was
mainly a result of a 5% increase in tons milled from 1,044,000 tons in fiscal 2014 to 1,095,000 tons in fiscal 2015.
At Target 3, ounces sold decreased by 64% from 45,301 in fiscal 2014 to 16,140 in fiscal 2015. Target 3 was placed
on care and maintenance during the December 2014 quarter following a sustained period of cash flow losses and
significant capital expenditure required to sustain the operation.
At Target 1, ounces sold decreased by 14% from 144,936 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 124,358 ounces in fiscal 2015.
This can mainly be attributed to the 12.3% decrease in the recovery grade from 0.170 ounce per ton in fiscal 2014 to
0.149 ounces per ton in fiscal 2015. The grade in fiscal 2015 normalized following the higher recovered grade in fiscal
2014 and is in line with the life-of-mine recovery grade.
At Hidden Valley, ounces sold decreased by 9% from 106,322 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 96,548 in fiscal 2015. This
is mainly due to the 9% decrease in volumes milled from 2,207,000 tons in fiscal 2014 to 2,012,000 tons in fiscal 2015.
Hidden Valley’s operations were adversely impacted by breakdowns in the overland conveyor, a safety stoppage due to
the fatality in December 2014 and scheduled maintenance at the metallurgical plant. Hidden Valley’s poor operational
performance and the impact of low commodity prices and high input costs resulted in the restructuring of the operation.
At Masimong, ounces sold decreased by 8% from 87,064 in fiscal 2014 to 80,087 in fiscal 2015. This was mainly a
result of the decrease in the recovered grade by 9% from 0.118 ounces per ton in fiscal 2014 to 0.107 ounces per ton in
fiscal 2015. To address the poor performance of the operation, Masimong was restructured in fiscal 2015 to improve
profitability. Orebody development at Masimong has been significantly reduced and greater focus has been placed on
mining higher grade areas.
At Kusasalethu, ounces sold decreased by 5%, from 145,673 in fiscal 2014 to 138,151 in fiscal 2015. This was
mainly due to safety stoppages, underground fires and illegal mining activities during fiscal 2015. During the first half of
fiscal 2015, the life-of-mine of the operation was optimized by ensuring greater focus on profitable and higher grade
areas. The optimization resulted in the abandonment of the unprofitable and lower grade areas of the mine. Levels 78 to
95, four of the existing 11 levels at Kusasalethu were abandoned. Volumes decreased by 21% to 1,001,000 tons, ounces
produced decreased by 16% to 127,092 ounces, however, recovered grade increased by 6% to 0.127 ounce per ton in
fiscal 2015.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
60
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment of assets and employment
termination and restructuring costs.
a) Production costs (cash costs/all-in sustaining costs)
The following table sets out our total ounces produced and weighted average cash costs per ounce and total ounces sold
and weighted average all-in sustaining costs per ounce for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015:
Year Ended June 30, 2015
Year Ended June 30, 2014
Percentage
(increase)/decrease
Cash costs
All-in sustaining
costs *
Cash costs
All-in sustaining
costs *
Cash
costs
per
ounce
All-in
sustaining
costs per
ounce
(oz
produced)
($/oz)
(oz sold)
($/oz)
(oz
produced)
($/oz)
(oz sold)
($/oz)
South Africa
Kusasalethu .......
127,092
1,283
138,151
1,596
150,916
1,171
145,673
1,544
(10)
(3)
Doornkop ..........
85,618
1,092
87,160
1,362
83,687
1,264
84,653
1,543
14
12
Phakisa ..............
100,246
1,016
101,468
1,347
95,680
1,079
95,263
1,438
6
6
Tshepong...........
137,540
1,008
139,437
1,235
135,772
981
135,161
1,223
(3)
(1)
Masimong .........
79,187
1,080
80,087
1,302
87,385
1,082
87,064
1,326
-
2
Target 1 .............
122,944
837
124,358
1,075
144,453
702
144,936
921
(19)
(17)
Bambanani
(3)
.....
93,495
649
94,748
735
95,424
686
95,165
889
5
17
Joel ....................
72,596
908
74,911
1,043
75,072
885
74,204
994
(3)
(5)
Unisel ................
54,495
1,080
55,138
1,275
59,093
981
58,964
1,168
(10)
(9)
Target 3
(1)
...........
15,529
958
16,140
1,096
45,429
1,185
45,301
1,497
19
27
Other – surface ..
94,105
1,000
95,647
1,070
93,236
1,018
93,976
1,089
2
2
International
Hidden Valley
(2)
.
94,619
1,065
96,548
1,395
105,840
991
106,322
1,244
(7)
(12)
Total
continuing
operations .....
1,077,466
1,103,793
1,171,987
1,166,682
Weighted
average .........
1,003
1,231
988
1,222
2
(1)
(1)
The Target 3 operation was suspended and the mine placed on care and maintenance during the December 2014 quarter.
(2)
Cash costs and all-in sustaining costs would have been US$1,230 per ounce and US$1,557 per ounce (2014: US$1,184 per ounce and US$1,438
per ounce) respectively had silver byproduct credits of US$16 million (2014: US$20 million) or US$169 per ounce produced, US$166 per
ounce sold (2014: US$192 per ounce produced, US$191 per ounce sold) not been taken into account.
(3)
Fiscal 2014 includes Steyn 2 which was placed on care and maintenance during March 2014.
*
Restated to exclude the share-based payment charge.
Our total average all-in sustaining costs per ounce increased marginally from US$1,242 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to
US$1,231 per ounce in fiscal 2015.
Our average cash costs increased by 2%, or US$15 per ounce, from US$988 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,003
per ounce in fiscal 2015. Cash costs per ounce vary with the working costs per ton (which are, in turn, affected by the
number of tons processed) and grade of ore processed. Cash costs expressed in US dollars per ounce also vary with
fluctuations in the Rand-US dollar exchange rate, because most of our working costs are incurred in Rand. Offsetting the
depreciation of the Rand against the dollar in fiscal 2015 is the decrease in ounces produced and sold by 8% and 5%
respectively (increase in the denominator in the per ounce calculation). Operating costs in Rand terms increased by 6%.
The South African Rand depreciated by 11% against the US dollar when compared to fiscal 2014. Operating costs in
Rand terms were affected mainly by an increase in costs on Kusasalethu, Tshepong, Target 1 and Hidden Valley where
costs increased by 14%, 18%, 13% and 4%, respectively, year on year. Annual increases in labor costs as well as
inflationary pressures on our consumables and increase in electricity tariffs also contributed towards higher operating
costs in fiscal 2015.
At Doornkop, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 14% from US$1,264 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,092 per
ounce in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 12% from US$1,543 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to
US$1,362 per ounce in fiscal 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the increase in gold produced and ounces sold at
Doornkop as production in fiscal 2014 was severely impacted by the safety stoppages in fiscal 2014 due to the
underground fire in February 2014.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
61
At Phakisa, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 6% from US$1,079 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,016 per
ounce in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 6% from US$1,438 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to
US$1,347 per ounce in fiscal 2015. This was primarily due to an increase in ounces produced and sold as production
continues to ramp up.
At Bambanani, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 5% from US$686 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$649 per
ounce in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce decreased by 17% from US$889 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to
US$735 per ounce in fiscal 2015. This was due to an increase in ounces produced and ounces sold as result of higher
recovered grades at Bambanani as the production from mining the high grade pillar continues to ramp up.
At Target 1, the cash cost per ounce increased by 19% from US$702 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$837 per ounce
in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce increased by 17% from US$921 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,075
per ounce in fiscal 2015. The increase in the cash cost per ounce and all-in sustaining cost per ounce was mainly due to
the decrease in gold produced and gold sold as the recovered grade reduced by 12% to 0.149 ounce per ton in fiscal 2015.
At Kusasalethu, the cash cost per ounce increased by 10% from US$1,171 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,283 per
ounce in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce increased by 3% from US$1,544 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to
US$1,596 per ounce in fiscal 2015. This was mainly due to the decrease in gold produced and gold sold as the operation
was severely impacted by several stoppages during fiscal 2015.
At Unisel, the cash cost per ounce increased by 10% from US$981 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,080 per ounce
in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce increased by 9% from US$1,168 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,275
per ounce in fiscal 2015. The increase was mainly due to the decrease in gold produced and gold sold. Operations were
impacted by a fatality in April 2015.
At Hidden Valley, the cash costs per ounce increased by 7%, from US$991 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to US$1,065
per ounce in fiscal 2015. The all-in sustaining cost per ounce increased by 12%, from US$1,244 per ounce in fiscal 2014
to US$1,395 per ounce in fiscal 2015. The increase was primarily due to the decrease in gold production owing to
operational and safety stoppages during fiscal 2015.
b) Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased from US$207 million in fiscal 2014 to US$216 million, or 4%, in fiscal
2015 despite the 4% decrease in tons milled from 20,713,000 tons in fiscal 2014 to 19,919,000 tons in fiscal 2015. In
Rand terms, there was an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of 15%. The increase in the depreciation and
amortization in fiscal 2015 is mainly due to the revised useful lives and residual values of most of Harmony’s operations.
The estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves reduced year-on-year from fiscal
2014 to fiscal 2015 following the annual life-of-mine reassessment conducted in fiscal 2014.`
c) Employment termination and restructuring costs
The charge for employment termination and restructuring costs decreased from US$26 million in fiscal 2014 to
US$22 million in fiscal 2015. Costs in fiscal 2015 relate to the restructuring at Kusasalethu, Masimong and Hidden
Valley. Target 3 was placed on care and maintenance and voluntary severance packages were offered to management in
September 2014. For fiscal 2014, the costs relate to the completion of the restructuring programmes embarked on by the
group’s South African operations and at Hidden Valley, both having started during fiscal 2013.
d) Impairment of assets
The impairment charge amounted to US$285 million in fiscal 2015 compared to an impairment charge of US$135
million in fiscal 2014. The charge in fiscal 2015 relates primarily to Hidden Valley, where a charge of US$174 million
was recognized following a change in the life-of-mine plan during the annual planning process. Low US$ commodity
prices and high operating costs resulted in the shortening of the life-of-mine of the operation. Stripping activities in the
new plan have been significantly reduced, resulting in a decrease in the reserves to be mined and the lower recoverable
amount at June 30, 2015. An impairment of US$85 million was recognized for Doornkop following the decision to
restructure Doornkop and the completion of the revised life-of-mine for the operation. The revised life-of-mine plan
includes lower production levels and focuses on higher grade areas. The new plan resulted in a lower recoverable
amount. In addition, an impairment of US$23 million for Phakisa following the annual life-of-mine reassessment and
US$4 million for Freddies 9 was recognized as plans to develop the project further at this stage have been stopped. The
charge in fiscal 2014 relates primarily to Phakisa, where a charge of US$130 million was recognized.
Exploration expenditure
In fiscal 2015, exploration expenditure decreased from US$44 million to US$23 million, primarily as a result of
capitalizing the project exploration and evaluation expenditure for the Golpu project following the board approval of the
Golpu prefeasibility study in December 2014. The approval and progression to the final feasibility study stage, together
with the reserves previously declared demonstrates the technical and commercial viability of the Golpu project.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
62
Loss on scrapping of assets
During fiscal 2015, Harmony management embarked on a life-of-mine optimization process in respect of the South
African operations. The optimization ensured greater focus on mining profitable and higher grade areas at our operations
and therefore resulted in the abandonment of lower grade and unprofitable areas from the life-of-mine plan for certain of
the operations.
A loss on scrapping of US$42 million (2014: US$nil) was recorded. The abandonment of unprofitable areas in the
plans resulted in the derecognition of property, plant and equipment as no future economic benefits are expected from
their use or disposal and a loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment amounting to US$20 million and
US$20 million was recorded for Kusasalethu and Masimong each. A loss of US$2 million was also recorded for
Tshepong.
Foreign exchange translation loss (net)
Foreign exchange translation loss (net) increased from US$18 million in fiscal 2014 to US$32 million in fiscal 2015. The
increase is primarily due to the foreign exchange translation loss relating to the translation of the US$ revolving credit
facilities into Rand from US$15 million in fiscal 2014 to US$33 million in fiscal 2015. The Rand weakened by 15% from
a closing rate of R10.61 in fiscal 2014 to R12.16 in fiscal 2015.
Loss from associate
The loss for fiscal 2015 follows the finalization of Rand Refinery’s 2013 and 2014 financial statements which
accounted for the known inventory discrepancy at that date. Harmony recorded a further US$2 million against the loan to
Rand Refinery for its share of the loss. The inventory discrepancy arose from the implementation of a new Enterprise
Resource Planning System by Rand Refinery. Harmony recognized a loss of US$12 million in fiscal 2014 to account for
its share of this discrepancy.
Net gain on financial instruments
The gain of US$1 million in fiscal 2015 relates primarily to the fair value gain recognized on the ELDs held by the
environmental trusts, which are classified as fair value through profit or loss investments. The gain recognized on the
ELDs in fiscal 2014 was US$16 million. The decrease in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 is mainly due to the
maturity of the existing ELDs.
Income and mining taxes
In fiscal 2014 and 2015, the tax rates for companies were 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income
for South African companies and 30% for Australian companies and PNG mining companies.
Income and mining tax
2015
2014
Effective income and mining tax rate ................................................
(14)%
(19)%
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2015 was lower than the mining statutory tax rate of 34% for us and our
subsidiaries as a whole. The most significant items causing the group’s income tax provision to differ from the mining
statutory tax rate were there are no tax consequences relating to the impairment recorded on Hidden Valley, deferred tax
assets not recognized which relates primarily to the Hidden Valley operation and the deferred tax credit resulting from
the reduction in the average deferred tax rates at the South African operations mainly due to lower estimated profitability
following the completion of the updated life-of-mine plans.
Deferred tax rates for the South African operations are calculated based on estimates of the future profitability of
each ring-fenced mine when temporary differences will reverse. The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn,
is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation, which is based on parameters such as the Group’s
long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation.
As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the
reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information. Changes in the future
profitability of each ring-fenced mine impact the deferred tax rates used to recognize temporary differences at these
operations. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Deferred taxes ” above. The decrease in deferred tax on
temporary differences due to changes in estimated effective tax rates results primarily from a decrease in the effective
deferred tax rate at Freegold (includes the Bambanani, Joel, Phakisa and Tshepong operations) and Randfontein Estates
(includes the Doornkop and Kusasalethu operations) . The deferred tax rate at Freegold decreased from 20.3% in fiscal
2014 to 16.7% in fiscal 2015 and Randfontein Estates decreased from 18.9% to 14.3%, both decreases mainly due to the
lower estimated profitability.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
63
South Africa. We pay taxes separately on mining income and non-mining income. The amount of our South
African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a formula that takes into account our total revenue and profits
from, and capital expenditure for, mining operations in South Africa. 5% of total mining revenue is exempt from taxation
in South Africa as a result of the application of the gold mining formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is
calculated by deducting qualifying capital expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which taxable
mining income exceeds 5% of mining revenue constitutes taxable mining income. We and our subsidiaries each make our
own calculation of taxable income.
Australia. Generally, Australia imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of our
Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%.
Harmony Gold (Australia) Proprietary Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiary companies are
recognized and taxed as a single entity. Under the consolidation rules all of the Australian subsidiary companies are
treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold Australia. As a result inter-company transactions between
group members are generally ignored for tax purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members
without any tax consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by the Head Company of the group.
Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents to non-residents, which
would include any dividends on the shares of our Australian subsidiaries that are paid to us. In the case of dividend
payments to non-residents, a 30% withholding tax applies. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a
country with which Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally limited
to 15% (or in the case of South Africa 5% where the dividend is paid to a company which controls at least 10% of the
Australian dividend paying company). Where dividends are fully franked, no withholding tax applies as an effective
credit is allowed against any withholding tax otherwise payable, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in
place. However, due to the tax profile of Harmony Gold Australia it is not expected to have any franking credits in the
foreseeable future.
Where conduit foreign income received by an Australian company is paid from Australia as a dividend, it is not
subject to dividend withholding tax.
Australia has a Controlled Foreign Company regime which effectively attributes certain types of passive income
derived by offshore subsidiaries and taxes that income as if it had been derived in Australia under Australian tax rules.
PNG. The Hidden Valley mine in PNG commenced operations in fiscal 2010. We are also reviewing other
potential projects and carrying out extensive exploration.
PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore each project is taxed as a separate entity, even though
it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company. In certain circumstances there is an ability to
transfer the tax benefit obtained through exploration expenditure between projects and wholly-owned companies. Tax
losses are generally quarantined and cannot be transferred between projects.
PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%. Mining operations in PNG are subject to a 2% royalty
which is payable to the PNG Government.
Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax purposes and can be
generally deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against project income, with the deduction being
limited to the lesser of 25% of the diminished value or the income of the project for the year.
PNG imposes dividend withholding tax of 10% on dividends paid by PNG mining operations to non-residents.
Although PNG also imposes interest withholding tax on interest paid off-shore, the PNG Tax Act exempts interest paid to
non-resident lenders from withholding tax where the PNG company is engaged in mining operations in PNG. These rates
only apply once an entity has commenced mining and do not apply to entities at the exploration stage.
Other Financial Information
Export Sales
All of our gold produced in South Africa during fiscal 2014 to 2016 was refined by Rand Refinery. Rand Refinery
is owned by a consortium of the major gold producers in South Africa and Harmony holds a 10.38% interest at June 30,
2016. All of our gold produced in PNG in those periods was sold to The Perth Mint Australia, a Perth-based refinery.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
64
Recent Developments
See Item 4: “Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Recent Developments—
Developments since June 30, 2016.
B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We centrally manage our funding and treasury policies. There are no legal or economic restrictions on the ability of
our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. We have generally funded our operations and our short-term and long-term
liquidity requirements from: (i) cash generated from operations; (ii) credit facilities and other borrowings; and (iii) sales
of equity securities.
Fiscal year ended June 30,
2016
2015
2014
($ in millions)
Operating cash flows........................................................................
312
176
219
Investing cash flows .........................................................................
(180)
(253)
(255)
Financing cash flows........................................................................
(114)
15
16
Foreign exchange differences...........................................................
(21)
(22)
(17)
Total cash flows ...............................................................................
(3)
(84)
(37)
Operations
Net cash provided by operations is primarily affected by the quantities of gold sold, the gold price, the Rand-US
dollar exchange rate, cash costs per ounce and, in the case of the International operations, the Australian dollar and Kina
versus US dollar exchange rate. A significant adverse change in one or more of these parameters could materially reduce
cash provided by operations as a source of liquidity.
Net cash generated by operations increased from US$176 million in fiscal 2015 to US$312 million in fiscal 2016.
This was mainly due to the significant increase in the Rand gold price received due to the weakening of the Rand against
the US dollar, which offset the decrease in gold sold in fiscal 2016, and increases in production costs due to increases in
labor, materials and electricity and other inflationary pressures in fiscal 2016.
Net cash generated by operations decreased from US$219 million in fiscal 2014 to US$176 million in fiscal 2015.
This was mainly due to the decrease in revenue which is attributable to the decrease in gold sold in fiscal 2015, increases
in production costs due to increases in labor, materials and electricity and other inflationary pressures in fiscal 2015.
Investing
Net cash utilized by investing activities was US$180 million in fiscal 2016, as compared with US$253 million in
fiscal 2015. Additions to property, plant and equipment were US$168 million in fiscal 2016 compared with US$246
million in fiscal 2015.
Net cash utilized by investing activities was US$253 million in fiscal 2015, as compared with US$255 million in
fiscal 2014. Additions to property, plant and equipment were US$246 million in fiscal 2015 compared with US$254
million in fiscal 2014.
Financing
Financing activities utilized US$114 million in fiscal 2016, compared with US$15 million generated in fiscal 2015.
In fiscal 2016, we drew down US$24 million (2015: US$80 million). Loan repayments in fiscal 2016 amounted to
US$138 million (2015: US$65 million and 2014: US$44 million). No dividends were paid in fiscal 2014, 2015 and 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
65
Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings
On December 20, 2013, we entered into a loan facility with Nedbank, comprising a revolving credit facility of
R1,300 million (US$126 million). Interest accrues on a day-to-day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest
rate. In January 2015, R400 million (US$35 million) was drawn down. During July 2015 an additional R300 million
(US$24 million) was drawn down while in November 2015 R400 million (US$28 million) was repaid. At June 30, 2016,
the remaining R1,000 million (US$68 million) on this facility is available until December 2016. On July 7, 2016,
Harmony repaid the R300 million (US$20.0 million) outstanding on the facility.
On December 22, 2014, we entered into a loan facility agreement which was jointly arranged by Nedbank Limited
and Barclays Bank Plc, comprising a revolving credit facility of up to US$250 million. All conditions precedent were
met during February 2015 and US$205 million was drawn down to repay the syndicated revolving credit facility,
resulting in a net cash outflow of US$65 million. The remaining US$45 million was drawn down during May 2015.
During fiscal 2016, US$110 million was repaid. Interest accrues on a day-to-day basis over the term of the loan at a
variable interest rate. The facility is repayable on maturity during February 2018. At June 30, 2016, the remaining
US$110 million on this facility is available until February 2018.
We need to comply with certain debt covenants for both the Nedbank facility and US dollar revolving credit
facility. The debt covenant tests were renegotiated during December 2014 and are as follows:
The group’s interest cover ratio shall not be less than five (EBITDA 1 /Total interest paid).
Tangible Net Worth 2 to total net debt ratio shall not be less than six times or eight times when dividends are
paid.
Leverage 3 shall not be more than 2.5 times.
1
EBITDA as defined in the agreement excludes unusual items such as impairment and restructuring cost.
2
Tangible Net Worth is defined as total equity less intangible assets.
3
Leverage is defined as total net debt to EBITDA.
We complied with the relevant covenants during fiscal 2016.
Recently Retired Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings
On August 11, 2011, we entered into a loan facility arranged by Nedbank Limited and FirstRand Bank Limited
(acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) (syndicate), comprising a US$300 million syndicated revolving credit
facility. The facility was utilized to fund exploration project in PNG. Interest at LIBOR plus 260 basis points, was paid
quarterly. The syndicated revolving credit facility was repayable after three years. The outstanding amount on the
syndicated revolving credit facility was settled in February 2015 by drawing against the new facility entered into on
December 22, 2014.
Capital Expenditures
Total budgeted capital expenditures for fiscal 2017 are US$200 million. See “ Item 4 – Information On The
Company – Business Overview – Capital Expenditures” for details regarding the budgeted capital expenditures for each
operation . We currently expect that our planned operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations,
including use of our current facilities, as described in “ —Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings” above ,
and new borrowings as needed.
The following table sets forth our authorized capital expenditure as of June 30, 2016:
$’million
Authorized and contracted for
(1)
..........................................
18
Authorized but not yet contracted for .................................
35
Total ...................................................................................
53
(1)
Including our share of the PNG joint venture’s capital expenditure of US$4 million.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
66
Working Capital and Anticipated Financing Needs
The board believes that our working capital resources, by way of cash generated from operations, borrowings and
existing cash on hand, are sufficient to meet our present working capital needs. The South African operations are
generally expected to fund their capital internally. The Golpu project in PNG is, however, expected to require additional
capital expenditure over the next three to six years to complete construction, most of which will be funded from cash
generated by operations and the balance by debt. We may also consider other options or structures to finance Golpu. For
more information on our planned capital expenditures, see “ —Capital Expenditure ” above. Also see “Item 3: “Risk
Factors—To maintain gold production beyond the expected lives of Harmony’s existing mines or to increase production
materially above projected levels, Harmony will need to access additional reserves through exploration or discovery”
.
Our board believes that we will have access to adequate financing on reasonable terms given our cash-based operations
and modest leverage. Our ability to generate cash from operations could, however, be materially adversely affected by
increases in cash costs, decreases in production, decreases in the price of gold and appreciation of the Rand and other
non-US$ currencies against the US dollar. In addition, South African companies are subject to significant exchange
control limitations, which may impair our ability to fund overseas operations or guarantee credit facilities entered into by
overseas subsidiaries. See Item 10: “Additional Information—Exchange Controls”.
The information set forth under the headings:
    “—Harmony in Action—Operational performance—Outlook for FY17 ” on page 84
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
D. TREND INFORMATION
The information set forth under the headings:
    “—Harmony in Action—Operational performance ” on pages 81 to 82 and pages 86 to 109
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Our obligation with regards to operating leases is US$0.17 million and relates to the offices in Brisbane and PNG.
This amount at June 30, 2016 is due within 12 months. Contractual obligations in respect of mineral tenement leases in
PNG amount to US$17 million at June 30, 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
67
F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of credit facilities, post-retirement
healthcare and environmental obligations.
Contractual Obligations on the Balance Sheet
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2016:
Payments Due by Period
Total
($’million)
Less Than 12
Months July 1,
2016 to
June 30, 2017
($’million)
12-36 Months
July 1, 2017
to June 30,
2019
($’million)
36-60 Months
July 1, 2019
To June 30,
2021
($’million)
After 60
Months
Subsequent
June 30, 2021
($’million)
Bank facilities
(1)
...................................................
170
27
143
Non-current liabilities
(2)
......................................
1
1
Post-retirement health care
(3)
...............................
11
11
Environmental obligations
(4)
...............................
148
148
Total contractual obligations ...........................
330
27
144
159
(1)
See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding
Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings”
.
(2)
This liability relates to the Sibanye Beatrix ground swap royalty provision. See note 26 to our consolidated
financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
(3)
This liability relates to post-retirement medical benefits of Freegold employees at the time of acquisition as well as
for former employees who retired prior to December 31, 1996 and is based on actuarial valuations conducted
during fiscal 2016.
(4)
We make provision for environmental rehabilitation costs and related liabilities based on management’s
interpretations of current environmental and regulatory requirements. See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies—Provision for environmental rehabilitation”
.
Commercial Commitments
The following table provides details regarding our commercial commitments as of June 30, 2016:
Amount of Commitments Expiring by Period
Total
($’million)
Less Than 12
Months July 1,
2016 to
June 30, 2017
($’million)
12-36 Months
July 1, 2017
to June 30,
2019
($’million)
36-60 Months
July 1, 2019
To June 30,
2021
($’million)
After 60
Months
Subsequent
June 30, 2021
($’million)
Guarantees
(1)
....................................................
34
34
Capital commitments
(2)
....................................
18
18
Total commitments expiring by period .......
51
18
33
(1)
US$33 million of these guarantees relate to our environmental and rehabilitation obligation.
(2)
Capital commitments consist only of amounts committed to external suppliers, although a total of US$35 million
has been approved by the board for capital expenditures.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
68
G. SAFE HARBOR
The information set forth under the heading “Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements” on the
inside front cover is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
The information set forth under the heading:
    “Board of directors” and “Executive management” on pages 19 to 24
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
B. COMPENSATION
The information set forth under the heading:
    “—Governing Harmony—Remuneration report” on pages 134 to 146
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
C. BOARD PRACTICES
The information set forth under the headings:
    “—Governing Harmony—Corporate governance” on pages 124 to 133;
    “—Governing Harmony—Remuneration report” on pages 134 to 146; and
    “—Governing Harmony—Audit and risk committee chairman’s report” on pages 147 to 148
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
D. EMPLOYEES
The information set forth under the heading:
    “—Harmony in Action—Employees and communities” on pages 48 to 58
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
E. SHARE OWNERSHIP
The information set forth under the headings:
    “—Governing Harmony—Remuneration report” on pages 134 to 146; and
    “—Shareholder information” on pages 149 to 151
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
We are an independent gold producer, with no single shareholder exercising control. As of October 19, 2016, our
issued share capital consisted of 437,479,029 ordinary shares. To our knowledge, (a) we are not directly or indirectly
owned or controlled: (i) by another corporation; or (ii) by any foreign government, and (b) there are no arrangements
(including any announced or expected takeover bid), the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change
in our control.
The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of other holders of the same class
of shares.
Significant changes in the percentage ownership held by major shareholders in the past three years are described
below under “— Related Party Transactions ”.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
69
A list of the holders that hold 5% or more of our securities as of September 30, 2016 is set forth below:
Holder
Number of Shares
Percentage
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
(1)
...............
197,695,031
45.19%
Van Eck Global
(2)
........................................................
64,548,943
14.75%
ARM Ltd.
(3)
.................................................................
63,632,922
14.55%
Allan Gray Unit Trust Management Ltd. ....................
32,650,472
7.46%
Private Investors (North America)
(4)
..........................
38,922,362
8.90%
Public Investment Corporation of South Africa ..........
31 594 882
7.22%
(1)
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas has acted as the depositary (“ Depositary ”) with respect to the
ADSs evidenced by ADRs as of October 10, 2011. Holding disclosed represents outstanding ADRs on
September 30, 2016.
(2)
Van Eck’s holding of is held in in the form of ADRs and is included in (1) above.
(3)
Patrice Motsepe, our Chairman, has an indirect holding in ARM Limited.
(4)
Private Investors (North America)’s holding includes held in ADR form and is included in (1) above.
B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
See note 32 “ Related Parties ”, note 18 (c) “ Trade and other receivables ”, note 19 “Investments in Associates” and note
20 “Investment in Joint Operations” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning on page F-1.
C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Please refer to Item 18: “Financial Statements and Item 3: “Key Information—Selected Financial Data” .
Legal Proceedings
None of our properties is the subject of pending material legal proceedings. We have experienced a number of
claims and legal and arbitration proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of our business, such as the ones described
below.
Silicosis (and other occupational diseases)
AngloGold Ashanti court case
On March 3, 2011, judgment was handed down in the Constitutional Court, in the case of Mr Thembekile
Mankayi v AngloGold Ashanti Limited regarding litigation in terms of the ODIMWA. The judgment allows claimants,
such as Mr Mankayi, to institute action against their current and former employers for damages suffered as a result of
them contracting occupational diseases which result from their exposure to harmful quantities of dust while they were
employed at a controlled mine as referred to in ODIMWA. In this regard, should anyone bring similar claims against
Harmony in future, those claimants would need to prove that silicosis, as an example, was contracted while in the employ
of the Company and that it was contracted due to negligence on the Company’s part to provide a safe and healthy
working environment. The link between the cause (negligence by the Company in exposing the claimant to harmful
quantities of dust while in its employ) and the effect (the silicosis) will be an essential part of any case.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
70
If Harmony, or any of its subsidiaries were to face a significant number of such claims and the claims were
suitably established against it, the payments of compensation of the claims could have a material adverse effect on
Harmony or the group's results of operations and financial position. In addition, Harmony or the group may incur
significant additional costs arising out of these issues, including costs relating to the payment of fees, levies or other
contributions in respect of compensatory or other funds established (if any), and expenditures arising out of its efforts to
resolve any outstanding claims or other potential action.
Consolidated class action
On August 23, 2012, Harmony and certain of its subsidiaries (Harmony defendants) were served with court
papers in terms of which three former employees made application to the South Gauteng High Court to certify a class for
purposes of instituting a class action against the Harmony defendants. In essence, the applicants want the court to declare
them as suitable members to represent a class of current and former mineworkers for purposes of instituting a class action
for certain relief and to obtain directions from the court as to what procedure to follow in pursuing the relief required
against the Harmony defendants. Similar applications were also brought against various other gold mining companies for
similar relief during August 2012.
On January 8, 2013, the Harmony defendants, alongside other gold mining companies operating in South Africa
(collectively the respondents), was served with another application to certify two classes of persons representing a class
of current and former mine workers who work or have worked on gold mines owned and/or controlled by the respondents
and who allegedly contracted silicosis and/or other occupational lung diseases, and another class of dependents of mine
workers who have died of silicosis and who worked on gold mines owned and/or controlled by the respondents. The
Harmony defendants opposed both applications and instructed its attorneys to defend the application.
Following receipt of the aforesaid application, the Harmony defendants were advised that there was a potential
overlap between the application of August 23, 2012 and the application of January 8, 2013. On October 17, 2013, the
five certification applications were consolidated by order of court.
The applications were heard in October 2015. On May 13, 2016, the Johannesburg High Court ordered the
certification of a silicosis class and a tuberculosis class, which are to proceed as a single class against the mining
companies acted in the application. The companies requested leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of Appeal, which was
granted on by the Supreme Court of Appeal on September 13, 2016. Harmony submitted its notice of appeal in respect of
the transmissibility of the general damages order on July 22, 2016.
Anglo American South Africa, AngloGold Ashanti, Gold Fields, Sibanye and Harmony (the companies)
announced in November 2014 that they have formed a gold mining industry working group to address issues relating to
the compensation and medical care for occupational lung diseases in the gold mining industry in South Africa.
Essentially, the companies are seeking a comprehensive and sustainable solution which deals both with the legacy
compensation issues and future legal frameworks which, while being fair to employees, also ensures the future
sustainability of companies in the industry. The companies have engaged all stakeholders on these matters, including
government, organised labour, other mining companies and legal representatives of claimants who have filed legal suits
against the companies.
The companies have engaged all stakeholders on these matters, including government, organised labour, other
mining companies and legal representatives of claimants who have filed legal suits against the companies.
Due to the limited information available on the above claim and potential other claims, and the uncertainty of
the outcome of the matter, no costs estimation can as yet be made for the possible obligation.
Individual claims
On May 3, 2013, Harmony and one of its subsidiaries received a summons from Richard Spoor Attorneys on
behalf of a former employee. The plaintiff is claiming US$1.7 million in damages plus interest from Harmony and one of
its subsidiaries, and another gold mining group of companies. The plaintiff alleges to have contracted silicosis with
progressive massive fibrosis during the course of his employment. At this stage, and in the absence of a court decision on
this matter, it is not yet certain as to whether the Company will incur any costs (except legal fees) related to the above
claim.
Due to the limited information available on the above claims and potential other claims, and the uncertainty of
the outcome of the consolidated class certification application, no costs estimation can as yet be made for the possible
obligation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
71
Watut River damage claims
Legal proceedings commenced in December 2010 against the Hidden Valley mine in PNG over alleged damage
to the Watut River (which runs adjacent to the Hidden Valley mine), alleged to have been caused by waste rock and
overburden run-off from the mine. The damages sought by the plaintiffs were not specified. The defendants intend to
defend the claims. No active steps have been taken by the plaintiffs in this proceeding for more than five years. It is not
practicable to make any reasonable assessment of the prospects of the plaintiffs succeeding should they proceed with
these claims, nor the potential liability of the defendants if the plaintiffs were to succeed. As a result, no provision has
been recognized in the financial statements for this matter.
B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
See Item 4: “ Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Recent Developments—
Developments since June 30, 2016 .”
ITEM 9 THE OFFER AND LISTING
A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS
The information set forth under the heading:
    “Shareholder information” on pages 149 to 150
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
As of October 19, 2016, there were 1,689 record holders of our 204,046,125 ADRs in the United States.
The high and low sales prices in Rand for our ordinary shares on the JSE for the periods indicated were as follows:
Harmony
Ordinary Shares
(Rand per
Ordinary Share)
High
Low
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Full Year.......................................................................................
115.75    72.84
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013
First Quarter .................................................................................
85.71    67.50
Second Quarter .............................................................................
74.05    65.20
Third Quarter................................................................................
75.64    53.40
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................
58.25    ;33.47
Full Year.......................................................................................
85.71    33.47
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014
First Quarter .................................................................................
42.47    32.74
Second Quarter .............................................................................
36.14    24.48
Third Quarter................................................................................
40.32    27.25
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................
35.60    27.72
Full Year.......................................................................................
42.47    24.48
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015
First Quarter .................................................................................
35.21    24.70
Second Quarter .............................................................................
24.15    17.00
BACKGROUND IMAGE
72
Harmony
Ordinary Shares
(Rand per
Ordinary Share)
High
Low
Third Quarter................................................................................
35.50    20.47
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................................
24.34    15.59
Full Year.......................................................................................
35.50    15.59
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
July 2016 ......................................................................................
65.17    54.77
August 2016 .................................................................................
66.65    52.44
September 2016............................................................................
56.27    45.72
As of October 19, 2016 ................................................................
47.05    40.10
On October 19, 2016, the share price of our ordinary shares on the JSE was R45.00.
Our ADSs, evidenced by ADRs, are listed on the NYSE The high and low sales prices in US dollars for our ADRs
for the periods indicated, as reported on the NYSE were as follows:
NYSE
Harmony ADRs
($ per ADR)
High
Low
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012
Full Year .........................................................................................
14.87
8.70
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013
First Quarter....................................................................................
10.34
8.21
Second Quarter ...............................................................................
8.96
7.50
Third Quarter ..................................................................................
8.96
5.94
Fourth Quarter ................................................................................
6.38
3.30
Full Year .........................................................................................
10.34
3.30
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014
First Quarter....................................................................................
4.33
3.30
Second Quarter ...............................................................................
3.67
2.36
Third Quarter ..................................................................................
3.77
2.36
BACKGROUND IMAGE
73
NYSE
Harmony ADRs
($ per ADR)
High
Low
Fourth Quarter ................................................................................
3.34
2.52
Full Year .........................................................................................
4.33
2.36
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015
First Quarter....................................................................................
3.29
2.16
Second Quarter ...............................................................................
2.23
1.53
Third Quarter ..................................................................................
3.18
1.67
Fourth Quarter ................................................................................
2.53
1.31
Full Year .........................................................................................
3.29
1.31
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016
July 2016.........................................................................................
4.72
3.74
August 2016....................................................................................
4.87
3.52
September 2016 ..............................................................................
4.14
3.27
As of October 19, 2016...................................................................
3.37
3.20
On October 19, 2016, the closing share price of our ADRs on the NYSE was US$3.23.
B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
C. MARKETS
The information set forth under the heading:
    “—Shareholder information” on pages 149 to 151
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
The Securities Exchange in South Africa
The JSE is the sixth largest emerging market exchange and by far the leading exchange in Africa, playing a
leadership role in the continent, supporting South Africa’s role as the African financial hub. It is also recognized as a
leading exchange in the global resources sector.
As South Africa’s only full service securities exchange, the JSE connects buyers and sellers in five different
markets: equities, which includes a primary and secondary board, equity derivatives, agricultural derivatives and interest
rate instruments. The JSE is one of the top 20 exchanges in the world in terms of market capitalization. The market
capitalization of the JSE equities market was R15,332 billion (US$1,042 billion) at June 30, 2016. The mining market
capitalization was R1,679 billion (US$114 billion) at June 30, 2016, 11% of the overall JSE market capitalization and
constituted 29% in terms of value traded.
Strate Settlement
Under Strate, South Africa’s Central Securities Depository (“ CSD ”), there are essentially two types of clients:
controlled and non-controlled. A controlled client is one who elects to keep his shares and cash with his broker and these
shares are held in custody at the broker’s chosen Custodian Bank, the CSD Participant (“ CSDP ”). A non-controlled
client is one who appoints his own CSDP to act as custodian on his behalf. Equity settlements take place on a contractual
T+3 (where T= trade date) settlement cycle. Securities and funds become due for settlement three business days after the
trade. Contractual settlement is a market convention embodied in the rules of the JSE which states that a client has a
contractual obligation to cause a JSE trade to settle on settlement day. The JSE, in its capacity as Settlement Authority,
ensures that all on-market trades entered into by two JSE member firms settle three days after the trade date.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
74
D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
E. DILUTION
Not applicable.
F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. SHARE CAPITAL
The information set forth under the heading:
    “—Shareholder information” on pages 149 to 152
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
B. MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION
Information on our Memorandum of Incorporation can be found in Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 which was filed with the SEC on October 23, 2014, is available on the SEC’s website
and is incorporated herein by reference.
C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
Neither the Company nor any member of the group of which it is a party has entered into any material contracts,
other than in the ordinary course of its business, during the two years immediately preceding the publication of this
document.
D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS
Introduction
The following is a general outline of South African exchange controls. Investors should consult a professional
adviser pertaining to the exchange control implications of their particular investments.
The Republic of South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on the exportation capital
from a Common Monetary Area member, consisting of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of
Lesotho and Swaziland. Transactions between South African residents (including corporations) and foreigners are subject
to these exchange controls, which are administered by the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African
Reserve Bank (“ SARB ”).
Since 1995 a number of exchange control regulations have been relaxed with regard to both residents and non-
residents. Following the initial reforms, ongoing relaxations have been introduced with the aim of achieving a
macroprudential risk based approach to the management of foreign exchange. The reforms are being made to, among
other things, enable international firms to make investments through South Africa to the rest of Africa and to further
enhance opportunities for offshore portfolio diversification for resident investors. In addition, the relaxations have also
significantly raised the size of the discretionary allowances available to residents for overseas transactions.
A considerable degree of flexibility is built into the system of exchange controls, and the SARB possesses
substantial discretionary powers in approving or rejecting the applications that fall outside the authority granted to
authorized dealers.
These comments relate to exchange controls in force at June 30, 2016. These controls are subject to change at any
time, however, the government has previously announced most changes during the annual budget statement in February.
It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be changed by the South African government in the
future.
Government Regulatory Considerations
Shares
A foreign investor may invest freely in shares in a South African company, whether listed on the JSE or not
through normal banking channels against settlement in foreign currency or Rand from a non-resident rand account. A
foreign investor may also sell his or her share investment in a South African company and transfer the proceeds out of
South Africa without restriction. However, when the Company is not listed on the JSE, the SARB must be satisfied that
the sale price of any shares reflects fair market value.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
75
Under present South African exchange control regulations, our ordinary shares and ADSs are freely transferable
outside the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. No prior SARB approval is
required for the transfer of proceeds to South Africa, in respect of shares listed on the JSE, provided these funds enter the
country through the normal banking channels. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares on the JSE on
behalf of those holders of ordinary shares who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable to
those holders. Share certificates and warrant certificates held by non-residents will be endorsed with the words “non-
resident.”
Loans
Generally, the granting of loans to us or our subsidiaries, and our ability to borrow from non-South African sources
and the repatriation of dividends, interest and royalties by us will be regulated by the Exchange Control Department of
the SARB. If a foreign investor wishes to lend capital to a South African company, the prior approval of the SARB must
be sought mainly in respect of the interest rate and terms of repayment applicable to such loan.
Interest on foreign loans is subject to a withholding tax of 15% and freely remittable abroad, provided the loans
received prior approval from the SARB. However, this rate may be reduced depending on the applicability of a double
taxation treaty.
Investments
We are required to seek approval from the SARB to use funds held in South Africa to make investments outside of
South Africa.
Dividends
Dividends declared by a quoted company are subject to a withholding tax of 15% and freely transferable out of
South Africa from both trading and non-trading profits earned in South Africa through a major bank as agent for the
SARB to non-resident shareholders. However, this rate may be reduced depending on the applicability of a double
taxation treaty.
Where 75% or more of a South African company’s capital, voting power, power of control or earnings is directly
or indirectly controlled by non-residents, such a company is designated an “affected person” by the SARB, and certain
restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local financial assistance. We are not, and have never been, designated an
“affected person” by the SARB.
If an affected entity made use of local borrowing facilities, the affected entity must apply for SARB approval prior
to remitting dividends offshore. As a general rule, an affected entity that has accumulated historical losses may not
declare dividends out of current profits unless and until such time that the affected entity’s local borrowings do not
exceed the local borrowing limit.
E. TAXATION
Certain South African Tax Considerations
The discussion set out in this section is based on current law and our interpretation thereof. Amendments to the law
may change the tax treatment of acquiring, holding or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, which
changes may possibly occur on a retrospective basis. The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all of
the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of our ordinary shares or ADSs, and
does not cover the tax consequences that depend upon your particular tax circumstances. This summary is not intended to
be tax advice. In particular, the following summary addresses tax consequences for holders of ordinary shares or ADSs
who are not residents of South Africa for tax purposes from a South African perspective. It specifically excludes the tax
consequences for persons who are not residents of South Africa for tax purposes whose holding of shares or ADSs is
effectively connected with a permanent establishment in South Africa through which the holder carries on business
activities, or who is not the beneficial recipient of the dividends, or where the source of the transaction or dividends is
deemed to be in South Africa. In addition, it does not cover the tax consequences for a holder that is not entitled to the
benefits of the double taxation agreement concluded between the Republic of South Africa and the United States of
America signed on February 17, 1997 (“ US Treaty ”). It also assumes that the holders hold the ordinary shares or ADSs
on capital account (that is, for investment purposes) as opposed to on revenue account (that is for speculative purposes, as
trading stock). Recently the Supreme Court of Appeal in South Africa indicated that gains will be on revenue account if
they are derived as part of a business in carrying out a scheme of profit making. We recommend that you consult your
own tax adviser concerning the consequences of holding our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, in your particular
situation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
76
Dividends
With effect from April 1, 2012, South Africa introduced a Dividends Tax, which is a withholding tax on dividends
borne by the shareholder receiving the dividend. The rate at which Dividends Tax is levied is 15%. Dividends Tax is
imposed on, amongst others, non-resident shareholders, and it is withheld by the company declaring and paying the
dividend to its shareholders or the regulatory intermediary, as the case may be, as a withholding agent.
Article 10 of the US Treaty provides that a dividend paid by a company that is a resident of South Africa for tax
purposes to a resident of the US for tax purposes may be taxed in the US. Article 10 of the US Treaty further provides
that such a dividend may also be taxed in South Africa. However, the tax charged in South Africa may not exceed 5% of
the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner is a company that holds directly at least 10% of the voting stock
of the South African company paying the dividends. In all other cases, the US Treaty provides for a withholding tax of
15% of the gross amount of the dividends.
With effect from January 1, 2012 it is deemed that an amount will be derived by a person from a source within
South Africa if the amount constitutes a dividend received by or accrued to that person.
Capital Gains Tax
Capital Gains Tax (“ CGT ”) was introduced in South Africa with effect from October 1, 2001. In the case of an
individual, 40% in respect of years of assessment commencing 1 March 2016 (previously 33.3%) of the capital gain is
included in the individual’s taxable income (effectively 16.4% (previously 13.65%) should the individual pay tax at the
marginal rate). In the case of a corporate entity or trust, 80% in respect of years of assessment commencing 1 March
2016 (previously 66.6%) of such gain is included in its taxable income (effectively a rate of 22.4% (previously 18.6%)
for a corporate entity and 32.8% (previously 27.3%) for a trust). CGT is only applicable to non-residents if the proceeds
from the sale are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-resident shareholder. The US Treaty (which will
prevail in the event of a conflict) provides that the US holder of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be subject to CGT if
the assets have been held as capital assets, unless they are linked to a permanent establishment of such non-resident
shareholder in South Africa. To the extent that shares or ADSs are held on revenue account, a similar principle applies
with reference to the payment of income tax. Accordingly, income tax is only payable to the extent that the gain is
attributable to the carrying on of a business in South Africa through a permanent establishment situated in South Africa.
The current corporate rate is equal to 28%. Any gains realized on the disposal of equity shares are automatically deemed
to be of a capital nature if the equity shares have been held for a continuous period of at least three years. Such provision
applies automatically and is not elective. However, this deeming provision does not include an ADS.
Generally the domestic laws of South Africa provide that an amount received or accrued in respect of the disposal
of an asset that constitutes immovable property held by that person or any interest or right of whatever nature of that
person to or in intellectual property where that property is situated in South Africa is deemed to have been sourced in
South Africa and be subject to South African tax. It includes the disposal of any equity shares held by a person in a
company if:
80% or more of the market value of the equity shares, ownership or right to ownership or vested interest, as
the case may be, at the time of disposal thereof is attributable directly or indirectly to immovable property
held otherwise than as trading stock; and
the person directly or indirectly holds at least 20% of the equity shares in the company or ownership or right
to ownership of the other entity.
The provisions of the US Treaty override the deemed source rules to the extent applicable. Article 13 of the US
Treaty provides that South Africa is entitled to tax a gain that is attributable to the alienation of real property situated in
South Africa, which concept includes the equivalent of a US real property interest, even if held through means of shares.
Securities Transfer Tax
Security Transfer Tax (“ STT ”) is payable in respect of the transfer of any security issued by a South African
company. STT is levied at a rate of 0.25% of the taxable amount of the security concerned (generally the market value).
A security is defined to include a depository receipt in a company, in addition to shares in a company. STT is not payable
on the issue of any security.
Although ADSs in respect of our shares are not listed on the JSE, reference is specifically made to the transfer of
depository receipts in a South African company. As a consequence, STT will therefore be payable on the transfer of
ADSs. In addition, the process of depositing shares listed on the JSE in return for ADSs, or withdrawing such shares
from the deposit facility, may attract STT as and when the shares are transferred to or from the depository institution.
STT is payable by the broker or participant if a transaction is effected through a stockbroker or an exchange
participant, but it may be recovered from the person acquiring the beneficial ownership of the rights concerned. In other
instances, STT is payable by the person acquiring beneficial ownership.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
77
STT is also payable on the subsequent redemption or cancellation of shares or ADSs.
Interest
South Africa has imposed a withholding tax on interest paid by any person to or for the benefit of any foreign
person to the extent that the interest is regarded as having been received or accrued from a source within South Africa at
the rate of 15% with effect from March 1, 2015. In terms of the US Treaty this rate is reduced to zero. However, the rate
may change to 5% or 10% once the US Treaty is renegotiated.
Withholding tax on Service Fees
The proposed withholding tax on service fees at the rate of 15% was withdrawn in the 2016 Budget. The
withholding tax on service fees has apparently introduced unforeseen issues, including uncertainty on the application of
domestic tax law and taxing rights under tax treaties. The withholding tax on service fees is rather now dealt by way of
the fact that these types of arrangements must be reported. Transactions between residents and non-residents must thus be
reported if they relate to consultancy, construction, engineering, installation, logistical, managerial, supervisory, technical
or training services, in circumstances where the expenditure exceeds or is anticipated to exceed R10 million in aggregate
and does not otherwise qualify as remuneration.
Capitalization Shares
Capitalization shares issued to holders of shares in lieu of cash dividends are currently not subject to Dividends
Tax. However, these shares have a base cost of zero.
Voting Rights
There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our charter on the right of non-resident or foreign
owners to hold or vote our ordinary shares.
Certain Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
Except as described below under the heading “—Non-US Holders,” the following is a discussion of certain
material US federal income tax consequences for a US holder of purchasing, owning, and disposing of the ordinary
shares (for purposes of this summary, references to the ordinary shares include the ADSs, unless the context otherwise
requires).
You will be a “ US holder ” if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are:
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) organized under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust if: (i) a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US
persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect
under applicable US Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.
A “ non-US holder ” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is not a US holder for US federal income tax
purposes. If you are a “non-US holder,” the discussion below under “Non-US Holders” will apply to you.
This summary is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “ Code ”), its legislative history,
existing and proposed US Treasury regulations, published Internal Revenue Service rulings, and court decisions that are
now in effect, any and all of which are subject to differing interpretations and which could be materially and adversely
changed. Any such change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this summary. This
summary does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any proposed legislation which, if
enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time.
This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be
relevant to a decision to purchase the ordinary shares. In particular, this summary deals only with US holders that will
hold the ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not address
considerations that may be relevant to you if you are an investor that is subject to special tax rules, such as a bank, real
estate investment trust, regulated investment company, insurance company, dealer in securities or currencies, trader in
securities or commodities that elects mark-to-market treatment, person that will hold the ordinary shares as a hedge
against currency risk or as a position in a “straddle” or conversion transaction, tax-exempt organization, person whose
“functional currency” is not the US dollar, person liable for alternative minimum tax, or a person who owns directly,
indirectly or by attribution, at least 10% of our stock. This summary also does not address any aspect of US federal non-
income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local, or non-US tax laws, or, except as discussed below, any tax
reporting obligations of a holder of our ordinary shares.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
78
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes)
is a beneficial owner of the ordinary shares, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally
will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of the ordinary shares that is a
partnership and partners in such a partnership should consult their own tax advisors about the US federal income tax
consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of the ordinary shares.
In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs
for US federal income tax purposes.
We believe that we will not be a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”), for US federal income tax
purposes for the current taxable year. However, we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in the
current or future years. The determination whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that is based on the
types of income we earn and the value of our assets and cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year. If we
were currently or were to become a PFIC, US holders of ordinary shares would be subject to special rules and a variety of
potentially adverse tax consequences under the Code.
Each prospective purchaser should consult his or her tax advisor with respect to the United States federal, state,
local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning, or disposing of shares or ADSs.
Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares
Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, under US federal income tax
laws, if you are a US holder, the gross amount of dividends that you receive in cash (or that are part of a distribution that
any shareholder has the right to receive in cash) in respect of the ordinary shares generally will be subject to US federal
income taxation as dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as
determined for US federal income tax purposes). You must include the amount of any South African tax withheld from
the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. Dividends received by certain non-
corporate US holders will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 20%, where certain holding period and other
requirements are satisfied, if such dividends constitute qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income includes
dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation”, and we believe that we are, and will continue to be, a “qualified
foreign corporation” for US federal income tax purposes. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their own tax
advisors regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances.
Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of
dividends received from certain US corporations.
Dividends paid in South African Rand will be included in your gross income in a US dollar amount calculated by
reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you receive (or the depository receives, in the case of the ADSs) the
dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency received as a
dividend is not converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, a US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency
equal to its US dollar value on the date of receipt. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange
fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the
payment into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from
sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitations. You should generally not be required to recognize any
foreign currency gain or loss to the extent such dividends paid in South African Rand are converted into US dollars
immediately upon receipt by the applicable party. If we distribute non-cash property as a dividend, you generally will
include in income an amount equal to the fair market value of the property, in US dollars, on the date that it is distributed.
Subject to certain limitations, a US holder may be entitled to a credit or deduction against its US federal income taxes for
the amount of any South African taxes that are withheld from dividend distributions made to such US holders. The
decision to claim either a credit or deduction must be made annually and will apply to all foreign taxes paid by the US
holder to any foreign country or US possession with respect to the applicable tax year.
Dividends received from us will generally be income from non-United States sources, for US foreign tax credit
purposes, subject to various classifications and other limitations. The rules relating to computing foreign tax credits are
complex. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the foreign tax credit implications of owning ordinary
shares.
Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax
purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares and, to the
extent in excess of such basis, will be treated thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
79
Taxation of the Disposition of Ordinary Shares
Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, if you are a US holder and you
sell or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares, you will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the
difference between the US dollar value of the amount you receive on the sale and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary
shares, determined in U.S dollars. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you held the
ordinary shares for more than one year. After January 1, 2013, long-term capital gain recognized by a non-corporate US
holder is generally subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% but may be as high as 20%. In general, any capital gain or loss
recognized upon the sale or exchange of ordinary shares will be treated as US source income or loss, as the case may be,
for US foreign tax credit purposes. Your ability to offset capital losses against income is subject to limitations.
Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by US holders in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization
of gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes.
To the extent that you incur South African securities transfer tax in connection with a transfer or withdrawal of
ordinary shares as described under “— Certain South African Tax Considerations—Securities Transfer Tax” above,
securities transfer tax will not be a creditable tax for US foreign tax credit purposes.
Medicare Tax on Unearned Income
US holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts and whose income exceed certain thresholds will be required to
pay an additional 3.8% tax on “net investment income,” including, among other things, dividends on and capital gains
from the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares. US holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts should consult their
tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.
Non-US Holders
If you are a non-US holder of the ordinary shares, you generally will not be subject to US federal income or
withholding tax on dividends received on such ordinary shares, unless such income is effectively connected with your
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment (or in
the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an
applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to US federal income taxation on a net income basis. In
such cases, you generally will be taxed in the same manner as a US holder and will not be subject to US federal income
tax withholding. If you are a corporate non-US holder, “effectively connected” dividends may, under certain
circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are eligible for the
benefits of an applicable income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.
If you are a non-US holder of the ordinary shares, you will also generally not be subject to US federal income or
withholding tax in respect of gain realized on the sale of such ordinary shares, unless: (i) such gain is effectively
connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent
establishment (or in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States, if that is
required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to US federal income taxation on a net
income basis or (ii) in the case of gain realized by an individual non-US holder, you are present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met. In the first case,
the non-US holder will be taxed in the same manner as a US holder. In the second case, the non-US holder will be subject
to US federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the amount by which such non-US holder’s US-source capital gains exceed
such non-US holder’s US-source capital losses. If you are a corporate non-US holder, “effectively connected” gains may,
under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are
eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
We believe that our ordinary shares will not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for
the current tax year. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that cannot be made
until the close of the applicable tax year and that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets
(including goodwill), both of which are subject to change. In calculating goodwill for this purpose, we will value our
total assets based on the total market value, determined with reference to the then-market price of the ordinary shares,
and will make determinations regarding the amount of this value allocable to goodwill. Because the determination of
goodwill will be based on the market price of the ordinary shares, it is subject to change. It is possible that the US
Internal Revenue Service may challenge our valuation of our assets (including goodwill), which may result in us being
classified as a PFIC. Thus, it is possible that we may be or become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year, and
we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in any such tax year.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
80
In general, if you are a US holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held
the ordinary shares:
at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or
at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets
that produce or are held for the production of passive income.
Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived
in the active conduct of a trade or business), the excess of gains over losses from certain types of transactions in
commodities, annuities, and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by
value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its
proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other
corporation’s income.
If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a US holder that did not make a mark-to-market election, as described
below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:
any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares; and
any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year
that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the ordinary
shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the ordinary shares).
Under these rules:
the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ordinary shares;
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or received the excess distribution
will be taxed as ordinary income;
the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate
applicable to you in effect for that year; and
the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax
attributable to each such year.
Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a
PFIC.
If you own shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election. If you
make this election in a timely fashion, you generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to
your ordinary shares. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair
market value of your ordinary shares at the end of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in your ordinary shares.
You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your ordinary
shares over the fair market value at the end of your taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously
included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect
any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain on a sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated
as ordinary income.
We do not intend to furnish you with the information that you would need in order to make a “qualified electing
fund” election to include your share of our income on a current basis.
If you own ordinary shares during any year that we are a PFIC, you must file US Internal Revenue Service Form
8621 (whether or not a mark-to-market election is made) that describes the distribution received on the ordinary shares
and the gain realized on the disposition of the ordinary shares. The reduced tax rate for dividend income, discussed above
in “Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” is not applicable to dividends paid by a PFIC.
The rules dealing with PFICs and the mark-to-market election are very complex and affected by various factors in
addition to those described above. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the application of
the PFIC rules to your ordinary shares under your particular circumstances.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
81
US Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Rules
Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain US-related
financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate
of 28%, unless the holder: (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number
and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Backup withholding is not an additional
tax, and the amount of any backup withholding from a payment will be allowed as a credit against the US holder’s or the
non-US holder’s US federal income tax liability provided that the appropriate returns are filed. A non-US holder
generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of
its foreign status to the payor, under penalties of perjury, on Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as
applicable.
Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
US holders of “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 (and in some
circumstances, a higher threshold) are generally required to file an information report with respect to such assets with
their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial
institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions:
(i) stocks and securities issued by non-United States persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment
that have non-United States issuers or counterparties and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Holders are urged to consult
their tax advisors regarding the application of this reporting requirement to their ownership of the ordinary shares.
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE
TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO
PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF THE
ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR
FOREIGN LAWS, AND PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.
F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
Not applicable.
G. STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
Our current Memorandum of Incorporation may be examined at our principal place of business at: Randfontein
Office Park, Corner of Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759, South Africa.
We also file annual and furnish interim reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any
reports or other information on file at the SEC’s public reference room at the following location:
Public Reference Room
100 F Street, NW
Room 1580
Washington D.C. 20549
Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. The SEC filings are
also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. We file electronically with the SEC, and the
documents it files are available on the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.
This Annual Report on Form 20-F reports information primarily regarding Harmony’s business, operations and
financial information relating to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. For more recent updates regarding Harmony, you
may inspect any reports, statements or other information that Harmony files with the SEC.
No material on the Harmony website forms any part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.
I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
82
ITEM 11 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information set forth under the heading “Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements” on the
inside front cover is incorporated herein by reference.
General
We are exposed to market risks, including credit risk, foreign currency risk, commodity price risk and interest rate
risk associated with underlying assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions. Following periodic evaluation of these
exposures, we may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage these exposures. We have policies in areas such
as counterparty exposure and hedging practices, which have been approved by our audit committee. We do not hold or
issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
We did not apply hedge accounting to incidental hedges held in the past.
In accordance with IAS 39 — Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, we account for our derivative
financial instruments as hedging transactions if the following criteria are met:
in the case of a hedge of an anticipated future transaction, there is a high probability that the transaction will
occur,
and in the case of a cash flow hedge, the hedging instrument is expected to be highly effective.
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into transactions denominated in foreign currencies (primarily US
dollars, Australian dollars and Kina). In addition, we incur investments and liabilities in US dollars, Australian dollars
and PNG Kina from time to time. As a result, we are subject to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates. We do not generally hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates.
In fiscal 2016 however, Harmony entered into foreign exchange hedging contracts in the form of zero cost collars,
which establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) Rand/US dollar exchange rate at which to convert the US dollars
we receive on our gold sales to Rand. At June 30, 2016, the nominal amount of the hedging contracts is US$500 million
and is spread over a 12 month period with a weighted average cap price of US$1=R18.27 and weighted average floor
price of US$1=R15.55.
Our revenues and costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar
because gold is generally sold throughout the world in US dollars, but most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand
and other non-US currencies. Appreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the US dollar increases
working costs at our operations when those costs are translated into US dollars, which reduces operating margins and net
income from our operations. Depreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the US dollar reduces these
costs when they are translated into US dollars, which increases operating margins and net income from our operations.
See Item 3: “Key Information—Exchange Rates” and “Key Information—Risk Factors—Foreign exchange fluctuations
could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition”
.
We did not have any currency contracts in place as of June 30, 2015 and 2014.
Commodity Price Sensitivity
General
The market price of gold has a significant effect on our results of operations, our ability to pay dividends and
undertake capital expenditures, and the market prices of our ordinary shares.
Gold prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors over which we do not
have any control. See Item 3: “Key Information—Risk Factors—The profitability of our operations, and cash flows
generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of
production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations”
.
The aggregate effect of these factors, all of which are beyond our control, is impossible for us to predict.
Harmony’s Hedging Policy
As a general rule, we sell our gold production at market prices. We generally do not enter into forward sales,
commodity, derivatives or hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of our future gold production.
However, subsequent to June 30, 2016, Harmony entered into short term gold forward sale contracts for a total of
432,000 ounces over a period of 24 months. These contracts manage variability of cash flows for approximately 20% of
the Group’s total production and were concluded at an average gold price of R682,000/kg. Harmony will apply cash flow
hedge accounting to these contracts as we believe they are effective hedges.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
83
Commodity Sales Agreements
We did not have any forward commodity sales agreements in place during fiscal 2016, 2015 or 2014.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
Our interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. We have variable interest rate borrowings. Variable
rate borrowings expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arising from long-term borrowings is offset by
cash, restricted cash and restricted investments held at variable rates.
Sensitivity analysis—borrowings
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates on borrowings at June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 would have
increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables
remain constant.
June 30,
2016
2015
2014
($ in millions)
Increase in 100 basis points..............................................................
(2)
(3)
(3)
Decrease in 100 basis points ............................................................
2
3
3
Sensitivity analysis – financial assets
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates on financial assets at June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 would have
increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables
remain constant.
June 30,
2016
2015
2014
($ in millions)
Increase in 100 basis points..............................................................
2
3
3
Decrease in 100 basis points ............................................................
(2)
(3)
(3)
For further information on sensitivities, see note 4 “ Financial Risk Management ” to our consolidated financial statements
set forth beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 
A. DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES
Not applicable.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
Not applicable.
C. DESCRIPTION OF OTHER SECURITIES
Not applicable.
D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
On October 7, 2011, Harmony appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in place of The Bank of New
York Mellon as its Depositary for the ADSs evidenced by ADRs. A copy of our form of amended and restated deposit
agreement (the “ Deposit Agreement ”) among the Depositary, owners and beneficial owners of ADRs and Harmony was
filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our Form F-6 filed on September 30, 2009.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
84
The Depositary collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or
surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for
making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of the
distributable property to pay the fees.
The principal terms regarding fees and charges that an ADR holder might have to pay, as well as any fee and other
payments made by the Depositary to us as part of the Deposit Agreement, are summarized below.
Fees and Expenses
Persons depositing shares or ADR holders must pay:
For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
 The execution and delivery of ADRs
 The surrender of ADRs
$.02 (or less) per ADS
 Any cash distribution to you
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if
securities distributed to you had been shares and the
shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs
 Distribution of securities distributed to holders of
   deposited securities which are distributed by the
   depositary to ADR holders
Registration or transfer fees
 Transfer and registration of equity shares on our
  share register to or from the name of the depositary
  or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary
 Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when
   expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement)
 Converting foreign currency
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or
the custodian have to pay on any ADR or share
underlying an ADR, for example, stock transfer taxes,
stamp duty or withholding taxes
 As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for
servicing the deposited securities
 As necessary
In addition, ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the Depositary or its
custodian on any ADS or ADR, deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental
charge, the depositary may:
refuse to effect any transfer of such ADRs or any withdrawal of ADSs;
withhold any dividends or other distributions; or
sell part or all of the ADSs evidenced by such ADR,
and may apply dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any sale in payment of the outstanding tax or other
governmental charge. The ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall.
Fees and payments made by the Depositary
The Depositary has agreed to reimburse Harmony for expenses Harmony incurs that are related to the maintenance
expenses of our ADR facility. The Depositary has agreed to reimburse Harmony for its continuing annual stock exchange
listing fees. The Depositary has also agreed to pay the standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADRs, which
consist of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim financial reports, printing and
distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of US federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery,
postage, facsimile, and telephone calls. It has also agreed to reimburse Harmony annually for certain investor relationship
programs or special investor relations promotional activities. The amount of reimbursement available to Harmony is not
necessarily tied to the amount of fees the Depositary collects from investors.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, Harmony received net direct and indirect payments of approximately
$0.725 million from the Depositary.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
85
PART II
ITEM 13 DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 14 MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS
AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
ITEM 15 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
As of June 30, 2016, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and Chief
Financial Officer (“ CFO ”), carried out an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act of
the effectiveness of our “disclosure controls and procedures”. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the
CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2016.
B. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting
and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial
reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of
the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures
may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on
the framework in " Internal Control —Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“ COSO ”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, as of June 30, 2016, and has concluded that such internal control over financial reporting was
effective based upon those criteria.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited the
consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of
Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2016.
C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
See report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, which is included
on page F-2 of exhibit 99.1. The consolidated financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers
Inc., are incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 and shall be deemed filed as part of the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F.
D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
There has been no change in Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during fiscal 2016
that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Harmony’s internal control over financial
reporting.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
86
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Mr. John Wetton, independent non-executive chairman of the audit and risk committee, is regarded as being the
Company’s “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules of the SEC.
In addition, the audit committee members through their collective experience meet a majority of the definitions of
the SEC for an “audit committee financial expert” in both the private and public sectors. The members have served as
directors and officers of numerous public companies and have over the years developed a strong knowledge and
understanding of IFRS, overseeing the preparation, audit and evaluation of financial statements. We believe that the
combined knowledge, skills and experience of the Audit Committee, and their authority to engage outside experts as they
deem appropriate to provide them with advice on matters related to their responsibilities, enable them, as a group and
under the guidance of Mr. Wetton, to act effectively in the fulfillment of their tasks and responsibilities required under
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
The information set forth under the heading:
    “—Governing Harmony—Corporate governance—Code of conduct” on pages 131 and 132
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
A. AUDIT FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed for each of the two past fiscal years for professional fees to our
principal accountants for the audit of the annual financial statements or for services normally provided by the accountant
in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years.
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 .............. US$
1.652 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 .............. US$
1.477 million
B. AUDIT-RELATED FEES
The following sets forth additional aggregate fees to those reported under “Audit Fees” in each of the last two
fiscal years that were provided by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or
review of the financial statements:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 .............. US$
0.001 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 .............. US$
0.001million
Fees related to interim reviews.
C. TAX FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services
rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 .............. US$
0.088 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 .............. US$
0.039 million
Services comprised advice on disclosure for completion of certain tax returns.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
87
D. ALL OTHER FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services
provided by the principal accountant not described above, and relate primarily to sustainability assurance services:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 .............. US$
0.059 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 .............. US$
0.073 million
E. AUDIT COMMITTEE PRE-APPROVAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Our audit committee pre-approves our engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. to render audit or non-audit
services in terms of its non-audit services policy. All of the services described above were approved in terms of the
Company’s delegation of authority framework and the audit committee’s policy on non-audit services.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT
COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED
PURCHASERS
None.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Significant ways in which Harmony’s corporate governance practices differ from practices followed by US
domestic companies under the listing standards of the NYSE.
Foreign private issuers, such as Harmony, must briefly highlight any significant ways in which their corporate
governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies subject to the listing standards of the NYSE.
Set out below is a brief summary of the significant differences.
US domestic companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee and all members of
this committee must be non-executive directors. The JSE Listing Requirements also require the appointment of such a
committee, and stipulate that all members of this committee must be nonexecutive directors, the majority of whom must
be independent. Harmony has a Nomination Committee comprised of five non-executive board members. The lead
independent non-executive director serves as chairman of the Nomination Committee. For US domestic companies, the
chairperson of this committee is required to be the chairperson of the board of directors. The current chairman of our
board of directors, Patrice Motsepe, is chairman of one of Harmony’s largest shareholders, African Rainbow Minerals
Limited, and is thus not independent. He is, however, in terms of South African governance practices, a member of the
Nomination Committee. The lead independent non-executive director was re-appointed in August 2016.
US domestic companies are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent
directors. Harmony has appointed a Remuneration Committee, comprising six board members, all of whom are non-
executive and five of whom are independent.
The non-executive directors of US domestic companies must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions
without management. Although the JSE Listing Requirements do not require such meetings, the board meets without
executives after each board meeting. The board also has unrestricted access to all company information, records,
documents and property. Directors may, if necessary, take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense
and non-executive directors have access to management and may meet separately with management, without the
attendance of executive directors.
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
88
GLOSSARY OF MINING TERMS
The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the general
reader in understanding certain terms as used in this annual report.
Alluvial : the product of sedimentary processes in rivers, resulting in the deposition of alluvium (soil deposited by a river).
All-in sustaining costs : all-in sustaining costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable
general and administrative costs, costs associated with movements in production inventories, ore stockpiles, as
well as ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers for stripping activities and costs associated
with royalties. Employee termination costs are included, however employee termination costs associated with
major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. The following costs are also included: LED expenditure for
continuing operations, share-based payments for continuing operations, corporate costs, sustaining exploration
costs and sustaining capital expenditure including OCD expenditure and rehabilitation accretion and amortization
for continuing operations. Depreciation costs are excluded. All-in sustaining costs per ounce are attributable all-in
sustaining costs divided by attributable ounces of gold sold.
Auriferous: a substance that contains gold (Au).
Beneficiation : the process of adding value to gold products by transforming gold bullion into fabricated gold products.
By-products : Any products emanating from the core process of producing gold, including silver and uranium in South
Africa and copper, silver and molybdenum in Papua New Guinea.
Carbon in leach (CIL) : Gold is leached from a slurry of gold ore with cyanide in agitated tanks and adsorbed on to
carbon granules in the same circuit. Granules are separated from the slurry and treated to remove the gold.
Carbon In Pulp (CIP) : Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of gold ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The
leached slurry passes into the CIP circuit where carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is absorbed
onto the carbon. Granules are separated from the slurry and treated to remove gold.
Carbon In Solution (CIS) : a process similar to CIP except that the gold, which has been leached by the cyanide into
solution, is separated by the process of filtration (solid/liquid separation). The solution is then pumped through six
stages where the solution comes into contact with the activated carbon granules.
Cash costs : total cash costs include site costs for all mining, processing and administration, reduced by contributions
from by-products and include royalties and production taxes. Depreciation, rehabilitation, corporate
administration, retrenchment, capital and exploration costs are excluded. Total cash costs per ounce are
attributable total cash costs divided by attributable ounces of gold produced.
Conglomerate : a coarse-grained classic sedimentary rock, composed of rounded to sub-angular fragments larger than
2mm in diameter (granules, pebbles, cobbles, boulders) set in a fine-grained matrix of sand or silt, and commonly
cemented by calcium carbonate, iron oxide, silica or hardened clay.
Cut-off grade : minimum grade at which a unit of ore will be mined to achieve the desired economic outcome.
Decline : an inclined underground access way.
Depletion : the decrease in quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production.
Development : process of accessing an orebody through shafts or tunneling in underground mining.
Electro-winning: the process of removing gold from solution by the action of electric currents.
Elution : removal of the gold from the activated carbon before the zinc precipitation stage.
Exploration: activities associated with ascertaining the existence, location, extent or quality of mineralized material,
including economic and technical evaluations of mineralized material.
Fabricated gold : gold on which work has been performed to turn it into a product, such as jewelry, which differs from a
pure investment product, such as a gold bullion bar.
Footwall : the underlying side of a fault, orebody or stope.
Forward sale : the sale of a commodity for delivery at a specified future date and price.
Gold reserves : the gold contained within proved and probable reserves on the basis of recoverable material (reported as
mill delivered tons and head grade).
Gold produced : refined gold derived from the mining process, measure in ounces or kilograms in saleable form.
Grade : quantity of gold contained in a unit weight of gold-bearing material, generally expressed in ounces per short ton
of ore.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
89
Greenfield: a potential mining site of unknown quality.
Head grade : the grade of the ore as delivered to the metallurgical plant.
Indicated mineral resource: Part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, densities, shape, physical characteristics, grade
and mineral content can be estimated with a reasonable level of confidence. It is based on exploration, sampling
and testing information using appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes. The
locations are too widely or inappropriately spaced to confirm geological and/or grade continuity but close enough
for continuity to be assumed.
Inferred mineral resource: Part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, grade and mineral content can be estimated with
a low level of confidence. It is inferred from geological evidence and assumed but not verified geological and/or
grade continuity. It is based on information gathered through appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits,
workings and drill holes that may be limited or of uncertain quality and reliability.
Leaching : dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to absorption on to
activated carbon.
Level : the workings or tunnels of an underground mine that are on the same horizontal plane.
Measured mineral resource: part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, densities, shape, physical characteristics,
grade and mineral content can be estimated with a high level of confidence. It is based on detailed and reliable
exploration, sampling and testing information using appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits,
workings and drill holes. The locations are spaced closely enough to confirm geological and grade continuity.
Measures : conversion factors from metric units to US units are provided below.
Metric unit
US equivalent
1 tonne
= 1 t
= 1.10231 short tons
1 gram
= 1 g
= 0.03215 ounces
1 gram per tonne
= 1 g/t
= 0.02917 ounces per short ton
1 kilogram per tonne
= 1 kg/t
= 29.16642 ounces per short ton
1 kilometer
= 1 km
= 0.621371 miles
1 meter
= 1 m
= 3.28084 feet
1 centimeter
= 1 cm
= 0.3937 inches
1 millimeter
= 1 mm
= 0.03937 inches
1 hectare
= 1 ha
= 2.47105 acres
Metallurgical plant : a processing plant used to treat ore and extract the contained gold.
Mill delivered tons : a quantity, expressed in tons, of ore delivered to the metallurgical plant.
Milling/mill: the comminution of the ore, although the term has come to cover the broad range of machinery inside the
treatment plant where the gold is separated from the ore.
Mineralization: the presence of a target mineral in a mass of host rock.
Mineralized material : a mineralized body that has been delineated by appropriately spaced drilling and/or underground
sampling to support a sufficient tonnage and average grade of metals to warrant further exploration. Such a
deposit does not qualify as a reserve until a comprehensive evaluation based upon unit cost, grade, recoveries, and
other material factors conclude legal and economic feasibility.
Mineral reserves : that part of mineralized material which at the time of the reserve determination could be economically
and legally extracted or produced. Mineral reserves are reported as general indicators of the life-of-mineralized
materials. Changes in reserves generally reflect:
development of additional reserves;
depletion of existing reserves through production;
actual mining experience; and
price forecasts.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
90
Grades of ore actually processed may be different from stated reserve grades because of geologic variation in different
areas mined, mining dilution, losses in processing and other factors. Recovery rates vary with the metallurgical
characteristics and grade of ore processed. Neither reserves nor projections of future operations should be
interpreted as assurances of the economic life-of-mineralized material nor of the profitability of future operations.
Open-pit/Opencast/Open cut : mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The geometry of the pit may vary with the
characteristics of the orebody.
Ore : a mixture of mineralized material from which at least one of the contained minerals can be mined and processed at
an economic profit.
Ore grade : the average amount of gold contained in a ton of gold bearing ore expressed in ounces per ton.
Orebody : a well-defined mass of mineralized material of sufficient mineral content to make extraction economically
viable.
Ounce : one Troy ounce, which equals 31.1035 grams.
Overburden : the soil and rock that must be removed in order to expose an ore deposit.
Overburden tons : tons that need to be removed to access an ore deposit.
Placer : a sedimentary deposit containing economic quantities of valuable minerals mainly formed in alluvial
environments.
Precipitate: the solid product of chemical reaction by fluids such as the zinc precipitation referred to below.
Probable reserves : reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that
used for proved reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise
less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proved reserves, is high enough to
assume continuity between points of observation.
Prospect : an area of land with insufficient data available on the mineralization to determine if it is economically
recoverable, but warranting further investigation.
Prospecting license : an area for which permission to explore has been granted.
Proved reserves : reserves for which: (a) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings
or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling; and (b) the sites for
inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that
size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.
Pyrite : a brassy-colored mineral of iron sulphide (compound of iron and sulfur).
Quartz : a mineral compound of silicon and oxygen.
Recovery grade : the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.
Reef : a gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band, which may contain economic levels of gold.
Refining : the final stage of metal production in which final impurities are removed from the molten metal by introducing
air and fluxes. The impurities are removed as gases or slag.
Rehabilitation: the process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.
Sampling : taking small pieces of rock at intervals along exposed mineralization for assay (to determine the mineral
content).
Shaft : a shaft provides principal access to the underground workings for transporting personnel, equipment, supplies, ore
and waste. A shaft is also used for ventilation and as an auxiliary exit. It is equipped with a surface hoist system
that lowers and raises conveyances for men, materials and ore in the shaft. A shaft generally has more than one
conveyancing compartment.
Slimes : the finer fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been recovered.
Slurry : a fluid comprising fine solids suspended in a solution (generally water containing additives).
Smelting : thermal processing whereby molten metal is liberated from beneficiated mineral or concentrate with impurities
separating as lighter slag.
Spot price : the current price of a metal for immediate delivery.
Stockpile: a store of unprocessed ore.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
91
Stope : the underground excavation within the orebody where the main gold production takes place.
Stripping : the process of removing overburden to expose ore.
Sulphide : a mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or semi-metal, such as pyrite, FeS.
Syncline : a basin-shaped fold.
Tailings : finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling.
Tailings dam (slimes dam) : Dam facilities designed to store discarded tailings.
Ton : one ton is equal to 2,000 pounds (also known as a “short” ton).
Tonnage : quantities where the ton or tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used to measure reserves of gold-
bearing material in situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined, transported or milled.
Tonne : one tonne is equal to 1,000 kilograms (also known as a “metric” ton).
Trend : the arrangement of a group of ore deposits or a geological feature or zone of similar grade occurring in a linear
pattern.
Unconformity: the structural relationship between two groups of rock that are not in normal succession.
Waste : ore rock mined with an insufficient gold content to justify processing.
Waste rock : the non-mineralized rock and/or rock that generally cannot be mined economically that is hoisted to the
surface for disposal on the surface normally close to the shaft on an allocated dump.
Yield : the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.
Zinc precipitation : a chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold solution to a solid form for smelting into
unrefined gold bars.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
92
PART III
ITEM 17 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 18 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following consolidated financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., are
incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 and shall be deemed filed as part of the Harmony 2016 Form 20-F:
    Index to Financial Statements;
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; and
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
93
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
1.1
Memorandum of Incorporation of Harmony (previously known as Memorandum and Articles of
Association) (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2014, filed on October 23, 2014)
2.1
Notice to shareholders dated October 26, 2016 in respect of the annual general meeting to be held on
November 25, 2016
2.2
Deposit Agreement among Harmony, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Limited, as Depositary, and owners
and holders of American Depositary Receipts, dated as of October 7, 2011 (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
2.3
Form of ADR (included in Exhibit 2.2) (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form
20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
4.1
Harmony (2003) Share Option Scheme, as amended (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005)
4.2
Deed of Extinguishment of Royalty (Wafi-Golpu Project) dated February 16, 2009 (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on
October 26, 2009
4.3
Hidden Valley Joint Venture Agreement dated May 22, 2008 between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields
Limited, Newcrest PNG 1 Limited and Hidden Valley Services Limited (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on October 26, 2009)
4.4
Master Co-operation Agreement dated on or about August 5, 2008 between Hidden Valley Services
Limited, Wafi-Golpu Services Limited, Morobe Exploration Services Limited, Harmony Gold (PNG
Services) Pty Limited and Newcrest Mining Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on October 26, 2009)
4.13
Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining
Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary
Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No.
1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for
the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.14
First Addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited,
Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business
Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary
Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.15
Second Addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated July 10, 2013 between
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited,
Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business
Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary
Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.17
Contractor Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business
Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited and ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture
Company (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.18
Services Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Business
Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report
on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
94
4.19
Sale of Property Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture
Company (Proprietary) Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited
(incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.20
Agreement of Lease dated March 20, 2013 between ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company
(Proprietary) Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.21
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No.
1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.22
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No.
1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.23
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No.
1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.24
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form
20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.25
Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited,
Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business
Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary
Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
95
4.26
Addendum to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining
Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary
Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No.
1687 Proprietary Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.27
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677
Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.28
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 23, 2013 between Business Venture
Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.29
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.30
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.31
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687
Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.32
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Business Venture
Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.33
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.34
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.35
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688
Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.36
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Business Venture
Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.37
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.38
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.39
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony
Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for
BACKGROUND IMAGE
96
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.40
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary
Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013)
4.41
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.42
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013
between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by
reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on
October 25, 2013)
4.49
Harmony 2006 Share Scheme (2015 Amended Version) (as approved by shareholders on November 23,
2015
4.51
First Addendum to the Exchange and Sale of Mining Right Portions Agreement dated April 16, 2014
between Armgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited and Sibanye Gold
Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2014, filed on October 23, 2014)
4.52
Reinstatement and Second Addendum to the Exchange and Sale of Mining Right Portions Agreement dated
May 6, 2014 between Armgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited and
Sibanye Gold Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2014, filed on October 23, 2014)
4.53
Amended Trust Deed of the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust between Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited and Riana Bisschoff, dated March 14, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, filed on October 23, 2014)
4.54
Harmony 2006 Share Scheme (2016 Amended Version) – marked up version to be presented to the
shareholders for approval at the annual general meeting to be held on November 25, 2016
4.55
Revolving credit facility agreement of up to USD250,000,000 dated December 22, 2014 for Harmony Gold
Mining Company Limited arranged by ABSA Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited (acting through its
Nedbank Capital Division) with Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Capital Division) acting as
Facility Agent (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015, filed on October 23, 2015)
4.56
Annexure A to Exhibit 4.55 - Transfer Certificate dated May 5, 2015 (incorporated by reference to
Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, filed on October 23,
2015)
4.57
Annexure B to Exhibit 4.55 - Accession Deed dated May 6, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, filed on October 23, 2015)
4.58
Amendment and Restatement Agreement amongst Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, the Original
Guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto, Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Capital and Nedbank
Corporate divisions) (as Arranger and Original Lender) and Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank
Capital division) (as Facility Agent), dated February 5, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, filed on October 23, 2015)
4.59
Amendment and Restatement Agreement between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, the Original
Guarantors listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto, the Additional Guarantors listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1
hereto, Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division), Nedbank
Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division), Nedbank Limited (acting through
its London branch), HSBC Bank Plc – Johannesburg Branch (registered as an external company in South
Africa), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Caterpillar Financial
Services Corporation and Nedbank Limited, dated June 30, 2016
4.62
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, the
Original Guarantors listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto, the Additional Guarantors listed in Part 2 of
Schedule 1 hereto and Nedbank Limited (acing through its Corporate and Investment Banking division),
dated June 30, 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
97
4.63
Loan Agreement between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and the Trustees for the time being of
the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust, dated March 1, 2016
4.64
Intercreditor agreement between African Rainbow Minerals Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company
Limited, dated March 1, 2016
4.67
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement amongst Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate
and Investment Banking division) (as Original Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent), the Trustees for the
time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust (as Borrower), African Rainbow
Minerals Limited (as Guarantor) and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Guarantor), dated
March 1, 2016
4.68
Subordination Agreement between Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division), the Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust,
African Rainbow Minerals Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, dated March 1, 2016
4.69
Share Purchase Agreement between Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Proprietary Limited and Harmony
Gold Mining Company Limited and Newcrest International Proprietary Limited and Newcrest Mining
Limited, dated September 18, 2016
8.1
Significant subsidiaries of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
†12.1
Certification of the principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15(d)-14(a), pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
†12.2
Certification of the principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15(d)-14(a), pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
†13.1
Certification of the principal executive officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
†13.2
Certification of the principal financial officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
††15.1
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 dated October 26, 2016 (adjusted version)
99.1
Consolidated Financial Statements 2016 dated October 26, 2016
This certification will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise
subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the “Exchange Act”), except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
††
Certain of the information included in Exhibit 15.1 is incorporated by reference into the Harmony 2016
Form 20-F, as specified elsewhere in this report, in accordance with Rule 12b-23(a) of the Exchange Act.
With the exception of the items so specified, the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016 is not deemed to be filed as
part of Harmony 2016 Form 20-F.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
S-1
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we hereby certify that we meet all of the
requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that we have duly caused this annual report to be signed on our behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
By: /s/ Peter Steenkamp
Peter Steenkamp
Chief Executive Officer
Date: October 26, 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
CERTIFICATION
I, Peter Steenkamp, certify that:
1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and
have:
a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and
d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonable
likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the
Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: October 26, 2016
By: /s/ Peter Steenkamp_______________________
Peter Steenkamp
Chief Executive Officer
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
THE HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
2006 SHARE PLAN
adopted by
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
(Registration Number: 1950/038232/06)
approved by resolution passed at a general meeting of the Company held at Randfontein on
10
th
of November 2006, and as further amended at the annual general meeting of the
Company held at –
the Johannesburg Country Club on 1 December 2010 in order to comply with the
amendments to Schedule 14 of the JSE Limited Listing Requirements. [Sch 14.1] ;
and
the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia Road on 23 November 2015.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 2
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 - INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................
5
1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION............................................................................
5
2
PURPOSE.........................................................................................................................
14
PART 2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN ..............................................................................
14
3
THE PLAN........................................................................................................................
14
4
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN ..................................................................................
14
5
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS [Sch 14.8] ....................................................................................
14
6
AVAILABILITY OF SHARES ............................................................................................
14
7
FUNDING .........................................................................................................................
15
8
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED BY
PARTICIPANTS ...............................................................................................................
15
PART 3 – THE PERFORMANCE SHARE METHOD ...................................................................
16
9
AWARDS [Sch 14.1(f)] ....................................................................................................
16
10
SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES.................................................................
17
11
LIMITATIONS ON THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES ..........................
18
12
TIME FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES .......................................
18
13
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] ............................................................
18
14
EXTENT TO WHICH PERFORMANCE SHARES UNDER AN AWARD ARE
AVAILABLE FOR SETTLEMENT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
[Sch 14.1(h)] .....................................................................................................................
19
PART 4 – THE SHARE APPRECIATION METHOD......................................................................
20
15
ALLOCATION [Sch 14.1(f)] .............................................................................................
20
16
VESTING OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS...............................................................
21
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 3
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING...................................................................................
21
18
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] .........................................................
22
19
EXTENT TO WHICH SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS UNDER AN
ALLOCATION ARE AVAILABLE FOR VESTING ON TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] ........................................................................................
23
20
THE GRANT [Sch 14.1(f)] ............................................................................................
23
21
MATCHING ...................................................................................................................
25
22
PERFORMANCE SHARES............................................................................................
25
23
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES ......................................
25
24
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] .........................................................
26
PART 6 - GENERAL ................................................................................................................
27
25
PARTICIPATION BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS ............................................................
27
26
INSOLVENCY ...............................................................................................................
27
27
POOR PERFORMANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES [Sch
14.1(h)]
.........................................................................................................................
28
28
DIVIDENDS....................................................................................................................
28
29
FAMILY ENTITIES .........................................................................................................
28
30
RIGHTS PRIOR TO SETTLEMENT................................................................................
28
31
ADJUSTMENTS [Sch 14.3] ...........................................................................................
29
32
REACQUISITION [Sch 14.3(f)] ......................................................................................
30
33
TAX LIABILITY ..............................................................................................................
30
34
LISTINGS AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................
31
35
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN [Sch 14.2] .......................................................................
31
36
STRATE ........................................................................................................................
32
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 4
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37
DISPUTES ..................................................................................................................
32
38
PROFITS AND LOSSES AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN......................................
33
39
DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES .......................................................................................
33
40
COMPLIANCE [Sch 14 Generally] ............................................................................
34
41
GENERAL PROVISIONS..............................................................................................
34
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 5
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 1 - INTRODUCTION
1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
In these Rules, unless expressly stipulated to the contrary or unless the context
clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions shall bear
the following meanings (and cognate words and expressions shall bear
corresponding meanings) -
1.1.1
" Act " - the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended or substituted;
1.1.2
" Allocation " – the allocation of Share Appreciation Rights to an Eligible
Employee in terms of 15.1 (read with 15.2) and the words " allocated " and
" allocate " shall be construed accordingly;
1.1.3
" Allocation Date " – the date on which the Board resolves to make an
Allocation to an Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]
1.1.4
" Allocation Letter " – a letter containing the information specified in 15.2 sent
by the Board to a Participant informing the Participant of the making of an
Allocation to him;
1.1.5
" Allocation Price " – the price attributable to a Share Appreciation Right, being
a price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Allocation Date;
1.1.6
" Any Other Plan " - any share plan or scheme approved by the members of the
Company in general meeting (other than the Plan) which provides for the
acquisition of, or subscription for, shares in the Company by, or on behalf of,
employees, directors (whether executive or non-executive) or other officers of
the members of the Group; provided that such plan or scheme is in operation;
1.1.7
" Applicable Laws " – in relation to any person or entity, all and any -
1.1.7.1
statutes, subordinate legislation and common law;
1.1.7.2
regulations;
1.1.7.3
ordinances and by-laws;
1.1.7.4
accounting standards;
1.1.7.5
directives, codes of practice, circulars, guidance notices, judgments and
decisions of any competent authority,
compliance with which is mandatory for that person or entity;
1.1.8
Auditors ” – the registered auditors of the Company from time to time;
1.1.9
" Award " - the award to an Eligible Employee of Performance Shares in terms
of 9.1 (read with 9.2) and the word " awarded " shall be construed accordingly;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 6
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.10
" Award Date " – the date on which the Board resolves to make an Award to an
Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]
1.1.11
" Award Letter " – a letter containing the information specified in 9.2 sent by the
Board to a Participant informing the Participant of the Award to him;
1.1.12
" Board " - the board of directors for the time being of the Company, acting
either through itself, through any committee of its members appointed by it from
time to time and/or through the Secretary, whichever is charged by the Board
with the administration of the Plan;
1.1.13
Business Day ” – any day on which the JSE is open for the transaction of
business;
1.1.14
" Change of Control " – means all circumstances where a party (or parties
acting in concert), directly or indirectly, obtains -
1.1.14.1
beneficial ownership of the specified percentage or more of the
Company's issued Shares; or
1.1.14.2
control of the specified percentage or more of the voting rights at
meetings of the Company; or
1.1.14.3
the right to control the management of the Company or the composition
of the Board; or
1.1.14.4
the right to appoint or remove directors holding a majority of voting rights
at Board meetings; or
1.1.14.5
the approval by the Company's shareholders of, or the consummation of,
a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other business or
entity, or upon a sale of the whole or a major part of the Company's
assets or undertaking.
For the purposes of this 1.1.14 the expression " specified percentage " shall
bear the meaning assigned to it from time to time in the Takeover Regulations
read with the Act, presently being 35%;
1.1.15
" Company " – Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number
1950/038232/06), a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the
RSA;
1.1.16
" Date of Termination of Employment " – the date upon which a Participant is
no longer employed by, or ceases to hold salaried office in, any Employer
Company; provided that, where a Participant's employment is terminated
without notice or on terms in lieu of notice, the Date of Termination of
Employment shall be deemed to occur on the date on which the termination
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 7
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
takes effect, and where such employment is terminated with notice, the Date of
Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur upon the date on which
that notice expires;
1.1.17
Dismissal based on Operational Requirements ” – the retrenchment of a
Participant based on the Employer Company’s economic, technological,
structural or similar needs;
1.1.18
" Eligible Employee " – a person eligible for participation in the Plan, namely a
senior employee of any member of the Group, including any present or future
director holding salaried employment or office which employee shall be
selected by the Board from time to time in its discretion (subject to the proviso
that no person may participate in a decision affecting his own rights or
obligations in terms of the Scheme), but excluding any non-executive director;
[Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.19
Employee ” – any person holding full-time salaried employment or office
(including any executive director) of any Employer Company; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.20
" Employer Company " – that member of the Group that is (or was, in relation to
a Retired Executive Manager) the employer of a particular Participant; [Sch
14.1(a)]
1.1.21
" Executive Manager " means a Participant who is an executive manager
within the Group as at his/her Retirement Date;
1.1.22
" Fair Market Value " – in relation to a Share on any particular day, shall be the
volume weighted average price of a Share on the JSE over either (a) the
twenty Trading Days immediately prior to the day in question; (b) such shorter
period, being less than twenty Trading Days immediately prior to the day in
question, as the Board may determine;
1.1.23
" Family Company " – any company or close corporation, the entire issued
share capital or member's interest of which is held and beneficially owned by all
or any of a Participant, his lawful spouse, his lawful children and/or his Family
Trust; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.24
" Family Entity " - a Family Company or a Family Trust; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.25
" Family Trust " – a trust constituted solely for the benefit of all or any of a
Participant, his lawful spouse and/or his lawful children; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.26
Fault Termination ” - the termination of employment of a Participant by the
Group by reason of -
1.1.26.1
misconduct;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 8
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.26.2
poor performance; or
1.1.26.3
resignation by the Participant. [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.1.27
" Full Performance Criteria " – the Performance Criteria set at the level at
which, if met, would indicate exceptional performance over any given period;
1.1.28
Grant ” – the grant to an Eligible Employee to participate in the Restricted
Share Method;
1.1.29
Grant Date ” – the date on which a Grant is made to an Eligible Employee;
[Sch 14.13]
1.1.30
Grant Letter ” – a letter containing the information specified in 20.2 sent by
the Board to an Eligible Employee informing the Eligible Employee of the Grant
and its terms;
1.1.31
" Group " - the Company and any other company, body corporate or other
undertaking which is or would be deemed to be a subsidiary of the Company in
terms of the Act, and the expression " member of the Group " shall be
construed accordingly; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.32
" Implementation Date " – in relation to a Change of Control, the date upon
which such Change of Control becomes effective;
1.1.33
" JSE " - a company duly registered and incorporated with limited liability under
the company laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number
2005/022939/06, licensed as an exchange under the Securities Services Act,
2004, or its successor;
1.1.34
" LRA " – the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995, as amended or substituted;
1.1.35
Matching Award ” – a conditional award of Performance Shares or Restricted
Shares made to a Participant under clauses 21.1.2, or 23.4.3;
1.1.36
Matching Award Ratio ” – the ratio of Performance Shares or further
Restricted Shares matched by the Company in respect of every Restricted
Share;
1.1.37
" Maximum Period" – in relation to Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted
Shares, the period commencing on an Allocation Date or Grant Date and
expiring on the earlier of either (a) on the sixth anniversary of that Allocation
Date or Grant Date; or (b) in the case of Share Appreciation Rights or
Restricted Shares vesting in a Participant pursuant to his employment being
terminated for any reason contemplated in 18 or 24, 12 months after the Date
of Termination of Employment; provided that -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 9
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.37.1
the Board shall extend the Maximum Period on written notice to
Participants if and to the extent necessary to take account of the fact that
the last day of the Maximum Period falls on a date on which, or during a
period in which, -
1.1.37.1.1
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any
corporate governance policy) it is not permissible to Settle a Share
Appreciation Right; or
1.1.37.1.2
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any
corporate governance policy) a Participant would be precluded from
receiving or otherwise dealing/trading in Shares; or
1.1.37.1.3
the Board may, in its sole discretion, extend the Maximum Period on
written notice to Participants if and to the extent necessary to take account
of the fact that any category of Participants has, in any 12 month period
preceding the last day of the Maximum Period, been precluded from
receiving or otherwise dealing/trading in Shares for five or more months;
1.1.38
No Fault Termination ” – the termination of employment of a Participant by the
Group by reason of -
1.1.38.1
death;
1.1.38.2
injury, disability or ill-health, in each case as certified by a qualified
medical practitioner nominated by the relevant Employer Company;
1.1.38.3
Dismissal based on Operational Requirements as contemplated in the
LRA;
1.1.38.4
retirement on or after his Retirement Date;
1.1.38.5
the company by which he is employed ceasing to be a member of the
Group;
1.1.38.6
mutual agreement; or
1.1.38.7
the undertaking in which he is employed being transferred to a
transferee which is not a member of the Group; [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.1.39
" Participant " – in the case of -
1.1.39.1
the Performance Share Method, an Eligible Employee to whom an
Award has been made and who has accepted same in terms of 9.6;
1.1.39.2
the Share Appreciation Method, an Eligible Employee to whom an
Allocation of Share Appreciation Rights has been made and who has
accepted same in terms of 15.6;
1.1.39.3
the Restricted Share Method, an Eligible Employee who has accepted a
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 10
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Grant;
and includes the executor of the Participant’s deceased estate or Family Entity
where appropriate, but excludes non-executive directors who are members of
the Board; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.40
" Performance Criteria " – the performance criteria for both the Performance
Share Method and the Share Appreciation Method as determined by the Board
from time to time;
1.1.41
" Performance Share Method " – the method of participation in this Plan
detailed in Part 3 of these Rules;
1.1.42
" Performance Shares " – Shares which have been conditionally awarded to an
Eligible Employee in terms of an Award Letter as described in 9.2.1 or a
Matching Award in terms of 21.1.2;
1.1.43
" Plan " – The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan the
terms of which are embodied in these Rules and which entails participation
therein through the Share Appreciation Method, the Performance Share
Method and/or the Restricted Share Method;
1.1.44
Restricted Shares ” – Shares which have been conditionally Granted to and
accepted by a Participant in terms of a Grant Letter as described in 20;
1.1.45
Restricted Share Method ” – the method of participation in this Plan detailed
in Part 5 of these Rules;
1.1.46
" Retired Executive Manager " means an Executive Manager who retired in
accordance with clause 13.2, 18.2 and/or 24.2;
1.1.47
" Retirement Date " - the earliest date on which, or age at which, an Eligible
Employee can be required to retire by any Employer Company or, if sooner, the
date on which or age at which he has agreed to take early retirement;
1.1.48
" RSA " – the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.49
" Rules " – these Rules, as amended from time to time;
1.1.50
" Secretary " – the company secretary for the time being of the Company;
1.1.51
" Settled " – in relation to a Share, shall mean either -
1.1.51.1
the allotment and issue by the Company of such Share into the name of
a Participant; or
1.1.51.2
if the Company so elects at any time prior to the Vesting Date, the
procuring by the Company of the transfer of such Share by an Employer
Company into the name of a Participant through the acquisition thereof
on behalf of a Participant or otherwise,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 11
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
and the words " Settlement " and " Settle " shall be construed accordingly. It is
recorded that any Shares which have been Settled to a Participant in terms of
this Plan shall rank pari passu with Shares in all respects; [Sch 14.9(c)] [Sch
14.1(e)]
1.1.52
" Shares " - ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (or such other class of
shares as may represent the same as a result of any reorganisation,
reconstruction or other variation of the share capital of the Company to which
the provisions of the Plan may apply from time to time);
1.1.53
" Share Appreciation Method " – the method of participation in this Plan
detailed in Part 4 of these Rules;
1.1.54
" Share Appreciation Right " – a Share Appreciation Right awarded to an
Eligible Employee in terms of 15.1 (read with 15.2). For the avoidance of doubt
it is recorded that Share Appreciation Rights do not constitute equity in the
Company;
1.1.55
" Takeover Regulations " – the regulations on Takeovers prescribed by the
Takeover Regulation Panel under the Act;
1.1.56
" Target Performance Criteria " – the Performance Criteria set at the level at
which performance is expected over any given period;
1.1.57
" Tax - any present or future tax or other charge of any kind or nature
whatsoever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any competent
authority, and includes all income tax (whether based on or measured by
income/revenue or profit or gain of any nature or kind or otherwise and whether
levied under the Tax Act or otherwise), capital gains tax, value-added tax and
any charge in the nature of taxation, and any interest, penalty, fine or other
payment on, or in respect thereof but specifically excluding issue duty, stamp
duty, marketable securities tax and uncertificated securities tax;
1.1.58
" Tax Act " - the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962, as amended or substituted;
1.1.59
Threshold Performance Criteria ” – the point at which the application of the
Performance Criteria is deemed to be insufficient to justify the vesting of any
Performance Shares;
1.1.60
" Trading Day " – any day on which the Shares are capable of being traded on
the JSE;
1.1.61
" Vesting Date " - in relation to:
1.1.61.1
an Award, the date on which Performance Shares shall be Settled to a
Participant as described in 10, which date shall, subject to 10, 13 and 25,
be three years from the Award Date;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 12
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.61.2
an Allocation, the date from which Share Appreciation Rights vest and
may be exercised by Participants as described in 16, which date shall,
subject to 16, 24, 25 and the required Performance Criteria having been
met, be the following:
1.1.61.2.1
one third of the Allocation on the third anniversary of the Allocation Date;
1.1.61.2.2
a second third of the Allocation on the fourth anniversary of the Allocation
Date; and
1.1.61.2.3
the final third of the Allocation on the fifth anniversary of the Allocation
Date;
1.1.61.3
a Grant, the date from which Restricted Shares may be exercised by
Participants as described in 23, which date shall, subject to 24 and 25,
be at least three years from the Grant Date;
provided that if any of the above dates falls on a date which, or during a period in
which, -
1.1.61.4
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any
corporate governance policy) it is not permissible to Settle Shares to a
Participant; or
1.1.61.5
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any
corporate governance policy) it is not permissible for a Participant to
receive or otherwise deal/trade in Shares,
the Vesting Date shall be the fifth Trading Day after the date on which it
becomes permissible to Settle Shares to a Participant and/or for the Participant
to receive or deal/trade in Shares (as the case may be);
1.1.62
In these Rules -
1.1.63
clause headings are used for convenience only and shall be ignored in its
interpretation;
1.1.64
unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, an expression which
denotes -
1.1.64.1
any gender includes the other genders;
1.1.64.2
a natural person includes an artificial person (whether corporate or
unincorporate) and vice versa;
1.1.64.3
the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
1.1.65
unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and expressions
defined in the Act shall bear the meanings therein assigned to them;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.66
any reference to any statute shall be to that statute, as amended from time to
time and to any statutory substitution of that statute; and
1.1.67
the use of the word " including " or " includes " or " include " followed by a
specific example shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general
wording preceding it and the eiusdem generis rule shall not be applied in the
interpretation of such general wording or such specific example/s;
1.1.68
the word " reacquired " when used in relation to an Allocation, an Award, a
Grant, Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares
shall mean the acquisition and/or cancellation of such Allocation, Award, Grant,
Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares (as the
case may be) from a Participant by or on behalf of the Company (whichever
Allocated the Share Appreciation Rights, Awarded the Performance Shares or
made the Grant of Restricted Shares, as the case may be) for, where
applicable, a total consideration at par value;
1.1.69
the words " vest ", " vesting " and " vested " when used in relation to:
1.1.69.1
a Performance Share shall mean that such Performance Share shall
become exercisable in accordance with 10;
1.1.69.2
a Share Appreciation Right shall mean that such Share Appreciation
Right shall become exercisable in accordance with 16;
1.1.69.3
a Restricted Share shall mean that such Restricted Share shall become
exercisable in accordance with 23;
1.1.70
a Participant who ceases to be employed by an Employer Company on the
basis that he is -
1.1.70.1
immediately thereafter employed by another Employer Company;
1.1.70.2
thereafter re-employed by such Employer Company pursuant to it being
determined that his employment was terminated on a basis which was
not lawful in terms of the LRA;
shall be deemed not to have terminated his employment for the purposes of the
Plan and his rights shall be deemed to be unaffected; [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.1.71
a Participant who is a director of any Employer Company who retires and/or
resigns on the basis that he is immediately re-elected in accordance with the
articles of association or other constitutional documents of that Employer
Company shall be deemed not to have terminated his employment with that
Employer Company. [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.2
If any provision in 1.1 is a substantive provision conferring any right or imposing any
obligation on anyone, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 14
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
in the body of these Rules.
1.3
When any number of days is prescribed in these Rules, same shall be reckoned
exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a
Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday, in which case the last day shall be the
next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday.
2
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Plan shall be to attract, retain, motivate and reward Eligible Employees
who are able to influence the performance of the Group, on a basis which aligns their
interests with those of the Company's shareowners. [Sch 14 Introduction]
PART 2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
3
THE PLAN
The Plan is hereby constituted, which Plan shall be administered for the purpose and in
the manner set out in these Rules.
4
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
4.1
The Board is responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan, and has
discretion to decide whether and on what basis the Plan shall be operated.
4.2
Subject to the provisions of the Plan and to the approval of the Board, the Board
shall be entitled to make and establish such rules and regulations, and to amend the
same from time to time, as they may deem necessary or expedient for the proper
implementation and administration of the Plan.
5
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS [Sch 14.8]
The Board shall ensure that a summary appears in the annual financial statements of
the Company of the number of Shares conditionally Awarded, Allocated or Granted to
Participants in terms of Awards, Allocations or Grants, the number of Shares that may
be utilised for the purposes of this Plan, any changes in such numbers during the
financial year under review, the number of Shares held by any Employer Company
which may be acquired by Eligible Employees and the number of Shares then under
the control of the Board for Settlement to Participants in terms of this Plan.
6
AVAILABILITY OF SHARES
The Company shall:
6.1
at all times reserve and keep available, free from pre-emptive rights, out of its
authorised but unissued share capital, such number of Shares as may be required
to enable the Company to fulfil its obligations to Settle Shares to Participants;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 15
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
6.2
ensure that Shares may only be issued or purchased for purposes of the Plan once
a Participant (or group of Participants) to whom they will be Granted or Awarded has
been formally identified. [Sch 14.9(a)]
6.3
ensure that Shares held for purposes of the Plan will not have their votes at
general/annual general meetings taken into account for the purposes of resolutions
proposed in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements or for purposes of determining
categorisations as detailed in Section 9 of the JSE Listings Requirements. [Sch
14.10]
7
FUNDING
7.1
Other than any Tax/Social Liability as defined in 33.1, the consideration for Shares
(if any) acquired under the Plan, the costs incurred in the acquisition thereof, any
administration or other expenses or administration fees properly incurred by or on
behalf of the Company in order to give effect to the Plan and any duties payable
upon the Settlement of Shares to Participants including issue duty, stamp duty,
marketable securities tax and uncertificated securities tax (all of the aforegoing
costs, expenses and duties hereinafter referred to as " Participation Costs ") shall
be funded, as the Board may from time to time direct.
7.2
The Company may recover from each Employer Company such Participation Costs
as may be attributable to the participation of any of its employees in the Plan.
7.3
Notwithstanding the provisions of 7.2, the Company shall procure, if applicable, that
the relevant Employer Company shall -
7.3.1
bear all costs of and incidental to the implementation and administration of the
Plan and shall, as and when necessary, provide all requisite funds and facilities
for that purpose;
7.3.2
provide all secretarial, accounting, administrative, legal and financial advice
and services, office accommodation, stationery and so forth for the purposes of
the Plan;
8
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED BY PARTICIPANTS
8.1
Subject to 8.3 and the prior approval, if required, of any securities exchange on
which Shares are listed, the prior authority of the shareholders of the Company in
general meeting shall be required if the aggregate number of Shares which may be
acquired by Participants under the Plan together with Any Other Plan is to exceed
60 011 669 Shares. [Sch 14.1(b)]
8.2
Subject to 8.3 and the prior approval, if required, of any securities exchange on
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 16
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
which Shares are listed, the prior authority of the Shareholders of the Company in
general meeting shall be required if the aggregate number of Shares that may be
acquired by any one Participant in terms of the Plan together with Any Other Plan is
to exceed 2 100 000 Shares. [Sch 14.1(c)]
8.3
In the determination of the number of Shares which may be acquired by Participants
in terms of 8.1 and 8.2, Shares shall not be taken into account, which have been
purchased through the JSE. [Sch 14.9(c)] [Sch 14.12)]
8.4
The number of Shares referred to in 8.1 and 8.2 shall be increased or reduced in
direct proportion to any adjustment in the Company's issued share capital as
provided for in 31. [Sch 14.3(a)]
PART 3 – THE PERFORMANCE SHARE METHOD
9
AWARDS [Sch 14.1(f)]
9.1
The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, resolve to make Awards to
Eligible Employees.
9.2
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Award Date,
notify the Eligible Employee of the Award in an Award Letter. The Award Letter
shall be in the form as prescribed by the Board from time to time and shall specify -
9.2.1
the maximum number of Performance Shares conditionally awarded to the
Eligible Employee or the formula by which such number may be determined;
9.2.2
the Award Date;
9.2.3
the Vesting Date;
9.2.4
the Performance Criteria imposed by the Board for the purpose of 11.1, which
must be satisfied before the Settlement of any Performance Shares under an
Award to the Participant and the manner in which the number of Performance
Shares referred to in 9.2.1 shall be adjusted if the Performance Criteria are not
satisfied (whether in whole or in part);
9.2.5
the Threshold Performance Criteria, the Target Performance Criteria and the
Full Performance Criteria;
9.2.6
the provisions of 32 and 33.2.
9.2.7
a stipulation that the Award is subject to the provisions of these Rules;
9.2.8
where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and
9.2.9
provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.
9.3
Subject to 13.1 and 28, an Award is (and Performance Shares are) personal to a
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 17
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned, transferred or
otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.
9.4
There shall be no consideration payable for the Award. [Sch 14.1(d)]
9.5
Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other
distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Performance Shares
awarded to him in his Award, unless and until the Performance Shares under his
Award are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch
14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]
9.6
Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of an Award shall be communicated to the
Board by the signature and return of the Award Letter, by not later than thirty days
after the date of delivery of the relevant Award Letter to such Eligible Employee. An
Award which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid shall
automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or
extension by the Board in its discretion.
9.7
An Award may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof in
terms of 9.6 if the Board and Participants so agree in writing.
10
SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES
10.1
The Board shall meet before the Vesting Date in respect of an Award in order to
assess the extent to which the Performance Criteria imposed on the Award have
been satisfied.
10.2
On the Vesting Date in respect of an Award, if and to the extent the Board has
determined that the Performance Criteria imposed on the Award have been
satisfied, and subject to 10.3, 12 and 33, the number of Performance Shares
available to be Settled to a Participant under the Award determined in accordance
with 11 and/or 14 (if applicable) shall be Settled to the Participant.
10.3
Notwithstanding 10.2, -
10.3.1
the Participant shall pay, in such manner as the Board may from time to time
prescribe, any such additional amount of which the Board may notify the
Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be required
by Applicable Laws which may arise on the Settlement of Performance Shares
to him;
10.3.2
the Company may, on the Vesting Date, discharge, in whole or in part, its
obligation to Settle Performance Shares by paying, or procuring the payment
by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal to
the Fair Market Value of the Shares to which a Participant becomes entitled in
terms of 10.2, calculated on the Vesting Date.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 18
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
11
LIMITATIONS ON THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES
11.1
If the Board determines that the:
11.1.1
Threshold Performance Criteria have not been exceeded, then in such event
the Award available for vesting shall not vest in or be Settled to the Participant,
and shall be reacquired;
11.1.2
Threshold Performance Criteria have been exceeded, but the Performance
Criteria do not meet the Full Performance Criteria, the number of Performance
Shares to be Settled to a Participant shall be adjusted downward in the manner
set out in the Award Letter; and
11.1.3
Full Performance Criteria have been met or exceeded, the total number of
Performance Shares available to be Settled to a Participant shall be so Settled.
11.2
Although the extent to which the Performance Shares under an Award may be
Settled to a Participant shall be conditional on, inter alia, the Board being satisfied
that such Performance Criteria as imposed by the Board on the Award Date in
accordance with 9.2 have been fulfilled, the Board may waive such Performance
Criteria if they consider in their absolute discretion that there are exceptional
circumstances which would justify such a waiver.
11.3
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, the Board shall, in its sole and
absolute discretion, be entitled to amend the Performance Criteria contained in an
Award Letter to take account of any change in circumstances which render such
Performance Criteria inappropriate or inapplicable; provided that no such
amendment shall disadvantage and/or prejudice any Participant.
12
TIME FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES
Subject to 11, Performance Shares under an Award may only be Settled on their
Vesting Date. Any Award in respect of which Performance Shares are not so Settled
shall be deemed to have been reacquired.
13
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]
13.1
subject to clauses 1.1.70 and 13.2, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the
Group by reason of a No Fault Termination or upon the death of a Retired Executive
Manager prior to the vesting of his Performance Shares, the Performance Shares
available to be Settled to him under an Award in terms of 14 shall be so Settled to
him on the Date of Termination of Employment or on the date of death of the Retired
Executive Manager (whichever is applicable), unless the Board determines
otherwise. Any Award in respect of which Performance Shares are not so Settled
shall be deemed to have been reacquired.
13.2
Notwithstanding clauses 13.1 or 14, in the case of an Executive Manager whose
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 19
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
acceptance date of any Award was on or after 23 November 2015, the Executive
Manager's rights in terms of clause 13.1 will not be affected by reason of his
retirement upon reaching the Retirement Date and he shall continue to have all of
the rights, and be subject to all of the obligations of a Participant in terms of the
Plan, save that he shall not be entitled to receive any further Awards. Consequently,
the Performance Shares available to be Settled to him under an Award made on or
after 23 November 2015, shall be Settled to him on the normal Vesting Date despite
that the Executive Manager ceases to be employed by the Group.
13.3
Subject to clause 1.1.70, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by
reason of a Fault Termination, his Award shall be deemed to have been reacquired
unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the Performance Shares
available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall be so Settled on the
Date of Termination of Employment.
14
EXTENT TO WHICH PERFORMANCE SHARES UNDER AN AWARD ARE
AVAILABLE FOR SETTLEMENT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch
14.1(h)]
14.1
Subject to adjustment in terms of 14.2, if pursuant to 13, Performance Shares may
be Settled to a Participant under his Award, the maximum number of Performance
Shares which may be Settled to him is to be calculated in accordance with the
following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole Share), unless the Board in
its sole discretion, permit him to acquire a greater number of Shares -
C
B
A x
where -
A
=
the number of Performance Shares originally
conditionally awarded to him in the Award;
B
=
the lesser of (a) number of completed calendar months
which have elapsed from the Award Date to the Date of
Termination of Employment; and (b) 36 calendar
months; and
C
=
36 calendar months.
14.2
The maximum number of Performance Shares to be Settled to a Participant in
accordance with 14.1 shall be adjusted as if the Group had met only the Target
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 20
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Performance Criteria.
PART 4 – THE SHARE APPRECIATION METHOD
15
ALLOCATION [Sch
14.1(f)]
15.1
The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, resolve to allocate Share
Appreciation Rights to Eligible Employees.
15.2
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Allocation Date,
notify the Eligible Employees of the Allocation by them in an Allocation Letter. The
Allocation Letter shall be in the form prescribed by the Board and shall specify -
15.2.1
the number of Share Appreciation Rights allocated to the Participant;
15.2.2
the Allocation Price per Share Appreciation Right;
15.2.3
the Allocation Date;
15.2.4
the Vesting Date;
15.2.5
the Performance Criteria imposed by the Board which must be satisfied before
the vesting or Settlement of any Share Appreciation Rights under an Allocation
to the Participant and the manner in which the awarded number of Share
Appreciation Rights shall be adjusted if the Performance Criteria are not
satisfied (whether in whole or in part);
15.2.6
the provisions of 32 and 33.2;
15.2.7
a stipulation that the Allocation is subject to the provisions of these Rules;
15.2.8
where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and
15.2.9
provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.
15.3
Subject to 18.1 and 28, an Allocation is (and Share Appreciation Rights are)
personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned,
transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.
15.4
There shall be no consideration payable for an Allocation. [Sch 14.1(d)]
15.5
Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other
distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Share Appreciation
Rights allocated to him, unless and until the Share Appreciation Rights under his
Allocation are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch
14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]
15.6
Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of an Allocation shall be communicated to the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 21
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Board, in writing in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, by not
later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Allocation to such
Eligible Employee. An Allocation which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as
aforesaid shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to
re-instatement or extension by the Board in its discretion.
15.7
An Allocation may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof in
terms of 15.6 if the Board and Participants so agree in writing.
16
VESTING OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS
16.1
On the Vesting Date in respect of an Allocation, and subject to the relevant
Performance Criteria having been met, 16.3 and 33, the number of Share
Appreciation Rights available for vesting under the Allocation shall vest in a
Participant.
16.2
If the relevant Performance Criteria in respect of any Allocation have not been met,
the Share Appreciation Rights available for vesting shall not vest in a Participant,
but shall be postponed to the following anniversary of the Allocation Date, and so
forth, until the Performance Criteria are met (in which event vesting will then occur),
or the Maximum Period is reached, whichever occurs first. Any Share Appreciation
Rights which have not vested as at the Maximum Date shall be reacquired.
16.3
Notwithstanding 16.1 the Participant shall pay in such manner as the Board may
from time to time prescribe any such additional amount of which the Board may
notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be
required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the vesting of Share Appreciation
Rights in him.
17
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING
17.1
A Participant shall be entitled, on or after the vesting thereof but prior to the
Maximum Date, and by giving written notices to that effect to the Company (each an
" Exercise Notice "), to apply to the Board to exercise one or more of such Share
Appreciation Rights. Subject to Board approval, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, the Participant shall, in respect of each Share Appreciation Right
exercised and approved as aforesaid, receive, and be Settled, such number of
Shares as is calculated in accordance with 17.4.
17.2
If a Participant elects not to exercise any Share Appreciation Rights on or after the
vesting thereof, then Settlement shall not take place, and the provisions of 15.3,
15.4, 15.5, 27 and 30 shall continue to apply.
17.3
Subject to 18 and 25, on the expiry of the Maximum Period in respect of any Share
Appreciation Rights, such Share Appreciation Rights as have vested in a
Participant, but have not yet been exercised by the Participant, shall automatically
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 22
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
be Settled.
17.4
A Participant shall, in respect of each Share Appreciation Right exercised in
accordance with the provisions of this 17, be entitled to be Settled with such number
of Shares as is equal to A where A is calculated in accordance with the following
formula -
B
C) ÷
(B -
A =
where -
A
=
the number of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in
respect of each Share Appreciation Right which has
been exercised or is deemed to have been exercised in
terms of 17;
B
=
the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which
such Share Appreciation Right is exercised or is
deemed to have been exercised in terms of 17;
C
=
the Allocation Price of such Share Appreciation Right;
17.5
Notwithstanding 17.4, the Board may, in whole or in part, discharge its obligation to
Settle a Share Appreciation Right on the exercise thereof, by paying, or procuring
the payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus
equal to the Fair Market Value of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in terms of
17.4.
18
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]
18.1
Subject to clauses 1.1.70 and 18.2, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the
Group by reason of a No Fault Termination or upon the death of a Retired Executive
Manager:
18.1.1
prior to the vesting of his Share Appreciation Rights, the Share Appreciation
Rights available to vest in him under an Allocation in terms of 19, shall be so
vested and then Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment or on
the date of death of the Retired Executive Manager (whichever is applicable),
unless the Board determines otherwise; or
18.1.2
after the vesting, but prior to the exercise by him of his Share Appreciation
Rights, the Share Appreciation Rights available to be exercised shall
automatically be deemed to be exercised and Settled to him on the Date of
Termination of Employment or on the date of death of the Retired Executive
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 23
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Manager (whichever is applicable), unless the Board determines otherwise.
18.2
Notwithstanding clauses 18.1 or 19, in the case of an Executive Manager whose
acceptance date of any Allocation was on or after 23 November 2015, the Executive
Manager's rights in terms of clause 18.1 will not be affected by reason of his
retirement upon reaching the Retirement Date and he shall continue to have all of
the rights, and be subject to all of the obligations of a Participant in terms of the
Plan, save that he shall not be entitled to receive any further Allocations.
Consequently, the Share Appreciation Rights available to be Settled to him under an
Allocation made on or after 23 November 2015, shall be Settled to him on the
normal Vesting Date despite that the Executive Manager ceases to be employed by
the Group.
18.3
Any Allocation in respect of which Share Appreciation Rights are not so Settled shall
be deemed to have been reacquired;
18.4
Subject to 1.1.70, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of
a Fault Termination, his Allocation (whether prior to or after vesting) shall be
deemed to have been reacquired, unless the Board determines otherwise, in which
case the Share Appreciation Rights available to be Settled to him as determined by
the Board shall be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.
19
EXTENT TO WHICH SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS UNDER AN ALLOCATION
ARE AVAILABLE FOR VESTING ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch
14.1(h)]
If pursuant to 18.1, Share Appreciation Rights vest in a Participant (or any other person
or entity) under his Allocation, the maximum number of Share Appreciation Rights
which may vest and be Settled to a Participant is to be calculated in accordance with
the formula in 17.4 (rounded down to the nearest whole Share Appreciation Right),
PART 5 – THE RESTRICTED SHARE METHOD
20
THE GRANT [Sch 14.1(f)]
20.1
The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, select any Eligible Employee for
participation in the Restricted Share Method, and may make a Grant to such Eligible
Employee as soon as practicable after any of the following dates:
20.1.1
the date of adoption of the Plan;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 24
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20.1.2
the day after the publication of the Company’s annual results for any period,
unless prior thereto, there is any change announced or made to legislation or
regulations affecting share incentive schemes generally; and
20.1.3
any day on which changes to the legislation or regulations affecting share
incentive schemes are announced, effected or made;
20.1.4
any day on which the Board resolves that exceptional circumstances exist
which justify the making of Grants; and
20.1.5
any day on which restrictions on the making of Grants are lifted, being
restrictions imposed by any Applicable Laws.
20.2
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify the Eligible Employee of
the Grant to him in a Grant Letter. The Grant Letter shall be in the form prescribed
by the Board and shall specify -
20.2.1
the value of a Restricted Share as at the Grant Date;
20.2.2
the number of Restricted Shares Granted to the Eligible Employee;
20.2.3
the Matching Award due to the Eligible Employee in respect of these Restricted
Shares, and the applicable Matching Award Ratio;
20.2.4
the Grant Date;
20.2.5
the Vesting Date;
20.2.6
the rules applicable to any Restricted Share and the Eligible Employee’s right
to such Restricted Share;
20.2.7
the rules applicable to any Performance Share and the Eligible Employee’s
right to such Performance Share;
20.2.8
the steps an Eligible Employee must take to exercise a Restricted Share, and
any Matching Award applicable to a decision not to exercise;
20.2.9
the provisions of 32 and 33.2;
20.2.10
a stipulation that the Grant is subject to the provisions of these Rules;
20.2.11
where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and
20.2.12
provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.
20.3
Subject to 24.1 and 28, a Grant is (and Restricted Shares and Performance Shares
are) personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned,
transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.
20.4
There shall be no consideration payable for the acceptance of a Grant, and the
Participant shall acquire no rights in respect of any Restricted Shares or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 25
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Performance Shares until such Shares vest. [Sch 14.1(d)]
20.5
Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other
distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Restricted Shares
allocated to him, unless and until the Restricted Shares under his Allocation are
Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch 14.1(e)] [Sch
14.10]
20.6
Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of a Grant shall be communicated to the
Board, in writing in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, by not
later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Grant to such Eligible
Employee. A Grant which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid
shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or
extension by the Board in its discretion.
20.7
A Grant may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof, if the
Board and the Participant so agree in writing.
21
MATCHING
21.1
On acceptance of the Grant by the Participant:
21.1.1
the Restricted Shares shall be designated to the Participant conditional to the
provisions of 23 and 24;
21.1.2
the Restricted Shares referred to in 21.1.1 shall be matched by applying the
Matching Award referred to in 20.2.3, and Performance Shares shall be
conditionally awarded to the Participant in terms of the applicable Matching
Award Ratio.
22
PERFORMANCE SHARES
All Performance Shares Awarded and accepted by a Participant in terms of the
Restricted Share Method shall thereafter be dealt with in accordance with the
provisions of the Performance Share Method.
23
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES
23.1
On the Vesting Date in respect of a Grant, and subject to 23.2, 23.4 and 33, the
number of Restricted Shares available for vesting under the Grant shall vest in a
Participant.
23.2
Notwithstanding 23.1, the Participant shall pay in such manner as the Board may
from time to time prescribe any such additional amount of which the Board may
notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be
required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the vesting of Restricted Shares in
him.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 26
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
23.3
A Participant shall, on or within 30 days after the vesting thereof, and by giving
written notices to that effect to the Company (each an " Exercise Notice "), apply to
the Board to exercise one or more of such Restricted Shares. Subject to Board
approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Participant shall, in respect
of each Restricted Share exercised and approved as aforesaid, receive, and be
Settled, a Share for each Restricted Share.
23.4
Any Restricted Share not exercised by a Participant as detailed in 23.3 -
23.4.1
shall not be Settled;
23.4.2
shall continue to remain a Restricted Share until the Maximum Date; and
23.4.3
shall be matched with further Restricted Shares in line with the Matching Award
Ratio as decided by the Board from time to time.
23.5
Subject to 24 and 25, on the expiry of the Maximum Period in respect of any
Restricted Shares, such Restricted Shares as have vested in a Participant, but have
not yet been exercised by the Participant, shall immediately be Settled unless the
Board determines otherwise.
23.6
Notwithstanding 23.3, the Company may, in whole or in part, discharge its obligation
to Settle a Restricted Share on the exercise thereof, by paying, or procuring the
payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal
to the Fair Market Value of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in terms of this
23.
24
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]
24.1
Subject to clauses 1.1.70 and 24.2, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the
Group by reason of a No Fault Termination or upon the death of a Retired Executive
Manager:
24.1.1
prior to the vesting of his Restricted Shares, the Restricted Shares available to
vest in him under a Grant in terms of 23, shall be so vested and then Settled to
him on the Date of Termination of Employment or on the date of death of the
Retired Executive Manager (whichever is applicable), unless the Board
determines otherwise; or
24.1.2
after the vesting, but prior to the exercise by him of his Restricted Shares, the
Restricted Shares available to be exercised shall automatically be deemed to
be exercised and Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment or
on the date of death of the Retired Executive Manager (whichever is
applicable), unless the Board determines otherwise.
24.2
Notwithstanding clause 24.1 in the case of an Executive Manager whose
acceptance date of any Grant was on or after 23 November 2015, the Executive
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 27
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Manager's rights in terms of clause 24.1 will not be affected by reason of his
retirement upon reaching the Retirement Date and he shall continue to have all of
the rights, and be subject to all of the obligations of a Participant in terms of the
Plan, save that he shall not be entitled to receive any further Grants. Consequently.
the Restricted Shares available to be Settled to him under a Grant made on or after
23 November 2015, shall be Settled to him on the normal Vesting Date despite that
the Executive Manager ceases to be employed by the Group.
24.3
Any Grant in respect of which Restricted Shares are not so Settled shall be deemed
to have been reacquired;
24.4
Subject to 1.1.70, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of
a Fault Termination, his Grant (whether prior to or after vesting) shall be deemed to
have been reacquired, unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the
Restricted Shares available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall
be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.
PART 6 - GENERAL
25
PARTICIPATION BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
25.1
The participation by executive directors in the Plan, including the making of any
Award, Allocation or Grant, or the Settlement thereof in Shares, shall at all times be
approved and confirmed by the Remuneration Committee of the Board as
constituted from time to time.
25.2
The participation by executive directors of the Group in the Plan, and the issue of
Shares to them, shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Act.
26
INSOLVENCY
26.1
All unvested Awards, Allocations or Grants shall be deemed to have been
reacquired, and accordingly not entitle a Participant to Settlement of any Shares,
upon the Participant making an application for the voluntary surrender of his estate
or his estate being otherwise sequestrated or any attachment of any interest of a
Participant under the Plan, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise
and then subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may determine.
26.2
If the Company is placed in final liquidation, the Secretary shall notify the Participant
thereof in writing and he shall be entitled to require that he be Settled all or any of
his Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares
(applying the provisions of 14, 17.4 and 23.3 respectively) within twenty-one days of
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 28
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
such notification, failing which such Shares and Rights shall be deemed to have
been reacquired. [Sch 14.1(e)]
27
POOR PERFORMANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES [Sch 14.1(h)]
In the event of pending disciplinary or poor performance procedures against any
Participant, or the contemplation of such procedures, then the vesting, exercise and/or
Settlement of any Award, Allocation or Grant shall be suspended until the final
conclusion of such procedures, at which time the Award, Allocation or Grant shall vest,
be exercised and/or be Settled, or the provisions of 13.3, 18.4 and 24.4 shall be
applied, whichever is applicable.
28
DIVIDENDS
On the Settlement of any Shares in terms of the Performance Share Method or the
Restricted Share Method, the Board may in its sole and absolute discretion, Settle such
further Shares in a Participant as are equivalent in value to any dividends which the
Participant would have earned had the Participant had full and unrestricted ownership
in any Settled Performance Shares or Restricted Shares as from the Award or Grant
Dates.
29
FAMILY ENTITIES
A Participant may, with the prior written consent of the Board and subject to such
conditions as the Board may in its discretion determine, cede, assign or transfer his
rights in and to an Award, Allocation or Grant (or the Performance Shares, Share
Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares therein) to a Family Entity. Without
derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, the Board may impose a condition that
the Participant bind himself as surety for, and co-principal debtor in solidum with, the
Family Entity for the fulfilment of its obligations in terms of this Plan.
30
RIGHTS PRIOR TO SETTLEMENT
30.1
For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of any doubt, it is recorded that until the
Vesting Date the Participant shall not -
30.1.1
have any ownership interest in; or
30.1.2
receive any dividends and/or exercise any voting rights attached to; or [Sch
14.10]
30.1.3
have acquired,
Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares being the
subject of any Award, Allocation or Grant.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 29
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
31
ADJUSTMENTS [Sch 14.3]
31.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but subject to 31.3, if the
Company makes a Special Distribution and/or if the Company restructures its capital
in that it -
31.1.1
undertakes a rights offer; or
31.1.2
is placed in liquidation for purposes of reorganisation; or
31.1.3
is party to a scheme of arrangement affecting the structuring of its share
capital;
31.1.4
undertakes a conversion, redemption, subdivision or consolidation of its
ordinary share capital; or
31.1.5
undertakes a bonus or capitalisation issue,
such adjustments shall be made to the rights of Participants as may be determined
to be fair and reasonable to the Participants concerned by the Board; provided that
any adjustments pursuant to this 31.1 shall be confirmed by the Auditors and should
give a Participant the entitlement to the same proportion of the equity capital as he
was previously entitled, and should any Participant be aggrieved, he may he utilise
the dispute procedures set out in 37. No adjustments shall be required in terms of
this 31.1 if the provisions of 31.3 to 31.5 are applicable or in the event of an issue by
the Company of any securities or securities convertible into Shares as consideration
for an acquisition.
31.2
For the purposes of 31.1, the Company shall be deemed to make a " Special
Distribution
" if it distributes Shares or any other asset (including cash) to its
shareholders -
31.2.1
in the course of, and as part of any unbundling, reorganisation, rationalisation,
compromise, arrangement or reconstruction (including the amalgamation of two
or more companies or entities);
31.2.2
in the course of, or as part of, a reduction of capital (including a share
repurchase);
31.2.3
as a special dividend or other payment in terms of the Act; or
31.2.4
in the course or in anticipation of the deregistration or liquidation of a company
for any of the above purposes;
provided that, this 31.2 shall not apply to normal annual interim and final cash or
scrip dividends declared by a Company.
31.3
No adjustments shall be required in terms of 31.1 in the event of the issue of equity
securities as consideration for an acquisition in terms of 31.4, the issue of securities
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 30
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
for cash and the issue of equity securities for a vendor consideration placing.
[Sch 14.3(c)]
31.4
Subject to 31.5, if the Company undergoes a Change of Control after an Award
Date, Allocation Date or Grant Date, then the rights of Participants' under this Plan
are to be accommodated on a basis which shall determined by the Board to be fair
and reasonable to Participants. [Sch 14.1(g)]
31.5
If the Company undergoes a Change of Control pursuant to a transaction, the terms
of which make provision for Participants' rights under this Plan to be accommodated
on a basis which is determined by an independent merchant bank to be fair and
reasonable to Participants, the provisions of 31.3 shall not apply; provided that, in
such an event, if a Participant's employment by any member of the Group is
terminated for any reason whatsoever (including his resignation but excluding the
manner contemplated in 1.1.70) within 12 months following the Implementation Date
he shall be entitled to be Settled on mutatis mutandis the basis of 31.3 had 31.3
been applicable. [Sch 14.1(g)]
32
REACQUISITION [Sch 14.3(f)]
If, in terms of any provision of this Plan, any Award, Allocation, Grant, Performance
Share, Share Appreciation Right, or Restricted Share is deemed to have been
reacquired, the Company is hereby irrevocably and in rem suam nominated,
constituted and appointed as the sole attorney and agent of the Participant concerned
in that Participant's name, place and stead to sign and execute all such documents and
do all such things as are necessary for that purpose.
33
TAX LIABILITY
33.1
Notwithstanding any other provision in these Rules (including 10.3 and 16.3), if the
Company or an Employer Company are obliged (or would suffer a disadvantage of
any nature if they were not) to account for, withhold or deduct any (a) Tax in any
jurisdiction which is payable in respect of, or in connection with, the making of any
Award or Allocation, the Settlement to a Participant of Shares, the payment of a
cash amount and/or otherwise in connection with the Plan and/or (b) any amount in
respect of any social security or similar contributions which would be recoverable
from a Participant in respect of the making of any Award or Allocation, Settlement to
a Participant of Shares, the payment of a cash amount and/or otherwise in
connection with the Plan (the obligations referred to in (a) and (b) hereinafter
referred to as a " Tax/Social Liability "), then the Company or the Employer
Company (as the case may be) shall be entitled to account for, withhold or deduct
such Tax/Social Liability or the Company and/or the Employer Company shall be
relieved from the obligation to Settle any Shares to a Participant or to pay any
amount to a Participant in terms of the Plan until that Participant has either -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 31
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
33.1.1
made payment to the relevant Employer Company of an amount equal to the
Tax/Social Liability; or
33.1.2
entered into an arrangement which is acceptable to the relevant Employer
Company to secure that such payment is made (whether by authorising the
sale of some or all of the Shares to be Settled to him and the payment to the
relevant person of the relevant amounts out of the proceeds of the sale or
otherwise).
33.2
The Company is hereby irrevocably and in rem suam nominated, constituted and
appointed as the sole attorney and agent of a Participant, in that Participant's name,
place and stead to sign and execute all such documents and do all such things as
are necessary to give effect to the provisions of 33.1.2.
34
LISTINGS AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, -
34.1
no Shares shall be Settled on any Participant or acquired pursuant to this Plan if the
Board determines, in their sole discretion, that such Settlement will or may violate
any Applicable Laws or the listings requirements of any securities exchange on
which the Shares of the Company are listed; and
34.2
the Company shall apply for the listing of all Shares which are Settled to Participants
on the JSE; and
34.3
it is recorded that the Company shall not be obliged to apply for, or procure, the
listing of Shares which have been Settled to Participants on any securities exchange
other than the JSE.
35
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN [Sch 14.2]
35.1
It shall be competent for the Board to amend any of the provisions of the Plan
subject to the prior approval (if required) of every stock exchange on which the
Shares are for the time being listed; provided that no such amendment affecting the
vested rights of any Participant shall be effected without the prior written consent of
the Participant concerned, and provided further that no such amendment affecting
any of the following matters shall be competent unless it is sanctioned by ordinary
resolution of 75% (seventy-five percent) of the shareholders of the Company in
general meeting, excluding all of the votes attached to Shares owned or controlled
by existing Participants in the Plan -
35.1.1
the definition of Eligible Employees and Participants;
35.1.2
the definition of Allocation Price;
35.1.3
the definition of Fair Market Value;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 32
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35.1.4
the calculation of the total number of Shares which may be acquired for the
purpose of or pursuant to the Plan;
35.1.5
the calculation of the maximum number of Shares which may be acquired by
any Participant in terms of the Plan;
35.1.6
the voting, dividend, transfer or other rights (including rights on liquidation of
the Company) which may attach to any Grant or Award; [Sch 14.10] [Sch
14.1(e)]
35.1.7
the provisions in these Rules dealing with the rights (whether conditional or
otherwise) in and to the Share Appreciation Rights, Bonus Shares or
Performance Shares of Participants who leave the employment of the Group
prior to Vesting or Exercise;
35.1.8
the basis for Awards, Allocations and Grants in terms of these Rules;
35.1.9
the provisions of 31.4; or
35.1.10
the provisions of this 35.
35.2
Without derogating from the provisions of 35.1, if it should become necessary or
desirable by reason of the provisions of Applicable Laws at any time after the
signing of these Rules, to amend the provisions of these Rules so as to preserve the
substance of the provisions contained in these Rules but to amend the form so as to
achieve the objectives embodied in these Rules in the best manner, having regard
to such Applicable Laws and without prejudice to the Participants concerned, then
the Board may (with the prior approval (if required) of every stock exchange on
which the Shares are at the time listed) amend these Rules accordingly.
36
STRATE
Notwithstanding any provision in these Rules, the Company shall not be obliged to
deliver the Participant share certificates in respect of the Shares settled to him in terms
of these Rules but shall instead be obliged to procure such electronic transactions
and/or entries and to deliver to the Participant such documents (if any) as may be
required to reflect his rights in and to such Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Act,
the Security Services Act 36 of 2004, the Rules of the Central Securities Depository
(being Share Transactions Totally Electronic Limited) and the requirements of the JSE.
37
DISPUTES
37.1
Should any dispute of whatever nature arise from or in connection with these Rules
(including an urgent dispute), then the dispute shall, unless the parties thereto
otherwise agree in writing:
37.1.1
in the first instance be referred to mediation by a mediator acceptable to both
parties; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 33
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37.1.2
failing resolution by mediation or agreement in respect of a mediator, shall be
finally resolved in accordance with the Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of
South Africa by an arbitrator or arbitrators appointed by the Foundation.
37.2
This clause is severable from the rest of these Rules and shall remain in effect even
if these Rules are terminated for any reason.
38
PROFITS AND LOSSES AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
38.1
The Company shall bear any losses sustained by the Plan which are not recovered
from Employer Companies in terms of 7. Furthermore, the Company shall be
entitled to receive and be paid any profits made in respect of the purchase,
acquisition, sale or disposal of Shares.
38.2
The Plan shall terminate if the Board so resolves. Any deficit arising from the
winding up of the Plan shall be borne by the Company, to the extent not recovered
by the Company from Employer Companies.
39
DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES
39.1
The parties choose domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes arising from the
Plan, including the giving of any notice, the payment of any sum, the serving of any
process, as follows -
39.1.1
the Company
:
The address and telefax number of
the Registered Office of the
Company from time to time
39.1.2
each Participant
:
The physical address, telefax
number and electronic address from
time to time reflected as being his
address, telefax number and/or
electronic address in the Group's
payroll system from time to time.
39.2
Each of the parties shall be entitled from time to time, by written notice to the other,
to vary its domicilium to any other physical address and/or its facsimile number
and/or (in the case of a Participant) his electronic address; provided in the case of a
Participant such variation is also made to his details on the Group's payroll system.
39.3
Any notice given and any payment made by any party to the other which -
39.3.1
is delivered by hand during the normal business hours of the addressee at the
addressee's domicilium for the time being shall be rebuttably presumed to have
been received by the addressee at the time of delivery;
39.3.2
is posted by prepaid registered post from an address within the Republic of
South Africa to the addressee at the addressee's domicilium for the time being
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2015 Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
Page 34
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
shall be rebuttably presumed to have been received by the addressee on the
seventh day after the date of posting.
39.4
Any notice given by any party to any other party which is transmitted by electronic
mail and/or facsimile to the addressee at the addressee's electronic address and/or
facsimile address (as the case may be) for the time being shall be presumed, until
the contrary is proved by the addressee, to have been received by the addressee on
the date of successful transmission thereof.
40
COMPLIANCE [Sch 14 Generally]
40.1
The Company shall comply with (and procure compliance by all members of the
Group with) all Applicable Laws. The Plan shall at all times be operated and
administered subject to all Applicable Laws.
40.2
Without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, the Company shall -
40.2.1
ensure compliance with Schedule 14 and paragraphs 3.63 to 3.74 of the
Listings Requirements of the JSE. [Sch 14.9(d)]
40.3
The Company, by its signature hereto, undertakes to procure compliance by every
Employer Company with these Rules.
41
GENERAL PROVISIONS
41.1
The rights and obligations of any Participant under the terms of his office or
employment with any Employer Company shall not be affected by his participation in
the Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it. The Plan shall not
entitle a Participant to any right to continued employment or any additional right to
compensation in consequence of the termination of his employment.
41.2
The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the RSA.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
THE HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
2006 SHARE PLAN
adopted by
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
(Registration Number: 1950/038232/06)
approved by resolution passed at a general meeting of the Company held at Randfontein on
10
th
of November 2006, and as further amended at the annual general meeting of the
Company held at –
·  the Johannesburg Country Club on 1 December 2010 in order to comply with the
  amendments to Schedule 14 of the JSE Limited Listing Requirements. [Sch 14.1] ;
and
·  the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia Road on 23 November 2015
. ; and
·  the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia Road on 25 November 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 2
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 - INTRODUCTION ..........................................................................................................
5
1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION.............................................................................
5
2
PURPOSE......................................................................................................................
14
PART 2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN ............................................................................
14
3
THE PLAN......................................................................................................................
14
4
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN ................................................................................
14
5
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS [Sch 14.8] .................................................................................
15
6
AVAILABILITY OF SHARES ..........................................................................................
15
7
FUNDING .......................................................................................................................
15
8
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED BY
PARTICIPANTS .............................................................................................................
16
PART 3 – THE PERFORMANCE SHARE METHOD ................................................................
16
9
AWARDS [Sch 14.1(f)] .................................................................................................
16
10
SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES.............................................................
17
11
LIMITATIONS ON THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES ......................
18
12
TIME FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES ..................................
19
13
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] .........................................................
19
14
EXTENT TO WHICH PERFORMANCE SHARES UNDER AN AWARD ARE
AVAILABLE FOR SETTLEMENT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
[Sch 14.1(h)] ..................................................................................................................
20
PART 4 – THE SHARE APPRECIATION METHOD..................................................................
21
15
ALLOCATION [Sch 14.1(f)] ...........................................................................................
21
16
VESTING OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS..........................................................
22
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 3
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
17
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING..................................................................................
22
18
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] .......................................................
23
19
EXTENT TO WHICH SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS UNDER AN
ALLOCATION ARE AVAILABLE FOR VESTING ON TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] .......................................................................................
24
20
THE GRANT [Sch 14.1(f)] ............................................................................................
24
21
MATCHING ....................................................................................................................
26
22
PERFORMANCE SHARES............................................................................................
26
23
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES ..................................
26
24
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)] .........................................................
27
PART 6 - GENERAL ..................................................................................................................
28
25
PARTICIPATION BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS ..........................................................
28
26
INSOLVENCY ................................................................................................................
28
27
POOR PERFORMANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES [Sch
14.1(h)]
...........................................................................................................................
29
28
DIVIDENDS....................................................................................................................
29
29
FAMILY ENTITIES ......................................................................................................... 29
30
RIGHTS PRIOR TO SETTLEMENT...............................................................................
29
31
ADJUSTMENTS [Sch 14.3] ..........................................................................................
30
32
REACQUISITION [Sch 14.3(f)] .....................................................................................
31
33
TAX LIABILITY ...............................................................................................................
31
34
LISTINGS AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS....................................................................
32
35
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN [Sch 14.2] .....................................................................
32
36
STRATE .........................................................................................................................
33
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 4
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37
DISPUTES ..................................................................................................................... 34
38
PROFITS AND LOSSES AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN..................................... 34
39
DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES ........................................................................................
34
40
COMPLIANCE [Sch 14 Generally] ..............................................................................
35
41
GENERAL PROVISIONS...............................................................................................
35
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 5
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PART 1 - INTRODUCTION
1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
In these Rules, unless expressly stipulated to the contrary or unless the context
clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions shall bear
the following meanings (and cognate words and expressions shall bear
corresponding meanings) -
1.1.1
" Act " - the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended or substituted;
1.1.2
" Allocation " – the allocation of Share Appreciation Rights to an Eligible
Employee in terms of 15.1 (read with 15.2) and the words " allocated " and
" allocate " shall be construed accordingly;
1.1.3
" Allocation Date " – the date on which the Board resolves to make an
Allocation to an Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]
1.1.4
" Allocation Letter " – a letter containing the information specified in 15.2 sent
by the Board to a Participant informing the Participant of the making of an
Allocation to him;
1.1.5
" Allocation Price " – the price attributable to a Share Appreciation Right, being
a price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Allocation Date;
1.1.6
" Any Other Plan " - any share plan or scheme approved by the members of the
Company in general meeting (other than the Plan) which provides for the
acquisition of, or subscription for, shares in the Company by, or on behalf of,
employees, directors (whether executive or non-executive) or other officers of
the members of the Group; provided that such plan or scheme is in operation;
1.1.7
" Applicable Laws " – in relation to any person or entity, all and any -
1.1.7.1
statutes, subordinate legislation and common law;
1.1.7.2
regulations;
1.1.7.3
ordinances and by-laws;
1.1.7.4
accounting standards;
1.1.7.5
directives, codes of practice, circulars, guidance notices, judgments and
decisions of any competent authority,
compliance with which is mandatory for that person or entity;
1.1.8
Auditors ” – the registered auditors of the Company from time to time;
1.1.9
" Award " - the award to an Eligible Employee of Performance Shares in terms
of 9.1 (read with 9.2) and the word " awarded " shall be construed accordingly;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 6
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.10
" Award Date " – the date on which the Board resolves to make an Award to an
Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]
1.1.11
" Award Letter " – a letter containing the information specified in 9.2 sent by the
Board to a Participant informing the Participant of the Award to him;
1.1.12
" Board " - the board of directors for the time being of the Company, acting
either through itself, through any committee of its members appointed by it from
time to time and/or through the Secretary, whichever is charged by the Board
with the administration of the Plan;
1.1.13
Business Day ” – any day on which the JSE is open for the transaction of
business;
1.1.14
" Change of Control " – means all circumstances where a party (or parties
acting in concert), directly or indirectly, obtains -
1.1.14.1
beneficial ownership of the specified percentage or more of the
Company's issued Shares; or
1.1.14.2
control of the specified percentage or more of the voting rights at
meetings of the Company; or
1.1.14.3
the right to control the management of the Company or the composition
of the Board; or
1.1.14.4
the right to appoint or remove directors holding a majority of voting rights
at Board meetings; or
1.1.14.5
the approval by the Company's shareholders of, or the consummation of,
a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other business or
entity, or upon a sale of the whole or a major part of the Company's
assets or undertaking.
For the purposes of this 1.1.14 the expression " specified percentage " shall
bear the meaning assigned to it from time to time in the Takeover Regulations
read with the Act, presently being 35%;
1.1.15
" Company " – Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number
1950/038232/06), a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the
RSA;
1.1.16
" Date of Termination of Employment " – the date upon which a Participant is
no longer employed by, or ceases to hold salaried office in, any Employer
Company; provided that, where a Participant's employment is terminated
without notice or on terms in lieu of notice, the Date of Termination of
Employment shall be deemed to occur on the date on which the termination
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 7
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
takes effect, and where such employment is terminated with notice, the Date of
Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur upon the date on which
that notice expires;
1.1.17
Dismissal based on Operational Requirements ” – the retrenchment of a
Participant based on the Employer Company’s economic, technological,
structural or similar needs;
1.1.18
" Eligible Employee " – a person eligible for participation in the Plan, namely a
senior employee of any member of the Group, including any present or future
director holding salaried employment or office which employee shall be
selected by the Board from time to time in its discretion (subject to the proviso
that no person may participate in a decision affecting his own rights or
obligations in terms of the Scheme), but excluding any non-executive director;
[Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.19
Employee ” – any person holding full-time salaried employment or office
(including any executive director) of any Employer Company; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.20
" Employer Company " – that member of the Group that is (or was, in relation to
a Retired Executive Manager) the employer of a particular Participant; [Sch
14.1(a)]
1.1.21
" Executive Manager " means a Participant who is an executive manager
within the Group as at his/her Retirement Date;
1.1.22
" Fair Market Value " – in relation to a Share on any particular day, shall be the
volume weighted average price of a Share on the JSE over either (a) the
twenty Trading Days immediately prior to the day in question; (b) such shorter
period, being less than twenty Trading Days immediately prior to the day in
question, as the Board may determine;
1.1.23
" Family Company " – any company or close corporation, the entire issued
share capital or member's interest of which is held and beneficially owned by all
or any of a Participant, his lawful spouse, his lawful children and/or his Family
Trust; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.24
" Family Entity " - a Family Company or a Family Trust; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.25
" Family Trust " – a trust constituted solely for the benefit of all or any of a
Participant, his lawful spouse and/or his lawful children; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.26
Fault Termination ” - the termination of employment of a Participant by the
Group by reason of -
1.1.26.1
misconduct;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 8
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.26.2
poor performance; or
1.1.26.3
resignation by the Participant. [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.1.27
" Full Performance Criteria " – the Performance Criteria set at the level at
which, if met, would indicate exceptional performance over any given period;
1.1.28
Grant ” – the grant to an Eligible Employee to participate in the Restricted
Share Method;
1.1.29
Grant Date ” – the date on which a Grant is made to an Eligible Employee;
[Sch 14.13]
1.1.30
Grant Letter ” – a letter containing the information specified in 20.2 sent by
the Board to an Eligible Employee informing the Eligible Employee of the Grant
and its terms;
1.1.31
" Group " - the Company and any other company, body corporate or other
undertaking which is or would be deemed to be a subsidiary of the Company in
terms of the Act, and the expression " member of the Group " shall be
construed accordingly; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.32
" Implementation Date " – in relation to a Change of Control, the date upon
which such Change of Control becomes effective;
1.1.33
" JSE " - a company duly registered and incorporated with limited liability under
the company laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number
2005/022939/06, licensed as an exchange under the Securities Services Act,
2004, or its successor;
1.1.34
" LRA " – the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995, as amended or substituted;
1.1.35
Matching Award ” – a conditional award of Performance Shares or Restricted
Shares made to a Participant under clauses 21.1.2, or 23.4.3;
1.1.36
Matching Award Ratio ” – the ratio of Performance Shares or further
Restricted Shares matched by the Company in respect of every Restricted
Share;
1.1.37
" Maximum Period" – in relation to Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted
Shares, the period commencing on an Allocation Date or Grant Date and
expiring on the earlier of either (a) on the sixth anniversary of that Allocation
Date or Grant Date; or (b) in the case of Share Appreciation Rights or
Restricted Shares vesting in a Participant pursuant to his employment being
terminated for any reason contemplated in 18 or 24, 12 months after the Date
of Termination of Employment; provided that -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 9
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.37.1
the Board shall extend the Maximum Period on written notice to
Participants if and to the extent necessary to take account of the fact that
the last day of the Maximum Period falls on a date on which, or during a
period in which, -
1.1.37.1.1
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any
corporate governance policy) it is not permissible to Settle a Share
Appreciation Right; or
1.1.37.1.2
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any
corporate governance policy) a Participant would be precluded from
receiving or otherwise dealing/trading in Shares; or
1.1.37.1.3
the Board may, in its sole discretion, extend the Maximum Period on
written notice to Participants if and to the extent necessary to take account
of the fact that any category of Participants has, in any 12 month period
preceding the last day of the Maximum Period, been precluded from
receiving or otherwise dealing/trading in Shares for five or more months;
1.1.38
" Minimum Shareholding Requirement " means the minimum shareholding
requirement more fully set out in Annexure A hereto;
1.1.381.1.39
No Fault Termination ” – the termination of employment of a Participant by the
Group by reason of -
1.1.38.11.1.39.1
death;
1.1.38.21.1.39.2
injury, disability or ill-health, in each case as
certified by a qualified medical practitioner nominated by the relevant
Employer Company;
1.1.38.31.1.39.3
Dismissal based on Operational Requirements as
contemplated in the LRA;
1.1.38.41.1.39.4
retirement on or after his Retirement Date;
1.1.38.51.1.39.5
the company by which he is employed ceasing to
be a member of the Group;
1.1.38.61.1.39.6
mutual agreement; or
1.1.38.71.1.39.7
the undertaking in which he is employed being
transferred to a transferee which is not a member of the Group; [Sch
14.1(h)]
1.1.391.1.40
" Participant " – in the case of -
1.1.39.11.1.40.1
the Performance Share Method, an Eligible
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 10
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Employee to whom an Award has been made and who has accepted
same in terms of 9.6;
1.1.39.21.1.40.2
the Share Appreciation Method, an Eligible
Employee to whom an Allocation of Share Appreciation Rights has been
made and who has accepted same in terms of 15.6;
1.1.39.31.1.40.3
the Restricted Share Method, an Eligible Employee
who has accepted a Grant;
and includes the executor of the Participant’s deceased estate or Family Entity
where appropriate, but excludes non-executive directors who are members of
the Board; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.401.1.41
" Performance Criteria " – the performance criteria for both the Performance
Share Method and the Share Appreciation Method as determined by the Board
from time to time;
1.1.411.1.42
" Performance Share Method " – the method of participation in this Plan
detailed in Part 3 of these Rules;
1.1.421.1.43
" Performance Shares " – Shares which have been conditionally awarded to an
Eligible Employee in terms of an Award Letter as described in 9.2.1 or a
Matching Award in terms of 21.1.2;
1.1.431.1.44
" Plan " – The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan the
terms of which are embodied in these Rules and which entails participation
therein through
(i)
the Share Appreciation Method,
(ii)
the Performance Share
Method
and/or(iii)
the Restricted Share Method
and/or (iv) the Minimum
Shareholding Requirement
;
1.1.441.1.45
Restricted Shares ” – Shares which have been conditionally Granted to and
accepted by a Participant in terms of a Grant Letter as described in 20;
1.1.451.1.46
Restricted Share Method ” – the method of participation in this Plan detailed
in Part 5 of these Rules;
1.1.461.1.47
" Retired Executive Manager " means an Executive Manager who retired in
accordance with clause 13.2, 18.2 and/or 24.2;
1.1.471.1.48
" Retirement Date " - the earliest date on which, or age at which, an Eligible
Employee can be required to retire by any Employer Company or, if sooner, the
date on which or age at which he has agreed to take early retirement;
1.1.481.1.49
" RSA " – the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.491.1.50
" Rules " – these Rules, as amended from time to time;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 11
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.501.1.51
" Secretary " – the company secretary for the time being of the Company;
1.1.511.1.52
" Settled " – in relation to a Share, shall mean either -
1.1.51.11.1.52.1
the allotment and issue by the Company of such
Share into the name of a Participant; or
1.1.51.21.1.52.2
if the Company so elects at any time prior to the
Vesting Date, the procuring by the Company of the transfer of such
Share by an Employer Company into the name of a Participant through
the acquisition thereof on behalf of a Participant or otherwise,
and the words " Settlement " and " Settle " shall be construed accordingly. It is
recorded that any Shares which have been Settled to a Participant in terms of
this Plan shall rank pari passu with Shares in all respects; [Sch 14.9(c)] [Sch
14.1(e)]
1.1.521.1.53
" Shares " - ordinary shares in the capital of the Company (or such other class of
shares as may represent the same as a result of any reorganisation,
reconstruction or other variation of the share capital of the Company to which
the provisions of the Plan may apply from time to time);
1.1.531.1.54
" Share Appreciation Method " – the method of participation in this Plan
detailed in Part 4 of these Rules;
1.1.541.1.55
" Share Appreciation Right " – a Share Appreciation Right awarded to an
Eligible Employee in terms of 15.1 (read with 15.2). For the avoidance of doubt
it is recorded that Share Appreciation Rights do not constitute equity in the
Company;
1.1.551.1.56
" Takeover Regulations " – the regulations on Takeovers prescribed by the
Takeover Regulation Panel under the Act;
1.1.561.1.57
" Target Performance Criteria " – the Performance Criteria set at the level at
which performance is expected over any given period;
1.1.571.1.58
" Tax - any present or future tax or other charge of any kind or nature
whatsoever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any competent
authority, and includes all income tax (whether based on or measured by
income/revenue or profit or gain of any nature or kind or otherwise and whether
levied under the Tax Act or otherwise), capital gains tax, value-added tax and
any charge in the nature of taxation, and any interest, penalty, fine or other
payment on, or in respect thereof but specifically excluding issue duty, stamp
duty, marketable securities tax and uncertificated securities tax;
1.1.581.1.59
" Tax Act " - the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962, as amended or substituted;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 12
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.591.1.60
Threshold Performance Criteria ” – the point at which the application of the
Performance Criteria is deemed to be insufficient to justify the vesting of any
Performance Shares;
1.1.601.1.61
" Trading Day " – any day on which the Shares are capable of being traded on
the JSE;
1.1.611.1.62
" Vesting Date " - in relation to:
1.1.61.11.1.62.1
an Award, the date on which Performance Shares
shall be Settled to a Participant as described in 10, which date shall,
subject to 10, 13
, and
25
and Annexure A,
be three years from the
Award Date;
1.1.61.21.1.62.2
an Allocation, the date from which Share
Appreciation Rights vest and may be exercised by Participants as
described in 16, which date shall, subject to 16, 24, 25 and the required
Performance Criteria having been met, be the following:
1.1.61.2.11.1.62.2.1
one third of the Allocation on the third anniversary
of the Allocation Date;
1.1.61.2.21.1.62.2.2
a second third of the Allocation on the fourth
anniversary of the Allocation Date; and
1.1.61.2.31.1.62.2.3
the final third of the Allocation on the fifth
anniversary of the Allocation Date;
1.1.61.31.1.62.3
a Grant, the date from which Restricted Shares
may be exercised by Participants as described in 23, which date shall,
subject to 24 and 25, be at least three years from the Grant Date;
provided that if any of the above dates falls on a date which, or during a period in
which, -
1.1.61.41.1.62.4
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the
Group (including any corporate governance policy) it is not permissible to
Settle Shares to a Participant; or
1.1.61.51.1.62.5
by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the
Group (including any corporate governance policy) it is not permissible
for a Participant to receive or otherwise deal/trade in Shares,
the Vesting Date shall be the fifth Trading Day after the date on which it
becomes permissible to Settle Shares to a Participant and/or for the Participant
to receive or deal/trade in Shares (as the case may be);
1.1.621.1.63
In these Rules -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 13
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.631.1.64
clause headings are used for convenience only and shall be ignored in its
interpretation;
1.1.641.1.65
unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, an expression which
denotes -
1.1.64.11.1.65.1
any gender includes the other genders;
1.1.64.21.1.65.2
a natural person includes an artificial person
(whether corporate or unincorporate) and vice versa;
1.1.64.31.1.65.3
the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
1.1.651.1.66
unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and expressions
defined in the Act shall bear the meanings therein assigned to them;
1.1.661.1.67
any reference to any statute shall be to that statute, as amended from time to
time and to any statutory substitution of that statute; and
1.1.671.1.68
the use of the word " including " or " includes " or " include " followed by a
specific example shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general
wording preceding it and the eiusdem generis rule shall not be applied in the
interpretation of such general wording or such specific example/s;
1.1.681.1.69
the word " reacquired " when used in relation to an Allocation, an Award, a
Grant, Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares
shall mean the acquisition and/or cancellation of such Allocation, Award, Grant,
Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares (as the
case may be) from a Participant by or on behalf of the Company (whichever
Allocated the Share Appreciation Rights, Awarded the Performance Shares or
made the Grant of Restricted Shares, as the case may be) for, where
applicable, a total consideration at par value;
1.1.691.1.70
the words " vest ", " vesting " and " vested " when used in relation to:
1.1.69.11.1.70.1
a Performance Share shall mean that such
Performance Share shall become exercisable in accordance with 10;
1.1.69.21.1.70.2
a Share Appreciation Right shall mean that such
Share Appreciation Right shall become exercisable in accordance with
16;
1.1.69.31.1.70.3
a Restricted Share shall mean that such Restricted
Share shall become exercisable in accordance with 23;
1.1.701.1.71
a Participant who ceases to be employed by an Employer Company on the
basis that he is -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 14
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.70.11.1.71.1
immediately thereafter employed by another
Employer Company;
1.1.70.21.1.71.2
thereafter re-employed by such Employer
Company pursuant to it being determined that his employment was
terminated on a basis which was not lawful in terms of the LRA;
shall be deemed not to have terminated his employment for the purposes of the
Plan and his rights shall be deemed to be unaffected; [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.1.711.1.72
a Participant who is a director of any Employer Company who retires and/or
resigns on the basis that he is immediately re-elected in accordance with the
articles of association or other constitutional documents of that Employer
Company shall be deemed not to have terminated his employment with that
Employer Company. [Sch 14.1(h)]
1.2
If any provision in 1.1 is a substantive provision conferring any right or imposing any
obligation on anyone, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision
in the body of these Rules.
1.3
When any number of days is prescribed in these Rules, same shall be reckoned
exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a
Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday, in which case the last day shall be the
next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday.
2
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Plan shall be to attract, retain, motivate and reward Eligible Employees
who are able to influence the performance of the Group, on a basis which aligns their
interests with those of the Company's shareowners. [Sch 14 Introduction]
PART 2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
3
THE PLAN
The Plan is hereby constituted, which Plan shall be administered for the purpose and in
the manner set out in these Rules.
4
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
4.1
The Board is responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan, and has
discretion to decide whether and on what basis the Plan shall be operated.
4.2
Subject to the provisions of the Plan and to the approval of the Board, the Board
shall be entitled to make and establish such rules and regulations, and to amend the
same from time to time, as they may deem necessary or expedient for the proper
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 15
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
implementation and administration of the Plan.
5
ANNUAL ACCOUNTS [Sch 14.8]
The Board shall ensure that a summary appears in the annual financial statements of
the Company of the number of Shares conditionally Awarded, Allocated or Granted to
Participants in terms of Awards, Allocations or Grants, the number of Shares that may
be utilised for the purposes of this Plan, any changes in such numbers during the
financial year under review, the number of Shares held by any Employer Company
which may be acquired by Eligible Employees and the number of Shares then under
the control of the Board for Settlement to Participants in terms of this Plan.
6
AVAILABILITY OF SHARES
The Company shall:
6.1
at all times reserve and keep available, free from pre-emptive rights, out of its
authorised but unissued share capital, such number of Shares as may be required
to enable the Company to fulfil its obligations to Settle Shares to Participants;
6.2
ensure that Shares may only be issued or purchased for purposes of the Plan once
a Participant (or group of Participants) to whom they will be Granted or Awarded has
been formally identified. [Sch 14.9(a)]
6.3
ensure that Shares held for purposes of the Plan will not have their votes at
general/annual general meetings taken into account for the purposes of resolutions
proposed in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements or for purposes of determining
categorisations as detailed in Section 9 of the JSE Listings Requirements. [Sch
14.10]
7
FUNDING
7.1
Other than any Tax/Social Liability as defined in 33.1, the consideration for Shares
(if any) acquired under the Plan, the costs incurred in the acquisition thereof, any
administration or other expenses or administration fees properly incurred by or on
behalf of the Company in order to give effect to the Plan and any duties payable
upon the Settlement of Shares to Participants including issue duty, stamp duty,
marketable securities tax and uncertificated securities tax (all of the aforegoing
costs, expenses and duties hereinafter referred to as " Participation Costs ") shall
be funded, as the Board may from time to time direct.
7.2
The Company may recover from each Employer Company such Participation Costs
as may be attributable to the participation of any of its employees in the Plan.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 16
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
7.3
Notwithstanding the provisions of 7.2, the Company shall procure, if applicable, that
the relevant Employer Company shall -
7.3.1
bear all costs of and incidental to the implementation and administration of the
Plan and shall, as and when necessary, provide all requisite funds and facilities
for that purpose;
7.3.2
provide all secretarial, accounting, administrative, legal and financial advice
and services, office accommodation, stationery and so forth for the purposes of
the Plan;
8
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED BY PARTICIPANTS
8.1
Subject to 8.3 and the prior approval, if required, of any securities exchange on
which Shares are listed, the prior authority of the shareholders of the Company in
general meeting shall be required if the aggregate number of Shares which may be
acquired by Participants under the Plan together with Any Other Plan is to exceed
60 011 669 Shares. [Sch 14.1(b)]
8.2
Subject to 8.3 and the prior approval, if required, of any securities exchange on
which Shares are listed, the prior authority of the Shareholders of the Company in
general meeting shall be required if the aggregate number of Shares that may be
acquired by any one Participant in terms of the Plan together with Any Other Plan is
to exceed 2 100 000 Shares. [Sch 14.1(c)]
8.3
In the determination of the number of Shares which may be acquired by Participants
in terms of 8.1 and 8.2, Shares shall not be taken into account, which have been
purchased through the JSE. [Sch 14.9(c)] [Sch 14.12)]
8.4
The number of Shares referred to in 8.1 and 8.2 shall be increased or reduced in
direct proportion to any adjustment in the Company's issued share capital as
provided for in 31. [Sch 14.3(a)]
PART 3 – THE PERFORMANCE SHARE METHOD
9
AWARDS [Sch 14.1(f)]
9.1
The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, resolve to make Awards to
Eligible Employees.
9.2
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Award Date,
notify the Eligible Employee of the Award in an Award Letter. The Award Letter
shall be in the form as prescribed by the Board from time to time and shall specify -
9.2.1
the maximum number of Performance Shares conditionally awarded to the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 17
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Eligible Employee or the formula by which such number may be determined;
9.2.2
the Award Date;
9.2.3
the Vesting Date;
9.2.4
the Performance Criteria imposed by the Board for the purpose of 11.1, which
must be satisfied before the Settlement of any Performance Shares under an
Award to the Participant and the manner in which the number of Performance
Shares referred to in 9.2.1 shall be adjusted if the Performance Criteria are not
satisfied (whether in whole or in part);
9.2.5
the Threshold Performance Criteria, the Target Performance Criteria and the
Full Performance Criteria;
9.2.59.2.6
the Minimum Shareholding Requirements as referred to in Annexure A;
9.2.69.2.7
the provisions of 32 and 33.2.
9.2.79.2.8
a stipulation that the Award is subject to the provisions of these Rules;
9.2.89.2.9
where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and
9.2.99.2.10
provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.
9.3
Subject to 13.1 and 28, an Award is (and Performance Shares are) personal to a
Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned, transferred or
otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.
9.4
There shall be no consideration payable for the Award. [Sch 14.1(d)]
9.5
Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other
distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Performance Shares
awarded to him in his Award, unless and until the Performance Shares under his
Award are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch
14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]
9.6
Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of an Award shall be communicated to the
Board by the signature and return of the Award Letter, by not later than thirty days
after the date of delivery of the relevant Award Letter to such Eligible Employee. An
Award which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid shall
automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or
extension by the Board in its discretion.
9.7
An Award may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof in
terms of 9.6 if the Board and Participants so agree in writing.
10
SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES
10.1
The Board shall meet before the Vesting Date in respect of an Award in order to
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 18
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
assess the extent to which the Performance Criteria imposed on the Award have
been satisfied.
10.2
Immediately prior to the Vesting Date, On the Vesting Date
in respect of an Award, if
and to the extent the Board has determined that the Performance Criteria imposed
on the Award have been satisfied, and subject to 10.3, 12 and 33, the number of
Performance Shares available to be Settled to a Participant under the Award
determined in accordance with 11 and/or 14 (if applicable) shall
either
be Settled to
the Participant
or be subject to the Minimum Shareholding Requirement as provided
for in terms of Annexure A
.
10.3
Notwithstanding 10.2, -
10.3.1
the Participant shall pay, in such manner as the Board may from time to time
prescribe, any such additional amount of which the Board may notify the
Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be required
by Applicable Laws which may arise on the Settlement of Performance Shares
to him;
10.3.2
the Company may, on the Vesting Date, discharge, in whole or in part, its
obligation to Settle Performance Shares by paying, or procuring the payment
by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal to
the Fair Market Value of the Shares to which a Participant becomes entitled in
terms of 10.2, calculated on the Vesting Date.
11
LIMITATIONS ON THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES
11.1
If the Board determines that the:
11.1.1
Threshold Performance Criteria have not been exceeded, then in such event
the Award available for vesting shall not vest in or be Settled to the Participant,
and shall be reacquired;
11.1.2
Threshold Performance Criteria have been exceeded, but the Performance
Criteria do not meet the Full Performance Criteria, the number of Performance
Shares to be Settled to a Participant shall be adjusted downward in the manner
set out in the Award Letter; and
11.1.3
Full Performance Criteria have been met or exceeded, the total number of
Performance Shares available to be Settled to a Participant shall be so Settled.
11.2
Although the extent to which the Performance Shares under an Award may be
Settled to a Participant shall be conditional on, inter alia, the Board being satisfied
that such Performance Criteria as imposed by the Board on the Award Date in
accordance with 9.2 have been fulfilled, the Board may waive such Performance
Criteria if they consider in their absolute discretion that there are exceptional
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 19
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
circumstances which would justify such a waiver.
11.3
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, the Board shall, in its sole and
absolute discretion, be entitled to amend the Performance Criteria contained in an
Award Letter to take account of any change in circumstances which render such
Performance Criteria inappropriate or inapplicable; provided that no such
amendment shall disadvantage and/or prejudice any Participant.
12
TIME FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES
Subject to 11, Performance Shares under an Award may only be Settled on their
Vesting Date. Any Award in respect of which Performance Shares are not so Settled
shall be deemed to have been reacquired.
13
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]
13.1
subject to clauses 1.1.
7071
and 13.2, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the
Group by reason of a No Fault Termination or upon the death of a Retired Executive
Manager prior to the vesting of his Performance Shares, the Performance Shares
available to be Settled to him under an Award in terms of 14 shall be so Settled to
him on the Date of Termination of Employment or on the date of death of the Retired
Executive Manager (whichever is applicable), unless the Board determines
otherwise. Any Award in respect of which Performance Shares are not so Settled
shall be deemed to have been reacquired.
13.2
Notwithstanding clauses 13.1 or 14, in the case of an Executive Manager whose
acceptance date of any Award was on or after 23 November 2015, the Executive
Manager's rights in terms of clause 13.1 will not be affected by reason of his
retirement upon reaching the Retirement Date and he shall continue to have all of
the rights, and be subject to all of the obligations of a Participant in terms of the
Plan, save that he shall not be entitled to receive any further Awards. Consequently,
the Performance Shares available to be Settled to him under an Award made on or
after 23 November 2015, shall be Settled to him on the normal Vesting Date despite
that the Executive Manager ceases to be employed by the Group.
13.3
Subject to clause 1.1.
7071
, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by
reason of a Fault Termination, his Award shall be deemed to have been reacquired
unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the Performance Shares
available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall be so Settled on the
Date of Termination of Employment.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 20
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
14
EXTENT TO WHICH PERFORMANCE SHARES UNDER AN AWARD ARE
AVAILABLE FOR SETTLEMENT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch
14.1(h)]
14.1
Subject to adjustment in terms of 14.2, if pursuant to 13, Performance Shares may
be Settled to a Participant under his Award, the maximum number of Performance
Shares which may be Settled to him is to be calculated in accordance with the
following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole Share), unless the Board in
its sole discretion, permit him to acquire a greater number of Shares -
C
B
A X
where -
A
=
the number of Performance Shares originally
conditionally awarded to him in the Award;
B
=
the lesser of (a) number of completed calendar months
which have elapsed from the Award Date to the Date of
Termination of Employment; and (b) 36 calendar
months; and
C
=
36 calendar months.
14.2
The maximum number of Performance Shares to be Settled to a Participant in
accordance with 14.1 shall
be adjusted as if the Group had met only the Target
Performance Criteria.:
14.2.1
for Awards made prior to 25 November 2016, be adjusted –
14.2.1.1 as if the Group had met only the Target Performance Criteria;
or
14.2.1.2 based on the actual achievement by the Group against the
applicable Performance Criteria as at the Date of
Termination of Employment,
whichever is more favourable to the Participant; and
14.2.2
for Awards made after 25 November 2016, be adjusted based on the
actual achievement by the Group against the applicable Performance
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 21
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Criteria as at the Date of Termination of Employment.
PART 4 – THE SHARE APPRECIATION METHOD
15
ALLOCATION [Sch 14.1(f)]
15.1
The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, resolve to allocate Share
Appreciation Rights to Eligible Employees.
15.2
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Allocation Date,
notify the Eligible Employees of the Allocation by them in an Allocation Letter. The
Allocation Letter shall be in the form prescribed by the Board and shall specify -
15.2.1
the number of Share Appreciation Rights allocated to the Participant;
15.2.2
the Allocation Price per Share Appreciation Right;
15.2.3
the Allocation Date;
15.2.4
the Vesting Date;
15.2.5
the Performance Criteria imposed by the Board which must be satisfied before
the vesting or Settlement of any Share Appreciation Rights under an Allocation
to the Participant and the manner in which the awarded number of Share
Appreciation Rights shall be adjusted if the Performance Criteria are not
satisfied (whether in whole or in part);
15.2.6
the provisions of 32 and 33.2;
15.2.7
a stipulation that the Allocation is subject to the provisions of these Rules;
15.2.8
where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and
15.2.9
provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.
15.3
Subject to 18.1 and 28, an Allocation is (and Share Appreciation Rights are)
personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned,
transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.
15.4
There shall be no consideration payable for an Allocation. [Sch 14.1(d)]
15.5
Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other
distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Share Appreciation
Rights allocated to him, unless and until the Share Appreciation Rights under his
Allocation are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch
14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]
15.6
Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of an Allocation shall be communicated to the
Board, in writing in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, by not
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 22
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Allocation to such
Eligible Employee. An Allocation which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as
aforesaid shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to
re-instatement or extension by the Board in its discretion.
15.7
An Allocation may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof in
terms of 15.6 if the Board and Participants so agree in writing.
16
VESTING OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS
16.1
On the Vesting Date in respect of an Allocation, and subject to the relevant
Performance Criteria having been met, 16.3 and 33, the number of Share
Appreciation Rights available for vesting under the Allocation shall vest in a
Participant.
16.2
If the relevant Performance Criteria in respect of any Allocation have not been met,
the Share Appreciation Rights available for vesting shall not vest in a Participant,
but shall be postponed to the following anniversary of the Allocation Date, and so
forth, until the Performance Criteria are met (in which event vesting will then occur),
or the Maximum Period is reached, whichever occurs first. Any Share Appreciation
Rights which have not vested as at the Maximum Date shall be reacquired.
16.3
Notwithstanding 16.1 the Participant shall pay in such manner as the Board may
from time to time prescribe any such additional amount of which the Board may
notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be
required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the vesting of Share Appreciation
Rights in him.
17
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING
17.1
A Participant shall be entitled, on or after the vesting thereof but prior to the
Maximum Date, and by giving written notices to that effect to the Company (each an
" Exercise Notice "), to apply to the Board to exercise one or more of such Share
Appreciation Rights. Subject to Board approval, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, the Participant shall, in respect of each Share Appreciation Right
exercised and approved as aforesaid, receive, and be Settled, such number of
Shares as is calculated in accordance with 17.4.
17.2
If a Participant elects not to exercise any Share Appreciation Rights on or after the
vesting thereof, then Settlement shall not take place, and the provisions of 15.3,
15.4, 15.5, 27 and 30 shall continue to apply.
17.3
Subject to 18 and 25, on the expiry of the Maximum Period in respect of any Share
Appreciation Rights, such Share Appreciation Rights as have vested in a
Participant, but have not yet been exercised by the Participant, shall automatically
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 23
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
be Settled.
17.4
A Participant shall, in respect of each Share Appreciation Right exercised in
accordance with the provisions of this 17, be entitled to be Settled with such number
of Shares as is equal to A where A is calculated in accordance with the following
formula -
B
C) ÷
(B -
A =
where -
A
=
the number of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in
respect of each Share Appreciation Right which has
been exercised or is deemed to have been exercised in
terms of 17;
B
=
the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which
such Share Appreciation Right is exercised or is
deemed to have been exercised in terms of 17;
C
=
the Allocation Price of such Share Appreciation Right;
17.5
Notwithstanding 17.4, the Board may, in whole or in part, discharge its obligation to
Settle a Share Appreciation Right on the exercise thereof, by paying, or procuring
the payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus
equal to the Fair Market Value of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in terms of
17.4.
18
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]
18.1
Subject to clauses 1.1.
7071
and 18.2, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the
Group by reason of a No Fault Termination or upon the death of a Retired Executive
Manager:
18.1.1
prior to the vesting of his Share Appreciation Rights, the Share Appreciation
Rights available to vest in him under an Allocation in terms of 19, shall be so
vested and then Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment or on
the date of death of the Retired Executive Manager (whichever is applicable),
unless the Board determines otherwise; or
18.1.2
after the vesting, but prior to the exercise by him of his Share Appreciation
Rights, the Share Appreciation Rights available to be exercised shall
automatically be deemed to be exercised and Settled to him on the Date of
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ ] 2016
Page 24
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Termination of Employment or on the date of death of the Retired Executive
Manager (whichever is applicable), unless the Board determines otherwise.
18.2
Notwithstanding clauses 18.1 or 19, in the case of an Executive Manager whose
acceptance date of any Allocation was on or after 23 November 2015, the Executive
Manager's rights in terms of clause 18.1 will not be affected by reason of his
retirement upon reaching the Retirement Date and he shall continue to have all of
the rights, and be subject to all of the obligations of a Participant in terms of the
Plan, save that he shall not be entitled to receive any further Allocations.
Consequently, the Share Appreciation Rights available to be Settled to him under an
Allocation made on or after 23 November 2015, shall be Settled to him on the
normal Vesting Date despite that the Executive Manager ceases to be employed by
the Group.
18.3
Any Allocation in respect of which Share Appreciation Rights are not so Settled shall
be deemed to have been reacquired;
18.4
Subject to 1.1.
7071
, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason
of a Fault Termination, his Allocation (whether prior to or after vesting) shall be
deemed to have been reacquired, unless the Board determines otherwise, in which
case the Share Appreciation Rights available to be Settled to him as determined by
the Board shall be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.
19
EXTENT TO WHICH SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS UNDER AN ALLOCATION
ARE AVAILABLE FOR VESTING ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch
14.1(h)]
If pursuant to 18.1, Share Appreciation Rights vest in a Participant (or any other person
or entity) under his Allocation, the maximum number of Share Appreciation Rights
which may vest and be Settled to a Participant is to be calculated in accordance with
the formula in 17.4 (rounded down to the nearest whole Share Appreciation Right),
PART 5 – THE RESTRICTED SHARE METHOD
20
THE GRANT [Sch 14.1(f)]
20.1
The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, select any Eligible Employee for
participation in the Restricted Share Method, and may make a Grant to such Eligible
Employee as soon as practicable after any of the following dates:
20.1.1
the date of adoption of the Plan;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 25
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
20.1.2
the day after the publication of the Company’s annual results for any period,
unless prior thereto, there is any change announced or made to legislation or
regulations affecting share incentive schemes generally; and
20.1.3
any day on which changes to the legislation or regulations affecting share
incentive schemes are announced, effected or made;
20.1.4
any day on which the Board resolves that exceptional circumstances exist
which justify the making of Grants; and
20.1.5
any day on which restrictions on the making of Grants are lifted, being
restrictions imposed by any Applicable Laws.
20.2
The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify the Eligible Employee of
the Grant to him in a Grant Letter. The Grant Letter shall be in the form prescribed
by the Board and shall specify -
20.2.1
the value of a Restricted Share as at the Grant Date;
20.2.2
the number of Restricted Shares Granted to the Eligible Employee;
20.2.3
the Matching Award due to the Eligible Employee in respect of these Restricted
Shares, and the applicable Matching Award Ratio;
20.2.4
the Grant Date;
20.2.5
the Vesting Date;
20.2.6
the rules applicable to any Restricted Share and the Eligible Employee’s right
to such Restricted Share;
20.2.7
the rules applicable to any Performance Share and the Eligible Employee’s
right to such Performance Share;
20.2.8
the steps an Eligible Employee must take to exercise a Restricted Share, and
any Matching Award applicable to a decision not to exercise;
20.2.9
the provisions of 32 and 33.2;
20.2.10
a stipulation that the Grant is subject to the provisions of these Rules;
20.2.11
where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and
20.2.12
provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.
20.3
Subject to 24.1 and 28, a Grant is (and Restricted Shares and Performance Shares
are) personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned,
transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.
20.4
There shall be no consideration payable for the acceptance of a Grant, and the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 26
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Participant shall acquire no rights in respect of any Restricted Shares or
Performance Shares until such Shares vest. [Sch 14.1(d)]
20.5
Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other
distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Restricted Shares
allocated to him, unless and until the Restricted Shares under his Allocation are
Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch 14.1(e)] [Sch
14.10]
20.6
Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of a Grant shall be communicated to the
Board, in writing in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, by not
later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Grant to such Eligible
Employee. A Grant which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid
shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or
extension by the Board in its discretion.
20.7
A Grant may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof, if the
Board and the Participant so agree in writing.
21
MATCHING
21.1
On acceptance of the Grant by the Participant:
21.1.1
the Restricted Shares shall be designated to the Participant conditional to the
provisions of 23 and 24;
21.1.2
the Restricted Shares referred to in 21.1.1 shall be matched by applying the
Matching Award referred to in 20.2.3, and Performance Shares shall be
conditionally awarded to the Participant in terms of the applicable Matching
Award Ratio.
22
PERFORMANCE SHARES
All Performance Shares Awarded and accepted by a Participant in terms of the
Restricted Share Method shall thereafter be dealt with in accordance with the
provisions of the Performance Share Method.
23
CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES
23.1
On the Vesting Date in respect of a Grant, and subject to 23.2, 23.4 and 33, the
number of Restricted Shares available for vesting under the Grant shall vest in a
Participant.
23.2
Notwithstanding 23.1, the Participant shall pay in such manner as the Board may
from time to time prescribe any such additional amount of which the Board may
notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 27
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the vesting of Restricted Shares in
him.
23.3
A Participant shall, on or within 30 days after the vesting thereof, and by giving
written notices to that effect to the Company (each an " Exercise Notice "), apply to
the Board to exercise one or more of such Restricted Shares. Subject to Board
approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Participant shall, in respect
of each Restricted Share exercised and approved as aforesaid, receive, and be
Settled, a Share for each Restricted Share.
23.4
Any Restricted Share not exercised by a Participant as detailed in 23.3 -
23.4.1
shall not be Settled;
23.4.2
shall continue to remain a Restricted Share until the Maximum Date; and
23.4.3
shall be matched with further Restricted Shares in line with the Matching Award
Ratio as decided by the Board from time to time.
23.5
Subject to 24 and 25, on the expiry of the Maximum Period in respect of any
Restricted Shares, such Restricted Shares as have vested in a Participant, but have
not yet been exercised by the Participant, shall immediately be Settled unless the
Board determines otherwise.
23.6
Notwithstanding 23.3, the Company may, in whole or in part, discharge its obligation
to Settle a Restricted Share on the exercise thereof, by paying, or procuring the
payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal
to the Fair Market Value of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in terms of this
23.
24
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]
24.1
Subject to clauses 1.1.
7071
and 24.2, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the
Group by reason of a No Fault Termination or upon the death of a Retired Executive
Manager:
24.1.1
prior to the vesting of his Restricted Shares, the Restricted Shares available to
vest in him under a Grant in terms of 23, shall be so vested and then Settled to
him on the Date of Termination of Employment or on the date of death of the
Retired Executive Manager (whichever is applicable), unless the Board
determines otherwise; or
24.1.2
after the vesting, but prior to the exercise by him of his Restricted Shares, the
Restricted Shares available to be exercised shall automatically be deemed to
be exercised and Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment or
on the date of death of the Retired Executive Manager (whichever is
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 28
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
applicable), unless the Board determines otherwise.
24.2
Notwithstanding clause 24.1 in the case of an Executive Manager whose
acceptance date of any Grant was on or after 23 November 2015, the Executive
Manager's rights in terms of clause 24.1 will not be affected by reason of his
retirement upon reaching the Retirement Date and he shall continue to have all of
the rights, and be subject to all of the obligations of a Participant in terms of the
Plan, save that he shall not be entitled to receive any further Grants. Consequently.
the Restricted Shares available to be Settled to him under a Grant made on or after
23 November 2015, shall be Settled to him on the normal Vesting Date despite that
the Executive Manager ceases to be employed by the Group.
24.3
Any Grant in respect of which Restricted Shares are not so Settled shall be deemed
to have been reacquired;
24.4
Subject to 1.1.
7071
, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason
of a Fault Termination, his Grant (whether prior to or after vesting) shall be deemed
to have been reacquired, unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the
Restricted Shares available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall
be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.
PART 6 - GENERAL
25
PARTICIPATION BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
25.1
The participation by executive directors in the Plan, including the making of any
Award, Allocation or Grant, or the Settlement thereof in Shares, shall at all times be
approved and confirmed by the Remuneration Committee of the Board as
constituted from time to time.
25.2
The participation by executive directors of the Group in the Plan, and the issue of
Shares to them, shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Act.
26
INSOLVENCY
26.1
All unvested Awards, Allocations or Grants shall be deemed to have been
reacquired, and accordingly not entitle a Participant to Settlement of any Shares,
upon the Participant making an application for the voluntary surrender of his estate
or his estate being otherwise sequestrated or any attachment of any interest of a
Participant under the Plan, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise
and then subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may determine.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 29
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
26.2
If the Company is placed in final liquidation, the Secretary shall notify the Participant
thereof in writing and he shall be entitled to require that he be Settled all or any of
his Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares
(applying the provisions of 14, 17.4 and 23.3 respectively) within twenty-one days of
such notification, failing which such Shares and Rights shall be deemed to have
been reacquired. [Sch 14.1(e)]
27
POOR PERFORMANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES [Sch 14.1(h)]
In the event of pending disciplinary or poor performance procedures against any
Participant, or the contemplation of such procedures, then the vesting, exercise and/or
Settlement of any Award, Allocation or Grant shall be suspended until the final
conclusion of such procedures, at which time the Award, Allocation or Grant shall vest,
be exercised and/or be Settled, or the provisions of 13.3, 18.4 and 24.4 shall be
applied, whichever is applicable.
28
DIVIDENDS
On the Settlement of any Shares in terms of the Performance Share Method or the
Restricted Share Method, the Board may in its sole and absolute discretion, Settle such
further Shares in a Participant as are equivalent in value to any dividends which the
Participant would have earned had the Participant had full and unrestricted ownership
in any Settled Performance Shares or Restricted Shares as from the Award or Grant
Dates.
29
FAMILY ENTITIES
A Participant may, with the prior written consent of the Board and subject to such
conditions as the Board may in its discretion determine, cede, assign or transfer his
rights in and to an Award, Allocation or Grant (or the Performance Shares, Share
Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares therein) to a Family Entity. Without
derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, the Board may impose a condition that
the Participant bind himself as surety for, and co-principal debtor in solidum with, the
Family Entity for the fulfilment of its obligations in terms of this Plan.
30
RIGHTS PRIOR TO SETTLEMENT
30.1
For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of any doubt, it is recorded that until the
Vesting Date the Participant shall not -
30.1.1
have any ownership interest in; or
30.1.2
receive any dividends and/or exercise any voting rights attached to; or [Sch
14.10]
30.1.3
have acquired,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ ] 2016
Page 30
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares being the
subject of any Award, Allocation or Grant.
31
ADJUSTMENTS [Sch 14.3]
31.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but subject to 31.3, if the
Company makes a Special Distribution and/or if the Company restructures its capital
in that it -
31.1.1
undertakes a rights offer; or
31.1.2
is placed in liquidation for purposes of reorganisation; or
31.1.3
is party to a scheme of arrangement affecting the structuring of its share
capital;
31.1.4
undertakes a conversion, redemption, subdivision or consolidation of its
ordinary share capital; or
31.1.5
undertakes a bonus or capitalisation issue,
such adjustments shall be made to the rights of Participants as may be determined
to be fair and reasonable to the Participants concerned by the Board; provided that
any adjustments pursuant to this 31.1 shall be confirmed by the Auditors and should
give a Participant the entitlement to the same proportion of the equity capital as he
was previously entitled, and should any Participant be aggrieved, he may he utilise
the dispute procedures set out in 37. No adjustments shall be required in terms of
this 31.1 if the provisions of 31.3 to 31.5 are applicable or in the event of an issue by
the Company of any securities or securities convertible into Shares as consideration
for an acquisition.
31.2
For the purposes of 31.1, the Company shall be deemed to make a " Special
Distribution
" if it distributes Shares or any other asset (including cash) to its
shareholders -
31.2.1
in the course of, and as part of any unbundling, reorganisation, rationalisation,
compromise, arrangement or reconstruction (including the amalgamation of two
or more companies or entities);
31.2.2
in the course of, or as part of, a reduction of capital (including a share
repurchase);
31.2.3
as a special dividend or other payment in terms of the Act; or
31.2.4
in the course or in anticipation of the deregistration or liquidation of a company
for any of the above purposes;
provided that, this 31.2 shall not apply to normal annual interim and final cash or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 31
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
scrip dividends declared by a Company.
31.3
No adjustments shall be required in terms of 31.1 in the event of the issue of equity
securities as consideration for an acquisition in terms of 31.4, the issue of securities
for cash and the issue of equity securities for a vendor consideration placing.
[Sch 14.3(c)]
31.4
Subject to 31.5, if the Company undergoes a Change of Control after an Award
Date, Allocation Date or Grant Date, then the rights of Participants' under this Plan
are to be accommodated on a basis which shall determined by the Board to be fair
and reasonable to Participants. [Sch 14.1(g)]
31.5
If the Company undergoes a Change of Control pursuant to a transaction, the terms
of which make provision for Participants' rights under this Plan to be accommodated
on a basis which is determined by an independent merchant bank to be fair and
reasonable to Participants, the provisions of 31.3 shall not apply; provided that, in
such an event, if a Participant's employment by any member of the Group is
terminated for any reason whatsoever (including his resignation but excluding the
manner contemplated in 1.1.
7071
) within 12 months following the Implementation
Date he shall be entitled to be Settled on mutatis mutandis the basis of 31.3 had
31.3 been applicable. [Sch 14.1(g)]
32
REACQUISITION [Sch 14.3(f)]
If, in terms of any provision of this Plan, any Award, Allocation, Grant, Performance
Share, Share Appreciation Right, or Restricted Share is deemed to have been
reacquired, the Company is hereby irrevocably and in rem suam nominated,
constituted and appointed as the sole attorney and agent of the Participant concerned
in that Participant's name, place and stead to sign and execute all such documents and
do all such things as are necessary for that purpose.
33
TAX LIABILITY
33.1
Notwithstanding any other provision in these Rules (including 10.3 and 16.3), if the
Company or an Employer Company are obliged (or would suffer a disadvantage of
any nature if they were not) to account for, withhold or deduct any (a) Tax in any
jurisdiction which is payable in respect of, or in connection with, the making of any
Award or Allocation, the Settlement to a Participant of Shares, the payment of a
cash amount and/or otherwise in connection with the Plan and/or (b) any amount in
respect of any social security or similar contributions which would be recoverable
from a Participant in respect of the making of any Award or Allocation, Settlement to
a Participant of Shares, the payment of a cash amount and/or otherwise in
connection with the Plan (the obligations referred to in (a) and (b) hereinafter
referred to as a " Tax/Social Liability "), then the Company or the Employer
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 32
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Company (as the case may be) shall be entitled to account for, withhold or deduct
such Tax/Social Liability or the Company and/or the Employer Company shall be
relieved from the obligation to Settle any Shares to a Participant or to pay any
amount to a Participant in terms of the Plan until that Participant has either -
33.1.1
made payment to the relevant Employer Company of an amount equal to the
Tax/Social Liability; or
33.1.2
entered into an arrangement which is acceptable to the relevant Employer
Company to secure that such payment is made (whether by authorising the
sale of some or all of the Shares to be Settled to him and the payment to the
relevant person of the relevant amounts out of the proceeds of the sale or
otherwise).
33.2
The Company is hereby irrevocably and in rem suam nominated, constituted and
appointed as the sole attorney and agent of a Participant, in that Participant's name,
place and stead to sign and execute all such documents and do all such things as
are necessary to give effect to the provisions of 33.1.2.
34
LISTINGS AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, -
34.1
no Shares shall be Settled on any Participant or acquired pursuant to this Plan if the
Board determines, in their sole discretion, that such Settlement will or may violate
any Applicable Laws or the listings requirements of any securities exchange on
which the Shares of the Company are listed; and
34.2
the Company shall apply for the listing of all Shares which are Settled to Participants
on the JSE; and
34.3
it is recorded that the Company shall not be obliged to apply for, or procure, the
listing of Shares which have been Settled to Participants on any securities exchange
other than the JSE.
35
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN [Sch 14.2]
35.1
It shall be competent for the Board to amend any of the provisions of the Plan
subject to the prior approval (if required) of every stock exchange on which the
Shares are for the time being listed; provided that no such amendment affecting the
vested rights of any Participant shall be effected without the prior written consent of
the Participant concerned, and provided further that no such amendment affecting
any of the following matters shall be competent unless it is sanctioned by ordinary
resolution of 75% (seventy-five percent) of the shareholders of the Company in
general meeting, excluding all of the votes attached to Shares owned or controlled
by existing Participants in the Plan -
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 33
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
35.1.1
the definition of Eligible Employees and Participants;
35.1.2
the definition of Allocation Price;
35.1.3
the definition of Fair Market Value;
35.1.4
the calculation of the total number of Shares which may be acquired for the
purpose of or pursuant to the Plan;
35.1.5
the calculation of the maximum number of Shares which may be acquired by
any Participant in terms of the Plan;
35.1.6
the voting, dividend, transfer or other rights (including rights on liquidation of
the Company) which may attach to any Grant or Award; [Sch 14.10] [Sch
14.1(e)]
35.1.7
the provisions in these Rules dealing with the rights (whether conditional or
otherwise) in and to the Share Appreciation Rights, Bonus Shares or
Performance Shares of Participants who leave the employment of the Group
prior to Vesting or Exercise;
35.1.8
the basis for Awards, Allocations and Grants in terms of these Rules;
35.1.9
the provisions of 31.4; or
35.1.10
the provisions of this 35.
35.2
Without derogating from the provisions of 35.1, if it should become necessary or
desirable by reason of the provisions of Applicable Laws at any time after the
signing of these Rules, to amend the provisions of these Rules so as to preserve the
substance of the provisions contained in these Rules but to amend the form so as to
achieve the objectives embodied in these Rules in the best manner, having regard
to such Applicable Laws and without prejudice to the Participants concerned, then
the Board may (with the prior approval (if required) of every stock exchange on
which the Shares are at the time listed) amend these Rules accordingly.
36
STRATE
Notwithstanding any provision in these Rules, the Company shall not be obliged to
deliver the Participant share certificates in respect of the Shares settled to him in terms
of these Rules but shall instead be obliged to procure such electronic transactions
and/or entries and to deliver to the Participant such documents (if any) as may be
required to reflect his rights in and to such Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Act,
the Security Services Act 36 of 2004, the Rules of the Central Securities Depository
(being Share Transactions Totally Electronic Limited) and the requirements of the JSE.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 34
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
37
DISPUTES
37.1
Should any dispute of whatever nature arise from or in connection with these Rules
(including an urgent dispute), then the dispute shall, unless the parties thereto
otherwise agree in writing:
37.1.1
in the first instance be referred to mediation by a mediator acceptable to both
parties; and
37.1.2
failing resolution by mediation or agreement in respect of a mediator, shall be
finally resolved in accordance with the Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of
South Africa by an arbitrator or arbitrators appointed by the Foundation.
37.2
This clause is severable from the rest of these Rules and shall remain in effect even
if these Rules are terminated for any reason.
38
PROFITS AND LOSSES AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
38.1
The Company shall bear any losses sustained by the Plan which are not recovered
from Employer Companies in terms of 7. Furthermore, the Company shall be
entitled to receive and be paid any profits made in respect of the purchase,
acquisition, sale or disposal of Shares.
38.2
The Plan shall terminate if the Board so resolves. Any deficit arising from the
winding up of the Plan shall be borne by the Company, to the extent not recovered
by the Company from Employer Companies.
39
DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES
39.1
The parties choose domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes arising from the
Plan, including the giving of any notice, the payment of any sum, the serving of any
process, as follows -
39.1.1
the Company
:
The address and telefax number of
the Registered Office of the
Company from time to time
39.1.2
each Participant
:
The physical address, telefax
number and electronic address from
time to time reflected as being his
address, telefax number and/or
electronic address in the Group's
payroll system from time to time.
39.2
Each of the parties shall be entitled from time to time, by written notice to the other,
to vary its domicilium to any other physical address and/or its facsimile number
and/or (in the case of a Participant) his electronic address; provided in the case of a
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 35
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Participant such variation is also made to his details on the Group's payroll system.
39.3
Any notice given and any payment made by any party to the other which -
39.3.1
is delivered by hand during the normal business hours of the addressee at the
addressee's domicilium for the time being shall be rebuttably presumed to have
been received by the addressee at the time of delivery;
39.3.2
is posted by prepaid registered post from an address within the Republic of
South Africa to the addressee at the addressee's domicilium for the time being
shall be rebuttably presumed to have been received by the addressee on the
seventh day after the date of posting.
39.4
Any notice given by any party to any other party which is transmitted by electronic
mail and/or facsimile to the addressee at the addressee's electronic address and/or
facsimile address (as the case may be) for the time being shall be presumed, until
the contrary is proved by the addressee, to have been received by the addressee on
the date of successful transmission thereof.
40
COMPLIANCE [Sch 14 Generally]
40.1
The Company shall comply with (and procure compliance by all members of the
Group with) all Applicable Laws. The Plan shall at all times be operated and
administered subject to all Applicable Laws.
40.2
Without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, the Company shall -
40.2.1
ensure compliance with Schedule 14 and paragraphs 3.63 to 3.74 of the
Listings Requirements of the JSE. [Sch 14.9(d)]
40.3
The Company, by its signature hereto, undertakes to procure compliance by every
Employer Company with these Rules.
41
GENERAL PROVISIONS
41.1
The rights and obligations of any Participant under the terms of his office or
employment with any Employer Company shall not be affected by his participation in
the Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it. The Plan shall not
entitle a Participant to any right to continued employment or any additional right to
compensation in consequence of the termination of his employment.
41.2
The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the RSA.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Annexure A
MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT [Sch 14.1 and 14.3]
1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
In this Annexure A, unless expressly stipulated to the contrary or unless the context
clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and expressions as defined in The
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan (" Plan ") (to which this
document is attached as Annexure A) shall bear the same meanings where used
herein, and the following words and expressions shall bear the following meanings
(and cognate words and expressions shall bear corresponding meanings) -
1.1.1
" Cost to Company " means the relevant Participant's cost to company, as
calculated and determined from time to time by the Board;
1.1.2
" CPI " means the consumer price index as published from time to time by
Statistics South Africa, provided that if such index should cease to be
published, the Board shall determine the applicable index to apply going
forward (whose determination shall be final and binding);
1.1.3
" Designated Awards " means all Awards of Performance Shares made on or
after the adoption of this Minimum Shareholding Requirement, being 25
November 2016, to a Designated Participant;
1.1.4
" Designated Participant " means a Participant who constitutes an Executive
Director or Executive Manager; [Sch 14.1(a)]
1.1.5
" Dispose " means to sell, donate, exchange, encumber, cede, assign,
unbundle, distribute, dispose of or otherwise alienate or transfer (whether in
whole or in part), including any back to back arrangement or transaction or
series of arrangements or transactions, cession of any rights, grant of any
option or any other transaction which has the same economic effect and
" Disposal " and " Disposed " shall have corresponding meanings;
1.1.6
" Executive Director " means a Participant who is either the chief executive
officer, financial director and any other director of the Company who is also an
employee;
1.1.7
" Locked-Up " means, in respect of a Designated Participant, the deemed
obligation on such Designated Participant (by virtue of his/her acceptance of
the relevant Award) not to Dispose any Performance Shares for any reason
whatsoever or howsoever arising, other than as expressly permitted pursuant
to this Minimum Shareholding Requirement and " Lock-Up " and " Locks-Up "
shall bear corresponding meanings;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 37
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
1.1.8
" Matched Performance Share " shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in
clause 2.5.1 below; and
1.1.9
" Target MSR " means the relevant target minimum shareholding value
(expressed in Rand) calculated in accordance with the provisions of clause
2.7.1, which is required to be held by a Participant from time to time pursuant to
this Minimum Shareholding Requirement, and being, in respect of –
1.1.9.1
Executive Directors, a minimum of 200% (two hundred percent) of such
Executive Director's Cost to Company; and
1.1.9.2
Executive Managers, a minimum of 100% (one hundred percent) of such
Executive Manager's Cost to Company. [Sch 14.1(b)]
2
TERMS OF THE MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan –
2.1
Mechanism : [Sch 14.1(d) and (f)]
2.1.1
100% (one hundred percent) of the Designated Awards which will vest
thereunder to a Designated Participant who constitutes an Executive Director;
or
2.1.2
50% (fifty percent) of the Designated Awards which will vest thereunder to a
Designated Participant who constitutes an Executive Manager,
shall, immediately prior to the applicable Vesting Date, be automatically Locked-Up
on the terms and in accordance with this Minimum Shareholding Requirement;
2.2
the Lock-Up in terms of clause 2.1 shall apply for so long as the relevant Target
MSR applicable to such Designated Participant has not been met;
2.3
once the relevant Target MSR has been met, then any Performance Shares which
subsequently
V
est in and are Settled to a Designated Participant shall
V
ested and
be
Settled in accordance with the terms of the Plan unless such Designated
Participant elects (by written notice to the Company) to voluntarily Lock-Up such
Performance Shares pursuant to this Minimum Shareholding Requirement;
2.4
a Participant shall only be entitled to voluntarily Lock-Up Performance Shares up to
an amount which is equal to twice the applicable Target MSR for such Participant
(" Maximum Threshold ");
2.5
Matching :
2.5.1
for every Performance Share which a Designated Participant Locks-Up
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 38
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
(whether compulsorily or voluntarily in terms of clause 2.3), the Company shall
match each Locked-Up Performance Share with an additional Performance
Share (such additional Performance Share being referred to hereinafter as the
" Matched Performance Share ") by conditionally Awarding the relevant
number of Matched Performance Shares to such Designated Participant on the
basis that such Matched Performance Shares shall be deemed to be
Performance Shares Awarded pursuant to the Plan;
2.5.2
any Performance Shares which are Locked-Up voluntarily by a Designated
Participant shall continue to be matched in terms of clause 2.5.1 even if the
Target MSR has been met for such Designated Participant limited to a
maximum of double the Target MSR;
2.5.3
the Company will not conditionally Award Matched Performance Shares to a
Participant if and for so long as such Participant has reached his Maximum
Threshold;
2.6
Designated Participants :
2.6.1
the Minimum Shareholding Requirement shall continue to apply to a
Designated Participant for so long as such Designated Participant remains an
Executive Director or Executive Manager; [Sch 14.1(a)]
2.6.2
if a Designated Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a
No Fault Termination, his Locked-Up Performance Shares shall be released
from the Lock-Up on the Date of Termination of Employment; [Sch 14.1(h)]
2.6.3
if a Designated Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a
Fault Termination, -
2.6.3.1
his Locked-Up Performance Shares shall be released from the Lock-Up
on the Date of Termination of Employment; and [Sch 14.1(h)]
2.6.3.2
the Matched Performance Shares Awarded in terms of this Minimum
Shareholding Requirement shall lapse on the Date of Termination of
Employment and shall be so reacquired; [Sch 14.3(f)]
2.7
Measurement of Target MSR : [Sch 14.1(f)]
2.7.1
Each tranche of Performance Shares which are Locked-Up shall be deemed to
have a value, for the purposes of determining whether the Target MSR has
been met, equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share as at the date of such
Lock-Up, multiplied by the number of Performance Shares to be Locked-Up in
such tranche. The aforesaid value shall be increased yearly by the applicable
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20152016
Amended Version
The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan
23 November 2015
[ · ] 2016
Page 39
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
CPI rate for such year.
2.8
Trading Restriction : [Sch 14.1(e)]
appropriate entries in the relevant register(s) shall be made to record that all of the
Designated Participant's Performance Shares which are the subject of the Lock-Up
shall be noted by the relevant CSDP in terms of section 39 of the Financial Markets
Act and the appropriate flag place on the relevant securities account pursuant to
section 39 of the Financial Markets Act, 2012;
2.9
Voting and Dividends : [Sch 14.1(e)]
a Designated Participant shall, in respect of his
Vested
Performance Shares which
are subject to the Lock-Up –
2.9.1
exercise all voting rights in respect of such Performance Shares; and
2.9.2
receive all distributions payable in respect of such Performance Shares; and
2.10
Conflict :
to the extent that any provision of the Plan conflicts with any provision of the
Minimum Shareholding Requirement, then the relevant provision of the Minimum
Shareholding Requirement shall prevail to the extent of such conflict.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Execution Version
Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Our ref: NED3855
Amendment and Restatement Agreement
between
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
The Original Guarantors listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto
The Additional Guarantors listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 hereto
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its London branch)
HSBC Bank Plc - Johannesburg Branch (registered as an external company in
South Africa)
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation
and
Nedbank Limited
BACKGROUND IMAGE
© Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Contents
1
Definitions and interpretation...........................................................................................
2
2
Introduction .....................................................................................................................
6
3
Conditions precedent......................................................................................................
6
4
Amendment and restatement .........................................................................................
7
5
Acknowledgement regarding Transaction Security........................................................
7
6
Governing law.................................................................................................................
7
7
Jurisdiction......................................................................................................................
7
8
Severability .....................................................................................................................
7
9
General ...........................................................................................................................
8
10
Counterparts ...................................................................................................................
8
Schedule 1 Part 1: Original Guarantors .....................................................................................
5
Part 2: Additional Guarantors .....................................................................................................
5
Part 3: Finance Parties...............................................................................................................
6
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent...............................................................................................
7
Annexure A Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement ..................................................
20
Annexure B Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement...................................................
21
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2
Amendment and Restatement Agreement
Parties
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Borrower)
The Original Guarantors listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto (as Original
Guarantors)
The Additional Guarantors listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 hereto (as Additional
Guarantors)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) and Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment
Banking division) as coordinators under the Original USD Facility Agreement
(whether acting individually or together, the USD Facility Coordinators)
The Financial Institutions listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 as mandated lead
arrangers and lenders under the Original USD Facility Agreement (the
Original USD Lenders)
Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation as lender under the Original USD
Facility Agreement (Cat Financial and, together with the Original USD
Lenders, the USD Lenders)
The Financial Institutions listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 as hedge providers
(the Original USD Hedge Providers)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) as arranger and lender under the Original ZAR Facility Agreement
(the Original ZAR Lender)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) (the USD Facility Agent)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) (as ZAR Facility Agent)
Nedbank Limited as security agent (the Security Agent)
Nedbank Limited as security trustee (the Security Trustee)
It is agreed
1
Definitions and interpretation
1.1
Definitions
(1)
In this Agreement, unless the context dictates otherwise, the words and
expressions set forth below shall bear the following meanings and cognate
expressions shall bear corresponding meanings:
(a)
Agents means the USD Facility Agent and the ZAR Facility Agent;
(b)
Agreement means this Amendment and Restatement Agreement and its
Schedules and Annexures;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
(c)
Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement has the meaning given
to it in clause 4.1(2) (Amendment and restatement) below;
(d)
Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement has the meaning given
to it in clause 4.1(1) (Amendment and restatement) below;
(e)
Amendment and Restatement Document s means:
(i)
this Agreement;
(ii)
the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement;
(iii)
the Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement;
(iv)
the Second ZAR Facility Amendment and Restatement Agreement;
(v)
the Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement;
(vi)
each Hedging Document; and
(vii)
the Hedge Provider Accession Deed,
and Amendment and Restatement Document means any of them as the
context requires;
(f)
Borrower means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration
number 1950/038232/06), a public company duly incorporated in
accordance with the company laws of South Africa;
(g)
Conditions Precedent means the documents and evidence listed in
Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent);
(h)
Effective Date means the date on which the Agents and the Hedge
Providers give the notification under clause 3.1 below;
(i)
Event of Default means a USD Facility Event of Default or a ZAR Facility
Event of Default (as applicable);
(j)
Finance Documents means the USD Finance Documents and the ZAR
Finance Documents and Finance Document means any of them as the
context requires;
(k)
Finance Parties means the USD Finance Parties, the ZAR Finance
Parties and the Hedge Providers and Finance Party means any of them
as the context requires;
(l)
Hedge Provider Accession Deed means the written Accession Deed to
the Security Trust Deed (as defined therein) entered into or to be entered
into between the Original USD Hedge Providers and the Security Trustee
on or about the Signature Date;
(m)
Hedging Documents means any ISDA Master Agreement (including any
amendment agreement, annexure, schedule or confirmation) evidencing or
otherwise relating to the gold forward sale transaction(s) concluded or to
be concluded between the Borrower and the Original USD Hedge
Providers and Hedging Document means any of them as the context
requires;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
(n)
Material Adverse Effect means a USD Material Adverse Effect or a ZAR
Facility Material Adverse Effect (as applicable);
(o)
Nedbank means Nedbank Limited (registration number 1951/000009/06),
a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South
Africa;
(p)
Obligors means the Borrower, each Original Guarantor and each
Additional Guarantor and Obligor means any of them as the context
requires;
(q)
Original Intercreditor Agreement means the written agreement entitled
Intercreditor Agreement entered into on or about 22 December 2014
between, amongst others, the Original ZAR Lender, the Original USD
Lenders, the Security Agent, the Security Trustee, the USD Facility Agent
and the ZAR Facility Agent, and to which Cat Financial acceded as a USD
Lender on or about 5 May 2015;
(r)
Original ZAR Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled
ZAR1 300 000 000 revolving credit facility agreement entered into on or
about 20 December 2013 between, amongst others, the Borrower, the
Original Guarantors, the Original ZAR Lender and the ZAR Facility Agent,
as amended and restated on or about 5 February 2015;
(s)
Original USD Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement of up to USD250,000,000 entered
into on or about 22 December 2014 between, amongst others, the
Borrower, the Original Guarantors, the USD Facility Coordinators, the
Original USD Lenders and the USD Facility Agent, and to which Cat
Financial acceded as a Lender on or about 5 May 2015;
(t)
Party means a party to this Agreement and Parties means, as the context
requires, all of them;
(u)
Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement means the
Original ZAR Facility Agreement in the form as amended and restated on
or about the Effective Date pursuant to the Second ZAR Facility
Amendment and Restatement Agreement;
(v)
Second ZAR Facility Amendment and Restatement Agreement means
the written agreement entitled Second Amendment and Restatement
Agreement
entered into or to be entered into on or about the Signature
Date between the Obligors and Nedbank (acting through its Corporate and
Investment Banking division);
(w)
Signature Date means the date of the signature of the Party last signing
this Agreement in time;
(x)
USD Facility Agent means the Facility Agent as defined in the Original
USD Facility Agreement;
(y)
USD Facility Event of Default means an Event of Default as defined in
the Original USD Facility Agreement;
(z)
USD Finance Documents means the Finance Documents as defined in
the Original USD Facility Agreement;
(aa)
USD Finance Parties means the Finance Parties as defined in the
Original USD Facility Agreement;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
(bb)
USD Material Adverse Effect means a Material Adverse Effect as
defined in the Original USD Facility Agreement;
(cc)
ZAR Facility Agent means the Facility Agent as defined in the Original
ZAR Facility Agreement;
(dd)
ZAR Facility Event of Default means an Event of Default as defined in
the Original ZAR Facility Agreement;
(ee)
ZAR Finance Documents means the Finance Documents as defined in
the Original ZAR Facility Agreement;
(ff)
ZAR Finance Parties means the Finance Parties as defined in the
Original ZAR Facility Agreement; and
(gg)
ZAR Material Adverse Effect means a Material Adverse Effect as
defined in the Original ZAR Facility Agreement.
1.2
Construction
(1)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this agreement to:
(a)
any Party or any other person shall be construed to include its successors
in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the
ZAR Facility Agent, the USD Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the
Security Trustee, any person for the time being appointed as ZAR Facility
Agent, USD Facility Agent, Security Agent or Security Trustee in
accordance with the Finance Documents;
(b)
a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference
to the Finance Document (as applicable) or other agreement or instrument
as in force for the time being and as from time to time amended, restated,
supplemented or novated (however fundamentally including by any
increase in amounts owing or available to be utilised under such document
or any change to the parties thereto);
(c)
a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government,
state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture,
consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal
personality);
(d)
a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or
guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental,
intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or
regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
(e)
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-
enacted;
(f)
a time of the day is a reference to Johannesburg time;
(g)
including means including without limitation; and
(h)
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa.
(2)
Clause, Schedule and Annexure headings are for ease of reference only.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
1.3
Third party rights
(1)
Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement
constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to this
Agreement.
(2)
Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not
a party to this Agreement is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any
time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may
be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a
stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.
2
Introduction
2.1
The relevant Parties entered into the Original USD Facility Agreement, the Original ZAR
Facility Agreement and the Original Intercreditor Agreement.
2.2
Whereas the Borrower proposes to enter into certain hedging arrangements with the
Original USD Hedge Providers in accordance with the Hedging Documents.
2.3
Pursuant to the transactions contemplated in clause 2.2 above, the Parties have agreed to
amend and restate the Original USD Facility Agreement and the Original Intercreditor
Agreement on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.
3
Conditions precedent
3.1
The amendment and restatement of each of the Original USD Facility Agreement and the
Original Intercreditor Agreement constituted hereby shall not be of any force or effect
unless and until the Agents (acting on behalf of the USD Finance Parties and the ZAR
Finance Parties, as the case may be) and the Hedge Providers have confirmed to the
Borrower in writing that:
(1)
they have received all of the Conditions Precedent and that each such document
is, in form and substance, satisfactory to the Agents; or
(2)
to the extent that any Conditions Precedent is not in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agents or has not been delivered to the Agents, delivery of that
Conditions Precedent in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agents or at all
has been waived by the Agents pursuant to clause 3.2.
3.2
Satisfaction of the conditions set out in clause 3.1 in whole or in part may be waived only
by the Agents and the Hedge Providers by written notice to the Borrower.
3.3
Waiver of the conditions set out in clause 3.1 pursuant to clause 3.2 shall not prejudice the
right of the Agents and the Hedge Providers to require subsequent fulfilment of such
conditions if, and to the extent that, they are then reasonably capable of such fulfilment;
provided that the requirement for and the terms of such subsequent fulfilment is or are
specified in writing by the Agents and the Hedge Providers when the waiver is made
pursuant to clause 3.2.
3.4
If the Effective Date has not occurred before 31 July 2016 (or such later date as may be
agreed in writing between the Agents (acting on behalf of the USD Finance Parties and the
ZAR Finance Parties, as the case may be), the Hedge Providers and the Borrower) this
Agreement and all other Amendment and Restatement Documents shall immediately be
cancelled and the amendment and restatement contemplated in clause 4 (Amendment and
restatement) below shall be of no force or effect.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
4
Amendment and restatement
4.1
The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, with effect from the Effective Date:
(1)
the Original USD Facility Agreement is amended and restated in the form set out in
Annexure A hereto ( Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement ) so that it
shall be read and construed for all purposes in accordance with the Amended and
Restated USD Facility Agreement; and
(2)
the Original Intercreditor Agreement is amended and restated in the form set out in
Annexure B hereto ( Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement ) so that it
shall be read and construed for all purposes in accordance with the Amended and
Restated Intercreditor Agreement.
4.2
Each of the Original USD Facility Agreement and the Original Intercreditor Agreement
(including any rights accrued or obligations incurred thereunder) remains of force and
effect and is not novated, but is being amended and restated pursuant to this Agreement,
and is constituted by the Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement and the
Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, respectively.
5
Acknowledgement regarding Transaction Security
With effect from the Effective Date, any references in any of the Finance Documents to
USD Finance Documents , ZAR Finance Documents or Finance Documents , as the
case may be, and to USD Finance Parties , ZAR Finance Parties or Finance Parties , as
the case may be, shall be construed as a reference to Finance Documents or Finance
Parties
, as applicable, as defined in the Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement,
the Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement and the Amended and
Restated Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be, it always having been and
remaining the intention of the Parties that the Transaction Security would be given for the
obligations of the relevant Obligors to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents
as such terms are defined from time to time and in relation to the Finance Documents as
they may exist from time to time, including underlying documents which are designated as
Finance Documents.
6
Governing law
The entire provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of South Africa.
7
Jurisdiction
The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction
of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor
to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement.
8
Severability
Each provision in this Agreement is severable from all others, notwithstanding the manner
in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any
judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be
defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences,
paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and
without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their
intention to continue to be bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any provision may
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned
shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force.
9
General
9.1
This Agreement as read together with the Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement
and the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, respectively, to the extent
required, constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the
subject matter of this Agreement.
9.2
No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise
or the like, not recorded herein.
9.3
No addition to, variation or consensual cancellation of this Agreement and no extension of
time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement
shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of all the Parties.
10
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
Schedule 1
Part 1: Original Guarantors
Name of Original Guarantor
Registration number (or equivalent, if
any)
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
1997/015869/06
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited (formerly known
as ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company
Proprietary Limited)
2001/029602/07
Randfontein Estates Limited
1889/000251/06
Avgold Limited
1990/007025/06
Harmony Copper Limited (formerly known as Harmony
International Holdings Proprietary Limited)
2014/121930/06
Aurora Gold (Wafi) Pty. Ltd.
Australian Business Number 29 100 237
741
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited
Australian Business Number 23 083 828
853
Aurora Gold Limited
Australian Business Number 82 006 568
850
Abelle Limited
Australian Business Number 69 087 480
902
Part 2: Additional Guarantors
Name of Additional Guarantor
Registration number (or equivalent, if
any)
Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited
1-12047
Morobe Exploration Limited
1-63559
Wafi Mining Limited
1-11452
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
Part 3: Finance Parties
Name of Original USD Lender
Registration number (or equivalent, if
any)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and
Investment Banking division)
1986/004794/06
Nedbank Limited (acting through its London branch)
1951/000009/06
HSBC Bank Plc - Johannesburg Branch (registered as an
external company in South Africa)
2003/004613/10
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch
124491
Name of Original USD Hedge Providers
Registration number (or equivalent, if
any)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and
Investment Banking division)
1951/000009/06
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and
Investment Banking division)
1986/004794/06
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
Schedule 2
Conditions Precedent
1
Constitutional documents and corporate authorisations
1.1
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.
1.2
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor:
(1)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Amendment and
Restatement Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the
Amendment and Restatement Documents to which it is a party;
(2)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Amendment and
Restatement Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;
(3)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all
documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in
connection with the Amendment and Restatement Documents to which it is a party;
and
(4)
as may be required to comply with section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act, 2008
( Companies Act ) or any provision of any applicable company legislation and
regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea.
1.3
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in
clause 1.2(2) above.
1.4
To the extent required with reference to the constitutional documents of an Obligor or by
law (including under section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act), a copy of a resolution duly
passed by the holders of the issued shares of that Obligor, approving the terms of, and the
transactions contemplated by, the Amendment and Restatement Documents to which that
Obligor is a party.
1.5
A certificate from each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that entering into of the
Hedge Documents by the Borrower would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or
similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.
1.6
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy
document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and
effect as at a date no earlier than the Effective Date.
2
Amendment and Restatement Documents
The Agents shall have received duly executed originals of:
2.1
this Agreement; and
2.2
to the extent applicable, each other Amendment and Restatement Document.
3
Legal opinions
3.1
A legal opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc, legal advisers to the Finance
Parties in South Africa, in a form acceptable to the Finance Parties.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
3.2
A legal opinion of Norton Rose Fulbright Australia, legal advisers to the Finance Parties in
Australia, in a form acceptable to the Finance Parties.
3.3
A legal opinion of Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr Inc, legal advisers to the Obligors in South Africa,
in a form acceptable to the Finance Parties.
3.4
A legal opinion of Ashurst Australia, legal advisers to the Obligors in Australia, in a form
acceptable to the Finance Parties.
3.5
A legal opinion of Ashurst PNG, legal advisers to the Obligors in Papua New Guinea, in a
form acceptable to the Finance Parties.
4
Other documents and evidence
4.1
A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the
Agents consider to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and
performance of the transactions contemplated by any Amendment and Restatement
Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Amendment and Restatement
Document, including but not limited to:
(1)
any approvals required from the Financial Surveillance Department of the South
African Reserve Bank;
(2)
any approvals required from the Bank of Papua New Guinea,
or confirmation from the Obligors’ legal advisers that no such authorisations or other
documents, opinions or assurances are required for the validity and enforceability of any
Amendment and Restatement Document.
5
Representations
The representations and warranties given by the Obligors in clause 19 (Representations) of
the Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement and clause 20 (Representations) of
the Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement shall be correct in all material
respects as at the Effective Date and the Finance Parties shall have received a certificate
of an Authorised Signatory of each Obligor, addressed to the Finance Parties, to such
effect.
6
No default
The Finance Parties shall have received a certificate of an Authorised Signatory of each
Obligor, addressed to the Finance Parties, to the affect that no Event of Default has
occurred which is continuing.
7
No material adverse change
The Finance Parties are satisfied that no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.
8
KYC
Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by either Facility
Agent (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) in order for such Facility Agent and
each other Finance Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary
know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and
regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 ) pursuant to the
transactions contemplated in the Amendment and Restatement Documents.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
Signature pages
Borrower
Signed at Randfontein on the 30th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
Original Guarantors
Signed at Randfontein on the 30th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited (formerly known as Armgold/Harmony Freegold
Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited)
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
10
Signed at Randfontein on the 30th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Randfontein Estates Limited
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
Signed at Randfontein on the 30th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Avgold Limited
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
11
Signed at Randfontein on the 30th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
Signed at Randfontein on the 30th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Harmony Copper Limited (formerly known as Harmony International Holdings Proprietary
Limited)
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
Signed by Aurora Gold (Wafi) Pty. Ltd.
ABN 29 100 237 741 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
12
Signed by Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited
ABN 23 03 828 853 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Aurora Gold Limited
ABN 82 006 568 850 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Abelle Limited
ABN 69 087 480 902 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
13
Additional Guarantors
Signed by Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited
Company Number 1-12047
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Morobe Exploration Limited
Company Number 1-63559
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Wafi Mining Limited
Company Number 1-11452
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
14
USD Facility Coordinators
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ S.S. Webber
____________________________
Name: S.S. Webber
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
/s/ D Murphy
____________________________
Name: D Murphy
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ G.L. Webber
____________________________
Name: G.L. Webber
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
/s/ N.J. Singh
____________________________
Name: N.J. Singh
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
15
USD Lenders
Signed at London on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its London branch)
/s/ K Ryder
____________________________
Name: Kevin Ryder
Capacity: UK country head
Who warrants authority
/s/ D McDonnell
____________________________
Name: Darren McDonnell
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ D Murphy
____________________________
Name: D Murphy
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
/s/ P Naidoo
____________________________
Name: P Naidoo
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
16
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
HSBC Bank Plc - Johannesburg Branch
(registered as an external company in South Africa)
/s/ D Radbourne
____________________________
Name: Dean Radbourne
Capacity: Head of Credit
Who warrants authority
/s/ S Arevian
____________________________
Name: Sevag Arevian
Capacity: SP Banking
Who warrants authority
Signed at London on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch
/s/ R Castro
____________________________
Name: Regis Castro
Capacity: Vice President
Who warrants authority
____________________________
Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
17
Signed at Nashville, TN, USA on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation
/s/ K Johnson
____________________________
Name: Karen Johnson
Capacity: Credit & Operations Manager
Who warrants authority
____________________________
Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
18
Original USD Hedge Providers
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ G.L. Webber
____________________________
Name: G.L Webber
Capacity: Authorised signatory
Who warrants authority
/s/ N.J. Singh
____________________________
Name: N.J. Singh
Capacity: Authorised signatory
Who warrants authority
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ D Murphy
____________________________
Name: D Murphy
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
/s/ P Naidoo
____________________________
Name: P Naidoo
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
19
Signed at London on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
/s/ R Castro
____________________________
Name: Regis Castro
Capacity: Vice President
Who warrants authority
____________________________
Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
20
Annexure A
Amended and Restated USD Facility Agreement
BACKGROUND IMAGE
21
Annexure B
Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Execution Version
Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Our ref: NED3855
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement
between
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
The Original Guarantors listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto
The Additional Guarantors listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 hereto
and
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
© Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Contents
1
Definitions and interpretation..................................................................................................
2
2
Introduction .............................................................................................................................
4
3
Amendment and restatement .................................................................................................
4
4
Acknowledgement regarding Transaction Security................................................................
4
5
Governing law.........................................................................................................................
4
6
Jurisdiction..............................................................................................................................
5
7
Severability .............................................................................................................................
5
8
General ...................................................................................................................................
5
9
Counterparts ...........................................................................................................................
5
Schedule 1 Part 1: Original Guarantors .............................................................................................
5
Part 2: Additional Guarantors .............................................................................................................
5
Signature pages ..................................................................................................................................
6
Annexure A Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement ............................................
13
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement
Parties
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Borrower)
The Original Guarantors listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 hereto (as Original
Guarantors)
The Additional Guarantors listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 hereto (as Additional
Guarantors)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) as arranger and lender under the Original ZAR Facility Agreement
(the Original ZAR Lender)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) as hedge provider under the Original ZAR Facility Agreement (the
Original Hedge Provider)
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) (as Facility Agent)
It is agreed
1
Definitions and interpretation
1.1
Definitions
(1)
In this Agreement, unless the context dictates otherwise, the words and
expressions set forth below shall bear the following meanings and cognate
expressions shall bear corresponding meanings:
(a)
Agreement means this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement
and its Schedules and Annexure;
(b)
Borrower means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration
number 1950/038232/06), a public company duly incorporated in
accordance with the company laws of South Africa;
(c)
Effective Date means the Effective Date as defined in the USD Facility
Amendment and Restatement Agreement;
(d)
Facility Agent means the Facility Agent as defined in the Original ZAR
Facility Agreement;
(e)
Finance Documents means the Finance Documents as defined in the
Original ZAR Facility Agreement;
(f)
Nedbank means Nedbank Limited (registration number 1951/000009/06),
a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of South
Africa;
(g)
Obligors means the Borrower, each Original Guarantor and each
Additional Guarantor and Obligor means any of them as the context
requires;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
(h)
Original ZAR Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled
ZAR1 300 000 000 revolving credit facility agreement entered into on or
about 20 December 2013 between, amongst others, the Borrower, the
Original Guarantors, the Original ZAR Lender and the ZAR Facility Agent,
as amended and restated on or about 5 February 2015;
(i)
Party means a party to this Agreement and Parties means, as the context
requires, all of them;
(j)
Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement has the
meaning given to it in clause 3.1 (Amendment and restatement) below;
(k)
Signature Date means the date of the signature of the Party last signing
this Agreement in time; and
(l)
USD Facility Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the
written agreement entitled Amendment and Restatement Agreement
entered into between, amongst others, the Obligors, Nedbank, the
Financial Institutions listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 as mandated lead
arrangers and lenders, Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation as lender
and the Financial Institutions listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 as hedge
providers.
1.2
Construction
(1)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this agreement to:
(a)
any Party or any other person shall be construed to include its successors
in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the
Facility Agent, any person for the time being appointed as ZAR Facility
Agent in accordance with the Finance Documents;
(b)
a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference
to the Finance Document (as applicable) or other agreement or instrument
as in force for the time being and as from time to time amended, restated,
supplemented or novated (however fundamentally including by any
increase in amounts owing or available to be utilised under such document
or any change to the parties thereto);
(c)
a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government,
state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture,
consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal
personality);
(d)
a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or
guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental,
intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or
regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
(e)
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-
enacted;
(f)
a time of the day is a reference to Johannesburg time;
(g)
including means including without limitation; and
(h)
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa.
(2)
Clause, Schedule and Annexure headings are for ease of reference only.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
1.3
Third party rights
(1)
Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement
constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to this
Agreement.
(2)
Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not
a party to this Agreement is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any
time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may
be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a
stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.
2
Introduction
2.1
The relevant Parties entered into the Original ZAR Facility Agreement.
2.2
Whereas the Borrower proposes to enter into certain hedging arrangements with the
Original Hedge Provider in accordance with the Hedging Documents.
2.3
Pursuant to the transactions contemplated in clause 2.2 above, the Parties have agreed to
amend and restate Original ZAR Facility Agreement on the terms and conditions set out in
this Agreement.
3
Amendment and restatement
3.1
The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that, with effect from the Effective Date, the
Original ZAR Facility Agreement is amended and restated in the form set out in
Annexure A hereto ( Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement ) so that it
shall be read and construed for all purposes in accordance with the Second Amended and
Restated ZAR Facility Agreement.
3.2
The Original ZAR Facility Agreement (including any rights accrued or obligations incurred
thereunder) remains of force and effect and is not novated, but is being amended and
restated pursuant to this Agreement, and is constituted by the Second Amended and
Restated ZAR Facility Agreement.
4
Acknowledgement regarding Transaction Security
With effect from the Effective Date, any references in any of the Finance Documents to
Finance Documents and to Finance Parties , as the case may be, shall be construed as a
reference to Finance Documents or Finance Parties , as applicable, as defined in the
Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement, it always having been and
remaining the intention of the Parties that the Transaction Security would be given for the
obligations of the relevant Obligors to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents
as such terms are defined from time to time and in relation to the Finance Documents as
they may exist from time to time, including underlying documents which are designated as
Finance Documents.
5
Governing law
The entire provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of South Africa.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
6
Jurisdiction
The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction
of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor
to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement.
7
Severability
Each provision in this Agreement is severable from all others, notwithstanding the manner
in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any
judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be
defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences,
paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and
without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their
intention to continue to be bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any provision may
be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned
shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force.
8
General
8.1
This Agreement as read together with the Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility
Agreement to the extent required, constitutes the sole record of the agreement between
the Parties in regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.
8.2
No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise
or the like, not recorded herein.
8.3
No addition to, variation or consensual cancellation of this Agreement and no extension of
time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement
shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of all the Parties.
9
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
Schedule 1
Part 1: Original Guarantors
Name of Original Guarantor
Registration number (or equivalent, if
any)
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
1997/015869/06
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited (formerly known
as ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company
Proprietary Limited)
2001/029602/07
Randfontein Estates Limited
1889/000251/06
Avgold Limited
1990/007025/06
Harmony Copper Limited (formerly known as Harmony
International Holdings Proprietary Limited)
2014/121930/06
Aurora Gold (Wafi) Pty. Ltd.
Australian Business Number 29 100 237
741
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited
Australian Business Number 23 083 828
853
Aurora Gold Limited
Australian Business Number 82 006 568
850
Abelle Limited
Australian Business Number 69 087 480
902
Part 2: Additional Guarantors
Name of Additional Guarantor
Registration number (or equivalent, if
any)
Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited
1-12047
Morobe Exploration Limited
1-63559
Wafi Mining Limited
1-11452
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
Signature pages
Borrower
Signed at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
/s/ PW Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ F Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
Original Guarantors
Signed at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited (formerly known as Armgold/Harmony Freegold
Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited)
/s/ PW Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ F Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
Signed at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Randfontein Estates Limited
/s/ PW Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ F Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
Signed at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Avgold Limited
/s/ PW Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ F Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
Signed at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
/s/ PW Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ F Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
Signed at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Harmony Copper Limited (formerly known as Harmony International Holdings Proprietary
Limited)
/s/ PW Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants authority
/s/ F Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants authority
Signed by Aurora Gold (Wafi) Pty. Ltd.
ABN 29 100 237 741 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
Signed by Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited
ABN 23 03 828 853 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Aurora Gold Limited
ABN 82 006 568 850 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Abelle Limited
ABN 69 087 480 902 in accordance with
section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
10
Additional Guarantors
Signed by Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited
Company Number 1-12047
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Morobe Exploration Limited
Company Number 1-63559
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
Signed by Wafi Mining Limited
Company Number 1-11452
at Randfontein on the 30 th day of June 2016.
/s/ PW Steenkamp
/s/ F Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Director/company secretary
Director
Peter William Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
___________________________
___________________________
Name of director/company secretary
Name of director
(BLOCK LETTERS)
(BLOCK LETTERS)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
11
Original Lender
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ GL Webber
____________________________
Name: GL Webber
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
/s/ NJ Singh
____________________________
Name: NJ Singh
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
Original Hedge Provider
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ GL Webber
____________________________
Name: GL Webber
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
/s/ NJ Singh
____________________________
Name: NJ Singh
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
12
Facility Agent
Signed at Sandton on the 30 th day of June 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
/s/ GL Webber
____________________________
Name: GL Webber
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
/s/ NJ Singh
____________________________
Name: NJ Singh
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
13
Annexure A
Second Amended and Restated ZAR Facility Agreement
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Execution Version



LOAN AGREEMENT

between
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
and
THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE ARM BROAD-BASED ECONOMIC
EMPOWERMENT TRUST
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
i
-
CONTENTS
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION ............................................................................................
1
2.
THE FACILITY .....................................................................................................................................
10
3.
PURPOSE ...........................................................................................................................................
10
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT ..............................................................................................................
10
5.
ADVANCE AND CONDITIONS TO ADVANCE ................................................................................
10
6.
INTEREST ............................................................................................................................................
11
7.
DEFAULT INTEREST ..........................................................................................................................
11
8.
REPAYMENT .......................................................................................................................................
12
9.
VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS .........................................................................................................
12
10.
PAYMENT WATERFALL ...................................................................................................................
12
11.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLYING TO PAYMENTS ...................................................................
13
12.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .....................................................................................
14
13.
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS ....................................................................................................
16
14.
POSITIVE UNDERTAKINGS BY THE BORROWER .......................................................................
16
15.
NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS BY THE BORROWER ......................................................................
17
16.
EVENT OF DEFAULT...........................................................................................................................
19
17.
TAXES .................................................................................................................................................
22
18.
ILLEGALITY .........................................................................................................................................
23
19.
INDEMNITIES ......................................................................................................................................
24
20.
COSTS .................................................................................................................................................
24
21.
ACCOUNTS AND CERTIFICATES ....................................................................................................
25
22.
GENERAL CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................................
25
23.
COUNTERPARTS ...............................................................................................................................
27
24.
NOTICES ..............................................................................................................................................
27
25.
GOVERNING LAW ..............................................................................................................................
28
26.
JURISDICTION ....................................................................................................................................
29
SCHEDULE 1: CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.........................................................................................................
SCHEDULE 2: DRAW DOWN NOTICE ...............................................................................................................
SCHEDULE 3: DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE ..........................................................................................................
31
32
33
BACKGROUND IMAGE



-
1 -
PARTIES :
This Agreement is made between:
(1)
THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE ARM BROAD-BASED ECONOMIC
EMPOWERMENT TRUST
, a trust established in accordance with the laws of the Republic of
South Africa with Master’s Reference IT4713/06 (the Borrower ); and
(2)
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED , a public company duly incorporated in
accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa under registration number
1950/038232/06) (the Lender ).
WHEREAS
A.The Lender has agreed to make the Facility available to the Borrower on the terms and subject
to the conditions set out in this Agreement.
B. The Lender and the Borrower accordingly enter into this Agreement to record the terms upon
which and the conditions subject to which the Facility is to be made available to the
Borrower.
IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1.
In this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following
words and expressions shall bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions
shall bear corresponding meanings:
1.1.1.
Advance means the advance of the Facility Amount by the Lender to the Borrower;
1.1.2.
Advance Date means the date on which the Lender makes (or is to make, as the context
may require) the Advance to the Borrower against the Facility;
1.1.3.
Advance Request means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 2 ;
1.1.4.
Affiliate means, in relation to any company (the First Company ):
1.1.4.1.
any Subsidiary of the First Company;
1.1.4.2.
any Holding Company of the First Company; and
1.1.4.3.
any company which is a Subsidiary of the same Holding Company as the First
Company;
1.1.5.
Agreement means this loan agreement and all schedules hereto;
1.1.6.
Applicable Laws means the common law and any legislative enactment including,
without limitation, any act, statute, ordinance, proclamation, decree, order, regulation
and/or by-law;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
2 -
1.1.7.
ARM means African Rainbow Minerals Limited (registration number 1933/004580/06),
a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of the
Republic of South Africa;
1.1.8.
ARM Loan Agreement means the loan agreement to be entered into between the
Borrower and ARM on substantially the same terms and conditions as, and
contemporaneously with, this Agreement;
1.1.9.
ARM Share means an ordinary share in the share capital of African Rainbow Minerals
Limited;
1.1.10.
Borrower means the trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust, a trust established in accordance with the laws of the Republic of
South Africa with Master’s Reference IT4713/06;
1.1.11.
Borrower Account means the following account of the Borrower:
Account Holder: ARM Broad Based Economic Empowerment Trust
Bank: Nedbank Limited
Branch: Johannesburg
Branch Code: 198765
Account Number: 1454 081 910;
1.1.12.
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory public holiday
in the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.13.
Calendar Month means each month of the Gregorian calendar;
1.1.14.
Collection Account has the meaning given to that term in the Trust Deed;
1.1.15.
Conditions Precedent means the conditions precedent set out in Schedule 1 ;
1.1.16.
Default means:
1.1.16.1.
an Event of Default; or
1.1.16.2.
the occurrence of any event which will become an Event of Default if it has not been
remedied by the time that the applicable grace period has expired or, as the case may
be, by the time that the required notice has been given and has expired;
1.1.17.
Default Interest Rate means a rate which is 2% (two percent) higher than the Interest
Rate;
1.1.18.
Discharge Date means the date on which the Borrower has paid in full all and any
amounts owing to the Lender arising out of or in connection with this Agreement,
including (but not limited to):
1.1.18.1.
the Outstanding Principal;
1.1.18.2.
all interest which accrues under this Agreement;
1.1.18.3.
any costs which become payable by the Borrower by virtue of the provisions of clause
20,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
3 -
provided that on such date the Facility is no longer available to the Borrower;
1.1.19.
Disclosure Schedule means the disclosure schedule contained in Schedule 3 ;
1.1.20.
Dispose means any sale, transfer, cession, assignment, lease, alienation, donation,
renunciation, surrender, waiver, relinquishment, exchange or other disposal of any
nature whatsoever, and Disposal has a corresponding meaning;
1.1.21.
Distribution means any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower by way of income or
capital or other distribution or payments by or on behalf of the Borrower to any of its
beneficiaries, and Distribute shall, as the context requires, be construed accordingly;
1.1.22.
Distributions Account has the meaning given to that term in the Trust Deed;
1.1.23.
Effective Date means a date which is 3 (three) Business Days after the date on which the
Lender gives its notice in terms of clause 4.4;
1.1.24.
Encumbrance means any mortgage bond, notarial bond, pledge, security cession, lien,
charge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit by way of security or any other security
interest or agreement or arrangement having a similar effect (including set-off and title
retention) and Encumber has a corresponding meaning;
1.1.25.
Event of Default means any Event of Default set out in clause 16;
1.1.26.
Facility means the loan facility in an amount equal to the Facility Amount, made
available by the Lender to the Borrower in terms of clause 2;
1.1.27.
Facility Amount means the amount requested by the Borrower in the Advance Request,
which shall be ZAR 200 000 000 (two hundred million Rand);
1.1.28.
Facility Outstandings means, at any time, the Outstanding Principal at such time and all
interest that has accrued at such time and has not yet been paid;
1.1.29.
Finance Documents means:
1.1.29.1.
this Agreement;
1.1.29.2.
any agreement entered into in order to amend or supplement this Agreement or any
other Finance Document; and
1.1.29.3.
any other document designated in writing as a Finance Document by the Lender and
the Borrower from time to time;
1.1.30.
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
1.1.30.1.
moneys borrowed or credit provided;
1.1.30.2.
any acceptance credit facility (including any dematerialised equivalent);
1.1.30.3.
any note purchase facility, bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar
instrument;
1.1.30.4.
any suspensive sale or instalment credit transaction;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
4 -
1.1.30.5.
any agreement treated as a finance or capital lease in accordance with IFRS;
1.1.30.6.
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold
on a non-recourse basis);
1.1.30.7.
any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any
rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then marked to market
value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);
1.1.30.8.
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any Guarantee issued by any third
person;
1.1.30.9.
any redeemable preference share;
1.1.30.10.
any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has
the commercial effect of a borrowing; and/or
1.1.30.11.
any liability in respect of any guarantee, indemnity or suretyship for any of the items
referred to in clauses 1.1.30.1 to 1.1.30.10 above
1.1.31.
Financial Year means each one of the Borrower’s financial years and it is recorded that,
as at the Signature Date, the Borrower’s financial year ends on the last day of February in
each year;
1.1.32.
Government Authority means any government, governmental, administrative, fiscal,
judicial or government owned or controlled body, department, tribunal, commission,
agency or entity;
1.1.33.
Guarantee means any guarantee, suretyship, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or other
form of security for the debts of any third person;
1.1.34.
Harmony Percentage means, at any time, the total amount owing by the Borrower to the
Lender under this Agreement at that time expressed as a percentage of the Total
Subordinated Debt;
1.1.35.
Holding Company means in relation to any company or other corporation, any
company or corporation of which it is a Subsidiary;
1.1.36.
IFRS means International Financial Reporting Standards;
1.1.37.
Insolvency Event means the occurrence of any Event of Default described in clause 16.7
or 16.8;
1.1.38.
Interest Period means:
1.1.38.1.
in respect of the Advance, the period commencing on the Advance Date and ending
on the next Reset Date thereafter, and thereafter each period of 3 (three) Months
commencing on each Reset Date, provided that the final Interest Period shall end on
the Maturity Date; and
1.1.38.2.
in respect of any Unpaid Sum, any period determined in accordance with clause 7;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
5 -
1.1.39.
Interest Rate means, for each Interest Period, JIBAR (on the day that is 2 (two) business
days prior to the first day of that Interest Period) plus 4.25% (four point two five
percent);
1.1.40.
Lender means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;
1.1.41.
Lender Account means the bank account having the following details, or such other
bank account as the Lender may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower:
Bank: Nedbank Limited
Account name: Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Account number: 1454115866
Branch: Corporate Client Services
Branch Code: 145405
Single clearing code: 198765
EFT service single clearing code: 196005
Swift code: NEDSZAJJ;
1.1.42.
JIBAR means, on any day:
1.1.42.1.
as at 11h00 South African time on such day, the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate
(expressed as a nominal, annual, compounded quarterly, interest rate) which is the
mid-market rate for deposits for a period of 3 (three) months in South African Rands
with South African banks for such day, as polled and published by SAFEX (or any
successor) and which appears on the SAFEX Money Market page (code 0# SFXMM)
(or such other page as may replace that page for the purpose of displaying such rate),
or, if this rate is not quoted or the relevant page is not available, the arithmetic mean
(rounded up to 4 (four) decimal places) of the respective rates (as quoted to the
Lender at its request) at which each of the Reference Banks is offering ZAR deposits
for the relevant Interest Period to prime banks in the inter-bank market at or about
11h00 on the relevant day; or
1.1.42.2.
if no quotes can be obtained from any of the Reference Banks, the rate determined by
the Lender acting in a commercially reasonable manner,
JIBAR to be proved, whether it is determined pursuant to clauses 1.1.42.1 or 1.1.42.2
above, prima facie , by a certificate under the hand of any director of the Lender (whose
appointment and authority need not be proved);
1.1.43.
Material Adverse Change means the occurrence of any facts, events, and or
circumstances or combination of facts, events and/or circumstances which has, or is
reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on:
1.1.43.1.
the property and/or condition (whether financial or otherwise) of the Borrower;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
6 -
1.1.43.2.
the ability of the Borrower to comply with or perform any of its obligations under or
arising out of the Finance Documents; or
1.1.43.3.
the validity and/or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any rights or remedies
of the Lender under the Finance Documents;
1.1.44.
Maturity Date means the earlier of (a) 31 December 2022, and (b) the date on which the
“Maturity Date” as defined in the ARM Loan Agreement occurs;
1.1.45.
Month means each period which commences on one day (the First Day ) in one Calendar
Month and which ends on the numerically corresponding day but one in the next
Calendar Month (the Second Calendar Month ) provided that if (1) the First Day is the
first day of a Calendar Month the applicable Month shall end on the last day of that
Calendar Month, and if (2) there is no day in the Second Calendar Month which
corresponds numerically to the First Day, the applicable Month shall end on the last day
of the Second Calendar Month;
1.1.46.
Nedbank means Nedbank Limited (registration number 1951/000009/06) (acting
through its Corporate and Investment Banking division), a registered bank and public
company duly incorporated according to the banking and company laws of the Republic
of South Africa;
1.1.47.
Nedbank Finance Agreements means the “Finance Documents” as defined in the
Nedbank Loan Agreement;
1.1.48.
Nedbank Loan Agreement means the written agreement entitled “ Loan Agreement
dated 11 December 2014 entered into between Nedbank, the Borrower and African
Rainbow Minerals Limited (as guarantor) pursuant to which Nedbank lent and
advanced to the Borrower a principal sum not exceeding R1 800 000 000 (One Billion
Eight Hundred Million Rand), which, prior to the Signature Date, has been amended
and restated and to which Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited was added as a
guarantor in its amended and restated form, and which will be further amended on or
about the Signature Date to ( inter alia ) remove African Rainbow Minerals Limited and
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited as guarantors, and as may be further
amended and restated from time to time;;
1.1.49.
Nedbank Pledge Agreement means the pledge agreement entered into on or about
11 December 2014 amongst the Borrower and Nedbank in terms of which the Borrower
pledged to Nedbank shares that it holds in ARM as security for its obligations under the
Nedbank Loan Agreement;
1.1.50.
Outstanding Principal means, on any day, the aggregate of the Advance made by the
Lender under the Facility and all interest that has been capitalised less the aggregate of
all repayments of such Advance made by the Borrower to the Lender and all payments
of such capitalised interest made by the Borrower to the Lender;
1.1.51.
Parties means the Lender and the Borrower, and “Party” means either one of them, as
the context may require;
1.1.52.
Permitted Disposal means any Disposal by the Borrower:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
7 -
1.1.52.1.
of Trust Assets that is required to be made in terms of the Trust Deed;
1.1.52.2.
of Trust Assets pursuant to the Share Acquisition Agreement;
1.1.52.3.
pursuant to enforcement action under the Nedbank Pledge Agreement; or
1.1.52.4.
of Trust Assets that is consented to in writing by the Lender prior to such Disposal;
1.1.53.
Permitted Encumbrance means:
1.1.53.1.
the Encumbrance created by the Nedbank Pledge Agreement;
1.1.53.2.
any retention of title arrangements concluded by the Borrower in the normal and
ordinary course of its business;
1.1.53.3.
any Encumbrances which arise as a result of the operation of law in the ordinary
course of the Borrower’s normal affairs;
1.1.53.4.
any Encumbrance (if any) as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule where the principal
amount of Financial Indebtedness secured thereby shall not have increased since the
date of this Agreement;
1.1.53.5.
any Encumbrances occurring by way of set-off rights arising in the Borrower’s
banking arrangements in the ordinary course; or
1.1.53.6.
any other Encumbrance to which the Lender has consented in writing;
1.1.54.
Permitted Indebtedness means:
1.1.54.1.
Financial Indebtedness under this Agreement;
1.1.54.2.
Financial Indebtedness under the Nedbank Loan Agreement and the “Finance
Documents” as defined in the Nedbank Loan Agreement;
1.1.54.3.
Financial Indebtedness under the ARM Loan Agreement;
1.1.54.4.
the indebtedness (if any) as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, the principal
amount of which shall not have increased since the date of this Agreement;
1.1.54.5.
credit provided by suppliers of goods or services in the ordinary course of the
Borrower’s affairs on the usual terms and conditions of such supplier or otherwise on
arms’ length terms; or
1.1.54.6.
any other indebtedness to which the Lender has consented in writing;
1.1.55.
Reference Banks means in relation to JIBAR, the principal Johannesburg offices of
Nedbank, The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited and Absa
Bank Limited or such other banks of similar stature as may be selected by the Lender;
1.1.56.
Reset Date means each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December occurring
after the Advance Date;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
8 -
1.1.57.
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the written agreement entitled
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement ” which will be entered into
contemporaneously with this Agreement between the Borrower, African Rainbow
Minerals Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Nedbank and in terms
of which the Nedbank Loan Agreement is amended and restated;
1.1.58.
Share Acquisition Agreement means the written agreement entitled “ Share Acquisition
Agreement
” which will be entered into contemporaneously with this Agreement between
the Borrower, Opilac Proprietary Limited and African Rainbow Minerals Limited,
pursuant to which the Borrower will sell to Opilac Proprietary Limited 12 717 328 shares
in the issued share capital of African Rainbow Minerals Limited ;
1.1.59.
Signature Date means the date on which this Agreement is signed by the Party signing
last in time;
1.1.60.
Subordination Agreement means the Subordination Agreement entered into or to be
entered into amongst the Borrower, African Rainbow Minerals Limited, Harmony Gold
Mining Company Limited and Nedbank on or about the Signature Date;
1.1.61.
Subsidiary means, in relation to a person, an entity directly or indirectly controlled by
that person, for which purpose “control” means either ownership of more than 50 per
cent of the voting share capital (or equivalent right of ownership) of the entity, or power
to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;
1.1.62.
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature,
levied in accordance with any Applicable Law and includes any additional tax, penalties
and/or interest thereon;
1.1.63.
Total Subordinated Debt means, at any time, the total amount owing by the Borrower to
the Lender and to ARM under this Agreement and under the ARM Loan Agreement
(respectively) at that time;
1.1.64.
Trust Assets has the meaning given to that term in the Trust Deed;
1.1.65.
Trust Deed means the Fifth Amended and Restated Trust Deed of the Borrower, entered
into on or about the Signature Date, as amended further from time to time;
1.1.66.
Trust Expenditure means all costs, expenses and fees incurred by the Borrower in giving
effect to the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents (as defined in the
Trust Deed) plus (i) value–added tax, where applicable, and (ii) any additional taxes not
contemplated in clause 10.1.2.1 below in a total amount not exceeding R75 000 per
financial year of the Borrower;
1.1.67.
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under this
Agreement;
1.1.68.
VAT means value added tax payable in terms of the South African Value Added Tax
Act, 1991, as amended, or any similar Tax which becomes payable in any foreign
jurisdiction;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
9 -
1.1.69.
Warranty Date means the Signature Date, the Effective Date, the Advance Date and each
day thereafter until (and including) the Discharge Date; and
1.1.70.
ZAR means South African Rands, the lawful currency of the Republic of South Africa.
1.2.
In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention:
1.2.1.
any reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;
1.2.2.
any reference to natural persons includes legal persons and vice versa ;
1.2.3.
any reference to gender includes the other genders.
1.3.
The clause headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall
not be taken into account in its interpretation.
1.4.
Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, for the purpose of that clause, bear the
meaning assigned to such words and expressions in that clause.
1.5.
If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing
obligations on either Party, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive clause in the
body of the Agreement, notwithstanding that it is only contained in the interpretation
clause.
1.6.
If any period is referred to in this Agreement by way of reference to a number of days, the
days shall be reckoned inclusively of the first and exclusively of the last day unless the last
day falls on a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the day shall be the next
succeeding Business Day.
1.7.
Any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of signature hereof and as
amended or re-enacted from time to time.
1.8.
Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, if there is any conflict between the
two, the words shall prevail.
1.9.
Schedules, appendices or annexures to this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated
in and form part of this Agreement.
1.10.
A reference to a person includes such person’s permitted successors, assignees, transferees
or substitutes.
1.11.
Any reference to a document is a reference to that document as amended, novated, ceded or
supplemented.
1.12.
Expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings in schedules,
appendices or annexures to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their own
contrary definitions.
1.13.
The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of
this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or
termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or
termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
10 -
2.
THE FACILITY
2.1.
Subject to clauses 4 and 5.3, the Lender makes available to the Borrower, a loan facility in an
amount equal to the Facility Amount.
2.2.
The Lender shall, pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, at all times subordinate its
claims against the Borrower under this Agreement to those of Nedbank under the Nedbank
Finance Agreements.
3.
PURPOSE
3.1.
The Borrower shall only use the amount advanced under the Facility for the repayment in
part of the indebtedness under the Nedbank Loan Agreement, and for no other purpose.
3.2.
Failure by the Borrower to use the amount advanced under the Facility for the purposes set
out in clause 3.1 shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement.
3.3.
The Lender shall not be under any obligation to monitor or verify that the Borrower has
used the amount advanced under the Facility for the purpose set out in clause 3.1.
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.1.
The Borrower shall not be entitled to deliver the Advance Request unless the Conditions
Precedent have been waived by the Lender or fulfilled.
4.2.
The Conditions Precedent are stipulated for the benefit of the Lender, who may by written
notice to the Borrower, waive the fulfilment of any of the Conditions Precedent.
4.3.
The Borrower shall use its reasonable commercial endeavours to procure the fulfilment of
the Conditions Precedent which it is required to deliver.
4.4.
The Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing when it is satisfied that the Conditions
Precedent have been fulfilled.
4.5.
If, by no later than 1 June 2016 or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, any of
the Conditions Precedent are not fulfilled or waived, then this Agreement shall, on that
date, terminate and cease to be of any force and effect, and:
4.5.1.
save for claims arising out of or in connection with the provisions of this Agreement
prior to such termination, neither Party shall have any claim against the other arising out
of or in connection with this Agreement or its termination; and
4.5.2.
to the extent that this Agreement may have been partially implemented, the Parties shall
be restored to their status quo ante.
5.
ADVANCE AND CONDITIONS TO ADVANCE
5.1.
Subject to clauses 4 and 5.3, the Borrower shall be entitled to request the Advance against
the Facility by delivering to the Lender the Advance Request, no less than 3 (three) Business
Days prior to the Advance Date on which it requires the Advance.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
11 -
5.2.
Subject to clauses 4 and 5.3, the Lender shall make the Advance to the Borrower by paying
the amount thereof directly into the Borrower Account by electronic transfer on the
Advance Date.
5.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Borrower shall not be
entitled to the Advance:
5.3.1.
if the Lender has not received a fully and properly completed and executed Advance
Request in accordance with clause 5.1;
5.3.2.
the date on which the Advance is to be made is not a Business Day:
5.3.3.
if any Event of Default (other than an Insolvency Event) shall have occurred or would
result from the making of the Advance;
5.3.4.
if any Insolvency Event shall have occurred; or
5.3.5.
if the making of any the Advance would be unlawful under any Applicable Law as
contemplated in clause 18, or the Borrower’s obligation to make repayment of the
Advance and/or payment of interest under this Agreement is or would not be legal,
valid, binding or enforceable as contemplated in clause 18.
5.4.
The Advance to be made by the Lender in terms of this Agreement shall have deducted
therefrom the relevant bank charges which shall be for the account of the Borrower.
6.
INTEREST
6.1.
For each Interest Period referred to in clause 1.1.38.1, the Outstanding Principal shall accrue
interest at the Interest Rate.
6.2.
During the period commencing on the Advance Date and ending on the Maturity Date,
interest shall accrue on the Outstanding Principal.
6.3.
On each Reset Date, all interest that has accrued and remains unpaid and has not yet been
capitalised, shall be capitalised.
6.4.
The Borrower shall, on the Maturity Date, pay all of the interest (whether capitalised or not)
which has accrued on the Outstanding Principal and remains unpaid at that date.
7.
DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1.
If the Borrower fails to pay any amount corresponding to Outstanding Principal on the due
date therefor, interest shall accrue on such Unpaid Sum from such due date up to the date
of actual repayment in full of the Outstanding Principal (both before and after judgment) at
the Default Interest Rate for such Interest Periods as the Lender may choose.
7.2.
If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due
date (other than an amount included in the Outstanding Principal and in respect of which
interest is accruing in terms of clause 7.1), interest shall accrue on such Unpaid Sum from
the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at the
Default Interest Rate for such Interest Periods as the Lender may choose.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
12 -
7.3.
Default interest arising on an Unpaid Sum in terms of clauses 7.1 or 7.2 will (if unpaid) be
compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period, but will remain
immediately due and payable.
8.
REPAYMENT
The Outstanding Principal shall be repaid in full by the Borrower on the Maturity Date.
9.
VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS
9.1.
The Borrower shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of the Subordination Agreement
and subject to clause 9.3 and the provisions of the Trust Deed, to prepay the whole or any
part of the Outstanding Principal.
9.2.
If the Borrower wishes to make such a prepayment:
9.2.1.
the Borrower shall give written notice (a Prepayment Notice ) to the Lender not less than
14 (fourteen) days prior to the date of such prepayment;
9.2.2.
the Borrower shall, in its Prepayment Notice, set out (1) the amount (the Prepayment
Amount
) which it wishes to prepay on account of the Outstanding Principal and (2) a
date (the Prepayment Date ) on which it wishes to make that prepayment; and
9.2.3.
a Prepayment Notice, once given, shall be irrevocable and on the stipulated Prepayment
Date the Borrower shall pay the Prepayment Amount to the Lender.
9.3.
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 9.1, the Borrower shall not prepay the
Outstanding Principal or a portion thereof, without paying to the Lender, on the applicable
Prepayment Date, all interest which has accrued on the Outstanding Principal and which
has not yet been paid by the Borrower.
9.4.
The Borrower shall not prepay all or any part of the Outstanding Principal except at the
times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
9.5.
The making of a prepayment pursuant to this clause 9 shall not relieve the Borrower from
its obligations to make all and any payments that it is obliged to make pursuant to any other
provision of this Agreement.
9.6.
If any amount owing pursuant to the ARM Loan Agreement is voluntarily prepaid, the
Borrower shall simultaneously prepay to the Lender under this Agreement an amount so
that the amount so paid under this Agreement is equal to the Harmony Percentage of the
total amount paid under both this Agreement and the ARM Loan Agreement.
10.
PAYMENT WATERFALL
10.1.
Subject at all times to the provisions of the Trust Deed:
10.1.1.
at all times prior to the date on which all amounts owing to Nedbank under the
Nedbank Finance Agreements are discharged in full, the Borrower shall apply all
amounts standing to the credit of the Collection Account in accordance with clause 10.1
of the Nedbank Loan Agreement; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
13 -
10.1.2.
at all times after the date on which all amounts owing to Nedbank under the Nedbank
Finance Agreements are discharged in full, the Borrower shall not, without the prior
written consent of the Lender, transfer any amount from the Collection Account (as
defined in the Trust Deed) other than for the following purposes and in the following
order of priority:
10.1.2.1.
first, to pay or make provision for any taxes that are then due and payable or will, or
are likely to, become due and payable before the end of the then current financial year
of the Borrower;
10.1.2.2.
second, to pay Trust Expenditure; and
10.1.2.3.
third, any balance standing to the credit of the Collection Account shall be transferred
to the Distributions Account to be retained by the Borrower and applied at the
discretion of the Borrower in accordance with its objectives under the Trust Deed.
11.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLYING TO PAYMENTS
11.1.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender all amounts
outstanding under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the remaining
Outstanding Principal, and all interest that has accrued but not yet been paid) by no later
than the Maturity Date.
11.2.
The Borrower shall make payment of all amounts which may become payable by it to the
Lender pursuant to this Agreement (whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise)
by electronic transfer, free of exchange or other deduction, directly into the Lender Account
by 15h00 on the due date for payment, or shall be made in such other manner as the Lender
may direct in writing. Payment as aforesaid shall fully and finally discharge the Borrower’s
obligations to pay the applicable amounts to the Lender.
11.3.
If the date for payment of any amount which becomes payable pursuant to this Agreement
(whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) is not a Business Day, the due date
for payment shall be the next Business Day except if such next Business Day falls into the
next Calendar Month in which case the due date for payment shall be the previous Business
Day.
11.4.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that for as long as any Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, but subject at all times to the provisions of the Trust Deed, the
Lender shall have the right to appropriate and allocate any monies received from the
Borrower to any indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower to the Lender as the Lender
may deem fit in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Borrower hereby waives the right to
name the debt to which any such monies may or shall in such event be allocated or
appropriated.
11.5.
The Borrower shall have no right to:
11.5.1.
defer, withhold or adjust any payment due to the Lender arising out of this Agreement;
11.5.2.
obtain the deferment of any judgment for any such payment or part thereof; or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
14 -
11.5.3.
obtain deferment of any execution of any judgment,
by reason of any set off or counterclaim of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising.
11.6.
No amount prepaid or repaid by the Borrower to the Lender shall be available to be
redrawn by the Borrower.
11.7.
The Lender shall not, at any time prior to the date on which all amounts owing to Nedbank
under the Nedbank Finance Agreements are discharged in full, be entitled to set off any
amount owing by it to the Borrower against any indebtedness of the Borrower to it under or
arising out of this Agreement.
12.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
12.1.
In addition to any representations and warranties made or given elsewhere in the Finance
Documents by the Borrower to the Lender, the Borrower hereby makes and gives the
representations and warranties contained in this clause 12 to the Lender. Each such
representation and warranty:
12.1.1.
is a separate and distinct representation or warranty;
12.1.2.
is material;
12.1.3.
has induced the Lender to enter into this Agreement;
12.1.4.
is made or given, save where otherwise indicated, as at each Warranty Date; and
12.1.5.
is qualified by (and subject to) the disclosures contained in the Disclosure Schedule.
12.2.
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:
12.2.1.
Status
12.2.1.1.
The Borrower is a trust, duly established and existing under the laws of the Republic
of South Africa.
12.2.1.2.
The Borrower has the power to own its assets and carry on its affairs as they are being
carried on.
12.2.2.
Capacity, powers and authority
The Borrower has the legal capacity, authority and power to enter into the Finance
Documents and to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.
12.2.3.
Legal validity
The obligations of the Borrower, as contained in the Finance Documents are valid and
binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable restrictions
on the application of equitable remedies and to the limitations imposed by laws relating
to bankruptcy and insolvency and other mandatory provisions of law relating to the
rights of creditors.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
15 -
12.2.4.
Non-conflict with other obligations
The entry into by the Borrower of, and the performance of its obligations and the
exercising of its rights under, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents do not:
12.2.4.1.
conflict with or violate the Trust Deed;
12.2.4.2.
exceed any borrowing limit of the Borrower or cause any such limit to be exceeded;
12.2.4.3.
conflict with or violate any Applicable Laws to which the Borrower is subject;
12.2.4.4.
result in any asset of the Borrower being Encumbered without the knowledge and
consent of the Lender; or
12.2.4.5.
conflict with or violate or constitute a breach or default or termination event
(howsoever described) of any agreement, deed, document, instrument or the like
which is binding upon the Borrower.
12.2.5.
Authorisations
12.2.5.1.
All authorisations required by the Borrower in connection with the entry into,
performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full
force and effect.
12.2.5.2.
All authorisations required by the Borrower to carry on its affairs in the ordinary
course and in all material respects as they are carried on have been obtained or
effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.
12.2.6.
Encumbrances
No Encumbrance other than a Permitted Encumbrance (including the Encumbrances (if
any) disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule) exists over the whole or any portion of the
assets of the Borrower or any relevant shareholding interest in the Borrower.
12.2.7.
No Default
12.2.7.1.
No Default is continuing or will result from the conclusion of, or the performance of
any transaction contemplated by, either Finance Document.
12.2.7.2.
As at the Signature Date, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief and after
having made all reasonable enquiries, the Borrower is not in breach of or in default
under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on any of its assets, or
under the Trust Deed.
12.2.8.
Insolvency
As at the Signature Date, no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
16 -
12.2.9.
Assets
The Borrower has good and valid legal title to the Trust Assets, and it has good and
marketable title of ownership to or right of use of all of the Trust Assets.
12.2.10.
Priority of Claims
Subject to the provisions of the Subordination Agreement, the claims of the Lender
against the Borrower under this Agreement will rank at least pari passu with the claims of
its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except for those claims which are
preferred solely by reason of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
13.
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
13.1.
Financial statements
The Borrower shall supply to the Lender, as soon as they are available, its audited financial
statements for each Financial Year.
13.2.
Requirements for Financial Statements
The Borrower shall ensure that each set of financial statements supplied under this
Agreement is prepared using IFRS.
13.3.
Information: Miscellaneous
The Borrower shall supply to the Lender, upon its request, copies of all documents
despatched by the Borrower to its creditors generally or any class of them at the same time
as they are despatched.
13.4.
Notification of default
The Borrower shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to
remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, and shall promptly inform the
Lender of any event or any circumstance whatsoever which is likely to affect the accuracy of
or modify any representation, warranty or covenant of or by the Borrower in terms of this
Agreement.
13.5.
Litigation
The Borrower shall furnish to the Lender promptly upon becoming aware of them, the
details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current,
threatened or pending against the Borrower.
13.6.
Termination of Undertakings
The undertakings given by the Borrower to the Lender in this clause 13 shall terminate on
the Discharge Date.
14.
POSITIVE UNDERTAKINGS BY THE BORROWER
14.1.
The Borrower hereby gives the undertakings contained in this clause 14 to the Lender. Each
such undertaking:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
17 -
14.1.1.
is a separate and distinct undertaking;
14.1.2.
is given for the entire period which commences on the Effective Date and which ends on
the Discharge Date;
14.1.3.
shall not be qualified by any other undertaking contained in the Finance Documents
(except if that other undertaking specifically qualifies the applicable undertaking); and
14.1.4.
is qualified by (and subject to) each disclosure (if any) contained in the Disclosure
Schedule.
14.2.
The Borrower undertakes that, until the Discharge Date, it shall:
14.2.1.
Applicable Laws
14.2.1.1.
obtain all authorisations required under any Applicable Laws to enable it to conduct
its affairs in accordance with the Trust Deed and to perform its obligations under the
Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability and/or
admissibility into evidence of each Finance Document;
14.2.1.2.
obtain all approvals which it may require, in terms of any Applicable Law for the
conduct of its affairs in accordance with the Trust Deed;
14.2.1.3.
take all reasonable steps to maintain, and to comply with the terms of, each
authorisation envisaged in clauses 14.2.1.1 and 14.2.1.2; and
14.2.1.4.
comply with all Applicable Laws if any failure to do so could reasonably be expected
to result in a Material Adverse Change;
14.2.2.
Inspections and access
allow the duly authorised representatives of the Lender at all reasonable times to inspect
its premises, works and equipment and its books, documents and records and to make
extracts from or copies of the latter on the understanding that information obtained from
the Borrower will remain confidential (except where disclosure to relevant authorities is
required under applicable laws) and restricted to the Lender, its representatives and
advisors and their respective personnel;
14.2.3.
Taxes
pay all Taxes which become due and payable by it.
15.
NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS BY THE BORROWER
15.1.
The Borrower hereby gives the undertakings contained in this clause 15 to the Lender. Each
such undertaking:
15.1.1.
is a separate and distinct undertaking;
15.1.2.
is given for the entire period which commences on the Effective Date and which ends on
the Discharge Date;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
18 -
15.1.3.
shall not be qualified by any other undertaking contained in the Finance Documents
(except if that other undertaking specifically qualifies the applicable undertaking); and
15.1.4.
is qualified by (and subject to) each disclosure (if any) contained in the Disclosure
Schedule.
15.2.
The Borrower undertakes that, until the Discharge Date, it shall not, without the prior
written consent of the Lender:
15.2.1.
Financial Indebtedness; Guarantee
incur any Financial Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness or give any
indemnity to or for the benefit of any person or otherwise voluntarily assume any
liability, whether actual or contingent, in respect of any obligation of any other person;
15.2.2.
Encumbrances
create or permit to arise or exist any Encumbrance over any of its assets, other than a
Permitted Encumbrance;
15.2.3.
Distributions
make any Distribution (other than as required or permitted under the Trust Deed)
without the prior written consent of the Lender; or
15.2.4.
Assets
dispose of any assets other than pursuant to a Permitted Disposal;
15.2.5.
Merger
merge or consolidate with any other person;
15.2.6.
Transactions
conclude any transaction with any person other than:
15.2.6.1.
this Agreement, the Share Acquisition Agreement, the Nedbank Loan Agreement, the
Nedbank Pledge Agreement and the ARM Loan Agreement;
15.2.6.2.
as contemplated and permitted or required by the Trust Deed, the Share Acquisition
Agreement, the Nedbank Loan Agreement or the ARM Loan Agreement;
15.2.7.
Trust Deed
make any material amendments to the Trust Deed;
15.2.8.
Other loan agreements
amend, vary, cancel or terminate, or agree to any amendment, variation, cancellation or
termination of, the Share Acquisition Agreement, the Nedbank Loan Agreement or the
ARM Loan Agreement (or any agreement related to or incidental to any of the Share
Acquisition Agreement, the Nedbank Loan Agreement or the ARM Loan Agreement)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
19 -
nor waive, or agree to any waiver of, any of its rights, privileges or benefits under any
such agreement;
15.2.9.
Credit
make any loans or grant any credit;
15.2.10.
Interests in Trust Assets
appoint or constitute any income or capital beneficiaries or grant any further interests in
the Trust Assets otherwise than in accordance with the Trust Deed.
16.
EVENT OF DEFAULT
16.1.
Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 16.2 to 16.15 is an Event of Default,
whether or not the occurrence of such event is within the Borrower’s control.
16.2.
Non-payment
The Borrower fails to pay any amount which becomes payable by it under a Finance
Document on the due date for payment thereof, except if:
16.2.1.
that failure to pay is caused by a technical or administrative error beyond the reasonable
control of the Borrower; and
16.2.2.
payment is made in full within 3 (three) Business Days of the due date for payment.
16.3.
Breach of undertakings
The Borrower fails to comply with any undertaking given by it to the Lender in clauses 13,
14 or 15 except if that non-compliance:
16.3.1.
is capable of remedy; and
16.3.2.
is remedied within 10 (ten) Business Days of the earlier of the Lender giving notice of the
breach to the Borrower and the Borrower becoming aware of the non-compliance.
16.4.
Misrepresentation
Any representation or warranty made or given by the Borrower in either Finance Document
is incorrect or misleading in any material respect, unless the circumstances giving rise to the
misrepresentation or breach of warranty:
16.4.1.
are capable of remedy; and
16.4.2.
are remedied within 10 (ten) Business Days of the earlier of the Lender giving notice and
the Borrower (or such other person, as the case may be) becoming aware of the
misrepresentation or breach of warranty.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
20 -
16.5.
Breach of other obligations
The Borrower or any other person (other than the Lender) fails to comply with any
obligation imposed on it under any Finance Document, other than an obligation envisaged
in clauses 16.2 or 16.3, except if that non-compliance:
16.5.1.
is capable of remedy; and
16.5.2.
is remedied within 60 days of the earlier of the Lender giving notice of the breach to the
Borrower and the Borrower (or such other person, as the case may be) becoming aware
of the non-compliance.
16.6.
Cross-default
Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:
16.6.1.
any of its Financial Indebtedness (other than that arising under this Agreement) is not
paid when due, after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period;
16.6.2.
any of its Financial Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable
before its specified maturity, is placed on demand or is capable of being declared by a
creditor to be due and payable prior to its specified maturity, in each case, as a result of
an event of default (howsoever described) and the Lender has given written notice to the
Borrower that it regards the event as an Event of Default;
16.6.3.
a commitment for, or underwriting of, any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or
suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (howsoever described) and the
Lender has given written notice to the Borrower that it regards the event as an Event of
Default;
16.6.4.
any of its creditors becomes entitled to foreclose on any Encumbrance given to secure its
Financial Indebtedness over any of its assets; or
16.6.5.
any event of default (however described) occurs under the Nedbank Loan Agreement or
the ARM Loan Agreement.
16.7.
Insolvency
Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:
16.7.1.
it is, or is deemed for the purposes of any Applicable Law to be, insolvent or unable to
pay its debts as they fall due;
16.7.2.
it admits an inability to pay its debts as they fall due;
16.7.3.
it suspends making payments of all or any category of its debts or announces an
intention to do so;
16.7.4.
by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, it begins negotiations with any
creditor for the rescheduling of any of its indebtedness;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
21 -
16.7.5.
the value of its assets is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and
prospective liabilities); or
16.7.6.
a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its indebtedness (in which event the ending
of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium).
16.8.
Insolvency Proceedings
Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:
16.8.1.
a meeting of its trustees or beneficiaries is convened for the purpose of considering a
resolution for the voluntary termination of, or sequestration of the Borrower;
16.8.2.
any person brings an application, or files documents with a court or any registrar, for the
Borrower’s sequestration, termination or dissolution except if such application or filing is
spurious, frivolous or vexatious (and if a dispute arises between the Lender and the
Borrower in relation to any question whether any such application or filing is spurious,
frivolous or vexatious, the onus to prove that the filing is spurious, frivolous and/or
vexatious shall be on the Borrower);
16.8.3.
any trustee or liquidator or similar officer is appointed in respect of it or any of its assets;
16.8.4.
its trustees or beneficiaries request the appointment of, or give notice of their intention to
appoint, a liquidator or similar officer; or
16.8.5.
any other analogous step or procedure is taken in any jurisdiction.
16.9.
Creditors' Process
Any asset of the Borrower with a book value (as reflected in the Borrower’s most recent
audited annual financial statements) in excess of ZAR 50 000 000 (fifty million Rand) (or its
equivalent in any other currency) is attached under a writ of execution and the Borrower
fails to ensure that such writ is lifted or stayed within 30 (thirty) days after the date on
which the Borrower first becomes aware thereof.
16.10.
Final Judgment
Any final judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction is granted against the Borrower
in an amount in excess of ZAR 50 000 000 (fifty million Rand) (or its equivalent in any other
currency) and the Borrower fails to pay the amount of that judgment on the day on which it
becomes obliged to do so (and, for the purposes of this clause, a final judgment is a
judgment which is not subject to further appeal or review).
16.11.
Unlawfulness of Finance Documents
It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower or any other person (other than the Lender) to
perform any of its material obligations under the Finance Documents unless such
unlawfulness:
16.11.1.
is capable of remedy; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
22 -
16.11.2.
is remedied within 14 (fourteen) days of the earlier of the Lender giving notice of the
unlawfulness to the Borrower and the Borrower (or such other person, as the case may
be) becoming aware of the unlawfulness.
16.12.
Unenforceability
Any of the obligations of the Borrower under any Finance Document is not or ceases to be a
legal, valid, and binding obligation, enforceable against the Borrower or such lender in
accordance with the terms thereof, subject to applicable restrictions on the application of
equitable remedies and to the limitations imposed by laws relating to bankruptcy and
insolvency and other mandatory provisions of laws relating to the rights of creditors.
16.13.
Repudiation
The Borrower repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a
Finance Document, or evidences an intention to do so.
16.14.
Material Adverse Change
Any Material Adverse Change occurs.
16.15.
Audit Qualification
The auditors of the Borrower qualify their report on any audited financial statements of the
Borrower for any period which ends after the Signature Date.
16.16.
Consequences of an Event of Default
If an Event of Default is continuing, the Lender shall, by notice to the Borrower and without
prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Lender may have under any Finance
Document or at law, be entitled to:
16.16.1.
refuse to allow the Borrower to draw down the Advance under the Facility;
16.16.2.
declare that all or part of any amounts outstanding under this Agreement are
immediately due and payable;
16.16.3.
declare that all or part of any amounts outstanding under this Agreement are payable on
demand by the Lender; and/or
16.16.4.
subject to the provisions of the Subordination Agreement, claim immediate payment of
all or part of any amounts outstanding under this Agreement.
17.
TAXES
17.1.
Except if required to do so by any Applicable laws, the Borrower shall not make any
deduction for or on account of Tax (a Tax Deduction ) from any payment which it becomes
obliged to make to the Lender under this Agreement.
17.2.
If the Borrower becomes obliged, in terms of any Applicable Laws, to make a Tax Deduction
in respect of any payment which becomes payable by the Borrower to the Lender under this
Agreement (the Subject Payment ):
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
23 -
17.2.1.
the Borrower shall make the minimum deduction permissible under the relevant
Applicable Laws;
17.2.2.
the Borrower shall pay the amount of the Tax Deduction to the applicable revenue
authority;
17.2.3.
the Subject Payment shall be increased by such an amount as will have the effect that,
after the deduction of the applicable Tax Deduction, the remaining amount will be equal
to the Subject Amount (as if the Tax Deduction had not been applicable); and
17.2.4.
the Borrower shall, within 30 (thirty) days after the day on which it makes the Tax
Deduction to the Lender, deliver to the Lender proof of the fact that it has paid the Tax
Deduction to the applicable revenue authority.
17.3.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 17, the Lender shall be entitled to arrange its
Tax affairs in its sole and absolute discretion.
17.4.
All amounts which are or become payable by the Borrower to the Lender in terms of this
Agreement are VAT exclusive amounts. In the circumstances and if any such amount is
subject to VAT the Borrower shall (together with and in addition to the relevant amount)
pay the applicable VAT to the Lender against presentation of a VAT invoice for that amount
to the Borrower.
17.5.
The Borrower shall pay all taxes and duties which may become payable as a result of the
conclusion and implementation of the Finance Documents, but (for the avoidance of doubt)
shall not be liable for payment of any tax assessed on the Lender under the law of the
jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or (if different) treated as resident for tax
purposes if such tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or
receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender.
17.6.
If any Finance Document requires the Borrower to indemnify the Lender against any costs
or expenses, that indemnity shall include an indemnity against any VAT which becomes
payable by the Lender in respect of the applicable cost or expense.
18.
ILLEGALITY
18.1.
If, at any time, it is or will become unlawful for the Lender to make or fund any payment
under this Agreement or to allow the Outstanding Principal or any part of it to remain
outstanding or otherwise to comply with any of its material obligations under this
Agreement, or any of the Borrower's obligations under this Agreement is not, or ceases to
be, legal, valid, binding and enforceable, the Lender may give written notice thereof to the
Borrower and upon the Lender giving such notice:
18.1.1.
the Borrower shall cease to be entitled to receive the Advance under this Agreement;
18.1.2.
all the Borrower's indebtedness under this Agreement shall immediately become due
without demand, presentment, protest, or other notice of formality of any kind, all of
which are expressly waived by the Borrower; and
18.1.3.
the Borrower shall promptly pay all amounts then due under this Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
24 -
18.2.
Prior to invoking its rights under clause 18.1, the Lender shall, in consultation with the
Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate effects of the illegality arising under such
clause, including conducting its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents from
another jurisdiction. The Lender’s obligation to mitigate as set forth in this clause does not
affect the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents. The Lender is not obliged
to take any steps under this clause 18.2 if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably),
to do so might be prejudicial to it.
19.
INDEMNITIES
The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any
cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:
19.1.
the occurrence of any Event of Default;
19.2.
a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under this Agreement on its due date;
19.3.
funding, or making arrangements to fund, the Advance requested by a Borrower in the
Advance Request, but not made by any reason of the operation of any one or more of the
provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or gross negligence by the
Lender alone); or
19.4.
any amount being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower.
20.
COSTS
20.1.
Finance Documents
The Lender shall pay its reasonable legal costs incurred in the negotiation and preparation
of the Finance Documents and in procuring the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent.
20.2.
Subsequent Costs
20.2.1.
The Borrower shall pay the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal
fees) incurred by the Lender in connection with:
20.2.1.1.
any amendment, waiver or consent requested by or on behalf of the Borrower or any
person other than the Lender, or specifically allowed by this Agreement; or
20.2.1.2.
any other matter which is not of an ordinary administrative nature arising out of or in
connection with either Finance Document.
20.2.2.
Notwithstanding clause 20.2.1, the Lender will bear the costs of any counsel it hires (to
advise it alone) in connection with such amendment, waiver or consent.
20.3.
Enforcement Costs
The Borrower shall pay the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal
fees on an attorney and own client scale) incurred by the Lender in connection with the
enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Documents.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
25 -
21.
ACCOUNTS AND CERTIFICATES
21.1.
Accounts
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance
Document, the entries made in any accounts maintained by the Lender shall be prima facie
proof of the matters to which they relate.
21.2.
Certificates and determinations
21.2.1.
Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount or a due date under
the Finance Documents, signed by any director or senior manager of the Lender (whose
appointment and designation need not be proved) shall be prima facie proof of the
matters to which it relates.
21.2.2.
A certificate in terms of clause 21.2.1 shall be:
21.2.2.1.
binding on the Borrower as prima facie proof of the amount of the Borrower's
indebtedness hereunder; and
21.2.2.2.
valid as a liquid document against the Borrower in any competent court for the
purpose of obtaining provisional sentence or other order or judgement against the
Borrower thereon.
21.3.
Accrual of Interest
Any interest which accrues under this Agreement shall accrue from day to day and shall be
calculated on the actual number of days elapsed and on the basis of a year of 365 (three
hundred and sixty five) days.
22.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
22.1.
Whole Agreement
This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties as to the subject
matter hereof and no agreements, representations or warranties between the Parties
regarding the subject matter hereof other than those set out herein are binding on the
Parties.
22.2.
Variation
No addition to or variation, consensual cancellation or novation of this Agreement and no
waiver of any right arising from this Agreement or its breach or termination shall be of any
force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by the Parties or their duly authorised
representatives.
22.3.
Relaxation
No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by either
Party to the other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no
delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of either Party arising from this
Agreement, and no single or partial exercise of any right by such Party under this
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
26 -
Agreement, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by
such party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of such Party's
rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude such Party from
enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and
every provision or term hereof.
22.4.
Severability
The Parties agree that each and every provision of this Agreement is severable from the
remaining provisions of this Agreement and should any provision of this Agreement be in
conflict with any Applicable Law, or be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such provision should be treated as pro non scripto and shall be severable from
the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall continue to be of full force and
effect.
22.5.
Independent Advice
22.5.1.
Each of the Parties hereto acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal
and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and
that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the
necessity of doing so.
22.5.2.
The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it has not relied in any way upon any
information and/or advice given by the Lender in the preparation, negotiation and/or
implementation of this Agreement and has taken all reasonable actions to satisfy itself as
to the consequences of it or any other person entering into the Finance Documents.
22.6.
Limitation on liability
Neither the Lender, nor its officers, employees, agents or assigns shall be liable to the
Borrower for any indirect, consequential, incidental or contingent damages, including but
not limited to a loss of profits arising out of a breach of this Agreement or any negligent act
or omission on its/their part or any cause whatsoever.
22.7.
Survival of claims
The termination of this Agreement, for any cause whatsoever, shall not affect the right of the
Lender to recover from the Borrower any amount due to the Lender on or before such
termination or in consequence thereof or any other liability incurred by the Borrower on or
before such termination or in consequence thereof or the right of the Lender to recover any
damages for breach of this Agreement.
22.8.
Assignment
22.8.1.
The Borrower shall not be entitled to cede and delegate or otherwise transfer all or any of
its rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the Lender.
22.8.2.
The Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, cede and delegate or otherwise
transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement to any
Affiliate or Affiliates of the Lender.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
27 -
22.8.3.
The Borrower expressly agrees and consents to all and any cessions and delegations or
transfers contemplated in and permitted by or in terms of clause 22.8.2. To the extent
that any such cessions, delegations or transfers give rise to a splitting of claims against
the Borrower, the Borrower consents thereto.
23.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different Parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and
all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
24.
NOTICES
24.1.
Communications in writing
Any communication to be made under or in connection with Agreement shall be made in
writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter (including electronic mail
or other electronic means).
24.2.
Addresses
The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be
made or delivered under or in connection with Agreement is:
24.2.1.
in the case of the Borrower:
ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust
29 Impala Road, Chislehurston, Sandton, South Africa
Attention: Trustee M Arnold
Telephone: 011-779-1300
Fax: : +27 011-884-2445
Email:
mike.arnold@arm.co.za
24.2.2.
in the case of the Lender:
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Address for Notices: Office of the Company Secretary, Corner Main Reef Road and
Ward Avenue, Randfontein, South Africa
Attention: The Company Secretary
Telephone: +27 11 411 6020
Fax: +27 11 696 9734
Email: companysecretariat@harmony.co.za
or any substitute address or fax number or email address or department or officer as either
Party may notify to the other Party by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice, and the Parties
choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi their respective physical addresses set out in (or
as substituted as contemplated in) this clause for all purposes arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
28 -
24.3.
Delivery
24.3.1.
Any communication or document made or delivered by one Party to another under or in
connection with this Agreement will only be effective:
24.3.1.1.
if by way of fax, when received in legible form;
24.3.1.2.
if by way of electronic mail, as set forth in clause 24.5; or
24.3.1.3.
if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or upon actual receipt;
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details
provided under clause 24.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.
24.4.
Notification of Address and Fax Number
Promptly upon changing its own address or fax number, the relevant Party shall notify the
other Party.
24.5.
Electronic Communication
24.5.1.
Any communication to be made between the Parties under or in connection with the
Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Parties:
24.5.1.1.
agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of
communication;
24.5.1.2.
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other
information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that
means; and
24.5.1.3.
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information
supplied by them.
24.5.2.
Any electronic communication made between the Parties will be effective only when
actually received in readable form.
24.6.
English Language
24.6.1.
Any notice given under, or in connection with, this Agreement must be in English.
24.6.2.
All other documents provided under, or in connection with this Agreement must be:
24.6.2.1.
in English; or
24.6.2.2.
if not in English, and if so required by the Lender, accompanied by a certified English
translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document
is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
25.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of it or in connection with it
are governed by the law of the Republic of South Africa.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
29 -
26.
JURISDICTION
The Parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng
Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in respect of any matter arising
from or in the connection with this Agreement and/or any of the Finance Documents,
including its termination.
26.1.
Waiver of Immunity
The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:
26.1.1.
agrees not to claim in any jurisdiction, for itself or in respect of its assets, immunity from
suit, execution, attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgement or otherwise)
or other legal process and waives such present or future immunity, whether claimed or
not; and
26.1.2.
consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection
with any proceedings, including the making, enforcement or execution against any
property of any nature (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgement
which may be made or given in any proceedings.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
30 -
SIGNED at Muldersdrift on this the 1
st
day of March 2016

For and on behalf of
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY
LIMITED

/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Signatory: Peter Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto





SIGNED at Sandton on this the 29th day of February 2016

For and on behalf of
THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF
THE ARM BROAD-BASED ECONOMIC
EMPOWERMENT TRUST


/s/ M Arnold
____________________________
Signatory: M Arnold
Capacity: Trustee
Who warrants his authority hereto

BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
31 -
SCHEDULE 1
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
The Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender:
1.
an executed original of each of the Finance Documents, duly signed by each party thereto;
2.
a copy of the Trust Deed;
3.
a resolution by the trustees of the Borrower in which (1) the Borrower’s trustees resolve to
conclude the Finance Documents, and (2) a named person is authorised to conclude the Finance
Documents on behalf of the Borrower;
4.
a copy of the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement (incorporating the Nedbank
Loan Agreement) and the Nedbank Pledge Agreement, duly signed by each party thereto;
5.
a notice from Nedbank confirming that all of the conditions precedent set out in Schedule 1 of
the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement have been fulfilled or waived;
6.
a copy of the ARM Loan Agreement, duly signed by each party thereto;
7.
a notice from ARM confirming that all of the conditions precedent set out in Schedule 1 of the
ARM Loan Agreement (other than the condition precedent set out in paragraphs 5 and 7 of
Schedule 1 of the ARM Loan Agreement) have been fulfilled or waived;
8.
a copy of the Share Acquisition Agreement, duly signed by each party thereto;
9.
a notice from the Trust confirming that all of the conditions precedent set out in the Share
Acquisition Agreement (other than the condition precedent set out in clause 3.1.3 of the Share
Acquisition Agreement) have been fulfilled or waived;
and the Lender is satisfied with all aforesaid documents.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
32 -
SCHEDULE 2
ADVANCE REQUEST
On the letterhead of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust
Addressed to:
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
[date to be inserted]
LOAN AGREEMENT
1.
We refer to the Loan Agreement concluded between the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited on [•] 2016. All
expressions defined in the Loan Agreement have the same meanings in this Advance Request.
2.
This notice constitutes an Advance Request and is delivered to you, in your capacity as the
Lender, in terms of the provisions of Loan Agreement.
3.
This notice serves to advise you that we require the Advance of the Facility Amount (being
ZAR 200 000 000) under the Facility on
.
Yours faithfully
_____________________________
Name:
In my capacity as trustee
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
33 -
SCHEDULE 3
DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
[Intentionally left blank]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Execution version



INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

between
AFRICAN RAINBOW MINERALS LIMITED
and
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
i
-
CONTENTS
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION ............................................................................................
1
2.
DURATION .........................................................................................................................................
4
3.
GENERAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE LOAN AGREEMENTS ...........................................
4
4.
WAIVERS UNDER AND AMENDMENTS TO HARMONY LOAN AGREEMENT .............................
4
5.
NO ENCUMBRANCE OR GUARANTEES ........................................................................................
4
6.
REMEDIES UNDER THE HARMONY LOAN AGREEMENT ............................................................
5
7.
PAYMENTS ........................................................................................................................................
5
8.
CESSION AND DELEGATION ..........................................................................................................
5
9.
CROSS INDEMNITY...........................................................................................................................
6
10.
GENERAL CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................................
6
11.
COUNTERPARTS ..............................................................................................................................
7
12.
NOTICES ............................................................................................................................................
8
13.
GOVERNING LAW .............................................................................................................................
9
14.
JURISDICTION ...................................................................................................................................
9
BACKGROUND IMAGE



-
1 -
PARTIES :
This Agreement is made between:
(1)
AFRICAN RAINBOW MINERALS LIMITED, a public company duly incorporated in
accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa under registration number
1933/004580/06 ( ARM ); and
(2)
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED , a public company duly incorporated in
accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa under registration number
1950/038232/06 ( Harmony ).
WHEREAS
A.
Harmony and ARM have agreed to make certain facilities available to the Borrower on the
terms and subject to the conditions set out in the ARM Loan Agreement and the Harmony
Loan Agreement.
B.
The Parties have entered into this Agreement in order to set out, inter alia, the terms and
conditions which apply to
the relationship between each of them as creditors of the
Borrower.
IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1.
In this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following
words and expressions shall bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions
shall bear corresponding meanings:
1.1.1.
Affiliate means, in relation to any company (the First Company ):
1.1.1.1.
any Subsidiary of the First Company;
1.1.1.2.
any Holding Company of the First Company; and
1.1.1.3.
any company which is a Subsidiary of the same Holding Company as the First
Company;
1.1.2.
Agreement means this intercreditor agreement and all schedules hereto;
1.1.3.
Applicable Laws means the common law and any legislative enactment including,
without limitation, any act, statute, ordinance, proclamation, decree, order, regulation
and/or by-law;
1.1.4.
ARM means African Rainbow Minerals Limited , a public company duly incorporated in
accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa under registration number
1933/004580/06;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
2 -
1.1.5.
ARM Loan Agreement means means the loan agreement to be entered into between the
Borrower and ARM contemporaneously with this Agreement;
1.1.6.
ARM Percentage means, at any time, the total amount owing by the Borrower to ARM
under the ARM Loan Agreement at that time expressed as a percentage of the Total
Debt;
1.1.7.
Borrower means the trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust, a trust established in accordance with the laws of the Republic of
South Africa with Master’s Reference IT4713/06;
1.1.8.
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory public holiday
in the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.9.
Discharge Date means the date on which the Borrower has paid in full all and any
amounts owing to the Lenders arising out of or in connection with the Loan Agreements;
1.1.10.
Encumbrance means an Encumbrance, as defined in the Loan Agreements;
1.1.11.
Event of Default means any Event of Default, as defined in the Loan Agreements;
1.1.12.
Finance Parties has the meaning given to that term in the Subordination Agreement;
1.1.13.
Harmony means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number
1950/038232/06), a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the company
laws of the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.14.
Harmony Loan Agreement means the loan agreement to be entered into between the
Borrower and Harmony contemporaneously with this Agreement;
1.1.15.
Harmony Percentage means, at any time, the total amount owing by the Borrower to
Harmony under the Harmony Loan Agreement at that time expressed as a percentage of
the Total Debt;
1.1.16.
Holding Company means in relation to any company or other corporation, any
company or corporation of which it is a Subsidiary;
1.1.17.
Lenders means ARM and Harmony, and Lender means either of them, as the context
may require;
1.1.18.
Loan Agreements means the ARM Loan Agreement and the Harmony Loan Agreement,
and Loan Agreement means either one of them, as the context may require;
1.1.19.
Parties means ARM and Harmony, and Party means either one of them, as the context
may require;
1.1.20.
Signature Date means the date on which this Agreement is signed by the Party signing
last in time;
1.1.21.
Subordination Agreement means the subordination agreement to be entered into
between the Borrower, Nedbank Limited and the Parties contemporaneously with this
Agreement
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
3 -
1.1.22.
Subsidiary means, in relation to a person, an entity directly or indirectly controlled by
that person, for which purpose “control” means either ownership of more than 50 per
cent of the voting share capital (or equivalent right of ownership) of the entity, or power
to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;
1.1.23.
Total Debt means, at any time, the total amount owing by the Borrower to ARM under
the ARM Loan Agreement and to Harmony under the Harmony Loan Agreement at that
time.
1.2.
In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention:
1.2.1.
any reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;
1.2.2.
any reference to natural persons includes legal persons and vice versa ;
1.2.3.
any reference to gender includes the other genders.
1.3.
The clause headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall
not be taken into account in its interpretation.
1.4.
Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, for the purpose of that clause, bear the
meaning assigned to such words and expressions in that clause.
1.5.
If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing
obligations on either Party, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive clause in the
body of the Agreement, notwithstanding that it is only contained in the interpretation
clause.
1.6.
If any period is referred to in this Agreement by way of reference to a number of days, the
days shall be reckoned inclusively of the first and exclusively of the last day unless the last
day falls on a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the day shall be the next
succeeding Business Day.
1.7.
Any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the date of signature hereof and as
amended or re-enacted from time to time.
1.8.
Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, if there is any conflict between the
two, the words shall prevail.
1.9.
Schedules, appendices or annexures to this Agreement shall be deemed to be incorporated
in and form part of this Agreement.
1.10.
A reference to a person includes such person’s permitted successors, assignees, transferees
or substitutes.
1.11.
Any reference to a document is a reference to that document as amended, novated, ceded or
supplemented.
1.12.
Expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings in schedules,
appendices or annexures to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their own
contrary definitions.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
4 -
1.13.
The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of
this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or
termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or
termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.
2.
DURATION
This Agreement shall commence and be of full force and effect on the Signature Date and shall
terminate on the Discharge Date.
3.
GENERAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE LOAN AGREEMENTS
3.1.
No other indebtedness
As of Signature Date, each of the Lenders represents to the other that its Loan Agreement
represents the entirety of any loans or any similar debt funding arrangements between it
(and any of its Affiliates) and the Borrower.
3.2.
Ranking
Each of the Lenders agrees that the indebtedness under the Loan Agreements ranks pari
passu
inter se .
3.3.
Fulfillment of Conditions Precedent
Each Party agrees to give:
3.3.1.
to Nedbank the notice required under paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 to the Second
Amendment and Restatement Agreement (as defined in the Loan Agreements) as soon
as circumstances permit; and
3.3.2.
to the other Party the notice required from it under paragraph 7 of Schedule 1 to the
other Party’s Loan Agreement.
4.
WAIVERS UNDER AND AMENDMENTS TO HARMONY LOAN AGREEMENT
Harmony agrees that it will not, in any circumstances, waive any provision of or amend or
modify its Loan Agreement without the prior written consent of ARM.
5.
NO ENCUMBRANCE OR GUARANTEES
Harmony agrees that it will not, in any circumstances, without the prior written consent of
ARM, permit or grant its consent to:
5.1.1.
the Borrower granting any Encumbrance to Harmony in respect of the indebtedness
arising under its Loan Agreement; or
5.1.2.
any person providing any guarantee in respect of the indebtedness arising under its
Loan Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
5 -
6.
REMEDIES UNDER THE HARMONY LOAN AGREEMENT
6.1.
Ability to Enforce
6.1.1.
If an Event of Default has occurred and Harmony would be entitled, by the terms of its
Loan Agreement, to enforce remedies thereunder or arising under Applicable Laws,
then notwithstanding the terms of such Loan Agreement, Harmony agrees, to the fullest
extent permitted by Applicable Laws, not to enforce such remedies without the prior
written consent of ARM, provided that, if ARM enforces any such remedy under the
ARM Loan Agreement or arising under Applicable Laws as a result of such Event of
Default, then Harmony shall, without any consent from ARM, be entitled to exercise the
same remedy under the ARM Loan Agreement or arising under Applicable Laws.
6.1.2.
Harmony shall not, at any time prior to the Discharge Date, institute legal proceedings
against the Borrower without the prior written consent of ARM, provided that, if ARM
institutes legal proceedings against the Borrower under the ARM Loan Agreement, then
Harmony shall be entitled, without any consent from ARM, to institute the equivalent
legal proceedings against the Borrower under the Harmony Loan Agreement.
6.1.3.
Harmony shall not, at any time prior to the Discharge Date, itself institute, or join with
any person in instituting, any proceedings for the sequestration or dissolution of the
Borrower or any compromise with the trustees or beneficiaries of the Borrower or any of
its creditors or any related relief, or any similar proceedings (including any bankruptcy
or debt moratorium proceedings or any proceedings for the appointment of a trustee on
insolvency or similar officer in relation to the Borrower or any or all of Borrower’s assets
or revenues), without the prior written consent of ARM, provided that, if ARM institutes
any such proceedings, or joins with any person in instituting any such proceedings,
against the Borrower, or any other person institutes any such proceedings against the
Borrower, then Harmony shall be entitled, without any consent from ARM, to participate
in such proceedings as a creditor of the Borrower, and, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, to vote in any matter to be determined by a vote of the creditors of the
Borrower and to submit and prove its claims against the Borrower.
7.
PAYMENTS
7.1.
ARM agrees not to accept any payment of any of the indebtedness owing to it under its
Loan Agreement unless a corresponding amount is paid to Harmony on account of the
indebtedness owing to Harmony under the Harmony Loan Agreement, such that the
amount paid to ARM is equal to the ARM Percentage of the total amount paid to both
Lenders.
7.2.
Harmony agrees not to accept any payment of any of the indebtedness owing to it under its
Loan Agreement unless a corresponding amount is paid to ARM on account of the
indebtedness owing to ARM under the ARM Loan Agreement, such that the amount paid to
Harmony is equal to the Harmony Percentage of the total amount paid to both Lenders.
8.
CESSION AND DELEGATION
Neither Party shall cede or delegate or otherwise transfer all or any of its rights and/or
obligations under its Loan Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party and,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
6 -
even where such consent is obtained, unless the person to whom such cession or delegation or
other transfer is made agrees in writing to become a Party to this Agreement as a Lender and to
assume obligations under this Agreement identical to those of the Party making such cession or
delegation or other transfer.
9.
CROSS INDEMNITY
In the event that either or both of the Parties is required to make any payment to the Finance
Parties under the Subordination Agreement as a result of it receiving a payment under its Loan
Agreement that was greater than it should have been in in accordance with the provisions of
the Subordination Agreement (each a “ Relevant Amount ”), then the Parties shall make such
payments amongst them as are necessary in order for;
9.1.
ARM to be in the same financial position that it would have been in had the Finance Parties
recovered from it an amount equal to the ARM Percentage (at the time of receipt of the first
such Relevant Amount) of the total amount so recoverable by the Finance Parties from both
Parties; and
9.2.
Harmony to be in the same financial position that it would have been in had the Finance
Parties recovered from it an amount equal to the Harmony Percentage (at the time of receipt
of the first such Relevant Amount) of the total amount so recoverable by the Finance Parties
from both Parties,
provided that neither Party shall be required to pay more to the other than the aggregate of the
Relevant Amounts received by it.
10.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
10.1.
Whole Agreement
This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties as to the subject
matter hereof and no agreements, representations or warranties between the Parties
regarding the subject matter hereof other than those set out herein are binding on the
Parties.
10.2.
Variation
No addition to or variation, consensual cancellation or novation of this Agreement and no
waiver of any right arising from this Agreement or its breach or termination shall be of any
force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by the Parties or their duly authorised
representatives.
10.3.
Relaxation
No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by either
Party to the other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no
delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of either Party arising from this
Agreement, and no single or partial exercise of any right by such Party under this
Agreement, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by
such party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of such Party's
rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude such Party from
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
7 -
enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and
every provision or term hereof.
10.4.
Severability
The Parties agree that each and every provision of this Agreement is severable from the
remaining provisions of this Agreement and should any provision of this Agreement be in
conflict with any Applicable Laws, or be held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such provision should be treated as pro non scripto and shall be severable from
the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall continue to be of full force and
effect.
10.5.
Independent Advice
Each of the Parties hereto acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal
and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and
that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the
necessity of doing so.
10.6.
Limitation on liability
Neither of the Lenders, nor its officers, employees, agents or assigns shall be liable to the
other for any indirect, consequential, incidental or contingent damages, including but not
limited to a loss of profits arising out of a breach of this Agreement or any negligent act or
omission on its/their part or any cause whatsoever.
10.7.
Survival of claims
The termination of this Agreement, for any cause whatsoever, shall not affect the right of a
Lender to recover from the other any amount due to that Lender on or before such
termination or in consequence thereof, or any other liability incurred by a Lender on or
before such termination or in consequence thereof or the right of a Lender to recover any
damages for breach of this Agreement.
10.8.
Assignment
Neither Party shall be entitled to cede and delegate or otherwise transfer all or any of its
rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of
the other.
11.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts by the Parties hereto,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
8 -
12.
NOTICES
12.1.
Communications in writing
Any communication to be made under or in connection with Agreement shall be made in
writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter (including electronic mail
or other electronic means).
12.2.
Addresses
The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be
made or delivered under or in connection with Agreement is:
12.2.1.
in the case of Harmony:
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Address for Notices: Office of the Company Secretary, Corner Main Reef Road and
Ward Avenue, Randfontein, South Africa
Attention: The Company Secretary
Telephone: +27 11 411 6020
Fax: +27 11 696 9734
Email: companysecretariat@harmony.co.za
12.2.2.
in the case of ARM:
African Rainbow Minerals Limited
Address for Notices: 29 Impala Road, Chislehurston, Sandton, South Africa
Attention: Derrick King
Telephone: +27 11 779 1498
Fax: +27 11 779 1320
Email:
derrick.king@arm.co.za
or any substitute address or fax number or email address or department or officer as
either Party may notify to the other Party by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice, and
the Parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi their respective physical
addresses set out in (or as substituted as contemplated in) this clause for all purposes
arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
12.3.
Delivery
12.3.1.
Any communication or document made or delivered by one Party to another under or in
connection with this Agreement will only be effective:
12.3.1.1.
if by way of fax, when received in legible form;
12.3.1.2.
if by way of electronic mail, as set forth in clause 12.5; or
12.3.1.3.
if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or upon actual receipt;
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details
provided under clause 12.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
9 -
12.4.
Notification of Address and Fax Number
Promptly upon changing its own address or fax number, the relevant Party shall notify the
other Party.
12.5.
Electronic Communication
12.5.1.
Any communication to be made between the Parties under or in connection with the
Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Parties:
12.5.1.1.
agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of
communication;
12.5.1.2.
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other
information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that
means; and
12.5.1.3.
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information
supplied by them.
12.5.2.
Any electronic communication made between the Parties will be effective only when
actually received in readable form.
12.6.
English Language
12.6.1.
Any notice given under, or in connection with, this Agreement must be in English.
12.6.2.
All other documents provided under, or in connection with this Agreement must be:
12.6.2.1.
in English; or
12.6.2.2.
if not in English, and if so required by the Lender, accompanied by a certified English
translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document
is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
13.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of it or in connection with it
are governed by the law of the Republic of South Africa.
14.
JURISDICTION
The Parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng
Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in respect of any matter arising
from or in the connection with this Agreement, including its termination.
14.1.
Waiver of Immunity
Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally:
14.1.1.
agrees not to claim in any jurisdiction, for itself or in respect of its assets, immunity from
suit, execution, attachment (whether in aid of execution, before judgement or otherwise)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
-
10 -
or other legal process and waives such present or future immunity, whether claimed or
not; and
14.1.2.
consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection
with any proceedings, including the making, enforcement or execution against any
property of any nature (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgement
which may be made or given in any proceedings.
SIGNED at Sandton on this the 29th day of February 2016.

For and on behalf of
AFRICAN RAINBOW MINERALS LIMITED

/s/ MP Schmidt
____________________________
Signatory: MP Schmidt
Capacity: CEO
Who warrants his authority hereto

/s/ M Arnold
____________________________
Signatory: M Arnold
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto





SIGNED at Muldersdrift on this the 1st day of March 2016.

For and on behalf of
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY
LIMITED


/s/ Frank Abbott and Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Signatory: Frank Abbott and Peter Steenkamp
Capacity: Directors
Who warrants his authority hereto
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Execution Version
Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Our ref: NED3870
Second amendment and restatement agreement
amongst
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
(as Original Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent)
The Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment
Trust
(as Borrower)
African Rainbow Minerals Limited
(as Guarantor)
and
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(as Guarantor)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
© Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Contents
1
Definitions and interpretation...............................................................................................
2
2
Introduction ........................................................................................................................
4
3
Conditions precedent..........................................................................................................
4
4
Amendment and restatement .............................................................................................
4
5
Release of security ............................................................................................................
4
6
Governing law.....................................................................................................................
5
7
Jurisdiction.........................................................................................................................
5
8
Severability ........................................................................................................................
5
9
General .............................................................................................................................
5
10
Counterparts .....................................................................................................................
6
Schedule 1 Conditions Precedent Documents...............................................................................
5
Annexure A Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement......................................................
9
BACKGROUND IMAGE
2
Second amendment and restatement agreement
Parties
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) (as Original Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent)
The Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust (as Borrower)
African Rainbow Minerals Limited (as Guarantor)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Guarantor)
It is agreed
1
Definitions and interpretation
1.1
Terms used (but not otherwise defined) in this Agreement have the meaning given to them
in the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (as defined below).
1.2
In this Agreement, unless the context dictates otherwise, the words and expressions set
forth below shall bear the following meanings and cognate expressions shall bear
corresponding meanings:
(1)
Agreement means this Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement and its
Schedule and Annexure;
(2)
ARM means African Rainbow Minerals Limited (registration number
1933/004580/06), a public company duly incorporated according to the company
laws of South Africa;
(3)
ARM Loan Agreement has the meaning given to it in the Second Amended and
Restated Loan Agreement;
(4)
Borrower means the trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based
Economic Empowerment Trust (Master’s Ref: IT4713/06), a trust established in
accordance with the laws of South Africa;
(5)
Buy-back Proceeds means the ARM Share Proceeds arising out of the ARM
Share Repurchase;
(6)
Cash Cession in Security Agreement means the agreement entitled Cession in
Security
entered into between Nedbank and ARM on or about 25 November 2015;
(7)
Cession and Pledge Agreement means the Cession and Pledge as defined in
the Original Loan Agreement;
(8)
Conditions Precedent Documents means the documents and evidence listed in
Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent Documents) hereto;
(9)
Guarantors means ARM and Harmony and Guarantor means either one of them
as the context requires;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
(10)
Harmony means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number
1950/038232/06), a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the
company laws of South Africa;
(11)
Harmony Loan Agreement has the meaning given to it in the Second Amended
and Restated Loan Agreement;
(12)
Nedbank means Nedbank Limited (registration number 1951/000009/06) (acting
through its Corporate and Investment Banking division), a public company duly
incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
(13)
Original Loan Agreement means the written agreement entitled Loan agreement
entered into amongst the Parties (other than Harmony) on or about
11 December 2014, as amended and/or amended and restated from time to time,
and to which Harmony has become a party as a Guarantor;
(14)
Party means:
(a)
the Borrower;
(b)
each Guarantor; and
(c)
Nedbank,
and Parties means, as the context requires, all of them;
(15)
Payment Instruction means any irrevocable payment instruction (in form and
substance satisfactory to Nedbank) given or to be given by the Borrower in favour
of Nedbank as may, in Nedbank’s sole discretion, be required in order to effect the
mandatory prepayment contemplated in clause 11.2(2) of the Second Amended
and Restated Loan Agreement;
(16)
Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement has the meaning given to it in
clause 4.1 (Amendment and restatement) below;
(17)
Second Restatement Date means the date upon which Nedbank (in its capacity
as Facility Agent) has given the confirmation pursuant to clause 3.1 below;
(18)
Security Cession has the meaning given to that term in the Cash Cession in
Security Agreement;
(19)
Security Cession and Pledge has the meaning given to it in the Cession and
Pledge Agreement;
(20)
Security Rights has the meaning given to that term in the Cash Cession in
Security Agreement;
(21)
Signature Date means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this
Agreement in time; and
(22)
Subordination Agreement means the written subordination agreement concluded
or to be concluded between Nedbank, the Borrower, ARM and Harmony on or
about the Signature Date.
1.3
The provisions of clause 1 (Definitions and interpretation) of the Original Loan Agreement
shall apply to this Agreement as if set out in this Agreement in full.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
2
Introduction
2.1
The Parties entered into the Original Loan Agreement.
2.2
The Parties have agreed to amend and restate the Original Loan Agreement on the terms
and conditions set out in this Agreement.
3
Conditions precedent
3.1
The amendment and restatement of the Original Loan Agreement constituted hereby shall
not be of any force or effect unless and until the Facility Agent has confirmed to the
Obligors in writing that:
(1)
it has received all of the Conditions Precedent Documents and that each such
document is, in form and substance, satisfactory to the Facility Agent; or
(2)
to the extent that any Conditions Precedent Document is not in form and substance
satisfactory to the Facility Agent or has not been delivered to the Facility Agent,
delivery of that Conditions Precedent Document in a form and substance
satisfactory to the Facility Agent or at all has been waived by the Facility Agent
pursuant to clause 3.2.
3.2
Satisfaction of the conditions set out in clause 3.1 in whole or in part may be waived only
by the Facility Agent by written notice to the Obligors.
3.3
Waiver of the conditions set out in clause 3.1 pursuant to clause 3.2 shall not prejudice the
right of the Facility Agent to require subsequent fulfilment of such conditions if, and to the
extent that, they are then reasonably capable of such fulfilment; provided that the
requirement for and the terms of such subsequent fulfilment is or are specified in writing by
the Facility Agent when the waiver is made pursuant to clause 3.2.
4
Amendment and restatement
4.1
The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Original Loan Agreement is amended
and restated in the form set out in Annexure A hereto ( Second Amended and Restated
Loan Agreement
) with effect from the Second Restatement Date so that it shall be read
and construed for all purposes in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated
Loan Agreement.
4.2
The Original Loan Agreement remains of force and effect and is not novated, but is being
amended and restated pursuant to this Agreement, and is constituted by the Second
Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.
4.3
The Parties record that the Guarantors have been released from their obligations as
Guarantors under the Original Loan Agreement and, accordingly, with effect from the
Second Restatement Date, the Guarantors shall no longer be parties to the Second
Amended and Restated Loan Agreement and the Guarantee (as defined in the Original
Loan Agreement) and all other obligations, undertakings, indemnities, representations and
warranties of the Guarantors under the Original Loan Agreement shall, on and with effect
from the Second Restatement Date, terminate and cease to be of any force and effect.
5
Release of security
5.1
With effect from the Second Restatement Date, the Facility Agent hereby agrees to and
approves the sale by the Borrower (in its capacity as Cedent under the Cession and
Pledge Agreement) to Opilac Proprietary Limited of 12 717 328 ordinary shares in the
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
issued share capital of ARM held by the Cedent ( Buy-back Shares ) and agrees to and
approves the release (on the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Buy-back Proceeds in
the Collection Account ( Buy-back Shares Release Date )) of the Buy-back Shares from
the Security Cession and Pledge contemplated by the Cession and Pledge Agreement.
Accordingly, on and with effect from the Buy-back Shares Release Date, the Buy-back
Shares are released from and are no longer subject to the operation of the Security
Cession and Pledge and Nedbank shall do all things and sign all documents necessary to
release the Buy-back Shares from the operation of the Security Cession and Pledge and
take all steps to ensure that an appropriate entry (or removal of the relevant entry) is made
in the securities account of the Borrower recording the release from the Security Cession
and Pledge of the Buy-back Shares to the Borrower by no later than the Buy-back Shares
Release Date.
5.2
The Facility Agent hereby agrees to the release of the Security Rights from the Security
Cession on and with effect from the Effective Date as defined in the ARM Share
Repurchase Agreement ( ARM Share Repurchase Effective Date ). Accordingly, on and
with effect from the ARM Share Repurchase Effective Date, the Security Rights are
released from and are no longer subject to the operation of the Security Cession and on
and with effect from the ARM Share Repurchase Effective Date the Cash Cession in
Security Agreement shall terminate and cease to be of any force and effect and neither
Nedbank nor ARM shall have any further rights and/or obligations in respect thereof.
6
Governing law
The entire provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of South Africa.
7
Jurisdiction
The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction
of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor
to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement.
8
Severability
Each provision in this Agreement is severable from all others, notwithstanding the manner
in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any
judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be
defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences,
paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and
without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their
intention to continue to be bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any provision may
be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned
shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force.
9
General
9.1
This Agreement as read together with the Second Amended and Restated Loan
Agreement, to the extent required, constitutes the sole record of the agreement between
the Parties in regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.
9.2
No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise
or the like, not recorded herein.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
9.3
No addition to, variation or consensual cancellation of this Agreement and no extension of
time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement
shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of all the Parties.
10
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties hereto
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
Schedule 1
Conditions Precedent Documents
1
Authorisations
1.1
A copy of a resolution of the board of trustees of the Borrower:
(1)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and
the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement and resolving to execute this
Agreement;
(2)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf;
and
(3)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all
documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in
connection with this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
1.2
A copy of the resolution of the directors of each of ARM and Harmony:
(1)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and
the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving to execute this
Agreement;
(2)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf;
and
(3)
in the case of ARM only, authorising the provision of any financial assistance or
distributions, as contemplated in sections 44, 45 and/or 46 of the Companies Act, if
applicable.
1.3
To the extent required with reference to the constitutional documents of each Guarantor or
by law (including, in the case of ARM only, under sections 44 and/or 45 of the Companies
Act), a copy of a resolution duly passed by the holders of the issued shares of each
Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents to which each Guarantor is a party.
1.4
A certificate signed by an Authorised Signatory of each of the Borrower and, in the case of
paragraphs 1.4(1) and 1.4(2) below, ARM and Harmony, confirming that, as at the Second
Restatement Date:
(1)
no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing;
(2)
the entry into of the Finance Documents by the relevant Obligor will not cause any
borrowing or guaranteeing limitations (as the case may be) binding on such Obligor
to be exceeded; and
(3)
all of the representations and warranties given in clause 15 (Representations and
warranties) of the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement shall be
correct in all material respects.
2
Transaction Documents
A duly executed original of:
2.1
this Agreement, attaching the form of Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
2.2
the Subordination Agreement;
2.3
each Payment Instruction.
3
Loan Agreements
A notice from:
3.1
ARM confirming that the ARM Loan Agreement has been concluded and has become
unconditional in accordance with its terms, other than in respect of any condition thereof
requiring that the notice under clause 3.1of this Agreement has been delivered to it;
3.2
Harmony confirming that the Harmony Loan Agreement has been concluded and has
become unconditional in accordance with its terms, other than in respect of any condition
thereof requiring that the notice under clause 3.1 of this Agreement has been delivered to
it.
4
Legal Opinions
4.1
A legal opinion of the Borrower’s and each Guarantors’ legal counsel in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Facility Agent dealing with the capacity and authority of the Borrower
and each Guarantor to enter into each additional Transaction Document to which it is a
party; and
4.2
A legal opinion of the Original Lender’s legal counsel in a form reasonably satisfactory to
the Facility Agent dealing with the validity, legality and enforceability of this Agreement and
the Subordination Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
Signature pages
Signed at Sandton on the 1st day of March 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
(as Original Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent)
/s/ GL Webber
____________________________
Name: GL Webber
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
/s/ C.D Stewart
____________________________
Name: C.D Steward
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants authority
Signed at Sandton on the 29th day of February 2016.
For and on behalf of
The Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust
(as Borrower)
/s/ M Arnold
____________________________
Name: M Arnold
Capacity: Trustee
Who warrants authority
____________________________
Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
Signed at Sandton on the 29th day of February 2016.
For and on behalf of
African Rainbow Minerals Limited
(as Guarantor)
/s/ M.P. Schmidt
____________________________
Name: M.P. Schmidt
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ M Arnold
____________________________
Name: M Arnold
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
Signed at Muldersdrift on the 1 st
 day of March 2016.
For and on behalf of
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(as Guarantor)
/s/ Frank Abbott
____________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
____________________________
Name: Peter Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
Annexure A
Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Execution Version
Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc
Our ref: NED3870
Subordination Agreement
between
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division)
The Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust
African Rainbow Minerals Limited
and
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NED3870 - Subordination Agreement_Execution
version - signatures incl.DOCX
Contents
1
Definitions and interpretation..................................................................................................
2
2
Introduction ..........................................................................................................................
5
3
Subordination........................................................................................................................
5
4
Further Subordinated Creditor restrictions ...............................................................................
7
5
Recovery payments ..............................................................................................................
7
6
Acknowledgement by the Subordinated Creditors ....................................................................
8
7
Representations and warranties..............................................................................................
8
8
Notices and domicilia .............................................................................................................
9
9
Jurisdiction..........................................................................................................................
10
10
Stipulation for the benefit of future Finance Parties ..................................................................
11
11
Facility Agent ......................................................................................................................
11
12
Governing law.......................................................................................................................
11
13
Severability ..........................................................................................................................
11
14
General ...............................................................................................................................
11
15
Costs...................................................................................................................................
12
16
Counterparts ........................................................................................................................
12
17
Termination...........................................................................................................................
12
Schedule 1 : Form of Accession Deed ...............................................................................................
13
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Subordination Agreement
Parties
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking
division) (as Original Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent)
The Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust (as Borrower)
African Rainbow Minerals Limited (as Subordinated Creditor)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Subordinated Creditor)
It is agreed
1
Definitions and interpretation
1.1
Definitions
Unless the context dictates otherwise, the words and expressions set forth below shall bear
the following meanings and cognate expressions shall bear corresponding meanings:
(1)
Accession Deed means a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 1 (Form of Accession Deed) hereto or in such other form as the Facility
Agent may approve in writing;
(2)
Agreement means this Subordination Agreement and its Schedule;
(3)
ARM means African Rainbow Minerals Limited (registration number 1933/004580/06),
a public company duly incorporated according to the company laws of South Africa;
(4)
Borrower means the trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust (Master’s Reference: IT4713/06), a trust established in
accordance with the laws of South Africa;
(5)
Discharge Date means the date on which all of the Finance Obligations (other than
Unknown Indemnity Claims) have been irrevocably, unconditionally and finally
discharged in full;
(6)
Encumbrance means any mortgage, pledge, lien, assignment or cession conferring
security, hypothecation, security interest, preferential right or trust arrangement or any
other agreement or arrangement, the effect of which is the creation of security;
(7)
Facility Agent means Nedbank, or any other person appointed as facility agent in
accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement;
(8)
Finance Documents means the Finance Documents as defined in the Loan
Agreement;
(9)
Finance Obligations means any and all claims of the Finance Parties against the
Borrower under the Finance Documents from time to time, including but not limited to,
claims for the repayment of capital, the payment of interest and fees and costs and
expenses thereunder and including claims under any guarantee, indemnity or other
similar payment undertaking under the Finance Documents;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
3
(10)
Finance Parties means the Finance Parties as defined in the Loan Agreement and
any other person who may become a Finance Party under the Loan Agreement from
time to time;
(11)
Harmony means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number
1950/038232/06), a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the
company laws of South Africa;
(12)
Lenders means:
(a)
Nedbank; and
(b)
any person who becomes a party to the Loan Agreement as a Lender,
and, in each case, which has not ceased to be a party to the Loan Agreement as a
Lender and Lender shall, as the context requires, mean any one of them;
(13)
Loan Agreement means the written agreement entitled Loan Agreement concluded
between, amongst others, the Borrower and Nedbank (as Lender, Arranger and
Facility Agent) on or about 11 December 2014, as amended and/or amended and
restated from time to time;
(14)
Nedbank means Nedbank Limited (Registration No. 1951/000009/06) (acting through
its Corporate and Investment Banking division), a public company and registered bank
duly incorporated according to the company and banking laws of South Africa;
(15)
Parties means:
(a)
the Finance Parties;
(b)
the Borrower; and
(c)
the Subordinated Creditors,
and Party means, as the context requires, any one of them;
(16)
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the written second
amendment and restatement agreement entered into or to be entered into between
the Borrower and Nedbank (as Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent) on or about the
Signature Date, pursuant to which the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to be
in the form as attached thereto;
(17)
Second Restatement Date has the meaning given to it in the Second Amendment
and Restatement Agreement;
(18)
Signature Date means the date of the signature of this Agreement by the Party last
signing it in time;
(19)
Subordinated Creditor Proceeds Account shall have the meaning ascribed to it in
clause 3.1(3);
(20)
Subordinated Creditors means:
(a)
ARM;
(b)
Harmony; and
(c)
any other person who has acceded to this Agreement as a Subordinated
Creditor after the Signature Date, by entering into an Accession Deed,
and Subordinated Creditor means any one of them as the context requires;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4
(21)
Subordinated Liabilities means all sums, liabilities and obligations whether in
respect of the payment of capital or the payment of interest and/or any other charges
(whether actual, contingent, present or future) due, outstanding or owing by the
Borrower to the Subordinated Creditors, or any of them, from time to time in respect of
loans or any other financial accommodation or assistance made or provided by the
Subordinated Creditors, or any of them, to the Borrower from time to time; and
(22)
Unknown Indemnity Claims means any claims against the Borrower under any
indemnities contained in the Finance Documents which have not been notified to the
Borrower and the Subordinated Creditors in writing on the date on which all other
Finance Obligations are irrevocably, unconditionally and finally discharged in full.
1.2
Construction
(1)
Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:
(a)
any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted
cessionaries and permitted transferees;
(b)
a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument includes (without
prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) all amendments (however
fundamental) to, or novations of, that Finance Document or other agreement
or instrument, including any amendment or novation providing for any
increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility or replacement
facility;
(c)
the use of the word including followed by specific examples will not be
construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the
eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general
wording or such specific examples;
(d)
a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government,
state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or
partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);
(e)
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;
and
(f)
a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.
(2)
Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
(3)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any notice given under or in
connection with this Agreement has the same meaning in that notice as in this
Agreement.
(4)
If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing
obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation
clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of this
Agreement.
(5)
Unless inconsistent with the context, an expression in this Agreement which denotes
the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
(6)
The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted
against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the
interpretation of this Agreement.
(7)
The expiry or termination of this Agreement shall not affect those provisions of this
Agreement that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or
termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
5
termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for
this.
(8)
This Agreement shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and
enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue
practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed
this Agreement in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to
include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue
practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.
(9)
Unless a contrary indication appears, where any number of days is to be calculated
from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as including that particular day
and excluding the last day of such period.
1.3
Third party rights
(1)
Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement
constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any Person who is not a party to this
Agreement.
(2)
Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a
party to this Agreement is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time
except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be)
relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a
stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.
2
Introduction
2.1
The Parties have concluded or are about to conclude the Finance Documents to which they
are a party.
2.2
Pursuant to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Subordinated
Creditors have agreed, in order to induce the Finance Parties to enter into the Finance
Documents to which they are a party and to provide, or to continue to provide (as the case
may be), the various facilities and other financial accommodation thereunder, to subordinate
the Subordinated Liabilities in favour of the Finance Obligations.
3
Subordination
3.1
With effect from the Second Restatement Date and at any time prior to the Discharge Date:
(1)
whether secured or unsecured, the Finance Obligations will rank in priority to the
Subordinated Liabilities;
(2)
except as contemplated by clause 3.2(2) or clause 3.2(3) or as permitted by clause
10.1(5) of the Loan Agreement, the Subordinated Creditors will not claim, receive or
accept, directly or indirectly, payment of the Subordinated Liabilities;
(3)
the Subordinated Creditors shall not take, accept or receive the benefit of any
Encumbrance from the Borrower or any other Subordinated Creditor except to the
extent such Encumbrance has been consented to in writing by the Facility Agent or
such Encumbrance arises by operation of law; provided however that in either case
any proceeds realised on account of any such Encumbrance shall immediately be
deposited into an interest bearing account opened in the name of the relevant
Subordinated Creditor with the Facility Agent ( Subordinated Creditor Proceeds
Account
) to be applied in accordance with the Finance Documents towards the
discharge of the Finance Obligations to the extent that, on the insolvency of the
Borrower, the Finance Parties, having filed their claims against the Borrower’s estate,
receive less than the full amount owing to them under the Finance Obligations, in
order to give effect to the prior ranking of the Finance Obligations and such proceeds
(or the balance thereof if any part thereof has been applied as set out above) shall
BACKGROUND IMAGE
6
only be released from the Subordinated Creditor Proceeds Account after Discharge
Date has occurred;
(4)
except as provided for in clause 3.2(2), the Subordinated Creditors shall not obtain or
enforce any judgment against the Borrower in relation to any of the Subordinated
Liabilities;
(5)
except as may be permitted by clause 3.2(2) or clause 3.2(3), the Subordinated
Creditors shall not exercise their rights or powers (or take any steps to do so) in
respect of any Subordinated Liabilities or otherwise against the Borrower if that
exercise would result in the Borrower being in breach of any of the Finance
Documents; and
(6)
the Subordinated Creditors shall not petition or apply for or vote in favour of any
resolution for the winding-up, dissolution or administration or any analogous or similar
process with regard to the Borrower.
3.2
The Subordinated Creditors subordinate, for the benefit of the Finance Parties, the
Subordinated Liabilities, so as to enable the Finance Parties to receive preferent payment
above the Subordinated Liabilities and so that:
(1)
the claims of the Finance Parties in respect of the Finance Obligations, both present
and future, will rank in preference to the Subordinated Liabilities;
(2)
in:
(a)
any sequestration (whether provisional or final), winding up, compromise or
similar proceedings in respect of the Borrower; or
(b)
any circumstances in which a Subordinated Creditor may otherwise
permanently lose its right to file a claim against the Borrower if a claim is not
filed at that time,
the Subordinated Creditors shall, subject to the subordination set out in clause 3.2(1)
above and the provisions of clause 3.2(3) below, be entitled to prove or seek to prove
claims in respect of the Subordinated Liabilities without the Facility Agent’s prior
written consent; and
(3)
where a Subordinated Creditor has proved a claim in any circumstances contemplated
in clause 3.2(2) above, or filed such a claim against the Borrower, that Subordinated
Creditor undertakes and agrees that:
(a)
it will:
(i)
instruct the liquidator to pay any proceeds of such claim owing to it
directly into its Subordinated Creditor Proceeds Account; or
(ii)
immediately following receipt of any proceeds of such claim received
by it, pay those proceeds into its Subordinated Creditor Proceeds
Account,
as the case may be;
(b)
it will pay over to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the
amount which is the lesser of (i) the difference between the full amount owing
to the Finance Parties under the Finance Obligations and the amount which
the Finance Parties, having filed their claims against the Borrower’s estate,
have received and (ii) the amount of any proceeds of any claim actually
received by the Subordinated Creditor to be applied towards the discharge of
the Finance Obligations in accordance with its obligations set out above in this
clause 3.2(3) in order to give effect to the prior ranking of the Finance
BACKGROUND IMAGE
7
Obligations (the undertaking in this clause 3.2(3)(b) being the Subordinated
Creditor Undertaking
);
(c)
it will cede in favour of the Finance Parties, on terms to the satisfaction of the
Facility Agent, any and all of its rights, title and interest in and to the
Subordinated Creditor Proceeds Account and any balance standing to the
credit thereof as security for its Subordinated Creditor Undertaking; and
(d)
the balance of any proceeds standing to the credit of the Subordinated
Creditor Proceeds Account following application in accordance with the
provisions of this clause 3.2(3) shall only be released from the Subordinated
Creditor Proceeds Account after the Finance Obligations have been
discharged in full.
4
Further Subordinated Creditor restrictions
4.1
In the event that any person becomes or is proposed to become a Subordinated Creditor and
the holder of a Subordinated Liability against the Borrower (other than by the transfer of an
existing Subordinated Liability to an existing Subordinated Creditor), the Borrower and the
relevant Subordinated Creditor shall:
(1)
notify the Facility Agent thereof; and
(2)
procure that each such prospective holder of such Subordinated Liability shall enter
into an Accession Deed agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,
without delay and in any event prior to or simultaneously with such Subordinated Creditor
acquiring such Subordinated Liability against the Borrower.
4.2
Each Subordinated Creditor undertakes, in relation to the Subordinated Liabilities held by it, in
favour of the Finance Parties:
(1)
that no person shall acquire any Subordinated Liabilities held by it against the
Borrower unless that person has become bound by the provisions of this Agreement
by executing and delivering an Accession Deed; and
(2)
not to cede, assign, transfer or otherwise encumber its Subordinated Liabilities against
the Borrower unless the person to whom the applicable Subordinated Liabilities are
ceded, assigned or transferred becomes bound by the provisions of this Agreement by
executing and delivering an Accession Deed.
5
Recovery payments
If any Subordinated Creditor ( Recovering Subordinated Creditor ) receives any payment
directly or indirectly of or in respect of the Subordinated Liabilities contrary to the provisions of
clause 3 (Subordination):
5.1
the Recovering Subordinated Creditor shall, within three Business Days, notify the details of
the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;
5.2
the Facility Agent shall determine the correct allocation of that payment in order to give effect
to the intended ranking of the relevant Finance Obligations and Subordinated Liabilities as
provided for by clause 3 (Subordination) of this Agreement; and
5.3
the Recovering Subordinated Creditor shall, within three Business Days of demand by the
Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent or to such Finance Parties as directed by the Facility
Agent, the amount determined to be payable to the Finance Parties.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
8
6
Acknowledgement by the Subordinated Creditors
The Borrower and each Subordinated Creditor acknowledges the rights afforded to the
Finance Parties under this Agreement in respect of the subordination of the Subordinated
Liabilities in favour of the Finance Obligations and agrees not to make payment of the
Subordinated Liabilities to the Subordinated Creditors except as permitted by this Agreement
and agrees to procure that no other Subordinated Creditor shall make payment of the
Subordinated Liabilities to any other Subordinated Creditor except as permitted by this
Agreement.
7
Representations and warranties
The Borrower and each Subordinated Creditor represents and warrants to the Finance Parties
on each day that this Agreement is in force:
7.1
Status
(1)
It is duly established or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing under
the laws of South Africa.
(2)
It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is currently being
conducted and to enter into, and comply with its obligations under the Finance
Documents to which it is a party.
7.2
Binding obligations
The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a
party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
7.3
Powers and authority
It has the power and authority to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary
action to authorise its entry into and performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to
which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those documents.
7.4
Non-conflict
The entry into, and performance by, it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance
Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:
(1)
any law applicable to it;
(2)
its constitutional documents ; and
(3)
any undertaking, agreement or instrument binding on it or any of its assets or
constitute a default or termination (however described) under any such document,
nor (except as provided in any Security Document) result in the existence of, or oblige it to
create, any Encumbrance over any of its assets.
7.5
Authorisations
All authorisations required to:
(1)
enable it to lawfully enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under
the Finance Documents to which it is a party and to ensure that those obligations are
legal, valid, binding and enforceable; and
(2)
make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in South Africa,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
9
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect or will be obtained or effected
and will be in full force and effect on the date they are required in relation to the Finance
Documents, and, so far as it is aware (after due and proper enquiry) no steps have been taken
to revoke, adversely modify or cancel any such authorisation, and such authorisations are not
subject to any condition which it does not expect to be satisfied.
7.6
No other security
No Encumbrance subsists, has arisen, or has been created or extended over the
Subordinated Liabilities in favour of any other person.
7.7
Finance Documents
It acknowledges that it has received each Finance Document and is aware of the terms and
conditions thereof.
7.8
Each of the warranties given by the Borrower and the Secured Creditors in terms of this
clause 7 shall:
(1)
prima facie be deemed to be a representation of fact inducing the Finance Parties to
enter into this Agreement;
(2)
be presumed to be material unless the contrary is proved;
(3)
insofar as any of the warranties is promissory or relates to a future event, be deemed
to have been given as at the due date for fulfilment of the promise or for the
happening of the event, as the case may be; and
(4)
be a separate warranty and in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or
inference from the terms of any other warranty.
7.9
The Finance Parties are entering into this Agreement relying upon the warranties given by the
Borrower and the Subordinated Creditors in this clause 7.
8
Notices and domicilia
8.1
Notices
(1)
Each Party chooses the address set out opposite its name below as its address to
which any written notice in connection with this Agreement may be addressed.
(a)
Nedbank (in its capacity as Arranger, Original Lender and Facility Agent):
Physical address:
3
rd
Floor, F Block, 135 Rivonia Road, Sandown,
Sandton
Fax number:
+27 (0)11 295 3902
Marked for the attention of: Head: Transaction Management
(b)
Borrower:
Physical address:
c/o African Rainbow Minerals Limited, ARM
House, 29 Impala Road, Chislehurston, Sandton
Fax number:
+27 (0)11 883 5609
Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary
BACKGROUND IMAGE
10
(c)
ARM:
Physical address:
African Rainbow Minerals Limited, ARM House,
29 Impala Road, Chislehurston, Sandton
Fax number:
+27 (0)11 883 5609
Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary
(d)
Harmony:
Physical address:
Block 27, Randfontein Office Park
Cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue
Randfontein
Fax number:
+27 (0)11 684 0188
Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary
(2)
Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this
Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to
give notice by telefax transmitted to its telefax number set out opposite its name
above.
(3)
Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its chosen address and/or
telefax number for the purposes of clause 8.1(1) to any other address(es) and/or
telefax number(s), provided that the change shall become effective on the 14
th
day
after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.
(4)
Any notice given in terms of this Agreement shall:
(a)
if delivered by hand be deemed to have been received by the addressee on
the date of delivery;
(b)
if transmitted by facsimile be deemed to have been received by the addressee
on the first Business Day after the date of transmission,
unless the contrary is proved.
(5)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or
communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or
communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen
address and/or telefax number.
8.2
Domicilia
(1)
Each of the Parties chooses its physical address referred to in clause 8.1 (Notices) as
its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in
connection with this Agreement may be served.
(2)
Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to
time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South
Africa; provided that any such change shall only be effective on the 14
th
day after
deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to clause 8.1(3).
9
Jurisdiction
The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of
the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to
that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
11
10
Stipulation for the benefit of future Finance Parties
The provisions of this Agreement which confer benefits upon the Finance Parties shall
constitute stipulations for the benefit of any person(s) becoming a Finance Party in
accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents, capable of acceptance at any time.
To the extent that any splitting of claims arises as a result of the provisions of this clause 10,
each of the Parties hereby consents to such splitting of claims.
11
Facility Agent
The Facility Agent shall be entitled to exercise the rights of the Finance Parties on their behalf
under this Agreement and to instruct the Subordinated Creditors and the Borrower in relation
to the matters contemplated by this Agreement and the Subordinated Creditors and the
Borrower agree that they shall render performance under this Agreement to the Facility Agent
acting on behalf of the Finance Parties, provided that this arrangement does not constitute a
cession or transfer of such rights by the Finance Parties to the Facility Agent and the Finance
Parties retain all such rights, and the Facility Agent acts only as their agent. The Subordinated
Creditors and the Borrower shall be entitled to assume that the Facility Agent is acting on the
instructions of the Finance Parties and, further, that any performance rendered by the
Subordinated Creditors or the Borrower to the Facility Agent under this Agreement shall
constitute a valid discharge of the Subordinated Creditors’ or the Borrower’s obligations to the
Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.
12
Governing law
The entire provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of South Africa.
13
Severability
Each provision in this Agreement is severable from all others, notwithstanding the manner in
which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any judgment
or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or
unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and
clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the
generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be
bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be
unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed
from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force.
14
General
14.1
This document constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to
the subject matter thereof.
14.2
No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or
the like, not recorded herein.
14.3
No addition to, variation or consensual cancellation of this Agreement and no extension of
time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement
shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of all the Parties.
14.4
No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party
to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of
any right arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party
shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate
as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights in terms of or arising
from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict
and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
12
14.5
The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, to perform all such acts and to take all
such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and
the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the
putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and import of this Agreement.
15
Costs
15.1
The costs of and incidental to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement will
be borne in accordance with the Finance Documents.
15.2
All legal costs incurred by a Party in consequence of any default of the provisions of this
Agreement by any other Party shall be payable on demand by the defaulting Party on the
scale as between attorney and own client and shall include collection charges, the costs
incurred by the non-defaulting Party in endeavouring to enforce such rights prior to the
institution of legal proceedings and the costs incurred in connection with the satisfaction or
enforcement of any judgement awarded in favour of the non-defaulting Party in relation to its
rights in terms of or arising out of this Agreement.
16
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed
to be an original of the Party or Parties executing the same and all of which together will be
deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.
17
Termination
This Agreement shall terminate on the Discharge Date.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Schedule 1:
Form of Accession Deed
Accession Deed
by
[Insert]
( Acceding Party )
in favour of
the other parties to the Subordination Agreement (as defined below).
This Agreement is supplemental to a Subordination Agreement ( Subordination Agreement ) dated on
or about [ ] 2016 and entered into between Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and
Investment Banking division), the Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic
Empowerment Trust and the Subordinated Creditors (as such term is defined in the Subordination
Agreement).
It is agreed as follows:
1
Words and expressions defined in the Subordination Agreement shall have the same
meanings in this Accession Deed.
2
The Acceding Party confirms it has been supplied with a copy of the Subordination Agreement
and that it is, or will become, the holder of the Subordinated Liabilities detailed in Annexure A
to this Agreement.
3
The Acceding Party agrees to observe, perform and be bound by all of the terms of the
Subordination Agreement to the effect that the Acceding Party shall be a Party to the
Subordination Agreement as a Subordinated Creditor with effect from the date on which the
Acceding Party becomes, or became, the holder of the Subordinated Liabilities detailed in
Annexure A to this Agreement.
4
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of South
Africa.
Signed at ____________________ on this the ______ day of _____________ 20[ ].
For and on behalf of
[Acceding Party]
____________________________
Name:
Capacity:
Who warrants authority
BACKGROUND IMAGE
14
Annexure A
Name of Acceding Party:
[Insert]
Address of Acceding Party (for purposes of clause 8 (Notices and domicilia ) of the Subordination
Agreement)
[insert]
Subordinated Liability as at Accession Date:
[Insert amount of Subordinated Liability]
Description of Subordinated Liability as at Accession Date:
[Insert description of how Subordinated Liability created]
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Signature pages
Signed at Sandton on the 1st day of March 2016.
For and on behalf of
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
(as Arranger, Original Lender and Facility Agent)
/s/ GL Webber
____________________________
Name: GL Webber
Capacity: Authorised signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto
/s/ C.D Stewart
____________________________
Name: C.D Stewart
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his/her authority hereto
Signed at Sandton on the 29th day of February 2016.
For and on behalf of
The Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust
(as Borrower)
/s/ M Arnold
____________________________
Name: M Arnold
Capacity: Trustee
Who warrants his authority hereto
BACKGROUND IMAGE
16
Signed at Sandton on the 29th day of February 2016.
For and on behalf of
African Rainbow Minerals Limited
(as Subordinated Creditor)
/s/ M.P. Schmidt
____________________________
Name: M.P.Schmidt
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto
/s/ M Arnold
____________________________
Name: M Arnold
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his/her authority hereto
Signed at Muldersdrift on the 1st day of March 2016.
For and on behalf of
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(as Subordinated Creditor)
/s/ Frank Abbott
___________________________
Name: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
___________________________
Name: Peter Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
800678682v12
Share Purchase Agreement
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Ltd
ACN 083 828 853
and
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Registration no. 1950/038232/06
and
Newcrest International Pty Ltd
ACN 007 449 194
and
Newcrest Mining Limited
ACN 005 683 625
Sale and purchase of shares in Newcrest PNG 1 Limited
2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
800678682v12
i
CONTENTS
CLAUSE
PAGE
1.
INTERPRETATION ........................................................................................................
1
1.1
Definitions .........................................................................................................
1
1.2
Rules for interpreting this document.................................................................
8
1.3
The rule about contra proferentem...................................................................
9
1.4
Non Business Days.........................................................................................
9
1.5
Method of payment .........................................................................................
9
1.6
References to tenements ................................................................................
9
2.
AGREEMENT TO SELL AND BUY ............................................................................
10
2.1
Sale and purchase .......................................................................................
10
2.2
Title, property and risk .................................................................................
10
2.3
Economic Transfer Date................................................................................
10
2.4
Non-Hidden Valley Business ..........................................................................
10
3.
PURCHASE PRICE....................................................................................................
10
3.1
Purchase Price.............................................................................................
10
3.2
No set-off ...................................................................................................
11
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT ........................................................................................
11
4.1
Conditions Precedent....................................................................................
11
4.2
Waiver of conditions.....................................................................................
11
4.3
Obligation to satisfy conditions ......................................................................
12
4.4
Result of non-satisfaction of conditions...........................................................
12
4.5
Tenement Sale Agreement (for the Excluded Tenement)..............................
13
5.
CONDUCT UNTIL COMPLETION .................................................................................
13
5.1
Conduct of Hidden Valley Business and HVSL until completion..................
13
5.2
Conduct of Company until Completion ............................................................
13
5.3
Agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed ...............................
14
5.4
No disposal of Sale Shares ............................................................................
14
5.5
Permitted Activities ......................................................................................
14
6.
COMPLETION..........................................................................................................
15
6.1
Time and place for Completion ......................................................................
15
6.2
Settlement of intercompany balances .............................................................
15
6.3
Seller obligations in relation to the Company at Completion .........................
15
6.4
Seller and Buyer obligations in relation to HVSL at Completion ...................
16
6.5
Directors' resolutions....................................................................................
16
6.6
Buyer obligations at Completion ....................................................................
17
6.7
When does Completion occur ........................................................................
17
6.8
Release of former directors and officers ......................................................
17
6.9
Post Completion duty and registration obligations of Buyer ..........................
18
6.10
Excluded Insurance Proceeds ........................................................................
18
7.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS .....................................................................
18
7.1
Acknowledgement in relation to Seller IP ..................................................
18
7.2
Licence to continue to use Seller IP................................................................
18
7.3
Prohibition on the use of other Seller IP..........................................................
18
7.4
Name of the Company..................................................................................
19
7.5
Ventyx software ..........................................................................................
19
8.
RECORDS ..............................................................................................................
19
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
800678682v12
ii
8.1
Records and Buyer access.............................................................................
19
8.2
Seller Access to Records after Completion..................................................
20
9.
WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER ..................................................................................
20
9.1
Warranties ..................................................................................................
20
9.2
Interpreting Warranties ................................................................................
20
9.3
No reliance other than on Warranties .............................................................
20
9.4
Buyer due diligence......................................................................................
21
9.5
Mitigation of losses ......................................................................................
22
9.6
No merger ..................................................................................................
22
10.
LIMITATIONS ON CLAIMS AGAINST SELLER .......................................................
22
10.1
Disclosures .................................................................................................
22
10.2
Limitations..................................................................................................
23
10.3
No liability if Loss is otherwise compensated for..........................................
23
10.4
Repayments to Seller ...................................................................................
24
10.5
Claims for consequential loss ........................................................................
24
10.6
Thresholds ..................................................................................................
24
10.7
Time limit and remedy..................................................................................
24
10.8
Contingent Liabilities ....................................................................................
25
10.9
Liability of Seller to Buyer .............................................................................
25
10.10 Fraud .........................................................................................................
25
11.
THIRD PARTY CLAIMS AFTER COMPLETION ..........................................................
25
11.1
Notification .................................................................................................
25
11.2
Seller must take over Claim ..........................................................................
25
11.3
Buyer to keep Seller informed .......................................................................
26
11.4
No liability ..................................................................................................
26
12.
TAX INDEMNITY......................................................................................................
26
12.1
Tax Indemnity.............................................................................................
26
12.2
Exceptions to Tax Indemnity .........................................................................
27
12.3
Pre-conditions to Claim under Tax Indemnity ..................................................
27
12.4
Payment of overprovisions or refunds.............................................................
28
12.5
Disputing Action ..........................................................................................
28
12.6
Buyer to keep Seller and Newcrest informed ............................................
28
12.7
Tax returns .................................................................................................
29
12.8
FY2016 Tax Return ......................................................................................
29
12.9
Tax audits...................................................................................................
31
13.
GST ......................................................................................................................
31
13.1
GST on incidental supplies and claims ............................................................
31
14.
WARRANTIES BY THE BUYER AND HARMONY GOLD ..........................................
32
14.1
Warranties of the Buyer and Harmony Gold..............................................
32
14.2
Reliance on Buyer and Harmony Gold's representations and warranties ....
32
15.
WARRANTIES BY NEWCREST....................................................................................
32
15.1
Warranties of Newcrest ................................................................................
32
15.2
Reliance on Newcrest's representations and warranties ..............................
32
16.
HARMONY GOLD PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE - MINE CLOSURE ......................
33
16.1
Performance guarantee ................................................................................
33
16.2
Notification .................................................................................................
33
16.3
Remedies....................................................................................................
33
16.4
Principal obligations .....................................................................................
34
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
800678682v12
iii
16.5
Continuity...................................................................................................
34
16.6
Liability unaffected by other events................................................................
34
16.7
Variation of rights and cumulative remedies....................................................
34
16.8
No withholdings...........................................................................................
34
16.9
Currency.....................................................................................................
35
16.10 No set-off .......................................................................................                       35
16.11 Limitations not applicable .............................................................                        35
16.12 Force Majeure .............................................................................................         35
16.13 Best endeavours to overcome Force Majeure Occurrence ..............................   35
17.
HARMONY GOLD INDEMNITY FOR RELEVANT LIABILITIES....................................
35
17.1
Definitions ..................................................................................................
35
17.2
Indemnity...................................................................................................
36
17.3
Notification procedure ..................................................................................
36
17.4
Principal obligations .....................................................................................
36
17.5
Liability unaffected by other events................................................................
36
17.6
Variation of rights and cumulative remedies....................................................
37
17.7
No withholdings...........................................................................................
37
17.8
Currency.....................................................................................................
37
17.9
No set-off ...................................................................................................
37
17.10 Notification .................................................................................................          37
17.11 Harmony Gold take over of Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) ............         37
17.12 Obligations in relation to Third Party Claims (Clause 16 and 17) ..................     .39
17.13 No liability ..................................................................................................          39
17.14 No double recovery under clauses 16 and 17...................................................   39
17.15 Rights and limitations...................................................................................         39
18.
SELLER INDEMNITY FOR NON-HIDDEN VALLEY LIABILITIES...........................
40
18.1
Definitions ..................................................................................................
40
18.2
Indemnity...................................................................................................
40
18.3
No double recovery with Tax Indemnity..........................................................
40
18.4
Limitations..................................................................................................
40
18.5
Management of Third Party Claims.................................................................
40
19.
COSTS AND STAMP DUTY ........................................................................................
40
19.1
Costs generally............................................................................................
40
19.2
Stamp duty generally ...................................................................................
40
20.
CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENT ..........................................................
41
20.1
General ......................................................................................................
41
20.2
ABC ...........................................................................................................
41
20.3
Announcements...........................................................................................
41
21.
NOTICES ...............................................................................................................
42
21.1
How to give a notice ....................................................................................
42
21.2
When a notice is given .................................................................................
42
21.3
Address for notices ......................................................................................
42
22.
AMENDMENT AND ASSIGNMENT ...............................................................................
43
22.1
Amendment ................................................................................................
43
22.2
Assignment.................................................................................................
43
22.3
Assumption by New Party of obligations under clauses 16 and 17 .................
43
23.
GENERAL ...............................................................................................................
43
23.1
Governing law .............................................................................................
43
23.2
Giving effect to this document .......................................................................
44
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
800678682v12
iv
23.3
Consents ....................................................................................................
44
23.4
Operation of this document ...........................................................................
44
23.5
Operation of indemnities...............................................................................
44
23.6
No merger ..................................................................................................
44
23.7
Counterparts...............................................................................................
45
23.8
Attorneys....................................................................................................
45
Schedule
1
Details of Sale Group Companies ..............................................................................
46
2
Warranties of the Seller ...........................................................................................
47
3
Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Harmony Gold ..................................
50
4
Newcrest's Representations and Warranties ...............................................................
51
Annexure
A
Disclosure Materials
B
Asset Sale Agreement (for the Exploration Assets)
C
POM Services Agreement Deed of Termination
D
Wamum Letter Agreement Deed of Termination
E
MCA Deed of Release and Variation
F
Exploration JVA Amendment Deed
G
Wafi-Golpu JVA Amendment Deed
H
Deed of Novation under clause 22.3
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
1
THIS AGREEMENT is made on ____ September 2016
BETWEEN:
(1)
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Ltd ACN 083 828 853 whose registered office is at
Level 2, 189 Coronation Drive, Milton QLD 4064 ( Buyer );
(2)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration no. 1950/038232/06 and VAT
no. 4380103194) whose registered office is at Randfontein Office Park, Cnr Main Reef
Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, South Africa ( Harmony Gold );
(3)
Newcrest International Pty Ltd ACN 007 449 194 whose registered office is at Level 8,
600 St Kilda Road, Melbourne VIC 3004 ( Seller );
(4)
Newcrest Mining Limited ACN 005 683 625 whose registered office is at Level 8, 600 St
Kilda Road, Melbourne VIC 3004 ( Newcrest ).
RECITALS:
(A)
The Company and MCG are joint venturers in the Hidden Valley Joint Venture.
(B)
The Seller wishes to sell and the Buyer wishes to acquire the Seller's interests in the
Hidden Valley Joint Venture.
(C)
For this purpose, the Seller and the Buyer enter into this document for the sale and
purchase of the Sale Shares, subject to and on the terms of this document.
(D)
Harmony Gold, as the Ultimate Holding Company of the Buyer, has agreed to provide the
guarantee in clause 16 and indemnity provided for in clause 17 in favour of the Seller and
Newcrest.
THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
1.
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
The following definitions apply in this document.
ABB means ABB Technology Ltd (CH 020.3.004.411-1).
ABC Legislation means any anti-bribery and corruption laws and related rules,
regulations and guidance (in any jurisdiction) applicable to a party's business operations.
AML Legislation means any law or related rule, regulation or guidance (in any
jurisdiction) applicable to a party's business operations under any applicable jurisdiction
which relates to the prevention of:
(a)
money laundering;
(b)
terrorism financing;
(c)
dealing with proceeds of crime; or
(d)
the provision of financial and or other services to any persons which who may be
subject to economic or trade sanctions imposed by the United States of America,
the European Union, the Commonwealth of Australia, the Republic of South Africa,
the Independent State of Papua New Guinea or any other country,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
2
including the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth).
Assessment means something which creates or evidences an obligation to pay an
ascertained amount for Tax at or before a fixed time, such as:
(a)
any document received from a Government Agency administering any Tax,
assessing, imposing, claiming or indicating an intention to claim any Tax (such as
an assessment, penalty notice or demand); or
(b)
lodgement of a Tax return or a request for amendment of an assessment under a
law about self-assessment of Tax.
Asset Sale Agreement (for the Exploration Assets) means the asset sale agreement
to be entered into between Newcrest PNG 3 Limited and Harmony Gold (PNG Exploration)
Limited on or about the date of this document, in respect of the sale and purchase of the
Exploration Assets in the form set out in Annexure B.
Authorisation means:
(a)
an approval, authorisation, consent, declaration, exemption, licence, notarisation,
permit or waiver, however it is described, and including any condition attaching to
it; and
(b)
in relation to anything that would be prohibited or restricted by law if a
Government Agency acts in any way within a specified period, the expiry of that
period without that action being taken,
including any renewal or amendment.
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) on which
banks are open for general banking business in Melbourne, Victoria and Brisbane,
Australia and Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea.
Buyer Group means Harmony Gold and its related bodies corporate (and a member of
the Buyer Group means any one of them), including after Completion the Sale Group Companies.
Called Sum has the definition given in the Joint Venture Agreement.
Called Sum Agreed Amount means USD [***] payable by the Company in accordance
with clause 4.1(e).
Cash Agreed Amount means USD22,500,000.
Claim means, in relation to a person, any claim, cause of action, proceeding, liability, suit
or demand made against the person concerned, however it arises and whether it is
present or future, fixed or unascertained, actual or contingent.
Company means Newcrest PNG 1 Limited, whose details are set out in part A of Schedule 1.
Companies Act means the Companies Act 1997 (PNG).
Completion means completion of the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares under clause 6.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
3
Completion Date means as soon as practicable following when the last of the Conditions
Precedent is satisfied (or waived under clause 4.2) and in any event no later than the End Date.
Conditions Precedent means the conditions referred to in clause 4.1.
Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
Data Room means the online data room containing documents, information and
materials in respect of the Company listed in Annexure A.
Deed of Novation means a deed between Pacific Niugini Minerals (PNG) Limited, the
Company, Newcrest PNG 3 Limited and Morobe Exploration Limited for the novation of the
Option Agreement from the Company to Newcrest PNG 3 Limited.
Disclosure Materials means information provided by or on behalf of the Seller to the
Buyer in connection with this document or the transactions contemplated by this
document, comprising the documents, information and materials listed in Annexure A and
any documents, information and materials disclosed to the Seller by means of the Data Room.
Economic Transfer Date means close of business (being 4 p.m.) on 31 August 2016.
EL means an Exploration Licence issued under the Mining Act.
Encumbrance means an easement, restrictive covenant, caveat or similar restriction
over property.
End Date means [***].
Excluded Assets means the Excluded Insurance Proceeds and Excluded Tenement.
Excluded Insurance Proceeds means 50% of any proceeds received by HVSL, the
Company or MCG pursuant to a Deed for Recovery Proceedings between HVSL, the
Company, MCG, Swiss Re International SE and International Mining Industry Underwriters
Ltd, including from the legal proceedings being conducted by their insurers in Australian
Federal Court proceedings Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Ltd & Ors v Enerka Apex
Belting Pty Ltd (NSD 1013/2015).
Excluded Tenement means EL1629.
Exploration Assets means EL497, EL677 and EL2313.
Exploration JVA Amendment Deed means a deed between the parties to the
Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture Agreement in the form set out in Annexure F.
Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture Agreement means the agreement of that name
dated 22 May 2008 between MCG, Wafi Mining Limited, Morobe Exploration Limited,
Newcrest PNG 3 Limited and Morobe Exploration Services Limited.
Gold Remittances Amount means any proceeds of sale of gold or silver bullion by the
Company comprising shipment 458 or any subsequent shipment, less the amount of the
Mid-September Cash Call (and for the purposes of the determining the Gold Remittances
Amount, any non-USD component of the Mid-September Cash Call is to be converted into
USD at the applicable exchange rate for the relevant currency on 15 September 2016).
Government Agency means:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
4
(a)
a government or government department or other body;
(b)
a governmental, semi-governmental or judicial person including a statutory
corporation; or
(c)
a person (whether autonomous or not) who is charged with the administration of a law.
GST means a goods and services tax or similar value added tax levied or imposed under
GST Law.
GST Law has the same meaning as "GST law" in the A New Tax System (Goods &
Services Tax) Act 1999
(Cth) and any analogous laws of any applicable jurisdiction,
including the Goods and Services Tax Act 2003 (PNG).
Hidden Valley Business means the activities of the Company and HVSL conducted
pursuant to the Joint Venture Agreement or with the agreement of each of MCG and the
Company.
Hidden Valley Joint Venture means the unincorporated joint venture between MCG and
the Company, established under the Joint Venture Agreement of which HVSL is the operator.
Hidden Valley Mine means the exploration, mining, development and production
activities conducted, and the assets, Tenements and tenure, and associated
infrastructure, by whomever owned from time to time, known as the Hidden Valley Mine
as at the date of this document, located in the Morobe Province (including, to avoid doubt,
any expansions thereof and any associated new assets, tenements and tenure and
infrastructure).
HVSL means Hidden Valley Services Limited, a company wholly-owned by MCG and the
Company in equal proportions and whose details are set out in Part B of Schedule 1.
Insolvency Event means, in respect of a person:
(a)
the person states that it is unable to pays its debts or becomes insolvent within the
meaning of section 95A of the Corporations Act or insolvent under administration
within the meaning of section 9 of the Corporations Act, or circumstances exist such
that the Court must presume insolvency under section 459C of the Corporations Act
(regardless of whether or not an application has been made as referred to in that
section);
(b)
an application being made to a court for an order to appoint, or a step is taken to
appoint, a controller, administrator, receiver, liquidator, provisional liquidator,
trustee for creditors in bankruptcy or analogous person to the person or significant
property of the person; or such an appointment being made;
(c)
the person suspends payment of its debts or enters, or takes any step towards
entering, a compromise or arrangement with, or assignment for the benefit of, any
of its members or creditors; or
(d)
having a receiver (as defined in the Companies Act) or analogous person appointed
to it or any of its property;
(e)
being taken under the Companies Act to have failed to comply with a statutory
demand referred to in section 337 of the Companies Act; or
(f)
any analogous event under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
5
unless this takes place as part of a solvent reconstruction, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.
Intellectual Property Rights means all rights conferred by law in or in relation to
copyright, trade marks, designs, patents, circuit layouts, plant varieties, inventions and
confidential information, and other results of intellectual activity in the industrial,
commercial, scientific, literary or artistic fields whether or not registrable, registered or
patentable. These rights include: all rights in all applications to register these rights; all
renewals and extensions of these rights; and all rights in the nature of these rights,
excluding moral rights.
Interest Rate means the indicator lending rate published by Australia and New Zealand
Banking Group (Australia) from time to time.
Joint Venture Agreement means the joint venture agreement to establish the Hidden
Valley Joint Venture entered into between MCG, the Company and HVSL dated 22 May 2008.
Liabilities means claims, debts, obligations, losses, liabilities, expenses, costs and
damages of any kind and however arising, including any legal costs (on a solicitor and
own client basis), penalties, fines and interest and including those which are prospective
or contingent and those the amount of which for the time being is not ascertained or ascertainable.
Loss includes any loss, damage, liability, cost or expense however it arises and whether it
is present or future, fixed or unascertained, actual or contingent but excluding any loss of
profits, loss of revenue or loss of opportunity.
MCA Deed of Release and Variation means the document in the form of Annexure E.
MCG means Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited.
Mid-September Cash Call means the Called Sum paid by the Company to HVSL under
the Joint Venture Agreement on or about 15 September 2016.
Mining Act means the Mining Act 1992 of PNG.
Newcrest-Ventyx Agreement means the agreement between Ventyx Pty Ltd (ABN 29
010 087 608) (as novated to ABB) and Newcrest Operations Limited dated 30 September 2009.
NHV Liabilities has the meaning given in clause 18.1.
Non-Hidden Valley Business means any activities of the Company conducted on or
before Completion which are not Hidden Valley Business. To avoid doubt, Non-Hidden
Valley Business includes the Excluded Assets, Seller Group financing activities, company
administration activities, tax and accounting management and dealing in bullion
(transport, refining, sale and derivatives), in each case conducted by the Company on or before Completion.
Official means:
(a)
any officer or employee of any Government Agency, or any person acting in an
official capacity on behalf of any such Government Agency;
(b)
any officer, employee or official of a political party;
(c)
any candidate for political office;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
6
(d)
any tribal elder or representative where they are performing a duty or an office or
position created under a custom or convention of PNG; or
(e)
any officer or employee of a public international organisation (for example, the
United Nations, International Monetary Fund or World Bank).
Option Agreement means the agreement entitled 'Option Agreement' between Morobe
Exploration Limited, the Company and Pacific Niugini Minerals (PNG) Limited, dated 11
March 2016, in relation to the Excluded Tenement.
Permitted Encumbrances means, in respect of the Tenements, the terms and
conditions attaching to the Tenements, the provisions of all statutes, laws and regulations
and directions of any Government Agency which create Encumbrances by ordinary
operation, any Encumbrances under or pursuant to the Joint Venture Agreement, and any
other Encumbrance ascertainable from publically available registers or under this document.
PNG means the Independent State of Papua New Guinea.
POM Services Agreement Deed of Termination means the document in the form of Annexure C.
Purchase Price has the meaning given to it in clause 3.1.
Records means all records in the possession or control of the Seller Group which relate
specifically to the Company, including records relating to the Non-Hidden Valley Business,
but excluding copies of documents that were obtained by the Company or any member of
the Seller Group from HVSL, MCG or any member of the Buyer Group in relation to the
Hidden Valley Business, any records relating to the Excluded Assets, and any records in
relation to Seller Group related matters including Seller Group financing related matters.
Relevant Assessment means an Assessment in respect of which the Seller and Newcrest
are liable to indemnify the Buyer or a Sale Group Company under clause 12.1.
Sale Group Company means the Company and HVSL.
Sale Shares means all of the issued shares in the Company as at Completion.
Seller Affiliate means in relation to the Seller, a related body corporate of the Seller or a
person who is a director, officer, employee or agent of a member of the Seller Group.
Seller Group means Newcrest and its related bodies corporate (and a member of the
Seller Group means any one of them), excluding after Completion the Company (and
excluding at all times HVSL).
Seller IP means any Intellectual Property Rights which are owned by a member of the
Seller Group and which are used by the Hidden Valley Joint Venture in relation to the
Hidden Valley Business immediately before Completion (other than any Intellectual
Property Rights owned by or licensed to a Sale Group Company).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
7
Subsidiary has the meaning given in the Corporations Act, but an entity will also be
taken to be a Subsidiary of an entity if it is controlled by that entity (as defined in
section 50AA of the Corporations Act).
Tax means a tax, levy, duty, charge, royalty, deduction or withholding, however it is
described (including GST) , that is imposed by law or by a Government Agency, together
with any related interest, penalty, fine or other charge.
Tax Indemnity means the indemnity given under clause 12.1.
Tenements means the following mining titles issued under the Mining Act:
(a)
ML151;
(b)
LMP80; and
(c)
ME82.
Tenement Sale Agreement (for the Excluded Tenement) means the asset sale
agreement that has been entered into prior to the date of this document or that is to be
entered into between the Company and Newcrest PNG 3 Limited on or about the date of
this document, in respect of the sale and purchase of the Excluded Tenement.
Third Party Claim means a Claim against a member of the Buyer Group made or
threatened by a person (other than a member of the Buyer Group, any Sale Group
Company or any Seller Affiliate) which, if admitted by the relevant member of the Buyer
Group or Sale Group Company, would give rise or could reasonably be expected to give
rise to a Claim against the Seller or Newcrest under this document (for example, for
breach of Warranty or under clause 18 (NHV Liabilities)) and which, for the avoidance of
doubt, includes a Claim under the Tax Indemnity.
Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) means a Claim against a member of the Seller
Group made or threatened by a person (other than a member of the Seller Group or any
Seller Affiliate) which, if admitted by the relevant member of the Seller Group, would give
rise or could reasonably be expected to give rise to a Claim against the Buyer or Harmony
Gold by the Seller or Newcrest under clauses 16 (mine closure) and/or 17 (Relevant
Liabilities indemnity).
Ultimate Holding Company has the meaning given in the Corporations Act.
Wafi-Golpu JVA Amendment Deed means a deed between the parties to the Wafi-
Golpu Joint Venture Agreement in the form set out in Annexure G.
Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture means the unincorporated joint venture between Wafi Mining
Limited and Newcrest PNG 2 Limited, established under the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture
Agreement, of which Wafi-Golpu Services Limited is the operator.
Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture Agreement means the agreement of that name dated 22
May 2008 between Wafi Mining Limited, Newcrest PNG 2 Limited and Wafi-Golpu Services Limited.
Wamum Letter Agreement Deed of Termination means the document in the form of Annexure D.
Warranty means a warranty made by the Seller under clause 9.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
8
Watut Litigation means:
(a)
the proceeding brought by Honourable Sam Basil on his own behalf and as a
representative plaintiff for approximately 110 persons claiming to be customary
land owners in the Upper Watut, Mumeng and Wampar regions, on 14 December
2010, in the National Court of PNG at Lae (WS No 1556 of 2010) including in
general terms, causes of action in public and private nuisance, alleging among
other things, sediment-derived damage to the Watut River system arising from
waste rock and overburden, and seeking unspecified damages and other relief
including a permanent injunction to restrain the project from continuing the alleged
nuisance; and/or
(b)
any other proceedings or legal investigations of any kind including by regulatory
authorities relating to the same or similar facts, matters and circumstances as
those which are the subject of the proceeding described in paragraph (a) of this definition.
1.2
Rules for interpreting this document
Headings are for convenience only, and do not affect interpretation. The following rules
also apply in interpreting this document, except where the context makes it clear that a
rule is not intended to apply.
(a)
A reference to:
(i)
a legislative provision or legislation (including subordinate legislation) is to
that provision or legislation as amended, re-enacted or replaced, and
includes any subordinate legislation issued under it;
(ii)
a document (including this document) or agreement, or a provision of a
document (including this document) or agreement, is to that document,
agreement or provision as amended, supplemented, replaced or novated;
(iii)
a party to this document or to any other document or agreement includes
a successor in title, permitted substitute or a permitted assign of that party;
(iv)
a person includes any type of entity or body of persons, whether or not it
is incorporated or has a separate legal identity, and any executor,
administrator or successor in law of the person; and
(v)
anything (including a right, obligation or concept) includes each part of it.
(b)
A singular word includes the plural, and vice versa.
(c)
A word which suggests one gender includes the other genders.
(d)
If a word or phrase is defined, any other grammatical form of that word or phrase
has a corresponding meaning.
(e)
If an example is given of anything (including a right, obligation or concept), such as
by saying it includes something else, the example does not limit the scope of that
thing.
(f)
The expression this document
includes the agreement, arrangement,
understanding or transaction recorded in this document.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
9
(g)
The expressions controller , subsidiary , holding company , related body
corporate
, relative and substantial holder have the same meanings as in the Corporations Act.
(h)
A reference to USD or $ is a reference to an amount in the currency of the United
States of America.
(i)
A reference to Kina or K is to an amount in Papua New Guinea currency.
(j)
A reference to (Cth) is to legislation of the Commonwealth of Australia.
(k)
A reference to time is to local time in Victoria, Australia.
(l)
Words defined in the GST Law have the same meaning in clauses, paragraphs or
other parts of this document concerning GST.
(m)
If a person is a member of a GST group, references to GST for which the person is
liable and to input tax credits to which the person is entitled include GST for which
the representative member of the GST group is liable and input tax credits to which
the representative member is entitled.
(n)
References to GST extend to any notional liability of any person for GST and to any
amount which is treated as GST under GST Law, and references to an input tax
credit extend to any notional input tax credit to which any person is entitled.
1.3
The rule about contra proferentem
This document is not to be interpreted against the interests of a party merely because
that party proposed this document or some provision in it or because that party relies on
a provision of this document to protect itself.
1.4
Non Business Days
If the day on or by which a person must do something under this document is not a
Business Day, the person must do it on or by the next Business Day.
1.5
Method of payment
All payments required to be made under this document must be tendered:
(a)
by way of direct transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account
nominated in writing by the recipient; and
(b)
by no later than 10pm on the due date for payment.
1.6
References to tenements
In this document, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to any tenement or
application for a tenement (the first tenement ) includes a reference to any subsequent
tenement applied for or granted in renewal, extension, modification, substitution or
variation of the first tenement, or in any way arising out of an application for the first
tenement, to the extent that the external boundaries of the subsequent tenement coincide
with, or are within, the external boundaries of the first tenement and includes any
tenement in any way arising in the area within the external boundaries of the first tenement.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
10
2.
AGREEMENT TO SELL AND BUY
2.1
Sale and purchase
The Seller agrees to sell the Sale Shares to the Buyer free from any Encumbrances and the
Buyer agrees to buy the Sale Shares from the Seller for the Purchase Price on the terms of
this document.
2.2
Title, property and risk
Title to, property in and risk of the Sale Shares:
(a)
until Completion, remains solely with the Seller; and
(b)
subject to the provisions of this document, passes to the Buyer with effect from Completion.
2.3
Economic Transfer Date
(a)
The parties acknowledge and agree that, subject to Completion occurring, on and
from the Economic Transfer Date:
(i)
all income and receivables (including income and receivables from bullion in
transit on and after that date, including any Gold Remittances Amount) in
respect of the Sale Group Companies and the Hidden Valley Business, are
intended to be to the benefit of the Buyer Group; and
(ii)
without limiting any other provision of this document, all costs, expenses,
outgoings and Liabilities of the Sale Group Companies in relation to the
Hidden Valley Business (including any requirements for cash, including
under a Called Sum (except for the Called Sum Agreed Amount)), the
Hidden Valley Mine, and any other activities of the Sale Group Companies
(other than as specified in clause 2.4(b)), are intended to be to the burden
of, and must be borne by, the Buyer Group.
(b)
To avoid doubt, and without limiting clause 2.3(a), the parties acknowledge and
agree that the Buyer is (subject to Completion occurring) responsible for all Called
Sums due to be paid by the Company other than the Called Sum Agreed Amount.
2.4
Non-Hidden Valley Business
The parties acknowledge and agree that, subject to Completion occurring, both before and
after the Economic Transfer Date:
(a)
all income and receivables of the Company in respect of the Non-Hidden Valley
Business are intended to be to the benefit of the Seller; and
(b)
the Liabilities of the Company in respect of the Non-Hidden Valley Business are
intended to be obligations of the Seller on and subject to the terms of clause 18.
3.
PURCHASE PRICE
3.1
Purchase Price
The purchase price for the Sale Shares is USD1 which is payable on Completion by the
Buyer to the Seller ( Purchase Price ) and is not subject to adjustment.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
11
3.2
No set-off
The Buyer must not make any set-off, deduction or withholding from payment of any part
of the Purchase Price.
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.1
Conditions Precedent
The obligations of the parties with respect to Completion are subject to satisfaction or
waiver in accordance with clause 4.2 of the following conditions:
(a)
Harmony Gold receives any approvals required from the South African Reserve Bank
(including under the Currency and Exchanges Act of South Africa, the Exchanges Act
of South Africa and the Exchange Control Regulations) in connection with the
obligations of Harmony Gold under clauses 16 and 17;
(b)
the Asset Sale Agreement (for the Exploration Assets) has been executed by all
parties to it;
(c)
MCG has agreed with the Company in writing that clause 18.3 of the Joint Venture
Agreement does not apply in respect of any change of control occurring as a
consequence of the execution of this document or the implementation of the
transactions contemplated by this document;
(d)
MCG, Wafi Mining Limited and Morobe Exploration Limited have agreed with
Newcrest PNG 3 Limited in writing that the transactions contemplated by the Asset
Sale Agreement (for the Exploration Assets) may occur despite the provisions of the
Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture Agreement;
(e)
not before the satisfaction of the Condition Precedent in clause 4.1(a) (SARB), the
Company has received into its Kina-denominated bank account the Cash Agreed
Amount, the Called Sum Agreed Amount and any Gold Remittances Amount, such
funds having been converted from USD into Kina at the applicable USD:Kina
exchange rate on or about the date of transfer;
(f)
the parties to the Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture Agreement dated 22 May 2008
have executed the Exploration JVA Amendment Deed;
(g)
the parties to the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture Agreement dated 22 May 2008 have
executed the Wafi-Golpu JVA Amendment Deed; and
(h)
the Company's USD account maintained with HSBC has been closed.
4.2
Waiver of conditions
(a)
The following Conditions Precedent are for the benefit of the following party or parties:
Condition
Precedent
Party
clause 4.1(a)
Buyer
clause 4.1(b)
Buyer
clause 4.1(c)
Buyer and Seller
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
12
clause 4.1(d)
Buyer and Seller
clause 4.1(e)
Buyer
clause 4.1(f)
Buyer
clause 4.1(g)
Buyer
clause 4.1(h)
Buyer
(b)
If a Condition Precedent has been included for the benefit of one party only, then
only that party may, in its sole and absolute discretion, rely on or waive the breach
or non-fulfilment of the Condition Precedent (except that a party must not waive a
Condition Precedent if that waiver would result in a breach of law).
(c)
If a Condition Precedent has been included for the benefit of more than one party,
then the breach or non-fulfilment of the Condition Precedent may be waived only by
the consent of all those parties.
(d)
The breach or non-fulfilment of a Condition Precedent may only be waived in writing.
4.3
Obligation to satisfy conditions
Each party must:
(a)
file all necessary notices and applications in relation to each of the Conditions
Precedent with the relevant Government Agencies, as soon as practicable;
(b)
ensure that each Condition Precedent is satisfied as soon as practicable (unless
waived in accordance with clause 4.2);
(c)
promptly give the other parties all information reasonably requested by a party in
connection with any application required to satisfy a Condition Precedent or in
relation to the exchange rate in clause 4.1(e);
(d)
keep the other parties informed of any circumstances which may result in any of
those Conditions Precedent not being satisfied in accordance with its terms; and
(e)
promptly advise the other parties of the satisfaction of a Condition Precedent and
provide reasonable evidence of such satisfaction (including in respect of the
Condition Precedent in clause 4.1(h), an 'FE-OS' return).
4.4
Result of non-satisfaction of conditions
(a)
If the Conditions Precedent are not satisfied or waived under clause 4.2 on or before
the End Date, then each of the Seller or the Buyer may at any time after that date
and before satisfaction or waiver of those Conditions Precedent, terminate this
document by giving written notice to the other parties.
(b)
If this document is terminated in accordance with paragraph (a), then all rights and
obligations under this document other than:
(i)
rights and obligations expressed in this clause 4
and clauses 1
(Interpretation), 17 (Costs and Stamp Duty), 20 (Confidentiality and
Announcement), 21 (Notices), 22 (Amendment and Assignment) and 23 (General);
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
13
(ii)
rights and obligations expressed in any clause which is expressed to survive
termination of this document; and
(iii)
rights that accrue before the date on which the notice is given,
terminate on the day of the notice.
4.5
Tenement Sale Agreement (for the Excluded Tenement)
(a)
The parties agree and acknowledge that:
(i)
Pacific Niugini Minerals (PNG) Limited has an option right with respect to the
Excluded Tenement under the Option Agreement;
(ii)
Pacific Niugini Minerals (PNG) Limited has consented to the transfer of the
Excluded Tenement to Newcrest PNG 3 Limited contemplated under the
Tenement Sale Agreement (for the Excluded Tenement); and
(iii)
the Deed of Novation is required in respect of the Option Agreement.
(b)
From Completion, the Buyer agrees, and agrees to procure the Company, to do
anything (including execute any document including the Deed of Novation and
instruments of transfer in respect of the Excluded Tenement) at the Seller's cost,
that the Seller may reasonably require, in order to give full effect to the Tenement
Sale Agreement (for the Excluded Tenement) and completion of the transfer of the
Excluded Tenement under that agreement.
5.
CONDUCT UNTIL COMPLETION
5.1
Conduct of Hidden Valley Business and HVSL until completion
Except to the extent required or contemplated by this document, or unless the Buyer and
the Seller first agree in writing (or the Joint Venture Committee of the Hidden Valley Joint
Venture resolves in accordance with the Joint Venture Agreement), each of the Buyer and
the Seller must use its reasonable endeavours to procure that, until Completion:
(a)
the Hidden Valley Business is conducted in the ordinary course; and
(b)
HVSL carries on its business in the ordinary course,
having regard to the Joint Venture Agreement including any existing business plans and
budgets under the Joint Venture Agreement.
5.2
Conduct of Company until Completion
Except to the extent expressly required by this document, or unless the Buyer and the
Seller agree in writing, until Completion, the Seller must:
(a)
subject to clause 5.1, use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that, until
Completion, the Company carries on its business in the ordinary course (having
regard to the nature of the Company’s business, existing Company business plans
and budgets and past practice);
(b)
subject to clause 5.5, ensure that the Company does not:
(i)
alter its capital structure in any way;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
14
(ii)
allot or issue or agree to allot or issue any security, such as an option, a
share or any security convertible into a share in the capital of the Company;
(iii)
lend money;
(iv)
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution of its assets, capital or
profits; or
(v)
give any financial assistance for an acquisition of its own shares or shares in
its holding company; and
(c)
use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Company does not:
(i)
incur any expenditure or liability of more than PGK [***](other than
payment of a cash call due and payable under the Joint Venture Agreement
or any commitment longer than one month;
(ii)
dispose of, agree to dispose of, grant an option over or grant any interest in
any of its material assets, except in the ordinary course of carrying on the
Hidden Valley Business;
(iii)
Encumber any of its material assets (except in the ordinary course of
carrying on the Hidden Valley Business);
(iv)
vary, surrender or fail to renew any material Authorisation; or
(v)
hire any person as a new employee other than to fill a position that becomes
vacant as a result of an employee ceasing to be employed by the Company.
5.3
Agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed
The Buyer must not unreasonably withhold or delay its agreement under clause 5.2 if
requested by the Seller.
5.4
No disposal of Sale Shares
Until Completion, the Seller must not:
(a)
dispose of, agree to dispose of, grant an option over, or grant any interest in, any
Sale Share; or
(b)
Encumber any Sale Share.
5.5
Permitted Activities
Notwithstanding any other provision of this document, until Completion, the Seller may
(without the consent of the Buyer) do any of the following activities:
(a)
respond to and deal with any unexpected events relating to the Hidden Valley
Business or the Non-Hidden Valley Business where urgent response from the Seller
is required or necessary in order to protect safety, health or the environment;
(b)
any activity that is expressly permitted in, required or contemplated by this document;
(c)
any activity in relation to the Company or the Hidden Valley Business or the Non-
Hidden Valley Business that is required to be done by the Seller by law or any court
of competent jurisdiction;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
15
(d)
any activity in the ordinary course of the Company business or the Hidden Valley
Business or the Non-Hidden Valley Business;
(e)
any activity disclosed to the Buyer in the Disclosure Material;
(f)
any activity requested by the Buyer;
(g)
withdraw or transfer funds to or from the Company's USD account maintained with HSBC;
(h)
issue new shares for the purposes of capitalising any intercompany loans which are
to be discharged prior to Completion, or issue new shares for the purposes of
ensuring that the Company has cash at bank not less than the amount
contemplated by clause 4.1(e) (provided that, in each case, those shares will form
part of the Sale Shares and are issued on usual terms);
(i)
terminate or procure the termination of any contracts, agreement or arrangement
between a Sale Group Company and any Seller Affiliate; or
(j)
any other activity authorised by the Buyer in writing.
6.
COMPLETION
6.1
Time and place for Completion
Completion must take place at a reasonable time to be agreed between the parties on the
Completion Date at the offices of Ashurst Australia located in Melbourne, Victoria or such
other time or places the parties may agree.
6.2
Settlement of intercompany balances
On or prior to Completion, the Seller must:
(a)
settle or procure the settlement of every amount payable by the Seller Group to any
Sale Group Company; and
(b)
procure the settlement of every amount payable by the Company to a member of
the Seller Group (which may be effected by forgiveness of the payment of the
relevant payable).
6.3
Seller obligations in relation to the Company at Completion
At Completion, the Seller must:
(a)
give to the Buyer:
(i)
absolute ownership of all of the Sale Shares and title to all the Sale Shares
free from any Encumbrance; and
(ii)
operational control of the Company;
(b)
give to the Buyer:
(i)
duly signed transfers of the Sale Shares naming as transferee the Buyer (or
its nominee) and which are in registrable form, together with any share
certificates issued in respect of the Sale Shares;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
16
(ii)
a duly completed and signed authority to alter the signatories of the
Company's Kina bank account and the bullion account of the Company in the
way notified by the Buyer to the Seller before Completion;
(iii)
the written resignation of each director, secretary and public officer of the Company;
(iv)
the certificate of registration or incorporation of the Company;
(v)
any common seal of the Company;
(vi)
a copy of the constitution of the Company certified by a director; and
(vii)
every register of the Company (including the register of members, register
of option holders and register of charges) and the minute books and records
of meeting or resolution of members and directors of the Company; and
(c)
deliver to the Buyer any other physical assets of the Company.
6.4
Seller and Buyer obligations in relation to HVSL at Completion
The Seller and the Buyer at Completion must procure that HVSL:
(a)
executes the POM Services Agreement Deed of Termination;
(b)
executes the MCA Deed of Release and Variation; and
(c)
gives to the Buyer the written resignation of each director of HVSL appointed by or
representing the Company.
6.5
Directors' resolutions
(a)
At or prior to Completion, the Seller must ensure that the following resolutions are
duly passed by the directors of the Company, subject to Completion:
(i)
to approve the transfer of the Sale Shares to the Buyer (or its nominee), to
register (subject to payment of any stamp duty) the transfer of the Sale
Shares, to issue a new share certificate for the Sale Shares in the name of
the Buyer (or its nominee), and to cancel any existing share certificates;
(ii)
to appoint as additional directors, secretaries and public officers of the
Company persons nominated by the Buyer before Completion by notice to
the Seller (except any nominee who has not provided a written consent to act);
(iii)
to note the retirement of each existing director, secretary and public officer
originally nominated by the Seller with effect from Completion, by the
written resignations provided under clause 6.3(b)(iii); and
(iv)
to change the name of the Company to Harmony Hidden Valley Limited.
At Completion, the Seller must provide to the Buyer reasonable evidence that the
above resolutions have been duly passed.
(b)
At or prior to Completion, the Seller and the Buyer must ensure that the following
resolutions are duly passed by the directors of HVSL, subject to Completion:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
17
(i)
to appoint as additional directors, secretaries and public officers of HVSL
persons (if any) nominated by the Buyer before Completion by notice to the
Seller (except any nominee who has not provided a written consent to act);
(ii)
to revoke any existing authority to operate a bank account by any person
appointed by or representing the Company and to appoint instead as
signatories of the bank accounts persons (if any) nominated by the Buyer
before Completion by notice to the Seller; and
(iii)
to note the retirement of each existing director, secretary and public officer
of HVSL appointed by or representing the Company with effect from
Completion, by the written resignations provided under clause 6.4(c).
6.6
Buyer obligations at Completion
At Completion, the Buyer must:
(a)
give to the Seller evidence in a form reasonably required by the Seller of the
satisfaction of each Condition Precedent, other than a Condition Precedent waived in
accordance with clause 4.2;
(b)
if it has not done so before the Completion Date, provide a written consent of each
person nominated by the Buyer to act as director, secretary or public officer of a
Sale Group Company;
(c)
pay to the Seller, or as the Seller may direct by notice to the Buyer, the Purchase
Price in clear and available funds in such manner as may be agreed between the parties;
(d)
procure that HVSL executes the POM Services Agreement Deed of Termination and
deliver a fully executed counterpart of the deed to the Seller;
(e)
procure that the parties to the MCA Deed of Release and Variation execute it and
deliver a fully executed counterpart of the deed to the Seller;
(f)
give to the Seller the Wamum Letter Agreement Deed of Termination duly signed by
MCG, Wafi Mining Limited and Morobe Exploration Limited; and
(g)
procure that each of HVSL and MCG acknowledges in writing that the transfer of the
Called Sum Agreed Amount into the Company's Kina-denominated bank account in
accordance with clause 4.1(e) fully and finally satisfies the obligations of the
Company to pay Called Sums under the Joint Venture Agreement.
6.7
When does Completion occur
The obligations of the parties at Completion are interdependent. All actions at Completion
will be deemed to take place simultaneously and no delivery or payment will be deemed
to have been made until the Buyer and each of the Seller have satisfied their respective
obligations under clauses 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6.
6.8
Release of former directors and officers
The Buyer must ensure that no Sale Group Company makes any Claim against any of the
former directors or officers of the Sale Group Company in respect of any act or omission
by those former directors or officers before Completion, other than in respect of any wilful
misconduct or dishonesty. The Buyer acknowledges that this clause is for the benefit of
those former directors and officers and is held on trust for them by the Seller.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
18
6.9
Post Completion duty and registration obligations of Buyer
Without limiting any other provisions of this document, as soon as possible after
Completion, the Buyer shall:
(a)
procure that the Company hold the Excluded Assets for and on behalf of the Seller
or the Seller's nominee;
(b)
arrange for this document and any instruments under it (other than the Tenement
Sale Agreement (for the Excluded Tenement) to be lodged for assessment of duty
(if any), and pay any duty assessed, as contemplated by clause 19.2;
(c)
arrange for any certification and re-certification of the Sale Group Companies as
required under the Investment Promotion Act 1992 (PNG);
(d)
lodge and register all relevant Companies Act forms to reflect the actions taken at
Completion including the transfer of the ownership of the Sale Shares to the Buyer; and
(e)
arrange for the transfer of ownership of the Sale Shares to be registered and the
Company's register of members to be updated accordingly.
6.10
Excluded Insurance Proceeds
The Buyer must (or must procure that the Company) pay to the Seller an amount
equivalent to the Excluded Insurance Proceeds as soon as possible after the receipt of any
Excluded Insurance Proceeds by or on behalf of the Company.
7.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
7.1
Acknowledgement in relation to Seller IP
This document does not affect the ownership of any Seller IP.
7.2
Licence to continue to use Seller IP
The Seller grants, and will procure that each member of the Seller Group (other than the
Sale Group Companies) will grant, the participants of the Hidden Valley Joint Venture from
time to time and HVSL an enduring, royalty free and irrevocable licence to use any Seller
IP for the purposes of the Hidden Valley Business.
7.3
Prohibition on the use of other Seller IP
The Buyer must not, and must ensure that, from Completion, the Sale Group Companies
do not:
(a)
use, or otherwise permit any third party to use, any Seller IP; or
(b)
commit any act or omission which would be an infringement of, or otherwise
inconsistent with, the Seller or a member of the Seller Group's rights in the Seller IP,
except as provided for in clause 7.2.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
19
7.4
Name of the Company
(a)
Subject to Completion, after Completion the Buyer must procure that the Company
and the Hidden Valley Joint Venture do not use any name or logo that includes the
word "Newcrest" or any logo used by Newcrest.
(b)
As soon as reasonably practicable after Completion, the Buyer shall procure that,
except in relation to historical agreements, documents and records and in relation
to records held by a Government Agency:
(i)
all logos of Newcrest and the word "Newcrest" are removed from all signage
and websites used by the Hidden Valley Joint Venture or the Hidden Valley
Business; and
(ii)
the Hidden Valley Joint Venture or the Hidden Valley Business, and its or
their signage, websites and other material, does not refer to itself as a
"Morobe Mining Joint Venture".
(c)
As soon as reasonably practicable after Completion, the Buyer and Seller shall
procure that, except in relation to historical agreements, documents and records
and in relation to records held by a Government Agency, all websites, signage and
other materials in relation to the joint ventures known as the "Morobe Mining Joint
Ventures" are amended to cease to refer to the Hidden Valley Joint Venture or the
Hidden Valley Business.
7.5
Ventyx software
The parties acknowledge and agree that:
(a)
the Newcrest-Ventyx Agreement provides for services to be provided by ABB to
Newcrest Operations Limited including to HVSL for the purposes of the Hidden
Valley Joint Venture;
(b)
HVSL is separately engaged in the process of seeking to contract with ABB directly
for the provision to it of the relevant services;
(c)
it is the Seller Group's intention to remove HVSL as a recipient of services from
ABB under the Newcrest-Ventyx Agreement, and it may give effect to this removal
no sooner than three months after the Completion Date (or such other date as may
be agreed between the Buyer and the Seller); and
(d)
the Buyer Group shall bear the proportion of any costs or fees for services payable
to ABB in relation to the services provided to HVSL under the Newcrest-Ventyx
Agreement for the period contemplated by clause 7.5(c) (and for this purpose, the
Seller or any Seller Affiliate may invoice the Buyer for such costs and fees).
8.
RECORDS
8.1
Records and Buyer access
(a)
As soon as possible after Completion the Seller must deliver to the Buyer the
original hard copy Records and, within 10 Business Days after Completion, copies of
the electronic Records (provided that in relation to electronic Records the Buyer
must advise the Seller of a format for those Records which is usable and available to
the Seller). The Seller is entitled to retain a duplicate copy of the Records.
(b)
If the Seller retains the originals of any Records, the Seller must:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
20
(i)
give the Buyer and its officers, employees and agents authorised in writing
for the purpose of this clause 8.1
,
reasonable access during normal business
hours to, and copies (at the Buyer's cost) of, any of those Records the Seller
possesses; and
(ii)
give the Buyer and its officers, employees and agents authorised in writing
for the purpose of this clause 8.1 the use of any computer facilities needed
to access any of those Records that are computerised.
8.2
Seller Access to Records after Completion
The Buyer must ensure that each Sale Group Company keeps for at least seven years
from Completion (or the duration of the Tax Indemnity in respect of Records which are or
may be relevant to the Tax Indemnity) all Records concerning the period up to the
Completion Date, and for any proper purpose:
(a)
gives the Seller and its officers, employees and agents authorised in writing for the
purpose of this clause 8.2 reasonable access during normal business hours to, and
copies (at the Seller's cost) of any of those said records which the Company or
HVSL possess; and
(b)
gives the Seller and its officers, employees and agents authorised in writing for the
purpose of this clause 8.2 the use of any computer facilities needed to access any
of those records that are computerised,
provided that the Seller and its officers, employees and agents must comply with the
confidentiality provisions of clause 20 in relation to records accessed under this clause 8.2
and may be denied or refused access by the Buyer if, in the Buyer's opinion, the access
required by the Seller is reasonably likely to give rise to a waiver of any legal professional
privilege or accountant's concession.
9.
WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
9.1
Warranties
The Seller warrants to the Buyer, that:
(a)
each of the Warranties set out in Schedule 2 (qualified as provided in clause 10) is
true as at the date of this document; and
(b)
each of the Warranties set out in Schedule 2 (qualified as provided in clause 10) will
be true as at the Completion Date.
9.2
Interpreting Warranties
(a)
Each Warranty (including any Claim for breach of a Warranty) is subject to clause 10.
(b)
Each Warranty is a separate warranty and its meaning is not affected by any other Warranty.
9.3
No reliance other than on Warranties
(a)
The Seller acknowledges that the Buyer has executed this document and agreed to
take part in the transactions that this document contemplates in reliance on the
Warranties that are made in this clause 9.
(b)
The Buyer acknowledges, and also represents and warrants, that:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
21
(i)
except for the Warranties, neither the Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has
made or makes any express or implied representation or warranty at all;
(ii)
neither the Seller nor any Seller Affiliate has made or makes, and no person
has relied on, any express or implied representation as to:
(A)
the accuracy, completeness or otherwise of anything set out in a
recital, schedule, exhibit or annexure to this document;
(B)
the physical condition or suitability for any particular purpose or
functionality or lack of defects of any assets or infrastructure owned
or used by the Sale Group Companies;
(C)
markets or supplies;
(D)
future matters, including future costs, revenues or profits; or
(E)
the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of any projection,
forecast or forward looking information (including ore reserves), or of
any assumptions on which they are based; and
(iii)
without limiting the foregoing, except for the Warranties, no statements,
representations, warranties or promises have induced or influenced the
Buyer to enter into this document or agree to any or all of its terms, been
relied on in any way as being accurate, been warranted as being true or
been taken into account as being important to their decision to enter into
this document or agree to any of its terms.
(c)
To the fullest extent permitted by law, every condition, guarantee, warranty, term,
provision, representation or undertaking (whether express, implied, written, oral,
collateral, statutory or otherwise) except the Warranties is excluded.
(d)
To the extent permitted by law, the Buyer:
(i)
agrees not to make, and releases any right it may have to make, against the
Seller any Claim based on Part 7.10 (including section 1041H) of the
Corporations Act, Part 2 Division 2 (including sections 12DA and 12DB) of
the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth), the
Australian Consumer Law (including sections 4, 18 and 29 of the
Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth)) or any corresponding provision
of any State or Territory legislation, or a similar provision under any other
law, for any act or omission or for any statement or representation about
any of those things which is not expressly contained in this document; and
(ii)
agrees with the Seller not make any such Claim against a Seller Affiliate,
and must ensure that no member of the Buyer Group, and no officer, employee,
agent or adviser of the Buyer or a member of the Buyer Group, brings any such
Claim against the Seller or a Seller Affiliate.
9.4
Buyer due diligence
The Buyer acknowledges, and warrants to the Seller, that:
(a)
MCG holds a 50% interest in the Hidden Valley Joint Venture and HVSL and is a
member of the Buyer Group and, accordingly, the Buyer is familiar with the Hidden
Valley Joint Venture, the Hidden Valley Business, HVSL and the operations of HVSL;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
22
(b)
the Buyer and its representatives have had an opportunity to conduct a due
diligence investigation and evaluation of the Company and to review the Disclosure
Materials, and have used that opportunity;
(c)
the Buyer:
(i)
has made, and relies on, its own searches, investigations, enquiries and
knowledge of the Hidden Valley Business and the Buyer Group's knowledge
of the Hidden Valley Business (including the knowledge of MCG);
(ii)
has had independent legal, tax, financial and technical advice relating to the
purchase of the Sale Group Companies and the terms of this document and
the documents to be executed pursuant to it;
(iii)
has made and is relying on its own independent investigation, analysis and
evaluation of the information provided by the Seller (including the Disclosure
Materials) and of other information which it considers relevant;
(iv)
acknowledges, without limiting any other provision of this document, that
the assets of the Company are to be delivered on an 'as is, where is' basis; and
(v)
has satisfied itself in relation to matters revealed by its enquiries,
investigation, analysis and evaluation; and
(d)
as at the date of this document, neither the Buyer nor any member of the Buyer
Group knows of, or has any ground to suspect, anything which is, or would be likely
with the lapse of time or giving of notice (or both) to become, a breach of any
Warranty.
9.5
Mitigation of losses
(a)
Upon becoming aware of a Loss or circumstances which could reasonably be
expected to give rise to a Loss, for which a Claim could be made against the Seller
under or in respect of this document, the Buyer must take, and must ensure each
other member of the Buyer Group (including any Sale Group Company) takes, all
reasonable action to mitigate such Loss.
(b)
Nothing in this document restricts or limits any general obligation at law to mitigate
any Loss.
9.6
No merger
The Warranties are continuing Warranties and do not merge on Completion but remain in
full force.
10.
LIMITATIONS ON CLAIMS AGAINST SELLER
10.1
Disclosures
No Warranty is breached by reason of, and the Seller is not liable to the Buyer or any
other member of the Buyer Group for breach of any Warranty in respect of, any fact,
matter or circumstance:
(a)
fairly disclosed in or identifiable from:
(i)
the Disclosure Materials; or
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
23
(ii)
any other information in or referred to in any written or recorded material
(including financial statements) concerning the Company, provided by or on
behalf of the Seller to the Buyer before the date of this document;
(b)
fairly disclosed in any publicly available information, including which the Buyer
would have been aware had it conducted searches of records open to public
inspection; or
(c)
of which the Buyer, any member of the Buyer Group, or any of their respective
employees, officers and agents, knows before the date of this document, including
by virtue of the matters referred to in clause 9.4(a).
The Warranties are qualified by each such fact, matter and circumstance.
10.2
Limitations
No Warranty is breached by reason of, and the Seller is not liable to the Buyer or any
other person for breach of any Warranty or any other provision (including any indemnity,
including a Tax Indemnity) in this document in respect of, any fact, matter or circumstance:
(a)
to the extent that it arises from the ordinary trading activities of the Hidden Valley Business;
(b)
which arises from any change after the date of this document in any law or in its
interpretation or in any administrative practice or ruling of a Government Agency
(even if the change has retrospective effect);
(c)
to the extent that it arises from a change in accounting policies or procedures from
those used by the Sale Group Company concerned before Completion or it arises
from application by a Sale Group Company of accounting policies inconsistently with
their application before Completion;
(d)
to the extent that it is caused by, or contributed to by, any act, omission,
transaction or arrangement:
(i)
of or by or on behalf of the Buyer or the Buyer Group (including after
Completion, the Sale Group Companies);
(ii)
of or by or on behalf of the Seller, or any other person, at the request of or
with the consent of the Buyer; or
(iii)
implementing, or permitted by, the terms of this document or of any other
agreement, transaction or arrangement contemplated by it; or
(e)
which arises in respect of a Claim between Sale Group Companies.
10.3
No liability if Loss is otherwise compensated for
The Buyer may only recover once for the same Loss, and the Seller is not liable to the
Buyer or any other member of the Buyer Group for Loss to the extent:
(a)
that the same Loss has been recovered in another Claim or the subject of the Claim
is made good or is compensated for without cost to the Buyer or by any other
member of the Buyer Group;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
24
(b)
of an amount equal to any reduction in present or future Tax, Tax rebate or Tax
credit received or receivable by the Buyer or by any other member of the Buyer
Group in respect of the amount or matter the subject of the relevant Claim;
(c)
that there are any corresponding savings by, or net benefit to, the Buyer or any
other member of the Buyer Group; or
(d)
that the Buyer or any other member of the Buyer Group:
(i)
actually recovers an amount from a person other than the Seller or a Seller
Affiliate (for example, issuing a demand, making an insurance claim, suing
for tort or claiming under an indemnity); or
(ii)
has a right to so recover but has failed to take reasonable steps to seek recovery.
10.4
Repayments to Seller
If the Seller pays the Buyer an amount in respect of a Claim for a breach of Warranty or
otherwise under or in connection with this document and the Buyer or a member of the
Buyer Group (including a Sale Group Company) later receives from some other person
any sum or anything (money, credit or benefit) in respect of any matter giving rise to that
Claim or mitigates its loss, the Buyer must immediately repay to the Seller the lesser of:
(a)
the amount paid by the Seller for the relevant Claim plus interest on the amount
from the date of receipt or mitigation to the date of repayment calculated on a daily
basis at the Interest Rate; and
(b)
the sum (including any interest) received or an amount equal to the value of the
thing received or equal to the value of the benefit of that mitigation, less all
reasonable costs incurred in obtaining the amount, thing or benefit.
10.5
Claims for consequential loss
To the full extent permitted by law, the Seller is not liable (whether in negligence or
otherwise) to the Buyer for any Loss or Claim to the extent that it is for indirect or
consequential loss (including loss of profit of any nature whatsoever, loss of expected
savings, loss of opportunity, loss or reduction of goodwill and damage to reputation) in
connection with any right or remedy conferred on the Buyer by law, or any liability of the
Seller to the Buyer, as a result of, or in connection with this document.
10.6
Thresholds
The Buyer must not make any Claim against the Seller under or in connection with this
document (except under clause 11 in relation to Third Party Claims, and clause 12 in
relation to the Tax Indemnity) or the transactions contemplated by it unless the amount
of the Loss suffered or incurred by the Buyer is more than USD[***].
10.7
Time limit and remedy
The Buyer must not make any Claim under or in connection with this document or the
transactions contemplated by it and the liability of the Seller for such a Claim is absolutely barred, unless:
(a)
the Buyer gives to the Seller notice of the Claim setting out the fact, matter or
circumstance which gives rise to the Claim, the nature of the Claim, the amount
claimed and how the amount is calculated:
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
25
(i)
as soon as reasonably practicable after the Buyer has become aware of the
facts giving rise to the Claim; and
(ii)
within
[***]
months after Completion;
(b)
the Seller has failed to remedy the breach or non-compliance giving rise to the
Claim within 20 Business Days after receipt of that notice; and
(c)
legal proceedings for the Claim have been properly issued and validly served on the
Seller within three months after receipt of that notice.
10.8
Contingent Liabilities
The Seller is not liable under this document in respect of any Loss which is contingent
unless and until such contingent Loss becomes an actual Loss or liability. To avoid doubt,
this does not prevent the Buyer from giving notice of any Claim arising under this
document in respect of any such contingent liability.
10.9
Liability of Seller to Buyer
To the extent that the Buyer's right to make a Claim under or in connection with this
document or the transactions contemplated by this document is limited or excluded by
this clause 10, the Claim and the Seller's liability is absolutely barred, and the Buyer must
not make such a Claim against the Seller.
10.10
Fraud
None of the limitations of liability in this document (including those set out in this
clause 10) applies in relation to any Claim to the extent that such Claim is proven to have
arisen or increased due to an act or omission of a party that constitutes fraud, dishonesty
or wilful misconduct or that was or is done or not done in bad faith.
11.
THIRD PARTY CLAIMS AFTER COMPLETION
11.1
Notification
The Buyer must, as soon as the Buyer becomes aware of a Third Party Claim after
Completion, promptly notify the Seller of the Third Party Claim (giving full details).
11.2
Seller must take over Claim
(a)
The Seller must as soon as practicable take over, conduct, negotiate, defend or
settle any Third Party Claim notified to it under clause 11.1 at its own expense.
(b)
The Buyer must provide all reasonable assistance in respect of the Third Party Claim
as the Seller reasonably requests. In particular, the Buyer must and must ensure
that the Buyer Group does:
(i)
not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise
to or with any third party about the Third Party Claim without the prior
written consent of the Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld
or delayed);
(ii)
take any action at the reasonable request of the Seller to defend the Third
Party Claim or to refer the Third Party Claim to any form of alternative
dispute resolution;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
26
(iii)
at the request of the Seller give information and access to personnel,
premises, plant, goods, documents and records to the Seller and to its
professional advisers to defend or assist in defending the Third Party Claim;
and
(iv)
authorise legal or other professional advisers nominated by the Seller to act
in respect of the Third Party Claim on behalf of the Sale Group Company
concerned, but in accordance with the instructions of the Seller.
(c)
The Seller must keep the Buyer reasonably informed of the progress of any Third
Party Claim it takes over under this clause 11.2.
11.3
Buyer to keep Seller informed
Unless and until the Seller takes over a Third Party Claim notified to it, the Buyer must,
and must procure that each other member of the Buyer Group:
(a)
diligently pursues and manages the Third Party Claim;
(b)
fully informs the Seller about the actions taken by it in relation to the Third Party
Claim by regular reports that include a summary of any material discussion with
the opposite party to the Third Party Claim; and
(c)
not make any proposal to admit liability or compromise, settle or agree the Third
Party Claim.
11.4
No liability
The Seller and/or Newcrest (as applicable) are not liable for any Claim for breach of
Warranty, under the Tax Indemnity or in respect of any other matter in this document to
the extent that the Claim relates to a Third Party Claim for which the Buyer or a member
of the Buyer Group has admitted liability in whole or part, without the prior written
consent of the Seller or Newcrest.
12.
TAX INDEMNITY
12.1
Tax Indemnity
Subject to Completion and this clause 12, the Seller or Newcrest must pay to the Buyer on
demand an amount equal to the amount needed to indemnify the Company against any
amount of Tax payable by the Company under any Assessment to the extent that the Tax
arises from or relates to:
(a)
any income, profit or gain earned, accrued or received at or before the Economic
Transfer Date;
(b)
disallowance of an income tax deduction for an expense, loss or outgoing incurred
at or before the Economic Transfer Date;
(c)
any withholding required to be made or any notice required to be given at or
before the Economic Transfer Date;
(d)
any additional Tax payable by the Company arising from an issue of shares by the
Company as contemplated by clause 5.5(h) or the settlement of intercompany
balances contemplated by clause 6.2; or
(e)
disallowance of a Tax credit or rebate of Tax, such as a dividend rebate, relating to
a matter referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this clause 12.1.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
27
12.2
Exceptions to Tax Indemnity
The Tax Indemnity does not apply to an amount of Tax to the extent that:
(a)
it arises from any of the following occurring on or after the date of this document
even if it has retrospective effect:
(i)
a ruling of a Government Agency administering any Tax (not being an
Assessment); or
(ii)
a change in the practice of a Government Agency administering any Tax;
(b)
the Tax is GST which is recoverable from the recipient of a supply or for which an
input tax credit is available;
(c)
it does not exceed any Tax refund, offset or credit received by the Company for a
period before the Economic Transfer Date, which in either case has not been paid to
the Seller or Newcrest under clause 12.4;
(d)
it arises from a change made after Completion by the Company in an election or
choice for Tax purposes, from an election or choice made (or from an absence of
any election or choice made) before the Economic Transfer Date;
(e)
it arises as a result of any changes, amendments or variations made by the Buyer
or any member of the Buyer Group, or the Company after Completion, to any
FY2016 Tax Return (as defined below) or financial statements associated with any
FY2016 Tax Returns, or it arises as a result of any breach by Buyer of its
obligations;
(f)
it arises from an election or choice made after Completion without the fully informed
prior written consent of the Seller or Newcrest in connection with any Tax return or
a request to amend an assessment in relation to any period before the Economic
Transfer Date; or
(g)
it relates to the sum of money already paid by the Company to HVSL in respect of
the Company's share of royalties/levies (which are part of 'Taxes' as defined)
relating to the period prior to the Economic Transfer Date (but, for the avoidance of
doubt, the Tax Indemnity nonetheless applies to the Company's share of any
royalties/levies relating to the period prior to the Economic Transfer Date in excess
of the amount already so paid).
12.3
Pre-conditions to Claim under Tax Indemnity
The Tax Indemnity does not apply unless the Buyer has satisfied each of the following
conditions:
(a)
the Buyer gives the Seller a copy of any Assessment for the Tax concerned within 5
Business Days after the day the Assessment;
(b)
the Buyer gave the Seller and Newcrest notice within 10 Business Days after the
Buyer becoming aware of any matter that might have led to the making or issue of
that Assessment;
(c)
the Buyer has complied with clause 12.7 in preparing any Tax return (as defined in
that clause) in connection with the Tax concerned; and
(d)
the Buyer complies in every respect with its obligations under this clause 12.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
28
12.4
Payment of overprovisions or refunds
The Buyer must pay to the Seller or Newcrest, or procure the Company to pay to the
Seller or Newcrest, an amount equal to:
(a)
any Tax refund, offset or credit received by the Company for a period before
Economic Transfer Date; and
(b)
any Tax refund, offset or credit received by the Buyer or the Company to the extent
that it is in respect of an amount of Tax for which the Seller has made a payment
under the Tax Indemnity.
12.5
Disputing Action
(a)
In this clause, Disputing Action means any action to have a matter withdrawn,
reduced or postponed or any action to avoid, dispute, object to, resist, mitigate,
settle, compromise, defend or appeal against the matter.
(b)
Within 15 Business Days after receiving notice from the Buyer of a Relevant
Assessment, or of a matter that may lead to the making or issue of a Relevant
Assessment, the Seller or Newcrest may by notice require the Buyer or the
Company to take Disputing Action in connection with the Relevant Assessment.
(c)
If the Seller or Newcrest requires the Buyer or the Company to take Disputing
Action in connection with a Relevant Assessment the Buyer must, and must procure
that each member of the Buyer Group and (after Completion) the Company
provides all reasonable assistance in respect of the Disputing Action as the Seller
reasonably requests and does each of the following:
(i)
takes such Disputing Action as is requested by the Seller or Newcrest;
(ii)
at the request of the Seller or Newcrest, gives the Seller or Newcrest
information and access to personnel, premises, plant, goods, documents and
records to the Seller or Newcrest and to their professional advisers as is
necessary to take such Disputing Action; and
(iii)
authorises legal or other professional advisers nominated by the Seller or
Newcrest to act in respect of the Disputing Action on behalf of the Buyer or
the Company, but in accordance with the instructions of the Seller or
Newcrest.
(d)
All costs (including costs on a client-solicitor basis) incurred by the Buyer or the
Company in taking Disputing Action pursuant to a notice from the Seller requiring it
to do so shall be borne by the Seller or Newcrest and repaid to the Buyer and the
Company on demand.
12.6
Buyer to keep Seller and Newcrest informed
Unless and until the Seller or Newcrest notifies the Buyer to take Disputing Action in
connection with a Relevant Assessment, or a matter that may lead to the making or issue
of a Relevant Assessment, notified to the Seller or Newcrest under clause 12.5, the Buyer
must, and must procure that each other member of the Buyer Group and (after
Completion) the Company:
(a)
does not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise in
relation to the Relevant Assessment, or in relation to any matter that may lead to
the making or issue of a Relevant Assessment, without the prior written consent of
the Seller;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
29
(b)
fully informs the Seller and Newcrest about the actions taken by it in relation to the
Relevant Assessment, or in relation to any matter that may lead to the making or
issue of a Relevant Assessment; and
(c)
gives the Seller and Newcrest at least 15 Business Days' notice of any proposal by it
to admit liability or compromise, settle or agree the Relevant Assessment, or any
matter that may lead to the making or issue of a Relevant Assessment.
12.7
Tax returns
(a)
In this clause 12.7 and clause 12.8, Tax return means any Tax return and also
anything which operates as an Assessment (or as the basis for an Assessment) of
the Tax concerned, such as a request for a Tax opinion from the Internal Revenue
Commission, an election, a Tax return, an amended Tax return or a request for an
amended Assessment of Tax. This clause applies only:
(i)
to a Tax return of the Company which relates in part to a period
commencing on or after 1 July 2016 up to and including the Economic
Transfer Date; and
(ii)
to a Tax return of the Company for any period, to the extent that the Tax
return may relate to an amount of Tax which could be claimed from the
Seller or Newcrest under this document.
(b)
The Buyer must ensure that any such Tax return which is prepared or lodged by the
Company after Completion and which covers both pre and post Economic Transfer
Date periods:
(i)
is prepared with due care, skill and diligence;
(ii)
is prepared in a manner consistent with the practice, methodology, position
taken, treatment, calculation of Tax, elections and choices for Tax returns of
the Company before the Economic Transfer Date;
(iii)
is prepared in full and timely consultation with the Seller to the extent of
pre-Economic Transfer Date transactions;
(iv)
a summary of the tax return treatment of pre-Economic Transfer Date
transactions is delivered to the Seller for its review, comment and approval
(which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)
at least thirty Business Days prior to the due date for filing thereof;
(v)
is revised to reflect any comments received from the Seller not later than
fifteen Business Days before the due date for filing thereof;
(vi)
is prepared and lodged with the fully informed prior written approval of the
Seller in relation to pre Economic Transfer Date transactions; and
(vii)
is prepared and lodged on time and in accordance with applicable law
(except to the extent that any delay was caused by the Seller).
12.8
FY2016 Tax Return
(a)
The Seller or Newcrest shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, at their cost, the Tax
return (and the associated financial statements of the Company) that is required to
be filed by or with respect to the Company for the Tax period that ends on 30 June
2016 (the FY2016 Tax Return ).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
30
(b)
The Buyer shall provide the Seller or Newcrest with all assistance and information it
requires to enable it to prepare the FY2016 Tax Return (and the associated financial
statements of the Company).
(c)
The Seller or Newcrest shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Buyer:
(i)
draft financial statements of the Company for the period ended 30 June
2016 by 31 October 2016; and
(ii)
a draft of the FY2016 Tax Return by 30 November 2016.
(d)
The Seller or Newcrest will consult with the Buyer in good faith in relation to the
finalisation of the draft financial statements referred to in clause 12.8(c)(i).
(e)
The parties acknowledge and agree that:
(i)
the financial statements of the Company for the period ended 30 June 2016
and the FY2016 Tax Return must be prepared in accordance with the Seller
Group's accounting standards and policies and tax standards, practices and
policies;
(ii)
the audit of the financial statements of the Company for the period ended
30 June 2016 shall be undertaken by the Company's auditors, being Ernst &
Young PNG, based on the financial statements finalised under clause 12.8(d)
and clause 12.8(e)(i);
(iii)
the Seller or Newcrest shall be responsible for facilitating the audit and
liaising with the Company's auditors and the Seller shall bear the cost of the
audit fees charged to the Company by the Company's auditors in respect of
such audit; and
(iv)
the Buyer shall procure that the Company provides the Seller, Newcrest and
the Company's auditors with all reasonable assistance and access to enable
such audit to be completed.
(f)
The Seller or Newcrest shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Buyer:
(i)
the audited financial statements of the Company for the period ended 30
June 2016 by 30 November 2016; and
(ii)
the FY2016 Tax Return by 15 December 2016.
(g)
The Buyer shall procure that:
(i)
the directors of the Company promptly sign the audited financial statements
provided pursuant to clause 12.8(f)(i) without amendment; and
(ii)
the Company signs and files the FY2016 Tax Return without amendment by
its due date and provides a copy to the Seller or Newcrest,
and the Buyer shall procure that no amendments to the FY2016 Tax Return or the
audited financial statements are made thereafter, except with the prior written
consent of the Seller or Newcrest.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
31
12.9
Tax audits
To the extent that any Tax audit of the Company required by the Internal Revenue
Commission of PNG after Completion relates to any period before the Economic Transfer
Date:
(a)
the Buyer, the Seller and Newcrest must each co–operate and give each other all
reasonable assistance they can provide concerning the audit; and
(b)
the Seller and Newcrest must indemnify the Buyer and the Company against, and
pay the amount of, all costs and expenses of the Buyer or of the Company in
connection with the audit (including any legal and accounting expenses and internal
costs).
13.
GST
13.1
GST on incidental supplies and claims
(a)
If GST is or will be payable on a supply made under or in connection with this
document, to the extent that the consideration otherwise provided for that supply
under this document is not stated to include an amount in respect of GST on the
supply:
(i)
the consideration otherwise provided for that supply under this document is
increased by the amount of that GST; and
(ii)
the recipient must make payment of the increase as and when the
consideration otherwise provided for, or relevant part of it, must be paid or
provided or, if the consideration has already been paid or provided, within
seven days of receiving a written demand from the supplier.
(b)
If there is an adjustment event in relation to a supply which results in the amount
of GST on a supply being different from the amount in respect of GST already
recovered by the supplier, as appropriate, the supplier within 14 days of becoming
aware of the adjustment event:
(i)
may recover from the recipient the amount by which the amount of GST on
the supply exceeds the amount already recovered by giving seven days
written notice; or
(ii)
must refund to the recipient the amount by which the amount already
recovered exceeds the amount of GST on the supply to the extent that the
supplier is entitled to a refund or credit from the Internal Revenue
Commission; and
(iii)
must issue an adjustment note or tax invoice reflecting the adjustment
event in relation to the supply to the recipient within 28 days of the
adjustment event except where the recipient is required to issue an
adjustment note or tax invoice in relation to the supply.
(c)
The right of the supplier to recover any amount in respect of GST under this
document on a supply is subject to the issuing of the relevant tax invoice or
adjustment note to the recipient within the time period within which the recipient is
otherwise entitled to the relevant input tax credit except where the recipient is
required to issue the tax invoice or adjustment note.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
32
(d)
If the GST Law changes after the date of this document to change the amount of
GST on a supply, any consideration that expressly includes GST must be adjusted to
reflect the change in the GST Law.
(e)
If a party provides a payment for or any satisfaction of a Claim or a right to Claim
under or in connection with this document (for example, for misrepresentation or
for a breach of any Warranty or warranty of the Buyer or for indemnity or for
reimbursement of any expense) that gives rise to a liability for GST, the provider
must pay, and indemnify the claimant on demand against, the amount of that GST.
(f)
If a party has a Claim under or in connection with this document for a cost on which
that party must pay an amount for GST, the claim is for the cost plus the amount
for GST (except any amount for GST for which that party is entitled to an input tax
credit).
(g)
If a party has a Claim under or in connection with this document whose amount
depends on actual or estimated revenue or which is for a loss of revenue, revenue
must be calculated without including any amount received or receivable as
reimbursement for GST (whether that amount is separate or included as part of a
larger amount).
14.
WARRANTIES BY THE BUYER AND HARMONY GOLD
14.1
Warranties of the Buyer and Harmony Gold
Each of the Buyer and Harmony Gold warrants to the Seller and Newcrest that each of the
statements in Schedule 3:
(a)
is true as at the date of this document; and
(b)
will be true as at the Completion Date.
14.2
Reliance on Buyer and Harmony Gold's representations and warranties
The Buyer and Harmony Gold acknowledges that the Seller and Newcrest have executed
this document and agreed to take part in the transactions that this document
contemplates in reliance on the representations and warranties that are made in this
clause 14.
15.
WARRANTIES BY NEWCREST
15.1
Warranties of Newcrest
Newcrest warrants to the Buyer and Harmony Gold that each of the statements in
Schedule 4:
(a)
is true as at the date of this document; and
(b)
will be true as at the Completion Date.
15.2
Reliance on Newcrest's representations and warranties
Newcrest acknowledges that the Buyer and Harmony Gold have executed this document
and agreed to take part in the transactions that this document contemplates in reliance on
the representations and warranties that are made in this clause 15.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
33
16.
HARMONY GOLD PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE - MINE CLOSURE
16.1
Performance guarantee
Subject to Completion occurring and to clause 16.2, for valuable consideration and in
order to induce the Seller and Newcrest to enter into this document, Harmony Gold
unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to the Seller and Newcrest that Harmony Gold
must, or must procure, that closure and rehabilitation of the Hidden Valley Mine occurs to
a standard which:
(a)
complies with the requirements of the Mining Act and any other applicable laws of
PNG; and
(b)
is in accordance with a mine closure plan agreed with the relevant regulator from
time to time.
16.2
Notification
Harmony Gold shall not be liable for a breach of clause 16.1 unless:
(a)
the Seller or Newcrest gives to Harmony Gold notice of the breach setting out (but
only to the extent that the Seller or Newcrest is reasonably able to provide the
following information) the circumstance which gives rise to the breach and the
nature of the breach (specifying whether it considers that the breach is capable of
remedy, and if it is not, the amount claimed by way of its estimate of damages) as
soon as reasonably practicable after the Seller or Newcrest have become aware, or
have a reasonable basis to consider, that a breach has occurred; and
(b)
if the breach is capable of being remedied, the notice under paragraph (a) must
provide the breach is to be remedied by Harmony Gold as soon as is reasonably
practicable having regard to the nature of the breach (including having regard to
the requirement of any relevant law or direction of a Government Agency), and in
any event no more than twelve months after giving of the notice.
16.3
Remedies
(a)
If the breach of clause 16.1 is capable of being, but is not, remedied by Harmony
Gold within the time specified in clause 16.2(b), then the Seller or Newcrest must
first seek an order for specific performance of the obligations of Harmony Gold
under this clause 16 before seeking an order for damages in respect of the relevant
breach.
(b)
Harmony Gold acknowledges and agrees that a breach of its obligations under this
clause 16 will not be capable of remedy or compensation by the payment of
damages only, and agrees that the Seller or Newcrest will be entitled to an order for
specific performance in relation to such breach.
(c)
If:
(i)
clause 16.3(a) did not apply as the breach of clause 16.1 is not capable of
being remedied; or
(ii)
clause 16.3(a) did apply but an order for specific performance is declined,
notwithstanding the acknowledgement in clause 16.3(b),
then Harmony Gold acknowledges and agrees that the Seller or Newcrest are
entitled to seek damages for breach of the obligations of Harmony Gold under this
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
34
clause 16 (including any costs of enforcement on a solicitor-own client basis in
respect of any actions taken by them under this clause 16).
16.4
Principal obligations
The obligations of Harmony Gold under this clause 16 are absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable and:
(a)
are principal obligations of Harmony Gold and not ancillary or collateral to any
other right or obligation; and
(b)
may be enforced against Harmony Gold without the Seller first being required to
exhaust any remedy it may have against any other person.
16.5
Continuity
This clause 16 is a continuing guarantee and remains in full force and effect
notwithstanding Completion.
16.6
Liability unaffected by other events
The liability of Harmony Gold under this clause 16 extends to and is not affected by, any
circumstance, act or omission which, but for this provision, might otherwise affect it at
law or in equity including, whether with or without the consent of Harmony Gold:
(a)
the grant to the Buyer, MCG or the Sale Group Companies of any time, waiver or
other indulgence or concession;
(b)
either the Seller or Newcrest exercising or refraining from exercising its rights
under any security or any other rights, powers or remedies against the Buyer, MCG
or the Sale Group Companies;
(c)
any failure, omission or delay by the Seller, Newcrest, the Buyer, MCG or the Sale
Group Companies to give notice to Harmony Gold of any default by the Buyer, MCG
or the Sale Group Companies under this document; and
(d)
any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances related to the
Buyer, MCG or the Sale Group Companies.
16.7
Variation of rights and cumulative remedies
(a)
The exercise of a right partially or on one occasion does not prevent any further
exercise of that right in accordance with the terms of this document. Neither a
forbearance to exercise a right nor a delay in the exercise of a right operates as an
election between rights or a variation of the terms of this document.
(b)
The rights, powers and remedies provided to the Seller and Newcrest in this
clause 16 are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies
provided at law or in equity or by any agreement, including this document.
16.8
No withholdings
Harmony Gold must make all payments which may be or become due under this clause 16
free and clear, and without deduction, of all present and future withholdings (including
Taxes) unless compelled by law. If Harmony Gold is compelled by law to deduct any
withholding, it must pay to the Seller or Newcrest an amount equal to the withholding in
addition to any payment due under this clause 16.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
35
16.9
Currency
All payments which Harmony Gold is liable to pay to the Seller and Newcrest under this
clause 16 are to be free of any commissions and expenses relating to foreign currency
conversion or any other charge or expense.
16.10
No set-off
Harmony Gold has no right to set-off, deduct or withhold any moneys which it is liable to
pay to the Seller or Newcrest under this clause 16 against any moneys which the Seller or
Newcrest is liable to pay to the Buyer, MCG, the Sale Group Companies or Harmony Gold
whether under this document or otherwise.
16.11
Limitations not applicable
For the avoidance of doubt, the limitations on liability set out in clause 10 (limitations on
claims against Seller), clause 17.3(a)(ii) (10 years) and clause 17.15 (USD35 million) do
not apply to the liability of Harmony Gold under this clause 16.
16.12
Force Majeure
Harmony Gold's obligations under this clause 16 do not apply to the extent that, and for
the duration that, any occurrence, circumstance or omission (other than an occurrence,
circumstance or omission on the part of Harmony Gold which, but for the operation of this
clause, would be a breach of its obligations under this document) prevents or delays
Harmony Gold or the Hidden Valley Mine from complying with clause 16.1 (other than
making a payment for the purpose of achieving compliance with this clause) and that
occurrence, circumstance or omission is beyond the reasonable control of Harmony Gold
or the Hidden Valley Mine, including (provided the following are beyond the reasonable
control of Harmony Gold or the Hidden Valley Mine and subject to clause 16.13) large
scale in-migration, alluvial mining hindering safe access to the Hidden Valley Mine, civil
unrest, riots or disturbances, forces of nature, inability to obtain equipment or materials
due to a supplier claiming force majeure and action or inaction by a Government Agency
( Force Majeure Occurrence ).
16.13
Best endeavours to overcome Force Majeure Occurrence
Where clause 16.12 applies, Harmony Gold must use its best endeavours to remove,
overcome or minimise the effects of the Force Majeure Occurrence as quickly as possible.
This does not require Harmony Gold to settle any dispute with a Government Agency or
landowners at the Hidden Valley Mine in any way that it considers inappropriate (acting
reasonably).
17.
HARMONY GOLD INDEMNITY FOR RELEVANT LIABILITIES
17.1
Definitions
In this clause 17, Relevant Liabilities means any Liability (whether relating to the
period, or any facts, matters or circumstances, before, on or after the Economic Transfer
Date) in connection with the Hidden Valley Mine, the Hidden Valley Joint Venture, or the
Hidden Valley Business and, without limiting the foregoing, includes any and all
environmental, mine closure or rehabilitation Liabilities of any kind whatsoever including
under any applicable law or Authorisation and any Liability in relation to the Watut
Litigation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
36
17.2
Indemnity
(a)
Subject to Completion occurring and to clause 17.3, for valuable consideration and
in order to induce the Seller and Newcrest to enter into this document, Harmony
Gold indemnifies the Seller and Newcrest, and agrees to hold the Seller and
Newcrest, harmless from and against all Relevant Liabilities.
(b)
Harmony Gold must not bring or pursue, and must procure that no related body
corporate brings or pursues, a Claim against the Seller or Newcrest or any member
of the Seller Group (including by joining them to any action or proceeding) in
respect of any matter which is the subject of the Relevant Liabilities.
17.3
Notification procedure
Harmony Gold shall not be liable for any Claim under the indemnity given in clause 17.2
unless:
(a)
the Seller or Newcrest gives to Harmony Gold notice of the Claim setting out the
circumstance which gives rise to the Claim, the nature of the Claim and the action
required of Harmony Gold (including, if relevant, payment of money):
(i)
as soon as reasonably practicable after the Seller or Newcrest have become
aware of the Claim; and
(ii)
within
[***]
years after the Economic Transfer Date; and
(b)
legal proceedings for the Claim have been properly issued and validly served on
Harmony Gold within a period of [***]months from the date on which the notice
referred to in paragraph (a) is given.
17.4
Principal obligations
The obligations of Harmony Gold under this clause 17 are absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable and:
(a)
are principal obligations of Harmony Gold and not ancillary or collateral to any
other right or obligation; and
(b)
may be enforced against Harmony Gold without the Seller or Newcrest first being
required to exhaust any remedy they may have against any other person.
17.5
Liability unaffected by other events
The liability of Harmony Gold under this clause 17 extends to and is not affected by, any
circumstance, act or omission which, but for this provision, might otherwise affect it at
law or in equity including, whether with or without the consent of Harmony Gold:
(a)
the grant to the Buyer, MCG or the Sale Group Companies of any time, waiver or
other indulgence or concession;
(b)
the discharge or release of the Buyer, MCG or the Sale Group Companies from any
liability or obligation;
(c)
any transaction or arrangement that may take place between the parties;
(d)
the occurrence of an Insolvency Event in relation to the Buyer, MCG or the Sale
Group Companies;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
37
(e)
either the Seller or Newcrest exercising or refraining from exercising its rights
under any security or any other rights, powers or remedies against the Buyer, MCG
or the Sale Group Companies;
(f)
any failure, omission or delay by the Seller, Newcrest, the Buyer, MCG or the Sale
Group Companies to give notice to Harmony Gold of any default by the Buyer, MCG
or the Sale Group Companies under this document; and
(g)
any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances related to the
Buyer, MCG or the Sale Group Companies.
17.6
Variation of rights and cumulative remedies
(a)
The exercise of a right partially or on one occasion does not prevent any further
exercise of that right in accordance with the terms of this document. Neither a
forbearance to exercise a right nor a delay in the exercise of a right operates as an
election between rights or a variation of the terms of this document.
(b)
The rights, powers and remedies provided to the Seller and Newcrest in this clause
17 are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies provided at
law or in equity or by any agreement, including this document.
17.7
No withholdings
Harmony Gold must make all payments which may be or become due under this clause 17
free and clear, and without deduction, of all present and future withholdings (including
Taxes) unless compelled by law. If Harmony Gold is compelled by law to deduct any
withholding, it must pay to the Seller or Newcrest an amount equal to the withholding in
addition to any payment due under this clause 17.
17.8
Currency
All payments which Harmony Gold is liable to pay to the Seller and Newcrest under this
clause 17 are to be free of any commissions and expenses relating to foreign currency
conversion or any other charge or expense.
17.9
No set-off
Harmony Gold has no right to set-off, deduct or withhold any moneys which it is liable to
pay to the Seller or Newcrest under this clause 17 against any moneys which the Seller or
Newcrest is liable to pay to the Buyer, MCG, the Sale Group Companies or Harmony Gold
whether under this document or otherwise.
17.10
Notification
The Seller and Newcrest must, as soon as they become aware of a Third Party Claim
(Clause 16 and 17) after Completion, promptly notify Harmony Gold of the Third Party
Claim (Clause 16 and 17) (giving full details).
17.11
Harmony Gold take over of Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17)
(a)
Subject to clause 17.11(d), Harmony Gold (or another member of the Buyer Group)
must, as soon as practicable, take over, conduct, negotiate, defend or settle the
Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) notified to it under clause 17.10 at their
expense.
(b)
If clause 17.11(a) applies, then the Seller Group must provide all reasonable
assistance in respect of the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) as Harmony Gold
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
38
(or another member of the Buyer Group) reasonably requests (at the cost of
Harmony Gold). In particular, the Seller and Newcrest must and must ensure that
the other members of the Seller Group does:
(i)
not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or compromise
to or with any third party about the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17)
without the prior written consent of Harmony Gold (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed);
(ii)
take any action at the reasonable request of Harmony Gold (or another
member of the Buyer Group) to defend the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and
17) or to refer the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) to any form of
alternative dispute resolution;
(iii)
at the request of Harmony Gold (or another member of the Buyer Group)
give information and access to personnel, premises, plant, goods,
documents and records to Harmony Gold (or another member of the Buyer
Group) and to their professional advisers to defend or assist in defending
the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17); and
(iv)
authorise legal or other professional advisers nominated by Harmony Gold
(or another member of the Buyer Group) to act in respect of the Third Party
Claim (Clause 16 and 17) on behalf of the member of the Seller Group
concerned, but in accordance with the instructions of Harmony Gold (or
another member of the Buyer Group).
(c)
Harmony Gold (or another member of the Buyer Group) must keep the Seller and
Newcrest reasonably informed of the progress of any Third Party Claim (Clause 16
and 17) it takes over under this clause 17.11 in accordance with clause 17.12(b).
(d)
If the Seller or Newcrest reasonably considers that the Third Party Claim (Clause 16
and 17) may give rise to a liability in respect of which it is not indemnified (in whole
or in part) under clause 16 or clause 17, then notwithstanding clause 17.11(a), it
may at its election, itself conduct, negotiate, defend or settle the Third Party Claim
(Clause 16 and 17). Such election must be made in writing to Harmony Gold within
a reasonable time after notice of the Third Party Claim has been given under clause
17.10.
(e)
If the Seller or Newcrest has made an election under clause 17.11(d), then the
Buyer Group must provide all reasonable assistance in respect of the Third Party
Claim (Clause 16 and 17) as the Seller or Newcrest reasonably requests (at the cost
of the Seller or Newcrest). In particular, Harmony Gold must and must ensure that
the other members of the Buyer Group:
(v)
does not make any admission of liability, agreement, settlement or
compromise to or with any third party about the Third Party Claim (Clause
16 and 17) without the prior written consent of the Seller or Newcrest (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
(vi)
takes any action at the reasonable request of the Seller or Newcrest to
defend the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) or to refer the Third Party
Claim (Clause 16 and 17) to any form of alternative dispute resolution;
(vii)
at the request of the Seller or Newcrest gives information and access to
personnel, premises, plant, goods, documents and records to the Seller or
Newcrest and to their professional advisers to defend or assist in defending
the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17); and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
39
(viii) authorises legal or other professional advisers nominated by the Seller or
Newcrest to act in respect of the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) on
behalf of the member of the Buyer Group concerned, but in accordance with
the instructions of the Seller or Newcrest.
(f)
The Seller or Newcrest must keep Harmony Gold reasonably informed of the
progress of any Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) in respect of which it has
made an election under clause 17.11(d) in accordance with clause 17.12(b).
(g)
In respect of any Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) which any member of the
Buyer Group has the conduct of under clause 17.11(a), if the Seller or Newcrest
subsequently forms the view that the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) may
give rise to a liability in respect of which it is not indemnified (in whole or in part)
under clause 16 or clause 17, then it shall be entitled to make an election under
clause 17.11(d) and the parties shall give effect to such election.
17.12
Obligations in relation to Third Party Claims (Clause 16 and 17)
Where the Seller or Newcrest (on the one hand) or Harmony Gold or a member of the
Buyer Group (on the other hand) has the conduct of a Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and
17) they must, and must procure that each other member of the Seller Group or the
Buyer Group respectively:
(a)
diligently pursue and manage the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17);
(b)
fully inform the other about the actions taken in relation to the Third Party Claim
(Clause 16 and 17) by regular reports that include a summary of any material
discussion with the opposite party to the Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17); and
(c)
do not make any proposal to admit liability or compromise, settle or agree the
Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) without the prior written consent of the other
(such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
17.13
No liability
The Seller or Newcrest (on the one hand) or Harmony Gold (on the other hand) is not
liable for any Claim in respect of any other matter in this document to the extent that the
Claim relates to a Third Party Claim (Clause 16 and 17) for which the other has admitted
liability in whole or part, without the prior written consent of the other under clause
17.12(c)
.
17.14
No double recovery under clauses 16 and 17
To avoid doubt, if a Claim or Liability is the subject of both clauses 16 and 17, then the
Seller and Newcrest (collectively) may only recover once for the same Loss, and Harmony
Gold is not liable to the Seller and Newcrest for Loss to the extent that the same Loss has
been recovered in another Claim.
17.15
Rights and limitations
The maximum liability of Harmony Gold under this clause 17 shall not exceed USD[***] in
the aggregate.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
40
18.
SELLER INDEMNITY FOR NON-HIDDEN VALLEY LIABILITIES
18.1
Definitions
In this clause 18, NHV Liabilities means any Liability in connection with the Non-Hidden
Valley Business in relation to the period prior to the Completion Date, or the non-provision
by the Seller under this document of records in relation to Seller Group financing related
matters, but excluding any Liability that is the subject of clause 12.1 (Tax indemnity) or
otherwise relates to the Tax Indemnity.
18.2
Indemnity
(a)
Subject to Completion occurring, the Seller indemnifies the Buyer and Harmony
Gold and agrees to hold them harmless from and against all NHV Liabilities.
(b)
The Seller must not bring or pursue, and must procure that no other Seller Group
member brings or pursues, a Claim against the Buyer, Harmony Gold or any other
member of the Buyer Group (including by joining the Buyer or Harmony Gold to any
action or proceeding) in respect of any matter which is the subject of the NHV
Liabilities.
18.3
No double recovery with Tax Indemnity
To avoid doubt:
(a) if a Claim or Liability relates to an amount of Tax payable that is the subject of
clause 12.1 or otherwise relates to the Tax Indemnity, then clause 12 applies and
this clause 18 does not apply; and
(b) the Buyer may only recover once for the same Loss under the Tax Indemnity and
clause 18.3, and the Seller is not liable to the Buyer or any other member of the
Buyer Group for Loss to the extent that the same Loss has been recovered in
another Claim.
18.4
Limitations
For the avoidance of doubt, the limitations on liability set out in clause 10.6 (thresholds)
and 10.7 (time limits and remedy) do not apply to the liability of the Seller under this
clause 18.
18.5
Management of Third Party Claims
For the avoidance of doubt, clause 11 shall apply to any Third Party Claims which relate to
the NHV Liabilities.
19.
COSTS AND STAMP DUTY
19.1
Costs generally
Subject to clause 19.2, each party must pay its own expenses incurred in negotiating,
preparing, executing, completing and carrying into effect this document.
19.2
Stamp duty generally
The Buyer is solely responsible for, and must indemnify the Seller against, any duty
including any interest or penalty that is payable on or in relation to:
(a)
this document;
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
41
(b)
the sale, purchase, assignment or transfer of any property under this document;
and
(c)
any instrument or transaction that this document contemplates.
20.
CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENT
20.1
General
Each party must treat the terms of this document and all of the documentation and
transactions contemplated by them as confidential information and no announcement or
communication relating to the negotiations of the parties or to the existence, subject
matter or terms of this document or the transactions contemplated by this document may
be made or authorised by a party unless:
(a)
the other parties have first given their written consent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld);
(b)
the disclosure is to the party's related bodies corporate, officers, employees,
consultants, professional advisers, bankers, financial advisers or financiers on a
need to know basis and those persons undertake to keep confidential any
information so disclosed;
(c)
the disclosure is to a person whose consent is required under this document or is
necessary or desirable for a transaction contemplated by it;
(d)
the disclosure occurs for the purposes of a party filing a copy of the document with
a Court in the course of legal proceedings to which this document is related;
(e)
the disclosure is made to the extent reasonably needed to comply with:
(i)
any applicable law; or
(ii)
the listing rules applicable to the party (or a related body corporate of the
party); or
(f)
the disclosure is of information which is in or which enters the public domain
through no fault of the party disclosing it or any of its officers, employees or agents,
but the party must promptly give notice of the intended disclosure to, and consult with,
the other parties to the extent practicable, and use its reasonable endeavours to minimise
any such disclosure and to ensure that the information so disclosed will be treated
confidentially.
20.2
ABC
Nothing in this document shall prevent or hinder a party from reporting alleged corporate
misconduct to any regulator under any ABC Legislation or “whistle-blower” protection law
or rule and does not prohibit or seek to impede a party from communicating directly with
any regulator about a possible securities law violation.
20.3
Announcements
Except as required by law or the rules of any stock exchange, all press releases and other
public announcements relating in any way to this document must be in terms agreed by
the parties.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
42
21.
NOTICES
21.1
How to give a notice
A notice, consent or other communication under this document is only effective if it is:
(a)
in writing, signed by or on behalf of the person giving it;
(b)
addressed to the person to whom it is to be given; and
(c)
delivered or sent by pre-paid mail (by airmail, if the addressee is overseas) or sent
by email to that person's address set out in clause 21.3.
21.2
When a notice is given
A notice, consent or other communication that complies with this clause 21 is regarded as
given and received:
(a)
in the case of post:
(i)
within Australia – three Business Days after posting; or
(ii)
to or from a place outside Australia – seven Business Days after posting;
and
(b)
in the case of email, in the case of email, the earlier of:
(i)
the time that the sender receives an automated message from the intended
recipient's information system confirming delivery of the email;
(ii)
the time that the email is first opened or read by the intended recipient, or
an employee or officer of the intended recipient; and
(iii)
two hours after the time the email is sent (as recorded on the device from
which the sender sent the email) unless the sender receives, within that two
hour period, an automated message that the email has not been delivered,
but in the case of delivery by email, where the notice would be taken to be received
at a time that is later than 7pm in the place where it is taken to be received, it will
be conclusively taken to have been duly given or made at the start of business on
the next business day in that place.
21.3
Address for notices
A person's mail address is set out below, or as the person notifies the sender:
Buyer
Address:
Level 2, 189 Coronation Drive, Milton QLD 4064, Australia
Attention:
Charles de Villiers
Email:
charles.devilliers@harmonyseasia.com
Harmony Gold
Address:
Randfontein Office Park, Cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue,
Randfontein 1759, South Africa
Attention:
Riana Bisschoff
Email:
Riana.Bisschoff@harmony.co.za
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
43
Seller
Address:
Level 8, 600 St Kilda Road, Melbourne VIC 3182, Australia
Attention:
Martin Grant
Email:
Martin.Grant@newcrest.com.au
Newcrest
Address:
Level 8, 600 St Kilda Road, Melbourne VIC 3182, Australia
Attention:
Company Secretary
Email:
Francesca.Lee@newcrest.com.au
22.
AMENDMENT AND ASSIGNMENT
22.1
Amendment
This document can only be amended or replaced by another document executed by the
parties.
22.2
Assignment
Subject to clause 22.3, a party may only assign, Encumber, declare a trust over or
otherwise deal with its rights under this document with the written consent of each other
party.
22.3
Assumption by New Party of obligations under clauses 16 and 17
Harmony Gold may, with the prior written consent of the Seller and Newcrest, nominate
one or more entities each of which is not a member of the Buyer Group and which has or
have agreed to acquire (directly or indirectly) from a member(s) of the Buyer Group the
entirety of the Buyer Group's interest in the Hidden Valley Mine ( New Party ) to assume
all (but not part) of Harmony Gold's obligations under clause 16 and clause 17 in favour of
the Seller and Newcrest where:
(a)
Harmony Gold demonstrates to the Seller and Newcrest (who must act reasonably),
that the New Party (either alone or jointly with a related body corporate of the New
Party) may reasonably be considered to have the financial and technical capability
and resources to comply with the obligations of Harmony Gold under clauses 16 and
17; and
(b)
the New Party (and any related body corporate referred to in paragraph (a)) enters
into a deed with and in favour of the Seller and Newcrest to jointly and severally
assume and undertake the obligations of Harmony Gold under clauses 16 and 17, in
place of Harmony Gold in the form contained in Annexure H. To avoid doubt, in
addition, if the New Party comprises more than one entity, then those entities shall
themselves each be jointly and severally liable for the obligations under clauses 16
and 17 (together with any relevant related body corporate of them).
23.
GENERAL
23.1
Governing law
(a)
This document and any dispute arising out of or in connection with the subject
matter of this document is governed by the laws of Queensland, Australia.
(b)
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with
this document, including any question regarding its existence, validity or
termination, shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Australian
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
44
Centre for International Commercial Arbitration (ACICA) Arbitration Rules. The seat
of arbitration shall be Brisbane, Australia. The language of the arbitration shall be
English. The number of arbitrators shall be three. The parties agree that section 24
(consolidation of arbitral proceedings) of the International Arbitration Act 1974
(Cth) will apply to arbitrations under this document.
23.2
Giving effect to this document
Each party must do anything (including execute any document), and must ensure that its
employees and agents do anything (including execute any document), that any other
party may reasonably require to give full effect to this document and any document
contemplated by this document (including the Tenement Sale Agreement (for the
Excluded Tenement) and the Asset Sale Agreement (for the Exploration Assets)).
23.3
Consents
Where this document contemplates that a party may agree, approve or consent to
something (however it is described), that party may not unreasonably withhold or delay
giving that agreement, approval or consent, unless this document expressly contemplates
otherwise.
23.4
Operation of this document
(a)
This document contains the entire agreement between the parties about its subject
matter. Any previous understanding, agreement, representation or warranty
relating to that subject matter is replaced by this document and has no further
effect.
(b)
Any provision of this document which is unenforceable or partly unenforceable is,
where possible, to be severed to the extent necessary to make this document
enforceable, unless this would materially change the intended effect of this
document.
23.5
Operation of indemnities
(a)
Each indemnity in this document survives the expiry or termination of this
document.
(b)
A party may recover a payment under an indemnity in this document before it
makes the payment in respect of which the indemnity is given.
(c)
If a provision of this document is expressed to:
(i)
indemnify;
(ii)
exclude or limit any liability of; or
(iii)
otherwise benefit,
a person who is not a party to this document ( third party ), the party to this
document that receives that promise and any permitted assignee of that party
( promisee ) agrees that the promisee holds the benefit of that indemnity,
exclusion, limitation or other benefit on trust for that third party and may enforce
this document on their behalf and for their benefit.
23.6
No merger
No provision of this document merges on Completion.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
[***] INDICATES MATERIAL THAT WAS OMITTED AND FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT WAS REQUESTED. ALL SUCH
OMITTED MATERIAL WAS FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE RULES
APPLICABLE TO SUCH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.
45
23.7
Counterparts
This document may be executed in counterparts. Counterparts may be exchanged
electronically and do not take effect until exchanged.
23.8
Attorneys
Each person who executes this document on behalf of a party under a power of attorney
declares that he or she is not aware of any fact or circumstance that might affect his or
her authority to do so under that power of attorney.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
46
SCHEDULE 1
Details of Sale Group Companies
PART A
NEWCREST PNG 1 LIMITED
Company Number:
1-62603
Place of incorporation:
PNG
Issued shares:
962,642,078 shares
Registered holder of shares:
Newcrest International Pty Limited (100%)
Directors and alternate directors:
Peter John AITSI
Gerard Michael BOND
Craig Antony JONES
Francesca Yoke Moon LEE
PART B – HIDDEN VALLEY SERVICES LIMITED
Company Number:
1-63561
Place of incorporation:
PNG
Issued shares:
100 shares
Registered holder of shares:
Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited (50%)
Newcrest PNG 1 Limited (50%)
Directors and alternate directors:
Peter John AITSI
Thomas William HENNESSY
Gregory John JOB
Craig Antony JONES
Ian Raymond SHEPHERD
Johannes Jacobus VAN HEERDEN
BACKGROUND IMAGE
47
SCHEDULE 2
Warranties of the Seller
The following statements are subject to the qualifications referred to in clause 10 of this
document.
1.
The Seller
1.1
The Seller is duly incorporated and validly exists under the laws of the place of its
incorporation.
1.2
The Seller has full legal capacity and power to own its property and to carry on its
business.
1.3
The Seller has full legal capacity and power to enter, and has taken all corporate action
that is necessary to authorise its entry, into this document.
1.4
This document constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable
against the Seller in accordance with its terms (except to the extent limited by equitable
principles and laws affecting creditors' rights generally), subject to any necessary
stamping or registration.
1.5
The Seller is not entering into this document as trustee of any trust or settlement.
1.6
The Seller is not affected by an Insolvency Event.
1.7
As at the date of this document, no litigation, arbitration, mediation, conciliation or
administrative proceeding is taking place or, to the best of the Seller's knowledge,
pending or threatened whose outcome is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
ability of the Seller to perform its obligations to complete the sale and purchase of the
Sale Shares.
2.
The Sale Shares
2.1
The Sale Shares are all of the issued shares in the capital of the Company.
2.2
The Seller is the beneficial owner and registered holder of each Sale Share.
2.3
The Seller has good and marketable title to the Sale Shares free from any Encumbrance.
2.4
There is no agreement, arrangement or understanding, or issued security, which calls for
the present or future issue of, or gives to any person the right to require the issue of, any
share in or security of the Company.
3.
Title to shares in HVSL
3.1
The Company is the beneficial owner and registered holder of 50% of the total shares
issued by HVSL, free from any Encumbrance.
3.2
The Company does not hold or beneficially own any shares in or securities of any
corporation (other than HVSL).
4.
Title to the Tenements
4.1
The Company is, and at the Completion Date will be, the holder and beneficial owner of a
50% interest as a tenant in common in the Tenements free from any Encumbrances other
than Permitted Encumbrances.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
48
5.
Disclosure Materials
5.1
The Disclosure Materials were compiled in good faith for the purposes of informing a buyer
about the Non-Hidden Valley Business of the Company.
5.2
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, no material information concerning the Company in
relation to any matters in connection with Non-Hidden Valley Business of the Company
has been intentionally withheld by the Seller from the Disclosure Materials.
6.
Records
6.1
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, the Records are complete and no Records in
relation to any material matter in connection with the Non-Hidden Valley Business or the
Hidden Valley Business of the Company have been intentionally withheld by the Seller.
7.
Activities of the Company
7.1
The Company has no interests, investments or liabilities other than in connection with the
Hidden Valley Business.
7.2
At Completion, all payments to HVSL which are due and payable by the Company prior to
the Economic Transfer Date under the Joint Venture Agreement have been made in full.
7.3
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, there are no contracts to which the Company is a
party other than contracts relating to the Hidden Valley Business.
8.
ABC Legislation and AML Legislation
(a)
The Seller has conducted its investment in the Company in compliance with
applicable ABC Legislation and AML Legislation and has adopted policies and
procedures relating to compliance with ABC Legislation and AML Legislation.
(b)
Neither the Seller, nor its officers or employees, has been the subject of any
investigation, inquiry or enforcement proceedings in relation to bribery and
corruption by any governmental, administrative or regulatory body in any
jurisdiction in relation to its investment in the Company and, so far as the Seller is
aware, none is threatened or pending and there are no circumstances likely to give
rise to any such investigation, inquiry or proceedings.
(c)
No Official owns a direct or indirect interest in the Seller or any person that is
providing services for or on behalf of the Seller and no Official has any legal or
beneficial interest in any transactions contemplated under this document.
9.
Authorisations
9.1
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, as at the date of this document, the Seller has not
received any written notice that the Company does not hold a material corporate
Authorisation in which it requires to carry on business as a corporation in PNG as carried
on as at the date of this document (excluding any Authorisations as may be required or
required in respect of the Hidden Valley Business).
10.
Absence of litigation against Company
10.1
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, the Disclosure Materials contain particulars as at
the date of this document of:
(a)
all material claims received by the Company in relation to Non-Hidden Valley
Business; and
BACKGROUND IMAGE
49
(b)
all current
legal proceedings (including litigation, arbitration, mediation,
conciliation, administrative proceeding or other dispute resolution process) to which
the Company is a party in relation to Non-Hidden Valley Business.
10.2
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, there is no unsatisfied judgment, order, arbitral
award or decision of any court, tribunal or arbitrator, or unsatisfied settlement of
proceedings in any court, tribunal or arbitration, against the Company in relation to Non-
Hidden Valley Business.
10.3
To the best of the Seller's knowledge, as at the date of this document, the Seller has not
received written notice of any material dispute or Claim (other than those disclosed in the
Disclosure Materials) which may give rise to legal proceedings of any kind against the
Company in relation to Non-Hidden Valley Business.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
800678682v12
50
SCHEDULE 3
Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Harmony Gold
(a)
The Buyer and Harmony Gold have conducted their business in compliance with
applicable ABC Legislation and AML Legislation and have instituted, maintained and
monitored policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably
expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance with ABC Legislation and
AML Legislation.
(b)
Neither the Buyer nor Harmony Gold, nor its officers or employees, has been the
subject of any investigation, inquiry or enforcement proceedings in relation to
bribery and corruption by any governmental, administrative or regulatory body in
any jurisdiction and, so far as the Buyer and Harmony Gold is aware, none is
threatened or pending and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to any
such investigation, inquiry or proceedings.
(c)
No Official owns a direct or indirect interest in the Buyer or Harmony Gold or any
person that is providing services for or on behalf of the Buyer or Harmony Gold and
no Official has any legal or beneficial interest in any transactions contemplated
under this document.
(a)
The Buyer and Harmony Gold is duly incorporated and validly exists under the laws
of the place of their incorporation.
(b)
The Buyer and Harmony Gold has full legal capacity and power to own its property
and to carry on its business.
(c)
The Buyer and Harmony Gold has full legal capacity and power to enter, and has
taken all corporate action that is necessary to authorise its entry, into this
document.
(d)
This document constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Buyer and
Harmony Gold, enforceable against the Buyer and Harmony Gold in accordance with
its terms (except to the extent limited by equitable principles and laws affecting
creditors' rights generally), subject to any necessary stamping or registration.
(e)
The Buyer and Harmony Gold are not entering into this document as trustee of any
trust or settlement.
(f)
The Buyer and Harmony Gold are not affected by an Insolvency Event.
(g)
No litigation, arbitration, mediation, conciliation or administrative proceeding is
taking place or, to the best of the Buyer's knowledge, pending or threatened whose
outcome is likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer or
Harmony Gold to perform their obligations under this document.
(h)
Harmony Gold is the Ultimate Holding Company of the Buyer.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
800678682v12
51
SCHEDULE 4
Newcrest's Representations and Warranties
(a)
Newcrest is duly incorporated and validly exists under the laws of the place of its
incorporation.
(b)
Newcrest has full legal capacity and power to own its property and to carry on its
business.
(c)
Newcrest has full legal capacity and power to enter, and has taken all corporate
action that is necessary to authorise its entry, into this document.
(d)
This document constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Newcrest,
enforceable against Newcrest in accordance with its terms (except to the extent
limited by equitable principles and laws affecting creditors' rights generally), subject
to any necessary stamping or registration.
(e)
Newcrest is not entering into this document as trustee of any trust or settlement.
(f)
Newcrest is not affected by an Insolvency Event.
(g)
No litigation, arbitration, mediation, conciliation or administrative proceeding is
taking place or, to the best of Newcrest 's knowledge, pending or threatened whose
outcome is likely to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Newcrest to
perform its obligations under this document.
(h)
Newcrest is the Ultimate Holding Company of the Seller.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
800678682v12
52
EXECUTED as an agreement.
Each person who executes this document on behalf of a party under a power of attorney declares that he or she is not
aware of any fact or circumstance that might affect his or her authority to do so under that power of attorney.
EXECUTED by HARMONY GOLD (PNG
SERVICES) PTY LTD ACN 083 828
853
:
/s/ J van Heerden
Signature of director
/s/ D Lightfoot
Signature of director/secretary
Johannes Jacobus van Heerden
Name
David Lightfoot
Name
EXECUTED by HARMONY GOLD
MINING COMPANY LIMITED
by its duly
authorised officer:
/s/ D Lightfoot
Witness
/s/ J van Heerden
Signature of Authorised Officer
David Lightfoot
Witness Name
Johannes Jacobus van Heerden
Authorised Officer Name
BACKGROUND IMAGE
800678682v12
53
SIGNED for NEWCREST
INTERNATIONAL PTY LTD ACN 007
449 194
by its attorney in the presence
of:
/s/ M Tsaganos
Witness Signature
/s/ F Lee
Attorney Signature
Marie Tsaganos
Witness Name
Francesca Lee
Attorney Name
SIGNED for NEWCREST MINING
LIMITED ACN 005 683 625
by its
attorney in the presence of:
/s/ M Tsaganos
Witness Signature
/s/ F Lee
Attorney Signature
Marie Tsaganos
Witness Name
Francesca Lee
Attorney Name
BACKGROUND IMAGE
LIB01/RODLEV/2738228.1
Hogan Lovells
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
NAME OF SUBIDIARY
PERCENTAGE
HELD
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited
100%               South Africa
Avgold Limited
100%                South Africa
Harmony Gold Australia Proprietary Limited
100%                Australia
Kalahari Goldridge Mining Company Limited
100%                South Africa
Randfontein Estates Limited
100%                South Africa
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
100%                South Africa
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Notice is hereby given that the annual general meeting of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the
“Company”) will be held on Friday, 25 November 2016 at 11:00 (SA time) at the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia
Road, Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa (see map on page 33), to conduct the business set out below
and to consider and, if deemed fit, adopt, with or without modification, the ordinary and special resolutions
set out in this notice.
In terms of section 59(1)(a) and (b) of the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended (“Act”), the board of
directors of the Company (“Board”) has set the record date for the purpose of determining which
shareholders of the Company are entitled to:
i) receive the notice of the annual general meeting (being the date on which a shareholder must be
registered in the Company’s securities register to receive the notice of the annual general meeting) as
Friday, 21 October 2016; and
ii) participate in and vote at the annual general meeting (being the date on which a shareholder must be
registered in the Company’s securities register to participate in and vote at the annual general meeting)
as Friday, 18 November 2016.
PRESENTATION OF ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited consolidated and Company annual financial statements, incorporating the reports of the auditors,
the audit and risk committee and the directors for the year ended 30 June 2016 will be presented to the
shareholders of the Company as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Act read with section 61(8)(a) of
the Act.
Summarised consolidated financial statements are included in this document on pages 4 to 23.
The complete audited consolidated and Company annual financial statements are available on
Harmony’s website at www.har.co.za/15/download/HAR-FR15.pdf
.
PRESENTATION OF GROUP SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE REPORT
In accordance with regulation 43(5)(c) of the Act, the social and ethics committee’s report in the FY16
integrated annual report ( www.har.co.za/14/about/sustainability-approach ) will be presented to
shareholders at the annual general meeting.
RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION
1. Ordinary Resolution Number 1:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Cathie Markus, who retires by rotation at this annual general meeting in accordance
with the Company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and
is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Cathie Markus’ resumé
below).
Cathie Markus (59)
BA, LLB
Independent non-executive director
Chairman of the remuneration committee and member of the investment committee and the social and
ethics committee
Cathie was appointed to the board on 31 May 2007. After graduating from the University of the
Witwatersrand, Cathie served articles, qualifying as an attorney, notary and conveyancer. She then joined
the legal department of Dorbyl Limited before spending 16 years at Impala Platinum Holdings Limited,
initially as legal advisor and, from 1998 to 2007, as executive director responsible for legal, investor and
community affairs. She is currently a trustee of the Impala Bafokeng Trust and chairs the St Mary’s School
Waverley Foundation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 1 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 1.
2. Ordinary Resolution Number 2:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Karabo Nondumo, who retires by rotation at this annual general meeting in accordance
with the Company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and
is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Karabo Nondumo’s resumé
overleaf).
Karabo Nondumo (38)
BAcc, HDip (Acc), CA (SA)
Independent non-executive director
Member of the audit and risk committee, the technical committee and the investment committee
Karabo was appointed to the board on 3 May 2013. She is an executive director of the KM Group of
companies, providers of integrated information and communications technology solutions to enterprises,
as well as of products and services to the mining, engineering and manufacturing industries. She has held
various roles at Vodacom Group Limited including that of executive head of Vodacom business as well as
of Vodacom’s mergers and acquisitions. She was inaugural chief executive officer of AWCA Investment
Holdings Limited and former head of global markets operations at Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited. She
was an associate and executive assistant to the former executive chairman at Shanduka Group. She was
seconded to Shanduka Coal, where she was a shareholder representative, and also served on various
boards representing Shanduka’s interests. She is a qualified chartered accountant, a member of the
South African Institute of Chartered Accountants and of African Women Chartered Accountants. She is an
independent non-executive director of Sanlam Limited, Merafe Resources Limited, Richards Bay Coal
Terminal Proprietary Limited and MTN Group Limited’s operating companies in South Sudan. She is on
the advisory board of Senatla Capital.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 2 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 2.
3. Ordinary Resolution Number 3:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Vishnu Pillay, who retires by rotation at this annual general meeting in accordance with
the Company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is
hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Vishnu Pillay’s resumé below).
Vishnu Pillay (59)
BSc (Hon), MSc
Independent non-executive director
Member of the technical committee, the investment committee and the remuneration committee
Vishnu was appointed to the board on 8 May 2013 and is currently executive head of Anglo American
Platinum Limited’s joint venture operations, the Rustenburg and Union mines. Before joining Anglo
BACKGROUND IMAGE
American Platinum in 2011, he was executive vice-president and head of South African operations for
Gold Fields Limited and, prior to that, vice-president and head of operations at Driefontein Gold Mine.
His 25 years at Gold Fields Limited were interrupted by a two-year period with the Council for Scientific
and Industrial Research, where he was director of mining technology and group executive for
institutional planning and operations.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 3 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 3.
4. Ordinary Resolution Number 4:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Andre Wilkens, who retires by rotation at this annual general meeting in accordance
with the Company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and
is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Andre Wilkens’ resumé
below).
André Wilkens (67)
Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency, MDPA (UNISA), RMIIA, Mini MBA Oil and Gas
Non-executive director
Chairman of the technical committee and member of the investment committee and the remuneration
committee
André was appointed to the board on 7 August 2007. He was appointed to the board of African Rainbow
Minerals Limited in 2004 and was its chief executive officer until March 2012. He is currently executive
director growth and strategic development (based in the office of African Rainbow Minerals’ executive
chairman). He headed ARMgold Limited for five years and ARM Platinum for a year before being
appointed chief operating officer of Harmony after its merger with ARMgold in 2003. André has more than
46 years’ experience in the mining industry, particularly in gold, platinum group metals, iron ore,
manganese, coal, chrome, nickel and copper.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 4 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 4.
5. Ordinary Resolution Number 5:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT John Wetton, who is a non-executive director of the Company, be and is hereby re-
elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee with immediate effect to hold office until
the next annual general meeting.” (See John Wetton’s resumé below).
John Wetton (67)
CA (SA), FCA
Independent non-executive director
Chairman of the audit and risk committee and member of the social and ethics committee, remuneration
committee and investment committee
BACKGROUND IMAGE
John was appointed to the board on 1 July 2011. He was with Ernst & Young from 1967 to 2010, mainly in
corporate audit, but for his final 10 years he played a business development role across Africa. He led
Ernst & Young’s mining group for a number of years and acted as senior partner for some of the firm’s
major mining and construction clients. He was a member of Ernst & Young’s executive management
committee and was, until retirement, a member of the Ernst & Young Africa governance board.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 5 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 5.
6. Ordinary Resolution Number 6:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Fikile De Buck, who is a non-executive director of the Company, be and is hereby re-
elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee with immediate effect to hold office until
the next annual general meeting.” (See Fikile De Buck’s resumé below).
Fikile De Buck (56)
BA (Economics), FCCA
Lead independent non-executive director
Chairman of the nomination committee and a member of the social and ethics committee, the
remuneration committee and the audit and risk committee.
Fikile was appointed to the board on 30 March 2006. A chartered certified accountant, she was only the
second person to obtain this qualification in Botswana. She was awarded the Stuart Crystal Prize for Best
Accounting Student at Birmingham Polytechnic (UK), now Birmingham University, being the first black
overseas student to be awarded this prize.
Fikile is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants United Kingdom. From 2000 to
2008, she worked in various capacities at the Council for Medical Schemes in South Africa, including as
chief financial officer and chief operations officer. Prior to that she worked in various capacities at the
Botswana Development Corporation and was its first treasurer. She also served on various boards
representing the corporation’s interests, and was the founding chairman of the Credit Guarantee
Insurance Corporation of Africa Limited.
She has 23 years’ experience in financial reporting at executive level. Fikile is a director of D&D Company
Proprietary Limited, a non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee and a member of
various other committees of Atlatsa Resources Corporation. She was included in the coffee table book,
“South Africa’s Most Inspirational Women” (2011). Fikile mentors a number of young people, mostly
women. She is also a member of Women In Mining South Africa.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 6 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 6.
7. Ordinary Resolution Number 7:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Simo Lushaba, who is a non-executive director of the Company, be and is hereby re-
elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee with immediate effect to hold office until
the next annual general meeting.” (See Simo Lushaba’s resumé overleaf).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Dr Simo Lushaba (50)
BSc (Hons), MBA, DBA , CD (SA)
Independent non-executive director
Chairman of the investment committee and member of the audit and risk committee and the remuneration
committee
Simo joined the board on 18 October 2002. He previously held senior management positions at Spoornet
(Rail and Terminal Services division), was vice president of Lonmin Plc and chief executive of Rand
Water. He is a non-executive director on the board of Cashbuild Limited and facilitates programmes on
corporate governance for the Institute of Directors (South Africa), of which he is a member. He was also
appointed as an administrator of the South African Post Office to develop the strategic turnaround plan
following the resignation of its board. He is currently chairman of the board for the South African Post
Office and chairman of GVSC Communications South Africa Proprietary Ltd. He was also chairman of
Spescom Ltd.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 7 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 7.
8. Ordinary Resolution Number 8:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Modise Motloba, who is a non-executive director of the Company, be and is hereby re-
elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee with immediate effect to hold office until
the next annual general meeting.” (See Modise Motloba’s resumé below).
Modise Motloba (50)
BSc, Diploma in Strategic Management
Independent non-executive deputy chairman
Chairman of the social and ethics committee and a member of the nomination committee and the audit
and risk committee.
Modise was appointed to the board on 30 July 2004. He is the founder and chief executive officer of
Quartile Capital Proprietary Limited, a black-owned, managed and controlled niche financial services and
investment group with expertise in corporate finance, consulting, treasury services, investments and
wealth.
Modise has more than 22 years’ working experience in the financial sector both in South Africa and the
United States and has operational expertise in treasury services, corporate finance, fund management
and wealth management.
He has worked for local and global firms such as Rand Merchant Bank, Goldman Sachs, African
Merchant Bank, African Harvest Fund Managers and PwC. In addition to Harmony, he has served on the
boards of Deutsche Bank Securities, Landbank, Landbank Insurance and Rand Merchant Bank
Structured Insurance. Modise has played organisational leadership roles for the South African Reserve
Bank, the Financial Services Board, the Association of Black Securities and Investment Professionals,
Nafcoc, the Johannesburg Chamber of Commerce and Industries and the Black Business Council.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 8 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 8.
9. Ordinary Resolution Number 9:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT, subject to the passing of ordinary resolution number 2 being approved by the
Shareholders of the Company, Karabo Nondumo, who is a non-executive director of the Company, be and
is hereby re-elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee with immediate effect to hold
office until the next annual general meeting.” (See Karabo Nondumo’s resumé under ordinary resolution
number 2).
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 9 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 9.
10. Ordinary Resolution Number 10:
Re-appointment of external auditors
“RESOLVED THAT PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated be and is hereby re-appointed as the external
auditor of the Company to hold office from this annual general meeting until conclusion of the next annual
general meeting.”
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 10 to be adopted: more than 50%
(fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at
the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary
resolution number 10.
11. Ordinary Resolution Number 11:
Approval of remuneration policy
“RESOLVED, as a non-binding advisory vote in accordance with the recommendations of King III, that the
remuneration policy of the Company, as set out in the integrated annual report
( www.harmony.co.za/investors/reporting/annual-reports ), be and is hereby approved.”
As this matter is non-binding, no minimum voting threshold is needed.
12. Ordinary Resolution Number 12:
General authority to issue shares for cash
“RESOLVED THAT the directors of the Company be and are hereby authorised as a general authority to
issue the authorised but unissued shares in the capital of the Company (including the grant or issue of
options or convertible securities that are convertible into an existing class of equity securities) for cash (or
the extinction of a liability, obligation or commitment, restraint or settlement of expenses) on such terms
and conditions as the directors of the Company may from time to time in their sole discretion deem fit
subject to the Act, the JSE Listings Requirements of the securities exchange licensed to and operated by
the JSE Limited, provided that:
a)  the equity securities which are the subject of the issue for cash must be of a class already in issue, or
where this is not the case, must be limited to such securities or rights that are convertible into a class
already in issue;
b)  the equity securities must be issued to public shareholders, as defined in the JSE Listings
Requirements, and not to related parties;
c)  securities which are the subject of general issues for cash in the aggregate may not exceed 5% (five
percent) of the Company’s shares in issue as at the date of this notice of the annual general meeting,
excluding treasury shares. Therefore, the number of shares available for the issue of shares for cash will
be limited to 21 873 951 (twenty one million eight hundred and seventy three thousand nine hundred
and fifty one) shares;
d)  this authority shall be valid until the Company’s next annual general meeting or for 15 (fifteen) months
from the date on which this resolution is passed, whichever period is shorter, subject to the requirements
of the JSE Limited and any other restrictions set out in this authority;
e)  the calculation of the Company’s listed equity securities must be a factual assessment of the Company’s
BACKGROUND IMAGE
listed equity securities as at the date of this notice of annual general meeting, excluding treasury shares;
f)  any equity securities issued during the period contemplated in (d) shall be deducted from the number set
out in (c);
g)  in the event of sub-division or consolidation of issued equity securities during the period contemplated in
(d), the existing authority will be adjusted accordingly to represent the same allocation ratio; and
h)  the maximum discount at which equity securities may be issued is 10% (ten percent) of the weighted
average traded price of such equity securities measured over the 30 (thirty) business days prior to the
date that the price of the issue is agreed between the Company and the party subscribing for the
securities. The JSE Limited will be consulted for a ruling if the Company’s securities have not traded in
such 30 (thirty) business day period.”
In terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, the passing of ordinary resolution number 12 requires the
approval of at least 75% (seventy five percent) majority of the votes cast by shareholders of the Company
or present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy at this annual general meeting and
entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 12.
13. Ordinary Resolution Number 13:
Amendments to the Share Plan
“RESOLVED THAT the Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan (2016 Amended Version)
(“Share Plan”), a copy of which has been labelled for identification purposes and tabled at the annual
general meeting, be and is hereby approved.”
Copies of the Share Plan and full details of the proposed amendments to the Share Plan will be available
for inspection during normal business hours at (i) the registered office of the Company from the date of
issue of the FY16 integrated annual report of which this notice of annual general meeting forms part and (ii)
on Harmony’s report website at
www.har.co.za/16/
.
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 13 to be adopted: at least 75%
(seventy five percent) of the voting rights exercised on this resolution, excluding voting rights attaching to
securities owned or controlled by persons who are existing participants in the Share Plan which have been
acquired in terms of the Share Plan as well as the securities held for purposes of the Share Plan.”
14. Special Resolution Number 1:
Non-executive directors’ remuneration
“RESOLVED, as a special resolution in terms of section 66(8) read with section 66(9) of the Act, that the
Company be and is hereby authorised to pay the following annual remuneration to its non-executive
directors for their services as non-executive directors for a period of 2 (two) years from the date of this
annual general meeting or until the non-executive directors’ remuneration is amended by way of special
resolution of the shareholders of the Company, whichever comes first:
Directors’ remuneration
Board
Committee
Annual retainer
Attendance
fee per
board
meeting*
Audit and risk
Social and ethics
Remuneration
Nomination/
Investment
Technical
R’000
Chairman
Deputy chair
LID**
Member
Member
Chairman
Member
Chairman
Member
Chairman
Member
Chairman
Member
Chairman
Member
Current
933
416
315
212
11.0
233
117
185
93
185
93
185
93
185
93
Proposed
985
439
333
224
17.6
246
124
196
100
196
100
196
100
196
100
* Only payable for board meetings attended
** Lead independent director
Ad hoc fees: R15 000 per ad hoc meeting/attendance to company business per day
The percentage of voting rights required for special resolution number 1 to be adopted: at least 75%
BACKGROUND IMAGE
(seventy-five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company
present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on
special resolution number 1.
ELECTRONIC PARTICIPATION
Should any shareholder of the Company wish to participate in the annual general meeting by way of
electronic participation (which includes a teleconference call), that shareholder is obliged to apply in writing
(including details on how the shareholder or its representative can be contacted) to the transfer secretaries
at the address set out below at least 5 (five) business days prior to the annual general meeting.
Shareholders who wish to participate in the annual general meeting by dialing in must note that they will not
be able to vote electronically. Should such shareholders of the Company wish to have their votes counted
at the annual general meeting, they are welcome to cast their votes via representation at the annual
general meeting either by proxy or by letter of representation, as provided for in this notice of the annual
general meeting. The costs of accessing any means of electronic participation provided by the Company
will be borne by the shareholder of the Company. The Company cannot be held liable for any loss,
damage, penalty or claim arising in any way from using the telecommunication facility whether or not as a
result of any act or omission on the part of the Company or anyone else.
IDENTIFICATION, PROXIES AND VOTING
Shareholders are reminded that -
a shareholder eligible to attend and vote at the annual general meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy (or
proxies) to attend, participate in and vote at the annual general meeting in place of the shareholder.
Shareholders are referred to the proxy form attached to this notice in this regard;
a proxy need not also be a shareholder of the Company;
in terms of section 63(1) of the Act, any person attending or participating in a meeting of shareholders
must present reasonably satisfactory identification and the person presiding at the general meeting must
be reasonably satisfied that the right of any person to participate in and vote (whether as shareholder or
as proxy for a shareholder) has been reasonably verified. Acceptable forms of verification include a
green bar-coded or smart card identification document issued by the South African Department of Home
Affairs, a South African driver’s licence or a valid passport; and
this notice of meeting includes the attached form of proxy.
All beneficial owners whose shares have been dematerialised through a central securities depository
participant or broker other than with ‘own name’ registration, must provide the central securities depository
participant or broker with their voting instructions in terms of their custody agreement should they wish to
vote at the annual general meeting. Alternatively, they may request the central securities depository
participant or broker to provide them with a letter of representation, in terms of their custody agreements,
should they wish to attend the annual general meeting.
Unless you advise your central securities depository participant or broker, in terms of your agreement, by
the cut-off time stipulated therein, that you wish to attend the annual general meeting or send a proxy to
represent you, your central securities depository participant or broker may assume that you do not wish to
attend the annual general meeting or send a proxy.
Forms of proxy (enclosed) must be dated and signed by the shareholder of the Company appointing a
proxy and must be received at the offices of the transfer secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa
Proprietary Limited, by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Wednesday, 23 November 2016.
In compliance with section 58(8)(b)(i) of the Act, a summary of the rights of a shareholder to be
represented by proxy is set out immediately below:
An ordinary shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the annual general meeting may appoint any
individual (or individuals) as a proxy/ies to attend, participate in and vote at the annual general meeting
in the place of such shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company.
A proxy appointment must be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder of the Company
appointing a proxy and, subject to the rights of a shareholder to revoke such appointment (as set out
below), remains valid only until the end of the annual general meeting.
A proxy may delegate its authority to act on behalf of a shareholder of the Company to another person,
BACKGROUND IMAGE
subject to any restrictions set out in the instrument appointing the proxy.
Irrespective of the form of instrument used to appoint a proxy, the appointment of a proxy is suspended
at any time and to the extent that the shareholder of the Company who appointed such proxy chooses to
act directly and in person in exercising any rights as a shareholder of the Company.
Unless the proxy appointment expressly provides otherwise, the appointment of a proxy is revocable by
the shareholder of the Company in question cancelling it in writing, or making a later inconsistent
appointment of a proxy, and delivering a copy of the revocation instrument to the proxy and to the
Company. The revocation of a proxy appointment constitutes a complete and final cancellation of the
proxy’s authority to act on behalf of the shareholder of the Company as of the later of (a) the date stated
in the revocation instrument, if any; and (b) the date on which the revocation instrument is delivered to
the Company as required in the first sentence of this paragraph.
If the instrument appointing the proxy or proxies has been delivered to the Company, as long as that
appointment remains in effect, any notice required by the Act or the Company’s memorandum of
incorporation to be delivered by the Company to the shareholder of the Company, must be delivered by
the Company to (a) the shareholder of the Company, or (b) the proxy or proxies, if the shareholder of
the Company has (i) directed the Company to do so in writing; and (ii) paid any reasonable fee charged
by the Company for doing so.
Attention is also drawn to the notes to the form of proxy.
Completing a form of proxy does not preclude any shareholder of the Company from attending the
annual general meeting.
By order of the Board
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
R Bisschoff
Company secretary
Randfontein
26 October 2016
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING – EXPLANATORY NOTES
Presentation of annual financial statements
At the annual general meeting, the directors must present the annual financial statements for the year
ended 30 June 2016 to shareholders as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Act, together with the
reports of the directors, audit and risk committee and the auditors. These are included in the integrated
annual report and the financial report.
Presentation of group social and ethics committee report
At the annual general meeting, the social and ethics committee must report, through one of its members,
on matters within its mandate as required in terms of Regulation 43(5)(c) of the Act.
Ordinary resolutions 1 to 4: Re-election of directors
In accordance with the Company’s memorandum of incorporation, one-third of directors are required to
retire at each annual general meeting and may offer themselves for re-election.
The following directors are eligible and available for re-election:
Cathie Markus
Karabo Nondumo
Vishnu Pillay
Andre Wilkens
See their resumés on pages 24 to 27 of this report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Ordinary resolutions 5 to 9: Election of audit and risk committee
In terms of section 94(2) of the Act, a public company must at each annual general meeting elect an audit
committee comprising of at least 3 (three) members who are directors and who meet the criteria of section
94(4) of the Act. Regulation 42 to the Act specifies that one third of the members of the audit committee
must have appropriate academic qualifications or experience in the areas as listed in the regulation.
The Board is satisfied that the proposed members of the audit and risk committee meet all relevant
requirements.
Ordinary resolution 10: Re-appointment of external auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated has indicated its willingness to continue in office and ordinary
resolution 10 proposes the reappointment of that firm as the Company’s auditors. Section 90(3) of the Act
requires the designated auditor to meet the criteria as set out in section 90(2) of the Act.
The Board is satisfied that both PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated and the designated audit partner
meet all relevant requirements.
Ordinary resolution 11: Remuneration policy
The King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2009 (King III) recommends that the
remuneration policy of the Company be submitted to shareholders for consideration and for an advisory,
non-binding vote to give shareholders an opportunity to indicate their support for or opposition to the
material provisions of the remuneration strategy.
Ordinary resolution number 12: General authority to issue shares for cash
Ordinary resolution number 12 seeks to give the directors authority to issue the Company’s listed securities
for cash (or the extinction of a liability, obligation or commitment, restraint, or settlement of expenses) as
permitted by the Act, the Company’s memorandum of incorporation and the JSE Listings Requirements.
The Board confirms that there is no specific intention to use this authority as at the date of this notice of
annual general meeting.
Ordinary resolution number 13: Amendments to the share plan
The Board has approved the adoption and implementation, subject to shareholder approval, of a minimum
shareholding requirement. The minimum shareholding requirement is intended to encourage eligible
participants to hold vested shares after vesting. This is aimed at aligning executive behaviour with
shareholder’s interests.
In this regard, the following is a high level summary of the terms of the minimum shareholding requirement:
1.  the minimum shareholding requirement will apply compulsorily to all awards of performance shares
made on or after the adoption of the minimum shareholding requirement for as long the target minimum
shareholding requirement has not been met;
2.  the minimum shareholding requirement will apply to employees who are an executive director (being the
chief executive officer, financial director and any other director who is an employee) or an executive
manager;
3.  executive directors will be required to hold from time to time, a target minimum shareholding value
(expressed in rand) equal to a minimum of 200% (two hundred percent) of such executive director’s cost
to company. Executive managers will be required to hold from time to time, a target minimum
shareholding value (expressed in rand) equal to a minimum of 100% (one hundred percent) of such
executive manager’s cost to company;
4.  an executive director or executive manager will be required to build-up to his/her target minimum
shareholding value (“target threshold”), as follows –
4.1. for executive directors, 100% (one hundred percent) of all performance shares which vest shall be
locked-up in terms of the minimum shareholding requirement until the target threshold is reached;
and
4.2. for executive managers, 50% (fifty percent) of all performance shares which vest shall be locked-up
in terms of the minimum shareholding requirement until the target threshold is reached;
5.  the value of the locked-up performance shares is determined as at the date of lock-up by reference to
the applicable volume weighted average price of such shares. Such value is increased yearly by the
consumer price index;
6.  for every performance share that is locked-up, the Company will match the locked-up performance share
BACKGROUND IMAGE
with an additional performance share. A locked-up share may not be traded;
7.  once the target threshold is reached, an executive director or executive manager can continue to
voluntarily lock-up shares, subject to a maximum value of double the target threshold; and
8.  the minimum shareholding requirement ceases to apply on a fault or no fault termination but on a fault
termination, the matched shares fall away.
The Company also wishes to amend the formula applicable to determining the maximum number of
performance shares to be awarded to participants on termination of employment under the Harmony share
plan. For all awards prior to 25 November 2016, the shares are adjusted as if the group had met only the
target performance criteria or adjusted based on the actual achievement against the applicable
performance criteria as at the date of termination of employment, whichever is more favourable to the
participant. For all awards after 25 November 2016, the shares are adjusted based on the actual
achievement against the applicable performance criteria as at the date of termination of employment.
Special resolution 1: Non-executive directors’ remuneration
In terms of section 66(8) read with section 66(9) of the Act, companies may pay remuneration to directors
for their services as directors unless otherwise provided by the memorandum of incorporation and on
approval of shareholders by way of a special resolution. Executive directors are not specifically
remunerated for their services as directors but as employees of the Company and, as such, the resolution
as included in this notice requests approval only for the remuneration paid to non-executive directors for
their service as directors of the Company. The proposed fees are recommended for approval for a period of
2 (two) years from the date of this annual general meeting or until such time as the non-executive directors’
remuneration is amended by way of special resolution of shareholders, whichever comes first.
General
Shareholders and proxies attending the annual general meeting are reminded that section 63(1) of the Act
requires that reasonably satisfactory identification be presented for such shareholder or proxy to be allowed
to attend or participate in the meeting.
DIRECTIONS TO ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Annual General Meeting venue: Hilton Sandton
GPS Coordinates
-26.101516
28.059487
DIRECTIONS
From OR Tambo International
Take the R24 JOHANNESBURG highway
Take the NI2/N3 NORTH highway
Take the MARLBORO ROAD turn off
At the traffic light, turn left and carry on until you see a “Shell” petrol/gas station on your left
Turn right into SOUTH ROAD and carry on this road until you reach a T-junction (which will bring you to
RIVONIA ROAD)
Turn left into RIVONIA ROAD
You will pass the Southern Sun Grayston Hotel on your left, followed by an apartment block
HILTON SANDTON is directly after these two buildings, also on your left
From Pretoria
Take the N1 to Johannesburg, then the M1
Take the GRAYSTON offramp, turn right into GRAYSTON DRIVE
Turn left into RIVONIA ROAD (McDonalds on your right)
You will pass the Southern Sun Grayston Hotel on your left, followed by an apartment block
HILTON SANDTON is directly after these two buildings, also on your left
BACKGROUND IMAGE
FORM OF PROXY
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa
Registration number: 1950/038232/06 (Harmony or Company)
JSE share code: HAR
NYSE share code: HMY
ISIN code: ZAE 000015228
To be completed by certificated shareholders and dematerialised shareholders with ‘own name’ registration
only
For completion by registered holders of certificated shares in the Company and the holders of dematerialised
shares in the Company in ‘own-name’ form who are unable to attend the annual general meeting of the
Company to be held at the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa (see map
on inside back cover), on Friday, 25 November 2016 at 11:00 (SA time) or at any adjournment thereof
(“annual general meeting”).
Holders of shares in the Company (whether certificated or dematerialised) through a nominee must not
complete this form of proxy but should timeously inform that nominee, or, if applicable, their participant or
stockbroker of their intention to attend the annual general meeting and request such nominee, participant or
stockbroker to issue them with the necessary letter of representation to attend or provide such nominee,
participant or stockbroker with their voting instructions should they not wish to attend the annual general
meeting in person but wish to be represented by proxy at the meeting. Such ordinary shareholders must not
return this form of proxy to the transfer secretaries.
Each shareholder is entitled to appoint a proxy (who need not be a member of the Company) to attend, speak
and vote in place of that shareholder at the annual general meeting. Please read the notes to this form of
proxy below.
I/We (please print names in full)
of (address)
Telephone/Cellphone number:
Email address:
being the holder/s of
shares in the Company, do hereby appoint:
1
or, failing him/her
2
or, failing him/her
the chairman of the annual general meeting, as my/our proxy to attend, speak and, on a poll or ballot, vote
for me/us and on my/our behalf at this annual general meeting of members or at any postponement or
adjournment thereof, and to vote or to abstain from voting at the annual general meeting as follows on the
ordinary and special resolutions to be proposed at such meeting:
ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
For
Against
Abstain
1.    Ordinary resolution 1: To re-elect Cathie Markus as a director of the
Company
2.    Ordinary resolution 2: To re-elect Karabo Nondumo as a director of the
Company
3.    Ordinary resolution 3: To re-elect Vishnu Pillay as a director of the Company
BACKGROUND IMAGE
4.    Ordinary resolution 4: To re-elect Andre Wilkens as a director of the
Company
5.    Ordinary resolution 5: To re-elect John Wetton as a member of the audit and
risk committee of the Company
6.    Ordinary resolution 6: To re-elect Fikile De Buck as a member of the audit
and risk committee of the Company
7.    Ordinary resolution 7: To re-elect Simo Lushaba as a member of the audit
and risk committee of the Company
8.    Ordinary resolution 8: To re-elect Modise Motloba as a member of the audit
and risk committee of the Company
9.    Ordinary resolution 9: To re-elect Karabo Nondumo as a member of the audit
and risk committee of the Company
10.  Ordinary resolution 10: To re-appoint the external auditors of the Company
11.  Ordinary resolution 11: To approve the Company’s remuneration policy
12.  Ordinary resolution 12: General authority to issue shares for cash
13.  Ordinary resolution 13: Amendments to the share plan
SPECIAL RESOLUTION
14.  Special resolution 1: To approve non-executive directors’ remuneration
Please indicate with an ‘X’ or a tick in the appropriate spaces above how you wish your votes to be cast. If
no indication is given, the proxy may vote or abstain as he/she sees fit. However, if you wish to cast your
votes in respect of a lesser number of shares than you own in the Company, insert the number of shares
held in respect of which you desire to vote (see note 5 overleaf).
Signed at
this
day of
2016
Signature
Assisted by me, where applicable (name and
signature)
Completed forms of proxy must be lodged with Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited by no
later than 11:00 on Wednesday, 23 November 2016.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES
1.    A form of proxy is only to be completed by those ordinary shareholders who are:
registered holders of ordinary shares in certificated form; or
holders of dematerialised shares of the Company in their own name.
2.    If you have already dematerialised your ordinary shares through a central securities depository
participant (CSDP) or broker and wish to attend the annual general meeting, you must request your
CSDP or broker to provide you with a letter of representation or instruct your CSDP or broker to vote by
proxy on your behalf in terms of the agreement entered into between yourself and your CSDP or
broker.
3.    A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the annual general meeting may insert the name of a proxy
or the names of two or more alternate proxies of the member’s choice in the space provided, with or
without deleting “the chairman of the annual general meeting”. The person whose name stands first on
the form of proxy and who is present at the annual general meeting of shareholders will be entitled to
act as proxy to the exclusion of such proxy(ies) whose name/s follow.
4.    On a show of hands, a member of the Company present in person or by proxy will have one (1) vote
irrespective of the number of shares he/she holds or represents, provided that a proxy will, irrespective
of the number of members he/she represents, have only one (1) vote. On a poll, a member who is
present or represented by proxy will be entitled to that proportion of the total votes in the Company
which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by him/her bears to the aggregate
amount of the nominal value of all the shares issued by the Company.
5.    A member’s instructions to the proxy must be indicated by inserting the relevant number of votes
exercisable by the member in the appropriate box. If an “X” (cross) or a tick has been inserted in one of
the blocks to a particular resolution, it will indicate the voting of all the shares held by the shareholder
concerned. Failure to comply with this will be deemed to authorise the proxy to vote or to abstain from
voting at the annual general meeting as he/she deems fit in respect of all the member’s exercisable
votes. A member or the proxy is not obliged to use all the votes exercisable by the member or by the
proxy, but the total of votes cast and in respect of which abstention is recorded may not exceed the
total of votes exercisable by the member or by the proxy.
6.    Forms of proxy (enclosed) must be dated and signed by the shareholder appointing a proxy and must
be received at the offices of the transfer secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary
Limited, 13th Floor, Rennie House, 19 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, 2001 (PO Box
4844, Johannesburg, 2000, fax number: +27 86 674 2450, email: meetfax@linkmarketservices.co.za)
by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Wednesday, 23 November 2016 (or 48 (forty-eight) hours before
any adjournment of the annual general meeting).
7.    Completing and lodging this form of proxy will not preclude the relevant member from attending the
annual general meeting and speaking and voting in person to the exclusion of any proxy appointed in
terms hereof.
8.    Documentary evidence establishing the authority of a person signing this form of proxy in a
representative capacity or other legal capacity must be attached to this form of proxy, unless previously
recorded by the transfer secretaries or waived by the chairman of the annual general meeting.
9.    The completion of blank spaces overleaf need not be initialled or signed. Any alteration or correction
made to this form of proxy must be initialled by the signatory/ies.
10.   Despite the aforegoing, the chairman of the annual general meeting may waive any formalities that
would otherwise be a prerequisite for a valid proxy.
11.   If any shares are jointly held, all joint members must sign this form of proxy. If more than one of those
members is present at the annual general meeting either in person or by proxy, the person whose
name appears first in the register will be entitled to vote.
12.   A shareholder’s authorisation to the proxy including the chairman of the annual general meeting, to
vote on such shareholder’s behalf, will be deemed to include the authority to vote on procedural
matters at the annual general meeting.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
13.   The chairman of the annual general meeting may reject or accept any form of proxy which is completed
and/or received other than in compliance with the Companies Act 71 of 2008, the Company’s
memorandum of incorporation and these notes.
14.   A vote given in terms of an instrument of proxy will be valid in relation to the annual general meeting
despite the death, insanity or other legal disability of the person granting it, or the revocation of the
proxy, or the transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given, unless notice on any of the
noted matters has been received by the transfer secretaries not less than 48 (forty eight) hours before
the start of the annual general meeting.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
CERTIFICATION
I, Frank Abbott, certify that:
1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;
2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.    The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and
have:
a.    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to
be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.    Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial
reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.    Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and
d.    Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonable
likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.    The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the
Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: October 26, 2016
By: /s/ Frank Abbott_______________________
Frank Abbott
Chief Financial Officer
Financial Director
BACKGROUND IMAGE
CERTIFICATION
(pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 of Harmony Gold
Mining Company Limited (the “ Company ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Commission ”) on the date hereof (the “ Report ”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Peter Steenkamp, Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
certify, that:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: October 26, 2016
By: /s/ Peter Steenkamp
Peter Steenkamp
Chief Executive Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided and will be retained by the
Company and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
CERTIFICATION
(pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 of Harmony Gold
Mining Company Limited (the “ Company ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Commission ”) on the date hereof (the “ Report ”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Frank Abbott, Financial Director of the Company, certify,
that:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: October 26, 2016
By: /s/ Frank Abbott
Frank Abbott
Chief Financial Officer
Financial Director
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided and will be retained by the
Company and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
1
INTEGRATED ANNUAL
REPORT FOR THE 20-F
 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
2
CONTENTS
About this report
3
Who we are
5
How we create value
8
Chairman’s letter
10
Chief executive officer’s review
13
Social and ethics committee: chairman’s report
16
Board of directors
19
Executive management
22
Understanding Harmony
Our strategy
25
Our business context
26
Managing our risks and opportunities
29
Material issues and stakeholder engagement
31
Harmony in action
Safety and health
36
Employees and communities
48
Environmental performance
59
Mining Charter compliance scorecard
78
Operational performance
81
Projects and exploration
110
Governing Harmony
Corporate governance
124
Remuneration report
134
Audit and risk committee: chairman’s report
147
Shareholder information
149
Directorate and administration
152
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
3
ABOUT THIS REPORT
Our Integrated Annual Report 2016 tells the story of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Harmony)
for our 2016 financial year (FY16), from 1 July 2015 to 30 June 2016. Certain comparative historical
information is presented where relevant and to provide insight into our future plans.
This report explains Harmony’s performance in the past year in terms of our strategic objectives and
business model, the impact of the external environment in which we operate, what we plan to do in the
future and how we intend to achieve this. While we consider the primary audience of our integrated
report to be the primary providers of financial capital – shareholders and investors – we understand that
other stakeholders also have an interest in our company and address their interests and concerns where
possible and appropriate.
This report covers all of Harmony’s wholly-owned operations in South Africa as well as its joint venture
and own exploration activities in Papua New Guinea. In addition, this report details the material
environmental, socio-economic and governance aspects of our operations, and of Harmony as a whole.
Discontinued operations have been excluded unless otherwise stated.
For the purposes of this report we define the short, medium and long term as follows:
Short term – six months to a year
Medium term – one year to three years
Long term – longer than three years
In addition to this report, Harmony produces an annual report prepared on a Form 20-F that is filed with
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, in compliance with the listing requirements of
the New York Stock Exchange. Copies of this will be available from 26 October 2016, free of charge at
www.sec.gov and on our website. In an effort to align the Form 20-F with the Integrated Annual Report,
we have included relevant information from the Form 20-F in this report. Any additional information can
be found on our website at www.harmony.co.za/investors. This Integrated Annual Report has been
developed in line with the International Integrated Reporting Council Framework, the Global Reporting
Initiative G4 guidelines and the King III Report on Governance for South Africa. The full Global Reporting
Initiative index is available on our website at www.har.co.za.
In addition, our annual financial statements, including the summarised consolidated statements, were
prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board, the recommendations of the International Financial
Reporting Interpretations Committee (collectively the International Financial Reporting Standards), the
SAICA Financial Reporting Guidelines as issued by the Accounting Practices Committee, Financial
Pronouncements as issued by the Financial Reporting Standards Council, the South African
Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies Act) and the JSE Listings Requirements.
For ease of reference, Harmony’s audited annual financial statements are available in a separate
report, the Financial Report 2016. A separate document, the Report to Shareholders containing the
notice of annual general meeting and summarised financial statements, is posted to shareholders. No
restatements were made in the 2016 financial year.
Everything we do, from risk assessment and decision making to reporting, is informed by our values and
our understanding of how various elements of the business fit together. We have applied this approach
to this report as well – it is a fully integrated document that gives insight into both our financial and non-
financial performance. A section entitled Mineral Resources and Reserves – Summary appears in this
report with more comprehensive information available in the report entitled Mineral Resources and
Mineral Reserves 2016. The resource and reserve statements were compiled in accordance with the
South African Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources, the
Australian Code for Reporting of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, Industry Guide 7 of the
United States’ Securities and Exchange Commission and the JSE Listings Requirements. This
information was gathered, reviewed and confirmed by the relevant competent persons.
At Harmony we acknowledge that our reports are made meaningful by ensuring that the information
presented is accurate and appropriate. The key performance indicators presented here were assured by
Sizwe Ntsaluba Gobodo. A copy of their assurance report is available in this Integrated Annual Report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
4
All of the reports making up our 2016 suite of reports, together with a Glossary of Terms, used in these
reports, are available online at www.har.co.za.
FEEDBACK
As our reporting and the activities discussed can be improved through feedback, should you have any
comments or suggestions on this report, send them to our investor relations team:
HarmonyIR@harmony.co.za.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
5
WHO WE ARE
Harmony, a gold mining and exploration company, conducts its activities in South Africa, one of the
world’s best-known gold mining regions, and in Papua New Guinea, one of the world’s premier new gold-
copper regions. Harmony, which has more than six decades of experience, was South Africa’s third
largest gold producer and the twelfth largest in the world in FY16. We are currently growing a significant
gold-copper portfolio in Papua New Guinea.
At Harmony, we understand the significant impact our company has on the lives of people, on the
communities that surround our mines, on the environment, and on the economic well-being of the
countries in which we operate.
OUR OPERATIONS AND PROJECTS
In South Africa, our operations are focused on the world-renowned Witwatersrand Basin. In addition, we
have an open pit mine on the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt. We operate nine underground mines, one
open-pit mine and several surface operations.
Our operation in Papua New Guinea is part of a 50:50 joint venture with Newcrest Mining Limited
(Newcrest). This joint venture includes the Hidden Valley* open-pit gold and silver mine, the Golpu
project in Morobe Province and significant exploration tenements. In addition to its joint ventures,
Harmony also has a wholly-owned exploration portfolio that focuses on highly prospective areas in
Papua New Guinea, including the Kili Teke gold-copper prospect.
In FY16, our South African operations accounted for 93% of total production of 1.08Moz, with the
remaining 7% coming from Papua New Guinea. At the same time, our South African holdings
represented 55% of our mineral resource base, while those in Papua New Guinea represented 45%. In
terms of gold equivalent ounces, 62% of total mineral reserves are gold and 38% copper.
Harmony has been a very successful explorer in Papua New Guinea, by investing in and growing the
Golpu project and by discovering the Kili Teke prospect. In developing a portfolio of world-class gold-
copper assets in Papua New Guinea – replacing ounces at a discovery cost of less than US$10 per gold
equivalent ounce – we are creating excellent long-term value for Harmony’s shareholders.
* Post year-end, on 19 September 2016, we acquired full ownership of Hidden Valley, subject to the
conditions precedent being met.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
6
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
7
OUR PEOPLE
Our company delivers long-term benefits to a broad range of stakeholders. We rely on experienced,
skilled teams who live our values and play their role in maintaining stakeholder relationships, growing
profits and maintaining a sustainable company.
At the end of FY16, Harmony employed 30 547 people in total – 25 861 employees and 4 580
contractors in South Africa and 76 employees and 30 contractors in Papua New Guinea (excluding
employees of the Morobe Mining Joint Ventures). Our employees are drawn from communities around
our operations, from other provinces in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, and from other countries
(Lesotho, Mozambique, Zimbabwe and Australia). Our corporate offices are located in Randfontein,
South Africa, close to some of our South African operations, while our south-east Asia office is in
Brisbane, Queensland, Australia.
The company is governed by a board of directors which brings together a range of skills and experience
and whose members are committed to maintaining the highest levels of corporate governance. In turn,
the directors entrust the management of Harmony to skilled management teams which work towards
ensuring that the company remains sustainable, towards improving margins and towards increasing the
value of our assets.
OUR VALUES AND THEIR ROLE IN CREATING VALUE
As a company, Harmony understands that long-term value is about more than the commodities we
produce and the profits we make. Our worth is also reflected in the impact we have on the lives of
people, now and in the future.
Harmony lives its values – safety, being accountable, achievement and being connected and honest.
These are the compass points for our actions, ensuring that, in addition to achieving our strategic goals,
we seek to make the right decisions and support the members of our teams in doing so. They are
ingrained in our training initiatives and decision-making processes, ensuring that they are at the front of
employees’ minds and actions, extending beyond our operations’ gates. They guide our interactions with
external stakeholders, from shareholders and the media to local communities, including those from
which our employees are drawn. Our hope is that through our commitment, we can build a company with
which people want to be associated and which will generate shared value into the future.
OUR SHAREHOLDERS
Harmony is listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange and on the New York Stock Exchange. The
company’s shares are quoted in the form of American Depositary Receipts on the New York Stock
Exchange and as International Depositary Receipts on the Berlin Stock Exchange.
OUR AWARDS
In November 2015, Harmony’s 2014 Integrated Annual Report received a merit award at the integrated
reporting awards ceremony hosted by the Chartered Secretaries Southern Africa in partnership with the
Johannesburg Stock Exchange.
Post year end, three of Harmony’s operating units – the Asset Management Forum, Kusasalethu and
Kalgold – received awards for second, third and fourth places respectively in the Best Improved Safety
Performance category at the 2016 MineSAFE awards ceremony. Another three business units – Joel,
Bambanani, and Kalgold – came second, third and fourth respectively in the Best Safety Performance
category. In addition, our health hubs healthcare model was awarded third place in the Medical/Wellness
category. Furthermore our Merriespruit housing development was named the best community residential
unit project in the Free State. These awards all speak to our ongoing commitment to building a
sustainable business and we are honoured to have been recognised. For the second consecutive year,
the Carbon Disclosure Project has awarded Harmony a score of 100 for its climate change disclosure
and ranked its climate change performance in Band A.
In addition, the Carbon Disclosure Project has also awarded Harmony a position on its Water A list in
acknowledgment of the work being done in response to water issues and for sustainable water
management. Harmony was one of only eight companies globally to achieve this award.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
8
HOW WE CREATE VALUE
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
9
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
10
CHAIRMAN’S LETTER
Dear shareholder
The year under review was a successful year.
Our share price increased from a low of R16 at the end of June 2015 to R52 at the end of June 2016.
Harmony’s share price outperformed all other gold mining companies locally and abroad. This increase
was driven by the increase in the gold price, our return to profitability and the good work that our
management is doing. The chief executive officer’s review deals in greater detail with the operational
performance of our mines.
Negative sentiment on gold was reversed by a surge in investors buying gold exchange traded funds. A
record high of 568 tons of gold was bought through exchange traded funds in the first half of calendar
2016, with interest centred in North America and London
1
. The weakening of the exchange rate against
the US dollar further contributed to the 21% increase in the rand gold price.
Good production results for the year combined with positive market conditions enabled us to increase
our margins, significantly reduce debt, strengthen the balance sheet and declare our first dividend in
three years of 50 SA cents per share.
1
Thomson Reuters GFMS Gold Survey 2016, quarter 2
SAFETY
The safety and health of all our employees is our primary concern. We are committed to creating a
culture where health and safety is our first priority.
There has been a substantial improvement in the lost-time injury frequency rate from 9.57 in the previous
year to 6.50 per million hours worked in the current year.
Regrettably ten of our colleagues lost their lives in accidents during the financial year. We remain
committed to zero fatalities at all our operations. I send my personal condolences and those of the entire
Harmony to the families, friends and work colleagues of those who lost their lives at our operations.
The causes of all accidents are investigated and analysed thoroughly by our own safety personnel in
conjunction with the authorities and employee representatives, and lessons learned are rigorously
applied.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
11
FINANCIAL RESULTS
This year we started reaping the benefits of our continued focus on cost management as well as the
restructuring and optimisation initiatives implemented by management during the previous year. We
achieved a unit cost increase of only 3% year-on-year and an 81% increase in production profit to R5.1
billion.
It is pleasing to see that our capital investments over the past few years have inter alia resulted in the
improvement of the underground grade to an average of 5.02g/ton for this year. We look forward to this
trend continuing into the future.
A higher average rand gold price received together with slightly higher gold production resulted in a net
profit of R949 million for the year compared to a loss of R4.5 billion for the previous year. Headline
earnings amounted to 221 SA cents per share compared to a headline loss of 189 SA cents during the
previous year.
Further details on the company’s operational performance are included in the Operational performance
section of this report.
GROWTH STRATEGY
We continuously investigate opportunities to increase our production and reserves. Our acquisition of
Newcrest’s 50% share in Hidden Valley, in Papua New Guinea, is in line with our overall aspiration to
increase our annual production profile to 1.5Moz within three years. We believe that Hidden Valley has
the potential to contribute approximately 180 000oz of gold per annum to Harmony’s production profile at
an all-in sustaining cost of less than US$950/oz within the next three years.

Our exploration and development in Papua New Guinea has been successful since our first transaction
in 2003. Following the declaration of a maiden resource at our wholly-owned Kili Teke prospect in
November 2015, continued drilling proved to be increasingly promising and enabled us to declare an
updated resource that has grown by 50% to 6Moz on a gold equivalent basis.
The Golpu gold-copper project in Papua New Guinea, is a world-class asset due to its size, high grades,
long-life and low operating costs. We have completed and announced the project’s stage 1 feasibility
study outcomes as well as the prefeasibility study outcomes for stage 2. The design of the mine allows
optionality and flexibility to scale the operation up with a relatively low capital investment. Golpu will
create significant value for our shareholders in the long term.
LEVERAGING OF THE ENVIRONMENT FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC UPLIFTMENT
Harmony is committed to making a lasting contribution to the economic and social development of all
stakeholders in the countries where we operate.
Harmony’s rehabilitation programme is creating jobs and contributing to building sustainable
communities beyond the life of our mines by finding alternative uses of rehabilitated land for agriculture
and renewable energy projects. This year we implemented the biogas project, establishing commercially
viable vegetable and olive farms in Welkom and launched the Police and Prisons Civil Rights Union
(POPCRU) training academy. We also released the Merriespruit 3 community rental units in partnership
with the Department of Human Settlement and the Department of Mineral Resources.
I am confident that the South African government is committed to creating a globally competitive
dispensation for investment in the mining industry. I uphold this view despite the outstanding issues
between the government and the Chamber of Mines. We sometimes take longer than what is necessary
to resolve our differences on various multi-stakeholder issues, whether it is the “once empowered always
empowered principle” or other socio-economic issues. Our history and culture of multi-stakeholder
engagement and seeking solutions which are in the interests of all stakeholders gives rise to my
confidence that we will resolve these issues.
Papua New Guinea is also reviewing its current mining legislation with draft legislation tabled for
discussion with all stakeholders.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
12
GOLD MARKET
During the first six months of the reporting period, the gold price continued the downward trend that
started in 2013, reaching lows of around US$1 060/oz, with sentiment remaining depressed. This was
largely driven by the prospect of rising US interest rates as well as general negative commodity market
sentiment.
In stark contrast, the second six months of the reporting period saw a dramatic change in sentiment, with
the gold price rising by 25% to US$1 321/oz by the end of the financial year. Despite weak physical
demand, especially from China and India, investment demand surged to push the gold price higher. The
impact of Brexit added to uncertainty and provided further impetus to investment demand.
Worldwide mine gold production decreased during the first half of the 2016 calendar year, by 1% to 1
514 tons compared to the corresponding period in 2015. This points to a possible year-on-year decrease
in mine production for the first time since 2008, as the long-term impacts of decreased capital and
exploration spending begins to filter through. It is pleasing to see that the official sector remains a
meaningful net buyer of gold, notably Russia and China 2
.
2
Thomson Reuters GFMS Gold Survey 2016, quarter 2
At Harmony we remain confident of the metal’s long term fundamentals as a desirable and scarce store
of wealth. However, periods of price volatility in our business can have a significant impact on our margin
but can also present short term opportunities to secure an attractive margin. This is reflected by the
steps taken by management to conclude a currency hedge for about 35% of our annual dollar flows in
February 2016, and then concluding a gold production hedge just after the end of the current financial
year for about 20% of two years’ gold production.
THANKS
I would like to express my gratitude to all the directors, the management and all the employees of
Harmony for their commitment, sacrifices and contributions to the development and growth of the
company.
Peter Steenkamp has done an excellent job since being appointed as chief executive officer. I am
confident that Harmony will continue to create value for our shareholders and also benefit our diverse
range of stakeholders.
Patrice Motsepe
Chairman
26 October 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
13
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REVIEW
It is a pleasure to present my first annual report as chief executive officer of Harmony.
Harmony is driven by excellence, with strong management teams and mining capabilities. With the quality
ore bodies that we own, we are positioned for a promising future. Operationally, Harmony has had a good
year and we are in a much improved financial position. Harmony’s share price performed exceptionally well
over the past year, outperforming our peers and the gold price.
SAFETY AND HEALTH
In accordance with our values, our objective remains that our people are able to work without any harm
to their safety or to their health.
Despite our combined best efforts, ten of our people lost their lives in the service of the company, nine in
South Africa and one in Papua New Guinea. The colleagues no longer with us are: Piwas Kisa, Pheelo
William Ramohlokoane, Ezekiel Nonkevu, Cancel Nurse Malungane, Carlos Sitoe, Moeketsi Mongoako,
Motlatsi Samuel Lehana, Patuxolo Butshula and Mncedisi Mbongwa and Clinton Lewis Titmuss. I join my
colleagues in offering our heartfelt condolences to the families, colleagues and friends of the deceased.
We have thoroughly investigated the causes of these fatal accidents. The lessons learned have resulted
in revised procedures and the introduction of a central safety assurance team.
Harmony has intensified its focus on safety through the appointment of a chief operations officer who will
refine the safety strategy to institutionalise risk management, promote a culture of continuous
improvement and a genuine care for safety whilst providing safety leadership.
Our overall lost-time injury rate improved from 9.24 to 6.23 per million hours worked across the company
from the previous year.
Harmony had been honoured with a number of awards at the 2016 MineSAFE awards ceremony which
attests to our commitment to creating a safe and healthy workplace for our people. For more information,
see Our Awards on page 7.
In terms of our holistic approach to ensure the wellness of our people, our health-care hubs are based at
the operations and are staffed by medical professionals. These facilities provide prompt health services
when they are required and redirect those in need of further attention to outsourced service providers.
Our people are encouraged to be proactive in seeking treatment and advice.
OPERATIONS
Total gold production for FY16 amounted to 1.08Moz, marginally higher than the previous year. An
average increase of 21% in the rand gold price escalated group turnover to R18.3 billion (US$1.3 billion)
(19% higher than the previous year in rand terms, US$84 million lower in US$ terms). Good cost control
assisted us in limiting the increase in all-in sustaining costs to only 3% at R467 526/kg. The combined
effect of this was an 81% increase in production profit to R5.1 billion (US$350 million).
Harmony increased the underground grade recovered for a fourth consecutive year to an average grade
of 5.02g/t. This is due to the good results delivered by our projects. The ramp up in production at
Phakisa and Tshepong decline is on track. We have managed to access higher grade areas through the
deepening of Doornkop and Kusasalethu. In addition, we are successfully mining the Bambanani high-
grade shaft pillar and the completion of the Joel decline is expected to deliver additional higher grade
ore.
I am confident that we will achieve our production guidance of 1.05Moz at an all-in sustaining cost of
US$1 100/oz (R495 000/kg) for FY17, having positioned each of our mines to produce safe, profitable
ounces.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
14
Total gold equivalent reserves: 36.9Moz
South Africa (gold):
16.8Moz
Papua New Guinea (gold):
6.2Moz
Papua New Guinea (copper):
*13.9Moz
* Equivalent to 5 269Mlb copper
GROWING PROFITABILITY
Harmony’s aspiration is to grow our production to approximately 1.5Moz and increase our profitability in
the next three years by:
growing, nurturing and developing our core assets
harvesting operations that are high cost and have a short life
expanding in South Africa, into Africa and in Papua New Guinea
exploring organic growth opportunities
Papua New Guinea
Excellent progress is being made with the Golpu gold-copper project in which we have a 50% stake with
Newcrest. During the year the feasibility and prefeasibility study of the project was completed, showing
that the mine will operate in the lowest industry cost quartile, generating strong cash flows over many
years. The Golpu gold-copper porphyry, a world-class deposit, lends itself to phased development and
block cave mining and when completed, will be the largest underground mine in Papua New Guinea.
The Golpu reserve was updated with the completion of the feasibility and prefeasibility study of Stage 1
and Stage 2 of the project. The updated reserve is declared as 379Mt containing 11.0Moz gold and
4.8Mt of copper (100% basis, 50% attributable to Harmony). Post year-end, an application for a special
mining lease was submitted to the Mineral Resources Authority in Papua New Guinea.
We declared a maiden mineral resource in November 2015 at our wholly-owned Kili Teke project in
Papua New Guinea. Subsequent exploration and drilling to further probe the potential to expand the
two zones along strike and down dip generated encouraging results. This enabled us to update our
initial estimate, post year end, to a 222Mt mineral resource at 0.35% copper and 0.25g/t gold (785
000t copper, 1.2Moz gold). The deposit contains two main areas of higher-grade quartz stockwork-
related mineralisation.
Post year-end, Harmony acquired the whole of Hidden Valley, which was previously held in a 50:50 joint
venture with Newcrest. The conclusion of this transaction is subject to South African regulatory approval.
Harmony plans to invest and develop stages 5 and 6 of the mine, accessing the ore body of 1.4Moz
ounces of gold and 27Moz of silver over a period of seven years. We believe that Hidden Valley has the
potential to contribute approximately 180 000oz gold per annum to Harmony’s production profile at an
all-in sustaining cost of less than US$950/oz within the next three years.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
15
South Africa
We have resolved to optimise cash flow by accessing higher grades at Kusasalethu and shortening its life
of mine. We are considering the feasibility of mining the high-grade Ventersdorp Contact Reef payshoot
below our current infrastructure at Kusasalethu.
We are currently busy with an optimisation study to integrate the infrastructure between Phakisa and
Tshepong with a view to improving the financial metrics of mining the combined operation.
Additional potential payable resources are expected to be defined with planned drilling of ore bodies
scheduled at Tshepong, Phakisa, Doornkop, Target 1 and Kalgold.
SOUTH AFRICA’S LABOUR ENVIRONMENT
Harmony continued its open and co-operative interactions with employees and unions. In applying our
value of connectedness, we ensure that employees feel part of the Harmony family. Since my
appointment, I have used every opportunity to engage with our employees. A union leadership
empowerment programme had been initiated in FY15 aimed at sharing the business imperatives and
performance, company strategy and an understanding of business principles.
Labour disputes and strikes are considered a material issue for Harmony. Not only do these disputes
result in a loss of production, but they also affect morale and reputation, and present a risk to non-striking
employees, communities and company assets. We are fortunate that inter-union rivalry did not significantly
affect Harmony in the past year.
We have reached a three-year wage agreement with the National Union of Mineworkers, United
Association of South Africa and Solidarity, effective from 1 July 2015. Increases range from 6% for miners,
artisans and officials to 10.4% for category 4 employees.
MINING CHARTER AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Harmony supports South Africa’s Broad-Based Socio-Economic Charter for the Mining Industry (the
Charter) which is aimed at including historically disadvantaged persons and transforming the mining
industry. Harmony is fully compliant with the current Charter’s provisions and we have exceeded the
26% ownership credentials.
A draft new Mining Charter has been proposed by the Minister of Mineral Resources during May 2016.
Harmony has partnered with the industry in seeking an open and negotiated agreement of the draft
Charter’s provisions to ensure that the rights of all our stakeholders are protected and advanced.
Discussions are ongoing.
Harmony continues to comply with the current Charter’s social requirements. Refer to the Mining Charter
Compliance Scorecard.
CONCLUSION
I extend my appreciation to my chairman, Patrice Motsepe, for his support and leadership at the board. I
also want to thank the board and my executive team for their guidance and support. I would also like to
thank everyone at Harmony for making this company what it is and the support you have given me.
Our management teams are geared to deliver, steered by an experienced and competent executive
team. I have no doubt that Harmony’s current momentum will be upheld.
Peter Steenkamp
Chief executive officer
26 October 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
16
SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE:
CHAIRMAN’S REPORT
Dear stakeholder,
It gives me immense pleasure as chairman of the social and ethics committee to present the committee’s
report for the year ended 30 June 2016. The committee is constituted in terms of the requirements of
section 72(8) of the Companies Act 71 2008 (the Act), and its associated regulations. It is a sub-
committee of the board and fulfils its functions on behalf of Harmony and its subsidiary companies with
regard to social and economic development, environmental stewardship, governance and ethics, public
safety, health, labour and employment matters. Operational safety is the responsibility of the technical
committee. For more information on the composition of the social and ethics committee, refer to the
Corporate Governance section of this report.
Despite market volatility in FY16, Harmony remained committed to the sustainable running of its
business, in its commitment to delivering on its social and economic responsibilities and in making a
lasting, positive impact on surrounding communities, our employees and other stakeholders.
APPROACH
Sustainability at Harmony is underpinned by our values system, which is intrinsic to our operating
philosophy and practices. It remains key in our decision-making. We subscribe to the five capitals model
(natural, human, social, manufactured and financial capital) which underpins our approach to sustainable
investment. Our objective is to improve and advance each capital so that we create value during the
lives of our mines and beyond by leaving a positive, lasting and felt legacy.
The social and ethics committee is confident that during the past financial year it complied fully with the
legal, regulatory and other responsibilities assigned to it by the board.
ACTIONS IN FY16
The committee, which undertakes its duties with accountability both to the board and to the company’s
stakeholders, met five times during the past financial year and attended one site visit during the year.
The committee’s key activities are summarised in the Corporate Governance section of this report.
PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY
The committee maintained responsibility for public safety during the past financial year and reviewed
its strategic interventions, while reinforcing robust controls over access to our mines and the
surrounding properties. Of particular concern are the repeated breaches of security perimeters, both
by members of our communities and by criminals intent on illegal activities. I am saddened to report
that three community members lost their lives in two separate incidents in Welkom as a result of
trespassing on hazardous mine sites. Numerous community interventions were added to our existing
programmes to further raise awareness of safety conditions and hazardous environments. Community
interventions also focused on primary healthcare and HIV/AIDS awareness.
EMPOWERMENT AND TRANSFORMATION
Our moral obligation to our host communities extends beyond providing direct employment opportunities
and financial benefits. We also drive social sustainability through local economic-development
programmes as well as by local procurement.
Although the period for complying with the targets of the Mining Charter came to an end in December
2014, Harmony, in the spirit of transformation and going beyond compliance, continued to deliver in line
with the tenets of the Charter, advancing in particular housing and living conditions, procurement and
human resources. We measured ourselves against the 2014 targets and are pleased to confirm that we
achieved and exceeded these targets during this financial year. (See the Mining Charter Compliance
Scorecard in this report.)
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
17
When it comes to investing in and transforming our workforce, we have met and exceeded all the group-
wide targets, with the appropriate number of historically disadvantaged South Africans employed at all
levels of management. For more on this see, Employees and Communities section of this report.
Societal development remains an important objective and, with this in mind, as a group we invested
R18 million (US$1 million) in local economic development. One notable legacy project implemented
during the reporting period was the Merriespruit community rental unit which is directed at satisfying
the demand for rental accommodation in Welkom. Construction of the Merriespruit 3 community rental
units created employment for 300 members of the local community while building work was underway.
Post year-end, this project was named the best community residential unit project in the Free State.
Recognising the role of small and medium enterprises in the community, Harmony launched the
Phakamani Initiative which provides soft loans to entrepreneurs in Welkom. Although still in its infancy,
the initiative has already made several meaningful investments, some of which supported the creation of
30 jobs.
In April 2016, the Minister of Mineral Resources released a draft Mining Charter for public comment.
Harmony, through the Chamber of Mines, has been in extensive engagements with the Minister to
develop the amended charter into a progressive document that will contribute to the further development
of an enabling environment conducive to responsible mining and heightened transformation.
BUILDING A HEALTHY AND ENGAGED WORKFORCE
We believe that a healthy workforce coupled with a healthy workplace culture is integral to sustaining
our productivity and profitability in today’s business climate. Our culture gives priority to health and
safety and, to this end, Harmony committed R100 million to a proactive healthcare strategy. In its third
year of implementation in FY16, this initiative has already delivered a 14% reduction in absenteeism
which translates to a thousand more people at work each day.
Consultation and collaboration form the cornerstones of our relationship with our employees, directly and
through organised labour. It was against the strong fabric of mutual respect and trust that together we
concluded a three-year wage agreement in October 2015. As the agreement was reached with unions
which represented the majority of our employees, it was extended to include all employees. Following
this agreement, we have experienced stable industrial relations across our operations. Refer to
Operational Performance section of this report.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Looking back at the year under review, the committee is satisfied with Harmony’s environmental
performance. Managing our finite resources responsibly remained high on the agenda. With the water-
scarcity challenges in South Africa, Harmony converted two of its operations to zero discharge by
constructing two water treatment plants, thus maximising the re-use of mine water. Energy conservation
was achieved by driving efficiencies, and innovative solutions which resulted in a 3% reduction in
electricity consumption. Our performance in these areas was recognised with ‘A’ rankings in calendar
year 2015 for the Carbon Disclosure Project’s Climate Change and Water programmes.
Our land rehabilitation programme has advanced beyond demolition and restoration activities and has
progressed to value creation. The bio-energy initiative is being commissioned, the solar parks are
undergoing licensing and the agriculture and agro-processing programme has moved into
implementation. All these projects are designed to deliver ecological benefits while supporting the socio-
economic imperatives of job creation and entrepreneurial development.
ETHICS
We believe ethical conduct is a prerequisite for doing business. There is a direct correlation between
sustainable business success and consistent ethical behaviour. The continued success of our
company depends on the highest levels of integrity across all aspects of our business. We want all our
stakeholders to view Harmony as a company they can trust – therefore we are unequivocal about our
values and the way in which these values find expression in our daily behaviour. Our code of conduct
was developed further and we introduced a behavioural code, which simplifies the detail set out in the
code of conduct. For more on these codes, refer to Corporate Governance section of this report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
18
LOOKING FORWARD TO THE YEAR AHEAD
Although the first six months of the financial year were particularly challenging for the gold mining
industry, Harmony has positioned itself to benefit from a higher gold price. Wider operating margins have
strengthened our ability to meet our social commitments. Harmony is strengthening its engagement with
host communities and with local authorities to ensure continuity and to manage expectations. It is vital
that Harmony makes promises that it can keep in order to maintain and retain the relationships the
company has worked to establish.
The licensing of Golpu in Papua New Guinea is of utmost importance to Harmony, and it is imperative
that engagement and consultation are promoted between all key stakeholders to assist in obtaining the
special mining lease permits.
From a regulatory perspective, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act amendment bill
and the Mining Charter in South Africa are under review and, in order to ensure that the legal reform
results in sound implementable outcomes, Harmony is engaging closely with the authorities through the
Chamber of Mines and other forums. Harmony has a strong footprint in South Africa and Papua New
Guinea and remains committed to all our stakeholders and relevant host communities.
THANKS
We continue to make considerable progress on our journey towards sustainable development to deliver
tangible benefits for all stakeholders. The commitment of our people to safety, health, governance and
environmental performance is commendable and for that I thank you all. My sincere appreciation goes to
members of the social and ethics committee and the board for their continued and invaluable guidance,
support and input. Feel free to assist us in our further work by voicing your opinions and by providing
feedback on our performance and disclosure.
Modise Motloba
Chairman: social and ethics committee
26 October 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
19
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
CHAIRMAN
Patrice Motsepe (54)
BA (Legal), LLB
Appointed a director and non-executive chairman on 23 September 2003
In addition to being a non-independent non-executive chairman, Patrice
is also a member of the nomination committee
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DEPUTY CHAIRMAN
Modise Motloba (50)
BSc, Diploma in Strategic Management
Appointed to the board on 30 July 2004
Chairman of the social and ethics committee and a member of the
nomination committee and the audit and risk committee
LEAD INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Fikile De Buck (56)
BA (Economics), FCCA
Appointed to the board on 30 March 2006
Chairman of the nomination committee and a member of the social and
ethics committee, the remuneration committee and the audit and risk
committee
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Peter Steenkamp (57)
B Eng (Mining); Mine Managers Certificate Metal Mines; Mine Managers
Certificate Fiery Mines; CPIR; MDP; BLDP
Appointed to the board on 1 January 2016, on appointment as chief
executive officer
FINANCIAL DIRECTOR
Frank Abbott (61)
BCom, CA (SA), MBL
First appointed to the board as non-executive director on 1 October
1994, and was financial director from 1997 until 2004
Re-appointed financial director in February 2012
Patrice Motsepe
Modise Motloba
Fikile De Buck
Peter Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
20
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Harry Ephraim “Mashego” Mashego (52)
BA (Education), BA (Hons), (Human Resources Management) Joint
Management Development Programme, Global Executive Development
Programme
Joined Harmony in 2005 and appointed an executive director on 24
February 2010
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Joaquim Chissano (77)
PhD
Appointed to the board on 20 April 2005
Member of the nomination committee and the social and ethics
committee
Ken Dicks (77)
Mine Managers Certificate (Metalliferous Mines), Mine Managers
Certificate (Fiery Coal Mines), Management diplomas (Unisa) and
(INSEAD)
Appointed to the board on 13 February 2008
Member of the technical committee and the investment committee
Dr Simo Lushaba (50)
BSc (Hons), MBA , DBA , CD (SA)
Appointed to the board on 18 October 2002
Chairman of the investment committee and member of the audit and risk
committee and the remuneration committee
Cathie Markus (59)
BA, LLB
Appointed to the board on 31 May 2007
Chairman of the remuneration committee and member of the investment
committee and the social and ethics committee
Mavuso Msimang (75)
MBA (Project Management), BSc
Appointed to the board on 26 March 2011
Member of the nomination committee and the social and ethics
committee. Successor to the lead independent non-executive director
Mashego Mashego
Joaquim Chissano
Ken Dicks
Dr Simo Lushaba
Cathie Markus
Mavuso Msimang
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
21
Karabo Nondumo (38)
BAcc, HDip (Acc), CA (SA)
Appointed to the board on 3 May 2013
Member of the audit and risk committee, the technical committee and the
investment committee
Vishnu Pillay (59)
BSc (Hon), MSc
Appointed to the board on 8 May 2013
Member of the technical committee, the investment committee and the
remuneration committee
John Wetton (67)
CA (SA), FCA
Appointed to the board on 1 July 2011
Chairman of the audit and risk committee and member of the social and
ethics committee, remuneration committee and investment committee
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
André Wilkens (67)
Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency, MDPA, RMIIA, Mini MBA
Oil and Gas
Appointed to the board on 7 August 2007
Chairman of the technical committee and a member of the investment
committee and the remuneration committee
Directors to be re-elected at the forthcoming annual general meeting:
In line with Harmony’s memorandum of incorporation, the following directors are required to retire on a
three-year rotational cycle and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election at the forthcoming annual
general meeting of shareholders:
Cathie Markus
Karabo Nondumo
Vishnu Pillay
André Wilkens
For further information and their detailed resumés, see our Report to Shareholders 2016 at
www.har.co.za/16/download/HAR-RS16.pdf
Karabo Nondumo
Vishnu Pillay
John Wetton
André Wilkens
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
22
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
In addition to the three executive directors Peter Steenkamp, Frank Abbott and Mashego Mashego, who
are on the board of directors, the following are members of our executive management.
EXECUTIVE: MINERAL RESOURCES AND EXPLORATION
Jaco Boshoff (47)
BSc (Hons), MSc, MBA, Pr Sci Nat, MSAIMM, MGSSA
Joined Harmony in 1996 and appointed to executive management in 2004
Has been Harmony’s designated competent person for statutory reserves
and resources reporting since 2004
EXECUTIVE: HUMAN RESOURCES
Anton Buthelezi (52)
National diploma (Human Resources Management), BTech (Labour
Relations Management), Advanced Diploma in Labour Law, Certificate in
Business Leadership
Rejoined Harmony in 2005 as human resources manager and appointed to
executive management in 2011
Participates in the Chamber of Mines’ gold sector caucus
EXECUTIVE: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak (42)
BSc (Hons) (Industrial Microbiology), MSc (Sustainable Development),
MBA
Joined Harmony in 2009 as a member of executive management
A member of the Chamber of Mines’ environmental policy committee, the
Far West Rand Dolomitic Water Association and Mining Industries Group
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER: SAFETY, MINING PROJECTS, NEW
DEVELOPMENT AND CORPORATE STRATEGY
Phillip Tobias (46)
BSc (Mining Engineering), Wits International Executive Development
Programme and GIBS Advanced Management Programme,
Professional Engineer (Pr Eng) and Mine Manager’s Certificate of
Competence
Joined Harmony as regional general manager on 1 July 2014 and was
appointed to current position in executive management in March 2016
Appointed first black president of the Association of the Mine Managers of
South Africa in 2008
Jaco Boshoff
Anton Buthelezi
Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak
Phillip Tobias
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
23
EXECUTIVE: CORPORATE AND INVESTOR RELATIONS
Marian van der Walt (43)
BCom (Law), LLB, Higher Diploma in Tax, Diplomas in Corporate
Governance and Insolvency Law, Certificates in Business Leadership
Joined Harmony in 2003 as company secretary
Joined executive management
as Executive: Legal in 2005
Appointed to current position in 2008
Non-executive director of Rand Refinery (Pty) Ltd
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER:
SOUTH-EAST ASIA
Johannes van Heerden (44)
BCompt (Hons), CA(SA)
Joined Harmony in 1998 and appointed chief executive officer of its south-
east Asia operations in 2008
EXECUTIVE: RISK MANAGEMENT AND SERVICES IMPROVEMENT
Abré van Vuuren (56)
BCom, Development Programme in Labour Relations, Management
Development Programme, Advanced Labour Law Programme, Board
Leadership Programme
Joined Harmony in 1997 and held various positions in services and human
resources
Appointed to executive management in 2001
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER:
SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS
Beyers Nel (39)
BEng (Mining Engineering), MBA, Professional Engineer (Pr. Eng),
Mine Manager’s Certificate
of Competency
Joined Harmony on the merger with African Rainbow Minerals Gold in
2003 and appointed to current position in executive management in March
2016.
Currently vice president of the Association of Mine Managers of South
Africa
Marian van der Walt
Johannes van Heerden
Abre van Vuuren
Beyers Nel
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
24
SENIOR MANAGEMENT WHO ATTEND EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETINGS
REGIONAL GENERAL MANAGER: (TSHEPONG AND PHAKISA)
Simphiwe Kubheka (34)
BSc (Eng) Mining Engineering, MBA, Mine manager’s certificate of
competency
Joined Harmony as a general manager in January 2014 and appointed
regional general manager in June 2016
REGIONAL GENERAL MANAGER: (DOORNKOP, KUSASALETHU,
KALGOLD)
Moses Motlhageng (41)
B-Tech. (Mining), Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency,
Professional Engineering Technician
Joined Harmony in 2011 as a general manager and appointed regional
general manager in June 2016
REGIONAL GENERAL MANAGER: (MASIMONG, JOEL, UNISEL AND
BAMBANANI)
James Mufara (42)
BSc (Hons) (Mining), MBA, Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency
Joined Harmony in 2011 as a general manager and appointed regional
general manager in 2012
GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY AND HEAD OF LEGAL
Riana Bisschoff (39)
LLB, LLM
Joined Harmony in 2012 as group company secretary
Appointed head of legal in February 2016
Is a qualified attorney, notary and conveyancer
Full and detailed resumés of all members of Harmony’s executive management are available at
www.harmony.co.za/about-us/management
Simphiwe Kubheka
Moses Motlhageng
James Mafura
Riana Bisschoff
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
25
OUR STRATEGY
Our primary strategic objective remains to create sustained value by producing safe, profitable ounces and
by improving our margins. Cash generated will be used to advance our business objectives which are to:
  reduce our debt
  pay dividends to shareholders
  fund the development of Golpu in Papua New Guinea and make cash-generative acquisitions
Maintaining and increasing our margins are essential to sustaining our business and meeting our
strategic and business objectives. This strategy is supported by three pillars – operational excellence,
cash certainty and efficient capital allocation.
In line with our strategic objective, our medium-term aim is to increase gold production to approximately
1.5Moz by FY19 by:
  growing, nurturing and developing our core assets
  harvesting operations that are high cost and have a short life
  expanding in South Africa and Papua New Guinea as well as further into Africa
  assessing organic growth opportunities
To this end, we remained focused on the safe mining of profitable ounces at all operations in FY16. As part
of our planning for FY17, we have closed or placed on care and maintenance those sections of individual
mines where costs and grades would render their exploitation unprofitable.
Through operational excellence and by adhering to our company values, applying mining discipline,
further increasing our productivity, creating an enabling environment and applying grade cut-offs, we
believe that our guidance for FY17 is realistic and achievable. These actions position our operations to
produce safe, profitable ounces in future.
By mining profitably at all times we will ensure the financial strength and flexibility necessary to underpin
our future sustainability and growth. This, in turn, is crucial to ensuring that we continue to serve all our
stakeholders’ best interests fairly.
Realistic planning supports our strategy to optimise assets – our ore bodies, our infrastructure and our
people. This will ensure safer, more profitable production.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
26
OUR BUSINESS CONTEXT
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC5
At Harmony we understand that, as a business, we operate in a complex and ever-changing external
environment – one that encompasses social, economic and environmental changes in the short, medium
and long terms. At the same time, the business climate and context within our company are both
dynamic and complex and, in many respects, are affected by the many changes in the external
environment. We need to understand the external and internal environments as well as the relationships
between the two to help us understand how we should position Harmony for success.
Identifying and understanding the factors that drive our internal and external business context require
regular and consistent engagement with our stakeholders (see Material Issues and Stakeholder
Engagement of this report).
This section should be read in conjunction with the section Managing our Risks and Opportunities.
UNDERSTANDING OUR EXTERNAL ENVIRONMENT
The mining environment in South Africa has been particularly challenging in recent years. Most notable
has been the public debate on mining’s contribution to society and, since 2012, the nature of the labour
relations environment. The industry and its stakeholders have sought as far as possible to minimise the
negative impacts.
We continue to have a positive view on the strength of the gold price, with cash certainty being key in
times of extreme market volatility. The currency hedge programme introduced in February 2016 and the
gold hedge programme entered into post year-end, were necessary short-term steps to secure margins
and to create certainty for a portion of our future cash flows. This cash flow will enable us to further
reduce our debt and strengthen our balance sheet.
Our external environment also influences the perceptions of shareholders towards investing in South
Africa and Papua New Guinea, to investing in gold and, ultimately, to investing in Harmony. We have
identified the various risks and opportunities that the company faces in the section Managing Risks and
Opportunities.
The average rand gold price received increased to R544 984/kg in FY16, from R449 570/kg in FY15, as
a result of a 27% weakening in the rand against the US dollar in FY16 to an average of R14.50/US$
(from R11.45/US$ in FY15). During FY16, the US dollar gold price received decreased by 4% to US$1
169/oz (US$1 222/oz in FY15).
Many analysts were bearish on gold at the start of the 2016 calendar year, expecting interest rates in
the United States to rise, signalling further downside in the gold price. However, this did not happen
and gold has outperformed as the global economy has been characterised by softer growth, leading
many central banks globally to decrease rates this year. The ongoing discussion of negative interest
rate policy by the European Central Bank and the Bank of Japan in particular has boosted demand for
gold. In local currency terms – the rand and the Australian dollar – the gold price has risen to new
highs prompting some producers to take advantage of this and to implement hedging contracts.
It remains the responsibility of all role players to create an industry that will attract investment. Although
there are increasing expectations and demands by external parties – communities, local governments,
non-governmental organisations and others – on the mining sector, we recognise that Harmony has an
important role to play as a corporate citizen. Consequently, all relationships with our stakeholders are
important – we engage and listen before agreeing on mutually beneficial actions. We have sponsored a
number of youth development programmes, created job opportunities, built housing for local communities
and provided bursaries, to name just a few of our community investment projects. In addition, a final
dividend was paid to shareholders for FY16 – thus ensuring that all of our stakeholders share in the
success that Harmony enjoyed during the past year. Our combined focus remains to fully reflect the value
of our company in our share price.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
27
An important external factor, in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, with the potential to have an
impact on our company and our activities is that of legislative changes and amendments. In South Africa,
our engagements with all levels of government are both direct and also indirect while at a national level
this is also conducted through the Chamber of Mines of South Africa. We endeavour to maintain healthy
relations with the regulators through regular, honest engagement and to provide input regarding pending
legislation through the forums available such as the Chamber.
Sufficient, reliable supplies of water and electricity are essential to the safe, efficient conduct of our
mining operations. Water is a scarce resource in South Africa, and supply was further constrained by the
drought last summer. We have been implementing various measures to improve efficiency of use and
have been proactively reducing water consumption by recycling (see Environmental Performance
section of this report). In addition, we have provided potable water to water-stressed communities in both
South Africa and Papua New Guinea.
In 2014, Harmony joined several of its peers in the gold mining sector in South Africa to establish the
Gold Industry Working Group on Occupational Lung Disease to seek a sustainable, fair and
comprehensive solution in dealing with this disease in the sector. Much work has been done in the past
year to address the backlog in claims and ensure all eligible former employees receive the compensation
they are entitled to timeously.
As an industry, we have taken steps to transfer all current and former miners from the Occupational
Diseases in Mines and Works Act to the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act,
which is better administered and has superior benefits. This is part of a broader initiative by government
to review and unify South Africa’s compensation systems. A legacy fund is to be established to enable
‘top-up’ payments to claimants, while safeguarding the industry against civil claims. Work on a legacy
fund continues in the wider context of the silicosis class action which got underway in October 2015 and
which is being defended by the members of the Working Group.
UNDERSTANDING OUR INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT
The most important aspects of our internal environment remain the safety and well-being of our
employees, and the integrity and sustainability of our assets. Our internal environment is therefore
shaped largely by factors which affect our employees or on which our employees have an impact. The
environment and mining processes, combined with the behaviour of people, bring with them certain risks
to our employees, which we aim to avoid, mitigate or manage. While we have seen significant
improvements in our safety performance in recent years, we remain committed to further improvement,
which is why keeping our employees safe and healthy is highlighted in our risks and is one of our
material issues.
Occupational health risks are not the only health risks we work to mitigate – in South Africa our
employees are at risk of contracting HIV/AIDS and tuberculosis, both of which are highly prevalent in our
society, and we have put in place various initiatives to treat and prevent these illnesses. See the Safety
and Health section of this report.
At Harmony we believe that our employees should be able to improve their lives through their work. As a
result we offer extensive training and development programmes, including adult education and training,
portable-skills training and on-the-job training. In addition, we invest in community education
programmes to ensure that quality education is available at a young age and that promising students are
given the tools to thrive, see the Employees and Communities section of this report.
We acknowledge the imbalance caused by historical systems in South Africa and work to remedy this
through a recruitment policy that focuses on employing historically disadvantaged South Africans at all
levels of the company, from the board through to entry-level employees. Harmony is committed to
black economic empowerment in South Africa, through direct equity ownership, our procurement
spend, management representation and through our employee share ownership scheme, which allows
employees to share in the company’s success. We have also put considerable time and effort into
developing a successful women-in-mining project, which has seen many women find fulfilment in their
underground roles. For further information on transformation, see the sections entitled Employees and
Communities and Mining Charter Scorecard Compliance sections of this report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
28
By understanding what we need to do to help our employees feel safe and satisfied at work and by
implementing various initiatives to achieve this and maintain open communication with them, we manage
many of the factors that have an impact on our internal environment. Our emphasis on open
communication also allows us to understand any emerging issues that may influence our efforts and
gives us time to deal with them before they escalate.
The organisational restructuring implemented in the past year is aimed at improving internal efficiencies
so as to ensure that we achieve our operational objectives and the mining of safe profitable ounces. Two
chief operating officers have been appointed to support the chief executive officer – one to oversee
operations and the other to oversee safety, organisational strategy and projects – and they in turn are
supported by three regional general managers.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
29
MANAGING OUR RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
WHY THIS IS MATERIAL TO HARMONY
In identifying and understanding the risks and opportunities facing our business, we are better able to
mitigate and/or manage them and thereby position the company to take advantage of any opportunities,
future challenges and growth prospects.
OUR APPROACH TO RISK MANAGEMENT
At Harmony, our approach to risk relies on the continual monitoring of risk and related mitigation
procedures and when appropriate, their revision. Our risk management strategy strives to be practical
and effective, rather than to focus solely on compliance. Risk management is embedded within our day-
to-day activities and processes.
Our risk management process
The management of risk is guided by specific regulatory and legislative requirements, and is championed
internally by our chief executive officer. While management is responsible for implementation and
compliance, the audit and risk committee is responsible for oversight of the process, its adequacy and
effectiveness. Reporting on risk-related performance is marked for the attention of the various board sub-
committees.
Because relationships underpin everything we do, our risk management process is based on
engagement – between management and the board, and between the company and various
stakeholders – to ensure that we address risks appropriately.
Risk management has as its starting point the group’s strategy. It is important to understand those
factors that have the potential to hinder our ability to deliver on our strategy, as well as to identify those
opportunities that will enable us to achieve our goals. We benchmark the risks and opportunities
identified against those of our peers to ensure that the risks we identify are not only specific to Harmony
but also include those facing the industry.
In preparing their formal reports to the board, the executive committee and the audit and risk committee
meet quarterly to examine the risks and discuss any changes in their relative importance or in their
mitigation. The audit and risk committee’s review is supplemented by feedback from the various board
sub-committees and reviews of specific risks falling within the ambit of their responsibilities.
Each quarterly examination is based on experiences at the operations, feedback from key stakeholders,
external factors and management meetings. In addition, various teams within the company address risk
on a regular basis as part of their day-to-day roles. This creates an ongoing conversation about risk at
different levels, allowing any changes to be captured on a continuing basis.
While risk management is included in our day-to-day processes, formal weekly risk reviews are
undertaken by management teams at the operations, to identify and prioritise specific high-risk issues at
an operational level. These operational and safety risk reviews are reported to the respective regional
general managers with additional oversight by the operations’ committees.
Roles of the board and audit and risk committee
Risk is a standard item on the agenda at audit and risk committee meetings and the committee’s role in our
risk management process is multi-dimensional. The committee’s primary task is to identify, prioritise,
manage and monitor strategic enterprise risks at Harmony, while operational and safety specific risks are
monitored by the technical committee of the board. Our risk management process reflects our integrated
approach to business and the audit and risk committee – supported by various board sub-committees –
examines all risks affecting our strategy.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
30
To do this, the committee spends considerable time reviewing and evaluating the processes in place to
identify, monitor and manage risk. These include our risk management policy, methodology and
planning, formal risk assessment, internal controls and assurance processes, our risk appetite and
tolerance and our responses to the risks identified. Once the audit and risk committee is satisfied with
these, responsibility for their implementation devolves to executive management and their teams. In turn,
their task is to ensure that these risk processes are constantly applied in day-to-day activities.
Based on these reviews, the audit and risk committee submits its findings to the board. The top strategic,
operational and safety-specific risks and mitigating factors are reported to the board on a quarterly basis.
OUR ACTIONS IN FY16
During FY16, we formulated group-level risk appetite and tolerance levels, and continued to monitor our
risks to identify and manage those that were most material to the company.
While our group-level risk appetite and tolerance levels are subject to formal annual reviews, these are
continually monitored for relevance in terms of changing macro-environment factors. Our tolerance
levels are further defined at lower tolerance limits per risk.
OUR RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
Various risk factors contain an element of volatility, for example, commodity prices and exchange rates,
labour dynamics and the regulatory environment. As a result, our risk profile reflects industry dynamics
and Harmony-specific issues and opportunities at a particular time.

The following two graphs and the table on the following pages show our top strategic risks and
opportunities.

Our risk profile is based on potential events and/or factors that pose either a threat and/or an
opportunity. These downside and upside risk factors are duly taken into account in our day-to-day
business activities and, having been identified, are integral to the formulation and management of our
group strategy.
Our group-level risk appetite statement
Harmony is in the business of gold mining in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, which is a
high-risk, high-reward business. We are involved in the entire gold mining value chain – from exploring
for prospects, conducting feasibility studies and building, buying and operating mines to closing and
rehabilitating mines at the end of their lives.
In the course of conducting our business, we are exposed to the volatility of the gold price and exchange
rates and where appropriate will mitigate some of this exposure through hedging programmes. We
operate well in emerging economies and have the ability to deal with the socio-political dispensations in
these countries.
Exploration remains one of the most effective ways to grow an ore body and to create value, and for this
reason we continue to invest in exploration.
We have an appetite for change and continuous improvement and are constantly looking for innovative
ways to improve our existing mines and acquire mines that we can improve on operationally.
Deep-level gold mining in South Africa is very labour intensive and we have the skills to deal with the
challenges of multi-stakeholder labour relations. We continuously improve the health and safety of our
employees.
We have experienced teams with strong values and we are committed to deliver.
For more detailed information pertaining to risk factors and their potential impact see the Form 20-F
as filed with the United States’ Securities Exchange Commission.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
31
MATERIAL ISSUES AND STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT
The process to determine our material issues derives from our risk management process and
stakeholder engagement. Combined with the Global Reporting Initiative’s materiality assessment, we
conduct a gap analysis and benchmark against our peers to determine our key material indicators. We
consider those indicators that are most closely related to our values and strategy. From this process, we
have derived the following five material issues, which encompass most of our key risks and address our
values, which are safety, accountable, achievement, connected and honesty.
OUR APPROACH TO STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Our stakeholder engagement complies with relevant legislation and standards, including ISO 14001,
OHSAS 18001 and ISO 9000. Using our stakeholder engagement policy and strategy we identify various
stakeholders, internal and external, across our business process.
Given our many stakeholders, priority is given to those who are most likely to have the greatest impact
on Harmony in terms of our achieving our strategic objectives and our business performance.
The primary aim of our stakeholder engagement is to share and gather information to inform our
business decisions. This two-way communication is guided by our values and our strategic intent:
  To improve the lives of host communities/stakeholders through appropriate programmes or projects
•   To find solutions to the various challenges facing our society and host communities, including
unemployment and lack of economic activity, by collaborating with stakeholders and forming
meaningful partnerships
  To find a balance between the expectations of shareholders and those of other stakeholders
Our engagement with stakeholders is inclusive, so that it is:
  Meaningful, and addresses what is material to stakeholders
  Complete, so that we understand the views, needs, perceptions and expectations linked to issues
that stakeholders view as material
  Responsive, so that we respond to material issues timeously, coherently and appropriately
Stakeholder engagement is integral to our business and shapes our actions in determining strategy,
addressing problems, and allocating resources. Effective stakeholder engagement helps us better
manage risks, opportunities, and enhances the company’s reputation, which is essential to the long-term
sustainability of Harmony. Furthermore, effective, meaningful stakeholder engagement contributes to our
store of knowledge as a company and provides information which leads to improved decision-making
processes. The board’s social and ethics committee oversees stakeholder relations, while the board
itself monitors relations with stakeholders.
WHY THIS IS MATERIAL TO HARMONY
To be a profitable, responsible and sustainable business, mutually beneficial and sustainable
relationships with various stakeholders are vital to the success of our business strategy, especially in
relation to our material issues. Given that our material issues are informed by stakeholder engagement,
it is important to understand and meet our stakeholders’ needs and expectations where possible. We
engage with numerous stakeholders – individuals and organisations – on an ongoing basis.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
32
MATERIAL ISSUES AND THEIR IMPACTS
1. Keeping our people safe and healthy
People are central to our business. While we have made significant progress in recent years in
improving safety and health underground, safety remains a priority.
We continue our proactive people-centric approach, focusing on training and communication to
entrench safe behaviour in the workplace. We understand the need to make additional safety
advances by applying new technology and/or advancing protective equipment.
Our employees also face occupational health risks from working underground. We address all
operational health risks and offer treatment for a variety of other health concerns. We believe that
prevention is better than cure and offer proactive, integrated and holistic health strategy and
programmes. Our aim is to ensure our employees return home safely and in good health. For more,
see the Safety and Health section of this report.
Related key risks and/or opportunities: safety; potential liability for occupational health diseases;
not achieving our operational objectives; labour disputes and unrest and inter-union rivalry; new
technology
Our response
  Promoting engagement aimed at enhancing safety in the workplace and employee health
  Implementing proactive safety awareness campaigns aimed at improving safety performance
  Implementing healthcare programme – health hubs
See the Safety and Health section of this report
Stakeholders
  Employees and contractors
  Labour unions
  Regulators
  Shareholders
  Analysts
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
33
2. Achieving our business objectives
While success in achieving our business objectives drives what we do, we are not solely focused on
short-term success. As explained in the section Our Strategy, our aim is to create a viable business
for years to come. As a result, we also consider our future objectives, such as using technology and
innovation, diversifying our resource base, and ensuring we have projects in place to sustain and
grow our production.
Related key risks and/or opportunities: safety; reserve base depletion/growing for future ounces;
not achieving our operational objectives; labour disputes and unrest and inter-union rivalry; socio-
economic, political and regulatory changes; major infrastructure incidents; reliability of power supply
and associated costs; strategic consideration of options for Hidden Valley; potential liability for
occupational health diseases; gold price and foreign exchange fluctuations; productivity
improvements; new technology
Our response
  Communicating progress made in achieving our objectives and on impacts of changes in the
    gold price and the rand/US dollar exchange rate
  Implementing initiatives to reduce and contain costs
  Engaging with suppliers to ensure cost increases are contained and reasonable
  Liaison with the Papua New Guinea government around Golpu, and application for the special
mining lease and related approvals and permits
This is discussed throughout this report, and in particular, in the Chief Executive Officer’s Review
and Operational Performance sections of this report.
Stakeholders
  Shareholders, investors
  Providers of capital
  Analysts
  Media
  Employees and unions
  Business partners
  Suppliers
3. Maintaining stability in our workforce
Amid a potentially fractious industrial relations environment in the South African mining industry, we
focus on having positive and open relationships with our employees and labour unions. By fostering
conversation, we understand and are able to address grievances before industrial action. The
benefits of a stable industrial relations climate are extensive. We want to create workplaces where
employees feel safe, respected and valued. A stable workforce contributes to our aim of meeting our
business objectives, as it results in lower employee turnover and stabilises production. The benefits
of this are shared with employees through production bonuses, reward and recognition programmes
and the employee share ownership scheme. For more on these, see Remuneration Report.
Related key risks and/or opportunities: safety; labour disputes and unrest, and inter-union rivalry;
not achieving our operational objectives; major infrastructure incidents; productivity improvements;
new technology
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
34
Our response
 Proactive, regular engagement based on openness, honesty and integrity
  Constructive engagement to facilitate understanding of issues and concerns of both sides
  Commitment to resolving the issues and addressing concerns
See the Employees and Communities section of this report
Stakeholders
  Employees and contractors
  Labour unions
  Chamber of Mines
  Shareholders, investors
  Analysts
  Media
4. Protecting our licence to operate
To be a successful company, we must earn and retain our right to mine. This requires a clear
understanding of local legislation and regulations, as well as having solid relations with government,
communities, industry bodies and local business partners. We seek more than compliance: we will
transform our workforce, ensure good corporate governance, and be a responsible corporate
citizen. For more on this, see Mining Charter Compliance Scorecard.
Related key risks and/or opportunities: safety; socio-economic, political and regulatory changes;
major infrastructure incidents; potential liability for occupational health diseases
Our response
  Proactive engagement on the state of our business and potential restructuring and possible
    impacts of the latter
  Proactively engaging to promote alignment of expectations and to understand communities’
    needs to enable us to make a positive, sustainable contribution
  Communication on compliance targets achieved and challenges being encountered, particularly
    se relating to housing
  Engaged on proposed amendments to the Mining Charter and the Mineral and Petroleum
    Resources Development Act
  Participated in the Mining Phakisa, a collaborative engagement between government and the
    mining industry on the industry’s future
  Engaged with suppliers to ensure that their processes are aligned with our human rights and
    environmental standards, code of conduct and empowerment requirements
See the Employees and Communities section of this report
Stakeholders
  Government and regulators (in particular the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee on Mineral
    Resources)
  Various government departments (national and regional)
  Communities and local municipalities
  Chamber of Mines
  Labour unions
  Media
  Suppliers
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
35
5. Managing our impacts
The resources available to our business are finite and we respect this. We are environmentally
responsible through careful monitoring of our consumption, emissions and impact. Our commitment
to improving health and safety speaks to our need to protect human resources, while our training
and development programmes highlight how we encourage each employee to learn and grow their
skills. Responsible resource management is also crucial to our socio-environmental rehabilitation
planning. While our mines are operational, we want to do all we can to improve the living conditions
of employees and communities, and to bolster both socio-economic and ecological developments,
so that when our mines close we will leave behind us viable communities able to support their
economies and which are not plagued by environmental or health issues. This entails planning now,
ahead of mine closure, and is something we are constructively working towards. For more on our
skills training and rehabilitation initiatives see the section, Employees and Communities of this
report.
Related key risks and/or opportunities: safety; socio-economic, political and regulatory changes;
major infrastructure incidents; strategic consideration of Hidden Valley options; potential liability for
occupational health diseases; new technology
Our response
  Developing and implementing initiatives to empower local communities to ensure sustainable
    economic activity once mining has ceased
  Inclusive engagement relating to land rehabilitation in the Free State and the creation of
   sustainable of economic activities independent of mining
See the Safety and Health, Employees and Communities and Environmental Performance sections
of this report
Stakeholders
  Provincial government and district and local municipalities
  Communities
  Local business partners
  Shareholders
  Media
  Employees and unions
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
36
SAFETY AND HEALTH
Achievements FY16
Challenges FY16
  The South African operations’ lost-time
    injury and reportable injury frequency rates
    improved by 32% and 21% respectively
    year-on-year
 Proactive, preventative model of healthcare
    service delivery continued to yield benefits,
    with decreased absenteeism, hospitalisation
    and medical mortality
  Health-related absenteeism reduced by
    11%.
   Number of employees confirming their
    HIV/AIDS status increased from 41% to
    73%
  TB incidence rate down by 19% year-on-
    year
 Actively involved with certification process to
    address backlogs and assist the mining
    industry in quantifying the silicosis risk
   Prevention of fall-of-ground and rail-bound
equipment injuries remain a challenge
   Behavioural breaches of safety standards
are also a concern
   Unhealthy behaviour and lifestyles which
predispose employees to chronic and
lifestyle diseases
   Despite declines, the TB incidence rate
remains unacceptably high in comparison
with World Health Organisation standards
and remains one of our top five health risks
   Effective HIV/AIDS management remains a
challenge, despite our deep understanding
of the associated risks
RELEVANT MATERIAL ISSUES
  Keeping our people safe and healthy
  Protecting our licence to operate
At Harmony, the safety and health of our employees and contractors is a moral imperative and essential
to creating a sustainable business. Safety is our number one value. Without a safe and healthy
workforce, we cannot be productive and profitable. We aim to eliminate and prevent all fatalities and
work-related injuries and illnesses by promoting a culture that values safety and health.
OUR APPROACH
Both our occupational safety and health policy and management framework are aligned with the Mine
Health and Safety Act in South Africa and mine safety and health legislation in Papua New Guinea.
Representatives from all levels of management, union and government are encouraged to participate
actively in our safety and health framework. The relevant strategy is guided by our safety and health
policy.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
37
Safety and health committees at all operations ensure the active participation of all employees in safety
management. Safety and health are also agenda items at all union and management engagements.
There are currently 30 full-time safety and health stewards at our South African operations (FY15: 34).
The technical committee, on behalf of the board, is responsible for approving and monitoring compliance
with our safety and health policy. The social and ethics committee oversees public safety on behalf of
the board. Safety performance, a key performance indicator for management, is monitored to determine
remuneration in terms of the safety-related bonuses paid.
SAFETY
SAFETY STRATEGY – SOUTH AFRICA AND PAPUA NEW GUINEA
To achieve our goal of zero harm, continual improvement in our safety performance is required. A co-
operative approach to safety ensures that the necessary infrastructure and systems are in place; from
planning to communication and training. While management has legal responsibility for safety,
management and employees have joint responsibility for their actions, to stop work when they believe
that a workplace is unsafe and/or to prevent others from acting in an unsafe manner. Constant
reinforcement of safe behaviour in the workplace is overseen by line managers and supervisors.
Operations have introduced site-specific safe behaviour initiatives as well as behaviour re-enforcement
programmes. Our safety strategy can be divided into three categories – short, medium and long term.
The short-term safety strategy comprises:
  risk assessments
  visible felt leadership in which management is actively seen to be involved in enhancing workplace
    safety
   proactive, regular and frequent communication at all levels of the company, including mass
    meetings, to promote safety awareness
  regular, weekly and monthly formal safety reviews to operational and regional managers. The Pivot
    safety system is used to analyse safety data and trends, enabling more informed decision making
    and quicker, more proactive responses to exposures and risks
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
38
The medium-term safety strategy involves the implementation of the fatal risk management system.
Eight fatal risks – falls of ground, underground tramming, electricity, working at heights, winches, mud-rush
and inundation, fire prevention and explosives – have been identified, for which fatal risk standards with
measurable critical controls have been compiled. Roll-out of the standards which were finalised and signed
off in July 2015, began in August 2015. Introductory meetings to explain the fatal risk management process
and to establish steering committees to ensure and oversee the implementation of the standards have
been completed at all operations. Standards training for all management teams and line supervisors down
to team leader level was completed during the year as was that for all safety trainers. These trainers will
play a key role in the roll out of the fatal risk management standards to the applicable employees at the
work face.
Our long-term safety strategy focuses on the implementation of industry-leading safety practices and
principles.
Safety performance at our Papua New Guinea operations is monitored by Harmony’s South-East Asia
team. Safety managers at the Papua New Guinea operations report to Harmony’s South-East Asia
executive committee through regular notifications, formal monthly reports, and meetings. This committee
in turn reports to Harmony’s technical committee and the board.
SAFETY PERFORMANCE IN FY16
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA5, G4-LA6 and G4-LA8
Harmony’s reporting on its safety performance is aligned with the reporting standards prescribed by the
International Council on Mining and Metals.
Regrettably there were nine fatalities during the year at our South African operations (FY15: eight) and
one fatality at our Papua New Guinea operation (FY15: 1).
In memoriam
Date
Operation
Name
Occupation
Cause
18 July 2015
Hidden
Valley
Piwas Kesa
Driver
Truck incident
25 July 2015
Target 1
Pheelo William
Ramohlokoane
Security officer
Smoke inhalation
3 August 2015
Kusasalet
hu
Ezekiel Nonkevu
Tramming
supervisor
Trucks, tramming and
transport
6 August 2015
Joel
Cancel Nurse Malungane
Engineering
assistant
Rail-bound equipment
15 November 2015
Masimong
Carlos Sitoe
Stoper
Gravity related fall of
ground
9 December 2015
Target 1
Moeketsi Mongoako
Rock drill operator
Seismicity-related fall of
ground
29 January 2016
Masimong
Motlatsi Samuel Lehana
Scraper winch
operator
Gravity-related fall of
ground
11 April 2016
Kusasalet
hu
Patuxolo Butshula
Water jet operator
Seismicity-related fall of
ground
11 April 2016
Phakisa
Mncedisi Mbongwa
Rock drill operator
Gravity-related fall of
ground
18 June 2016
Phakisa
Clinton Lewis Titmuss
Rigger
Trucks, tramming and
transport
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
39
Fatalities
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
FY12
South Africa
9
8
22
9
10
Papua New Guinea
1
1
Group total
10
9
22
9
10
Harmony provides the families of the deceased with counselling and financial assistance. A fund was
established in FY14 to support the educational needs of the school-going dependants of all Harmony
employees and contractors who lose their lives in the workplace.
While the fatal injury frequency rate for our South African operations regressed by 18% for FY16 (see
table below) that for the Papua New Guinea operation increased marginally to 0.17 (FY15: 0.14). The
lost-time injury frequency rate for the South African operations improved by 32%, and that for the Papua
New Guinea operation deteriorated to 1.39 (FY15: 0.28). In all, 22 416 shifts were lost due to
occupational injury in South Africa (FY15: 24 514) and 127 in Papua New Guinea (FY15: 145).
Fatal injury frequency rate (per million hours worked)
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
FY12
South Africa
0.13
0.11
0.28
0.11
0.12
Papua New Guinea
0.17
0.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
Group total
0.13
0.11
0.26
0.10
0.11
Lost-time injury frequency rate (per million hours worked)
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
FY12
South Africa
6.50
9.57
8.09
6.03
7.54
Papua New Guinea
1.39
0.28
0.00
0.12
0.45
Group total
6.23
9.24
7.54
5.46
6.86
South Africa
In South Africa, the measures in place to ensure that safety remains our first value are:
   Management coaches employees on how to work safely. These conversations are shaped by
messages agreed by management in consultation with the unions, safety
structures/representatives
   External safety initiatives or leading practices in the mining industry are reviewed and implemented
through the Mining Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH), Community of Practice Adoption
process (COPA). ‘Champions’ are nominated for each aspect of occupational safety and health.
They attend all industry meetings and ensure that all relevant information is disseminated to the
operations
   Phillip Tobias, a former regional general manager, was appointed chief operating officer with specific
responsibility for, among other aspects, safety. A part of his remit, he visits different mining houses
and companies to investigate best practice in safety and health strategies and structures. He will be
responsible for adopting and implementing world best practice in health and safety strategies at
Harmony
   A formal visible felt safety leadership coaching programme was rolled out to managers and
superintendents to optimise safety engagement with subordinates to drive positive changes in
behaviours
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
40
  Comprehensive safety reports allow us to track incidents, measure safety performance and report
back to mines on performance. The Pivot safety management system is used at all South African
operations as a management tool to improve safety. Data sourced from all workplace inspections
by safety officers are recorded on the system and statistics are captured daily. The deliverables for
the safety, health, environment, risk and quality Intranet Portal (SharePoint) document control
management system, which includes a document centre, document review and approval workflow
automation, was completed during the latter part of the year. Training of all applicable users is in
progress
   Safety roles and accountabilities are clearly defined and used to measure team performance
  All employees are trained and encouraged to conduct pre-work risk assessments before any work
is done. The relevant committees ensure that company standards on mining and engineering work
are reviewed periodically, compiled, approved and distributed to operations for implementation
The number of section 54/55 instructions decreased to 182 (FY15: 229). Production lost during FY16 as
a result of such instructions totalled 202.9kg (7 157oz) (FY15: 588kg; 18 904oz).
Year-on-year, the fall-of-ground injury frequency rate regressed by 30% to 1.64 (FY15: 1.26). There
were three gravity- and two seismic-related fall-of-ground fatalities in FY16 (FY15: three gravity-related
fatalities and no fall-of-ground fatalities).
Fall-of-ground injury frequency rate
Per million hours worked
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
FY12
South Africa
1.64
1.26
1.53
1.29
2.22
Safety achievements in FY16:
Fatality-free performance
Significant lost-time and reportable injury free
performance
More than three
million shifts
Target 1 (rail-bound equipment)
1
Phakisa (rail-bound equipment)
2
Randfontein surface operations
3
More than three
years
Joel plant
7
Phoenix plant
4
Target plant
5
Three million
shifts
Metallurgy;
Kalgold (plant and pit) – achieved over 19 years
Unisel (fall-of-ground)
Surface operations (South Africa)
One-year
Asset Management Forum
Central plant
8
Harmony Laboratory
Harmony One plant
Kalgold (pit and plant)
6
Surface Sources
Two million shifts
Doornkop (rail-bound equipment)
Phakisa (including fall-of-ground)
Joel (fall-of-ground)
Tshepong (including fall-of-ground and rail-bound
equipment)
Unisel (rail-bound equipment)
One million shifts
Masimong (fall-of-ground)
Doornkop (including fall-of-ground)
Kusasalethu (fall-of-ground and rail-bound
equipment)
1
7 million fatality-free shifts on rail-bound equipment
5
6 years free of reportable injuries
2
6 million fatality-free shifts on rail-bound equipment
6
1 year free of lost-time and reportable injuries
3
5 million fatality-free shifts
7
5 years free of lost-time and reportable injuries
4
9 years free of reportable injuries
8
3 years free of lost-time and reportable injuries
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
41
Papua New Guinea
In Papua New Guinea, measures are also in place to ensure that safety remains our first
value. Critical control implementation and verification were implemented for all high-risk (potentially
fatal) activities. Work menus, capturing the relevant critical controls, were developed for high-risk
activities and rolled out through a training programme. To ensure the correct critical controls are
implemented for these high-risk activities, an activity-specific verification process through formalised
audits was implemented.

The mountainous terrain, high rainfall and quickly changing weather conditions in Papua New Guinea
which contribute to landslides and/or slope failures make aviation and vehicle use much riskier activities.
Work undertaken during the year to mitigate the risk of vehicle-related incidents included:
   installation of on-board cameras to monitor driver behaviour for corrective training
   vehicle-specific emergency braking procedure training for all drivers
   manned mandatory stops for all trucks to verify permits and licences prior to entering mine lease areas
and prior to certain hazardous declines
Natural landslides are relatively common and together with potential man-made landslides (slope failures
associated with open-pit mining) pose a significant safety risk to our operations in Papua New Guinea.
During the year, real-time slope stability radar monitoring systems were operational at both open pits and
the failures were well managed throughout the year.
Specific geotechnical risk assessments are undertaken for all work sites in Papua New Guinea and
associated mitigation plans are updated at least annually.
PUBLIC SAFETY
Following the methane explosion at the Brand1A ventilation shaft in Welkom in FY15, Harmony has
repaired all damages to houses and properties at a total cost of R35 million. There are no outstanding
claims.

During FY16, three community members lost their lives as a result of trespassing on hazardous mine
sites at our Free States operations. Various interventions to prevent any recurrence were added to our
existing public safety awareness programmes.
SAFETY OBJECTIVES FOR FY17
Our focus remains on achieving zero fatalities and realizing zero harm to our employees. The safety
targets for FY17 have been set with the Mine Health and Safety Council milestone figures in mind.
Consequently, our objective for the year is to improve the serious injury rate (reportable accidents) by
20% year-on-year. We are aiming for a year-on-year improvement in the total accident and injury
frequency rates at the South African operations.
We will continue with our strategy to improve leadership and employees behaviour and safety
messaging to affect a long-term shift in thinking and behaviour in terms of safety.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
42
HEALTH
HEALTH STRATEGY
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA7 and G4-LA2
South Africa
Harmony’s proactive healthcare strategy focuses on employee well-being, with the main goal of ensuring
that our employees are fit for life, which implies that they will be fit for work and retire healthy. This
strategy aims to prevent illness and/or early identification of disease, through medical surveillance, active
case finding, early detection and treatment as part of an integrated management healthcare system. We
aim to take this strategy to the next level where we will review and build employee’s resilience to any
illness.

The Harmony healthcare programme provides primary, secondary and tertiary healthcare as well as
occupational health services to all employees, through company-managed healthcare facilities and
medical aid membership, as well as by means of external healthcare providers. Comprehensive health
services continue to be provided in close proximity to the mine.

The lag in the certification process of occupational lung diseases by the Medical Bureau of Occupational
Diseases remains a major challenge in the mining industry and for the Department of Health. However, the
mining industry continues to collaborate with the department to find a sustainable solution. Harmony and
several of its peers in the industry have committed medical doctors to assist in reducing the certification
backlog at the Medical Bureau of Occupational Diseases. A total of about 5 000 cases have since been
finalised.

The TB incidence rate at our South African operations remains alarmingly high compared with the World
Health Organisation and national benchmark. In view of these current challenges, our new approach
takes into account the multi-factorial aspects of TB management, which addresses both occupational
and socio-economic determinants of the disease.

Motivating employees to confirm their HIV status, despite perceived stigma and confidentiality issues,
remains one of the biggest challenges. Positive behaviour programme remains pivotal in addressing this
challenge.
The “At work” management programme continues to yield good results by contributing to more people
being at work. For the past year, more than 7 447 individual medical cases were reviewed by a team of
healthcare professionals. The aim of this programme is to identify potentially chronically ill employees
early, and to review and monitor their medical conditions.

Harmony’s health team had several opportunities to showcase our proactive healthcare delivery model.
The Deputy Minister of the Department of Mineral Resources visited Kusasalethu’s health hub and
delegates from the United Nations AIDS conference visited Doornkop.
Papua New Guinea
In Papua New Guinea, the provision of full-time primary healthcare and occupational health surveillance
to employees, dependants and the local community is provided by medical centres at Hidden Valley,
Wafi and Wau.

Upper respiratory tract infections remain one of Harmony’s main medical issues in Papua New Guinea
with nearly 2 438 presentations to the medical centres. An integrated business information system
provides an administrative function for health. Medical registers are used to track and review each
patient’s progress from the first visit through to the final treatment.

A total of 13 131 health examinations took place at the Morobe Mining Joint Ventures’ medical centres
during FY16 (FY15: 13 715), of which 3 508 (FY15: 3 467) were random drug and alcohol tests.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
43
HEALTH PERFORMANCE IN FY16
Healthcare delivery
In South Africa, membership of a medical scheme is compulsory for all Category 9(+) employees and is
voluntary for Category 4 – 8 employees. Approximately 6 742 employees participated in medical
schemes in FY16 (FY15: 6 700), with Harmony subsidising these costs by an amount of R12 million
(US$0.8 million) per month (FY15: R11 million or US$0.9 million per month).

In all, 20 276 Category 4 – 8 employees have so far elected not to join a medical scheme. Instead they
receive comprehensive health services from mine medical facilities and associated preferred providers at
no cost to the employee.

Harmony undertakes active case-finding and screening as well as active disease management in respect
of chronic conditions for employees who are not members of a medical scheme. In FY16, 15 137 (FY15: 8
600) employees had chronic conditions, with one third of these employees being treated for two or more
chronic conditions. Chronic conditions include hypertension, HIV/AIDS, diabetes, asthma and TB.

Medical surveillance is ongoing at our dedicated occupational health hubs where 41 563 (FY15: 42 570)
medical examinations were conducted during the past financial year.

Tuberculosis
Tuberculosis (TB) is recognised as one of the most pressing public health concerns in South Africa and
the gold mining industry. Harmony’s TB control programme is in line with the relevant guidelines and
prescriptions of the World Health Organisation. It is also in line with the national TB strategic plan.

Harmony’s TB programme focuses on comprehensive screening and testing, the hospitalisation of
infectious cases until sputum conversion, directly observed therapy short-course and contact tracing. As
an affiliate of the Chamber of Mines, and through the Masoyise iTB campaign, Harmony will ensure that
every employee is screened and tested for TB annually from 2016 to 2018. In the current year, a total of
29 077 employees were screened for TB.

Among our employees, a total of 214 cases of TB were certified (FY15: 288) in South Africa. This figure
includes contractors, who have been included in the full TB programme since 2013. There has been a
significant decrease in the number of new TB cases since the proactive healthcare strategy began in
FY10. In FY16, three (FY15: three) new TB cases were reported during the year in Papua New Guinea.
Cases of TB in South Africa
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13*
FY12*
Certified
214
288
353
629
568
New cases
461
621
568
678
906
* Following its sale, Evander has been excluded from the FY12 – FY13 figures for comparative
purposes
HIV/AIDS
The HIV/AIDS pandemic in South Africa continues to have a significant impact on employees, their
dependants and local and labour-sending communities. The illness can result in higher levels of co-
infections of other diseases, increased absenteeism and reduced performance levels, loss of skills,
increased economic burden, and sometimes death.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
44
At the South African operations, 7 063 employees have been identified as being HIV-positive and are on
the HIV/AIDS programme, with 5 333 receiving antiretroviral therapy. Harmony manages HIV/AIDS
through its clinics, health professionals with the support of appropriate specialists. Harmony’s HIV/AIDS
strategy is based on promoting health through education and awareness programmes, preventative
strategies to reduce the number of new cases, evidence-based curative interventions to ensure
treatment, and ongoing monitoring of compliance.
For its new HIV/AIDS treatment targets beyond 2015, the Department of Health, in conjunction with the
Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS), has adopted the 90-90-90 targets which are
globally aligned. Harmony has in turn aligned its HIV/AIDS programme with these ambitious and
achievable targets, which are:
  By 2020, 90% of all people living with HIV will know their HIV status. Harmony currently at 73%
  By 2020, 90% of all people with diagnosed HIV infection will receive sustained antiretroviral therapy.
Harmony currently at 74%
  By 2020, 90% of all people receiving antiretroviral therapy will have viral suppression. Harmony
currently at 61%
In Papua New Guinea, the Hidden Valley joint venture continued to operate the new digital X-ray
machine and medical laboratory to accurately diagnose tropical diseases, TB and HIV/AIDS.
Voluntary counselling and testing for HIV/AIDS
Pre-counselling and voluntary counselling and testing are offered to all employees through ongoing
interventions at all Harmony healthcare hubs. A total of 30 294 (FY15: 19 234) employees received
voluntary counselling and testing during the year and of these, 22 995 (FY15: 14 933) employees
confirmed their status. The increase in the number of employees tested can be attributed to the
introduction of positive behaviour reward programmes, among other health initiatives.
More than 500 personnel underwent voluntary counselling and testing for HIV/AIDS during the year at
Hidden Valley in Papua New Guinea.
Occupational diseases
Silicosis
Silicosis is caused by long-term exposure to high levels of quartz silica dust and can cause increased
susceptibility to TB. Silicosis in South Africa, and at Harmony, remains a material concern. The
integrated Harmony HIV/AIDS, TB and silicosis policy and programme were developed to manage the
debilitating disease responsibly so as to minimise the risk and to proactively prevent deterioration. The
trend for silicosis indicates a decline in incidence.
During FY16, 284 cases of silicosis were submitted to the Medical Bureau of Occupational Diseases and
64 cases were certified (FY15: cases reported 313; cases certified 197).
As a member of the Chamber of Mines, Harmony participates in processes to address issues relating to
historical silicosis cases. In May 2016, the High Court certified two classes for an occupational lung
disease class action, being TB and silicosis. It is too early to estimate the amount of possible claimants
or the possible claims as a result of the legal action against the gold mining companies.
The silicosis working group (initiated by the South African gold mining companies who are members of
the Chamber of Mines) continues to search for a sustainable, inclusive and comprehensive solution for
current and legacy dilemmas. Meetings with stakeholders continued during the year.
Project Ku-Riha (the Tsonga word for “compensation”) was launched in May 2015 and is being rolled out by
the Department of Health, with the goal of making substantial inroads into addressing the backlog of
compensation claims from mineworkers who suffered occupational lung diseases while working in the
mining sector, and ensuring that new valid claims are paid within a reasonable timeframe. Harmony and
seven other South African mining companies continue to participate in this initiative. To date, 1 000 ex-
miners have been tracked and paid compensation.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
45
For the companies, an efficiently operating compensation system is a critical part of the comprehensive
solution being sought. This project builds on work already done between the Department of Health and
the Chamber of Mines that led to the establishment of the first two one-stop service centres in
Carletonville and Mthatha. These centres offer medical examinations, rehabilitation assessments, health
promotion and counselling to all patients, as well as referrals to other medical specialists if necessary.
Patients can now be diagnosed, treated and receive the help they need to stay healthy, in one place.
Harmony and several other gold mining companies are actively participating in the process to integrate
the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act (COIDA) and the Occupational Diseases
in Mines and Works Act (ODMWA). This process, which is being led by the Department of Mineral
Resources, the Department of Labour and the Department of Health, was launched in January 2016.
Industry milestone: eliminating silicosis
By December 2024, 95% of all exposure measurement results will be below the milestone level for
respirable crystalline silica of 0.05 mg/m³.
Using present diagnostic techniques, no new cases of silicosis will occur among previously unexposed
individuals (previously unexposed individuals are those unexposed to mining dust prior to December
2008 i.e. equivalent to a new person who entered the industry in 2009).Workshops have been conducted
by the occupational hygienists from all operations to establish a strategy to achieve this milestone.
A decision was taken to set annual incremental targets to meet the milestone ahead of time, not to wait
until the deadline. This will ensure that special focus can be put in areas where compliance is lacking. Of
note is the fact that Harmony is currently 88% compliant with the new milestone attributed to all the
engineering controls in place.
Despite experiencing around 3-4m of rain a year, in Papua New Guinea, which is a good dust
suppression measure, testing for respirable silica dust began during the year focusing initially on higher-
risk areas at Hidden Valley. Based on baseline data gathered up to the end of the year, the risk of
personnel contracting silicosis is negligible.
Dust control
In order to decrease our employees’ exposure to silica dust, Harmony uses a range of engineering
controls to minimise dust. Mining Industry Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) leading practices
such as the fogger system at strategic underground areas and the implementation of foot- and side-wall
treatment in identified intake airways to allay dust have been adopted.
In addition, multi-stage dust filtration systems have been installed. We are also in the process of installing
winch covers for all of our winches. Progress on winch cover installation is 98.1% with a total of 1 037 units
out of the 1 057 units having been fitted.
Training and awareness programmes address the concerns of dust control in stoping workplaces and all
development ends are equipped with water blasts to settle dust directly after a blast.
Dust discharge occurs during activities where the rock is broken at source i.e. stoping, development and
trackless mining. Engineering controls to allay dust at source are to be investigated through the Mining
Industry Occupational Safety and Health dust task team. A prototype waterblast which can be used in
both stoping and development is currently being tested. The testing resulted in changes to be made to
the unit to accommodate robustness and effectiveness. This continued during the current year. A final
product was developed which is being tested with apparent success. The final test results should be
made available to industry soon.
Revision of airborne pollutant baselines to identify hotspots and to assess the effectiveness of
engineering controls is in progress at all operations of which 96% (FY15: 91%) of total samples have
been completed.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
46
Noise-induced hearing loss
Harmony embarked on an Oto-Acoustic-Emissions initiative to detect early hearing loss. The Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research collaborated and analysed the data and confirmed that Oto-Acoustic-
Emissions detect damage two years earlier than an audiogram. We have received a proposal from
Pretoria University researchers to continue with further technical developments that could help prevent
noise-induced hearing loss.
All Harmony employees who are exposed to high noise levels are issued with personalised hearing
protection devices, which reduce noise levels by 25 decibels.
During the year, 97.7% of occupationally exposed employees, including contractor employees
(70.6%), were issued with personalised hearing protection devices (FY15: 98.9% and 59.6%). A
progressive total of 23 226 personalised devices were issued in FY16 (FY15: 21 921).
Sound attenuators were also fitted to all equipment, resulting in no noise level exceeding 110dB(A)-
weighted decibels from any machine, in compliance with our noise milestone.
New industry milestones for noice-induced hearing loss:
  By December 2016, no employee’s standard threshold shift will exceed 25dB from the baseline
    when averaged at 2 000Hz, 3 000Hz and 4 000Hz in one or both ears
  By December 2024, the total operational or process noise emitted by any equipment must not
exceed a milestone sound pressure level of 107 dB(A)
During medical examinations, audiometric testing for hearing loss is done at least annually at our
occupational health hubs. The number of early noise-induced hearing loss cases (5-10% shift)
decreased from 526 cases in FY15 to 371 in FY16.
An awareness drive was initiated at all operations to ensure employees are aware of the benefits of
wearing personalised hearing protection. A monitoring programme was also implemented to measure
actual compliance in the workplace. Compliance monitoring is undertaken during routine occupational
hygiene inspections and ad hoc audits are also conducted.
As part of the initiative to prevent noise-induced hearing loss, 24 602 (FY15: 22 418) employees
participated in the ‘hearing coach promotion’ initiative during the year. Evaluations were conducted and
guidance provided where necessary regarding the use of customised hearing protection devices.
Heat stress
Extensive refrigeration and ventilation measures are in place at all operations where temperatures
exceed normal working ranges. Heat-tolerance testing and acclimatisation programmes support and
protect employees exposed to excessive heat in the workplace.
In FY16, 14 549 heat-tolerance tests were undertaken (FY15: 6 736). The observed increase in the
number of tests is attributed to the increase in the frequency of screen testing at Masimong and Phakisa
to mitigate associated health and business risks. Heat-related illness cases decreased from 23 to 20
cases in FY16 (decreased from 64 to 23 cases in FY15).
Radiation protection
All our operations in South Africa comply with the dose limit of 50 millisievert in a year and 100
millisievert in five years. Operational controls have been established to ensure that elevated monitoring
results are investigated and corrected where required.
Radiological clearances are conducted at decommissioned sites to ensure the future declassification of
these areas.
Managing chronic diseases
As part of Harmony’s integrated approach to healthcare, specific initiatives have been implemented to
manage chronic diseases, with our focus on HIV, TB, diabetes, hypertension and silicosis, as well as
asthma and epilepsy. In FY16, 55% (FY15:42%) employees in South African operations have a chronic
condition. Of the 15 137 employees diagnosed with chronic conditions, 33% have hypertension, 6%
diabetes and 52% HIV/AIDS.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
47
Harmony’s health initiatives focus on the most common diseases and the e-learning module covers
these diseases in the induction programme. Other initiatives include pamphlets, health-worker training,
screening at all medical centres, disease management interventions and quality assurance. In addition,
podcasts and liquid-crystal display monitors are used to help educate employees on HIV and promote
voluntary counselling and testing.
Upper respiratory tract infections in Papua New Guinea
Hidden Valley is located approximately three kilometres above sea level and most employees reside in
the lower, warmer areas; the regular change in altitude contributes to various respiratory ailments. Other
factors contributing to these infections include air-borne pollen during peak flowering times which affects
air quality. The heavy rainfall all year round maintains high levels of humidity (around 80-90%) which
creates favourable conditions for fungus, bacteria and viruses to proliferate.
A total of 2 438 employees were treated for respiratory ailments in FY16 (FY15: 2 719). There has been
a decline in the number of cases presented since FY12, with a decrease of 12% recorded for FY16.
Harmony has successfully rolled out an employee educational programme on respiratory ailments and
gastro-intestinal hygiene.
Malaria
Malaria is endemic to many parts of Papua New Guinea, which includes work sites such as Wafi Golpu
and Lae but excludes Hidden Valley. Importantly, many employees and contractors working at Hidden
Valley reside in areas where malaria is endemic, and this is where our community health projects play a
vital role in combatting the disease.
Over the past three years, there has been a 73% decrease in the presentation of patients with malaria-
like symptoms at the clinics in Papua New Guinea. This is as a result of several initiatives including
support for provincial spraying and fogging programmes; standardised testing; distribution of treated
mosquito nets and treatment regimes; and ongoing malaria awareness education.
Preventative healthcare
Health promotions and education Harmony carries out monthly awareness campaigns on various health-
related topics such as HIV, TB, sexually-transmitted infections, occupational and lifestyle diseases.
Continuous monitoring and education are conducted at the health hubs which oversee major health
campaigns.
Positive behaviour reward programme The health services team has piloted an innovative positive
behaviour programme to reward outstanding health behaviour and sustain testing for HIV/AIDS. This
initiative was piloted in FY16 when we tested and confirmed 374 HIV-positive employees. Continuing
with this initiative in the current financial year we have identified a further 299 HIV-positive employees
who have been enrolled on our wellness programme. Adding on to the success of this pilot project, the
health service team is considering initiatives to expand the scope to include a more comprehensive
positive behaviour programme.
Influenza vaccines In South Africa, a total of 7 147 employees (FY15: 5 286) received influenza
vaccinations during the year as a proactive measure to prevent illness during the winter season.
HEALTH OBJECTIVES FOR FY17
  Continued improvement in health-related absenteeism rates, specifically a 18% decline in
absenteeism
  Launch of a comprehensive positive behaviour reward system to promote healthy lifestyles among
employees
  Keeping the healthy healthier and creating a healthy culture within the company inclusive of
contractors
  Provision of a proactive, individualised well-being programme which includes health risk
assessments and development of individual risk profiles
  Continue to lead the industry with our healthcare model
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
48
EMPLOYEES AND COMMUNITIES
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA1, G4-LA9 and G4-LA12
Achievements FY16
Challenges FY16
In South Africa:
In South Africa:
   Achieved management employment equity
target of approximately 60%
   Employee training and development: 1 748
504 hours (FY15: 1 757 704 hours)
   Human resource development expenditure:
5.3% of payroll (on target)
   Training in personal indebtedness: 16 033
employees trained to date
   Hostel accommodation: 100% single-room
    occupancy rate maintained
   Major Labour Court ruling in favour of gold
companies in the dispute over extension of
collective wage agreements entered into
with majority unions to all employees at a
“workplace” including members of a non-
participating union.
   Procurement expenditure with black
    economic empowerment entities of 76%
    exceeded Mining Charter targets
   Retaining the skills and experience required
to operate efficiently
Managing inter-union rivalry
Competition for high-level engineering skills
In Papua New Guinea
:
   Papua New Guinea citizens make up 95% of
workforce
   Employee training and development:
44 896 hours
WHY EMPLOYEES AND COMMUNITIES ARE MATERIAL TO HARMONY
Relevant material issues:
   Ensuring our workforce is safe and healthy
   Maintaining stability in our workforce
   Establishing a committed, dedicated culture of delivery
   Protecting our licence to operate
   Being relevant in the communities in which we operate
Our employees are essential to the conduct of Harmony’s business. A stable, engaged, skilled and
motivated workforce has an important role to play in the successful achievement of our business
objectives.
Establishing and maintaining positive relationships with host communities is important in ensuring our
licence to operate. Ongoing engagement with communities is necessary to understand, manage and
respond to community concerns and expectations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
49
OUR APPROACH
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA2
Our human resources initiatives focus on four underlying goals:
   Entrenching a single organisational culture
   Attracting and retaining employees with high potential
   Developing employees to meet operational skills requirements and improve efficiency
   Maintaining an effective employee performance management system.
Our employment policies, procedures and practices take into account and comply with the relevant
labour legislation in South Africa and Papua New Guinea. Our recruitment initiatives focus on local
communities in both countries. A review of all human resource procedures and policies is ongoing,
including remuneration and incentive schemes.
As many of the communities associated with our operations are in socio-economically distressed
regions, much of our engagement with and initiatives relating to communities focus on employment
creation, education and training and development, especially where mines are near closure.
EMPLOYEES
PERFORMANCE IN FY16
South Africa: At the end of FY16, our employee complement was 30 441 (FY15: 31 012), 85% (FY15:
84%) of whom were permanent employees and 15% (FY15: 16%) contractors. More than 75% (FY15:
75%) of the South African workforce was drawn from local communities.
During FY16, 135 employees retired and 311 were retrenched, of whom 78 accepted voluntary
retrenchment packages.
Our cultural alignment programme continued with 66 (FY15: 68) management employees completing the
training in FY16. The aim of this programme is to achieve cultural cohesion throughout the company by
shaping leadership, and empowering and engaging employees. Performance improvement in terms of
production and safety is beginning to show as a result of this cultural alignment programme.
Papua New Guinea: The staff complement of 106 (FY15: 102) at the end of FY16 excludes employees
of Morobe Mining Joint Ventures. Of these, 72% (FY15: 74%) were permanent employees and 28%
(FY15: 26%) were contractors working on specific construction projects. A total of 95% (FY15: 96%)
were local.
EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT
In applying our value of “connectedness”, we ensure that employees feel part of the Harmony family.
Internal communications is a continuous interactive process and includes regular meetings with heads of
departments, work groups and general manager engagement platforms (mass meetings and quarterly
productivity meetings). We also use print (posters, internal newsletters, memos and flyers), and digital
(mine television, intranet, website and text messaging) and social media (Twitter).
The chief executive officer communicates regularly with employees by e-mail, at meetings and during
internal roadshows.
For employees to be committed, productive and conscientious in their jobs, we believe they should feel
valued. To this end, we ensure that our employees understand their roles within the company and what
is happening at the company and in the industry. They are the first to hear important news. Regular
employee engagement involves communication both to and from employees. Furthermore, suggestions
made by employees are taken seriously and if necessary are acted upon
EMPLOYEE SHARE OWNERSHIP: SOUTH AFRICA
When Harmony launched the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Ownership Plan in FY12, all non-managerial
employees became eligible to be shareholders with a total potential stake of 2.9% in Harmony.
Currently, 24 621 employees participate in the share plan. In FY16, the Tlhakanelo share plan realised
R49 million (US$3.4 million) (FY15: R43 million; US$3.8 million) for employees. For more details, please
refer to the Remuneration Report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
50
LABOUR RELATIONS
Union leadership empowerment programme
An empowerment programme aimed at sharing business imperatives and performance, company
strategy and an understanding of business principles was initiated in FY15. Several union
representatives have attended the programme.
South African gold wage negotiations
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC5
Harmony negotiates changes to wages and other conditions of employment through a recognised
collective bargaining structure, at a centralised industry forum under the auspices of the Chamber of
Mines. In FY16, a three-year wage agreement was reached with the unions representing the majority of
employees at Harmony and was extended to all employees in the bargaining unit. For more information,
please visit
www.goldwagenegotiations.co.za
Labour disputes and strikes
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: MM4, G4-LA16 and G4-HR11
Labour disputes and strike are considered a material issue because, in addition to the resulting loss of
production, disputes affect morale and reputation, and present a risk to non-striking employees,
communities and company assets. In March 2016, the Labour Appeal Court found in favour of the gold
companies that participate in centralised, collective bargaining in terms of an appeal by the Association
of Mineworkers and Construction Union against the decision of the Labour Court to uphold an interim
order preventing the union from embarking on strike action in terms of the collective wage agreement
reach in 2013. This decision has contributed to stability in the gold mining sector.
South Africa
To mitigate the risk of labour disputes, we constantly engage with organised labour at mine and
company level. Human resources adopts a proactive approach in addressing employees’ queries
through established structures and processes.
Harmony has embarked on various initiatives to address the scourge of employee over-indebtedness.
These include, among others, financial literacy training, discontinuation of non-statutory payroll
deductions and notifying employees about emolument attachment orders against their pay. In all, 16 033
employees (FY15: 10 778) have attended the financial literacy programme since its launch in September
2013.
Papua New Guinea
We participate in ongoing engagement with all stakeholders, including employees, provincial and local
government, landowners and regulators.
NOTEWORTHY ACTION Maintaining peace and stability in our workforce
We endeavour to maintain peace and stability in our workforce at all times. We want our employees to
feel and be safe in all aspects at work.
Our multi-union environment promotes co-existence, inclusion and collaboration. Our accountability
value extends to unions with all labour relations structures and processes bound by national legislation,
agreement and best practice. In addition to quarterly regional meetings with unions, we also encourage
proactive and robust engagement to address issues. As communication is ongoing at all levels, we are in
daily contact with full-time stewards while our general managers/human resources leaders interact
regularly at branch level and with shaft committees.
Harmony engages with unions on a wide range of employee-related issues, such as housing, human
resources development and employment equity, and we communicate details of our operational
performance to union structures on a monthly basis.
We also work directly with our employees to address a number of issues that are key to our relationship,
including production incentive reviews and financial literacy to address indebtedness and replace payroll
deductions with a new system to manage emolument attachment orders and garnishee orders.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
51
Freedom of association
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-HR4
We recognise the right of employees and contractors to freedom of association and adhere to collective
bargaining processes and the resulting collective agreements in each country. Honesty is one of our
values. We strive for honest, two-way discussions through collective bargaining.
South Africa: Harmony recognises four labour unions. In FY16, union representation included the
National Union of Mineworkers at 60% (FY15: 66%), the Association of Mineworkers and Construction
Union at 24% (FY15: 15%), the United Association of South Africa at 8% (FY15: 10%) and Solidarity at
2% (FY15: 2%). A total of 6% (FY15: 7%) of employees were non-unionised.
Papua New Guinea: There are no active unions. Industrial relations at Hidden Valley are currently
managed by the mine’s employee representative committee.
TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
South Africa
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA9
All training and development programmes are conducted in line with the company’s strategic and
operational needs and include skills development, adult education and training, learnerships, graduate
development, talent management, and supervisory and leadership development. Some 5.3% (FY15:
4.9%) of the payroll was spent on human resource development.
In addition to upskilling our own employees, we recognise that community members can benefit from our
programmes. We devote considerable effort to programmes such as bursaries and the bridging school
that allow young learners from local communities to improve Matric results and continue their studies.
This has the potential to benefit Harmony in the long run, too, as it encourages promising students to
take up careers in the mining industry.
In FY16, 92% (FY15: 96%) of our workforce received training at a cost of R364 million or US$25.1
million (FY15: R371 million or US$32.4 million), including support for South African-based research and
development initiatives in exploration, mining, processing, technology efficiency, beneficiation and
environmental conservation.
In FY16, 68 people (FY15: 69) were trained in critical skills, including but not limited to mentorship,
hazard identification and risk assessment, mineral resource management and various other courses
through study assistance programmes.
To facilitate transformation in South Africa, employees received training in diversity management so as
to facilitate proper implementation of employment equity. Feedback from the diversity dipstick survey
was shared with all operations and action plans were implemented to address issues of concerns
identified per site.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
52
The Mining Charter in South Africa places significant emphasis on training and development. At the end
of our reporting period, Harmony’s operations met the requirement that 5% of the payroll costs be spent
on employee training and development.
Adult education and training
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA10
Adult education and training centres at Harmony’s South African operations run full-time classes to
ensure that employees are functionally literate and numerate so as to allow for personal growth and
transformation within South Africa.
In FY16, 412 employees (FY15: 476) and eight (FY15: seven) community members were enrolled in
classes at a cost of R28 million or US$1.9 million (FY15: R32 million or US$2.8 million).
The overall average pass rate in FY16 was 56% (FY15: 53%), a 3% improvement on the previous year.
Piloting of e-learning at the adult education and training centres at Joel, Masimong and Unisel began in
August 2015. E-learning is expected to increase the number of participants in the programme as
employees will be able to study after hours at their own pace.
Bursary programme
Harmony offers a bursary programme and a subsequent graduate-development programme. A total of
52 (FY15: 33) bursaries were awarded for university studies during FY16 – 51 of these students came
from local communities (FY15: 29).
Bridging school
Harmony’s bridging school supports mathematics and science at grade 12 level to assist school leavers
in improving their final results to gain admission to tertiary studies. Upon successful completion of grade
12, some are awarded bursaries while others follow the learnership route, increasing the company’s
learnership intake.
Since inception of the school in 1996, we have registered a total of 410 students. Of the total number
enrolled over the years, 25 (6%) were awarded bursaries and 310 (76%) attended our learnership
programme. The balance were appointed to various permanent positions within Harmony, and some
now hold positions in management.
Learnerships
Harmony runs formal learnership programmes. In FY16, 214 (FY15: 247) learners were enrolled at
different levels and 100 (FY15: 55) completed their learnerships. Most have been appointed to critical
positions within the company.
Internship and experiential programmes
In support of our social and labour plans, we hosted 65 students (30 internships and 35 experiential
trainees) during FY16 (FY15: 71 students – 48 interns and 23 trainees). Of the total number hosted, 18
(FY15: 25) completed their programmes in FY16 and, of these, six were employed.
Social plan programme
Through our social plan programme, facilitated by the 2003 framework agreement between Harmony and
the National Union of Mineworkers, we continue to provide alternative skills training to employees (current
and retrenched). This enables people to remain economically active beyond mining. It also cushions the
impact of unavoidable retrenchments for economic reasons or when our mines reach the ends of their lives.
Future forums
Future forums comprising representatives from mine management and organised labour, have been set
up to deal with issues such as productivity improvements and long-term mine sustainability, job security
and creation, and the impact of downscaling and retrenchments on employees and their families,
communities and the local economies.
The forums are consensus driven and operate in a completely transparent environment. The culture and
approach of the forums is one of joint problem solving, with management and organised labour
negotiating to prolong the life of the mine so as to achieve the best possible benefits for all stakeholders.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
53
Portable skills development
In FY16, 1 545 employees (FY15: 425 received portable skills training, around 52% (FY15: 83%) were
proxies (dependants of mine employees). To date, Harmony has provided portable skills training to
about 6 000 employees (and/ or their proxies) – in basic electrical, basic computer literacy, basic
welding, basic motor mechanics, clothing manufacturing, furniture making, plumbing, bricklaying, animal
husbandry, and mixed farming systems – over a period of eight years.
Papua New Guinea
In FY16, workforce training events were conducted at Morobe Mining Joint Ventures in Papua New
Guinea, including:
   Production training
   Safety compliance training
   National Training Council Accreditation compliance
   Professional
development
   Computer software courses
   Supervisor
development programme
Employee educational support
Harmony and Morobe Mining Joint Ventures provided R1.5 million or US$105 000 (FY15: R44 million or
US$3.9 million) in educational support for 352 (FY15: 347) employees and their dependants in Papua
New Guinea.
Morobe Mining Joint Ventures’ landowner school tuition assistance
The Morobe Mining Joint Ventures tuition assistance programme for the children of Hidden Valley and
Wafi Golpu landowners received R0.7 million or US$0.1 million in FY16. The money was used for school
fees for 94 successful applicants, their general upkeep and stationery during the year.
Women’s development programme
During FY16, women participated in a number of programmes that included agricultural training. The
women from Upper Watut and Wafi Golpu participated in learning how to manage a coffee nursery, and
to germinate and raise coffee seedlings. They also learnt how to produce compost to improve the soil,
prune coffee plants during growth, and general tending of the nursery. The Wafi Golpu women also
participated in training on how to prepare and germinate vegetable seedlings so as to produce quality
vegetables that could be sold to generate income for themselves and their families. At Wafi, women
learnt how to cook nutritious meals, and to make and bake scones and bread. These were also sold at
local community markets. The aim of the programme is that the women will continue to use their new
skills as a source of income.
Education programmes
The Wafi Elementary School Programme established five new schools and trained 43 new teachers.
Funding supported teachers’ allowances, school stationery and uniforms. The Wafi Golpu Project will
continue to provide this support until the schools are registered with the National Department of
Education and the government takes over their management. To date, approximately R0.4 million or
US$0.03 million has been invested.
An adult literacy programme for nine Wafi landowner communities was undertaken in FY2016, 15 new
teachers were trained and 288 landowners participated.
A training programme for personal viability was funded and 30 people from the seven Hidden Valley
landowner villages were trained. The training facilitates a mind-set shift for communities away from
heavy dependence on mine-related incomes such as royalties and business opportunities towards non
mine-based and more sustainable livelihood opportunities. The course has been accredited by the
Papua New Guinea National Training Council and participants are awarded certificates upon completion.
Approximately R0.3 million or US$0.02 million has been invested so far in this programme.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
54
EMPLOYMENT EQUITY
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC6 and G4-HR3
South Africa
A representative workforce is a legislative and moral imperative in the interests of economic growth
benefits for all stakeholders. We ensure that our migrant employees are able to return home regularly
and we facilitate family visits with spouse quarters.
We have several local economic development projects in labour-sending areas, as well as an agreement
to provide home-based care to medically incapacitated employees from all areas.
Harmony reports its employment equity plan and progress to the social and ethics committee quarterly
and to the departments of Labour and Mineral Resources annually.
In FY16, 60% (FY15: 58%) of Harmony’s management staff were historically disadvantaged South
Africans, exceeding Mining Charter targets for company level compliance.
Women employed at management level improved to 17% (FY15: 16%). There is no difference in the
salary scales for men and women at Harmony.
Employment equity performance
Historically disadvantaged
South Africans
Occupational categories
Target
(%)
Achieved
June 2016
(%)
% of
women by
category
Board
40
40
21
Top management (executives)
40
50
20
Senior management
40
47
22
Middle management
40
48
19
Junior management
40
62
16
Core and critical skills
40
58
6
Papua New Guinea
We focus on attracting and retaining externally and locally recruited employees, particularly
landowners and local citizens.
Operations are governed by a three-year training plan lodged with the Department of Labour. Under this
plan, the joint ventures must ensure that locally sourced employees are continuously trained and
succession is managed.
HOUSING AND LIVING CONDITIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA
Improved living conditions for our employees are directly linked to enhanced employee well-being and
productivity. In this regard we make the following housing options available to our employees: 15 606
receive the living out allowance of R2 100, 1 346 receive a housing allowance, 959 receive a housing
assistance allowance and 7 252 live in single room hostels. In addition, our housing programme creates
jobs and supports local business. Harmony only appoints local empowered companies when embarking
on construction projects.
Our housing strategy promotes home ownership and rental options, and aims to integrate mining
communities into local municipal structures. We make land available and facilitate affordable housing
development on redundant mine land.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
55
In line with our focus on home ownership, employees who do not live in company residences (hostels)
receive a living out or housing allowance. We still own and make available more than 1 900 houses in
mine villages across our operations.
The hostel de-densification programme was completed at the end of 2014 and ensures that employees
have access to private single rooms. To enable employees to move their families closer to our
operations, our hostel conversion programme makes family units available to the general mining
communities.
Housing and living conditions: performance against the 2014 Mining Charter targets
2016
2015
2014
Target
(%)
Planned
%
Achieved %
Achieved %
Achieved
Residences
(hostels) single
room occupation
100
One
person
per room
100
1
8 796
100
8 695
19
1
1 678
Hostels (non-
operational)
conversion to
family units
100
1 100
86
945
84
927
69
761
Facilitation of home
ownership
4 700
66
2
3 117
63
2
2 961
59
2 800
Total
84
82
49
1
The number of single rooms available
2
Houses sold to employees and other housing development programmes (actual achieved will depend on employee
affordability profiles and the ability to obtain finance). Certain elements are beyond Harmony’s control, such as whether
employees are granted bonds or receive state subsidies. Bank lending, affordability and indebtedness remain stumbling
blocks to increased home ownership.
Of those employees residing in our hostels, all are accommodated in single rooms. Of the 1 100 family
units to be built over three years, 945 (FY15: 927) units have been built to date – 86% (FY15: 84%) of
the total planned. This includes 448 family units built at the Merriespruit housing project which has now
been completed. Post year end, the Merriespruit housing project was awarded first place in the provincial
community residential unit category in the Free State.
To further facilitate home ownership, we subscribe to and support the pension-backed home loan
scheme negotiated for the industry by the Chamber of Mines. In all, 1 072 (FY15: 1 441) of our
employees are using this facility, with a reduction in the number of subscribed employees paying off their
loans. During FY16, 156 (FY15: 110) houses were purchased by way of a ‘rent-to-own scheme’.
HUMAN RIGHTS – FOR EMPLOYEES AND COMMUNITIES
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA14, G4-HR3, G4-HR10 and G4-HR12
Respect for human rights is entrenched within the company’s values and specifically catered for in
human resource policies, charters and contracts of engagement. This is closely monitored by our
human resources function and community engagement managers at operational level.
We abide by the human rights conventions of the International Labour Organisation, as supported by the
South African Constitution. Our adherence is monitored by the social and ethics committee. In addition,
certain human rights requirements are built into contracts with new suppliers. No incidents of
discrimination were reported in South Africa or Papua New Guinea in FY16.
The South African constitution also prohibits forced, compulsory or child labour. None of Harmony’s
operations are at risk of human rights contraventions and no contraventions of these principles were
alleged or reported in FY16.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
56
COMMUNITIES
SOCIAL AND LABOUR PLANS
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC4
Harmony’s operations in South Africa are governed by the allocation of mining rights, bound by an
approved social and labour plan. Our policy includes local economic development initiatives executed in
terms of the Mining Charter, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act and the codes of
good practice for the minerals and mining industry. Please refer to the Mining Charter Compliance
Scorecard for the status of our achievements in terms of the Mining Charter targets set for 2014.
Projects and programmes are considered, approved and monitored by a corporate social responsibility
committee at management level. We identify suitable programmes through stakeholder engagement and
in partnership with the Chamber of Mines’ community development forum, non-governmental
organisations, communities, government departments, municipalities, educational institutions, and the
governments of Lesotho and Mozambique.
For the five-year social and labour plan cycle ending December 2017, Harmony’s planned expenditure
on commitments made in terms of our social and labour plans (the mine community development
projects), amounted to R844 million (FY15: US$57.3 million) of which, as at 30 June 2016, R430 million
(US$29.2 million) had been spent (FY15: R405 million; US$33.3 million).
Our social and labour plans are aligned with municipal integrated development plans so as to ensure we
make relevant and sustainable contributions to local communities.
A Harmony-led forum meets regularly, bringing together stakeholders to discuss and agree on key projects
for the Free State goldfields region with the aim of identifying and developing industries lacking in the local
economy and the enterprises necessary to service those industries.
Expenditure on local economic development in South Africa declined to R17 million or US$1.2 million in
FY16 (FY15: R72 million or US$6.3 million), as a result of the mines’ reduced levels of profitability and
consequent inability to fund these projects, in the first half of FY16.
SOCIO-ECONOMIC INVESTMENT
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-SO1 and G4-SO2
We are committed to the sustainable socio-economic development and well-being of our host
communities long after mining has ceased. We endeavour not just to comply with laws and regulations
but to conduct regular meetings with stakeholders, such as government and community leaders, to
address concerns, grievances and misperceptions.
Local economic development spend
FY16
FY15
FY14
R million
US$ million
R million
US$ million
R million
US$ million
South Africa
17
1
63
6
72
7
Papua New Guinea
1
0.1
1
0.1
5
0.5
Harmony – total
18
1.1
64
6
77
7
* An additional R89 million (US$8 million) was spent on hostel upgrades in FY15
** An additional R106 million (US$10 million) was spent on hostel upgrades in FY14
Corporate social responsibility
Our corporate social responsibility policy recognises the need for socio-economic investment in South
Africa and Papua New Guinea, starting with the broader communities in which we operate, and our
activities are monitored at board level by the social and ethics committee.
In FY16, Harmony spent R9 million or US$0.6 million (FY15: R6 million or US$0.5 million) on corporate
social responsibility projects.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
57
Harmony’s corporate social responsibility priorities in FY16 concentrated on implementing programmes
in mathematics, science and technology advancement, community project-based entrepreneurial skills
development, sports and recreation development.
To date, Harmony has invested approximately R19 million or US$1.3 million (FY15: R17 million or
US$1.5 million) on developing host communities and labour-sending areas in South Africa.
In Papua New Guinea, regulatory control vests in a memorandum of agreement between Morobe Mining
Joint Ventures and local communities as well as key landowners with similar social commitments to
those in South Africa. Corporate social responsibility projects and programmes are considered, approved
and monitored by the head of our Southeast Asian operations.
Focus remained on health, education, agriculture and infrastructure in FY16. Hidden Valley’s
infrastructure programme focuses on constructing, repairing and upgrading roads, bridges, educational
facilities, health facilities and water supply in the three landowner villages of Nauti, Kuembu and Winima,
as well as impacted communities along the Watut River corridor.
A total of 324 jobs were created in South Africa by Harmony during the year. Details of upliftment
projects can be found on the Harmony website at www.harmony.co.za/sustainability.
PROCUREMENT
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-LA15 and G4-SO10
We recognise that extending our supplier network to include emerging businesses enables a more
equitable distribution of economic benefits.
South Africa
Our preferential procurement strategy complies with legislation, and procurement processes and
expenditure are governed by our group strategy and policy. We support this approach by helping to
develop the business management skills required for emerging enterprises to succeed.
Our preferential procurement strategy encompasses:
    regional enterprise development centres, which make it easier for qualifying suppliers to do
business with our company
    amending tender policies to help Harmony meet Mining Charter requirements
measuring each mine’s procurement from historically disadvantaged South African entities against
targets in the Mining Charter scorecard
    small, medium and micro enterprises and/or historically disadvantaged South African-compliant
vendor development aimed at maintaining acceptable standards
Our preferential procurement strategy promotes expenditure with companies recognised as black
economic empowered entities under the Mining Charter.
In FY16, procurement expenditure with black economic empowerment entities was R3.4 billion or
US$0.2 billion (FY15: R3.8 billion or US$0.3 billion); equivalent to 76% (FY15: 69%) of total discretionary
spend.
Our performance in relation to the Mining Charter’s black economic procurement targets as a percentage
of total spend:
Category
Mining Charter
target
FY16*
FY15
Capital goods
40
81
76
Services
70
79
70
Consumables
50
76
66
* Calculation is based on Harmony’s financial year 1 July 2015 to 30 June 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
58
Papua New Guinea
As agreed with government authorities (local, regional and national), landowners and communities, we
issue contracts to local citizens wherever possible.
Supply expenditure by Morobe Mining Joint Ventures in FY16 amounted to R2.9 billion or US$203
million (FY15: R3.0 billion or US$267 million) of which R1.8 billion or US$123 million (FY15: R2.2 billion
or US$193 million) or 61% (FY15: 72.2%), was expended in Papua New Guinea. Of this amount, R734
million or US$50.6 million (FY15: R1.2 billion or US$108 million) was spent in Morobe Province on goods
and services. Contracts were awarded by Morobe Mining Joint Ventures to local landowner companies
for catering, fuel haulage, general freight, plant hire, security, labour hire, cleaning, rehabilitation and bus
services.
In line with Hidden Valley’s current memorandum of agreement, Morobe Mining Joint Ventures continues
to offer business development opportunities to landowners. These opportunities will increase with the
proposed development of the Golpu project.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
59
ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE
Achievements FY16
Challenges FY16
In South Africa
In South Africa
   
Harmony’s comprehensive mine rehabilitation
programme, which employs around 200 people,
was accelerated. Another four areas were
demolished and rehabilitated, bringing the total
number of areas since the programme began in
2010
o
Allied to this, steady progress was made
with the Matjhabeng land rejuvenation
programme in the Free State including the
start of an agricultural project for olives and
vegetables
o
Entered into partnership with POPCRU –
donated land and buildings for a training
academy for police and correctional
services
   
   
Diversification of our energy mix driven by
procurement of solar and development of
biomass energy
Bio-energy plant is due to generate first gas in
September 2016
    Solar parks being planned and implemented will
   
generate 30MW on site
Novel rehabilitation strategy implemented at
Kalgold involves transforming the D zone pit into
a waste storage facility
    Water treatment plant constructed at
Kusasalethu to promote water conservation and
achieve zero discharge – now fully operational.
Work has begun on a water treatment plant at
Doornkop
    Good progress made to conserve habitat of the
lesser flamingo in Welkom
    A significant water spillage from the return water
dam at Kusasalethu occurred following heavy
rains and pump failure. A water treatment plant
installed in May 2016 will reduce the volume of
water stored, creating capacity to buffer the rains
    Environmental legislative reform can result in
more stringent and often-times onerous and
impractical requirements
    New regulations on related financial provisions
are often complex and may have a negative
impact on management of environmental
liabilities
    The pending carbon tax and increased cost of
electricity may affect the sustainability of
operations. While the drought in South Africa
threatened business continuity, it also resulted in
our transforming our business to protect against
the impact of drought in the future
In Papua New Guinea
In Papua New Guinea
    Close-out information for environment
improvement plan at Hidden Valley was
presented to the Conservation Environment
Protection Authority for adjudication
    Level 2A environmental licence received for Kili
Teke
    Drought resulted in potable water extraction
points at Hidden Valley drying up, for which
remedial steps were taken
At group level
   
Achieved total electricity savings of 69 937MWh and on track to achieve five-year target in FY18
   
Carbon Disclosure Project: on the global A lists for both climate change and water
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
60
WHY THE ENVIRONMENT IS MATERIAL TO HARMONY
In line with our values, we are accountable for the impact we have on the environment – land, water, air
– and for the responsible use of the natural resources we consume. Our business activities and
processes can negatively impact the natural environment and surrounding communities, and we have a
responsibility to prevent, mitigate, manage and minimise any impacts.
Relevant
material issues:
    Protecting our licence to operate
    Managing our environmental impact
    Reducing our environmental footprint
    Delivering lasting environmental benefits
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN22
Total expenditure on our environmental portfolio in FY16 was R69 million (US$4.8 million) (FY15: R64
million; US$5.6million) of which R53 million (US$3.7 million) (FY15: R34 million; US$3.0 million) was
spent in South Africa and R16 million (US$1.1 million) (Harmony’s 50% share) in Papua New Guinea
(FY15: R15 million; US$1.3 million). In addition, R50 million (US$3.4 million) has been committed to the
implementation of the bio-energy initiative in South Africa.
OUR APPROACH
Our environmental strategy is aimed at managing our impacts, related risks and environmental liabilities, at
responsible stewardship, compliance with environmental legislation and regulations, and at instilling a
culture that shares knowledge and experience within and outside the group.
Harmony’s environmental strategy and performance are overseen by our social and ethics committee.
An executive environmental manager and an environmental leadership team drive environmental
improvement strategically at group level. This is cascaded down to the operations. At each operation,
general managers are accountable for environmental management, in line with annual environmental
management plans that identify opportunities to improve compliance and minimise our overall impact on
the environment.
Our board-approved environmental policy, available at
www.harmony.co.za/sustainability/governance#policies , supports our environmental strategy while
operations are guided by technical and performance standards, incorporated into environmental
management systems and implemented in line with ISO 14001. This policy outlines our commitment to
responsible environmental stewardship and sustainable mining and closure. Environmental management
programmes include detailed closure plans, developed for each operation within five years of planned
closure, to expedite beneficial post-mining land use and sustainable community livelihoods.
By year-end at our South African operations, seven of our long-life mining operations and five of our
processing facilities had been certified in terms of ISO 14001. Gap audits were completed at Bambanani
and Joel and on-site reviews are in progress with certification audits scheduled for December 2016.
In Papua New Guinea, as Hidden Valley’s environmental management plan is aligned with the ISO
14001 standard, environmental awareness training is provided to all new employees, and reinforced by
leadership training courses as well as monthly initiatives.
Environmental and climate change legislation
South Africa:
Our activities are regulated by the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act,
2002 (Act No 28 of 2002), the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No 107 of 1998), the
National Water Act, 1998 (Act No 36 of 1998) and the National Nuclear Regulator Act, 1999 (Act No 47
of 1999). Environmental management programmes for each operation are approved by the Department
of Mineral Resources.
Environmental legal reform has led to more stringent but often impractical and onerous expectations by
regulators, relating particularly to the Waste Management Act which calls for all tailings dams to be lined.
In addition, the financial provision regulations promulgated in November 2015, which may apply
retrospectively, require mining companies to provide for latent liabilities that are complex
issues.Harmony is working with government, through the Chamber of Mines, to rationalise the legal
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
61
framework.
The pending carbon tax, together with increased electricity costs, may affect the sustainability of
operations. Although details of the carbon tax have not been confirmed, government is to implement the
tax in the coming financial year. Harmony has de-risked energy security and carbon tax concerns by
increasing procurement of cheaper energy from renewable sources.
Papua New Guinea: Applicable environmental legislation, issued by the Conservation and Environment
Protection Authority, regulates water extraction by and waste discharge from the mining tenements. The
transition from Department of Environment and Conservation to the Conservation Environment
Protection Authority continued in FY16 and will continue into FY17.
Environmental incidents
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN24, G4-EN29, G4-EN34
Our environmental management plans provide for monitoring, reporting and remediation of
environmental incidents, including direct or indirect discharges of water beyond our mining area.
Incidents are classified on a scale of 1 to 5 and, by law, we are required to report on incidents at level 3
and higher.
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN8, G4-SO8
During FY16, we reported one significant level 3 incident, at Kusasalethu in South Africa. In March 2016,
spillage occurred from the mine’s return water dam following heavy rains and pump failure. A new water
treatment plant, which came into operation at the end of June 2016, will reduce the volume of water
stored and create capacity to accommodate an increase in water to be stored when it rains. It will also
reduce our use of potable and fresh water supplies.
No fines or sanctions were received for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations in
Papua New Guinea. Mechanisms are in place to enable stakeholders to report any grievances about
environmental impacts caused by our operations in both countries.
PERFORMANCE IN FY16
REHABILITATION, LAND MANAGEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION
As custodians of the land we affect and manage, we acknowledge that some aspects of our operations
alter the physical landscape permanently. Once mining has come to an end, land must be rehabilitated to
assist its appropriate and productive use post-mining. Rehabilitation and closure are incorporated into
overall planning from initial concept stage and during the life of mine. This includes ensuring that the
necessary funding mechanisms for rehabilitation are in place. We continually identify land for rehabilitation
and, where feasible, we refurbish infrastructure for use by local communities. Only a small proportion
(14%) of the land covered by our mining rights has been disturbed by mining. Given that much affected
land is still in use, opportunities for progressive and concurrent rehabilitation are limited.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
62
Rehabilitation and closure
Land under management (ha)
Mining
right area
Land
disturbed
to date
Land rehabilitated
FY15
FY16
Kalgold
991
501
0
0
Kusasalethu and Deelkraal
5 605
305
5
0
Doornkop
905
296
0
0
ARMgold shafts (1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7)
5 980
351
4
0.05
Joel (1 and 2)
2 162
253
0
0
Target (1, 2 and 3)
4 327
365
0
0
President Steyn South (Steyn 1, 2 and plant)
1 847
41
5
15.90
President Steyn North (Steyn 7 and 9)
1 651
193
0
0.01
Virginia, Masimong, Saaiplaas, Unisel, Merriespruit,
Harmony and Brand
22 583
3 374
1
4.82
Bambanani, Joint Metallurgical Services, Harmony
One plant
2 356
1 345
66
0
Eland, Kudu, Sable, Nyala, Tshepong, Phakisa,
Western Holdings 5
10 799
1 581
0
0.36
St Helena 2, 4, and 8
4 912
444
0
1.39
St Helena 10
944
8
0
0
Papua New Guinea
4 098
533
3
0
Total
69 160
9 590
84
22.53
South Africa
The programme to rehabilitate decommissioned operations, which began in FY10, aims to reduce our
environmental liabilities and eliminate potential safety and health exposures. In the process, we work
with provincial authorities to meet local socio-economic imperatives. Site demolition of shafts, plants,
defunct workshops and hostels continued in FY16. The total number of shafts (including ventilation
shafts) decommissioned and demolished to date is 38. Shaft cavities are filled with inert material and
they are capped to prevent, among other things, potential fugitive methane emissions. While drafting of
Unisel’s closure plan is underway, that for Masimong will begin in FY17.
In FY16, the total rehabilitation liability for our South African operations was R2.18 billion (US$150
million) (FY15: R2.22 billion; US$152 million). This amount is fully funded in advance via trust funds, and
insurance and bank guarantees. Our rehabilitation programme has reduced our closure liability by more
than R150 million (US$10.3 million) since FY10 and provided procurement opportunities and
employment for at least 200 local residents. Our most significant rehabilitation programme is being
undertaken in the Free State where our bio-energy project in particular has assisted in reducing our
environmental liability and in creating employment.
Following a prefeasibility study and budget approval, implementation of a commercial vegetable and olive
agricultural project within mining right rehabilitated land in Welkom is scheduled to begin in September
2016 in the Free State. A similar feasibility study has been completed at the Doornkop operation using
treated water to potable water standards. Development of several vegetable hubs in the Welkom area and
at Doornkop is due to begin in October 2016. In addition, certain obsolete infrastructure is being re-
purposed for use by the community. To this end a memorandum of agreement has been signed with
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
63
POPCRU for an academic training precinct to be established in former mine buildings at Harmony 3 shaft
while part of the Steyn plant has been repurposed as part of the bio-energy project.
At Kalgold, a novel rehabilitation programme involves the return of tailings to the D-zone pit, which is to
be converted into a waste storage facility, thus eliminating the need for a new tailings dam. Approval of
the amended environmental management programme is awaited. The deposition of tailings into the pit
began in FY15 and has delivered to design of the closure plan. In addition to consolidating the
operation’s footprint, an added advantage of this rehabilitation strategy is the recirculation of process
water to the plant, thus maximising the re-use of affected water.
NOTEWORTHY ACTION
Land rehabilitation and generating bio-energy in Matjhabeng
Good progress was made with our multi-faceted land rehabilitation and rejuvenation programme in
Matjhabeng in the Free State in FY16. This R53 million (US$3.7 million) programme involves:
    Rehabilitating land and re-purposing an old gold plant to enable an appropriate, sustainable, post-
mining, value-adding use
    Reducing our carbon footprint and thus our effect on climate change
    Creating economic opportunities for local communities once mining ceases by promoting skills
development and job creation
In particular this programme includes implementation of a renewable-energy project to generate bio-
energy from bio-crops cultivated on rehabilitated land. This energy will help to power our plants and thus
contribute to reducing our demand for coal-based electricity.
Bio-energy project
Among options considered for post-mining land use was the rehabilitation of land to cultivate non-edible
bio-crops to generate renewable bio-energy, such as biogas and bio-char, for use as a substitute for
polyfuel in the Harmony One gold plant.
Bio-crops (giant king grass, sweet sorghum or sugar beet) are being propagated to generate bio-energy
(natural gas as a substitute for fossil-fuelled energy). Giant king grass is being used as the primary bio-
crop feedstock owing to its high energy yields and its resilience to mine-impacted land. Giant king grass
also provides the best yield of biomass per hectare.
The bio-energy generated will power the Harmony One gold plant elution and carbon regeneration
circuits. The electrical and polyfuel water heating methods in the elution process have been converted to
bio-gas heating. Phase 1 of the project is set to deliver 71 000GJ of energy. The project will ramp up to
generate 187 000GJ within 24 months.
Additional benefits of the project include skills development and job creation for communities as well as a
sustainable legacy for the Free State. The bio-char will also be used as a source of fuel by the
communities.
Implementation of phase 1 of the project began in September 2014. This entailed establishing a pilot
plant to generate and deliver 1.5MW equivalent of energy, and involved the refurbishment of Harmony’s
existing Steyn gold processing plant for use as a biogas plant. Following its commissioning, the plant is
scheduled to begin producing first gas by August 2016. Full-scale production is expected in September
2016. Once the plant is fully operational and the concept has been proven, phase 2, which will involve a
ramp up to 5MW equivalent of energy, at a cost of about R100-million, will begin implementation.
In the initial pilot project, 100ha of mine-impacted land was used for crop cultivation and an additional
250ha of land will be planted for the phase 2 ramp-up.
The 1.5MW equivalent plant will enable Harmony to offset about 8 000t CO 2 annually, while the 5MW
equivalent plant will allow the annual offset of 27 000t CO 2 .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
64
Papua New Guinea
Land clearing for mining and processing operations is closely managed by the environment and
community affairs departments. Staff are specially trained in the use of equipment for the rehabilitation of
cleared surfaces, which is challenging given the rugged terrain and high rainfall. In addition, Hidden
Valley and Golpu are in a geologically active zone, which experiences frequent earthquakes and
landslides.
Biodiversity, land management and conservation
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN12, G4-EN14, G4-EN31, MM1, MM2
Biodiversity management plans are implemented at all sites, through either their respective mine closure
plans, environmental management plans or through specific biodiversity action plans.
In the Free State, a nursery has been established to cultivate species to revegetate affected or
remediated land. Harmony is currently rehabilitating disturbed land within our mining rights.
The following conservation projects continued in FY16:
South Africa
Flamingo conservation project: Harmony entered into a partnership with BirdLife South Africa to
develop and design conservation measures to protect the Lesser Flamingo’s habitat in the district of
Welkom, in the Free State. In consultation with key stakeholders, a survey was conducted by BirdLife
South Africa to ascertain which pans in the area could potentially assist with conserving the near-
threatened species, whose population is declining at an alarming pace. The Voelpan, opposite the
Target shaft, has been identified as being the most suitable. The survey report recommends building a
breeding island in the middle of the pan to allow safe breeding. This project, which is also being
conducted in partnership with the Department of Tourism, is scheduled to be completed by end
December 2017. BirdLife South Africa will be engaging with the relevant stakeholders regarding
implementation. The total cost of this project is approximately R0.1 million (US$48 000).
Avianator programme: We funded courses presented by BirdLife South Africa to teach young people
about the value of birds and their habitats. In FY16, a total of 14 schools participated in these courses in
Thabong, Welkom, Virginia, Winburg and Hoopstad in the Free State. Since inception in FY13, Harmony
has contributed R0.5 million (US$0.4 million) to this programme.
Papua New Guinea
Although Hidden Valley is not in a biodiversity-protected area, five species on the International Union for
Conservation of Nature Red Data List occur in the vicinity of the mine. There is no evidence that the mine
has affected these critical habitats. The five species are two types of tree kangaroos, nectar bats, harpy
eagles and long-beaked echidna. These species are not endemic to the Hidden Valley area.
Key measures proposed for the Golpu project’s environmental management plan to manage impacts on
terrestrial ecology include:
    Development and implementation of procedures to limit the impacts of vegetation clearing
    Salvage of seedlings of vulnerable flora species for rehabilitation
    Weed and pest control management measures
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
65
ENERGY MANAGEMENT – OPTIMISING OUR ENERGY USE, REDUCING OUR CARBON
EMISSIONS
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN3, G4-EN5 and G4-EN6
Harmony’s energy management is based on our energy efficiency and climate change policy and strategy
which are driven by the need to reduce energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions, to adapt to
climate change and to diversify the energy mix. In particular this includes:
    promoting energy efficiency at our deep-level mines in South Africa
    designing and developing renewable energy sources in Papua New Guinea
    optimising and rebalancing our asset portfolio
    promoting an alternative energy mix
    aligning our rehabilitation programme with the green energy agenda
In FY16, Harmony’s total energy use was 2 597 439MWh (FY15: 2 667 375MWh), down by 2.6%, with
corresponding energy intensity levels of 0.13 MWh/tonne treated (FY15: 0.15MWh/tonne). In all, our
energy consumption has declined by 15% in the past five years and our intensity usage by 31.6%, which
has in turn reduced our greenhouse gas emissions.
Energy consumption is a significant portion of our operating costs in South Africa (16% including capital
costs; FY15: 16%) but somewhat less so in Papua New Guinea (12%; FY15: 8%).
South Africa
We mostly consume indirect energy in the form of electricity purchased from the national power utility,
Eskom, which is generated by coal-fired power stations with very little scope for large-scale purchases of
energy from renewable sources. Electricity tariffs have risen steadily since 2008 and, given electricity’s
relatively significant contribution to operating costs, tariff increases exceeding 8% will impact the
sustainability of our operations. Reducing consumption is thus essential.
Energy efficiency initiatives focus on efficient mine cooling, compressed air, water management and
ventilation as well as an improved energy mix with an emphasis on sustainable renewable energy –
especially solar power, hydropower and bio-energy in the short term. We have improved our internal solar
power generating capacity, which has helped to decrease power consumption and energy-use intensity. By
the end of FY16, 11 (FY15: 12) solar energy projects had been implemented. These continue and are
expected to realise a total combined annual energy saving of 64 040MWh. Some of these projects are
energy neutral (load shifting projects) and hence contribute to cost savings only.The performance of the
energy-efficient fans installed underground at Kusasalethu is exceeding expectations. (See noteworthy
actions)
Our fleet-optimisation initiative has contributed to a reduced carbon footprint by reducing the fossil fuels
(petrol/diesel) consumed in transporting people and material. We now use fewer vehicles and monitor
fuel consumption monthly in line with key performance indicator measurements. We also limit the
average age of the vehicles in our fleet and thus reduce emissions as there is a direct correlation
between fleet age, kilometres travelled, oil consumption and maintenance costs.
Papua New Guinea
Emission intensities are much lower because operations here are designed for energy efficiency and a
predominantly renewable energy base. Hidden Valley has been driven predominantly by hydro-power
since 2011 – 75% in FY16 (FY15: 83%). The decline in the proportion of hydro-power in FY16 was due to
water shortages for hydro-power production owing to drought and generating capacity maintenance issues
with the Hidden Valley power provider. In FY16, 14 000MWh of diesel-generated electricity was consumed
(FY15: 10 355MWh).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
66
Direct and indirect energy consumption (MWh)
FY16
% of
total
energy
used
FY15
% of
total
energy
used
FY14
% of
total
energy
used
South Africa
Direct 1
Indirect 2
2 542 463
100
2 608 157
100
2 756 029
100
Total
2 542 463
100
2 608 157
100
2 756 029
100
Papua New Guinea
Direct 1
14 010
25.5
10 355
17
18 354
30
Indirect 3
40 966
74.5
48 863
83
42 060
70
Total
54 976
100
59 218
100
60 414
100
Harmony
Direct
14 010
0.54
10 355
0.39
18 354
1
Indirect
2 583 429
99.46
2 657 020
99.61
2 798 089
99
Total
2 597 439
100
2 667 375
100
2 816 443
100
1
Diesel
2
Non-renewable: coal-fired power stations (Eskom)
3
Renewable energy: hydropower-generated electricity
Energy consumption and intensity (MWh)
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
FY12
South Africa
2 542 463
2 608 157
2 756 029
2 664 111
3 013 150
Papua New Guinea
54 976
59 218
60 414
51 414
50 312
Total
2 597 439
2 667 375
2 816 443
2 704 220
3 058 219
Intensity consumption (MWh/tonne
treated)
0.13
0.15
0.15
0.14
0.19
Addressing climate change by optimising our energy use
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC2
Climate change risks have influenced the design of new assets and the operation of current assets in
terms of energy efficiency and the use of alternative energy sources. Opportunities and risks presented
by climate change are included in mine closure plans, monitored continuously and communicated to the
board throughout the year. The overall strategy is reviewed annually. Our intention is to substitute up to
50% of conventional electricity usage (fossil fuel, grid energy) with renewable energy. We are preparing
power purchase agreements for three 10MW solar facilities and have begun implementing the first phase
of our bio-energy programme.
Harmony’s short-term strategy (for the next five years) is driven by adaptation, conservation and a move
towards an alternative energy supply mix. We are reducing our grid-electricity consumption and
greenhouse gas emissions by targeted year-on-year and multi-year reductions. To this end, we have
implemented a suite of energy efficiency initiatives and closed carbon-intensive (high-energy) shafts. We
are set to increase the use of green energy derived from hydro-power, solar power and biomass.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
67
Our long-term strategy to mitigate the risk of climate change is based on two elements:
   
   
Rebalancing our asset portfolio: Energy-intensive operations are being closed and we will focus
on developing lower carbon-intensity assets to minimise the impact of higher energy costs and
potential exposure to carbon tax. For example, the restructuring of Kusasalethu enabled us to
reconfigure that operation to ensure that natural resources are used most optimally, delivering both
water and energy savings in support of the mine’s long-term sustainability.
Post-mining land use: Among options considered for post-mining land use are the creation of
carbon sinks and the use of rehabilitated land to cultivate non-edible crops to generate renewable
bio-energy.
NOTEWORTHY ACTIONS 
South Africa: optimising energy consumption, reducing costs, supporting national targets,
committed to renewable energy
Having met the South African government’s national energy-efficiency improvement target of 12% by
2015, we continue to work closely with Eskom to manage our electricity usage. This co-operation has
included implementing demand-side management strategies to reduce electricity consumption during
peak periods. For example, the scheduling of pumping, air compression, cooling, hoisting and ventilation
to coincide with less expensive off-peak periods, allows us to make more efficient use of Eskom tariffs
that reward load shifting and load clipping, and to improve operational efficiencies.
By the end of FY16, four demand-side management and seven Harmony-funded projects had been
implemented. Eleven additional initiatives identified are in various stages of investigation or
implementation. Together these projects will result in a total annual energy saving of 56 000MWh.
Harmony has entered into a service level agreement with an electricity supply company to review our
energy usage and recommend energy efficiency projects for all operations, to ensure that targeted
energy savings are achieved for the next two years. Initiatives undertaken by the operations, such as
temporarily halting compressors, winder, refrigeration plants, pumps and main ventilation fans, are
achieving planned energy savings. Some of these are carbon neutral and will contribute to cost savings.
The underground ventilation fans project from the previous year (funding provided by Harmony was used
for the stope isolation valve project – turning off water and compressed air during periods when no
mining activity is taking place) will be re-implemented this year to achieve planned energy savings.
These initiatives are sustainable in the long term.
In line with the National Energy Regulator of South Africa’s renewable energy feed-in tariff guideline,
Harmony continues to assess various energy-generating initiatives. In addition to the bio-energy project,
the following initiatives are also underway:
Solar power: We are collaborating with industry partners to develop a 10-15MW solar park at Kalgold,
as well as three 10MW photovoltaic plants in the Free State. Harmony is currently working on a power
purchase agreement and tariff structure which will be used in the agreement between Harmony and
project developers. The environmental impact assessments for all four sites have been approved.
Energy is expected to be generated from all of these sources by end June 2017.
Power-generating turbines: At Kusasalethu, three 3.1MW power-generating turbines were
commissioned in FY15. These turbines generate power from surface mine water transported
underground. The targeted power generation capacity has been reduced as less water is now being
consumed by the mine. The annual cost saving is estimated at R6 million (US$0.4 million. While we
continue to monitor the debate on carbon offsets and trading in order to identify opportunities, this
initiative has yet to be registered as a carbon project.
Installing energy-efficient fans: Our underground operations use 45kW fans to supply fresh air to the
mining areas. The aim of this project is to install and replace these with energy-efficient fans that will
deliver the same pressure and flow using less power. These energy-efficient fans are being installed at
Doornkop, Target, Tshepong, Phaskisa, Bambanani, Masimong and Joel.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
68
Management of energy usage: A specialised energy management system is being used to manage
energy usage patterns at Kusasalethu’s and Doornkop’s plant mills and shaft winders. Mill and winder
usage will be prioritised for off-peak periods to reduce electricity costs and decrease the load during
national high-demand periods. Similarly, the same system will be used to manage energy usage by the
bulk air coolers at Tshepong and Unisel, primarily during national peak periods. Underground
temperatures are monitored to ensure these is no adverse impact on mining conditions.
Compressed air: Following preliminary indications that there is potential for energy savings from
compressed air management, more detailed investigations are underway at Tshepong, Bambanani and
Unisel to determine if savings are possible by optimising compressed air usage by matching compressed
air supply with actual demand.
Other initiatives: Various other energy management initiatives are being considered to reduce the
energy load during peak periods. These involve managing energy usage by the water pumps and by
the underground refrigeration machines. During off-peak periods, water will be pumped to surface at
Unisel and it will be chilled and stored in a chill dam at Kusasalethu so that the refrigeration plant does
not run during peak periods.
Surface fans: An initiative is underway to determine if the use of surface fans on our gold mines can be
optimised. The initiative will ensure that optimal ventilation conditions are maintained while reducing
electricity consumption.
NOTEWORTHY ACTIONS
Papua New Guinea: reduce reliance on diesel-generated power, lower fuel consumption, increase
hydropower use
    A greenhouse gas management strategy has been developed for our joint venture Papua New
Guinea operations where the main source of power is hydropower (Scope 2), which does not
generate greenhouse gas emissions.
    We aim to reduce our reliance on diesel-generated power at Hidden Valley and the amount of fuel
trucked to this remote site. The lower proportion of hydropower in FY16 (~75%) was in part due to
water shortages for hydropower production due to prevailing El Nino conditions and generating
capacity maintenance issues with the Hidden Valley power provider. The Hidden Valley process
plant, which accounts for the vast majority (about 85%) of the power consumed at this operation, is
equipped with the latest technology to ensure optimal energy use.
    The Golpu project will be designed to meet environmental best practice and incorporate Papua New
Guinean statutory requirements and, where applicable, alignment with Australian, World Health
Organization and International Finance Corporation (part of the World Bank) standards or guidelines.
The feasibility study infrastructure designs have been developed with energy efficiency in mind.
Power studies for the Golpu project have included potential for the use of hydropower, coal, natural
gas or biomass for power generation. The selected power supply option for the feasibility study
assumed power would be sourced from the national grid. Diesel generators to be used during
construction will remain on site as emergency power supply during operations.
Climate change and greenhouse gas emissions
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC4, G4-EN15, G4-EN16, G4-EN17, G4-EN18 and
G4-EN19
Harmony’s Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions in FY16 totalled 2 636 493t CO 2 e (FY15: 2 753 303t CO 2 e)
with a corresponding intensity of 0.145t CO 2 e/tonne milled (FY15: 0.15t CO 2 e/tonne milled). Indirect
emissions, largely due to electricity purchased from Eskom, accounted for 97.9% of emissions. In FY16,
we decreased our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 4% (FY15: 2%).
In FY16, our total carbon emissions decreased by 5.5% (FY15: 1.2%) with a corresponding decrease in
intensity, which averaged 0.179t CO 2 e/tonne treated for the year (FY15: 0.191t CO 2 e/tonne treated).
Group-level absolute and intensity-based greenhouse gas emission reduction targets have been set for
the five years to FY18 (see Outlook on page 77).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
69
Group carbon emissions
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
Scope 1 emissions breakdown by source (CO 2 e
tonnes)
Diesel
53 278
64 244
71 728
90 951
Explosives
1 838
1 748
2 079
2 026
Petrol
777
909
950
1 337
Total
55 893
66 902
74 758
94 314
Scope 1 emissions breakdown by source (%)
Diesel
95.3
96
96
96
Explosives
3.3
3
3
3
Petrol
1.4
1
1
1
Total
100
100
100
100
Total scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (CO 2 e tonnes)
Scope 1
55 893
66 902
74 758
94 314
Scope 2
2 580
600
2 686
401
2 745
005
2 648
126
Scope 3
615 456
686 233
661 515
616 978
Total
3 251
949
3 439
536
3 481
278
3 359
418
Total scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (%)
Scope 1
2
2
2
3
Scope 2
79
78
80
79
Scope 3
19
20
18
18
Total
100
100
100
100
Carbon emissions intensity
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
Scope 1 emissions intensity by source (CO 2 e
tonnes/tonne treated)
Diesel
0.0029
0.0036
0.0038
0.0051
Explosives
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0002
Petrol
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
0.0001
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
70
Total scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions intensity
(CO 2 e tonnes/tonne treated)
Scope 1
0.0031
0.0040
0.0040
0.0051
Scope 2
0.1428
0.1490
0.1458
0.1441
Scope 3
0.0340
0.0380
0.0332
0.0336
Total
0.1799
0.1910
0.1830
0.1828
NOTEWORTHY ACTION
Engagement with suppliers and their environmental impacts
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-12, G4-EN32, G4-EN33, G4-HR11
We manage our supply chain risk by engaging continuously with our top 50 suppliers to reduce their
greenhouse gas emissions and climate change risks across the value chain.
While environmental management and compliance with various legislation and regulations, among
others, are included in the general conditions of contract for suppliers, screening of suppliers has yet to
be undertaken. Should a supplier be found to be in contravention or to be non-complaint, our contracts
with them will be suspended. To date, there have been no such suspensions, and we have not received
any reports of grievances against suppliers regarding adverse environmental impacts. A more specific
greenhouse gas-related clause is to be included in future contracts. This clause will state that all
suppliers must agree to introduce a greenhouse gas reporting system for the products we purchase and
to submit an annual report on their carbon footprint to Harmony. Working with suppliers to improve their
greenhouse gas performance will help reduce our Scope 3 emissions over time.
Harmony’s supply chain has made great strides in managing its own environmental footprint. Various
initiatives have reduced fuel consumption by approximately 29% in the past five years.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
71
Climate change and water reporting
Just prior to year-end, we submitted our eleventh annual responses to the Carbon Disclosure Project
for climate change and water.
Results from our previous submission – released in November 2015 – indicated that we were on both
global A performance lists:
    Climate change: Harmony was one of five South African companies on the global climate change
     performance A list. There were 113 companies in all on the A list
    Water: Harmony was one of only eight companies globally to be awarded an A grade for water
     security and water management – and one of two South African companies
These awards acknowledge our performance in managing our power consumption and related
emissions, and our water usage.
OPTIMISING WATER USE, LIMITING OUR IMPACTS
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN8, G4-EN9 and G4-EN10
Our water strategy supports the drive for self-generation and zero discharge to underscore our water
conservation and demand management objectives. We have also begun an intensive exercise to
optimise the supply of regional water in Welkom, so as to ensure that we have a sufficient supply in the
event of a protracted drought and that we use water responsibly. In addition, our intention is to secure a
sufficient supply of water for business growth and development, as well as for social upliftment initiatives.
Water use – measured
FY16
FY15
FY14 FY131
FY12
Water used for primary activities
000m
3
2
13 689
14 614
16 495
18 556
38 011
Potable water from external sources
000m
3
12 459
11 993
13 139
15 610
15 519
Non-potable water from external sources
000m
3
1 230
2 620
3 355
2 946
22 492
Surface water used
000m
3
716
776
1037
1 230
1 023
Groundwater used
000m
3
3
513
1 844
1 550
1 716
21 469
Water recycled in process
000m
3
38 821
38 338
24 531
27 593
38 337
Percentage of water recycled
%
74
72
61
60
50
1
FY13 excludes Evander – some reductions occurred in the previous year
2
Decrease in water used for primary activities due to Kalgold’s being less dependent on water from external sources and
increasing its usage of recycled water
3
Decrease in groundwater used due to reduced dependency on groundwater by Kalgold as a result of its increased use of
recycled water in the process
Water used for primary activities – measured
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13*
FY12
Intensity consumption
000m
3
/tonne treated
0.76
0.81
0.88
1.01
2.09
Water used for primary activities
000m
3
13 689
14 614
16 495
18 556
38 011
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
72
The total amount of water used for primary activities declined to 13 689m
3
in FY16 with an intensity of
0.76m
3
/tonne treated (FY15: 14 613 602m
3
and intensity of 0.81m
3
/tonne treated).
Harmony has implemented a group-wide campaign to re-use process water and thus reduce our
dependency on groundwater by 4.5%, while increasing the amount of water recycled by 5%, by FY18.
South Africa
In line with legislative requirements, integrated water-use licence applications were submitted to the
authorities for each operation in 2006. At year-end FY16, the status was as follows:
    Kusasalethu’s water use licence issued
    Doornkop is awaiting a final licence. The Department of Water and Sanitation has confirmed that
      the old order mining right is valid until the regulator’s backlog is resolved
    Final approval is awaited for Kalgold’s water licence
    Applications for water use licences for the Free State region were submitted to the national office
with a recommendation from the regional office to issue all the Free State licences applied for
Intermittent water supplies pose a significant threat to our operational continuity and profitability. A
strategy to reduce dependency on potable water and to maximise our use of fissure and process water
began in 2013.
To aid water conservation, a water treatment plant was installed at Kusasalethu to eliminate any
discharge into the receiving environment. In addition to preventing pollution of the instream water
environment, these plants will help maximise the reuse and recycling of mine water. This will reduce
dependency on Rand Water and free up this scarce resource for use by others. A similar plant has been
budgeted for and will be constructed before year end at Doornkop.
Kusasalethu: Desilting of water dams together with enhanced pumping capabilities, on surface and
underground, increased holding capacities enabling the dams to accommodate greater volumes as per
design. This has helped eliminate overflows and reduced the level of solids in process water. Pumps now
last longer and there are fewer breakdowns, which eliminates the risk of flooding of underground workings.
Kalgold: Plant and tailings storage facilities were modified to maximise the recovery of water for reuse.
The process water dams were reinforced to increase storage capacity and minimise overflows, and more
efficient flow meters and valves were installed. Comparisons of water consumption and recovery in FY15
and FY16 indicated:
    an increase of more than100% in the average quantity of water recycled (FY15: 43 547m 3
compared with FY16: 112 706m 3
    99.3% reduction in surface water sourced (7 306m 3 in FY15 compared with 1 000m 3 in FY16)
    74% reduction in volume of groundwater abstracted (125 436m 3 in FY15 compared with 32 959m 3
in FY16).
Kalgold is our only South African operation to draw water directly from a surface source aquifer. Other
operations are supplied by bulk water service providers and municipalities, surface water run-off, water
pumped to surface from underground operations, recycled water and borehole water.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
73
Doornkop: Capacity management and water efficiency have been optimised and all industrial and
process water used at shaft and by the plant comes from underground workings/dams, eliminating any
demand for water from Rand Water. The process water dam has a gross capacity of 1 600 000m
3 and
provides Doornkop plant with adequate water storage capacity for its needs. The dam is equipped with a
spill way chute in case of overflows. With the drought in the summer of 2015/2016, water was drawn
from the shaft to fill up the dam to ensure that the plant did not use potable water for processing. Every
effort was made to minimise water losses and process water recycling levels increased from 164 894m
3
for FY15 to 869 016m 3 for FY16. All process water at plant is sourced from shaft boreholes and fissure
water. This water is re-used at the plant and circulated and diluted with fissure water to improve the
quality of the water in the dam where a variety of birds nest. At the shaft, small reverse osmosis plants
treat water and supply underground employees with fresh, clean water for drinking which reduces shaft
consumption of Rand Water. A 5ML reverse osmosis and ion exchange plant under construction on
surface will treat mine water for operational use, taking the operation to zero discharge.
NOTEWORTHY ACTION
Harmony has committed R2 million to provide potable water to drought-affected communities in
Matjhabeng. Boreholes have been drilled in Theunissen in the Free State province.
Papua New Guinea
At Hidden Valley, the steep topography, high rainfall and low levels of evaporation pose significant water
management challenges. Two main water management techniques in use are:
    controlled run-off of rainfall to prevent erosion and sediment entering the river system
    conservation of site water used to limit the volumes of treated wastewater that need to be
discharged to the environment.
Most of the raw water required by Hidden Valley is drawn from Pihema Creek and used in the process
plant and related ore-processing activities. Although process water recycling is prioritised, the tropical
environment creates a positive water balance thus, together with the requirement to minimise water
storage in the tailings storage facility, there is a high rate of water discharge to the environment.
The Hidden Valley operation treats all water to prescribed standards before it is discharged into the
environment and the joint venture partners continuously monitor and manage the environmental impact
of the mine on the Watut River system. The environment and mine operational teams at Hidden Valley
meet on a quarterly basis with representatives of Harmony and Newcrest Mining Limited to review waste
dump design, compliance of the tailings storage facility and water discharge results. Quality
assurance/control programmes have been implemented to monitor construction of the waste dump and
tailings storage facility, including assessment of sediment and run-off control measures.
Discharge of mine-related sediment into the Watut River has been reduced with a continued focus on
erosion control and sediment management. Lime dosing of the Watut River continues when required to
control acidity and dissolved metal levels. At the sewage treatment plant, continuing operator training
has improved compliance with permitted discharge criteria.
Acid mine drainage
Major sources of acid mine drainage include drainage from underground mine shafts and run-off and
discharge from open pits and mine waste dumps, tailings and ore stockpiles. Tailings and ore stockpiles
make up nearly 88% of all waste produced at our South African operations.
Our water management strategy involves intercepting water before it is polluted underground. When
there is a risk that rising water levels underground could hinder access to our ore reserves or those of
other operations or harm the environment, water is pumped to surface. It is then consumed as plant
intake.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
74
At Doornkop, water is discharged under directive. Its water licensing is currently underway and the mine
complies with the terms of its draft licence. An intensive water-monitoring programme is in place and
reporting to the regulator takes place routinely. Doornkop also has a directive to discharge 1.5Ml of
fissure water into the receiving stream which has been exceeded during construction of the water
treatment plant, although the discharge did comply with instream water quality requirements. The plant,
which is scheduled for completion by year-end will enable us to get to zero disharge.
Regarding surface water pollution, rehabilitation has been prioritised at the joint metallurgical scheme
and acid plant sites in the Free State, and at the decommissioned shafts and associated infrastructure in
the Free State and at Kusasalethu.
In terms of its water licence, Kusasalethu is authorised to discharge 1.5Ml per day on condition that the
discharge meets certain set water-quality criteria. Kusasalethu has on occasion exercised this right but
only under extreme conditions. Such discharges will be eliminated as the water treatment plant was fully
operational by year-end.
In Papua New Guinea, acid mine drainage occurs as a result of waste rock dumps that contain
potentially acid-forming material. Environmental impacts are mitigated by the construction of engineered
waste rock dumps and controlled placement of potentially acid-forming waste rock. When required, lime
is added to the process-water discharge to maintain natural levels of alkalinity at the compliance point.
Water sampling and studies continue to improve our understanding of acid mine drainage impacts and
enable us to formulate plans for longer-term reduction and mitigation.
OPTIMISING OUR USE OF MATERIALS
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN1
The primary materials consumed in the conduct of our mining activities and processes include the rock
(ore and waste) we mine together with liquefied petroleum gas, grease, cyanide, fuels and lubricating
and hydraulic oils.
Materials used
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY134
FY12
Rock mined: ore and waste (000t)
27 606
1
29 948
39 133
38 668
34 868
Ore mined (000t)
19 739
13 041
14 798
13 312
14 010
Waste rock recycled (000t)
3 964
6 647
7 058
8 008
8 191
Slimes recycled (000t)
6 131
5 987
5 933
5 358
6 955
Liquefied petroleum gas (t)
0.54
1.14
1.21
1.08
0.55
Grease (t)
5
384
54
87
61
51
Cyanide (000t)
6
18.0
14.3
14.7
8.0
11.1
Petrol and diesel (000 )
20 298
24 464
2
27 148
3
61 354
30 135
Lubricating and hydraulic oil (000 )
2 291
2 772
3 011
3 860
2 457
1
Reduction mainly due to closure of Target 3 and restructuring of Kusasalethu’s production profile
2
Reduction in petrol and diesel consumption due to closing Kimberley Reef area at Doornkop and decline in consumption
at Hidden Valley with increased use of hydropower
3
Increased use at Hidden Valley when overland conveyor malfunctioned
4
Excludes Evander (previous years not restated)
5
Increased usage at Phakisa and Tshepong
6
Increase in cyanide consumption due to high usage at Kalgold when milling oxides
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
75
Cyanide
Harmony used 18 000t of cyanide during FY16 (FY15: 14 300t). The increase in cyanide consumption
was largely due to the increased volume of tonnes treated in FY16 –18.1Mt compared to 18.9Mt in
FY15. The corresponding intensity usage is 0.97t cyanide/t treated for FY16 (FY15: 0.79t cyanide/t
treated).
Harmony is a signatory to the International Cyanide Management Code for the manufacture, transport
and use of cyanide in the production of gold (the Cyanide Code). All of our major gold mining operations
and most of our metallurgical plants have been certified compliant with the Cyanide Code.
Kalgold: The cyanide detox plant was commissioned in July 2015 when the Kalgold plant began to
deposit tailings into the D-Zone open pit as part of Kalgold’s open pit closure strategy. The cyanide detox
plant will reduce cyanide concentrations in the tailings to acceptable levels. Test work is underway to
ensure we achieve the desired levels. Cyanide concentration levels are monitored at the detox plant,
along the tailings and return water pipeline route and at the point of discharge into the pit. The Kalgold
plant is to re-register with the International Cyanide Management Institute once cyanide concentrations
meet the institute’s requirements.
Phoenix retreatment operation (Saaiplaas plant): The de-registration status quo remains. The plant’s
process does not allow for decreases in cyanide dosages as this results in reduced gold recovery and
we are therefore unable to reduce the weak acid dissociable concentration of cyanide leaving the plant.
Hidden Valley’s plant received its Cyanide Code compliance certificate in FY14. Harmony and Newcrest
are signatories to the code and, since commissioning of the process plant in FY10, cyanide
concentrations at the Nauti Village compliance point (as stipulated in the permit) comply with the
environmental permit limits.
MANAGING OUR EFFLUENTS AND WASTE
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EN22, G4-EN23, G4-EN24 and MM3
Effective waste management is a priority and can reduce our environmental impacts and mitigate our
environmental liabilities. An understanding of the actual cost of waste management enables us to plan
effectively for new projects and mine closure. Practically, we maximise recycling and waste reduction
during the life of a mine, and design to minimise waste and reclaim mineral waste (such as waste rock
from dumps as aggregate) to curtail our total mining environmental footprint.
Internally, guidelines on mineral, non-mineral and hazardous waste materials are included in the
environmental management systems implemented at all operations. We understand that waste
management begins with initial generation and encompasses handling, storage and transport as well as
recycling, treatment and/or disposal.
Waste (000t)
FY16
FY15
FY14
FY13
FY121
Accumulated tailings in tailings storage facilities
(active and dormant)
1 418
577
1 400
273
1 382
178
1 359
770
1 433
760
Accumulated waste rock dumps
203 559
196 692
190 128
169 115
165 085
Scrap steel
6.229
4.996
4.919
5.583
10.355
1
New reporting indicator for South Africa from FY12 onwards with consolidated group data reported
Mineral waste
In FY16, 26.1Mt of mineral waste was generated from gold production (FY15: 24.7Mt), comprising 7.9Mt
(FY15: 6.6Mt) of waste rock and 18.3Mt of tailings (FY15: 18.1Mt).
Tailings comprise crushed rock and process water emitted from the gold elution process in the form of a
slurry once the gold has been extracted. The composition, size and consistency of tailings vary by
operation with opencast operations producing greater volumes in general than underground operations.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
76
Tailings and waste rock are usually inert but rock close to the ore body may be associated with radiation
or salts if these are characteristic of the ore body.
As tailings contain impurities or pollutants, they are placed on tailings dams engineered to contain the
slime, in line with our water management programme. The fines are also collected and deposited on the
tailings. Water is collected from toe drains and penstocks, and channelled to return water dams where it
is available for reuse by the plant.
In the process, cyanide is destroyed – it self-destructs on the tailings when exposed to light – but salts and
heavy metals can enter groundwater and create a pollution plume. We monitor our groundwater as public
safety assessments have found that these plumes (radionuclide contaminant plumes) could be contained
in the tailings storage or water management facilities for hundreds to thousands of years.
Effective mineral waste management reduces the aesthetic and land use challenges of mining,
particularly during closure, as well as the potential for water and air pollution while maximising the
recovery of ore, minerals and metals. Improved mineral waste management can result in significant
savings and a reduction in energy consumption. Residual economic value can be generated from
projects such as our Phoenix reclamation initiative.
To protect employees, communities and the environment, we handle all chemically reactive or
radioactive waste appropriately by:
    minimising the quantity of material stored to limit the extent of the footprint of land disturbed
    ensuring storage sites are physically and chemically safe, and well-engineered
    undertaking
progressive rehabilitation – returning affected land to productive use after mining.
Hidden Valley’s advanced waste management systems have generated positive feedback from
stakeholders, particularly the tailings storage facility (the first to be operated successfully in Papua New
Guinea). The review of laws relating to management and disposal of tailings is now on hold indefinitely
while the Mining Policy and Geohazard Department focuses on completing the revised Mining Policy Act
and related new regulations approved in 2015. The Mining Policy Act review is in its final stages of
approval by the government and may become law during FY17.
Of note, at Hidden Valley, we have:
    improved waste management, closure and decommissioning procedures for waste and fuel oil
storage areas
    developed a sediment reduction plan that focuses on source control (for example, better drainage
around waste dumps and the stabilisation of exposed slopes) rather than downstream sediment
traps. Sediment reduction is still the key focus for the environment team
    discussed with the Conservation and Environment Protection Authority on how alternative and
more site-specific discharge criteria for cobalt and sediment can be developed. There has been no
progress to date as the Conservation and Environment Protection Authority is focused on their
transition activities.
    trained sewage treatment plant operators to ensure that consistent treatment and proper sampling
procedures are followed. Compliance has improved.
No application for a permit amendment for Hidden Valley has been made. The focus has been on having
the Environmental Improvement Plan accepted by the authorities before negotiating new environmental
permit conditions.
Non-mineral waste
In FY16, 11 895t of waste (plastic, steel, wood and paper) were recycled (FY15: 9 059 tonnes),
generating R6 million (US$0.4 million) (FY15: R5 million; US$0.4 million).
Plastics, steel, paper and timber generated by processing operations are produced in smaller volumes
than mineral waste. This non-mineral waste is managed by recycling/re-use, off-site treatments, disposal or
on-site landfills. We ensure responsible storage, treatment and disposal of non-mineral waste. Group
environmental standards for non-mineral waste management are integrated into existing ISO 14001
systems.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
77
OUTLOOK
We continue to pursue our five-year environmental objectives:
Group aggregate targets FY14-FY18
Baseline data
Performance
FY16
FY15
Baseline FY13
Reduce water used for primary activities
(intensity and absolute) by 4.5%
Absolute: 18
556ML
Intensity:
1.01m
3 /t
Absolute: 13
689ML
Intensity:
0.76m
3 /t
Absolute: 14
614ML
Intensity:
0.81m
3 /t
Total environmental legal compliance
0 fines
0 fines
1 fine
Improve percentage of water recycled
(intensity and absolute) by 5%
60%
73%
72%
Implement 80% of biodiversity action plans
All South African operations have biodiversity action
plans in place
Reduce land available for rehabilitation by
2%
9 948ha
9 057ha
9 454ha
Baseline FY08
Reduce absolute electricity consumption
by 3%
4 422 000MWh
2 439 597
2 667 375MWh
Reduce intensity of electricity consumption
by 2%
0.35MWh/t
0.13MWh/t
0.15MWh/t
Reduce total carbon emissions by 3%
5 343 000 t CO 2 e
3 251 949 t CO 2 e
3 439 536t CO 2 e
Reduce carbon emission intensity by 2%
0.3t CO 2 e/t
0.179 t CO 2 e
0.19t CO 2 e/t
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
78
MINING CHARTER COMPLIANCE SCORECARD
Harmony is a truly empowered company and we report on our performance in relation to the Mining
Charter throughout this integrated report. The table below sets out our performance in relation to the
specific requirements of the Mining Charter, as gazetted in 2010, and our progress in terms of the targets it
set for 2014.
A revised draft of the Mining Charter was published in April 2016 and Harmony, through the Chamber of
Mines, is currently engaging with government on the content of the proposed Mining Charter, which has
yet to be finalised.
PROGRESS AGAINST MINING CHARTER TARGETS
The Mining Charter serves as a guide to the industry, focusing the transformation journey on nine key
elements. A template designed by the Department of Mineral Resources enables mining companies to
provide the information necessary to assess their success in achieving key Mining Charter targets.
The following table provides a synopsis of our performance against the targets for each of the Mining
Charter’s nine pillars for the calendar year ended 31 December 2015.
1. Reporting
We are required to report the level of compliance with the Mining Charter by calendar year.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Annually
2. Ownership
We are required to transfer 26% of Harmony’s equity to historically disadvantaged South African entities.
Beneficiaries could include entrepreneurs, employees and community trusts.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
26%
More than 26%
3. Housing and living conditions
Mining companies housing employees in hostels are required to provide single-person rooms, as well as family
units.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Occupancy rate of one room per
person
Family units established
100%
Hostels have been upgraded to allow for one person per room, converting
some hostels into family units and establishing home ownership
programmes which include the construction of houses. Harmony is working
in partnership with the Department of Human Settlements to convert old
hostels into family units. Masimong has been completed while Merriespruit is
in progress. A key challenge was to comply fully regarding the Doornkop
mining licence.
For more information, please refer to the Employees and Communities
section.
4. Procurement and enterprise development
We are required to achieve a certain level of procurement spending with black-owned entities in order to
encourage the economic empowerment and development of such suppliers.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Capital goods: 40%
Services: 70%
Capital goods: 83%
Services: 81%
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
79
Consumer goods: 50%
Annual contribution by
multinational suppliers to socio-
economic development: 0.5% of
the value of any supply contract
Consumer goods: 77%
Harmony engages with all its multinational suppliers urging them to
contribute to socio-economic development, as prescribed by the Mining
Charter. Harmony is also exploring the potential of a Harmony-supported
fund for this same purpose, which will allow for proper monitoring of
contributions made by our suppliers.
Harmony has done much to empower and develop black-owned suppliers
and/or to encourage ownership transformation of supplier companies. For
more details, see Procurement in the Employees and Communities section.
5. Employment equity
Workplace diversity and equitable representation by historically disadvantaged South Africans at all levels with
the company are seen as catalysts for social cohesion, transformation and competitiveness. Representation by
historically disadvantaged South Africans:
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Board: 40%
Board: 57%
Senior management (executive
committee): 40%
Senior management (executive committee): 45%
Middle management: 40%
Middle management: 46%
Junior management: 40%
Junior management: 61%
Core skills: 40%
Core skills: 66%
Specific emphasis is placed on demographic representation and of that by
women in particular. Although all group-wide employment equity targets
have been met, further efforts are being made to ensure we are fully
transformed at an operational level as well.
6. Human resource development
Employee skills development is integral to social transformation in the workplace and to sustainable growth. We
are required to contribute to the development of the requisite skills and to support South African-based research
and development initiatives intended to develop solutions to exploration, mining, processing, technology
efficiency, beneficiation and environmental conservation challenges.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Percentage of total payroll to be
invested: 5%
Percentage of payroll invested: 6.1%
7. Mine community development
To achieve our social licence to operate, we need to make meaningful contributions towards community
development, particularly in communities close to the mines and in labour-sending areas. Development
programmes must be based on a clear assessment of development needs, in line with local Integrated
Development Plans.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Plan implementation as at
30 December 2015
90%
8. Sustainable development and growth
Given that mineral resources are non-renewable, it is important to balance the economic benefits of mining
with the social and environmental needs of our communities and thus we are required to meet specific
obligations in respect of health, safety and environmental management. As one of the most-regulated
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
80
industries in South Africa, the mining industry has highly developed health, safety and environmental strategies
in place to improve the industry’s management and performance in this regard.
Target
Compliance as at 31 December 2015
Implementation of approved
Implementation of approved Environmental Management Programmes:
100%
Environmental Management
Programmes: 100%
Refer to the Environmental Performance section for more details.
Use of South African-based
research facilities for the analysis
of samples: 100%
Percentage of samples analysed at South African research facilities: 100%
9. Beneficiation
The Mining Charter encourages South African mining companies to beneficiate the minerals they mine. As an
incentive, beneficiation advances may be used to offset black economic empowerment ownership
requirements. We benefit from our shareholding in Rand Refinery (Pty) Limited. All our gold is fully refined and
beneficiated to final product within South Africa for sale to customers. In addition, Harmony beneficiates the
gold it produces at its jewellery school in Welkom. The first commercial outlets supplied by the school were
opened in April 2015.
TOTAL SCORE:
88%
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
81
OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
Achievements FY16
Challenges FY16
    Safety performance improved by 33% in terms
of lost-time injuries
Produced 1.082Moz of gold, in line with
guidance
    Underground grade recovered increased, for
the fourth consecutive year, to 5.02g/t
Bambanani remained the lowest cost
underground mine with an all-in sustaining
cost of US$654/oz and the highest
underground recovered grade at our South
African operations of 12.99g/t
    Phakisa performed best in comparison to the
previous year recording a 28% increase in
production and a 14% increase in recovered
grade
    Sustained productivity improvements
    Increasing margins and profitability at
Kusasalethu and Hidden Valley
    Infrastructure and equipment maintenance
      to prevent failures
    Continued focus on maintaining and
      increasing productivity levels
WHY OUR OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE IS MATERIAL
Gold mining and gold production are central to Harmony’s existence. Maintaining and growing our
margins as efficiently as we can is essential to sustaining our business and meeting our strategic
objectives. This includes delivering safely on our operational plans, reducing costs, improving
productivity and maximising revenue.
Our approach takes into consideration the long-term sustainability of the company as a whole. We aim to
mine those areas which will return a positive cash flow.
The revenue we generate and ultimately the profit we make are determined by the price received for the
gold we sell, and this is determined by the prevailing gold price measured in US dollars on world
markets. Furthermore, the prices received in our operational and functional currencies – the South Africa
rand and the Papua New Guinea kina which affect 93% and 7% of our production respectively – are
governed by the prevailing exchange rates in terms of the US dollar. The kina is our functional currency
in Papua New Guinea and these values are in turn converted into rands, Harmony’s presentation
currency.
We are price takers and have no influence on the gold price or exchange rates. However, the effect of a
lower US dollar gold price has been mitigated by a decline in the exchange rate of the rand and/or kina
versus the US dollar, which increases the rand price and/or kina price received per ounce of gold. The
contra-cyclical behaviour of the US dollar price of gold and the rand-US dollar and kina-US dollar
exchange rate often work to our advantage.
OPERATING PERFORMANCE FY16
Our focus is on producing profitable ounces, safely, and good progress was made in FY16. Increased
production mainly at Tshepong and Phakisa, as well as at Bambanani, Doornkop, Joel, Unisel and the
surface rock dumps offset declines in production at other operations.
Higher gold production in FY16, together with a higher average rand gold price received, delivered a
19% increase in revenue to R18.3 billion (a 6% decrease to US$1.27 billion). The average rand gold
price increased by 21% to R544 984/kg (FY15: R449 570/kg), owing to a 27% weakening of the rand
against the US dollar to US$/R14.50 (offsetting the 4% decrease in the average gold price received to
US$1 169/oz).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
82
During FY16, we persisted with efforts to reduce and contain costs and to restructure our operations for
profitability. Despite increases, especially in power and labour costs, cash operating costs in rand terms
increased by just 6% year-on-year (16% decrease in US dollars). Overall, cost increases were lower
than inflation, with all-in sustaining cost for all operations increasing by only 3% to R467 526/kg,
compared to R453 044/kg in FY15 (decrease of 19% to US$1 003/oz from US$1 231/oz in FY15).
We continue to closely monitor the grade mined and to strictly apply our grade mining principles. The
average grade recovered for FY16 increased for the fourth consecutive year. At 5.02g/t for the year, this
was 6% higher than in FY15 and 18% higher than in FY12.
Given our focus on margins and the production of profitable ounces, we have reviewed the life-of-mine
plans at our higher cost operations. Bambanani, Phakisa and Tshepong together with Phoenix and the
surface operation recorded margins of more than 20%. At Kusasalethu, negative cash flows and
operating losses resulted in a revision of its life of mine plan to five years with the emphasis on safety
and profitability. In addition, we have begun implementing harvesting plans at the low-grade Unisel and
Masimong mines.
MAJOR CHALLENGES IN FY16
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
83
The major challenges faced during the year and their respective mitigation plans were:
Safety: While safety remains Harmony’s key priority and various safety initiatives contributed to
improved performance in term of lost-time injuries, there were regrettably 10 fatalities (FY15: 9) at our
operations during FY16. These fatalities, together with the section 54/55 notices issued by the
Department of Mineral Resources to suspend operations until they were declared safe, resulted in an
estimated production loss of 203kg (7 157oz). For more detailed information on our safety performance,
please refer to the section on Safety and Health of this report.
Infrastructure and equipment failure: Infrastructure and equipment maintenance remains a daily
focus at all our mines. Senior engineering capacity and safety management have been enhanced in
order to combat and prevent infrastructure and equipment failures.
Managing operational risks : Operational risk management is integral to our business, and to optimise
the gold mining value chain, it is essential to have in place a risk management plan to ensure that all
supporting systems are functioning efficiently. Managing risks effectively while working safely and being
proactive are core to our success. Safety hazards and operational business risks are identified and dealt
with continuously at each of our operations. During FY16, two chief operating officers, who report directly
to the chief executive officer, were appointed, one with responsibility for the South African operations
and the other with responsibility for safety, mining projects, new business development and corporate
strategy.
Delivering on our growth projects and planned mining grades: Delivery on planned growth is vital to
deliver on our strategy. The Tshepong-Phakisa integration project is on track and the Joel decline project
is scheduled to be completed in FY17. Both these projects will contribute to the production of higher-
grade ore. Our code for the mining of grade is strictly applied. No mining takes place below the cut-off
grade, we mine only to the average reserve grade and only quality grade ore is mined.
Achieving our operational plans: Production from our South African operations increased by 3% as
we began to reap the benefits of development. Increased levels of production at Phakisa, Tshepong,
Bambanani and Doornkop in particular contributed to this, offsetting declines at Hidden Valley, Target 1,
Kalgold and Kusasalethu.
Increasing recovered grades remains a key objective: The closure of loss-making mining sections at
Kusasalethu will have a positive effect on the overall grade in FY16. The total average underground
grade recovered for the year increased to 5.02g/t in FY16 from 4.75g/t in FY15.
Productivity: More easily accessible healthcare via our health hubs has contributed to reduced levels of
absenteeism and sick leave. As high blood pressure is one of our most serious healthcare concerns,
these health hubs enable us to better monitor employee health and treatment programmes. For more
information, please refer to the section on Safety and Health of this report.
The benefits of a healthier workforce were reflected in improved productivity rates at year-end, with
overall productivity per in-service employee including contractors of 45.6t per employee (FY15: 43.6t per
employee). Employees qualify for various bonuses based mainly on safety performance, tonnes and
grades mined and costs – all in an effort to increase productivity.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
84
OUTLOOK FOR FY17
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-EC7 and G4-EC8
Our approach towards our FY17 operational planning:
Our FY17 annual production guidance is in line with our medium-term strategic target to achieve annual
production of 1.5Moz at a cost of less than US$950/oz within three years (by FY19) and in so doing to
increase our margins. In terms of our strategic plan for the next three years, our target for FY17 is to
produce 1.05Moz at a total cost, including capital, of R495 000/kg (US$1 100/oz). These costs assume
an estimated increase in inflation of approximately 6% in rands terms. Planned capital expenditure of
R2.8 billion (US$200 million) is in line with our strategy.
Highlights of what we expect for FY17:
    All operations to be profitable by the end of the financial year
    A marginal decline in total production to 1.05Moz while the underground recovered grade is
maintained
    Bambanani to remain the most profitable operation in South Africa and in the group as a whole – to
      continue mining the high-grade pillar
    Tshepong’s production to increase on higher volumes and a higher recovered grade
    Phakisa to increase profitability as production build up continues
    Joel to increase its cash flow, given the start of production from the decline project
    Masimong to remain profitable with a shorter life of mine, following restructuring
    Doornkop to continue generating a profit in FY17, post its restructuring in FY15
    Kusasalethu to return to profitability by focusing on high-grade areas in the short term
Harmony’s production guidance is based on a gold price of R495 000/kg (or US$1 100/oz) and an
exchange rate of R14.00/US$ for FY17. Our guidance per operation for FY17 is provided below:
FY17 forecast and guidance
Production
All-in sustaining cost
1
Life of mine
Operation
(oz)
(R/kg)
(US$/oz)
(years)
Tshepong
155 000
495 000
1 100
19
Phakisa
135 000
485 000
1 080
10
Bambanani
90 000
350 000
780
5
Target 1
110 000
465 000
1 040
10
Doornkop
85 000
540 000
1 210
17
Joel
67 500
465 000
1 040
11
Kusasalethu
140 000
525 000
1 170
5
Masimong
67 500
525 000
1 170
3
Unisel
55 000
510 000
1 130
6
Underground operations – total
905 000
485 000
1 080
South Africa surface operations (including Kalgold)
97 500
490 000
1 100
14+
Hidden Valley
2
5
47 500
635 000
1 420
Total
4
~ 1.05Moz
~ R495 000/kg
3
~ US$1 100/oz
1
All-in sustaining cost excludes share-based payments
2
Post year-end, Harmony entered into a transaction to fully acquire Hidden Valley
3
At an exchange rate of R14.00/US$
4
At a grade of ~5.13g/t
5
50% of total production, representing Harmony’s share as at 30 June 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
85
SOUTH AFRICA – DEEP-LEVEL MINING
Tshepong
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
4 232
4 218
4 132
– Contractors
250
210
216
Total
4 482
4 428
4 348
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
1 088
992
947
(000t) (imperial)
1 200
1 095
1 044
Gold produced
(kg)
5 031
4 278
4 223
(oz)
161 751
137 540
135 772
Gold sold
(kg)
5 029
4 337
4 204
(oz)
161 685
139 437
135 161
Grade
(g/t)
4.62
4.31
4.46
(oz/t)
0.135
0.126
0.130
Productivity
(g/TEC)
100.52
86.05
84.33
Development results
Total metres
12 077
13 053
12 762
Reef metres
1 745
1 822
2 209
Capital metres
0
0
79
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
2 756
1 948
1 822
(US$m)
190
170
176
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
547 967
449 211
433 425
(US$/oz)
1 176
1 221
1 302
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 845
1 588
1 379
(US$m)
127
139
133
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
912
337
457
(US$m)
63
29
44
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
307
313
301
(US$m)
21
27
29
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
366 767
371 149
326 498
(US$/oz)
787
1 008
981
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
438 401
454 512
407 093
(US$/oz)
940
1 235
1 223
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
1
2
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
6.40
5.72
8.33
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
301
307
301
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
1 230
1 110
1 090
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
306
316
299
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.27
0.31
0.32
– water
1.13
1.12
1.15
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.27
0.32
0.32
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
86
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
1
Community
Local economic development*
(Rm)
7
33
30
Training and development
(Rm)
37
33
24
* Included in the total for FY15 is an amount of R24 million that was capitalised as part of the hostel upgrades (FY16: R0 million)
Other salient features
Status of operation
Steady state operation: development continues
Life of mine
19 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
214 000 tonnes (235 892 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001
ISO 9001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
17.1
5.49
94
3.5
4.39
16
20.7
5.30
110
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
18.9
0.160
3 022
3.9
0.128
500
22.8
0.155
3 522
Tshepong is located in the Free State Province, near Welkom, about 248km from Johannesburg. Mining is
conducted to a depth of 2 349m. The mine uses conventional undercut mining in the Basal Reef while the B
Reef is exploited as a high grade secondary reef. Ore mined is processed at the Harmony One plant.
During FY16, no fatalities occurred and Tshepong achieved 2 million fatality-free shifts at the end of May
2016.
In FY16, Tshepong was Harmony’s largest contributor to gold production and production profit. Increased
productivity and focus on mining efficiencies contributed to the improved performance in FY16. The
continued build-up in production from the sub-66 decline is driving the improvement in grade.
Gold production increased by 18% to 5 031kg (161 751oz) in FY16, primarily due to an increase in volumes
and improved grade recoveries. Ore milled increased by 10% to 1 088 000 tonnes (1 200 000 tons), while
recovered gold grade increased by 7% to 4.62g/t (0.135 oz/t). The increase in gold production and the
average rand gold price received (by 22% to R547 967) resulted in a 41% increase in revenue to R2 756
million (12% increase to US$190 million).
Poor ground conditions affected progress of the sub-71 major capital project during FY16. A project team is
in the process of compiling the feasibility study for the sub-75 decline extension project down to 77 level. A
study is underway to investigate further synergies with the integration of the Tshepong and Phakisa mines
and ways of optimising these synergies so as to improve the financial metrics of the combined operation, as
Tshepong’s infrastructure is under-utilised.
Cash operating costs increased by 16% to R1 845 million (decreased by 9% to US$127 million) mainly due
to increased production in FY16, labour cost increases and higher electricity tariffs.
Capital expenditure decreased by 2% to R307 million (decreased by 22% to US$21 million). Capital was
mainly spent on ongoing development.
Challenges receiving management’s attention are to manage the geologically complex (excessive fault and
dyke intrusions) decline area and illegal mining activities.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
87
Phakisa
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
3 547
3 344
3 460
– Contractors
350
392
325
Total
3 897
3 736
3 785
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
686
611
577
(000t) (imperial)
756
674
636
Gold produced
(kg)
3 988
3 118
2 976
(oz)
128 217
100 246
95 680
Gold sold
(kg)
3 991
3 156
2 963
(oz)
128 314
101 468
95 263
Grade
(g/t)
5.81
5.10
5.16
(oz/t)
0.170
0.149
0.150
Productivity
(g/TEC)
93.54
76.99
70.72
Development results
Total metres
11 022
12 138
11 298
Reef metres
1 785
1 749
1 364
Capital metres
0
162
101
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
2 186
1 420
1 284
(US$m)
151
124
124
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
547 829
449 969
433 199
(US$/oz)
1 175
1 223
1 302
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 378
1 166
1 068
(US$m)
95
102
103
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
811
239
223
(US$m)
56
21
21
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
323
403
360
(US$m)
22
35
35
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
345 457
373 876
358 995
(US$/oz)
741
1 016
1 079
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
436 477
495 644
478 645
(US$/oz)
936
1 347
1 438
Safety
Number of fatalities
2
0
1
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
6.64
8.76
7.73
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
152
143
126
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
1 254
1 155
1 090
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
154
147
125
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.22
0.23
0.22
– water
1.83
1.89
1.89
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.22
0.24
0.22
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
88
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Community
Local economic development*
(Rm)
6
12
11
Training and development
(Rm)
35
32
30
* Included in the total for FY15 is an amount of R3 million that was capitalised as part of the hostel upgrades (FY16: R0 million)
Other salient features
Status of operation
Production ramp up continues
Life of mine
10 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
103 000 tonnes (113 537 imperial tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001
ISO 9001
OHSAS 18001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
5.6
6.56
37
1.9
7.17
14
7.5
6.72
50
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
6.2
0.191
1 185
2.1
0.209
437
8.3
0.196
1 622
Phakisa is located in the Free State Province, some 252km from Johannesburg. The mine has two
shafts, the main Phakisa shaft and the Nyala shaft. The latter is used to hoist rock and serves as a
second escape route. Phakisa exploits the Basal Reef. Mining is conducted to a depth of 2 426m. Ore
mined is processed at the Harmony One plant. Phakisa is still building up to full production which is
expected within the next 18 months.
The lost-time injury frequency rate improved by 24% to 6.64 per million hours worked in FY16.
Regrettably two fatalities occurred during the year.
In line with the planned build-up of production at Phakisa, gold production increased by 28% to 3 988kg
(128 217oz), as a result of the 12% increase in the ore milled (to 686 000 tonnes or 756 000 tons) and
the 14% increase in the recovered grade to 5.81g/t (0.170oz/t).
Phakisa is delivering on plan and consistently meeting development targets. Increased focus on
efficiencies and productivity will further enhance the operating margin of the operation. Management are
conducting optimisation studies to integrate the Tshepong and Phakisa mines.
The increase in gold production and 22% increase in the average rand gold price received resulted in a
54% increase in revenue to R2 186 million (22% increase to US$151 million).
Cash operating costs increased by 18% to R1 378 million (decreased by 7% to US$95 million) due to
increased production and an increase in wages and electricity tariffs.
Capital expenditure decreased by 20% to R323 million (37% to US$22 million), primarily due to the
completion of the major capital projects in the prior year. Capital was spent mainly on ongoing
development in FY16.
Risks receiving management’s focus include managing logistical challenges including the single-man
winder arrangement, the Koepe rock winder and the rail-veyor TM ore-handling system.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
89
Bambanani
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
1 491
1 517
1 584
– Contractors
321
330
444
Total
1 812
1 847
2 028
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
232
229
206
(000t) (imperial)
256
253
227
Gold produced
(kg)
3 013
2 908
2 576
(oz)
96 870
93 495
82 821
Gold sold
(kg)
3 015
2 947
2 567
(oz)
96 934
94 748
82 530
Grade
(g/t)
12.99
12.70
12.50
(oz/t)
0.378
0.370
0.365
Productivity
(g/TEC)
156.54
153.08
157.73
Development results
Total metres
1 743
1 150
1 092
Reef metres
105
15
0
Capital metres
0
0
0
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
1 617
1 330
1 111
(US$m)
112
116
107
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
536 410
451 200
432 706
(US$/oz)
1 151
1 226
1 300
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
808
697
574
(US$m)
56
61
55
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
806
625
537
(US$m)
56
55
52
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
106
110
125
(US$m)
7
10
12
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
268 305
239 552
222 764
(US$/oz)
576
651
669
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
304 634
270 623
255 500
(US$/oz)
654
735
768
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
1
1
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
3.59
4.63
7.46
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
140
133
143
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
1 434
1 731
1 665
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
142
137
142
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.60
0.59
0.69
– water
6.18
7.57
8.08
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.60
0.61
0.69
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
90
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Community
Local economic development
(Rm)
9
3
3
Training and development*
(Rm)
25
17
13
* Expenditure on training and development at Bambanani includes that at Steyn 2 for FY14
Other salient features
Status of operation
Mature operation with focus on mining of the shaft pillar for the next
few years after which it will reach the end of its operating life
Life of mine
5 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
32 256 tonnes (35 556 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001
ISO 9001
OHSAS 18001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
1.3
11.08
14
1.3
11.08
14
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
1.4
0.323
449
1.4
0.323
449
Bambanani, near Welkom and about 262km from Johannesburg, has two surface shafts (the East and
West shafts). Mining is conducted to a depth of 2 365m. Activities at the mine focus on the Basal Reef
and are limited to shaft pillar extraction. The ore mined is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing.
Given the high risk of seismicity at Bambanani, efforts are focused on managing support systems and
the rehabilitation of areas with challenging ground conditions.
The safety performance at Bambanani improved in FY16. No fatalities occurred and the lost-time injury
frequency rate improved by 22% to 3.59 per million hours worked. The shaft management team remains
committed to improving the safety performance of the operation.
Bambanani’s all-in sustaining costs are less than US$700/oz (R310 000/kg), and is one of Harmony’s
most profitable mines.
The decline shaft was commissioned towards the end of FY16 and is expected to be completed during
the September 2016 quarter. All reef is now being hoisted via West Shaft, while the hoisting of waste will
continue at East Shaft for the duration of the mining of the shaft pillar.
Gold production increased by 4% to 3 013kg (96 870oz) in FY16. This was primarily due to the increase in
recovered grade and ore production. Recovered grade increased by 2% to 12.99g/t (0.378oz/t), while ore
milled increased by 1% to 232 000 tonnes (256 000 tons).
Despite the overall increase in production and grade, production during the second half of the financial
year was impacted by stoppages and delays caused by a shaft infrastructure accident. Aging
infrastructure resulted in electrical cables being dislodged from their mountings causing damage to parts
of the mine. A comprehensive programme and engineering strategy has been implemented to mitigate
this risk going forward. Further production delays were caused by underground fires started by illegal
miners in a mined out area. Fire mitigation plans, equipment and infrastructure upgrades have been
implemented to protect the mining area.
The increases in gold production and the 19% increase in the average rand gold price received in FY16
contributed to a 22% increase in revenue to R1 617 million (3% decrease to US$112 million mainly due
to the 27% weakening of the rand/us dollar exchange rate to R14.50, mainly offset by the increase in the
rand gold price).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
91
Cash operating costs increased by 16% to R808 million (or 8% to US$56 million), mainly due to an
increase in labour costs arising from the wage agreement settlement and shaft related performance
bonuses. Electricity costs increased due to increased electricity tariffs and consumption during FY16.
Capital expenditure decreased by 4% to R106 million (a decrease of 30% to US$7 million). Most of this
was spent on the decline shaft project and ongoing capital development.
Target 1
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
1 653
1 683
1 624
– Contractors
272
266
270
Total
1 925
1 949
1 894
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
739
749
771
(000t) (imperial)
814
826
851
Gold produced
(kg)
3 387
3 824
4 493
(oz)
108 895
122 944
144 453
Gold sold
(kg)
3 419
3 868
4 508
(oz)
109 923
124 358
144 936
Grade
(g/t)
4.58
5.11
5.83
(oz/t)
0.134
0.149
0.170
Productivity
(g/TEC)
155.77
172.25
206.06
Development results
Total metres
3 459
4 174
4 292
Reef metres
182
290
436
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
1 833
1 738
1 948
(US$m)
126
152
188
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
536 196
449 319
432 031
(US$/oz)
1 150
1 221
1 298
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 242
1 178
1 049
(US$m)
86
103
101
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
583
547
897
(US$m)
40
48
87
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
322
296
289
(US$m)
22
26
28
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
366 814
308 156
233 487
(US$/oz)
787
837
702
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
471 876
395 669
306 605
(US$/oz)
1 012
1 075
921
Safety
Number of fatalities
2
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
4.91
4.51
1.30
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
247
242
242
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
808
808
790
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
92
FY16
FY15
FY14
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
251
249
251
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.33
0.32
0.31
– water
1.09
1.22
1.02
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.33
0.33
0.31
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Community
Local economic development
(Rm)
4
4
4
Training and development
(Rm)
34
30
20
Other salient features
Status of operation
Single, cost efficient shaft operation.
Life of mine
10 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
89 994 tonnes (99 200 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001, ISO 9001, OHSAS 18001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
2.7
4.59
12
3.9
4.75
18
6.6
4.69
31
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
3.0
0.134
401
4.3
0.139
591
7.3
0.137
992
Target 1 is located in the Free State Province, some 270km southwest of Johannesburg. Mining
operations at Target 1 comprise one primary underground mine, to a depth of approximately 2 945m.
While most of the ore extracted comes from mechanised mining (massive mining techniques),
conventional stoping is still employed primarily to de-stress areas ahead of mechanised mining. Ore
mined is processed at the Target plant. The gold mineralisation currently exploited at Target 1 is
contained within a succession of Elsburg and Dreyerskuil quartz pebble conglomerate reefs.
Target 1 manages its risks by focusing on trackless development to ensure the timeous availability of
massive stopes and to prevent excessive dilution from waste and backfill in the pillar areas which could
impact negatively on the delivered grade. Future success will depend on the availability of trackless
mining equipment and performance regarding volumes and grade.
The lost-time injury frequency rate increased by 9% to 4.91 per million hours worked in FY16.
Regrettably two fatalities occurred during the year.
Gold production decreased by 11% to 3 387kg (108 895oz) in FY16. The Target 1 operation was
adversely impacted by safety and work stoppages during the third quarter of FY16. Under performance
on trackless development to access the higher grade massive stopes also impacted grade recoveries.
As a result, the recovered gold grade declined by 10% to 4.58g/t (0.134oz/t) and ore milled declined by
1% to 739 000 tonnes (814 000 tons). The decrease in gold production was offset by an increase in the
average gold price received (19% to R536 196/kg) resulting in a 5% increase in revenue to R1 833
million (17% decrease to US$126 million).
Cash operating costs rose by 5% to R1 242 million (17% decrease to US$86 million). Reduced
expenditure on consumables partially offset an increase in labour and electricity costs.
Capital expenditure increased by 9% to R322 million (decrease of 15% to US$22 million) mainly due to
the purchase of production vehicles and increase in ongoing development capital expenditure.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
93
Doornkop
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
2 471
2 977
2 836
– Contractors
443
493
736
Total
2 914
3 470
3 572
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
630
603
737
(000t) (imperial)
695
665
812
Gold produced
(kg)
2 730
2 663
2 603
(oz)
87 772
85 618
83 687
Gold sold
(kg)
2 712
2 711
2 633
(oz)
87 193
87 160
84 653
Grade
(g/t)
4.33
4.42
3.53
(oz/t)
0.126
0.129
0.103
Productivity
(g/TEC)
83.49
68.47
63.57
Development results
Total metres (excl. capital metres)
7 766
8 919
8 322
Reef metres
1 688
1 701
1 475
Capital metres
0
0
0
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
1 480
1 220
1 126
(US$m)
102
107
109
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
545 770
449 857
427 728
(US$/oz)
1 171
1 222
1 285
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 058
1 071
1 095
(US$m)
73
94
106
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
433
128
28
(US$m)
30
12
3
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
208
245
238
(US$m)
14
21
23
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
387 585
402 065
420 617
(US$/oz)
831
1 092
1 264
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
473 562
501 151
513 348
(US$/oz)
1 016
1 362
1 543
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
1
11
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
12.27
7.14
9.06
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
203
205
187
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
1 135
733
1 010
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
206
211
186
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.32
0.34
0.25
– water
1.80
1.26
1.37
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.32
0.35
0.25
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
94
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Community
Local economic development*
(Rm)
4
37
25
Training and development
(Rm)
30
35
23
* Included in the total for FY16 is an amount of R1 million that was capitalised as part of the hostel upgrades (FY15: R28 million)
Other salient features
Status of operation
Mining takes place on the South Reef at this single-shaft operation.
Life of mine
17 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
91 480 tonnes ( 100 839 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – October 2008
ISO 14001, ISO 9001, OHSAS 18001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
1.7
5.03
9
2.6
5.21
13
4.3
5.14
22
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
1.9
0.147
278
2.8
0.152
431
4.7
0.150
709
Doornkop, a single-shaft operation, is located in the Gauteng province of South Africa, approximately
30km west of Johannesburg, on the northern rim of the Witwatersrand Basin. Mining is conducted to a
depth of 1 978m. The operation focuses on narrow-reef conventional mining of the South Reef. The ore
from the operation is processed at the Doornkop plant.
There were no fatalities in FY16, however, the lost time injury frequency rate increased to 12.27 per
million hours worked in FY16 compared to 7.14 in FY15. The shaft management team remains
committed to improving the safety performance of the operation.
The Doornkop operation was restructured towards the end of FY15 to respond to the low gold price
environment and the significant capital investment required to sustain the operations at this shaft. The
section 189A process was concluded at the end of July 2015. The majority of employees and contractors
affected were transferred to vacant positions at other operations.
Doornkop’s life-of-mine plan focuses on mining the higher-grade areas of the South Reef ore body on
192 and 197 levels. Greater emphasis was placed on improving operating efficiencies in FY16. Gold
production increased by 3% to 2 730kg (87 772oz) in FY16 mainly due to an increase in ore milled of 4%
to 630 000 tonnes (630 000 tons). The recovered gold grade reduced marginally by 2% to 4.33g/t
(0.126oz/t).
The increase in gold production, combined with the 21% increase in the average rand gold price
received, resulted in a 21% increase in revenue to R1 480 million (the 5% decrease to US$102 million is
mainly due to the 27% weakening of the rand/US dollar average exchange rate to R14.50 in FY16,
mostly offset by the increase in the rand gold price). Improved operational efficiencies, the increase in
the rand gold price and in production resulted in the increased operating margin for Doornkop, which
also contributed to the increased profitability of the updated life-of-mine plan for FY17.
Cash operating costs decreased by 1% to R1 058 million (decreased by 22% to US$73 million).
Capital expenditure decreased by 15% to R208 million (decreased by 33% to US$14 million) owing to
reduced capital requirements resulting from the restructuring in FY15 and was spent mainly on
development.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
95
Joel
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
1 796
1 818
1 594
– Contractors
97
81
189
Total
1 893
1 899
1 783
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
542
551
548
(000t) (imperial)
597
607
604
Gold produced
(kg)
2 278
2 258
2 335
(oz)
73 239
72 596
75 072
Gold sold
(kg)
2 245
2 330
2 308
(oz)
72 179
74 911
74 204
Grade
(g/t)
4.20
4.10
4.26
(oz/t)
0.123
0.119
0.124
Productivity
(g/TEC)
117.33
115.65
125.78
Development results
Total metres
3 541
3 200
2 881
Reef metres
2 315
1 037
1 079
Capital metres
485
338
993
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
1 220
1 046
995
(US$m)
84
91
96
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
543 442
449 026
430 929
(US$/oz)
1 166
1 220
1 295
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
845
755
688
(US$m)
58
66
66
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
389
276
327
(US$m)
27
24
32
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
215
182
145
(US$m)
15
16
14
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
371 080
334 168
294 493
(US$/oz)
796
908
885
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
424 617
384 022
330 648
(US$/oz)
911
1 043
994
Safety
Number of fatalities
1
0
2
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
3.49
3.72
3.25
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
108
101
103
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
816
671
498
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
109
104
102
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.19
0.18
0.19
– water
1.50
1.22
0.91
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
96
FY16
FY15
FY14
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.19
0.19
0.19
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Community
Local economic development
(Rm)
3
3
3
Training and development
(Rm)
15
15
11
Other salient features
Status of operation
Twin-shaft operation – technically challenging
Life of mine
11 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
47 174 tonnes (52 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001
ISO 9001
OHSAS 18001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
2.6
5.26
14
3.0
4.61
14
5.5
4.91
27
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
2.8
0.153
435
3.3
0.134
440
6.1
0.143
875
Joel is located in the Free State Province and about 292km from Johannesburg, on the southern edge of
the Witwatersrand Basin. The mine comprises two shafts, the North and South shafts. The primary
economic reef horizon at Joel is a narrow tabular Beatrix Reef deposit which is accessed via
conventional grid development. Mining is conducted to a depth of 1 452m. The ore is processed at the
Joel plant.
The lost-time injury frequency rate improved by 3% to 3.49 per million hours worked. Regrettably a
fatality occurred in August 2015. The stoppage that ensued resulted in a loss of 52kg (1 672oz).
Managing shaft and project schedules is critical for Joel. Capital development on the decline project
progressed well in FY16 and is expected to be completed in FY17. First production from this area is
expected in July 2017. Joel’s future operating life depends on the successful completion of the decline
project, which began in FY15.
Gold production increased by 1% to 2 278kg (73 239oz) in FY16. Recovered gold grades improved by
2% to 4.20g/t (0.123oz/t) which offset the 2% decrease in ore milled to 542 000 tonnes (597 000 tons).
The increase in gold production and the increase in the average rand gold price received (by 21% to
R543 442/kg), resulted in a 17% increase in revenue to R1 220 million (8% decrease to US$84 million).
Cash operating costs increased by 12% to R845 million (decreased by 12% to US$58 million) mainly
due an increase in labour costs and higher electricity costs arising from increased usage and higher
tariffs.
Capital expenditure increased by 18% to R215 million (decreased by 6% to US$15 million) primarily due
to major capital spent on the 137 decline project.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
97
Kusasalethu
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
3 944
3 898
5 139
– Contractors
539
1 020
1 302
Total
4 483
4 918
6 441
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
668
908
1 143
(000t) (imperial)
736
1 001
1 260
Gold produced
(kg)
3 863
3 953
4 694
(oz)
124 198
127 092
150 916
Gold sold
(kg)
3 822
4 297
4 531
(oz)
122 880
138 151
145 673
Grade
(g/t)
5.78
4.35
4.11
(oz/t)
0.169
0.127
0.120
Productivity
(g/TEC)
77.80
65.59
73.60
Development results
Total metres
7 183
13 777
15 077
Reef metres
1 517
2 436
3 107
Capital metres
0
59
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
2 078
1 939
1 959
(US$m)
143
169
189
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
543 633
451 211
432 358
(US$/oz)
1 166
1 226
1 299
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 848
1 866
1 830
(US$m)
127
163
177
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
262
(57)
206
(US$m)
18
(5)
20
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
360
463
509
(US$m)
25
40
49
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
478 277
472 112
389 762
(US$/oz)
1 026
1 283
1 171
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
584 498
587 406
513 883
(US$/oz)
1 254
1 596
1 544
Safety
Number of fatalities
2
1
3
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
7.06
25.80
9.56
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
611
682
664
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
1 671
1 342
1 418
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
620
702
660
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.91
0.75
0.58
– water
2.50
1.48
1.23
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.91
0.77
0.58
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
98
Number of reportable environmental incidents
1
1
2
Community
Local economic development*
(Rm)
5
30
65
Training and development
(Rm)
26
50
37
* Included in the total for FY15 is an amount of R18 million that was capitalised as part of the hostel upgrades (FY16: R0 million)
Other salient features
Status of operation
Positioned for profitability
Life of mine
5 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
200 000 tonnes (220 460 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001, ISO 9001, Cyanide Code
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
3.8
7.15
27
0.2
5.31
1
4.0
7.06
28
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
4.2
0.209
878
0.2
0.155
36
4.4
0.206
914
Kusasalethu is located about 90km from Johannesburg, near the provincial border of Gauteng and North
West Province. Kusasalethu is situated in the West Witwatersrand Basin and mines the Ventersdorp
Contact Reef as its main ore body. The mine comprises twin vertical and twin sub-vertical shaft systems
and uses conventional mining methods in a sequential grid layout. Mining is conducted to a depth of 3
388m, making it Harmony’s deepest mine. Ore mined is treated at the Kusasalethu plant.

The lost-time injury frequency rate improved significantly by 73% to 7.06 per million hours worked in
FY16. Regrettably two fatalities occurred during the year.

Kusasalethu was restructured during FY15. Levels on the old mine were abandoned and the revised
mine plan focused on mining lower volumes at higher grades. The waste and reef splitting system (waste
ore pass system) to improve gold recoveries was finalised in FY16. In FY16, the recovered gold grade
increased by 33% to 5.78g/t (0.169oz/t) and ore milled reduced by 26% to 668 000 tonnes
(736 000 tons) resulting in a 2% decrease in gold production to 3 863kg (124 198oz).

During the second half of FY16, management decided to stop production at the mine for a total period of
21 days in order to perform major engineering infrastructure upgrades. Production was negatively
impacted by these stoppages. This was necessary to ensure access to high-grade reserves and to
improve safety at the mine.

Negative cash flows in FY16 and previous financial years necessitated a revision of the life-of-mine plan.
In order to optimise cash flow, the focus now is on accessing higher grade ore zones and a shorter life-
of-mine. The aim is to increase the profitability and operating margin of the operation and to generate
positive cash flows. Studies are underway to determine the viability of deepening the mine into the
high-grade pay area below the 113 level.

Challenges at the mine include engineering infrastructure, maintaining efficiencies at the metallurgical
plant, eliminating illegal mining and gold theft, and producing sufficient backfill at the plant for operational
support.

The average rand gold price received increased by 20% to R543 633/kg. Revenue increased by 7% to
R2 078 million in FY16 (decreased by 15% to US$143 million).

Capital expenditure decreased by 22% to R360 million (38% decrease to US$25 million), as a result of
the restructuring in FY15 to focus on mining lower volumes at higher grades. Capital was spent mainly
on development. Cash operating costs decreased by 1% to R1 848 million (22% decrease to US$127
million). Costs reduced mainly due to the decrease in production volumes.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
99
Masimong
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
2 478
2 470
2 868
– Contractors
112
99
118
Total
2 590
2 569
2 986
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
650
670
670
(000t) (imperial)
716
739
739
Gold produced
(kg)
2 432
2 463
2 718
(oz)
78 190
79 187
87 385
Gold sold
(kg)
2 432
2 491
2 708
(oz)
78 191
80 087
87 064
Grade
(g/t)
3.74
3.68
4.06
(oz/t)
0.109
0.107
0.118
Productivity
(g/TEC)
83.85
75.27
78.00
Development results
Total metres
4 755
9 855
10 079
Reef metres
1 549
2 376
1 547
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
1 318
1 118
1 171
(US$m)
91
98
113
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
541 806
448 867
432 416
(US$/oz)
1 162
1 220
1 299
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 038
979
978
(US$m)
72
86
95
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
280
127
188
(US$m)
19
11
18
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
110
166
168
(US$m)
8
15
16
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
426 904
397 380
360 006
(US$/oz)
916
1 080
1 082
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
493 527
479 096
441 231
(US$/oz)
1 059
1 302
1 326
Safety
Number of fatalities
2
1
2
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
10.05
12.09
15.80
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
172
184
196
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
715
859
874
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
175
190
195
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.26
0.28
0.29
– water
1.10
1.28
1.30
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.26
0.29
0.29
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
100
FY16
FY15
FY14
Community
Local economic development*
(Rm)
6
6
17
Training and development
(Rm)
22
25
20
Other salient features
Status of operation
Mature, single shaft operation nearing the end of its life of mine
Life of mine
3 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
108 863 tonnes (120 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001
ISO 9001
OHSAS 18001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
1.5
4.05
6
0.2
3.82
1
1.7
4.02
7
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
1.6
0.118
193
0.3
0.112
30
1.9
0.117
223
Masimong is located in the Free State Province, near the city of Welkom and about 260km from
Johannesburg. The Masimong complex comprises an operating shaft (5 shaft), and a second shaft (4
shaft), which, although closed for mining, is used for ventilation, pumping and as a second outlet.
Masimong exploits the Basal Reef and the B Reef. Mining is conducted to a depth of 2 050m. Ore mined
is processed at the Harmony One plant.
The lost-time injury frequency rate improved by 17% to 10.05 per million hours worked in FY16.
Regrettably two fatalities occurred during the year.
Masimong was restructured in FY15 to improve its profitability by scaling down ore body development in
an effort to reduce costs and increase margins. As a result, the expected life of mine was shortened to
three years.
During FY16, Masimong’s production was negatively impacted by safety stoppages. Grade management
and quality mining practices are important to achieve increased recovered grades.
Gold production decreased by 1% to 2 432kg (78 190oz) in FY16. This was primarily due to reduced
production volumes, ore milled decreased by 3% to 650 000 tonnes (716 000 tons). Recovered gold
grades increased by 2% to 3.74g/t (0.109oz/t).
The decrease in gold production was offset by the 21% increase in the average rand gold price received
in FY16 (to R541 806/kg), which contributed to an 18% increase in revenue to R1 318 million (7%
decrease to US$91 million mainly due to the weakening of the rand/US dollar exchange rate to R14.50,
offset by the increase in the rand gold price).
Cash operating costs increased by 6% to R1 038 million (16% decrease to US$72 million), due mainly to
increased labour and contractor costs.
Capital expenditure decreased by 34% to R110 million (decreased by 47% to US$8 million) in line with
the reduced capital requirements of the revised mine plan. Capital was spent mainly on ongoing
development.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
101
Unisel
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
1 817
1 809
1 809
– Contractors
128
114
148
Total
1 945
1 923
1 957
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
424
417
408
(000t) (imperial)
467
460
450
Gold produced
(kg)
1 704
1 695
1 838
(oz)
54 785
54 495
59 093
Gold sold
(kg)
1 705
1 715
1 834
(oz)
54 817
55 138
58 964
Grade
(g/t)
4.02
4.06
4.50
(oz/t)
0.117
0.118
0.131
Productivity
(g/TEC)
77.43
77.82
85.33
Development results
Total metres
3 145
5 177
5 641
Reef metres
1 917
2 816
3 462
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
925
770
792
(US$m)
64
67
77
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
542 487
449 082
432 072
(US$/oz)
1 164
1 220
1 298
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
754
674
600
(US$m)
52
59
58
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
171
88
192
(US$m)
12
7
19
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
62
99
85
(US$m)
4
9
8
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
442 359
397 615
326 466
(US$/oz)
949
1 080
981
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
496 099
469 246
388 785
(US$/oz)
1 064
1 275
1 168
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
1
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
9.61
8.74
11.66
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
112
109
110
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
563
519
711
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
113
112
109
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.26
0.26
0.27
– water
1.33
1.25
1.74
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.26
0.27
0.27
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
102
FY16
FY15
FY14
Community
Local economic development*
(Rm)
4
19
12
Training and development
(Rm)
23
21
15
* Included in the total for FY15 is an amount of R15 million that was capitalised as part of the hostel upgrades (FY16: R0 million)
Other salient features
Status of operation
Mature operation reaching the end of life of mine
Life of mine
6 years
Hoisting capacity (per month)
60 000 tonnes (66 138 tons)
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 9001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
1.2
4.18
5
1.3
4.35
6
2.5
4.27
11
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
1.4
0.122
167
1.4
0.127
180
2.8
0.124
348
Unisel is located in the Free State Province, near Virginia and about 271km from Johannesburg. Mining
is conducted to a depth of 2 153m below surface. Conventional scattered mining and pillar reclamation
takes place to access the Basal, Leader and, to a lesser extent, the Middle reefs. Ore mined is
processed at Harmony One plant.
Unisel is nearing the end of its operating life, but has been a good performer despite being Harmony’s
oldest operating mine. Unisel’s aging operations and infrastructure present significant challenges to the
mine’s operational flexibility and to the maintenance of production.
There were no fatalities in FY16, however, the lost-time injury frequency rate increased to 9.61 per
million hours worked in FY16 compared to 8.74 in FY15.
Gold production remained steady year-on-year and increased by 1% to 1 704kg (54 785oz) in FY16.
The recovered gold grade declined by 1% to 4.02g/t (0.117oz/t), while ore milled increased by 2% to 424
000 tonnes (467 000 tons). The increase in gold production and an increase in the average rand gold
price received resulted in a 20% increase in revenue to R925 million (4% decrease to US$64 million).
Cash operating costs increased by 12% to R754 million (decreased by 12% to US$52 million) primarily
due to an increase in labour costs and electricity tariffs.
Capital expenditure decreased by 37% to R62 million (decreased by 56% to US$4 million) as capital
development was reduced in the first half of FY16 to improve the profitability of the mine.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
103
SOUTH AFRICA – SURFACE OPERATIONS
Surface dumps
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
10
10
13
– Contractors
190
174
129
Total
200
184
142
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
3 041
2 701
2 897
(000t) (imperial)
3 353
2 978
3 196
Gold produced
(kg)
1 065
862
903
(oz)
34 241
27 713
29 032
Grade
(g/t)
0.35
0.32
0.31
(oz/t)
0.010
0.009
0.009
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
577
389
386
(US$m)
40
34
37
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
544 996
450 420
431 172
(US$/oz)
1 169
1 224
1 296
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
427
330
328
(US$m)
29
29
32
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
158
58
62
(US$m)
11
5
6
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
18
6
9
(US$m)
1
1
1
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
401 033
382 959
363 568
(US$/oz)
860
1 041
1 092
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
422 205
403 906
383 701
(US$/oz)
906
1 097
1 153
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
0
2.48
0.83
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
66
64
68
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
394
480
816
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
67
66
67
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.02
0.02
0.23
– water
0.12
0.18
0.28
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.02
0.02
0.23
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Community
Local economic development
(Rm)
0
0
0
Other salient features
Status of operation
The operational plans are for a profitable FY16
Life of mine
14+ years
Compliance and certification
Certification depends on future of these operations, ISO 9001
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
104
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016 (excluding Phoenix)
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
175.9
0.27
47
567.0
0.23
133
742.9
0.25
180
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
193.9
0.008
1 507
625.0
0.007
4 276
818.9
0.007
5 784
Production from the processing of surface rock dumps situated in the Free State province in South Africa
depends entirely on the availability of spare mill capacity at the Harmony One and Target plants, which
in turn depends on the availability of underground ore delivered for milling. In FY16, Central Plant only
processed re-mined, redundant plant clean-up and rock dumps.
Gold production from the processing of the surface dumps was 24% higher year-on-year in FY16, a
result of both increases in volumes processed (increase of 13%) and in the recovered grade (increase of
9%).
The processing of the rock dumps is approaching its end as virtually all of the higher-grade dump
material originally available has been processed, leaving only lower-grade material. During FY16, the
Central Plant tailings retreatment project started, aimed at upgrading the plant to process only tailings.
The life of the tailing retreatment project is expected to be 19 years and upgrades are scheduled to be
completed by the end of FY17.
Phoenix (Tailings retreatment)
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
82
83
83
– Contractors
296
312
293
Total
378
395
376
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
6 465
6 245
6 073
(000t) (imperial)
7 129
6 887
6 697
Gold produced
(kg)
804
867
835
(oz)
25 849
27 875
26 846
Gold sold
(kg)
788
881
825
(oz)
25 335
28 324
26 524
Grade
(g/t)
0.12
0.14
0.14
(oz/t)
0.004
0.004
0.004
Productivity
(g/TEC)
177.72
185.73
201.11
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
429
396
357
(US$m)
30
35
35
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
544 390
449 941
433 293
(US$/oz)
1 168
1 223
1 302
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
105
FY16
FY15
FY14
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
320
295
246
(US$m)
22
26
24
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
117
97
117
(US$m)
8
8
11
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
5
4
2
(US$m)
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
398 122
339 896
294 408
(US$/oz)
854
924
885
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
403 907
344 319
294 615
(US$/oz)
866
936
885
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
2.06
0.00
0.00
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
40
41
67.5
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
267
277
228
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
41
42
67.1
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.006
0.007
0.011
– water
0.04
0.04
0.04
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.006
0.007
0.011
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
0
Other salient features
Status of operation
Retreatment of tailings using spare processing capacity
Life of mine
14+ years
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – December 2007
ISO 14001 certification is under consideration – interim focus is on
compliance
ISO 9001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
79.8
0.28
22
79.8
0.28
22
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
88.0
0.008
712
88.0
0.008
712
Phoenix, a tailings retreatment operation situated in Virginia in the Free State Province, makes use of
the Saaiplaas plant to retreat tailings. During FY13, Harmony finalised an empowerment agreement and
transferred 30% of its shareholding in the Phoenix operations to black economic empowerment owners.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
106
Operational success depends on maintaining plant efficiency and reducing pump and pipe failures.
Grade variability and the theft of pipelines and electrical cables are the main risks being managed at
Phoenix. Security has been increased in an effort to halt the endemic theft of piping and cables that can
affect the integrity of operations.
Year-on-year, gold production declined by 7% to 804kg (25 849oz), mainly as a result of a 14%
decrease in the recovered grade to 0.12g/t (0.004oz/t), which was partially offset by a 4% increase in
volumes processed to 6 465 000 tonnes (7 129 000 tons).
The increase in the average rand gold price received offset the decrease in gold production, resulting
in an 8% increase in revenue to R429 million (decrease of 14% to US$30 million).
Cash operating costs increased by 8% to R320 million (decreased by 15% to US$22 million), due to the
higher volumes processed in FY16 and increase in labour costs and electricity tariffs.
Kalgold
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
– Permanent
235
240
230
– Contractors
377
465
471
Total
612
705
701
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
1 479
1 472
1 472
(000t) (imperial)
1 630
1 623
1 623
Gold produced
(kg)
1 103
1 198
1 162
(oz)
35 463
38 517
37 358
Gold sold
(kg)
1 086
1 230
1 203
(oz)
34 916
39 545
38 677
Grade
(g/t)
0.75
0.81
0.79
(oz/t)
0.022
0.024
0.023
Productivity
(g/TEC)
116.79
183.86
185.15
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
595
551
522
(US$m)
41
48
50
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
548 072
448 230
433 759
(US$/oz)
1 176
1 218
1 303
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
548
452
409
(US$m)
38
40
39
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
55
88
103
(US$m)
4
8
10
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
36
41
33
(US$m)
2
4
3
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
496 991
377 547
351 670
(US$/oz)
1 066
1 026
1 057
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
546 949
422 323
393 401
(US$/oz)
1 173
1 148
1 182
Safety
Number of fatalities
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
0
2.25
0.90
Environment
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
107
FY16
FY15
FY14
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
49
40
41
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
375
1 795
1 707
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
50
41
41
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.03
0.03
0.03
– water
0.25
1.22
1.16
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.03
0.03
0.03
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
1
0
Community
Local economic development
(Rm)
2
2
7
Training and development
(Rm)
5
4
4
Other salient features
Status of operation
Open-pit mining operation
Life of mine
19 years
Compliance and certification
New order mining right – August 2008
ISO 14001
ISO 9001
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
5.3
0.97
5
12.3
1.12
14
17.6
1.07
19
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
5.8
0.028
165
13.6
0.033
444
19.4
0.031
608
Kalgold is an open-pit mine situated 55km southwest of Mahikeng in North West Province and located
within the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt. Mining takes place from the A Zone pit. Ore mined is processed
at a carbon-in-leach plant located at Kalgold.
Both the A and B mills were replaced in FY16. The elution upgrade project and plant refurbishment
upgrades are underway and will improve plant efficiencies. Upgrades to the crushers and improved
maintenance will aid improved performance of the operation in future.
Upgrades to the plant and underperformance of the crushing units impacted gold production in FY16.
The recovered grade decreased by 7% to 0.75g/t (8% to 0.022oz/t). Ore milled remained stable year-
on-year. The lower gold production was offset by the increase in the average rand gold price received
which resulted in an 8% increase in revenue to R595 million (a 15% decrease to US$41 million).
Cash operating costs increased by 21% to R548 million (5% increase to US$38 million). Capital
expenditure decreased by 12% to R36 million (decreased by 50% to US$2 million).
Risks managed at Kalgold include the prevention of plant intrusions and gold theft and the
performance of blasting and hauling operations in the pit.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
108
PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Hidden Valley (50%)
FY16
FY15
FY14
Number of employees
Total (including employees of Morobe Mining Joint
Ventures)
1 969
2 157
1 980
Operational
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
1 729
1 825
2 001
(000t) (imperial)
1 906
2 012
2 207
Gold produced
(kg)
2 257
2 943
3 292
(oz)
72 565
94 619
105 840
Gold sold
(kg)
2 340
3 003
3 307
(oz)
75 233
96 548
106 322
Grade
(g/t)
1.31
1.61
1.65
(oz/t)
0.038
0.047
0.048
Financial
Revenue
(Rm)
1 320
1 346
1 434
Revenue
(US$m)
91
118
138
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
564 272
448 322
433 488
(US$/oz)
1 210
1 218
1 303
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 082
1 153
1 086
(US$m)
75
101
105
Production profit/(loss)
(Rm)
108
203
344
(US$m)
7
18
33
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
79
121
122
(US$m)
5
11
12
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
479 196
391 774
329 943
(US$/oz)
1 028
1 065
991
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
597 398
514 690
415 068
(US$/oz)
1 282
1 395
1 244
Safety
Number of fatalities
1
1
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours worked
1.39
0.28
0.00
Environment
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
54
48
42
Water consumption – primary activities
(ML)
715
722
768
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
55
0
0
Intensity data per tonne treated
– energy
0.03
0.03
0.02
– water
0.41
0.39
0.38
– greenhouse gas emissions
0.03
0
0
Number of reportable environmental incidents
0
0
1
Other salient features
Status of operation
Open-pit mining operation producing gold and silver. A joint venture with
Newcrest
Life of mine
± 7 years
Compliance and certification
Mining lease approved by Papua New Guinea authorities; Cyanide Code
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
109
Mineral reserves as at 30 June 2016 (Harmony’s 50% share # )
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total mineral reserves
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
1.3
1.09
1
11.5
1.62
19
12.7
1.57
20
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
1.4
0.032
47
12.6
0.047
599
140
0.046
644
The Hidden Valley mine is an open pit gold and silver mine, situated in the highly prospective area of the
Morobe Province in Papua New Guinea, some 210km northwest of Port Moresby.
The major gold and silver deposits of the Morobe goldfield and Hidden Valley are hosted in the Wau
Graben. The Hidden Valley-Kaveroi and Hamata pits, located approximately 6km apart, are in operation.
Ore mined is treated at the Hidden Valley processing plant.
During FY16, Hidden Valley’s operations were impacted by accident-related stoppages during the first
quarter of FY16. The operation was suspended due to a fatality in July 2015 and lost 33 production days
as a result. The operation was also adversely affected by poor grade and road closures.
Mining at Kaveroi stage 4 ceased in the fourth quarter of FY16 although milling was sustained by the
processing of the lower-grade stockpile and the start of ore production at Hamata. Overall this led to lower
tonnages of ore mined and milled.
The outcome for the year was a 23% decline in gold production to 2 257kg (72 565oz), on the back of the
decrease in the grade recovered and tonnes milled.
Cash operating costs and capital expenditure decreased due to lower production and the deferral of pre-
stripping and stripping activities at Hidden Valley in FY16.
#
Post-year end, Harmony entered into a transaction to fully acquire Hidden Valley from its joint venture
partner. The transaction is subject to the conditions precedent being met.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
110
PROJECTS AND EXPLORATION
HIGHLIGHTS AND MILESTONES OF FY16 EXPLORATION PROGRAMME IN PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Advancement of the Golpu project
    Optimised feasibility and prefeasibility studies completed and results released in February 2016
    Completed and announced results of the feasibility study for stage 1 and the prefeasibility study for
stage 2 of the Golpu project.
Maiden inferred resource declared for Kili Teke prospect
    Drilling at Kili Teke continues to yield highly significant gold-copper mineralisation drill results.
WHY THIS IS MATERIAL TO HARMONY
Sustaining and growing production is key to our long-term strategy. Our current resources are finite and
it is essential to have a project pipeline that balances early-stage and more immediate prospects so as to
meet future targets. In addition to production, we need to diversify our resource base in order to mitigate
our exposure to the counter-cyclical nature of the gold industry.
OUR APPROACH
Our exploration programme, like our operations, is focused in South Africa and Papua New Guinea. As
these are prospective areas and we already have knowledge of the local geology, government,
infrastructure and regulations of these countries, it makes sense to take advantage of this as we expand
our project pipeline.
Our exploration strategy targets significant prospective geological regions to discover large long-life gold
and gold-copper ore bodies that will allow us to create value for years to come. We aim to create a balanced
brownfields and greenfields exploration portfolio.
Brownfields exploration allows us to maximise value from existing infrastructure by developing mineral
resources that sustain our operations. Greenfields exploration, on the other hand, allows us to create
new opportunities in highly prospective under-explored mineral provinces and emerging gold districts.
Our flexible approach to potential exploration projects includes joint ventures, acquisitions and other
arrangements. However, all projects undergo a robust assessment to determine whether they meet our
exploration standards. Criteria include project- and country-related risk profiles, and minimum
requirements on the potential size, production profile and investment targets.
In particular, we seek exploration projects that align with our operational imperatives of prioritising safety,
maximising in-ground expenditure and drill testing high-priority targets. In this way we can ensure that
future projects, once operational, will enable us to meet our long-term strategic objectives.
Harmony closely monitors the environment for new opportunities to enhance our project portfolio, in line
with core operating capabilities. Given sustained low commodity prices, tenure over highly prospective
target areas in Papua New Guinea continues to become available.
ACTIONS IN 2016
In FY16, we spent R433 million (US$29.9 million) (FY15: R385 million, US$33.6 million) on both
brownfields and greenfields exploration, all of which was spent in Papua New Guinea.
In line with our strategy of developing a world-class copper and gold portfolio in Papua New Guinea, the
key work streams underpinning the FY16 exploration programme included:
    Optimised feasibility studies on a staged development path for the high-grade Golpu porphyry gold-
copper deposit, and special mining lease permitting process
    Accelerated drill schedule at the Kili Teke porphyry gold-copper discovery to define resources and
progress up the value curve
    Drill target development for epithermal gold at the Wau Domefield in the Morobe province
    Continued rationalisation of the greenfield tenement package to maintain focus on the most
prospective targets.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
111
KEY GEOLOGICAL FEATURES
Papua New Guinea
The central belt of rocks making up the highland spine of Papua New Guinea formed as a result of
subduction-related interaction and convergence between the Pacific plate (in the north), and the
Australian plate (in the south). Deposits typical of subduction-related arc settings include:
    Epithermal gold deposits which form at shallow depths, relatively close to the earth’s surface,
examples of which include Hidden Valley, Hamata, Kerimenge, Wau and Wafi
    Porphyry gold-copper systems which form at deeper levels in the crust associated with the
emplacement of intrusive stocks and dykes. Porphyry systems are one of the largest sources of
copper ore in the world, and can also contain significant amounts of gold, molybdenum and silver as
by-products. Golpu is a high-grade porphyry gold-copper system
Harmony has advanced a number of gold and gold-copper prospects which are at various stages of
exploration and evaluation across Harmony’s lease areas in Papua New Guinea. These include the Kili
Teke prospect.
South Africa
Our underground mines are all located in the Witwatersrand Supergroup. Most are in the south-western
corner of the Witwatersrand Basin or Free State goldfields, which comprise sedimentary rocks that
extend laterally for hundreds of kilometres into the West Rand goldfields and East Rand Basin. An open
pit operation is located on the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt in the north-west of the country.
PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Papua New Guinea is one of the world’s most prospective yet under-explored terrains for porphyry gold-
copper and epithermal gold mineralisation. The New Guinea mobile belt which spans the core of the
Irian Jaya-Papua New Guinea mainland, is host to a number of world-class porphyry gold-copper and
gold deposits including Golpu (Cu-Au), Ok Tedi (Cu-Au), Grasberg (Cu-Au), and Porgera (Au). Harmony
began actively exploring in Papua New Guinea in 2003. We have developed a small but high-quality
project portfolio, both in established mineral provinces and in emerging gold and copper districts.
The case for exploration investment in Papua New Guinea remains strong. The country is hugely
prospective, under-explored, and has a stable and transparent regulatory environment that promotes
and supports mining investment. In addition, Harmony has an established track record of discovery and
adding value through cost effective exploration:
    Since 2003, resource growth from both the Morobe joint venture tenements (Harmony’s 50% equity
      share) and Harmony’s 100%-held tenements amounts to 12.7Moz of gold and 5.1Mt of copper
      (42.5Moz gold equivalent)
    Discovery cost on a per ounce gold equivalent basis of less than US$10 is among the best in the
world
Morobe Exploration Joint Venture (50%)
The Morobe Exploration Joint Venture refers to a key strategic tenement holding in the Morobe Province
that encompasses the Hidden Valley mine 1 and Golpu project. The tenement package is held jointly
(50:50) between Harmony and Newcrest. The Morobe exploration strategy is to manage a portfolio pipeline
of projects to develop bulk tonnage (~1Moz) or high-margin gold or gold-copper targets that provide new
standalone opportunities or resource options to complement the operations at Hidden Valley and/or at the
Golpu project.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
112
During FY16, we spent R9 million (US$0.6 million) compared to R12 million (US$1.1 million) in FY15 on
exploration in the area throughout the joint venture. This represents Harmony’s share which is 50% of
the total work programme expenditure. The Morobe Exploration Joint Venture tenement package
currently stands at 999km
2
(FY15: 1 245km
2
). Work on the Morobe Exploration Joint Venture tenements
included:
    Rationalisation of peripheral and non-core tenements:
o
      EL1590 was surrendered after prospectivity was downgraded
o
      EL1629 is now managed by Pacific Niugini Minerals under an option and sale purchase
agreement
    Prospect development at the historic Wau gold mining centre located approximately 12km
      northeast of Hidden Valley and reassessment of drill targets and potential at Wafi Golpu
A reduced budget of R6 million (US$0.4 million) has been proposed for FY17 to continue the generative
work programme planned to develop quality targets with the potential to provide resource optionality and
leverage infrastructure associated with operations at Hidden Valley or the Golpu project.
The Papua New Guinea exploration and mine development programme is summarised below:
Golpu
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Develop the Golpu deposit, a world-class
gold-copper porphyry resource, into a mine
with more than 28 years of low-cost copper
and gold production.
Completed and announced the results for
the prefeasibility and feasibility studies
For more detailed information, see Wafi
Golpu
Stakeholder engagement to initiate the
permitting process: Compilation and
submission of the special mining lease
application including Environmental Impact
Statement2
Optimisation and de-risking studies
Deep-sea tailings placement studies
Wafi Golpu district
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Wafi transfer zone – greenfields exploration
targeting discovery of additional resources
to expand Golpu into a mineral district
Validation mapping and reconnaissance
has confirmed Nambonga North as a
priority drill target for FY17
Prospectivity of EL1590 was downgraded
and the tenement was surrendered
Continue generative work programme and
drill target development:
Airborne geophysical survey trial over the
Wafi Golpu system
Reinterpretation of the Wafi gold system in
context with latest structural model and
geophysical data
Hidden Valley district
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Brownfields exploration within a 10km radius
of the Hidden Valley plant to develop
replacement resources and support
expansion
Grassroots level work focused on the
historic Wau gold mining centre with
detailed mapping and rock chip sampling
and grid based soil geochemical sampling
completed. In total, 1 082 surface samples
were collected
A number of high tenor gold geochemical
anomalies were generated for developing
into drill targets
Drill target definition and drill testing of high-
priority targets in the historic Wau mining
district
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
113
Harmony Gold Exploration (Papua New Guinea) Limited (100%)
A total of R164 million (US$11.3 million) was spent on exploration outside of the Morobe joint venture on
Harmony-owned projects in FY16 (FY15: R87 million/US$7.5 million). This work focused almost
exclusively on developing and drill testing the Kili Teke prospect.
Harmony’s 100%-owned greenfields tenement portfolio comprises 764km 2 compared to FY15: 1 023 km 2
(a 25% reduction in the size of the tenement portfolio year-on-year). The reduction in the tenement
holding was driven by relinquishing part of EL2310, which was required as part of the licence renewal
process.
Details of the FY16 work programme are outlined below. Drilling was successful in defining a maiden
resource for Kili Teke, which now stands at 785 000t of copper, and 1.8Moz of gold, and the Kili Teke
prospect has been proven as a new porphyry camp with the potential to develop into a major gold-
copper discovery.
Subject to further drilling success, a FY17 budget of R227 million (US$17.6 million) has been earmarked
to expand the resource base and progress “pre-concept” studies of the Kili Teke mineralisation.
Kili Teke prospect
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Targeting gold-copper porphyry
18 400m of drilling was completed during
the year
128Mt maiden resource declared in
November 2015. In June 2016 the inferred
mineral resource increased to 222Mt @
0.35% Cu, 0.25g/t gold and 170 ppm
molybdenum containing 782 000t copper,
1.75Moz of gold and 38 000t molybdenum
Drilling to continue for resource expansion
(open to southeast and at depth). A budget
of R227 million (US$17.6 million) has been
earmarked
Pre-concept study work to begin
Project generation
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Develop a project pipeline capable of
delivering additional quality resources to
sustain growth and regional operations
EL2836 containing the Poru prospect area
was progressed to grant and preliminary
social mapping began
Tenement monitoring for new opportunities
continued
Prospect identification and development
through ridge and spur soil sampling,
mapping and rock-chip sampling
KILI TEKE PROSPECT – A SIGNIFICANT NEW GREENFIELD PORPHYRY
COPPER DISCOVERY
Kili Teke represents the first greenfield porphyry gold-copper discovery in Papua New Guinea since
Golpu, which was identified in 1990 and then materially expanded some 20 years later in 2010.
Harmony’s exploration team has played an integral role in both discoveries.
Regionally, the Kili Teke copper gold prospect is hosted in the Papuan fold belt which comprises the
same limestone-sedimentary sequence that is host to the giant Ok Tedi and Grasberg gold-copper
mines. Harmony is actively exploring the region for similar major porphyry gold-copper systems together
with accompanying high-grade, gold-copper skarn mineralisation.
In following up historic exploration results in FY15, Harmony defined a broad (kilometre scale), high-
tenor gold-copper anomaly at Kili Teke, indicative of the zonal geochemical distribution and alteration
footprint associated with a major mineralised porphyry gold-copper system. Initial drilling began in
November 2014 and was highly successful.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
114
FY16 drilling comprised 26 holes for 18 400m and focused on infilling and extending the discovery
mineralisation in the Central Mineralised Porphyry. A maiden mineral resource announced in November
2015 was subsequently revised in June 2016. The updated resource was grown 50% to 6.0Moz on a
gold equivalent basis compared to the November 2015 model.
November 2015 – initial intercepts
KTDD007: 461m @ 0.51% Cu, 0.4 g/t Au, from 86m, Including 202m @ 0.74% Cu, 0.57g/t Au, from
137m
KTDD013: 542m @ 0.58% Cu, 0.41 g/t Au from 90m, Including 319m @ 0.79% Cu, 0.57 g/t Au from
166m
June 2016 – revised mineral resource
The inferred mineral resource currently stands at 222Mt @ 0.4% copper and 0.2g/t gold and 170ppm
molybdenum containing:
    782 000t copper
    1.75Moz gold
    38 000t molybdenum
The additional drill data has led to an improved understanding of the geological model and the
mineralised system. Cross-cutting relationships identified through detailed logging show that the gold-
copper mineralisation is associated with a multiphase intrusive complex. Two early-mineral porphyry
phases have been identified as the main host to the higher grade and more well developed stockwork
mineralisation. Uranium-lead zircon age dating yield Pliocene age dates in the range of 3.5 ± 0.04Ma
(million years) to 3.59 ± 0.07Ma for the mineralised phases. Late-mineral porphyry phases were also
identified in the drilling and impact grade continuity within the deposit where they intrude and stope out
the earlier more mineralised phases.
The Kili Teke deposit remains open to the southeast and at depth down plunge and drilling at the
prospect continues targeting:
    Zones of skarn mineralisation within and around the main intrusive complex. Skarn mineralisation
has not yet been included in the model. These have the potential to develop into high-grade
massive sulphide lodes which could be selectively mined provided grade continuity and size
(tonnage) can be established. KTDD025 for example intersected: 7.8m @ 12.98% Cu, 11.45 g/t Au
from 920.5m
    The deposit remains open at depth where trends in the copper-sulphur ratios suggest higher-grade
(bornite) stockwork mineralisation may be developed
    The deposit remains open to the southeast under cover of the limestone cap. Further drilling to
scope out the full extent of the intrusive complex is planned
    Additional intrusive centres with mineralisation outside of the current resource area; potentially driving
marbleisation intersected at the Gold Ridge Anomaly or the intense alteration and accompanying
sulphides evident at the Transfer Zone Porphyry target
Kili Teke deposit
Overall the geometry of the deposit remains as a relatively steeply plunging, pipe-like intrusive complex,
with mineralization decreasing away from the central high-grade stockwork zones of copper gold
mineralisation. Intense marbleisation and skarn mineralisation is developed around the peripheral
contact with the host sequence. Variably developed skarn mineralisation also occurs along internal
structural and contact zones.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
115
Kili Teke infrastructure, scoping and desktop concepts
Kili Teke is located on EL2310, some 50km north-northwest of the Tari Township (which is the provincial
capital of the Hela Province in the Highlands of Papua New Guinea) and approximately 40km west-
northwest of Porgera. The nearest road access point, which connects through to the Highlands Highway
at Tari is approximately 14km from the Kili Teke prospect.

Pre-concept study work has confirmed technically-viable solutions exist for mining, processing,
infrastructure and logistics at Kili Teke, and no fatal flaws were identified. The gold-copper mineral
resource at Kili Teke extends to surface and would lend itself to an open-pit operation. First pass rougher
kinetic test work for metallurgical recovery shows that copper recovers extremely well (90%) and gold
recovers well (65%). Further deposit concept and study work is planned for FY17 in conjunction with the
drill programme.

The Hela Province and the Tari area in particular are currently undergoing a major infrastructure
upgrade following on from the national liquefied natural gas project development. The Papua New
Guinea government recently announced funding for several significant infrastructure projects including
the sealing of the roads between Komo, Tari, Koroba and Mendi, and a major upgrade of the Hides
gas-fired power plant and rural electrification programme. The Hides power plant supplies electricity to
the Porgera gold mine. The Komo airstrip, located approximately 80km south of Kili Teke, is the
largest sealed airstrip in the country and is capable of taking large cargo planes.
WAFI GOLPU – A ROBUST INVESTMENT CASE
Harmony and Newcrest each currently own 50% of Golpu through the Wafi Golpu Joint Venture. The
Golpu deposit is located approximately 65km southwest of Lae in the Morobe Province of Papua New
Guinea which is the second largest city in Papua New Guinea and will host Golpu’s import and export
facilities. The proposed mine site sits at an elevation of approximately 400m above sea level in
moderately hilly terrain and is located near the Watut River, approximately 30km upstream from the
confluence of the Watut and Markham rivers
In February 2016, the Wafi Golpu joint venture completed feasibility and prefeasibility studies for the
Wafi Golpu gold-copper project and declared updated resources and reserves for the project. Both
studies confirmed a robust investment case – one that supports proceeding with the project.
The initial project capital on a 100% basis is estimated at US$2.6 billion, yielding an internal rate of return of
16%. These feasibility study outcomes justify the development of twin exploration access declines, with two
proposed block caves (BC 1 and BC 2) designed to extract approximately 50% of the contained metal (gold
and copper) of the Golpu reserve. The remaining reserve is to be extracted by a deeper third block cave
(BC 3) which is the subject of the prefeasibility study. The common path mining and processing
infrastructure, as defined in the feasibility study, will be used in support of project optimisation, expansion
and extended mine life as described in the prefeasibility study.
FEASIBILITY STUDY
The feasibility study defines initial development of the Golpu resource and focuses on the development
of the first two block caves, and all associated infrastructure required. The key findings of the feasibility
study include:
    Low operating costs will withstand low commodity price cycles and will benefit from high returns
during higher commodity price cycles
    The updated ore reserve at 31 December 2015, is estimated to contain 5.5Moz of gold and 2.4Mt
of copper (Harmony’s 50% interest)
    Project de-risked, with no significant deviation from the previous prefeasibility study economic
outcomes and technical recommendations
    Golpu is amenable to “staged development”
o
      allows for optimising capital efficiency
o
      progressively de-risks the project prior to further investments
    Financial metrics include (the feasibility study is considered to be at ±15% accuracy)
o
      net present value: US$1.1 billion
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
116
o
      internal rate of return: ~16%
o
      maximum negative free cash flow (100% basis): US$1.8 billion
    Initial mine development targets higher-grade sections of the deposit thereby optimising free cash
flow
    Development of the near-surface block cave 1 affords early cash flow thereby reducing the
maximum negative cash outflow
    Production parameters for the two block caves are:
Annual mining rate         Tonnes mined
Gold grade
Copper grade
Block cave
(Mt)
(Mt)
(g/t)
(%)
Block cave 1
3.0
8
0.99
2.00
Block cave 2
6.0
143
1.05
1.54
    Block caving is the preferred mining method for the following reasons:
o
      ore body geometry and indicative rock mass characteristics are suited to block caving
o
      it is a high productivity, low operating cost underground mining method
    The project is in close proximity to the city of Lae with established infrastructure such as roads,
marine port, airport, and light industry
Summary of the key metrics (100% basis) of the feasibility study:
Area
Measure
Unit
Results
Production
First ore milled
Months from start of earthworks
~60
Steady-state production
Months from start of earthworks
~90
Ore mined and milled
Mt
149
Life of mine
Years
28
Copper
Metal produced
Mt
2.2
Peak annual copper production
000t pa
135
Copper recoveries
%
94
Gold
Gold metal produced
Moz
3.6
Peak annual gold production
000oz
297
Gold recoveries
%
70
Capital
Project capital
US$ billion
2.6
Sustaining capital
US$ billion
1.6
Total life of project capital
US$ billion
4.2
Maximum negative cash flow
US$ billion
1.8
Operating costs
Total operating cost (real)
US$/t
30.66
Realisation cost
US$/t
17.61
Cash cost
US$/lb produced
0.59
Total sustaining production cost
US$/lb produced
0.89
Total production cost
US$/lb produced
1.45
Economic assumptions
Gold price
US$/oz
1 200
Copper price
US$/lb
3.00
Exchange rates
AU$/US$
0.80
PGK/US$
2.85
Discount rate (real)
%
8.50
Financial outcomes
Net present value
US$ billion
1.1
Internal rate of return
%
~16
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
117
The operating cost estimate covers all operating expenditure to mine, treat and administer extraction of
the ore body, as well as transporting, dewatering and ship-loading of the concentrate at the port of Lae.
Cash costs and total production costs include treatment and refining charges, freight to end customers,
royalties and mining levies. Total production cost includes sustaining and construction capital costs. The
realisation cost estimate in the financial model is US$17.61/t, this includes treatment and refinery costs,
concentrate transport and handling costs, and royalties and is not included in the total operating cost.
Any real, above inflation, price escalation of costs to the time of forecast expenditure has been excluded.
Costs are however sourced and forecast in the underlying currency in which they are incurred.
Capital costs
Harmony’s share (50%) of the estimated capital requirements (based on the feasibility study) from grant
of the special mining lease are approximately as follows:
No Government° buy-in (Harmony
50%)
Government° buy-in
(Harmony 35%)
Year
Project cash flow
(incl capital
expenditure)
Year
Project cash
flow (incl
capital
expenditure)
US$m
US$m
FY17 and FY18
*
FY17 and FY18
*
FY19
(115)
FY19
37
Grant of special
mining lease and
Government buys
30% for US$235m
FY20
(115)
FY20
(81)
FY21
(145)
External
funding of
US$25m
required
FY21
(102)
FY22
(260)
FY22
(182)
FY23
(240)
FY23
(168)
Total
(875)
Total
(496)
° Government of Papua New Guinea
* Insignificant expenditure up to granting of the special mining lease. The above funding requirements are
based on the project permitting timeline with on-the-ground activities only commencing post grant of a
special mining lease in FY19
Wafi Golpu: Development timeline
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
118
Community engagement
Engagement with key stakeholders, including the Papua New Guinea national government, the Morobe
provincial government, landowners and community representatives continues so as to ensure clear
alignment on the project objectives. In parallel with further technical studies and project definition, the
local communities will be actively engaged and appraised of the project development roadmap and next
steps. The three major communities involved are the Hengambu, Yanta and Babuaf, spread over 15
villages in the region. The local communities remain supportive of the project.
Further work on the feasibility study
The following areas will be the focus of further assessment to optimise the study outcomes and the
incorporation of additional data which will be collected in the next study phase.
Access declines: Declines towards the ore body affording drilling platforms are required in order to
verify geotechnical and hydrological interpretations of the ore body at depth.
Geotechnical interpretation: Further underground drilling and mapping work is required to confirm
assumptions of the rock mass characteristics in each block cave and the rock mass response to the
changing stress regime.
Tailings management: Further assessment of tailings disposal options including the potential for deep-
sea tailings placement, which could result in a decrease in capital expenditure.
Hydrology: The management of water will be central to the success of the mining operation, primarily
due to the nature of the geological environment of the project site. Further investigation and modelling of
water will focus on increasing the confidence in the geohydrology model by obtaining additional data
from drilling campaigns, modelling the effectiveness of a dewatering bore field around the block cave
subsidence zone, and streamflow and surface hydrology modelling and management.
Permitting and environmental approvals: Work will continue with the Papua New Guinea Government
to obtain statutory environmental approvals and other regulatory permits for the project.
Port and power: Further assessment of optimal arrangements for port facilities and power supply.
PREFEASIBILITY STUDY
The prefeasibility study was conducted in parallel to the feasibility study. The first optimisation step
looked at debottlenecking the 6Mtpa capacity from block cave 2. The debottlenecking increased the
production capacity to 7Mtpa by making minor and low cost modifications to the process plant grinding
circuit and the underground material handling system.
The access declines to the block caves in both the feasibility study and prefeasibility study were treated
as common path access embedding optionality and flexibility in the designs to scale the operation up
with a relatively low capital investment in response to increasing commodity prices.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
119
The second optimisation step was increasing the mine’s production rate. By optimising all existing
feasibility study infrastructure and increasing the size of the underground loader fleet, a higher mining
production output from block cave 2 can be achieved, without a significant capital investment. A second
process plant with a capacity of 7Mtpa would be constructed to bring total plant capacity to 14Mtpa.
The third and final optimisation investigated by the prefeasibility study was to extend the life of the
operation with the construction of a third block cave below the second block cave. Additional capital is
required to extend the decline access and conveyor belt system, the ventilation system and establish the
associated underground infrastructure.
Summary of the key metrics (100% basis) of the prefeasibility study:
Feasibility
study
Prefeasibility
study1
Description
Unit
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Financials
Net present value
US$ million (real)
1 087
1 240
1 338
1 954
Internal rate of return
%
15.6
16.3
16.8
17.5
Maximum negative cash flow (real)
US$ million
1 763
1 763
1 763
1 763
Free cash flow generation
(annual real – steady state average)
US$ million
249
298
405
402
Schedule
Maximum annual ore throughput
Mt
6
7
14
14
Life of mine
years
28
25
18
35
Production
Ore mined
Mt
149
153
155
379
Copper
Average grade
%
1.58
1.58
1.57
1.26
Total recovered
000t
2 233
2 301
2 306
4 547
Annual average recovered over life of
mine
000t
80
92
128
130
Gold
Average grade
g/t
1.06
1.06
1.05
0.91
Total recovered
000oz
3 573
3 527
3 509
7 058
Annual average recovered over life of
mine
000oz
128
141
195
202
Capital expenses
2
Project capital
US$ millions (real)
2 640
2 656
2 656
2 656
Expansion capital
US$ millions (real)
10
572
1 261
Sustaining and expansion capital
US$ millions (real)
1 551
1 499
2 175
3 725
Operating expenses
2
Total operating cost
US$/t ore milled
30.66
28.12
24.16
23.95
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
120
Feasibility
study
Prefeasibility
study1
Description
Unit
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Cash cost
US$/lb Cu real (life-
of-mine average)
0.59
0.55
0.44
0.60
1
All prefeasibility study outcomes are shown on a life-of-mine basis
2
Costs are based on 2016 real estimates
DEVELOPMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO YEAR-END
In August 2016, an application for a special mining lease for the Wafi Golpu project was submitted to the
Mineral Resources Authority in Papua New Guinea. Submission of this application follows reviews of the
project feasibility study project by the boards of directors of both Harmony and Newcrest and brings the
project one step closer to realising more value for Golpu.
Work to optimise the outcome of the studies and to incorporate additional data continues. Further project
development will be subject to the granting of the special mining lease, the obtaining of all necessary
permits, approvals and agreements and, ultimately, approval by the boards of both Harmony and
Newcrest.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
121
SOUTH AFRICA
BROWNFIELDS EXPLORATION
A summary of brownfields exploration conducted in South Africa in FY16 and planned for FY17:
Tshepong B Reef
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Continuation of B Reef exploration to
maintain current levels of B Reef mining.
Drilling to identify areas of economic value in
the down dip extensions of the B Reef
channels currently being mined
Geological interpretation has been
completed, drilling platforms have been
identified and drilling schedules established
to confirm the down dip extensions of the B
Reef channels identified in the Leeubosch,
Midas and Horizon dyke areas
Drilling will begin from six new areas on four
levels at Tshepong
Phakisa B Reef
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Currently, the B Reef is not being mined.
Exploration drilling to be undertaken to
identify areas of economic value in the down
dip extensions of the channels being mined
at neighbouring Tshepong. Significant
potential may exist to mine the B Reef north
of the shaft pillar on Phakisa
Geological interpretation has been
completed, drilling platforms have been
identified and drilling schedules established
to confirm the B Reef channel to the north
of the Zindaba Dyke
Drilling will begin from levels 69 to 75 north
of the Zindaba Dyke from the 65 line
northwards
Doornkop Main Reef
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Drilling for Main Reef that is located 60-70m
below the current economic South Reef and
is classified as a minor reef that can be
explored and mined utilising most of the
current South Reef infrastructure
Geological interpretation has been done,
drilling platforms have been identified and
drilling schedules established to confirm the
Main Reef channel
Drilling to begin from four drilling platforms
on 197 level (13 holes have been planned)
Doornkop South Reef
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Current South Reef structural model in the
inferred areas is based on that of the
Kimberly Reef, which lies stratigraphically
800m above the South Reef. Drilling of long-
incline boreholes will be done to assist with
modelling of the South Reef on levels 202,
207 and 212
Geological interpretation has been done,
drilling platforms have been identified and
drilling schedules established to confirm the
levels where South Reef can be mined
Drilling will begin from seven different
platforms to confirm the presence of the
South Reef on levels 202, 207 and 212
Doornkop seismic study
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Currently, our South Reef structural model is
based on that for the Kimberly Reef, which
lies stratigraphically 800m above the South
Reef. The seismic survey will identify and
locate major geological structures and South
Reef levels
Geological interpretation has been
conducted, traversing survey lines have
been identified and schedules established
to confirm major geological structures as
well as those levels where the South Reef
can be mined
The seismic survey, which consists of nine
lines and 72 line kilometres of traversing,
aims to cut across major structures within
the mine boundary to enable us to
determine the extent of these major
structures and potential production levels
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
122
Kalgold
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Three potential mineralised zones have
been identified south of the D Zone pit
Geological interpretation has been done
and drilling traverses planned
Reverse circulation drilling traverses will be
drilled at the potential targets (38 boreholes
have been planned)
Harmony-White Rivers Exploration joint venture
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
The main objective of this exploration joint
venture is to explore and develop potential
gold resources at White Rivers Exploration
(Pty) Limited’s Beisa Project and abutting
exploration areas within Harmony’s adjacent
Target complex
In terms of the agreement, White Rivers
and Harmony (through Loraine Gold Mines
Limited and Avgold Limited) will have initial
and fixed interests of 65% and 35%
respectively in the exploration joint venture.
White Rivers will fund and manage
exploration activities to prefeasibility study
level.
Initial exploration activities, which include
collation of historical data, interpretation
and verification of data, and geological
modelling, are in progress. The initial
resource in the project area has been
identified and the scoping study has been
carried out.
Good progress is being made and an initial
resource is expected to be declared during
FY17
Underground exploration drilling is planned
but would require rehabilitation of the
underground access area
The prefeasibility study is to begin once
exploration results become available
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
123
Projects
A summary of projects currently underway in South Africa in FY16 is as follows
Joel North
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Mining down to 137 level
Infrastructural development on 129 level
was completed and the declines have
reached 137 level. Equipping of the
conveyor decline has begun from 137 level
up towards 129 level
Completion of capital development on 137
level, the twin declines and the installation
of the permanent conveyor
Tailings retreatment expansion
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Retreatment of additional tailings in the Free
State
Initial water study completed. Investigated
retreatment of a further 1Mt of tailings per
month
Completion of prefeasibility and feasibility
studies
Central plant tailings reclamation
Target
Progress in FY16
Targets/plans for FY17
Reclaim material from FSS5 tailings facility
for processing at the central plant (to be
converted for tailings re-treatment) at a rate
of 300 000t annually. Central plant operation
will be similar to the highly profitable
Phoenix operation, which has been in
operation since 2007
Capital for this project was approved
towards the end of the financial year and
implementation has begun
Complete implementation of project by end
of the financial year
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
124
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
THE VALUE OF GOOD CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Harmony’s corporate governance framework and processes are aimed at fulfilling the company’s
obligations to all stakeholders. These obligations are the foundation both of our strategy and of our
values, and are inseparable from our practice of corporate governance.
Harmony’s board is tasked with making the decisions necessary to shape the strategy and to guide the
company in attaining its strategic goals. We thus seek particular skills in our board members to enable
them to contribute meaningfully to the company. These skills include knowledge of the South African
gold mining industry as well as the local and international economy, financial and/or mining expertise, an
understanding of socio-economic expectations and knowledge of the legislation and regulations in the
jurisdictions in which we operate.
Harmony’s values are entrenched in our codes of conduct and behaviour and underpin not only our
approach to corporate governance but everything we do, and every decision that we make. Moreover,
our board members live our values and lead by example by making decisions that are in line with our
values. Leadership, strategy and our values are interdependent and our approach to corporate
governance seeks to ensure this.
Each quarter, the board, through the audit and risk committee, reviews the company’s risks and
operational, financial and sustainability performances, and relates these back to strategy at the annual
strategy session.
OUR APPROACH TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Governance practices and reporting
The foundation of our corporate governance is compliance with the Companies Act, the requirements of
the JSE Limited, where we have our primary listing, and the New York Stock Exchange as well as the
King Report on Governance for South Africa and the King Code of Governance Principles (King III) and
related principles of good corporate governance. Harmony also complies voluntarily with the principles of
the United Nations Global Compact, International Council on Mining and Metals, the Global Reporting
Initiative and the Cyanide Code.
In line with the JSE Listings Requirements, we continue to apply the principles of King III. A detailed King
III compliance register can be found on our website at
www.harmony.co.za.
New York Stock Exchange foreign private issuers, such as Harmony, must briefly highlight any
significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by United
States domestic companies subject to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. A brief
summary of the significant differences can be found in our 2016 Form 20-F filed with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission on our website at
www.harmony.co.za/investors/reporting/20f.
Our governance structures and processes are reviewed regularly and adapted when necessary to reflect
what is happening internally in Harmony, as well as to keep up with national and international best
practice.
Board leadership
We have paid specific attention to the composition of our board to ensure a balance of power. Harmony
has a unitary board comprising executive and non-executive directors with a majority of independent
non-executive directors.
On the recommendation of the nomination committee and in terms of the King III requirement, the board
was evaluated and the classification confirmed of all independent non-executive directors. This includes
directors serving on the board for longer than nine years.
The roles of the chairman and chief executive officer are distinct and separate, as governed by the
board’s terms of reference and delegation of authority framework.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
125
Our chairman, Patrice Motsepe, was appointed based on the value he adds to Harmony in this role,
given the vital skills he has. Patrice has served on our board since 2003 and was most recently re-
elected as chairman in August 2016. In terms of our succession plan, the chairman is currently
supported by a deputy chairman, Modise Motloba, who has held this position since August 2012. As
determined in accordance with King III, Patrice is considered to be a non-independent, non-executive
director.
As a result, Fikile De Buck was re-appointed by the board as our lead independent non-executive director
in August 2016. Her role is in line with the recommendations of King III and she assists the board in
managing any actual or perceived conflicts of interests that may arise from the non-independence of the
chairman. Mavuso Msimang was appointed deputy lead independent non-executive director on 5 May
2014.
For more on the members of our board, see Board of Directors in this report.
Appointment of directors
The responsibility for board appointments lies with the nomination committee, which recommends all
new board appointments and reviews succession plans for directors and management. In line with King
III, the board chairman is a member of this committee. The procedures governing appointments are
formal and transparent. While the nomination committee recommends individuals as members of the
board, the appointment of board members is considered by the board as a whole, in accordance with its
terms of reference. These appointments are, in turn, approved by shareholders.
When making new appointments to the board, Harmony considers the following factors: skills;
experience, gender and demographics. We are satisfied that we currently have an acceptable balance of
members and that our non-executive and independent directors have sufficient experience and
knowledge among them to carry significant weight in the board’s decision-making process.
Board induction and training
Once appointed, directors undergo the company’s board induction programme. Managed by the
company secretary, this programme provides new board members with comprehensive company
information and governance packs. It also offers directors the opportunity to meet with various
management teams and to tour the business. No new directors were appointed during the year.

A formal training-needs analysis is conducted annually to ensure board members are appropriately trained,
with ad hoc training opportunities identified during the year. Formal training on relevant topics is given at
each board meeting, while the company secretary provides board members with regular updates on
regulatory and industry developments. Our board also took time to visit our operations and community
projects during the year.

Board responsibilities
The board responsibilities are carried out with the company’s best interests in mind. Our board receives
sufficient information to ensure objective decision-making, and is expected to act rationally at all times.
Our code of conduct enshrines behaviour that puts the best interests of Harmony ahead of those of
individuals. The code of conduct is available at
www.harmony.co.za/sustainability/governance#policies.
One of the board’s primary functions is to establish management structures and processes that assist in
maintaining the sustainability of our business in terms of our financial, social and environmental
performance. The board and its committees have work plans in place that allow them to address their
responsibilities adequately throughout the year. These work plans are reviewed and confirmed quarterly.

Responsible citizenship is core to the company and, through the social and ethics committee, the board
ensures we remain a committed, socially responsible corporate citizen. One of the ways in which the
board ensures Harmony is a good corporate citizen is by considering and responding to the legitimate
expectations of stakeholders. This requires a careful balance between promoting our business interests
and protecting our stakeholder relations – it is essential that Harmony remains profitable in order to be
able to share these profits with stakeholders. The social and ethics committee receives quarterly reports
on stakeholder engagement, which it uses to monitor progress and provide feedback to the board. In
addition, the board is kept informed of shareholder perceptions after roadshows and other shareholder
engagements (refer to the Material Issues and Stakeholder Engagement section).
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
126
To sustain our business, we need to ensure our balance sheet remains strong and flexible. The board
undertakes quarterly reviews of our financial performance, while the executive management team
reviews our operational results on a weekly basis. If the company were found to be in financial distress,
the board would consider what mechanisms would be appropriate to address this. Ordinarily, the board
uses these quarterly reviews to perform solvency and liquidity tests to support the going concern
statement, in line with the provisions of the Companies Act.
In line with the International Integrated Reporting Council guidelines, the board reviews and approves
this integrated report as part of its annual duties. The audit and risk committee makes a final
recommendation to the board for consideration.
The board monitors the performance of the chief executive officer. The board also evaluates succession
plans for the chief executive officer and executive management annually to ensure a continuation of
skills and expertise for the future.
Composition and skills
We have paid specific attention to the composition of our board to ensure that it reflects our objectives and
that board members have the skills and expertise necessary to contribute to the sustainability of our
company. Three of Harmony’s non-executive directors are women and nine directors are considered to be
historically disadvantaged South Africans to give representation by this grouping of almost 60%, thus
exceeding the 2014 Mining Charter requirement that 40% of the board comprise historically disadvantaged
South Africans.
Critical to the achievement of our strategy is ensuring the company consists of teams with the skills and
vision necessary to achieve our strategic targets. The board is no exception – it is made up of individuals
who understand our industry, our sector and our strategy. The skills of the members of the board
includes expertise in local and international mining, geology and mining technology, social and
environmental compliance, strategic and project management expertise, law and investment,
stakeholder management and human resources.
Board composition
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
127
NOTEWORTHY ACTION – BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS WITH STAKEHOLDERS
The board interacts with many of our key stakeholders during the course of the year. This, we believe, is
important – our relationships are central to our business and our strategy. Insight into these relationships
improve board members’ ability to fulfil their roles appropriately.
During FY16, the board spent time with our employees during site visits to the operations, which
included visits to Papua New Guinea, Kusasalethu, Joel, Tshepong/Phakisa and a discussion on
sustainable mining at Kalgold.
In addition, the chief executive officer and financial director had direct contact with investors through
road shows, while the board interacted with shareholders at the annual general meeting. The chief
executive officer and executive managers continuously engage with the greater industry through the
Chamber of Mines and various forums/meetings.
Board committees
In order to focus on our priorities, particular responsibilities have been delegated to board committees in
terms of the board delegation of authority and the committees’ terms of reference. The board does not
abdicate its overall responsibility but rather the work done by these committees serves to support the
board in executing its responsibility. At each board meeting, the committee chairmen report on the
activities of their respective committees and make recommendations on key decisions. Some duties are
further delegated to the chief executive officer and financial director who, in turn, delegate some of these
responsibilities to the executive committee and management, who are closer to the operations. A clear
line of communication is in place to ensure these responsibilities are well managed, underpinning our
value of accountability.
Each board committee comprises board members with the skills and expertise that suit its portfolio,
allowing committee members to apply their minds and make well-considered recommendations to the
board. Minutes of each committee meeting are included in the board packs distributed prior to board
meetings to provide context to deliberations at committee meetings. To ensure board members are able
to fully consider what they need to within these committees, and on the board, each director has
unrestricted access to the advice and services of senior management, allowing them insight into the
business, as well as full access to company and subsidiary information, records, documents and
property. Our non-executive directors are encouraged to visit our operations and attend management
meetings to get a sense of how they are run. However, they remain independent, allowing management
to fulfil their duties fully. If they feel it is necessary, our board members can request independent,
professional advice at the company’s expense.
Audit and risk committee
Members
John Wetton* (chairman)
Fikile De Buck*
Modise Motloba*
Simo Lushaba*
Karabo Nondumo*
* Independent non-
executive
Description of committee’s overall expertise and experience
    A total combination of the following skills and experiences on the part of the individual members of
      this committee enables them to execute their duties as members of the audit and risk committee:
    Accounting experience, experience in investment banking, treasury services and fund management
    Roles on various other boards, as well as industry bodies experience
    Governance experience
•     Knowledge of business development in and around Africa
•     Previous roles as chief financial officers, business managers and an external auditor. Therefore a
      good understanding of company finances, risk, processes and controls
Primary functions
•     Monitors the operation of an adequate system of internal control and control processes
•     Monitors the preparation of accurate financial reporting and statements in compliance with all applicable legal and corporate
      governance requirements and accounting standards
•     Monitors risk management, ensures that significant risks identified are appropriately addressed and supports the board in the
      overall governance of risk
Key activities and actions in FY16
For the actions of the audit and risk committee in FY16 refer to the audit and risk committee chairman’s report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
128
Investment committee
Members
Simo Lushaba* (chairman)
Ken Dicks*
Cathie Markus*
Karabo Nondumo*^
Vishnu Pillay*
John Wetton*
André Wilkens
* Independent non-executive
^ Appointed 25 May 2016
Description of committee’s overall expertise and experience
    The combination of the following skills equips the investment committee with knowledge of
      what reasonable returns on investments are and a thorough understanding of the
      investment process, as well as insight into what investors want:
    Occupy various roles on other boards
    Experience in entrepreneurship and business development
    Extensive knowledge of the mining, legal and financial industries
Primary functions
    Considers projects, acquisitions and disposals in line with Harmony’s strategy and ensures that due diligence procedures are
      followed
    Conducts other investment-related functions designated by the board
Key activities and actions in FY16
Reviewed and recommended the budget and business plans for FY17
Considered investments, proposals, projects and proposed acquisitions in line with the board’s approved delegation of authority and
the committee’s terms of reference
Nomination committee
Members
Fikile De Buck* (chairman)
Joaquim Chissano*
Patrice Motsepe
Modise Motloba*
Mavuso Msimang*
* Independent non-executive
Description of committee’s overall expertise and experience
    The following insights allow the committee to find and nominate individuals who will add
      value to our Harmony board in the areas that we require:
    Experience in the mining, financial, accounting and legal sectors
    Extensive experience in management and leadership roles
    Understanding of Harmony, and its needs, as well as of the requirements of being on a
      board
Primary functions
Ensures that procedures governing board appointments are formal and transparent
Makes recommendations to the board on all new board appointments
Reviews succession planning for directors and other members of the executive team and oversees the board’s self-assessment
process
Key activities and actions in FY16
    Reviewed succession planning for directors and other members of the executive team and oversaw the board’s self-assessment
      process
    Reviewed and recommended directors for re-election who retired by rotation in terms of the company’s memorandum of
      incorporation
    Reviewed and recommended the composition, structure and size of the board and board committees
    Considered the positions of the chairman of the board, the deputy chairman of the board, the lead independent director and the
      deputy lead independent director and made recommendations to the board
    Reviewed and recommended the independence of non-executive directors (especially independent non-executives serving on the
      board for longer than nine years)
    Reviewed and recommended succession plans for the board, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, executive
      management, the company secretary and the head of internal audit
    Followed a transparent and formal process in recommending the appointment of Peter Steenkamp as the company’s new chief
      executive officer
Remuneration committee
Members
Cathie Markus* (chairman)
Fikile De Buck*
Simo Lushaba*
Vishnu Pillay*
John Wetton*
André Wilkens
* Independent non-executive
Description of committee’s overall expertise and experience
    Experience in accounting, remuneration and financial management roles, as well as legal
      and mining experience, allowing members to ensure our remuneration is aligned with
      industry standards, best practice and legislation
    Knowledge of the duties and responsibilities of board and executive positions, allowing
      realistic key performance indicators to be related to remuneration
Primary functions
    Ensures directors and executive managers are fairly rewarded for their contribution to Harmony’s performance
    Assists the board in monitoring, reviewing and approving Harmony’s compensation policies and practices, and in administrating its
      share incentive schemes
    Operates as an independent overseer of the group remuneration policy and makes recommendations to the board for final approval
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
129
Key activities and actions in FY16
•     Reviewed and recommended the remuneration policy to the board for inclusion in the notice to the annual general meeting for
      consideration by the shareholders as a non-binding advisory resolution (see Remuneration Report)
    Reviewed and recommended the remuneration report to be included in the integrated annual report (see Remuneration Report)
    Reviewed and recommended the non-executive directors’ fees to the board for consideration and approval by shareholders. For
      more information, refer to the Report to Shareholders 2016, which is available at www.har.co.za
    Reviewed and recommended executive directors’ and executive management’s annual salary increases (see Remuneration Report)
    Reviewed the annual salary increases of the company secretary and the head of internal audit
    The details of these activities are contained in this committee’s report, which can be found in the Remuneration Report.
Social and ethics committee
Members
Modise Motloba* (chairman)
Joaquim Chissano*
Fikile De Buck*
Cathie Markus*
Mavuso Msimang*
John Wetton*
* Independent non-executive
Description of committee’s overall expertise and experience
    Proven experience in the fields of sustainable and business development in Africa,
      community affairs, government relations, the drafting and implementing of charters,
      international relations and global leadership
    The collective experience of committee members brings with it the skills and relationships
      necessary to ensure Harmony can contribute to meaningful change through its social
      development and transformation work. In addition, this experience adds weight to the
      committee’s ability to enforce the code of conduct within Harmony
Primary functions
    Oversees policy and strategies pertaining to occupational health and employee well-being, environmental management, corporate
      social responsibility, human resources, public safety and ethics management
    Monitors implementation of policies and strategies by executives and their management teams for each discipline referred to above
    Assesses compliance of the company against relevant regulations
    Reviews material issues in each of the above disciplines to evaluate their relevance in the reporting period, and to identify additional
      material issues that warrant reporting, including sustainability related key performance indicators and levels of assurance
Key activities and actions in FY16
    Reviewed and recommended the social and ethics committee report to be included in the integrated annual report
    Reviewed and considered the social, economic and environmental issues affecting the company’s business
    Reviewed and considered the effect that the company’s operations had on the economic, social and environmental well-being of
      communities, as well as significant risks within the ambit of the committee’s responsibilities
    Approved material elements of sustainability reporting and the key performance indicators which were externally assured
    Considered and monitored the company’s employment relationships
    Attended a site visit to the company’s sustainable mining initiatives and community projects at Kalgold
    See the Social and Ethics Committee: Chairman’s report
Technical committee
Members
André Wilkens (chairman)
Ken Dicks*
Vishnu Pillay*
Karabo Nondumo*
* Independent non-executive
Description of committee’s overall expertise and experience
    Decades of experience in the mining industry, particularly in gold, mining technology and
      mining engineering
    Strong research skills
    This experience allows members to grasp fully the technical and operational challenges
      facing Harmony and lend their knowledge to the tasks required of them
Primary functions
    Provides a platform to discuss strategy, performance against targets, operational results, projects and safety
    Informs the board of key developments, progress against objectives and the challenges facing operations
    Reviews strategic plans before recommending such to the board for approval
    Provides technical guidance and support to management
Key activities and actions in FY16
    Monitored exploration in South Africa and Papua New Guinea
    Monitored all South African and Papua New Guinean operations
    Reviewed and recommended to the board the company’s annual budget and business plans
    Monitored safety across all operations
    Attended underground site visits to Kusasalethu, Joel and Tshepong/Phakisa.
During FY16, the majority of the members of all board committees were independent non-executive
directors. All board committees were chaired by an independent non-executive director, except for the
technical committee chaired by André Wilkens (a non-independent, non-executive director). The board is
confident that André’s leadership as chairman of the technical committee is in the best interest of the
company, based on his extensive knowledge of the specific areas of responsibilities of that committee.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
130
Board and board committee meeting attendance
Board
Audit
and risk
Nomination
Remuneration
Technical
Investment
Social
and ethics
Number of meetings
7
6
3
6
8*
4**
6**
Patrice Motsepe
(chairman)
6
3
Modise Motloba (deputy
chairman)
7
5
3
6
Joaquim Chissano
5
1
4
Fikile De Buck
6
6
2
5
4
Ken Dicks
7
8
4
Simo Lushaba
6
5
5
4
Cathie Markus
7
6
3
6
Mavuso Msimang
6
3
4
Karabo Nondumo***
7
5
6
Vishnu Pillay
5
4
8
4
John Wetton
7
6
6
4
6
André Wilkens
7
6
8
4
Peter Steenkamp
3^
Frank Abbott
7
Mashego Mashego
6
Graham Briggs
4#
Not applicable
* Includes two site visits
** Includes one site visit
^
Appointed to the board on 1 January 2016
#    Resigned from the board on 31 December 2015
***  Appointed to the Investment Committee in May 2016
Company secretary
In terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, the board has, on the recommendation of the nomination
committee, considered the performance, qualifications, level of experience and competence of the
company secretary. The board is satisfied that Riana Bisschoff is sufficiently competent, qualified and
experienced to act as Harmony’s company secretary. The board is further satisfied that Riana is not a
director of the board or any of the company’s subsidiaries and that she maintained an arm’s-length
relationship with the board during FY16.
The following information was taken into consideration during the review:
Riana Bisschoff (LLB, LLM) is a qualified attorney, conveyancer and notary. She has been a company
secretary for the past 12 years (nine years in a listed environment). Riana was appointed group
company secretary in March 2012, and is fully supported by the board and management. She plays an
active role in achieving good corporate governance, supporting the chairman and the board in:
    ensuring the effective functioning of the board
    providing guidance to the chairman, board and directors of Harmony’s subsidiaries on their
      responsibilities and duties in the prevailing regulatory and statutory environment
    raising matters that may warrant the attention of the board
The company secretary assists in ensuring that the board’s decisions and instructions are clearly
communicated and is available as a central source of guidance and advice in Harmony on matters of
ethics.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
131
Board evaluation
The board conducts annual self-assessments of its own performance, as well as the performances of its
board committees, individual directors and the chairman. From this process, a full report on the findings
and recommendations is drawn up, and the board implements any changes necessary during the
following financial year.
Legislative compliance
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-SO7, G4-SO8
One of the duties of the board is to ensure that Harmony complies with all applicable laws, in both South
Africa and Papua New Guinea, and that it adheres to non-binding rules, codes and standards. During the
year, Harmony implemented a comprehensive compliance management system aimed to provide added
assurance on regulatory compliance and good governance practices.
Harmony paid no significant fines in any of its areas of operation and had no actions brought against it
for anti-competitive behaviour, or for anti-trust or monopoly practices during FY16. See the chairman’s
report for the social and ethics committee report as well as the chairman’s report for the audit and risk
committee report.
Given the importance of public policy and our strategic objective of maintaining our licence to operate,
we have increased our engagement in recent years with the South African government on policy, often
through the Chamber of Mines. One such example is our engagement with the Department of Mineral
Resources, through the Chamber of Mines, on the new draft of the Broad-Based Socio-Economic
Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining Industry (Mining Charter). We have also engaged,
both directly and indirectly, with Eskom and the energy regulator on issues that could have an impact on
our operations, such as security of the power supply, the cost of electricity and potential carbon taxes.
Rotation of directors
Aligning with King III and with Harmony’s memorandum of incorporation, one-third of the board’s non-
executive directors must retire from office at each annual general meeting. These will be the non-
executive directors who have been in office the longest since their last election. In addition, those
directors appointed following the last annual general meeting held are also expected to stand down for
election by shareholders following their respective appointments.
In line with this, the directors who will retire at this year’s annual general meeting are:
    Cathie Markus
    Karabo Nondumo
    Vishnu Pillay
    André Wilkens
Their summary resumés are available in the Board of Directors section of this report. Their detailed
resumés are available in the Report to Shareholders, at
www.har.co.za/16/download/HAR-RS16.pdf and
are also accessible on www.harmony.co.za/about-us/board
.
Code of conduct
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-S05
Developed to respond to the challenge of ethical conduct in the business environment, our code of
conduct commits Harmony, our employees and our contractors to the highest moral standards, free from
conflicts of interest. Over the past few years we have done extensive work in enshrining our five values –
safety, accountability, achievement, connectedness and honesty – into everyday behaviour at Harmony,
through constructive employee engagement. These values underpin our code of conduct and align it with
our strategy.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
132
During FY16, our code of ethics was replaced by a code of conduct and a behavioural code in
consultation with the Ethics Institute of South Africa. This was done as part of our continued efforts to
adhere to good corporate governance and ethical standards. Making our codes easier to read and
understand was part of this process.

The board will review these codes every second year, while their application within Harmony is
continually monitored by management. Our ethics programme is also subject to independent assurance
as part of the internal audit coverage plan.

Our management ethics committee monitors our ethical culture and integrity. It also assesses
declarations of interest in terms of the code of conduct and provides feedback to the executive
committee, which then reports to the board’s social and ethics committee. As a result, ethics are
discussed and examined at every level of management within the company.

The code of conduct encourages employees and other stakeholders to report any suspected
irregularities. This can be done anonymously through a 24-hour crime line (which is managed by
external auditing specialists), as well as other channels. All incidents reported are investigated and
monitored by the white-collar crime committee, which comprises managers representing various
disciplines in the company and reports to the management ethics committee.

The identity of any employee or stakeholder who reports non-compliance with the code of conduct is
protected. Our anonymous ethics hotline number, which is widely advertised throughout the
organisation, is +27 (0) 800 21 23 39.
Restrictions on share dealings
During price-sensitive periods, our employees and directors are prohibited from dealing in Harmony
shares. Written notice of these restricted periods is communicated to employees and directors by the
company secretary. In terms of regulatory and governance standards, directors and employees are
required to disclose any dealings in Harmony shares in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements.
The clearance procedure for directors and the company secretary to deal in Harmony shares is
regulated by the company’s policy on trading in shares and insider trading.
Information technology governance
The board recognises that information technology is integral to doing business today, and fundamental in
supporting the sustainability and growth of our company. Accordingly, the focus of our information
technology division is to ensure accurate, reliable and timely information that supports effective reporting
and appropriate management of our business to enable Harmony to achieve its sustainability objectives.

The audit and risk committee monitors the return on investment from significant information technology
projects. Information technology management ensures that the key elements of appropriate project
management principles are applied to all information technology projects. A management information
technology steering committee has oversight of various information technology aspects, including
governance, compliance and business continuity.

Formal processes are in place to protect and manage information, including sensitive information
processed by the company, with a greater emphasis on cyber security. Various initiatives are underway to
raise awareness of the types of threats and what to do if such an event occurs.
Political donations
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-SO6
Harmony supports South Africa’s democratic processes and contributes to its political parties. A policy
relating to political donations has been adopted by the company. In the year under review, R2 million
(US$0.1 million) was donated to political parties in accordance with this policy.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
133
Sarbanes-Oxley
In line with New York Stock Exchange listing requirements, we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Details of this compliance and relevant processes can be found in our Form 20-F for FY16, which is
available at
www.harmony.co.za/investors/reporting/20f from 26 October 2016.
Access to information
Harmony complies with the Promotion of Access to Information Act 2000, which protects the constitutional
right to information that is required to exercise or protect a right. The purpose of this legislation is to foster a
culture of transparency and accountability in both public and private bodies, and to promote a society in
which all South Africans are enabled to enjoy their rights. For more on this see our website:
www.harmony.co.za/sustainability/governance#policies. The company received no requests for access to
information in term of this legislation during FY16.
HUMAN RIGHTS
Relevant Global Reporting Initiative indicators: G4-HR1, G4-LA14, G4-HR3, G4-HR9, G4-HR10, G4-
HR12, G4-SO3, G4-S03
Harmony recognises that human rights should be integrated into all that we do and, through the
entrenchment of our values, we endeavour to do this every day.
In line with the Companies Act, the social and ethics committee’s responsibilities include monitoring of
the company’s standing in terms of the goals and purposes of the ten principles set out in the United
Nations Global Compact. The United Nations Global Compact asks companies to embrace, support and
enact, within their sphere of influence, a set of core principles in the areas of human rights, labour
standards, the environment and
anti-corruption. The social and ethics committee monitors our performance regarding these principles,
based on the various reports submitted to them in terms of the committee’s annual work plan.
We acknowledge that human rights cannot be limited to how we conduct our business, but must also be
considered when we consider our business partnerships with other companies involved in our supply chain.
We screen prospective suppliers on their level of legal compliance and compare their business practices
with those prescribed in our code of conduct. This ensures that they behave in a way that Harmony believes
is appropriate and that is aligned with our values.
During the year under review, we did not identify any human rights infringements on the part of
companies involved in our supply chain, nor did we terminate any relationships on this basis.
Furthermore, no human rights grievances were recorded against Harmony.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
134
REMUNERATION REPORT
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN’S LETTER
Over the past year we have taken into consideration the constructive feedback from our shareholders by
introducing a minimum shareholding requirement for the executive management and directors and with
regard to both the short- and long-term incentives, we have increased the acceptable level of
performance and introduced personal performance criteria for executive short-term incentives.
I therefore have pleasure in submitting the annual remuneration report for FY16 on behalf of the
remuneration committee and the board. Recommended changes to our short- and long-term incentive
schemes are highlighted throughout the relevant sections in the report.
Our report is divided into two sections:
    Part one: remuneration, governance and policy
    Part two: remuneration outcomes during the year under review (FY16).
As before, this remuneration report and policy continues to focus on the remuneration of executive
directors, executive management and prescribed officers as well as on the fees paid to non-executive
directors. We rely on carefully designed variable pay structures which require certain levels of
performance against activities that are of primary importance to the sustainability and success of our
business. We continually reassess these measures to ensure that they are aligned with our group
strategy. We also give an overview of our employee share-option scheme, the Tlhakanelo Employee
Share Trust, which aims to give our non-managerial employees an opportunity to benefit as Harmony
shareholders.
For more on the committee and its activities during the year under review see the governance report on
page 128 of this report
Cathie Markus
Chairman, remuneration committee
26 October 2016
PART ONE: REMUNERATION GOVERANCE AND POLICY
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The remuneration committee is the custodian of Harmony’s remuneration policy and its implementation.
No member of the committee has a personal interest in the outcome of decisions made, and five of its
six members are independent non-executive directors.
For more information on the composition, primary functions, activities and actions of this committee, refer
to the Corporate Governance section on page 128 . The terms of reference of this committee are
available at www.harmony.co.za/sustainability/governance#policies.
The main focus areas for the remuneration committee during the year were as follows:
    Reviewed the short-term incentive scheme, the applicable performance measures and the
minimum threshold for bonus qualification
    The inclusion of a personal performance measurement on short-term incentives for executive
management
    Revision of the long-term incentive scheme, including the use of share appreciation rights, and the
performance measures applied to performance shares
    Determination of a minimum shareholding requirement for executive management and directors
    Benchmarking of executive and non-executive remuneration
    Engagement with our shareholders
    Approval and recommendation of the remuneration report
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
135
HARMONY’S REMUNERATION POLICY – ALIGNED WITH STRATEGY
Harmony’s reward strategy underpins our business strategy of producing profitable ounces, safely and
increasing our margins.
In order to achieve this, we rely on experienced, skilled teams who live our values and maintain
stakeholder relationships, in growing profits, and in maintaining a sustainable company.
Our remuneration policy has been designed with our business strategy in mind – to attract and retain
these experienced, skilled teams, and to motivate them to deliver and achieve our key business goals.
To ensure that this happens, we need to be certain that all elements of our remuneration and wider
reward offerings are aligned and market competitive.
In determining remuneration, the remuneration committee takes into account shareholders’, interests as
well as the financial health and future of the company.
BOARD REMUNERATION (NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS)
Harmony’s philosophy regarding the remuneration of non-executive directors is to ensure that they are
fairly rewarded for their contribution to the company’s overall performance.
Non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed annually to ensure that they remain competitive. In line with
the recommendations of King III, our non-executive directors are paid a retainer for board meetings
and an attendance fee for every board meeting attended. Non-executive directors also receive a
retainer for serving on a committee. In addition, an ad hoc fee is paid for special meetings or
attendance to company business, per day.
Non-executive directors do not receive share options or other incentive awards correlated with the share
price or group performance as these may impair their ability to provide impartial oversight and advice.
The proposed fees for FY17 are set out in the notice of annual general meeting on page 29 in the Report
to Shareholders 2016.
REMUNERATION MIX AT HARMONY
Harmony chooses to adopt an integrated approach to rewarding its employees.
KEY ELEMENTS OF HARMONY’S REMUNERATION STRUCTURE
Reward
elements
Remuneration strategy
Guaranteed
pay
In reviewing and approving levels of guaranteed pay, the committee ensures that
the guaranteed pay portion of remuneration is aligned with similar roles in the
market sector in which we operate and the contribution made by employees.
To compete effectively for skills in a challenging employment market, we identify the
target market against which to benchmark guaranteed pay. This target market
includes those organisations or companies that employ similar skills sets to those
which we require. Comparisons are made predominantly with the mining and
resources sectors to ensure that Harmony remains competitive.
Harmony aims for guaranteed pay levels relative to the median of the target market.
Guaranteed pay is inclusive of contributions by the company to a retirement fund
and a medical aid scheme.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
136
Short-term
incentive
The short-term incentive scheme provides for bonus payments. Bonus payments
are:
    based on team performance against annual targets that are reviewed
annually, modified by a personal performance rating for executive
management
    paid twice a year for all management employees in corporate, central services,
   
medical services and central operations (including executive management and
prescribed officers)
paid quarterly for designated shaft management team members and regional
operations management teams
During FY16, the board approved the following changes to the short-term incentive
scheme:
    the minimum acceptable level of performance (i.e. qualification threshold) was
      increased from 90% to 95%
    the R/kg performance driver was changed to total cost (working cost plus
capital excluding royalties)
    the short-term incentive for executives to be modified by a personal
performance rating
The targets on which bonus payments are based are derived from the company’s
business plan which is developed in terms of the company’s strategic objectives for
the year.
For executive management, the measures and weightings are as follows:
Performance drivers
Weighting
Gold produced
40%
Total cost (working costs +capex excl. royalties)
30%
Underground grade
30%
Payment parameters
To achieve a minimum qualification for a bonus, Harmony must achieve at least
95% of the business plan.
On-target performance will result in a total bonus of 60% of guaranteed pay.
Above-target performance is capped at 100% of guaranteed pay as illustrated
below:
% of business plan achieved
% of 6-month guaranteed pay
Parameter
<95
0
95
40
Threshold
100
60
Target
105
100
Maximum
>105
100
Safety as a modifier
Safety performance is applied as an adjustment in the calculation of our short-term
incentive bonuses. The company’s lost-time injury frequency rate for the total South
African business plan is used to measure Harmony’s safety performance.
If the planned safety target is achieved, 10% will be added to the overall percentage
bonus paid. If the company does not achieve its safety target, up to 10% will be
deducted from the overall percentage bonus paid as per the gradation scale
illustrated below:
Achievement against business plan
% added or deducted from overall bonus percentage*
100
10%
95
5%
90
0%
85
-5%
80
-10%
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
137
*Linear interpolation between these points
Personal performance modifier:
The personal performance percentage will be calculated according to an executive
manager’s personal performance measured against objectives set out in that
executive’s performance management contract as follows:
Guaranteed pay x group performance against plan (0% – 100%) x personal
performance percentage (0% – 150%)
Long-term
(share-
based)
incentive
The Harmony share plan (the plan) consists of share appreciation rights (SARs),
performance shares and restricted shares.
Employees eligible for participation in the plan include executive directors, executive
management and management. Non-executive directors may not participate in the
plan.
There is no repricing or surrender or re-grant of any offers. Share awards are not
granted in a closed period and no backdating of awards is allowed.
Rewards are settled in shares, although participants may receive, via our share
scheme administrators, cash from the sale of these shares, less tax payable.
The main elements of the share plan and performance conditions are summarised
below.
Share appreciation rights (SARs)
Eligible employees received annual allocations based on a percentage of their cost
to company, which vest in equal thirds on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of
such allocations and lapse in the sixth year as illustrated below. The value or reward
that accrues is based on the positive appreciation of the share price over time
(compared to the issue price) and continued employment.
The company acknowledges shareholders’ sentiment with regard to the issuing of
share appreciation rights. Such views will be considered should the company issue
new share appreciation rights going forward. Share appreciation rights were last
allocated in November 2014 (FY15).
Performance shares
Eligible employees receive annual conditional awards of a maximum number of
performance shares based on a percentage of cost to company and remuneration
category. The conditional award vests after three years, if and to the extent that
performance conditions have been satisfied. The conditional awards that do not vest
at the end of the three-year period will be forfeited.
The company reviewed and changed the performance criteria for performance
shares.
Awards made since November 2015 will be measured on the total shareholder
return of the company over a three-year period and will be capped at the maximum
vesting percentage of 100%. The total shareholder return vesting criteria will
comprise of two components:
    50% is based on absolute performance which takes into account the value of
      the company’s share price growth and the value of dividends paid over the
      measurement period
    50% is based on the relative performance of the company compared to that of
      the gold index over the measurement period
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
138
Absolute performance:
Performance
Achievement
Vesting*
Full (stretch)
100%
100%
Target
80%
80%
Threshold
45%
0%
*Linear interpolation will apply between levels
Relative performance:
Performance
Achievement
Vesting*
Full (stretch)
40%
150%
Target
0%
40%
Threshold
-5%
0%
*Linear interpolation will apply between levels
Details of the awards made during FY16 can be found in Part Two of this
Remuneration Report.
Restricted shares
The share plan allows for restricted shares and matching performance shares to be
granted to eligible employees at the discretion of the board based on past
performance. The board determines the quantum and balance between restricted
shares and matching performance shares.
Restricted shares vest three-years from the grant date. If the grant is not exercised,
partially or fully at the time, these shares remain restricted for a further three years and
are supplemented by a matching grant of restricted shares. The restricted shares and
the matching restricted shares are then settled after the end of a further three-year
period.
We acknowledge the sentiments of shareholders with regard to restricted shares
and our last grant of new restricted shares was made in 2012.
Plan limit
The approved aggregate number of shares that may be acquired by participants in
the long-term incentive plan, together with any other share plan or scheme are 60
011 669 shares as approved by the members of the company at an annual general
meeting held on 1 December 2010. To date, Harmony has issued 7 792 861 of
these approved shares.
The aggregate number of shares that may be acquired by any one participant in
terms of the long-term incentive plan together with any other share plan or scheme
approved by the members shall not exceed 2 100 000 shares. To date, none of the
participants has acquired an aggregate of more than 2 100 000 shares.
Recommended changes to the Harmony share plan (the plan)
A proposal will be made at the forthcoming annual general meeting to amend the
plan to:
    introduce a minimum shareholding requirement for executive management;
    determine the vesting of performance shares on actual achievement against
      the applicable performance criteria when a participant is a good leaver.
For more information refer to the notice of the annual general meeting in the
Report to Shareholders 2016 at
www.har.co.za.
Tlhakanelo
Employee
Share Trust
Administered in terms of the Tlhakanelo trust, this share-based incentive scheme
ensures that current and future qualifying employees participate in Harmony’s
growth. Qualifying employees are those who are permanently employed by the
company and who do not participate in any of the company’s other share incentive
schemes.
Under the Tlhakanelo employee share scheme, each award is split into the ratio of two
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
139
share appreciation rights for each ordinary share and these vest annually in equal
tranches on each anniversary of the allocation date. As per the provisions of the trust
deed, the last tranche of shares allocated in terms of the scheme will vest during
March 2017.
Share appreciation rights are subject to a guaranteed minimum payout of R18 per
share appreciation right and a maximum payout of R32 per share appreciation right
on each vesting date (over the five-year period).
Prior to vesting, participants may elect to receive their shares or have these sold on
their behalf.
Details of the awards made during FY16 can be found in Part Two of this
Remuneration Report.
CONTRACTS, SEVERANCE AND TERMINATION
Executive directors and executive managers have employment contracts with Harmony which include
notice periods of up to 90 days. There are no balloon payments on termination, automatic entitlement to
bonuses or automatic entitlement to share-based payments other than in terms of the company’s
approved share incentive plans.
NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE
Shareholders are requested to cast a non-binding advisory vote required by King III on Part One of this
remuneration report as it appears above. For more information refer to the notice of the annual general
meeting in the Report to Shareholders 2016 at
www.har.co.za/16/download/HAR-RS16.pdf
STAKEHOLDER FEEDBACK
We maintain open communication channels with our stakeholders, listen to feedback and take action
where this is deemed to be in the best interests of the company. Based on comments received from
shareholders following our FY15 remuneration report, we have enhanced our reporting and changed the
parameters of our short-term and long-term incentive schemes.
PART TWO: REMUNERATION PAID DURING THE YEAR BASED
ON THE POLICY APPLICABLE IN 2016
INCREASES TO GUARANTEED PACKAGE DURING THE YEAR UNDER REVIEW
An assessment of executive remuneration, and short- and long-term incentives was undertaken during
FY16.
Taking into consideration the prevailing market conditions, affordability and shareholders’ expectations,
an average increase of 5% to guaranteed remuneration packages of executives and management was
made during FY16.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
140
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PAYMENTS DURING THE YEAR UNDER REVIEW
During the year under review, achievement levels against the targets for the executive short-term
incentive scheme were as follows:
First period FY16 (July to December 2015)
Company performance measures
Weighting
% of plan achieved
Weighted %
Total kilograms
40
98
18.4
Total cost (R/kg)
30
97
13.2
Grade
30
103
19.5
Weighted average
51.1
Lost-time injury frequency rate adjustment
10
Percentage of six-months’ guaranteed pay
61.1
Second period FY16 (January to June 2016)
Company performance measures
Weighting
% of plan achieved
Weighted %
Total kilograms
40
87%
0
Total cost (R/kg)
30
78%
0
Grade
30
95%
12
Weighted average
12
Lost-time injury frequency rate adjustment
4
Percentage of six-months’ guaranteed pay
16
LONG-TERM INCENTIVES AWARDED DURING THE YEAR UNDER REVIEW
During FY16, the company took its shareholders’ sentiment with regard to the issuing of share
appreciation rights into consideration. As a result, no share appreciation rights were issued to employees
in FY16. Instead, such rights were replaced with a commensurate number of performance shares.
Harmony share plan rules applicable to the FY16 awards:
Share appreciation rights:
The value or reward that accrues on share appreciation rights is based on
the positive appreciation of the share price over time compared to the issue price.
Performance shares: The performance measure applicable to the performance awards is based on
Harmony’s total shareholder return over a three-year period. The vesting criteria will comprise of two
components, namely, absolute and relative performance, as set out on in this report, with vesting capped
at 100%.
Matching shares: No further grants of restricted shares have been made since 2012. The 2012
restricted shares not exercised in 2015 were supplemented with matching restricted shares.
The number of grants awarded for each executive director, prescribed officer and executive manager is
as set out in the table on page 143 of this report.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
141
Vesting of long-term incentives during the year under review
During the year, the following awards in terms of the long-term incentive plan vested in November 2015:
    Share appreciation rights allocated in November 2012
      The performance condition determined that the headline earnings per share growth from the
      allocation date should exceed the consumer price index. Headline earnings did not exceed the
      consumer price index. The performance condition was therefore not met. In terms of the long-term
      incentive plan, if the performance criteria have not been met, no rights will vest but will be
      postponed to the following anniversary until the performance criteria are met or the maximum
      period (sixth anniversary) is reached.
    Performance shares awarded in November 2012
      The vesting percentage of performance shares was based on the achievement of two conditions,
      namely gold production against plan and relative share price performance against South African
      gold mining companies.
      This resulted in a total vesting of 32.5% of performance shares granted in November 2012
      calculated as follows:
o
      Gold production had a maximum vesting of 50% and a minimum vesting of 0%. The company
achieved 92%, 87% and 88% of plan over the three consecutive years which resulted in an
average vesting of 20%.
o
      The company underperformed against its peers on the basis of its relative share price
performance which resulted in vesting of 12.5%.
    Restricted shares granted in November 2012
In terms of the plan, restricted shares not exercised will be supplemented by a matching award of
restricted shares, also restricted for three years.
Restricted shares granted in November 2012 were not exercised and remained restricted for a
further three years. Based on the discretion of the board, the restricted shares were
supplemented by a matching award of restricted shares at a ratio of three-for-one for executives.
TOTAL REMUNERATION OUTCOMES
Payments made through the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust
Incentives
FY16:
Total since
incorporation
of the trust:
Value of ordinary shares sold and proceeds paid to participants
(before tax)
R30 million
R132 million
Value of bonus payments paid to participants by Harmony based on
R18 per share appreciation right (before tax). No sale of shares
R18 million
R105 million
Total payments received by participants (value of shares plus share
appreciation rights bonus) (before tax)
R49 million
R237 million
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES
During August 2016, the remuneration committee considered an industry benchmark on non-executive
directors’ fees. On the recommendation of the remuneration committee, the board proposed an increase
in fees for all non-executive directors, to be considered for approval by the shareholders at the
forthcoming annual general meeting. For more information on the notice of the annual general meeting
refer to the Report to Shareholders 2016 at
www.har.co.za/16/download/HAR-RS16.pdf .
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
142
DIRECTORS’ EMOLUMENTS
Directors’ remuneration (R000)
Name
Directors’
fees
FY16
Salaries
and
benefits
FY16
Retirement
savings and
contributions
during the year
FY16
1
Bonuses
paid
FY16
Total
FY16
Total
FY15
Non-executive
Patrice Motsepe
1 105
1 105
1 077
Joachim Chissano
463
463
415
Fikile De Buck
970
970
836
Ken Dicks
606
606
482
Dr Simo Lushaba
718
718
615
Cathie Markus
694
694
705
Modise Motloba
971
971
841
Mavuso Msimang
545
545
443
Karabo Nondumo
544
544
561
Vishnu Pillay
593
593
472
John Wetton
956
956
789
Andre Wilkens
784
784
637
Executive
Frank Abbott
5 247
130
1 687
7 064
5 964
Graham Briggs 2
4 260
2 655
6 915
10 012
Mashego Mashego
3 664
404
1 217
5 285
4 797
Peter Steenkamp 3
3 526
496
4 022
Prescribed officers
Beyers Nel 4
1 282
194
207
1 683
Alwyn Pretorius 5
360
42
402
5 823
Phillip Tobias 6
1 346
156
88
1 590
Johannes van Heerden 7
7 187
315
1 124
8 626
6 119
Executive management
15 049
1 369
4 967
21 385
20 943
Total
8 949
41 921
3 106
11 945
65 921
61 531
1
Reflects amounts paid and not earned during the year
2
Stepped down as chief executive officer on 31 December 2015
3
Appointed as chief executive officer on 1 January 2016
4
Appointed as prescribed officer on 1 March 2016
5
Stepped down as prescribed officer on 31 July 2015
6
Appointed as prescribed officer on 1 March 2016
7
Salary is paid in AUS$ and is influenced by the movement in the exchange rate
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
143
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT SHARE INCENTIVES
As at 30 June 2016
Executive directors
Prescribed officers
Other
Total
Peter Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
Mashego Mashego
Graham Briggs 1
Johannes van
Heerden
Beyers Nel 2
Phillip Tobias 3
Executive
management 4
Other management
Movements on share
incentives
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Performance shares
Opening balance at
1 July 2015
n/a
437 195
n/a
314 790
n/a
1 187 604
n/a
314 790
n/a
142 395
n/a
91 662
n/a
1 597 721
n/a
10 236 351
n/a
14 322 508
n/a
Awards granted
512 000
n/a
736 809
n/a
455 758
n/a
550 000
n/a
455 758
n/a
236 220
n/a
236 220
n/a
1 875 118
n/a
20 594 748
n/a
25 652 631
n/a
Awards exercised
n/a
18 547
n/a
13 153
n/a
234 006
n/a
13 153
n/a
5 621
n/a
n/a
65 013
n/a
453 808
n/a
803 301
n/a
– Average sales price
n/a
8.78
8.78
37.29
8.78
8.78
n/a
8.78
13.02
19.55
– Gain realised on
awards exercised and
settled
162 843
115 483
8 725 326
115 483
49 352
570 814
5 962 993
15 702 295
Awards forfeited and
lapsed
n/a
38 520
n/a
27 318
n/a
1 503 598
n/a
27 318
n/a
11 676
n/a
n/a
451 105
n/a
2 134 265
n/a
4 193 800
n/a
Closing balance at
30 June 2016
512 000
n/a
1 116 937
n/a
730 077
n/a
n/a
730 077
n/a
361 318
n/a
327 882
n/a
2 956 721
n/a
28 243 026
n/a
34 978 038
n/a
Restricted shares
Opening balance at
1 July 2015
n/a
37 136
n/a
27 694
n/a
190 456
n/a
72 218
n/a
12 021
n/a
n/a
166 626
n/a
166 951
n/a
673 102
n/a
Awards granted
n/a
63 408
n/a
35 082
n/a
63 486
n/a
35 082
n/a
24 063
n/a
n/a
138 318
n/a
149 481
n/a
508 920
n/a
Awards exercised
n/a
n/a
n/a
253 942
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
18 540
n/a
272 482
n/a
– Average sales price
n/a
n/a
n/a
44.42
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
17.46
42.59
– Gain realised on
awards exercised and
settled
11 280 104
323 777
11 603 881
Awards forfeited and
lapsed
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
27 694
n/a
25 872
n/a
53 566
n/a
Closing balance at
30 June 2016
n/a
100 544
n/a
62 776
n/a
n/a
107 300
n/a
36 084
n/a
n/a
277 250
n/a
272 020
n/a
855 974
n/a
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
144
Executive directors
Prescribed officers
Other
Total
Peter Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
Mashego Mashego
Graham Briggs 1
Johannes van
Heerden
Beyers Nel 2
Phillip Tobias 3
Executive
management 4
Other management
Movements on share
incentives
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Share appreciation
rights
Opening balance at
1 July 2015
n/a
139 362
33.97
112 907
39.27
264 390
38.82
114 128
39.68
85 391
38.85
46 850
18.41
571 400
38.76
15 085 539
39.12
16 419 967
38.86
Rights granted and
accepted
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Rights accepted
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
669 824
18.42
669 824
18.42
Rights exercised
n/a
n/a
n/a
199 431
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
233 219
n/a
432 650
n/a
– Average sales price
n/a
n/a
n/a
44.42
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
46.40
45.49
– Gain realised on rights
exercised and settled
3 830 369
5 212 932
9 043 301
Rights forfeited and
lapsed
n/a
n/a
5 327
77.28
64 959
80.58
6 548
77.28
4 482
77.28
n/a
150 922
43.85
2 268 121
60.49
2 500 359
59.21
Closing balance at
30 June 2016
n/a
139 362
33.97
107 580
37.39
n/a
107 580
37.39
80 909
36.72
46 850
18.41
420 478
36.94
13 254 023
34.68
14 156 782
34.74
Gain realised on awards
exercised (SA rand)
162 843
115 483
23 835 799
115 483
49 352
570 814
11 499 702
36 349 476
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
145
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT SHARE INCENTIVES (continued)
As at 30 June 2016
Executive directors
Prescribed officers
Other
Total
Peter Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
Mashego Mashego
Graham Briggs 1
Johannes van
Heerden
Beyers Nel 2
Phillip Tobias 3
Executive
management 4
Other management
Outstanding awards
(listed by allocation
date)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Performance shares
512 000
1 116 937
730 077
730 077
361 318
327 882
2 956 721
28 243 026
34 978 038
15 November 2013
n/a
172 666
n/a
124 604
n/a
n/a
124 604
n/a
51 768
n/a
n/a
491 299
n/a
3 652 588
n/a
4 617 529
n/a
17 November 2014
n/a
207 462
n/a
149 715
n/a
n/a
149 715
n/a
73 330
n/a
91 662
n/a
590 304
n/a
5 129 200
n/a
6 391 388
n/a
16 November 2015
n/a
736 809
n/a
455 758
n/a
n/a
455 758
n/a
236 220
n/a
236 220
n/a
1 875 118
n/a
19 461 238
n/a
23 457 121
n/a
17 February 2016
512 000
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
512 000
n/a
Restricted shares
100 544
62 776
107 300
36 084
277 250
272 020
855 974
15 November 2010
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
22 262
n/a
n/a
n/a
26 413
n/a
30 606
n/a
79 281
n/a
15 November 2011
n/a
8 000
n/a
8 000
n/a
n/a
8 000
n/a
4 000
n/a
n/a
20 000
n/a
16 000
n/a
64 000
n/a
16 November 2012
n/a
21 136
n/a
11 694
n/a
n/a
11 694
n/a
8 021
n/a
n/a
46 106
n/a
44 702
n/a
143 353
n/a
15 November 2013
(2010 award - matching
shares)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
22 262
n/a
n/a
n/a
26 413
n/a
30 606
n/a
79 281
n/a
17 November 2014
(2011 award - matching
shares)
n/a
8 000
n/a
8 000
n/a
n/a
8 000
n/a
n/a
n/a
20 000
n/a
16 000
n/a
60 000
n/a
16 November 2015
(2012 award - matching
shares)
n/a
63 408
n/a
35 082
n/a
n/a
35 082
n/a
24 063
n/a
n/a
138 318
n/a
134 106
n/a
430 059
n/a
Share appreciation
rights
139 362
107 580
107 580
80 909
46 850
420 478
13 254 023
14 156 782
15 November 2010
n/a
84.81
6 400
84.81
n/a
6 400
84.81
4 329
84.81
n/a
22 405
84.81
536 843
84.81
576 377
84.81
15 November 2011
n/a
6 585
104.79
5 361
104.79
n/a
5 361
104.79
4 620
104.79
n/a
20 275
104.79
549 238
104.79
591 440
104.79
16 November 2012
n/a
16 204
68.84
11 694
68.84
n/a
11 694
68.84
8 021
68.84
n/a
46 106
68.84
1 275 807
68.84
1 369 526
68.84
15 November 2013
n/a
52 951
33.18
38 212
33.18
n/a
38 212
33.18
26 459
33.18
n/a
150 665
33.18
4 619 989
33.18
4 926 488
33.18
17 November 2014
n/a
63 622
18.41
45 913
18.41
n/a
45 913
18.41
37 480
18.41
46 850
18.41
181 027
18.41
6 272 146
18.41
6 692 951
18.41
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
146
Executive directors
Prescribed officers
Other
Total
Peter Steenkamp
Frank Abbott
Mashego Mashego
Graham Briggs 1
Johannes van
Heerden
Beyers Nel 2
Phillip Tobias 3
>
Executive
management 4
Other management
Outstanding awards
(listed by allocation
date)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Number
of
awards
Average
price
(SA
rand)
Closing balance as at
30 June 2016
512 000
1 356 843
900 433
944 957
478 311
374 732
3 654 449
41 769 069
49 990 794
1
Graham Briggs retired as chief executive officer and director with effect from 31 December 2015. The gain realised on awards and rights settled, in terms of the “no fault” provisions of the share plan amounted to R23 422 872.
2
Beyers Nel appointed as chief operating officer of the South African operations with effect from 1 March 2016. All awards were granted prior to this appointment.
3
Phillip Tobias appointed as chief operating officer of safety, mining projects, new development and corporate strategy with effect from 1 March 2016. All awards were granted prior to this appointment.
4
Alywyn Pretorius, previously the chief operating officer of the South African Operations (prescribed officer) resigned from the group with effect from 30 November 2015. All awards and the movements thereon are included as part of executive management.
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
147
AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE:
CHAIRMAN’S REPORT
In accordance with the Companies Act 71 of 2008 (the Act), I have pleasure in submitting this report for the
financial year ended 30 June 2016. This committee complies with the requirements of the Act pertaining to
the composition and functions of an audit committee. In addition, as explained in the committee’s terms of
reference, Harmony’s audit committee is also tasked with overseeing risk management in the company and
is therefore known as the audit and risk committee (the committee).
COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE
In terms of the Act, the following members, who were serving on the committee as at 30 June 2016, will be
recommended for re-appointment as audit and risk committee members for FY17 to shareholders at
Harmony’s annual general meeting:
Name
Status
Date appointed
John Wetton
(chairman)
Independent non-executive director
1 July 2011, appointed chairman 30
November 2011
Fikile De Buck
Lead independent non-executive
director
30 March 2006
Dr Simo Lushaba
Independent non-executive director
24 January 2003
Modise Motloba
Independent non-executive director
30 July 2004
Karabo Nondumo
Independent non-executive director
3 May 2013
The individuals proposed satisfy the requirements set out in section 94 of the Act for members of an audit
committee, and their appointment will ensure that the committee continues to have adequate and relevant
knowledge as well as the experience required for the committee to perform its functions proficiently. For
details of the qualifications, expertise and experience of the members of the audit and risk committee, refer
to Board of Directors. Their detailed curriculum vitae are available at
www.harmony.co.za/about-us/board.
PURPOSE, ROLE AND ACTIVITIES
The purpose and role of the committee is in accordance with the requirements of the Act, the JSE Listings
Requirements, King III and additional requirements imposed on the committee by the board. Further details
can be found in the committee’s terms of reference available on Harmony’s website at
www.harmony.co.za/sustainability/governance#policies.
The committee undertakes its duties with accountability to both the board and stakeholders of Harmony. In
FY16, the committee:
    Reviewed the company’s financial results
Evaluated and considered Harmony’s risks, as well as measures taken to mitigate those risks. In
addition, the committee also considered and refined the company’s risk appetite and tolerance levels
    Monitored the internal control environment in Harmony and found it to be effective
    Discussed the appropriateness of accounting principles, critical accounting policies, management
judgements, estimates and impairments, all of which were found to be appropriate
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
148
    Considered the appointment of the external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc (PwC), as the
registered independent auditor for the ensuing year. A new PwC audit partner (Hendrik Odendaal) was
appointed from FY16 following the compulsory rotation of Faan Lombard, who had served as
Harmony’s audit partner for the previous five years
    Satisfied itself, and confirmed through enquiry, that the external audit firm, PwC, was independent from
the company
    Evaluated the independence and effectiveness of the internal audit function
    Evaluated and coordinated the internal audit, external audit and sustainability assurance processes
    Received and considered reports from the external and internal auditors
    Reviewed and approved internal and external audit plans, terms of engagement and fees, as well as
the nature and extent of non-audit services rendered by the external auditors
    Considered the appropriateness and expertise of the financial director, Frank Abbott, as well as that of
the finance function – both were found to be adequate and appropriate
    Oversaw and governed the governance of information technology on behalf of the board and
considered whether information technology risks were adequately addressed and whether appropriate
controls were in place to address those risks
    Considered and confirmed the company as a going concern and
    Oversaw the process of assurance of the integrated report
    Considered the distribution of a dividend taking into consideration the requirements of section 4 of the
Companies Act, No 71 of 2008
The audit and risk committee is confident that it complied with the legal, regulatory and other
responsibilities assigned to it by the board, under its terms of reference and in accordance with the Act, the
JSE Listings Requirements and King III.
The internal audit function reports directly to the audit and risk committee, except on administrative matters
about which it reports to the executive: risk management and services improvement. The internal and
external auditors attend the committee’s quarterly meetings and have unrestricted access to the chairman
of the committee. The audit and risk committee met privately with the internal and external auditors during
FY16.
Post year-end, upon recommendation from the committee, the board approved:
    The Annual Financial Statements and Summarised Consolidated Financial Statements for the year
ended 30 June 2016
    The Integrated Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2016, in accordance with King III and the
JSE Listings Requirements
    The annual report filed on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2016 for subsequent submission to
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
    The notice of the annual general meeting to be held on 25 November 2016
For more on the committee and its activities during FY16 see Corporate Governance.
John Wetton
Chairman: audit and risk committee
26 October 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
149
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
CONTACTS
Executive: Corporate and Investor Relations
Marian van der Walt
Telephone: +27 11 411 2037
Fax: +27 86 614 0999
Mobile: +27 82 888 1242
Email: marian@harmony.co.za
Investor relations queries
Email: harmonyIR@harmony.co.za
General enquiries:
E-mail: corporate@harmony.co.za
Harmony website: www.harmony.co.za
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS AND TICKER CODES
Harmony’s primary listing is on the JSE Limited. It is also quoted in the form of American depositary
receipts on the New York Stock Exchange and as international depositary receipts on the Berlin exchange.
Harmony’s ticker codes on these exchanges are as follows:
JSE Limited
HAR
New York Stock Exchange Euronext
HMY
Berlin Stock Exchange
HAM1
SHARE INFORMATION
Sector
Resources
Sub-sector
Gold
Issued share capital as at 30 June 2016
437 299 479 shares in issue
Market capitalisation
at 30 June 2016
R22.9 billion or US$1.6 billion
at 30 June 2015
R6.8 billion or US$560 million
Share price statistics – FY16
Johannesburg Stock Exchange: 12-month high
R62.89
12-month low
R7.92
Closing price as at 30 June
2016
R52.47
New York Stock Exchange: 12-month high
US$4.17
12-month low
US$0.53
Closing price as at 30 June
2016
US$3.61
Free float
100%
ADR ratio
1:1
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
150
SHAREHOLDER SPREAD AS AT 30 JUNE 2016
Shareholder spread
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
shares
% of issued
share capital
Public
8 608
99.87
182 283 005
41.68
Non-public
11
0.13
255 016 474
58.32
Share option scheme
5
0.06
611 650
0.14
Holding 10% +
2
0.02
253 746 138
58.03
Directors*
4
0.05
658 686
0.15
Totals
8 619
100.00
437 299 479
100.00
* Held by Frank Abbott, Graham Briggs # , Ken Dicks, Mashego Mashego and André Wilkens
#
Director and chief executive officer until 31 December 2015
Analysis of ordinary
shares
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
shares
% of issued
share capital
Range
1 – 10 000
8 135
94.38
4 407 414
1.01
10 001 – 100 000
328
3.81
11 884 500
2.72
100 001 – 1 000 000
122
1.42
40 134 151
9.18
1 000 001 – And more
34
0.39
380 873 414
87.10
Totals
8 619
100.00
437 299 479
100.00
Ownership summary as at 30 June 2016 – top 10 shareholders
Rank
Institution
% Total shares
outstanding
30 June 2016
1
African Rainbow Minerals Ltd
14.55
2
Allan Gray Unit Trust Management Ltd.
12.04
3
Van Eck Global
10.77
4
Retail investors (North America)
7.99
5
Public Investment Corp. of South Africa
7.79
6
Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc.
3.29
7
Renaissance Technologies LLC
2.83
8
Retail investors (Europe)
2.68
9
The Vanguard Group, Inc.
2.62
10
Universal-Investment GmbH
2.25
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
151
DIVIDEND POLICY
In considering the payment of dividends, the board will, with the assistance of the audit and risk and
investment committees, take into account the following:
    The current financial status of the company and the payment of a proposed dividend subject to the
successful application of the solvency and liquidity test as set out in section 4 of the Companies Act of
2008
    The future funding and capital requirements of the company
    The intention to pay a dividend
Dividend declared
A dividend of 50 South African cents per share (4 US cents per share) was declared for FY16. Harmony’s
stated dividend policy is to only pay dividends from profits and not from debt.
SHAREHOLDERS’ DIARY
Financial year-end
30 June
Results presentations FY17
Annual financial
statements issued
26 October 2016
Interim results for the
half-year
3 February 2017
Form 20-F issued
26 October 2016
Full-year results
17 August 2017
Annual general meeting
25 November 2016
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
152
DIRECTORATE AND ADMINISTRATION
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited was incorporated and registered as a public company in South
Africa on 25 August 1950
Registration number: 1950/038232/06
Corporate office
Randfontein Office Park
PO Box 2, Randfontein, 1760
South Africa
Corner Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue
Randfontein, 1759
South Africa
Telephone: +27 11 411 2000
Website:
www.harmony.co.za
DIRECTORS
PT Motsepe* (chairman)
FFT De Buck*^ (lead independent director)
JM Motloba*^ (deputy chairman)
PW Steenkamp (chief executive officer)
F Abbott (financial director)
JA Chissano*
1
^
KV Dicks*^
Dr DSS Lushaba*^
CE Markus*^
HE Mashego**
M Msimang*^
KT Nondumo*^
VP Pillay*^
JL Wetton*^
AJ Wilkens*
* Non-executive
** Executive
^ Independent
1
Mozambican
INVESTOR RELATIONS
E-mail: harmonyIR@harmony.co.za
Marian van der Walt
Executive: Corporate and Investor Relations
Telephone: +27 11 411 2037
Fax: +27 86 614 0999
Mobile: +27 82 888 1242
E-mail: marian@harmony.co.za
COMPANY SECRETARY
Riana Bisschoff
Telephone: +27 11 411 6020
Fax: +27 11 696 9734
Mobile: +27 83 629 4706
E-mail: riana.bisschoff@harmony.co.za
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2016
153
TRANSFER SECRETARIES
Link Market Services South Africa
(Proprietary) Limited
(Registration number 2000/007239/07)
13th Floor, Rennie House,
Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein
PO Box 4844
Johannesburg, 2000
South Africa

Telephone: +27 86 154 6572
E-mail: info@linkmarketservices.co.za
Fax: +27 86 674 2450
ADR* DEPOSITARY
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas c/o American Stock Transfer and Trust Company
Peck Slip Station
PO Box 2050
New York, NY 10272-2050
E-mail queries: db@amstock.com

Toll free: +1-800-937-5449
Int: +1-718-921-8137
Fax: +1-718-765-8782
*ADR: American Depositary Receipts
SPONSOR
JP Morgan Equities South Africa (Pty) Ltd
1 Fricker Road, corner Hurlingham Road
Illovo, Johannesburg, 2196
Private Bag X9936, Sandton, 2146

Telephone: +27 11 507 0300
Fax: +27 11 507 0503
TRADING SYMBOLS
JSE Limited: HAR
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.: HMY
Berlin Stock Exchange: HAM1
ISIN: ZAE 000015228
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Page
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
Group Income Statements for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014
F-3
Group Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014
F-4
Group Balance Sheets at June 30, 2016 and 2015
F-5
Group Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014
F-6
Group Cash Flow Statements for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014
F-7
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
F-8
Index to Financial Statements
F-1
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa
26 October 2016
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, statements of
comprehensive income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and its subsidiaries at June 30,2016 and 2015, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2016 in conformity with
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2016, based on criteria
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15 (b).
Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting
based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
F-2
BACKGROUND IMAGE
Figures in million
Notes
2016
2015
2014
Revenue
1 264
1 348
1 515
Cost of sales
5
(1 088)
(1 645)
(1 549)
Production costs
(914)
(1 103)
(1 148)
Amortisation and depreciation
(149)
(216)
(207)
Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of assets
3
(285)
(135)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
(1)
(22)
(26)
Other items
(27)
(19)
(33)
Gross profit/(loss)
176
(297)
(34)
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
(28)
(33)
(42)
Social investment expenditure
(4)
(6)
(9)
Exploration expenditure
(13)
(23)
(44)
Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment
13
(4)
(42)
-
Foreign exchange translation loss (net)
6
(13)
(32)
(18)
Other income/(expenses) (net)
7
(3)
-
1
Operating profit/(loss)
8
111
(433)
(146)
Loss from associates
19
-
(2)
(10)
Profit on disposal of investments
-
-
1
Net gain on financial instruments
16
1
1
16
Investment income
9
16
20
21
Finance cost
10
(19)
(22)
(27)
Profit/(loss) before taxation
109
(436)
(145)
Taxation
11
(43)
62
27
Net profit/(loss) for the year
66
(374)
(118)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
66
(374)
(118)
Non-controlling interest
-
-
-
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents)
Total earnings/(loss)
12
15
(86)
(27)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (cents)
Total diluted earnings/(loss)
12
15
(86)
(27)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
US dollar
GROUP INCOME STATEMENTS
for the years ended 30 June 2016
F-3
BACKGROUND IMAGE
GROUP STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the years ended 30 June 2016
Figures in million
Notes
2016
2015
2014
Net profit/(loss) for the year
66
(374)
(118)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of income tax
(375)
(367)
(209)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
(375)
(368)
(206)
Foreign exchange translation gain/(loss)
23
(375)
(368)
(206)
Gain on fair value movement of available-for-sale investments
23
-
-
1
Movement on available-for-sale investments recognised in profit or loss
23
-
-
(1)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
-
1
(3)
Remeasurement of retirement benefit obligation
Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised during the year
25
-
1
(4)
Deferred taxation thereon
-
-
1
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
(309)
(741)
(327)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent
(309)
(741)
(327)
Non-controlling interest
-
-
-
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
US dollar
F-4
BACKGROUND IMAGE
GROUP BALANCE SHEETS
Figures in million
Notes
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
13
2 033
2 430
Intangible assets
14
59
73
Restricted cash
15
4
4
Restricted investments
16
170
196
Inventories
21
3
3
Trade and other receivables
18
12
7
Total non-current assets
2 281
2 713
Current assets
Inventories
21
79
106
Restricted cash
15
1
1
Trade and other receivables
18
44
62
Income and mining taxes
-
2
Derivative financial assets
17
25
-
Cash and cash equivalents
85
88
Total current assets
234
259
Total assets
2 515
2 972
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Share capital and reserves
Share capital
22
4 036
4 035
Other reserves
23
(1 591)
(1 238)
Accumulated loss
(531)
(597)
Total equity
1 914
2 200
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
11
164
157
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
24
148
182
Retirement benefit obligation
25
11
13
Other non-current liabilities
26
1
3
Borrowings
27
139
280
Total non-current liabilities
463
635
Current liabilities
Borrowings
27
20
-
Income and mining taxes
3
-
Trade and other payables
28
115
137
Total current liabilities
138
137
Total equity and liabilities
2 515
2 972
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
US dollar
At 30 June
2016
At 30 June
2015
F-5
BACKGROUND IMAGE
GROUP STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
for the years ended 30 June 2016
Number of
ordinary
Share
Share
Other
Figures in million (US dollar)
shares issued
capital
premium
reserves
Total
Notes
22
22
23
Balance - 30 June 2013
435 289 890
33
4 002
(105)
(701)
3 229
Issue of shares
- Exercise of employee share options
535 557
-
-
-
-
-
Share-based payments
-
-
-
-
23
23
Net loss for the year
-
-
-
(118)
-
(118)
Other comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
-
(209)
(209)
Balance - 30 June 2014
435 825 447
33
4 002
(223)
(887)
2 925
Issue of shares
- Exercise of employee share options
361 686
-
-
-
-
-
Share-based payments
-
-
-
-
16
16
Net loss for the year
-
-
-
(374)
-
(374)
Other comprehensive loss for the year
-
-
-
-
(367)
(367)
Balance - 30 June 2015
436 187 133
33
4 002
(597)
(1 238)
2 200
Issue of shares
1 077 346
-
-
-
-
-
35 000
-
-
-
-
-
Share-based payments
-
-
-
-
22
22
Reversal of provision for odd lot repurchases
-
-
1
-
-
1
Net profit for the year
-
-
-
66
-
66
Other comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
-
(375)
(375)
Balance - 30 June 2016
437 299 479
33
4 003
(531)
(1 591)
1 914
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
- Exercise of employee share options
- Share issued to the Tlhakanelo Employee
Share Trust
Accumulated
loss
F-6
BACKGROUND IMAGE
GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
for the years ended 30 June 2016
Figures in million
Notes
2016
2015
2014
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Cash generated by operations
29
322
168
218
Interest received
5
9
13
Interest paid
(11)
(9)
(12)
Income and mining taxes refunded/(paid)
(4)
8
-
Cash generated by operating activities
312
176
219
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
(Increase)/decrease in restricted cash
(1)
1
(1)
(Increase)/decrease in amounts invested in restricted investments
3
2
(2)
Proceeds on disposal of investments
-
-
5
Loan to associate advanced
19
-
(10)
-
Loan to ARM BBEE Trust
18
(14)
-
-
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
-
1
-
Additions to intangible assets
-
(1)
(1)
Additions to property, plant and equipment
(168)
(246)
(256)
Cash utilised by investing activities
(180)
(253)
(255)
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings raised
27
24
80
60
Borrowings paid
27
(138)
(65)
(44)
Cash generated/(utilised) by financing activities
(114)
15
16
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(21)
(22)
(17)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(3)
(84)
(37)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year
88
172
209
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year
85
88
172
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
US dollar
F-7
BACKGROUND IMAGE
for the years ended 30 June 2016
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PREPARATION
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
The effective dates below are for the financial periods beginning on or after the given date.
Title
Effective date
Title
Presentation of Financial Statements
IAS 7 (Amendments)
Statement of Cash Flows
The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards may possibly have an impact on the group:
Title
IFRS 2 (Amendments)
The impact of the amendment is currently being assessed by management.
a. the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled
share-based payments;
b. share-based payment transactions with a net settled feature for withholding tax
obligations; and
c. a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the
classification of the transaction from cash-settled to equity-settled.
IAS 1 (Amendments)
1 January 2016
1 January 2017
Pronouncement
Effective date
Share-Based Payment - Classification and Measurement of Share-Based Payment
Transactions
The amendments, which were developed through the IFRS Interpretations Committee,
provide requirements on the accounting for:
1 January 2018
IAS 27 (Amendments)
Separate Financial Statements
1 January 2016
The following standards or amendments to standards are not expected to have an impact on the results of the group but will affect the disclosure in the
financial statements:
Pronouncement
Effective date
IAS 16 and IAS 38
(Amendments)
Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets – Clarification of acceptable
methods of depreciation and amortisation
1 January 2016
IAS 16 and IAS 41
(Amendments)
Amendments to Property, Plant and Equipment and Agriculture –
Bearer plants
1 January 2016
IFRS 10 and IAS 28
(Amendments)
Consolidated Financial Statements and Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures -
Investment entities
1 January 2016
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet
effective and have not been early adopted
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the standards, amendments to standards and interpretations listed below were in issue but not
yet effective. These new standards and interpretations have not been early adopted by the group and the group plans on adopting these standards,
amendments to standards and interpretations on the dates when they become effective.
The following standards or amendments to standards are not relevant to the group:
Pronouncement
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the company) and its subsidiaries (collectively Harmony or the group) are engaged in gold mining and related
activities, including exploration, extraction and processing. Gold bullion, the group’s principal product, is currently produced at its operations in South Africa
and Papua New Guinea (PNG).
The company is a public company, incorporated and domiciled in South Africa. The address of its registered office is Randfontein Office Park, Corner Main
Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759.
The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the board of directors on 26 October 2016.
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements have been consistently applied in all years presented.
No new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations to existing standards were adopted by the group during the financial year.
The financial statements of the group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRIC Interpretations (collectively IFRS).
IFRS 14
Regulatory Deferral Accounts
1 January 2016
F-8
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Pronouncement
Title
IFRS 11 (Amendments)
The impact of the amendment is currently being assessed by management. Initial
assessments indicate that the amendment would have an impact on the financial
statements if the group were to acquire an initial or additional interest in a joint operation.
The impact of the standard is currently being assessed by management. The standard
would affect the classification and measurement of financial instruments, however, the
initial assessment indicates that the standard would not have a significant impact on the
financial statements based on the group's existing financial instruments at year end.
IFRS 10 and IAS 28
(Amendments)
Consolidated Financial Statements and Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
The main consequence of the amendments is that a full gain or loss is recognised when a
transaction involves a business (whether it is housed in a subsidiary or not). A partial gain
or loss is recognised when a transaction involves assets that do not constitute a business,
even if these assets are housed in a subsidiary.
Date to be determined at a
later stage
The impact of the amendment is currently being assessed by management. Initial
assessments indicate that the standard would not have an impact on the financial
statements.
Joint Arrangements - Acquisitions of interests in joint operations
Amends IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements to require an acquirer of an interest in a joint
operation in which the activity constitutes a business (as defined in IFRS 3 Business
Combinations
) to:
Apply all of the business combinations accounting principles in IFRS 3 and other IFRSs,
except for those principles that conflict with guidance in IFRS 11;
Disclose the information required by IFRS 3 and either IFRSs for business combinations.
The amendments apply both to the initial acquisition of an interest in joint operation, and
the acquisition of an additional interest in a joint operation (in the latter case, previously
held interests are not remeasured).
1 January 2016
IFRS 9
Financial Instruments
This standard on classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
will replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . IFRS 9 has two
measurement categories: amortised cost and fair value. All equity instruments are
measured at fair value.
A debt instrument is measured at amortised cost only if the entity is holding it to collect
contractual cash flows and the cash flows represent principal and interest. The standard
introduces a fair value through other comprehensive income category for certain debt
instruments, where part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded
in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement.
1 January 2018
Hedge accounting
The new requirements in IFRS 9 align hedge accounting more closely with risk
management, and establishes a more principles-based approach to hedge accounting and
addresses inconsistencies and weaknesses in the current model in IAS 39.
Expected credit losses
IFRS 9 introduces a new model for the recognition of impairment losses – the expected
credit losses (ECL) model. The new rules mean that entities will have to record a day 1
loss equal to the 12-month ECL on initial recognition of financial assets that are not credit
impaired (or lifetime ECL for trade receivables).
IFRS 9 contains a ‘three stage’ approach which is based on the change in credit quality of
financial assets since initial recognition. The stages dictate how an entity measures
impairment losses and applies the effective interest rate method.
Disclosures
Extensive disclosures are required, including reconciliations from opening to closing
amounts of the ECL provision, assumptions and inputs and a reconciliation on transition of
the original classification categories under IAS 39 to the new classification categories in
IFRS 9.
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS continued
The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards may possibly have an impact on the group: continued
Effective date
F-9
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Pronouncement
Title
IFRS 15
IFRS 16
IFRSs
MEASUREMENT BASIS
GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.1 Consolidation
The impact of the amendment is currently being assessed by management.
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets,
financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and cash-settled share-based payments.
Accounting policies are included in the relevant notes to the consolidated financial statements and have been highlighted in grey shading in the notes to the
group financial statements. The accounting policies below are applied throughout the financial statements:
The group recognises that control is the single basis for consolidation for all types of entities in accordance with IFRS 10 - Consolidated Financial
Statements
.
The consolidated financial information includes the financial statements of the company, its subsidiaries, interest in associates and joint
arrangements and structured entities. Where the group has no control over an entity, that entity is not consolidated.
Leases
This standard replaces the current guidance in IAS 17, as well as IFRIC 4. The new
standard requires lessees to recognise a lease liability reflecting future lease payments
and a ‘right-of-use asset’ for virtually all lease contracts (with limited exceptions), whereas
previously, lessees were required to make a distinction between a finance lease (on
balance sheet) and an operating lease (off balance sheet).
For lessors, the accounting stays almost the same. However, as the IASB has updated the
guidance on the definition of a lease (as well as the guidance on the combination and
separation of contracts), lessors will also be affected by the new standard. The new
accounting model for lessees is expected to impact negotiations between lessors and
lessees. Under IFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right
to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
The impact of the standard is currently being assessed by management.
1 January 2019
Annual Improvements 2012-2014 cycle
IFRS 5 – Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations – Addresses
changes in methods of disposal.
IFRS 7 – Financial Instruments : Disclosures – Addresses servicing contracts and the
applicability of the amendments to IFRS 7 to condensed interim financial statements.
IFRS 19 – Employee Benefits – Addresses issues related to regional markets when
determining discount rates.
IFRS 34 – Interim Financial Reporting – Addresses disclosure of information ‘elsewhere in
the interim financial report’.
1 January 2016
The impact of the improvements are currently being assessed by management. Initial
assessments indicate that the improvements would not have a significant impact on the
financial statements.
IAS 12 (Amendments)
Income taxes - Recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses
These amendments clarify how to account for deferred tax assets related to debt
instruments measured at fair value, as well as deferred tax where an asset is measured at
fair value and that fair value is below the asset's tax base.
1 January 2017
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS continued
The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards may possibly have an impact on the group: continued
Effective date
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The core principle is that revenue must be recognised when goods or services are
transferred to the customer, at the transaction price. The most significant changes that
flow from the principle are:
1. Any bundled goods or services that are distinct must be separately recognised, and any
discounts or rebates on the contract price must generally be allocated to the separate
elements.
2. Revenue may be recognised earlier than under current standards if the consideration
varies for any reasons (such as for incentives, rebates, performance fees, royalties,
success of an outcome etc.) - minimum amounts must be recognised if they are not at
significant risk of reversal.
3. The point at which revenue is able to be recognised may shift: some revenue which is
currently recognised at a point in time at the end of a contract may now be recognised
over the contract term and vice versa.
The impact of the standard is currently being assessed by management. Initial
assessments indicate that the standard would not have a significant impact on the
financial statements based on the group's existing operations and processes in place.
1 January 2018
F-10
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES
TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
2.1 Consolidation continued
Control
(i) Subsidiaries
(ii) Associates
The carrying value of an associate is reviewed on a regular basis and, if impairment in the carrying value has occurred, it is written off in the period in
which such impairment is identified.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the group’s interest in the associates.
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment that should be recognised.
Accounting policies of associates have been reviewed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.
Associates are entities in which the group has significant influence, but not control, over operational and financial policies. This may be when there is
a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights or when significant influence can be otherwise demonstrated, for example where the
group has the right of representation on the board of directors of the entity.
Investments in associates are accounted for by using the equity method of accounting, and are initially recognised at cost. The group’s investment in
associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the
investment. The group’s share of the associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post-
acquisition movement in reserves is recognised in other reserves.
When the group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, the group does not recognise further losses, unless
it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
If an associate is acquired in stages, the cost of the associate is measured as the sum of the consideration paid for each purchase plus a share of
investee’s profits and other equity movements. Any acquisition-related costs are treated as part of the investment in associate. Any related goodwill
is calculated at each stage of the acquisition based on the consideration paid and the share of fair value of net assets acquired at the date of each
acquisition.
Where the previously held interest was classified as an available-for-sale financial instrument, any existing gains or losses recognised in the
available-for-sale revaluation reserve are reversed through other comprehensive income. The cost basis of the investment is then further adjusted by
including the group’s share of profits after dividends, other comprehensive income and other equity movements relating to the previously held interest
is accounted for in equity.
The group, regardless of the nature of its involvement with an entity, shall determine whether it is a parent by assessing whether it controls the
investee.
The group controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity.
Subsidiaries are entities over which the group has control. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the
group up until when that control ceases.
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also
eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.
The group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a
subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the group. The consideration transferred
includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as
incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair
values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the group recognises any non-controlling interests in the acquiree either at fair
value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.
The excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value
of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If
this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in
the income statement.
GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
F-11
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
2.1 Consolidation continued
(iii) Joint arrangements
(iv) Structured entities
2.2 Foreign currency translation
(i) Functional and presentation currency
(ii) Transactions and balances
(iii) Group companies
2.3 Revenue recognition
Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (the rate on the date of the transaction is used if the
average is not a reasonable rate for the translation of the transaction);
All resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of other comprehensive income.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or control is
otherwise lost, exchange differences that were recorded in other comprehensive income are recognised in profit or loss in the period of the disposal
or change in control. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.
The group has determined that gold is its primary product and other metals produced as part of the extraction process are considered to be by-
products of gold. Revenue arising from metal sales is only recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred,
neither continuing managerial involvement nor effective control over the metals sold has been retained, the amount of revenue and costs incurred can
be measured reliably and it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the sale will flow to the group. These conditions are satisfied when
the gold has been delivered in terms of the contract and the sales price fixed, as evidenced by the certificate of sale issued by the refinery. The sales
price for the majority of the group’s gold is based on the gold spot price according to the afternoon London Bullion Market fixing price for gold on the
date the sale is concluded.
Revenue further excludes value-added tax. Revenues from silver and other by-product sales are credited to production costs as a by-product credit.
For translation of the rand financial statement items to US dollar, the average of R14.50 (2015: R11.45) (2014: R10.35) per US$1 was used for
income statement items (unless this average was not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction
dates, in which case these items were translated at the rate on the date of the transactions) and the closing rate of R14.72 (2015: R12.16) per US$1
for asset and liability items. Equity items were translated at historic rates.
The translation effect from rand to US dollar is included in other comprehensive income in the US dollar financial statements.
References to “A$” refers to Australian currency, “R” to South African currency, “$” or “US$” to United States currency and “K” or “kina” to Papua New
Guinean currency.
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the translation to year-end exchange rates
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement. Gains and losses recognised in the
income statement are included in the determination of foreign exchange translation gains/losses.
The results and financial position of all group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency
different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet while equity items are
translated at historic rates;
For interest in joint operations, the group includes its share of the joint operations' individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities and cash
flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the group’s financial statements.
The group recognises the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets by the group to the joint operation that is attributable to the other joint
operators. The group does not recognise its share of profits or losses from the joint operation that result from the purchase of assets by the group
from the joint operation until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the
net realisable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognised immediately.
The group recognises its interest in a joint venture as an investment and accounts for it using the equity accounting method.
A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity,
such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.
The accounting treatment for a structured entity will fall into one of the aforementioned categories (i to iii) depending on whether the group has control
over that structured entity.
Items included in the financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in
which the entity operates (the functional currency).
GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Joint arrangements are arrangements of which two or more parties have joint control and are contractually bound. The joint arrangement can either
be a joint operation or a joint venture. A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement and have
the right to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. These parties are called joint operators. A joint venture is a joint
arrangement where the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Those parties are called
joint venturers.
F-12
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES
TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
2.4 Exploration expenditure
2.5 Impairment of non-financial assets
Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed annually for possible reversal of the impairment at 30 June.
Reversal of impairments is also considered when there is objective evidence to indicate that the asset is no longer impaired. Where an impairment
subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or CGU is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but not higher than
the carrying value that would have been determined had no impairment been recognised in prior years.
An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated
common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash-generating unit as each shaft is largely independent from the
cash flows of other shafts and assets belonging to the group.
Fair value less costs to sell is generally determined by using discounted estimated after-tax future cash flows. Future cash flows are estimated based
on quantities of recoverable minerals, expected gold prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production
levels, capital expenditure and cash costs of production, all based on life-of-mine plans. Future cash flows are discounted to their present value using
a post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and risk specific to the asset. Refer to note 13 for detail.
The term “recoverable minerals” refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained from reserves and resources and all related exploration
stage mineral interests (except for other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential discussed separately below) after
taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates of recoverable minerals from such related exploration stage mineral
interests will be risk adjusted based on management’s relative confidence in such materials.
In estimating future cash flows, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of cash
flows from other asset groups. With the exception of other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future
undiscounted cash flows are included on an area of interest basis, which generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are
included in a larger mine complex.
In the case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, cash flows and fair
values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions involving sales of similar properties, if any.
Assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to significant risks and uncertainties.
Impairment losses on goodwill are recognised immediately in the income statement and are not reversed. The impairment testing is performed
annually on 30 June or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that it may be impaired.
The group has elected to expense all exploration and evaluation expenditures until it is concluded that the project is technically feasible and
commercially viable, and that future economic benefits are therefore probable. The information used to make that determination depends on the level
of exploration as well as the degree of confidence in the ore body as set out below.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure on greenfield sites, being those where the group does not have any mineral deposits which are already being
mined or developed, is expensed as incurred until the technical and commercial viability of the project has been demonstrated usually through the
completion of a final feasibility study. However, in certain instances, the technical and commercial viability of the deposit may be demonstrated at an
earlier stage, for example where an extended feasibility study is conducted and the underlying feasibility study in respect of specific components of
the mineral deposit has advanced to such a stage that significant commercially viable reserves have been established, and the other criteria for the
recognition of an asset have been met.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure on brownfield sites, being those adjacent to mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, is
expensed as incurred until the group is able to demonstrate that future economic benefits are probable through the completion of a feasibility study,
after which the expenditure is capitalised as mine development cost. A ‘feasibility study’ consists of a comprehensive study of the viability of a
mineral project that has advanced to a stage where the mining method has been established, and which, if an effective method of mineral processing
has been determined, includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions of technical, engineering, operating economic factors and the
evaluation of other relevant factors. The feasibility study, when combined with existing knowledge of the mineral property that is adjacent to mineral
deposits that are already being mined or developed, allows the group to conclude that the project is technically feasible and commercially viable.
Exploration and evaluation expenditure relating to extensions of mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, including expenditure
on the definition of mineralisation of such mineral deposits, is capitalised as a mine development cost following the completion of an economic
evaluation equivalent to a feasibility study. This economic evaluation is distinguished from a feasibility study in that some of the information that
would normally be determined in a feasibility study is instead obtained from the existing mine or development. This information, when combined with
existing knowledge of the mineral property already being mined or developed, allows the directors to conclude that the project is technically feasible
and commercially viable.
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication of
impairment.
Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed annually on 30 June for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
F-13
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES
TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
3
• Assessment of contingencies – note 33.
Please refer to the specific notes for further information on the key accounting estimates and assumptions applied.
• Valuation of loans receivable - note 18;
• Valuation of interest in associate – note 19;
• Estimate of exposure and liabilities with regard to rehabilitation costs – note 24;
• Estimate of employee benefit liabilities – note 25;
• Valuation of certain non-current liabilities - note 26;
• Fair value of share-based payments – note 31;
• Gold mineral reserves and resources – note 13;
• Production start date – note 13;
• Impairment of assets – note 13;
• Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – note 13;
• Impairment of goodwill – note 14;
• Valuation of derivative assets - note 17;
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the group’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
The resulting accounting estimates may differ from actual results. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where
assumptions and estimates are significant to the group financial statements are:
• Estimate of taxation – note 11;
F-14
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
4
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The group's financial assets and liabilities are set out below:
Figures in million (US dollars)
Loans and
receivables
Available-for-
sale financial
assets
Held-to-
maturity
investments
Fair value
through
profit or loss
Financial
liabilities at
amortised
cost
Financial assets
Restricted cash
5
-
-
-
-
Restricted investments
-
-
126
44
-
Other non-current receivables
12
-
-
-
-
Derivative financial assets
-
-
-
25
-
Trade and other receivables
26
-
-
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents
85
-
-
-
-
Financial liabilities
Borrowings
-
-
-
-
159
Other non-current liabilities
-
-
-
-
1
Trade and other payables
-
-
-
-
29
Financial assets
Restricted cash
5
-
-
-
-
Restricted investments
39
-
113
44
-
Trade and other receivables
52
-
-
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents
88
-
-
-
-
Financial liabilities
Borrowings
-
-
-
-
280
Other non-current liabilities
-
-
-
-
2
Trade and other payables
-
-
-
-
48
MARKET RISK
(i) Foreign exchange risk
Figures in million
2016
2015
Sensitivity analysis - borrowings
Rand against US$
Balance at 30 June
139
247
Strengthen by 10%
14
25
Weaken by 10%
(14)
(25)
Closing rate
14.72
12.16
The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from borrowings and cash denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of that
entity. Harmony generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to manage this risk. During February 2016,
Harmony entered into foreign exchange hedging contracts. Refer to note 17 for details of the contracts.
The group has reviewed its foreign currency exposure on financial assets and financial liabilities and has identified the following sensitivities for a 10%
change in the exchange rate that would affect profit or loss. Management considers a range between 10% and 20% to be a reasonable change.
US dollar
The group's financial instruments expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, cash flow interest rate risk and other price
risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.
At 30 June 2016
At 30 June 2015
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (group treasury) under policies approved by the board of directors. Group treasury
identifies, evaluates and hedges certain selected financial risks in close cooperation with the group's operating units. The audit and risk committee and the
board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest
rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity.
The group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US dollar
(US$). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s
functional currency. Harmony’s revenues are sensitive to the R/US$ exchange rate as all revenues are generated by gold sales denominated in US$.
Harmony generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish an exchange rate in advance for the sale of
its future gold production. See note 34(b) for transactions after the reporting date.
F-15
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
4
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued
MARKET RISK continued
(i) Foreign exchange risk continued
Figures in million
2016
2015
Sensitivity analysis - financial assets
Rand against US$
Balance at 30 June
25
-
Strengthen by 10%
32
-
Weaken by 10%
(38)
-
Closing rate
14.72
n/a
US$ against Kina
Balance at 30 June
14
6
Strengthen by 10%
1
-
Weaken by 10%
(2)
(1)
Closing rate
0.32
0.37
(ii) Other price risk
Sensitivity analysis
Commodity price sensitivity
(iii) Interest rate risk
Figures in million
2016
2015
Sensitivity analysis - borrowings
Increase by 100 basis points
(2)
(3)
Decrease by 100 basis points
2
3
Sensitivity analysis - financial assets
Increase by 100 basis points
2
3
Decrease by 100 basis points
(2)
(3)
US dollar
US dollar
The group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the fair value of the available-for-sale financial assets and fair value through profit or loss financial assets
as a result of changes in market prices (other than changes in interest rates and foreign currencies). Harmony generally does not use any derivative
instruments to manage this risk.
Certain of the restricted investments are linked to the Shareholder Weighted Top 40 Index (SWIX 40) and the Top 40 Index on the JSE. A 1% increase in
the SWIX 40 and Top 40 index at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant, would have increased profit or loss by US$0.2 million (2015:
US$0.3 million); an equal change in the opposite direction would have decreased profit or loss by US$0.2 million (2015: US$0.1 million). A 1% increase in
the share price of the available-for-sale investments at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant, would not have had a material impact on
other comprehensive income for 2015 and 2016.
The profitability of the group's operations, and the cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the market price of gold. Harmony
generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or others hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of future gold
production. See note 34(b) for transactions after the reporting date.
The group's interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. The group has variable interest rate borrowings. Variable rate borrowings expose
the group to cash flow interest rate risk. The group has not entered into interest rate swap agreements. Interest rate risk arising from long-term borrowings
is offset by cash, restricted cash and restricted investments held at variable rates.
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown
below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2015.
F-16
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
4
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued
CREDIT RISK
Financial institutions' credit rating by exposure
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cash and cash equivalents
AA+
49
35
AA
12
23
AA-
24
26
A+
-
4
85
88
Restricted cash
AA
2
3
AA-
3
-
A+
-
2
5
5
Restricted investments (environmental trust funds)
AA+
51
41
AA
100
136
AA-
16
-
A+
-
15
167
192
Derivative financial assets
AA
8
-
AA-
17
-
25
-
CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cash and cash equivalents
85
88
Borrowings
(159)
(280)
Net debt
(74)
(192)
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty may default or not meet its obligations timeously. Financial instruments, which subject the group to concentrations
of credit risk, consist predominantly of restricted cash, restricted investments, derivative financial assets, trade and other receivables (excluding non-
financial instruments) and cash and cash equivalents.
Exposure to credit risk on trade and other receivables is monitored on a regular basis. Refer to note 18 for management's assessment. The credit risk
arising from restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents and restricted investments is managed by ensuring amounts are only invested with financial
institutions of good credit quality. The contracts for derivative financial assets were entered into with counterparties of good credit quality. The group has
policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.
US dollar
The social plan trust fund of US$2.8 million (2015: US$3.8 million) has been invested in unit trusts comprising shares in listed companies.
The group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of all financial assets determined to be exposed to credit risk,
amounting to US$322.7 million as at 30 June 2016 (2015: US$341.0 million).
The group manages and makes adjustments to the capital structure, which consists of debt and equity, as and when borrowings mature or when funding
is required. This may take the form of raising equity, market or bank debt or hybrids thereof. In doing so, the group ensures it stays within the debt
covenants agreed with lenders (refer to note 27 for details on the covenants). The group may also sell assets to reduce debt or schedule projects to
manage the capital structure.
The group follows a conservative approach to debt and prefers to maintain low levels of gearing. Net debt is as follows:
US dollar
There were no changes to the group's approach to capital management during the year.
The primary objective of managing the group’s capital is to ensure that there is sufficient capital available to support the funding requirements of the group,
in a way that optimises the cost of capital and matches the current strategic business plan.
F-17
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
4
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued
LIQUIDITY RISK
Figures in million
Current
Other non-current liabilities
-
1
Borrowings
Due between 0 to six months
24
-
Due between six to 12 months
3
-
Due between one to two years
-
143
Due between two to five years
-
-
Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)
29
-
56
144
Other non-current liabilities
-
2
Borrowings
Due between 0 to six months
5
-
Due between six to 12 months
5
-
Due between one to two years
-
42
Due between two to five years
-
255
Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)
48
-
58
299
FAIR VALUE DETERMINATION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The fair value levels of hierarchy are as follows:
(1)  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets (level 1);
(2)
(3)  Inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).
The following table presents the group's financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value by level at the reporting date.
Figures in million (US dollar)
Fair value through profit and loss financial assets
Restricted investments
1
Level 2
44
44
Derivative financial assets
2
Level 2
25
-
More than 1
year
2016
US dollar
The fair values of borrowings are not materially different to their carrying amounts since the interest payable on those borrowings is at current market rates.
The fair value of borrowings are based on discounted cash flows using a current borrowing rate. The determination of the fair values are level 3 in the fair
value hierarchy due to the use of unobservable inputs, including own credit risk.
2015
Fair value
hierarchy
level
At 30 June
2016
At 30 June
2015
1
Level 2 fair values are directly derived from the Shareholders Weighted Top 40 (SWIX 40) or the Top 40 index on the JSE, and are discounted at market interest rate. The
fair value of US$2.8 million (2015: US$3.8 million) of the balance in 2016, attributable to the Social Plan Trust, is derived by reference to quoted prices of the shares held within the unit trust portfolio.
2
The mark-to-market remeasurement of the foreign exchange hedging contracts (zero cost collars) is derived from a Black-Scholes valuation technique, derived from spot
rand/US$ exchange rate inputs and discounted at market interest rate.
The carrying values (less any impairment allowance) of short-term financial instruments are assumed to approximate their fair values.
Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived
from other prices) (level 2);
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, and the availability of funding through an adequate
amount of committed credit facilities.
In the ordinary course of business, the group receives cash from its operations and is required to fund working capital and capital expenditure
requirements. The cash is managed to ensure that surplus funds are invested in a manner to achieve market-related returns and to provide sufficient
liquidity at the minimum risk. The group is able to actively source financing at competitive rates.
The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities (including principal and interest payments):
F-18
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
5
COST OF SALES
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Production costs (a)
914
1 103
1 148
Amortisation and depreciation of mining assets
144
211
202
Amortisation and depreciation of assets other than mining assets (b)
5
5
5
Rehabilitation (credit)/expenditure (c)
(3)
(1)
1
Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts
8
9
6
Employment termination and restructuring costs (d)
1
22
26
Share-based payments (e)
23
18
26
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of assets (f)
(3)
285
135
Other (g)
(1)
(7)
-
Total cost of sales
1 088
1 645
1 549
(a)
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Labour costs, including contractors
559
678
711
Consumables
230
303
317
Water and electricity
148
175
182
Insurance
7
9
11
Transportation
12
15
16
Change in inventory
7
17
(10)
Capitalisation of mine development costs
(93)
(133)
(139)
Stripping activities
(3)
(21)
(13)
By-product sales
(23)
(18)
(22)
Royalty expense
12
8
12
Other
58
70
83
Total production costs
914
1 103
1 148
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Hidden Valley (i)
32
174
-
Doornkop (ii)
(50)
85
-
Masimong (iii)
15
-
-
Phakisa (iv)
-
23
130
Freddies 9 (Other - underground) (iv)
-
3
-
Steyn 2 (Bambanani) (iv)
-
-
3
St Helena (other-underground) (iv)
-
-
2
Total (reversal of impairment)/impairment of assets
(3)
285
135
(i)
(ii)
The (reversal of impairment)/impairment of assets consists of the following:
US dollar
Refer to note 31 for details on the share-based payment schemes implemented by the group.
US dollar
US dollar
During the 2015 financial year, the group embarked on a restructuring process at Kusasalethu, Masimong and Hidden Valley. Target 3 was placed on care and
maintenance and Ernest Oppenheimer Hospital was closed in December 2014. Voluntary severance packages were offered to management in September 2014.
For the 2014 financial year, the programme embarked on by the group's South African operations whereby voluntary severance packages were offered to all
employees and significant restructuring process at Hidden Valley, both having started during 2013 was completed in June 2014.
Amortisation and depreciation of assets other than mining assets includes the amortisation of intangible assets.
Production costs include mine production and transport and refinery costs, applicable general administrative costs, movement in inventories and ore stockpiles,
ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs and transfers for stripping activities. Employee termination costs are included, except for employee termination costs
associated with major restructuring and shaft closures, which are separately disclosed. Production costs, analysed by nature, consist of the following:
For the assumptions used to calculate the rehabilitation provision, refer to note 24. The total includes the change in estimate for the rehabilitation provision where
an asset no longer exists as well as rehabilitation cost. For 2016, US$4.8 million (2015: US$5.8 million) (2014: US$5.1 million) was spent on rehabilitation.
For the 2016 financial year, an impairment of US$31.7 million was recognised on Hidden Valley following a change in the life-of-mine plan during the annual
planning process. The updated life-of-mine plan for Hidden Valley results in lower production for the 2017 financial year, as the mine will only process ore
stockpiles followed by an extended period of care and maintenance, compared to the previous plan. Stripping activities for stage 5 are planned to recommence in
the 2018 financial year according to the year-end life-of-mine plan. The recoverable amount of Hidden Valley is US$21.7 million. Refer to note 34(d) for
transactions after the reporting date.
For the 2015 financial year, an impairment of US$173.8 million was recognised on Hidden Valley following a change in the life-of-mine plan during the annual
planning process. Low commodity prices and high operating costs resulted in the shortening of the life-of-mine of the operation. In 2015, the recoverable amount of
Hidden Valley was US$53.7 million.
For the 2016 financial year, a reversal of US$50.1 million was recognised for Doornkop. The higher recoverable amount for Doornkop, which resulted in the
reversal, was mainly due to the increased rand gold price assumption, improvements in operational efficiencies during the 2016 financial year that resulted in
increased production levels in the updated life-of-mine plan and new mining areas included in the life-of-mine plan based on additional exploration performed
during the year. The recoverable amount of Doornkop is US$190.2 million.
F-19
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
5
COST OF SALES continued
(iii)
(iv)
(g)
6
FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSLATION LOSS (NET)
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Translation loss on US$ revolving credit facility (a)
46
33
15
Unrealised derivative gain (b)
(25)
-
-
Realised derivative gain (b)
(5)
-
-
Other
(3)
(1)
3
Total foreign exchange translation loss (net)
13
32
18
a) Refer to note 27 for details on the US$ revolving credit facility.
b)
7
OTHER INCOME/EXPENSES (NET)
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Bad debts provision expense (a)
2
1
2
Bad debts written off
2
-
-
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment (b)
-
(1)
(3)
Other income - net (c)
(1)
-
-
Total other income/expenses (net)
3
-
(1)
(a)
(b)
(c)
For the 2016 financial year, an impairment of US$15.6 million was recorded for Masimong, which is a low margin operation and has a remaining life of three years.
The exploration programme to locate additional areas of the higher grade B Reef proved unsuccessful and was stopped during the 2016 financial year. In addition,
the grade estimation of the Basal Reef decreased and as a result a portion of the resource was abandoned at 30 June 2016. The lower resource value resulted in
a lower recoverable amount and the recognition of an impairment. The recoverable amount of Masimong is US$32.1 million.
For the 2015 financial year, other impairments include US$22.9 million on Phakisa following the annual life-of-mine plan assessments, and US$3.5 million for
Freddies 9 as plans to develop the project further were abandoned. In 2015, the recoverable amounts were US$328 million and US$nil for Phakisa and Freddies 9
respectively.
For the 2015 financial year, an impairment of US$85.2 million was recognised. Following the decision to restructure Doornkop in May 2015, a revised life-of-mine
plan was completed. This plan included lower production levels and focused on the higher grade areas. In addition, the resource value reduced as resources below
the existing shaft infrastructure which were previously included in the additional resource value were removed. The updated plan and lower resource value for 2015
resulted in a lower recoverable amount. In 2015, the recoverable amount of Doornkop was US$151.8 million.
Included in Other for the 2015 financial year is a credit of US$7.6 million relating to the reduction in employees qualifying for post-retirement benefits. Refer to note
25. In addition, amounts relating to non-current inventory adjustments are included in Other for the 2016, 2015 and 2014 financial years. Refer to note 21.
The recoverable amounts for these assets have been determined on a fair value less costs to sell basis using the assumptions per note 13 in discounted cash flow
models and attributable resource values. These are fair value measurements classified as level 3.
For the 2014 financial year, an impairment of US$130.3 million was recognised on Phakisa. The impairment followed a change in the life-of-mine plan during the
annual planning process. The previously planned decline shaft that required significant additional capital expenditure, was removed from the life-of-mine plan. The
impairment comprised of US$123.1 million on goodwill and US$7.1 million on mining assets. In 2014, the recoverable amount of Phakisa was US$401.7 million.
Impairments on Steyn 2 of US$3.4 million and St Helena of US$2.0 million were recognised following the decision not to mine these operations in future. These
operations were impaired to the recoverable amount of US$nil.
During July 2015, Harmony signed a US$12.0 million guarantee for the ARM BBEE Trust. The guarantee was for additional security for the ARM BBEE Trust's
loan to Nedbank Limited (Nedbank). A fair value loss of US$1.0 million was recorded as a result. The guarantee was subsequently cancelled in April 2016 and a
gain of US$1.1 million was recorded in investment income. The transaction therefore had a zero effect on the income statement for the 2016 year.
US dollar
During the 2014 financial year, a ground swap between Joel mine and Sibanye Gold Limited's (Sibanye) Beatrix mine was completed which resulted in a non-cash
profit being recognised for the difference between carrying value of the Joel portion and the fair value of the Beatrix portion.
US dollar
The total for 2016 includes the reversal of provision for bad debts relating to trade debtors of US$1.9 million that had been written off, which was offset by the
provision for the loans to the ARM Broad Based Economic Empowerment Trust (ARM BBEE Trust) of US$2.2 million and Rand Refinery (Pty) Limited (Rand
Refinery) of US$1.6 million (2015: US$1.0 million). Refer to note 18 (b) and (c) for further details.
During February 2016, Harmony entered into foreign exchange hedging contracts (forex hedging contracts) in the form of zero cost collars, which establish a
minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) rand/US dollar exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to rands. The nominal value of open forex hedging contracts at
30 June 2016 was US$500 million. The hedging contracts are spread over a 12 month period with a weighted average cap price of US$1=R18.27 and weighted
average floor price of US$1=R15.55. The mark-to-market of the derivative asset was US$25.1 million positive as at 30 June 2016. This was due to the
strengthening of the rand exchange rate against the US dollar since entering into the forex hedging contracts. The gains have been recorded in the income
statement as hedge accounting was not applied. Refer to note 17 for more detail.
Offsetting the fair value loss is an insurance credit of US$2.1 million for Doornkop.
F-20
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
8
OPERATING PROFIT/LOSS
The following have been included in operating profit/loss:
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Auditor's remuneration
Made up as follows:
External
Fees - current year
2
2
2
Total auditor's remuneration
2
2
2
9
INVESTMENT INCOME
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Interest income
16
20
21
Loans and receivables
2
1
2
Held-to-maturity investments
9
9
6
Cash and cash equivalents
5
9
12
South African Revenue Services (SARS)
-
1
1
Total investment income
16
20
21
10
FINANCE COST
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Financial liabilities
Borrowings
12
10
12
Other creditors and liabilities
-
-
-
Total finance cost from financial liabilities
12
10
12
Non-financial liabilities
Post-retirement benefits
1
1
2
Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs
11
13
13
South African Revenue Services (SARS)
-
-
1
Total finance cost from non-financial liabilities
12
14
16
Total finance cost before interest capitalised
24
24
28
Interest capitalised (a)
(5)
(2)
(1)
Total finance cost
19
22
27
(a) The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation in 2016 was 10.5% (2015: 3.4% (2014: 3.4%)).
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis, taking into account the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to maturity, when it is
determined that such income will accrue to the group.
Dividend income is recognised when the shareholder's right to receive payment is established. This is recognised at the last date of registration.
Cash flows from dividends and interest received are classified under operating activities in the cash flow statement.
US dollar
US dollar
US dollar
F-21
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
11
TAXATION
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The taxation credit/(expense) for the year is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
SA taxation
Mining tax (a)
(3)
1
(3)
- current year
(4)
(1)
(5)
- prior year
1
2
2
Non-mining tax (b)
(5)
-
1
- current year
(5)
-
(1)
- prior year
-
-
2
Deferred tax (c)
(35)
67
32
- current year
(35)
67
32
(43)
68
30
Foreign taxation
Deferred tax
-
(6)
(3)
- current year (d)
-
(1)
(3)
- derecognition of deferred tax asset (e)
-
(5)
-
Total taxation credit/(expense)
(43)
62
27
US dollar
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Taxation is made up of current and deferred taxation. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the
balance sheet date in the countries where the group operates and generates taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to
be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred taxation is recognised on temporary differences existing at each reporting date between the tax base of all assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts.
Substantively enacted tax rates are used to determine future anticipated effective tax rates which in turn are used in the determination of deferred taxation, except to the
extent that deferred tax arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and does not affect the accounting or
taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax is charged to profit or loss, except where the tax relates to items recognised in other comprehensive
income or directly in equity in which case the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax
rates is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.
The principal temporary differences arise from amortisation and depreciation on property, plant and equipment, provisions, unutilised tax losses and unutilised capital
allowances carried forward. Deferred tax assets relating to the carry forward of unutilised tax losses and unutilised capital allowances are recognised to the extent that it
is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unutilised tax losses and unutilised capital allowances can be utilised. The recoverability of these
assets is reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if recovery is no longer probable.
Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, except where the timing of the reversal
of the temporary difference is controlled by the group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the
deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there
is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
Interest received from and paid to the tax authorities is classified as investment income and finance cost on the income statement.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. When
different tax rates apply to different levels of taxable income, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the average tax rates that are expected to apply to
the taxable profit (tax loss) of the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. At the group’s South African operations, such average tax rates
are directly impacted by the profitability of the relevant mine. The deferred tax rate is therefore based on the current estimate of future profitability of an operation when
temporary differences will reverse, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. The future profitability of each mine, in turn, is
determined by reference to the life-of-mine (LoM) plan for that operation. The LoM plan is influenced by factors as disclosed in note 13, which may differ from one year
to the next and normally result in the deferred tax rate changing from one year to the next.
The group is subject to income tax in several jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many
transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. Where the final tax outcome is different from
the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.
Management has to exercise judgement with regard to deferred tax assets. Where the possibility exists that no future taxable income may flow against which these
assets can be offset, the deferred tax assets are not recognised.
F-22
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
11
TAXATION continued
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Taxation by type
Mining tax
(3)
1
(3)
Non-mining tax
(5)
-
1
Deferred tax
(35)
61
29
(43)
62
27
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) Mining and non-mining income of Australian entities and PNG operation are taxed at a standard rate of 30% (2015: 30%) (2014: 30%).
(e)
INCOME AND MINING TAX RATES
The tax rate remains unchanged for the 2014, 2015 and 2016 years.
Major items causing the group's income tax provision to differ from the South African mining statutory tax rate of 34% (2015: 34%) (2014: 34%) were:
2016
2015
2014
(37)
148
49
Non-allowable deductions
Impairment of assets
(8)
(63)
(43)
Finance costs
(3)
(3)
(3)
Share-based payments
(6)
(6)
(8)
Other
(3)
(15)
(14)
Difference between effective mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on mining income
8
3
5
Difference between non-mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on non-mining income
1
-
-
Effect on temporary differences due to changes in effective tax rates
1
(15)
(21)
11
Prior year adjustment
1
2
5
Capital allowance and other rate differences
2
33
45
50
Derecognition of deferred tax asset
3
-
(5)
-
Deferred tax asset not recognised
4
(14)
(23)
(25)
Income and mining taxation
(43)
62
27
Effective income and mining tax rate (%)
40
(14)
(19)
Figures in million
Tax on net (profit)/loss at the mining statutory tax rate
3
In 2015, the Australian deferred tax asset was derecognised as the recoverability was deemed unlikely following the revised life-of-mine for Hidden Valley.
4
This relates primarily to Hidden Valley and the PNG exploration operations and represents tax losses and deductible temporary difference arising in the year for which future taxable
profits are not considered probable.
All qualifying mining capital expenditure is deducted from taxable mining income to the extent that it does not result in an assessed loss. Accounting depreciation is
eliminated when calculating the South African mining tax income. Excess capital expenditure is carried forward as unredeemed capital to be claimed from future
mining taxable income. The group has several tax paying entities in South Africa. In terms of the mining ring-fencing application, each ring-fenced mine is treated
separately and deductions can normally only be utilised against mining income generated from the relevant ring-fenced mine.
The deferred tax rate used to calculate deferred tax is based on the current estimate of future profitability when temporary differences will reverse based on tax
rates and tax laws that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. Depending on the profitability of the operations, the deferred tax rate can consequently be
significantly different from year to year.
In 2015, the recoverability of the remaining deferred tax asset for Australia was not considered probable, following the revised life-of-mine plan and impairment
recognised on Hidden Valley and as a result it was derecognised on 30 June 2015.
The deferred tax expense in 2016 is mainly a result of the increase in the average deferred tax rate due to increased estimated profitability at most South African
operations, as well as the unwinding of the deferred tax asset related to the utilisation of unredeemed capital expenditure for Freegold against mining taxable
income due to increased profitability for Freegold during 2016. Refer below for further details.
Non-mining taxable income of mining companies and the taxable income for non-mining companies are taxed at the statutory corporate rate of 28% (2015: 28%)
(2014: 28%). The expense in 2016 relates to the non-mining tax arising from the derivative gains (realised and unrealised) recognised on the forex hedging
contracts mainly for Freegold (Harmony) Pty Ltd (Freegold) and Avgold Limited (Avgold). Refer to note 6 for details on the derivative gains recorded.
1
This relates to the increase in the deferred tax rates related to Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Harmony) (12.5% to 21.1%) and Freegold (16.7% to 20.0%) mainly due to
higher estimated profitability. This was partially offset by a decrease in the deferred tax rate for Randfontein Estates Limited (Randfontein) (14.3% to 10.1%) mainly due to lower
estimated profitability. In 2015, the decrease in the deferred tax rates related to Freegold (20.3% to 16.7%) and Randfontein (18.9% to 14.3%) mainly due to the lower estimated
profitability. In 2014, the significant decreases in the deferred tax rates related to Harmony (26.4% to 13.4%) and Freegold (22.9% to 20.3%) mainly due to the lower estimated
profitability.
2
This relates to the additional capital allowance that may be deducted from taxable income from mining operations in South Africa. A significant portion relates to Avgold Limited
(Avgold) which has a 0% effective tax rate.
US dollar
US dollar
Mining tax on gold mining taxable income in South Africa is determined according to a formula, based on the taxable income from mining operations. 5% of total
revenue is exempt from taxation while the remainder is taxable at a higher rate than non-mining income as a result of applying the gold mining formula.
F-23
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
11
TAXATION continued
DEFERRED TAX
The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Deferred tax assets
(40)
(70)
Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months
(34)
(52)
Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months
(6)
(18)
Deferred tax liabilities
204
227
Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than 12 months
191
212
Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months
13
15
Net deferred tax liability
164
157
Deferred tax liabilities and assets on the balance sheet at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 relate to the following:
Figures in million
2016
2016
Gross deferred tax liabilities
204
227
Amortisation and depreciation
204
227
Gross deferred tax assets
(40)
(70)
Unredeemed capital expenditure
(15)
(41)
Provisions, including non-current provisions
(9)
(10)
Tax losses
(16)
(19)
Net deferred tax liability
164
157
Movement in the net deferred tax liability recognised in the balance sheet is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
157
245
(Credit)/expense per income statement
35
(61)
Foreign currency translation
(28)
(27)
Balance at end of year
164
157
As at 30 June, the group had the following potential future tax deductions:
Figures in million
2016
2015
1 649
1 891
Tax losses carried forward utilisable against mining taxable income
2
320
339
Capital Gains Tax (CGT) losses available to be utilised against future CGT gains
39
47
559
595
The unrecognised temporary differences are:
Unredeemed capital expenditure
3
1 510
1 617
Tax losses
2
206
202
CGT losses
4
39
47
US dollar
1
 Includes Avgold US$915.0 million (2015: US$1 004.2 million), Freegold US$2.9 million (2015: US$111.4 million), Randfontein US$132.9 million (2015: US$152.3 million)
and Hidden Valley US$595.3 million (2015: US$613.5 million). These have an unlimited carry-forward period.
2
 Relates mainly to Hidden Valley and the PNG exploration operations. These have an unlimited carry-forward period.
3
Relates to Avgold and Hidden Valley.
4
 The CGT losses relate to the gross CGT losses available to be utilised against future CGT gains.
Unredeemed capital expenditure available for utilisation against future mining taxable income
1
As at 30 June, the group has not recognised the following deferred tax asset amounts relating to the above
US dollar
US dollar
US dollar
F-24
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
11
TAXATION continued
DIVIDEND TAX (DT)
12
EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE
BASIC EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE
2016
2015
2014
Ordinary shares in issue ('000)
437 299
436 187
435 825
Adjustment for weighted number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
(624)
(185)
(287)
Weighted number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
436 675
436 002
435 538
Treasury shares ('000)
(936)
(1 578)
(2 326)
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
435 739
434 424
433 212
2016
2015
2014
Total net earnings/(loss) attributable to shareholders (millions)
66
(374)
(118)
Total basic earnings/(loss) per share (cents)
15
(86)
(27)
DILUTED EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE
2016
2015
2014
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
435 739
434 424
433 212
Potential ordinary shares ('000)
10 659
3 667
1 503
446 398
438 091
434 715
2016
2015
2014
Total diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents)
15
(86)
(27)
DIVIDENDS
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Dividends declared are recognised in the period in which they are approved by the board of directors. Dividends are payable in South African rand.
Cash flows from dividends paid are classified under financing activities in the cash flow statement.
No dividend was declared during the years ended 30 June 2014, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016.
Refer to note 34(c) for the dividend declared after the reporting date.
The inclusion of share options issued to employees, as potential ordinary shares, has a dilutive effect on the earnings/(loss) per share. The issue price and the exercise
price include the fair value of any service to be supplied to the entity in the future under the share option or other share-based payment arrangement.
US dollar
For diluted earnings/(loss) per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential dilutive ordinary shares
as a result of share options granted to employees under the share option schemes in issue. A calculation is performed to determine the number of shares that could
have been acquired at fair value, determined as the average annual market share price of the company's shares, based on the monetary value of the subscription rights
attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the
exercise of the share options.
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share ('000)
Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to shareholders by the weighted number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
US dollar
A withholding tax of 15% on dividends (excluding a return of capital) and other distributions to the beneficial owners of shares (shareholders) became effective on 1 April
2012. DT is withheld by the company declaring the dividend or the withholding agent, unless specifically exempt. Foreign residents could qualify for an exemption or a
reduced DT rate in terms of their relevant tax treaty. The withholding tax is a tax on the shareholder and if applicable will be withheld by the company and will reduce the
amount paid to the shareholder.
F-25
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Figures in million
2016
2015
Mining assets (a)
1 541
1 862
Mining assets under construction (b)
107
104
Undeveloped properties (c)
371
445
Other non-mining assets (d)
14
19
Total property, plant and equipment
2 033
2 430
(a) Mining assets
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Depreciation
Impairment
Testing for impairment is done in terms of the group policy as discussed in note 2.5.
Stripping activities
The removal of waste material after the point at which a mine is capable of commercial production is referred to as production stripping.
In assessing which resources to include so as to best reflect the useful life of the mine, management considers resources that have been included in
the life-of-mine plan. To be included in the life-of-mine plan, resources need to be above the cut-off grade set by management, which means that the
resource can be economically mined and is therefore commercially viable. This consistent systematic method for inclusion in the life-of-mine plan takes
management’s view of the gold price, exchange rates as well as cost inflation into account. In declaring the resource, management would have had to
obtain a specified level of confidence of the existence of the resource through drilling as required by the South African Code for Reporting Exploration
Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (SAMREC).
Additional confidence in the existence, commercial viability and economical recovery of such resources may be based on historical experience and
available geological information, such as geological information obtained from other operations that are contiguous to the group’s as well as where the
group mines continuations of these other operations’ orebodies and reefs. This is in addition to the drilling results obtained by the group and
management’s knowledge of the geological setting of the surrounding areas, which would enable simulations and extrapolations to be done with a
reasonable degree of accuracy.
In instances where management is able to demonstrate the economic recovery of such resources with a high level of confidence, such additional
resources, which may also include certain, but not all, of the inferred resources, as well as the associated future development costs of accessing those
resources, are included in the calculation of depreciation. The future development costs are those costs that need to be incurred to access these
inferred resources, for example the costs to complete a decline or level, which may include infrastructure and equipping costs. These amounts have
been extracted from the cash flow projections for the life-of-mine plans.
Mineral rights associated with production phase mineral interests are amortised over the life of mine using the units-of-production method in order to
match the amortisation with the expected underlying future cash flows.
The removal of overburden and other mine waste materials is often necessary during the initial development of a mine site, in order to access the
mineral ore deposit. The directly attributable cost of this activity is capitalised in full within mining assets under construction, until the point at which the
mine is considered to be capable of commercial production.
When the waste removal activity improves access to ore extracted in the current period, the costs of production stripping are charged to the income
statement as operating costs in accordance with the principles of IAS 2 Inventories.
US dollar
Mining assets, including mine development costs and mine plant facilities are initially recorded at cost, whereafter they are measured at cost less
accumulated depreciation and impairment. Costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are
included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
The net assets of operations placed on care and maintenance are impaired to their recoverable amount. Expenditure on the care and maintenance of
these operations is charged against income, as incurred. Mineral and surface use rights represent mineral and surface use rights for parcels of land
both owned and not owned by the group. Mineral and surface rights include acquired mineral use rights in production, development and exploration
phase properties. The amount capitalised related to a mineral and surface right represents its fair value at the time it was acquired, either as an
individual asset purchase or as part of a business combination, and is recorded at cost of acquisition.
The group’s mineral use rights are enforceable regardless of whether proved or probable reserves have been established. In certain limited situations,
the nature of use changes from an exploration right to a mining right upon the establishment of proved and probable reserves. The group has the ability
and intent to renew mineral use rights where the existing term is not sufficient to recover all identified and valued proved and probable reserves and/or
undeveloped mineral interests.
Depreciation of mining assets is computed principally by the units-of-production method over life-of-mine based on estimated quantities of economically
recoverable proved and probable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits.
In most instances, proved and probable reserves provide the best indication of the useful life of the group’s mines (and related assets). However, in
some instances, proved and probable reserves may not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of the mine (and related assets). This may be the
case, for example, where management is confident that further inferred resources will be converted into measured and indicated resources and if they
are economically recoverable, they can also be classified as proved and probable reserves. Management is approaching economic decisions affecting
the mine on this basis, but has chosen to delay the work required to designate them formally as reserves.
F-26
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
(a) Mining assets
continued
ACCOUNTING POLICY continued
Stripping activities continued
Scrapping of assets
The level of capital expenditure compared to the total project cost estimates;
The ability to produce gold in a saleable form (where more than an insignificant amount of gold has been produced); and
The ability to sustain the ongoing production of gold.
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS - GOLD MINERAL RESERVES AND RESOURCES EFFECT ON
DEPRECIATION
The group includes certain inferred resources in the denominator and future development costs in the numerator when performing the depreciation
calculation for certain of its operations, where proved and probable reserves alone do not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of mine (and
related assets). During the periods presented, this related to the Doornkop South Reef and Masimong shafts. Had the group only used proved and
probable reserves in its calculations, depreciation for 2016 would have amounted to US$153.4 million (2015: US$226.4 million) (2014: US$217.6
million), compared with the reported totals of US$149.9 million (2015: US$215.8 million) (2014: US$207.0 million).
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – PRODUCTION START DATE
Various relevant criteria are considered in order to assess when the mine is substantially complete and ready for its intended use and moves into the
production phase. Some of the criteria would include but are not limited to the following:
Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves and resources requires the size, shape and depth of the orebodies to be determined by analysing
geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements and
calculations to interpret the data.
Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional
geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves and resources may change from year to year. Changes
in the reserves and resources may affect the group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including:
Asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated cash flows;
Scrapping of assets to be recorded in the income statement, following the derecognition of assets as no future economic benefit expected;
Depreciation and amortisation charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method;
Environmental provisions may change as the timing and/or cost of these activities may be affected by the change in mineral reserves; and
Useful life and residual values may be affected by the change in mineral reserves.
At the end of each financial year, the estimate of proved and probable gold mineral reserves and resources is updated. Depreciation of mining assets is
prospectively adjusted, based on these changes.
Where production stripping activity both produces inventory and improves access to ore in future periods the associated costs of waste removal are
allocated between the two elements. The portion which benefits future ore extraction is capitalised within stripping and development capital expenditure.
If the amount to be capitalised cannot be specifically identified it is determined based on the volume of waste extracted compared with expected volume
for the identified component of the orebody. Components are specific volumes of a mine’s orebody that are determined by reference to the life-of-mine
plan.
In certain instances significant levels of waste removal may occur during the production phase with little or no associated production. The cost of this
waste removal is capitalised in full.
All amounts capitalised in respect of waste removal are depreciated using the units-of-production method based on proved and probable ore reserves
of the component of the orebody to which they relate.
The effects of changes to the life-of-mine plan on the expected cost of waste removal or remaining reserves for a component are accounted for
prospectively as a change in estimate.
Where significant adverse changes have taken place relating to the useful life of an asset, that asset is tested for impairment in terms of the group policy
as discussed in note 2.5. Whether or not an impairment is recognised, it is then necessary to review the useful lives and residual values of the assets
within the CGU – this is reviewed at least annually. Where necessary, the useful lives and residual values of the individual assets are revised.
Where the useful life of an asset is nil as a result of no future economic benefit expected from the use or disposal of that asset, it is necessary to
derecognise the asset. The loss arising from the derecognition is included in profit or loss in the period in which the asset was derecognised.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – GOLD MINERAL RESERVES AND
RESOURCES
Gold mineral reserves and resources are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the group’s properties.
In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves and resources, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and
economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, commodity prices and exchange rates.
F-27
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
(a) Mining assets
continued
2016
2014
Short term Medium term
Long term
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3+
US$ gold price per ounce
1 189
1 150
1 180
1 200
1 300
US$ silver price per ounce
17.80
14.00
14.50
17.00
21.00
Exchange rate (R/US$)
13.86
12.17
11.86
11.66
10.17
Exchange rate (PGK/US$)
3.10
2.75
2.75
2.75
2.27
Rand gold price (R/kg)
530 000
450 000
450 000
450 000
425 000
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
Measured
40.86
40.86
45.40
n/a
n/a
n/a
Indicated
23.35
23.35
25.94
5.84
15.00
76.79
Inferred
5.84
5.84
6.49
5.84
6.00
25.00
Should management’s estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may be identified.
Factors affecting the estimates include:
  Changes to proved and probable ore reserves;
  Economical recovery of resources;
  The grade of the ore reserves may vary significantly from time to time;
  Review of strategy;
  Unforeseen operational issues at the mines;
  Differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;
  Changes in the discount rate and foreign exchange rates; and
  Changes in capital, operating mining, processing and reclamation costs.
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS - IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
2015
South Africa
Hidden Valley
If the commodity prices used in the discounted cash flow models increased by 10%, impairments previously recorded at the following operations would
reverse: Doornkop US$13.6 million, Phakisa US$21.8 million and Hidden Valley US$11.4 million. The increase would also have resulted in no
impairment being recorded on Masimong.
The group calculated the recoverable amounts (generally fair value less costs to sell) based on updated life-of-mine plans and the following gold price,
silver price and exchange rates assumptions:
For 2015, the short-, medium- and long-term assumptions were in response to the sharp decline in the gold and silver prices after the financial year end.
The post-tax real discount rate for Hidden Valley was 11.77% (2015: 12.03%) (2014: 9.33%) and the post-tax real discount rates for the South African
operations ranged between 8.43% and 11.48% (2015: 7.99% and 11.38%) (2014: 7.03% and 11.56%), depending on the asset, were used to
determine the recoverable amounts (generally fair value less costs to sell). Cash flows used in the impairment calculations are based on life-of-mine
plans which exceed five years for the majority of the mines. Refer to note 5 for details of impairments and reversals of impairments recorded. The
following is the attributable gold resource value assumptions:
US dollar per ounce
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
The recoverable amount of mining assets is generally determined utilising real discounted future cash flows.
Management also considers such factors as the quality of the individual orebody, market risk, asset specific risks and country risk in determining the fair
value.
Key assumptions for the calculations of the mining assets’ recoverable amounts are the commodity prices, resource values, marketable discount rates,
costs to sell, exchange rates and the annual life-of-mine plans. In determining the commodity prices and resource values to be used, management
assesses the long-term views of several reputable institutions on commodity prices and based on this, derives the commodity prices and resource
values. The life-of-mine plans are based on the proved and probable reserves as included in the Reserve Declaration, which are determined in terms of
SAMREC and The Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (JORC), as well as resources where
management has high confidence in the orebody and economical recovery of gold, based on historic and similar geological experience.
One of the most significant assumptions that influence the life-of-mine plans and therefore impairments is the expected commodity prices. The
sensitivity scenario of a 10% decrease in the commodity prices used in the discounted cash flow models and the resource values would have resulted in
an additional impairment at Masimong of US$19.0 million and Hidden Valley of US$21.6 million. The decreases noted would have resulted in
impairments at Unisel of US$10.9 million, Free State Surface of US$9.5 million, other Harmony assets of US$3.1 million and Doornkop of US$1.0 million
(as opposed to the reversal of US$50.1 million). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
F-28
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
(a) Mining assets
continued
The movement in the mining assets balance is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
3 731
4 181
Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use
(69)
(55)
Additions
133
207
Disposals
(2)
(4)
Scrapping of assets
(9)
(83)
Adjustment to rehabilitation asset
(7)
3
Transfers and other movements
21
9
Translation
(609)
(527)
Balance at end of year
3 189
3 731
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
Balance at beginning of year
1 869
1 686
Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use
(69)
(55)
Impairment of assets
47
285
Reversal of impairment of assets
(50)
-
Disposals
(2)
(3)
Scrapping of assets
(5)
(41)
Depreciation
147
215
Transfers and other movements
-
(1)
Translation
(289)
(217)
Balance at end of year
1 648
1 869
Net carrying value
1 541
1 862
Scrapping of assets
Stripping activities
(b) Mining assets under construction
ACCOUNTING POLICY
In 2015, the Harmony management embarked on a life-of-mine optimisation process for the South African operations which was finalised in December
2014. The optimisation led to the abandonment of levels and areas with a carrying value at Masimong and Kusasalethu. Losses of US$18.5 million on
Kusasalethu and US$18.7 million on Masimong were recorded. At 30 June 2015, following the annual life-of-mine planning, additional amounts of
US$1.7 million and US$1.1 million were recorded for Kusasalethu and Masimong respectively. A loss of US$1.9 million was also recorded for Tshepong.
All of the losses were as a result of the abandonment of uneconomical areas in the plans.
Included in the balance for mining assets is an amount of US$1.6 million (2015: US$2.5 million) for stripping activities. Depreciation of US$0.9 million
(2015: US$24.8 million) and an impairment of US$2.4 million (2015: US$32.3 million), related to Hidden Valley, were recorded for these activities.
At the group’s surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proved
and probable reserves, costs incurred to develop the property are capitalised as incurred until the mine is considered to have moved into the production
phase. These costs include costs to further delineate the orebody and remove overburden to initially expose the orebody. At the group’s underground
mines, all costs incurred to develop the property, including costs to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the underground mine, are capitalised to
the extent that such costs will provide future economic benefits. These costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access
ways, lateral development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development.
Borrowing costs are capitalised to the extent that they are directly attributable to the acquisition and construction of qualifying assets. Qualifying assets
are assets that take a substantial time to get ready for their intended use. These costs are capitalised until the asset moves into the production phase.
Other borrowing costs are expensed.
Where a depreciable asset is used in the construction or extension of a mine, the depreciation is capitalised against the mine’s cost.
Exploration properties acquired are recognised in the balance sheet within development cost and are shown at cost less provisions for impairment
determined in accordance with the group’s accounting policy on impairment of non-financial assets.
Mineral interests associated with development and exploration phase mineral interests are not amortised until such time as the underlying property is
converted to the production stage.
Capitalisation of pre-production costs ceases when commercial levels of production are reached. Commercial levels of production are discussed under
“production start date” above.
US dollar
During the 2016 financial year, the abandonment of unprofitable areas in the life-of-mine plans resulted in the derecognition of property, plant and
equipment as no future economic benefits are expected from their use or disposal. Included in the total for 2016 are losses for Unisel amounting to
US$1.1 million, Joel of US$1.8 million and US$ 0.7 million for Free State Surface.
F-29
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
(b) Mining assets under construction
continued
The movement in the mining assets under construction balance is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
104
97
Additions
36
30
Finance costs capitalised
1
5
2
Transfers and other movements
(21)
(11)
Translation
(17)
(14)
Balance at end of year
107
104
1
The average capitalisation rate applied was 10.5% (2015: 3.4%).
(c) Undeveloped properties
ACCOUNTING POLICY
The movement in the undeveloped properties balance is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
446
512
Translation
(74)
(66)
Balance at end of year
372
446
Accumulated impairments
Balance at beginning of year
1
1
Balance at end of year
1
1
Net carrying value
371
445
(d) Other non-mining assets
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Undeveloped properties are initially valued at the fair value of resources obtained through acquisitions. The carrying values of these properties are
annually tested for impairment. Once development commences, these properties are transferred to mining properties and accounted for in accordance
with the related accounting policy.
US dollar
Land is shown at cost and not depreciated. Other non-mining fixed assets are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated
impairment losses.
Other non-mining fixed assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
  Vehicles at 20% per year.
  Computer equipment at 33.3% per year.
  Furniture and equipment at 16.67% per year.
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
US dollar
F-30
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued
(d) Other non-mining assets
continued
The movement in the other non-mining assets balance is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
34
45
Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use
(1)
(20)
Additions
1
11
Transfers and other movements
-
2
Translation
(5)
(4)
Balance at end of year
29
34
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
Balance at beginning of year
15
32
Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use
(1)
(20)
Depreciation
3
3
Transfers and other movements
-
1
Translation
(2)
(1)
Balance at end of year
15
15
Net carrying value
14
19
14
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Figures in million
2016
2015
Goodwill (a)
57
70
Technology-based assets (b)
2
3
Total intangible assets
59
73
US dollar
US dollar
Intangible assets consist of all identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance. They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and
accumulated impairment losses, if any. The following are the main categories of intangible assets:
Goodwill
Goodwill is an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life which is not amortised but tested for impairment on an annual basis, or when there is an
indication of impairment. The excess of consideration transferred over the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date
fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and businesses is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is
included in investments in associates and tested for impairment as part of the overall balance.
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the
purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit
from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. If the composition of one or more cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated
changes due to a re-organisation, the goodwill is re-allocated to the units affected.
The gain or loss on disposal of an entity includes the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Technology-based assets
Acquired computer software licences that require further internal development are capitalised on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring to use
the specific software. These technology-based assets are classified as intangible assets with a finite useful life. These assets are amortised on a straight-
line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually, as follows:
Computer software at 20% per year.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS - IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL
Due to the wasting nature of mining assets and the finite life of a mine's reserves, the allocation of goodwill to a shaft will eventually result in an
impairment charge for the goodwill. The group tests annually whether separately identifiable goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with
the accounting policy stated in note 2.5. These calculations use estimates as per note 13.
F-31
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
14
INTANGIBLE ASSETS continued
(a)
Goodwill
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
195
224
Translation
(34)
(29)
Balance at end of year
161
195
Accumulated amortisation and impairments
Balance at beginning of year
125
144
Translation
(21)
(19)
Balance at end of year
104
125
Net carrying value
57
70
Bambanani
15
19
Tshepong
39
48
Joel
3
3
Net carrying value
57
70
(b)
Technology-based assets
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cost
Balance at beginning of year
16
17
Additions
-
1
Translation
(3)
(2)
Balance at end of year
13
16
Accumulated amortisation
Balance at beginning of year
13
13
Amortisation charge for the year
1
1
Translation
(3)
(1)
Balance at end of year
11
13
Net carrying value
2
3
The group classifies financials assets as follows:
A portion of restricted investments held by the environmental trust funds (refer to note 16) are classified as held-to-maturity investments.
The net carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to the following cash-generating units:
Financial assets are initially measured at fair value when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements, with the exception of loans and
receivables which are recognised on origination date. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of financial instruments, with the
exception of financial instruments classified as at fair value through profit or loss. The subsequent measurement of financial assets is discussed below.
A financial asset is derecognised when the right to receive cash flows from the asset has expired or the group has transferred its rights to receive cash
and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and
rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the assets.
On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and any cumulative gain or
loss recognised in equity is recognised in profit or loss.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the
recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the group’s
management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. The group’s held-to-maturity investments are subsequently measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method. The group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that
a held-to-maturity investment is impaired as a result of an event.
US dollar
Technology-based assets includes computer software and intellectual property which has been acquired and developed for the group. These assets are
amortised over five years.
ACCOUNTING POLICY - FINANCIAL ASSETS (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 15, 16, 17 AND 18)
US dollar
F-32
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
ACCOUNTING POLICY - FINANCIAL ASSETS (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 15, 16, 17 AND 18) continued
-
-
15
RESTRICTED CASH
Figures in million
2016
2015
Non-current
4
4
Environmental guarantees (a)
4
4
Current
1
1
Environmental rehabilitation (b)
1
1
Total restricted cash
5
5
(a)
(b)
16
RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS
Figures in million
2016
2015
Investments held by environmental trust funds (a)
167
192
Investments held by social trust funds (b)
3
4
Total restricted investments
170
196
(a) Environmental trust funds
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Contributions are made to the group's environmental trust funds, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to fund the estimated cost of
pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure at the end of the life of the group's mines. The trusts are consolidated into the group as the group
exercises control of the trusts. The measurement of the investments held by the trust funds is dependent on their classification under financial assets.
Income received and gains are treated in accordance with these classifications.
US dollar
The amount relates to funds set aside to serve as collateral against guarantees made to the Department of Mineral Resources (DMR) in South
Africa for environmental and rehabilitation obligations. Refer to note 24. A portion of the funds are held on call account and the remaining amounts
are invested in money market funds.
The amount relates to monies released from the environmental trusts as approved by the DMR. These funds may only be used for further
rehabilitation.
US dollar
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and short-term highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents exclude restricted cash.
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective
interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of receivables is established when there is objective evidence
that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. The amount of the provision is the
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest
rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision for impairment (allowance account) and the amount of
the loss is recognised in the income statement. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account for
trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited in the income statement.
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories.
They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of
the balance sheet date.
Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If
the fair value for a financial instrument cannot be obtained from an active market, the group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques.
The group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired.
In the case of equity securities classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is
considered in determining whether the securities are impaired. If considered impaired, the cumulative loss is removed from other reserves and
recognised in the income statement. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recognised in equity as impairment losses recognised in the
income statement are not reversed through the income statement.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss have two sub-categories: financial assets held-for-trading, and those designated at fair value
through profit or loss at inception. Derivative assets are categorised as held for trading unless designated as hedges. These assets are
subsequently measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in fair value recognised in the income statement in the period in
which they arise.
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise
when the group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. Loans and receivables are
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Loans and receivables include trade and other receivables
(excluding VAT and prepayments), restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents.
F-33
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
16
RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS continued
(a) Environmental trust funds
continued
The environmental trust funds consist of:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Held-to-maturity financial assets
126
113
Cash and cash equivalents (loans and receivables)
-
39
Fair value through profit or loss financial assets
41
40
Total environmental trust funds
167
192
Reconciliation of the movement in the investments held by environmental trust funds:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
192
213
Interest income
9
11
Fair value gain
1
1
Withdrawal of funds
(2)
(4)
Equity-linked deposits matured/(acquired)
6
(22)
Acquisition of held-to-maturity investments
27
18
Net transfer of cash and cash equivalents
(33)
4
Translation
(33)
(29)
Balance at end of year
167
192
(b) The social trust fund
Reconciliation of the movement in the investments held by the social trust fund:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
4
4
Translation
(1)
-
Balance at end of year
3
4
US dollar
The social trust fund is an irrevocable trust under the group's control. The purpose of the trust is to fund the social plan to reduce the negative effects of
restructuring on the group's workforce, to put measures in place to ensure that the technical and life skills of the group's workforce are developed and to
develop the group's workforce in such a manner as to avoid or minimise the effect of job losses and a decline in employment through turnaround or
redeployment strategies.
The social trust fund investment comprises a unit trust portfolio that is exposed to the fair value changes in the equity market and is classified as a fair
value through profit or loss investment.
US dollar
The environmental trust funds are irrevocable trusts under the group's control. Contributions to the trusts are invested in interest-bearing short-term and
medium-term cash investments and medium term equity-linked notes issued by commercial banks that provide guaranteed interest and additional
interest or growth linked to the growth of the Shareholder Weighted Top 40 (SWIX 40) or the Top 40 index of the JSE. The equity-linked notes are
designated as fair value through profit or loss investments and recorded at fair value whilst the interest-bearing short-term investments are classified
either as held-to-maturity and recorded at amortised cost or as cash and cash equivalents and recorded at fair value. These investments provide for the
estimated cost of rehabilitation at the end of the life of the group's mines. Income earned on the investments is retained in the funds and reinvested.
US dollar
F-34
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
17
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Figures in million
2016
2015
Derivative financial assets
Foreign exchange hedging contracts
25
-
Total derivative financial assets
25
-
18
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Figures in million
2016
2015
Current assets
Financial assets
Trade receivables (gold)
11
35
Other trade receivables
8
10
Provision for impairment
(2)
(5)
Trade receivables - net
17
40
Interest and other receivables (a)
4
4
Loan to associate (net) (b)(i)
4
-
Employee receivables
1
1
Non-financial assets
Prepayments
2
5
Value added tax
16
12
Total current trade and other receivables
44
62
Non-current assets
Financial assets
Loans to associates (b)
8
17
Loan to ARM BBEE Trust (c)
14
-
Provision for impairment (b) (c)
(10)
(10)
Total non-current trade and other receivables
12
7
(a)
(b)
(c)
No impairment allowance is necessary in respect of any balances included in interest and other receivables as all amounts are classified as fully
performing.
(i) During 2015, Rand Refinery drew down on the facility provided by its shareholders. Harmony's portion of the shareholder's loan was US$10
million. As the loan is considered to be part of the net investment in associate, Harmony's share of Rand Refinery's losses of US$1.2 million was
recorded against the loan. An additional provision of US$1.6 million (2015: US$1.2 million) was provided for. The loan is due during December
2016. Refer to note 19 for more details.
(ii) The balance in 2016 comprises US$7.9 million (2015: US$9.5 million) owed by Pamodzi Gold Limited (Pamodzi). Pamodzi was placed into
liquidation during 2009 and the loan was provided in full. Harmony is a concurrent creditor in the Pamodzi Orkney liquidation.
During 2016, Harmony advanced US$13.5 million to the ARM BBEE Trust, a shareholder of African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM). The trust is
controlled and consolidated by ARM, who holds 14.6% of Harmony's shares. Harmony is a trustee of the ARM BBEE Trust. The loan is
subordinated and unsecured. The interest is market related (3 month JIBAR plus 4.25%) and is receivable on the maturity of the loan on 31
December 2022. At year end, the loan was tested for impairment following the decrease in the ARM share price since advancing the loan to the
ARM BBEE Trust and an amount of US$2.2 million was provided for. The recoverable amount was calculated using a discounted cash flow model.
The cash flows in the model includes projected interest payments and projected ARM share price on the expected repayment date.
During February 2016, Harmony entered into foreign exchange hedging contracts (forex hedging contracts) in the form of zero cost collars, which
establish a minimum (purchased put options) and maximum (sold call options) rand/US dollar exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to rands.
The nominal value of open forex hedging contracts at 30 June 2016 was US$500 million. Refer to note 6 for further details.
The forex hedging contracts are classified as held-for-trading and the fair value is based upon market valuations. The mark-to-market remeasurement
of the forex hedging contracts is derived from a Black-Scholes valuation technique, derived from spot rand/US$ exchange rate inputs, implied volatilities
on the rand/US$ exchange rate, rand/US$ inter-bank interest rates and discounted at market interest rate (zero-coupon interest rate curve).
The derivative financial instruments are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, as the group and the counterparty have both elected to
settle the forex hedging contracts on a net basis.
US dollar
US dollar
F-35
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
18
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued
The movement in the provision for impairment of current trade and other receivables during the year was as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
5
6
Impairment loss recognised
1
-
Reversal of impairment loss
(2)
-
Translation
(2)
(1)
Balance at end of year
2
5
The movement in the provision of loans receivable during the year was as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
10
11
Impairment loss recognised
4
1
Translation
(1)
(2)
Total provision of loans receivable
13
10
Total provision of non-current loans receivable
10
10
Total provision of current loans receivable
3
-
The ageing of current trade receivables at the reporting date was:
Figures in million
Gross Impairment
30 June 2016
Fully performing
15
-
Past due by 1 to 30 days
-
-
Past due by 31 to 60 days
-
-
Past due by 61 to 90 days
1
-
Past due by more than 90 days
1
-
Past due by more than 361 days
2
2
19
2
30 June 2015
Fully performing
38
-
Past due by 1 to 30 days
1
-
Past due by 31 to 60 days
-
-
Past due by 61 to 90 days
-
-
Past due by more than 90 days
1
1
Past due by more than 361 days
5
4
45
5
The ageing of loans receivable at the reporting date was:
Figures in million
Gross Impairment
30 June 2016
Fully performing
21
5
Past due by 1 to 30 days
-
-
Past due by 31 to 60 days
-
-
Past due by 61 to 90 days
-
-
Past due by more than 361 days
8
8
29
13
30 June 2015
Fully performing
7
1
Past due by 1 to 30 days
-
-
Past due by 31 to 60 days
-
-
Past due by 61 to 90 days
-
-
Past due by more than 361 days
10
9
17
10
US dollar
US dollar
US dollar
US dollar
F-36
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
18
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued
During the 2015 and 2016 years there was no renegotiation of the terms of any receivable.
As at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015, there was no collateral pledged or held for any of the receivables.
19
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
(a)
(b)
The movement in the loan to associate during the year is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
7
-
Drawn down
-
10
Interest accrued
1
1
Interest received
-
(1)
Share of profit/(loss)
-
(2)
Impairment
(2)
(1)
Translation
(2)
-
Balance at end of year
4
7
US dollar
Harmony acquired a 32.4% interest in Pamodzi on 27 February 2008, initially valued at US$46.5 million. Pamodzi was listed on the JSE and had
interests in operating gold mines in South Africa. Pamodzi was placed in liquidation in March 2009 and the trading of its shares on the JSE was
suspended. As at 30 June 2016, the liquidation process has not been concluded. No financial information subsequent to 31 March 2009 is available
and therefore no information has been disclosed.
Rand Refinery provides precious metal smelting and refining services in South Africa. Harmony holds a 10.38% share in Rand Refinery. Although
the group holds less than 20% of the equity shares of Rand Refinery, the group is able to exercise significant influence by virtue of having a right to
appoint a director on the board. Through the 10% shareholding and the right to appoint a director on the board, the investment has been accounted
for as an associate.
The investment was written down to Rnil during the 2014 financial year following a discrepancy between the actual inventory and the accounting
records being noted due to issues experienced following the implementation of a new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system on 1 April
2013.
As a precautionary measure following these challenges Rand Refinery's shareholders extended Rand Refinery an irrevocable, subordinated loan
facility of up to US$114.2 million. Harmony's maximum commitment in terms of this facility is US$13.3 million. The agreements relating to the
facility were signed on 23 July 2014. In December 2014, Rand Refinery drew down US$88.1 million on the shareholders' loan. Harmony's portion
of the shareholders' loan was US$10.4 million. Interest on the facility is JIBAR plus a margin of 3.5%. The facility is convertible to equity after a
period of two years. The loan, in substance, forms part of Harmony's net investment in Rand Refinery.
During the 2016 financial year, interest received on the loan amounted to US$0.8 million (2015: US$0.5 million). For the 2016 year, Harmony
recognised its share of profits from associate of US$0.5 million (2015: losses of US$2.1 million) against the loan. An additional provision for
impairment of US$1.6 million (2015: US$1.2 million) was also recorded. This impairment is included in "Other expenses (net)" in the income
statement. The recoverable amount of the loan at 30 June 2016 is US$4.2 million (2015: US$6.6 million).
The fair value measurement of the net investment is classified as level 3 and is non-recurring. The loan is due in December 2016 and has been
included in Other receivables - current.
Based on past experience, the group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of fully performing receivables as the amount
relates to customers that have a good track record with the group. The majority of fully performing trade receivables are indirectly associated with
financial institutions of good credit quality. Provisions for the other loans and receivables have been raised following an assessment of their credit risk by
management.
The investments in associates are evaluated annually for impairment by comparing the entire carrying value of the investment (which includes loans to
associates that form part of the net investment in associates) to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use or fair value less costs to
sell. Discounted cash flow models are used to calculate the net present value of the investments. The cash flows in the models include expected
interest and capital payments on loans, dividends and proceeds on disposal.
Harmony has equity accounted for its share of the profits and losses based on Rand Refinery's most recent available management accounts.
F-37
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
19
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES continued
The results of Rand Refinery, and its aggregated assets (including goodwill) and liabilities, are as follows at the reporting date:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Non-current assets
50
44
Current assets
21
31
Other current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents)
12
24
Cash and cash equivalents
9
7
Total assets
71
75
Non-current liabilities
1
1
88
Current liabilities
2
99
23
Total liabilities
100
111
Revenue
37
54
Total comprehensive loss
(19)
(33)
Percentage interest held
10.38%
10.38%
1
Includes the sub-ordinated loans from shareholders, which are convertible into equity on maturity, in 2015.
2
Includes the sub-ordinated loans from shareholders, which are convertible into equity on maturity, in 2016.
Rand Refinery's year end is 31 August (2015: 30 September).
20
INVESTMENT IN JOINT OPERATIONS
MOROBE MINING JOINT VENTURES (MMJV) PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
21
INVENTORIES
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Figures in million
2016
2015
Gold in lock-up
3
3
Gold in-process, ore stockpiles and bullion on hand
36
50
Consumables at weighted average cost (net of provision)
43
56
Total inventories
82
109
Non-current portion of gold in lock-up and gold in-process
(3)
(3)
Total current portion of inventories
79
106
Included in the balance above is:
Inventory valued at net realisable value
19
44
US dollar
The group has a 50% interest in mining and exploration assets located in the Morobe province, PNG. Newcrest Mining Limited (Newcrest) owns the
remaining 50% interest in these assets. The assets include the Hidden Valley mine and the Wafi-Golpu projects. This partnership was formed during the
2009 financial year through a range of transactions, which included Newcrest’s purchase of a 30.01% participating interest and a further farm-in of an
additional 19.99% participating interest in the assets. The total value of the transaction was estimated at US$530 million and was completed by 30 June
2009. The joint arrangement is accounted for as a joint operation. Refer to note 34(d) for transactions after the reporting date.
Inventories, which include bullion on hand, gold-in-process, gold in lock-up, ore stockpiles and consumables, are measured at the lower of cost and net
realisable value. Net realisable value is assessed at each reporting date and is determined with reference to relevant market prices.
The cost of bullion, gold-in process and gold in lock-up is determined by reference to production cost, including amortisation and depreciation at the
relevant stage of production. Ore stockpiles are valued at average production cost. Stockpiles and gold in lock-up are classified as non-current assets
where the stockpile exceeds current processing capacity and where a portion of static gold in lock-up is expected to be recovered more than 12 months
after balance sheet date.
Gold in-process inventories represent materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a saleable product. In-process material is
measured based on assays of the material fed to process and the projected recoveries at the respective plants. In-process inventories are valued at the
average cost of the material fed to process attributable to the source material coming from the mine or stockpile plus the in-process conversion costs,
including the applicable depreciation relating to the process facility, incurred to that point in the process. Gold in-process includes gold in lock-up which is
generally measured from the plants onwards. Gold in lock-up is expected to be extracted when plants are demolished at the end of their useful lives,
which is largely dependent on the estimated useful life of the operations feeding the plants. Where mechanised mining is used in underground
operations, in-progress material is accounted for at the earliest stage of production when reliable estimates of quantities and costs are capable of being
made. At the group’s open pit operations, gold in-process represents production in broken ore form.
Consumables are valued at weighted average cost value after appropriate allowances for slow moving and redundant items.
US dollar
F-38
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
21
INVENTORIES continued
22
SHARE CAPITAL
ACCOUNTING POLICY
The cost of treasury shares is eliminated against the share capital balance.
Authorised
1 200 000 000 (2015: 1 200 000 000) ordinary shares of 50 SA cents each.
Issued
437 299 479 (2015: 436 187 133) ordinary shares of 50 SA cents each. All issued shares are fully paid.
Share issues
Treasury shares
Included in the total of treasury shares is an amount of 335 shares held by Lydenburg Exploration Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the company.
23
OTHER RESERVES
Figures in million
2016
2015
Foreign exchange translation reserve (a)
(1 753)
(1 378)
Equity component of convertible bond (b)
41
41
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in subsidiary (c)
(57)
(57)
Share-based payments (d)
197
175
Repurchase of equity interest (e)
(13)
(13)
Other (f)
(6)
(6)
Total other reserves
(1 591)
(1 238)
(a)
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
(1 378)
(1 010)
Current year's foreign exchange translation gain/(loss)
(375)
(368)
Balance at end of year
(1 753)
(1 378)
(b)
US dollar
On 24 May 2004, the group issued a convertible bond. The amount representing the value of the equity conversion component is included in other
reserves, net of deferred income taxes. The equity conversion component is determined on the issue of the bonds and is not changed in
subsequent periods. The convertible bonds were repaid in 2009.
Shares issued in the 2015 and 2016 financial years relate to the exercise of share options by employees. During March 2016, 35 000 shares were
issued to the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust, the vehicle used for the employee share ownership plan (ESOP). Note 31 and 32 set out details in
respect of the share option scheme.
During August 2012, 3.5 million shares were issued to the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust. As the trust is controlled by the group, the shares are
treated as treasury shares. During March 2016, an additional 35 000 shares were issued to the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust for purposes of
settling the 2014 and 2015 offers of ESOP share appreciation rights that vested during the current year. During 2016, 537 757 (2015: 670 859) shares
were exercised by employees and the remaining 524 915 shares are still held as treasury shares.
US dollar
The balance of the foreign exchange translation reserve movement represents the cumulative translation effect of the group's off-shore operations.
It also includes the translation effect from rand to US dollar.
During the 2016 financial year, an increase of US$0.1 million (2015: a write-down of US$1.2 million) was made for the net realisable value adjustment
for gold in lock-up.
During the year, an increase of US$6.2 million (2015: US$4.7 million) to the provision for slow moving and redundant stock was made. The increase in
2016 and 2015 in the provision was primarily the result of additional redundant stock items identified in PNG and provided for. The total provision at 30
June 2016 was US$14.5 million (2015: US$10.0 million).
Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction,
net of tax, from the proceeds.
F-39
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
23
OTHER RESERVES continued
(c)
(d) Share-based payments
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
175
159
Share-based payments expensed (i)
22
16
Balance at end of year
197
175
(e)
(f)
ACCOUNTING POLICY - PROVISIONS (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 24, 25 AND 26)
24
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the
provision estimate, as well as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created are capitalised to mining assets against
an increase in the rehabilitation provision. If a decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying amount of the asset, the excess is recognised immediately in
the income statement. If the asset value is increased and there is an indication that the revised carrying value is not recoverable, impairment is
performed in accordance with the accounting policy dealing with impairments of non-financial assets. Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the
estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of ongoing current programmes to prevent and control pollution is charged against income
as incurred. Over time, the liability is increased to reflect an interest element, and the capitalised cost is depreciated over the life of the related asset.
Included in the 2016 financial year is an actuarial gain of US$0.3 million (2015: US$0.4 million), net of tax of US$0.1 million (2015: US$0.2 million),
on post-retirement benefits recognised in other comprehensive income (refer to note 25 for more details). The cumulative actuarial loss (net of tax)
is US$2.2 million at 30 June 2016 (2015: US$2.5 million).
Provisions are recognised when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events where it is probable that an outflow of
resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.
The amount recognised as a provision is the net present value of the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at
balance sheet date using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The
estimate takes into account the associated risks and uncertainties. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest
expense.
Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of
economic benefits will be required, the provision is reversed.
Estimated long-term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure, are based on the group’s environmental
management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.
Based on disturbances to date, the net present value of expected rehabilitation cost estimates is recognised and provided for in full in the financial
statements. The estimates are reviewed annually and are discounted using a pre-tax risk-free rate that is adjusted to reflect the current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.
US dollar
(i) The group issues equity-settled instruments to certain qualifying employees under an employee share option scheme and employee share
ownership plan (ESOP) to purchase shares in the company’s authorised but unissued ordinary shares. Equity share-based payments are
measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. Share-based payments are expensed over the vesting period, based
on the group’s estimate of the shares that are expected to eventually vest. During the 2016 financial year, the equity-settled share-based payment
expense of US$22.1 million (2015: US$16.4 million) was charged to the income statement (refer to note 31 for more details).
The 2014 and 2015 offers of ESOP share appreciation rights that vested during the 2016 financial year were settled through the issue of
ordinary shares to the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust. This was due to the positive share price appreciation since grant date, and therefore
resulted in the treatment of these awards as equity-settled.
On 19 March 2010, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited concluded an agreement with African Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited
(AVRD), for the purchase of its 26% share of the mining titles of the Doornkop South Reef. The original sale of the 26% share in the mining titles
was accounted for as an in-substance call option by AVRD over the 26% mineral right. The agreement to purchase AVRD's 26% interest during
the 2010 financial year is therefore considered to be a repurchase of the option (equity interest). The 26% interest was transferred from AVRD to
Harmony in exchange for Harmony repaying the AVRD Nedbank loan and the issue of 2 162 359 Harmony shares. The difference between the
value of the shares issued of US$20.5 million, the liability to the AVRD and transaction costs, have been taken directly to equity.
On 15 March 2004, Harmony announced that it had made an off-market cash offer to acquire all the ordinary shares, listed and unlisted options of
Abelle Limited, held by non-controlling interests. The excess of the purchase price of US$86.5 million over the carrying amount of non-controlling
interest acquired, amounting to US$57 million, has been accounted for under other reserves.
F-40
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
24
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION continued
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The following is a reconciliation of the total liability for environmental rehabilitation:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Provision raised for future rehabilitation
Balance at beginning of year
182
198
Change in estimate - Balance sheet
(7)
3
Change in estimate - Income statement
1
(7)
(6)
Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs
11
13
Translation
(31)
(26)
Total provision for environmental rehabilitation
148
182
1
The change in estimate includes rehabilitation work performed during the year. Refer to note 5(c).
Figures in million
2016
2015
Future net undiscounted obligation
Ultimate estimated rehabilitation cost
204
237
Amounts invested in environmental trust funds (refer to note 16)
(167)
(192)
Total future net undiscounted obligation
37
45
25
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION
ACCOUNTING POLICY
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The group intends to finance the ultimate rehabilitation costs from the money invested in environmental trust funds as well as the proceeds on sale of
assets and gold from plant clean-up at the time of mine closure. The group has guarantees in place, some cash-backed, relating to some of the
environmental liabilities. Refer to notes 15 and 33.
During 2015 and 2016, the group rehabilitated certain decommissioned operations in the Free State as part of its overall strategy of eliminating safety
and health exposures and reducing the environmental rehabilitation liability. Following several years of working closely with the DMR to determine the
best solution for rehabilitating certain pits, Kalgold received a decision from the DMR during 2015 to use tailings to backfill pits that have been mined out
and as a result the deposition into these pits is in progress.
The group provides medical cover to current employees and certain retirees through certain funds. The medical accounting costs for the defined benefit
plan are assessed using the projected unit credit method. The health care obligation is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash
outflows using government bond interest rates consistent with the terms and risks of the obligation. Actuarial gains and losses as a result of these
valuations are recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI) at revaluation date. Actuarial gains and losses recognised in OCI will not be recycled to
profit or loss. The future liability for current and retired employees and their dependants is accrued in full based on actuarial valuations obtained
annually.
An updated actuarial valuation is carried out at the end of each financial year. Assumptions used to determine the liability include a discount rate of
9.7%, no increases in employer subsidies (in terms of the agreement) and mortality rates according to the SA 1956/62 mortality table (SA “”a mf””
tables) (retirement age of 60 years) and a medical inflation rate of 7.7% (2015: discount rate of 9%, retirement age of 60 years and 7% medical inflation
rate). Management determined the discount rate by assessing government bonds with similar terms to the liability. The changes to the discount rate
and medical inflation rate are similar to changes in interest and inflation rates in South Africa.
The provision for environmental rehabilitation for PNG amounts to US$34.7 million (2015: US$36.4 million) and is unfunded.
While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, the group has estimated that, based on current environmental
and regulatory requirements, the total undiscounted cost for the mines, in the current monetary terms, is approximately US$203.7 million (2015:
US$237.3 million).
US dollar
Significant judgement is applied in estimating ultimate rehabilitation cost that will be required in future to rehabilitate the group’s mines. Ultimate cost
may significantly differ from current estimates.
For the South African operations, management used an inflation rate of 6.75% (2015: 6.50%) (2014:6.50%) and the expected life of the mines
according to the life-of-mine plans in the calculation of the estimated net present value of the rehabilitation liability. The discount rates used for the
calculation are dependent on the operation’s life of mine and are as follows: up to 12 months – 8.00% (2015: 6.50%) (2014: 6.75%); for one to five years
– 8.40% (2015: 7.30%) (2014: 7.75%); for six to nine years – 9.00% (2015: 7.80%) (2014: 8.00%) and for ten years or more – 9.20% (2015: 8.00%)
(2014: 8.25%). These estimates were based on recent yields determined on government bonds. In calculating the rehabilitation liability in PNG for 2016,
an inflation rate of 5.0% (2015: 5.0%) (2014: 2.9%) was used, together with a discount rate of 6.25% (2015: 6.25%) (2014: 6.25%).
The group’s mining and exploration activities are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations. The group has made, and expects to make in
the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. Estimated future
reclamation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements.
US dollar
F-41
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
25
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION continued
(a) Pension and provident funds
(b) Post-retirement benefits other than pensions
Through the post-employment medical plan, the group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are discussed below:
Change in bond yields: A decrease in the bond yields will increase the plan liability.
Inflation risk: The obligation is linked to inflation and higher inflation will lead to a higher liability.
Figures in million
2016
2015
Present value of unfunded obligations
11
13
Current employees
4
5
Retired employees
7
8
Movement in the liability recognised in the balance sheet
Balance at beginning of year
13
23
Contributions paid
(1)
(1)
Curtailments
1
-
(8)
Finance cost
1
1
Net actuarial gain recognised during the year
2
-
(1)
Translation
(2)
(1)
Balance at end of year
11
13
2
The net actuarial gain has been recorded in other comprehensive income.
1
The curtailment in 2015 relates to the significant reduction in members qualifying for the post-retirement benefit, mainly arising from the change in the terms of employment
of members, resulting in a reduction of the liability of US$8.2 million.
It is assumed that not all employed members will remain employed until retirement therefore estimated resignation and ill-health
retirement rates are also taken into account;
It is assumed that 90% of employed members will be married at retirement or earlier death and that wives are four years younger
than their husbands. It is assumed that the only dependants will be spouses.
Life expectancy: The obligation is to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the
plan’s liabilities.
The net actuarial gain for 2016 was mainly due to exits of current employees being higher than expected, partially offset by exits of CAWMS being lower
than expected and the actual subsidy inflation being higher than assumed (2015: net actuarial gain was mainly as a result of exits of current employees
being higher than expected).
US dollar
The PNG Superannuation Act 2002 requires a compulsory employer contribution of 8.4% (2015: 8.4%) into an approved superannuation (pension) fund
if an employee is appointed for a period of three months or more. The approved superannuation funds are defined contribution plans.
Substantially all the group’s employees are covered by the above mentioned retirement benefit plans. Funds contributed by the group for the 2016
financial year amounted to US$34.3 million (2015: US$43.0 million).
Harmony inherited a post-retirement medical benefit obligation, which existed at the time of the Freegold acquisition in 2002. The group’s obligation in
this regard is to pay a subsidy of 2% for every completed year of employment up to a maximum of 50% of total medical aid contributions, commencing
on date of retirement. Should the employee die, either in service or after retirement, this benefit will transfer to his/her dependants. The medical aid
tariffs are based on the Bestmed medical scheme (Bestmed) options. Except for the aforementioned employees, Harmony has no other post-retirement
obligation for the other group employees.
The liability is unfunded and will be settled out of cash and cash equivalents when it becomes due. The liability is based on an actuarial valuation
conducted during the year ended 30 June 2016, using the projected unit credit method. The next actuarial valuation will be performed on 30 June 2017.
The principal actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of unfunded obligations are discussed above. In addition the following was also
considered:
It is assumed that all Continuation and Widow Members (CAWMs) will remain on the current benefit option and income band. For employed
members, post-employment contributions were assumed to be equal to the average payable for the current CAWMs membership;
The group contributes to several pension and provident funds governed by the Pension Funds Act, 1956 for the employees of its South African
subsidiaries. The pension funds are multi-employer defined contribution industry plans. The group’s liability is therefore limited to its monthly determined
contributions. The provident funds are funded on a “monetary accumulative basis” with the member’s and employer’s contributions having been fixed in
the constitution of the funds.
The Australian group companies make contributions to each employee’s superannuation (pension) funds in accordance with the Superannuation
Guarantee Scheme (SGS). The SGS is a Federal Government initiative enforced by law which compels employers to make regular payments to
regulated funds providing for each employee on their retirement. The SGS were set at a minimum of 9.5% of gross salary and wages for the 2016 year
(2015: 9.5%). The fund is a defined contribution plan.
F-42
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
25
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION continued
(b) Post-retirement benefits other than pensions continued
Figures in million
2016
2015
The net liability of the defined benefit plan is as follows:
Present value of defined benefit obligation
11
13
Net liability of defined benefit plan
11
13
The effect of a percentage point increase and decrease in the assumed medical cost trend rate is as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
Effect of a 1% increase on:
Defined benefit obligation
1
2
Effect of a 1% decrease on:
Defined benefit obligation
1
2
The group expects to contribute approximately US$0.5 million to the benefit plan in 2017.
The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 15.5 years.
ACCOUNTING POLICY - FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 26, 27 AND 28)
26
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Figures in million
2016
2015
Financial liabilities
Sibanye Beatrix ground swap royalty provision (a)
1
2
Non-financial liabilities
ESOP share-based payment liability (b)
-
1
Total other non-current liabilities
1
3
US dollar
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to
occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2015.
Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements. Transaction costs are included
in the initial measurement of financial liabilities, with the exception of financial liabilities classified at fair value through profit or loss. The subsequent
measurement of financial liabilities is discussed below. A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled
or expires. The group classifies financial liabilities as follows:
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs incurred and subsequently measured at amortised cost, comprising original
debt less principal payments and amortisation, using the effective yield method. Any difference between proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the
redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowing using the effective interest rate method.
Fees paid on the establishment of the loan facilities are capitalised as a pre-payment and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates,
to the extent it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of
the facility will be drawn down, the fee is expensed.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months
after the balance sheet date.
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within a year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Refer to the accounting policy on provisions above, accounting policies on financial liabilities below and note 31 for the accounting policy on share-
based payments.
US dollar
US dollar
F-43
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
26
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES continued
(a)
(b)
27
BORROWINGS
Nedbank Limited
US dollar revolving credit facilities
Terms and debt repayment schedule at 30 June 2016
Debt covenants
The group's interest cover ratio shall not be less than five (EBITDA 1 /Total interest paid);
Tangible Net Worth 2 to total net debt ratio shall not be less than six times or eight times when dividends are paid;
Leverage 3 shall not be more than 2.5 times.
1
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) as defined in the agreement excludes unusual items such as impairment and restructuring cost.
2
Tangible Net Worth is defined as total equity less intangible assets.
3
Leverage is defined as total net debt to EBITDA.
The debt covenant tests for both the rand and US dollar revolving credit facilities were renegotiated during December 2014 and are as follows:
The debt covenant tests are performed on a quarterly basis. No breaches of the covenants were identified during the tests in the 2015 and 2016
financial years.
Nedbank Limited (secured
loan - rand revolving credit
facility)
1, 3 or 6 month JIBAR plus 3.5%,
payable at the elected interest
interval
Repayable on maturity
23 December 2016
Cession and pledge of
operating subsidiaries'
shares
US dollar revolving credit
facility (secured loan)
3 or 6 month LIBOR plus 3%,
payable at the elected interest
interval
Repayable on maturity
6 February 2018
Cession and pledge of
operating subsidiaries'
shares
Interest accrues on a day-to-day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest rate.
Refer to note 34(a) for transactions after the reporting date.
On 11 August 2011, the company entered into a loan facility which was jointly arranged by Nedbank Limited and FirstRand Bank Limited (acting
through its Rand Merchant Bank division) (syndicate), comprising a US$300 million syndicated revolving credit facility, of which only US$270 million
was drawn down. The facility was utilised to fund exploration projects in PNG. Interest at LIBOR plus 260 basis points was paid quarterly. The
syndicated revolving facility was settled in February 2015 by drawing against the new facility (discussed below).
On 22 December 2014, the company entered into a loan facility agreement which was jointly arranged by Nedbank Limited and Barclays Bank Plc,
comprising a revolving credit facility of up to US$250 million. All conditions precedent were met during February 2015 and US$205 million was drawn
down to repay the syndicated revolving credit facility, resulting in a net cash outflow of US$65 million. The remaining US$45 million was drawn down
during May 2015.
During the 2016 financial year, the following repayments were made: 4 December 2015 - US$50 million; 8 February 2016 - US$20 million; 9 May 2016 -
US$40 million.
Interest accrues on a day-to-day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest rate.
Interest charge
Repayment terms
Repayment date
Security
During 2014, Harmony and Sibanye entered into an agreement whereby the Joel mine exchanged two portions of its mining right for two portions of
Sibanye's Beatrix mine's mining right, as well as acquiring two additional portions from Beatrix (sale portions). The transaction was completed in
May 2014. The purchase consideration of the sale portions acquired by Joel is payable as a royalty of 3% on gold revenue generated from these
two portions. The royalty liability recorded is the net present value of 3% of future gold revenue of the sale portions. During 2016, an amount of
US$0.2 million (2015: US$0.2 million) was recorded relating to time value of money and US$0.4 million (2015: US$0.3 million) relating to changes in
estimates. An amount of US$0.4 million (2015: US$0.2 million) has been reclassified as current and recorded in other payables. Refer to note 13(a)
for further details on the key assumptions for the calculation of the provision, which is based on the life-of-mine plan of Joel.
The liability in 2015 relates to the cash-settled share-based payment transaction following the award of ESOP share appreciation rights (SARs) to
qualifying employees through the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust. As all outstanding awards vest in March 2017, the remaining liability is
recorded in Trade and other payables. Refer to note 31 for more details.
On 20 December 2013, the company entered into a loan facility with Nedbank Limited, comprising a revolving credit facility of R1 300 million (US$125.6
million). In January 2015, R400 million (US$34.9 million) was drawn down. On 7 July 2015 an additional R300 million (US$24.1 million) was drawn down
while on 26 November 2015 R400 million (US$28.2 million) was repaid.
F-44
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
27
BORROWINGS continued
Interest-bearing borrowings
Figures in million
2016
2015
Non-current borrowings
Nedbank Limited (secured loan - rand revolving credit facilities)
-
33
Balance at beginning of year
33
-
Draw down
24
35
Repayments
(28)
-
Transferred to current borrowings
(20)
-
Translation
(9)
(2)
Syndicated (secured loan - US$ revolving credit facility)
-
-
Balance at beginning of year
-
270
Repayments
-
(270)
US dollar revolving credit facility (secured loan)
139
247
Balance at beginning of year
247
-
Draw down
-
250
Repayments
(110)
-
Issue cost
-
(4)
Amortisation of issue costs
2
1
Total non-current borrowings
139
280
Current borrowings
Nedbank Limited (secured loan - rand revolving credit facilities)
20
-
Balance at beginning of year
-
-
Transferred from non-current liabilities
20
-
Total current borrowings
20
-
Total interest-bearing borrowings
159
280
The maturity of borrowings is as follows:
Current
20
-
Between one to two years
139
33
Between two to five years
-
247
159
280
Undrawn committed borrowing facilities:
Expiring within one year
68
-
Expiring after one year
110
74
178
74
Interest rates
2016
2015
%
%
Nedbank Limited - rand revolving credit facility
10.4
9.7
US dollar revolving credit facility
3.5
3.0
US dollar
Effective rate
F-45
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
28
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
ACCOUNTING POLICY
The group accrues for the cost of the leave days granted to employees during the period in which the leave days accumulate.
Figures in million
2016
2015
Financial liabilities
Trade payables
24
43
Other liabilities
5
5
Non-financial liabilities
Payroll accruals
26
27
Leave liabilities (a)
23
26
Shaft related accruals
24
22
Other accruals
8
9
ESOP share-based payment liability (b)
1
1
Value added tax
4
4
Total trade and other payables
115
137
(a) Leave liabilities
Figures in million
2016
2015
Balance at beginning of year
26
31
Benefits paid
(26)
(33)
Total expense per income statement
27
32
Translation
(4)
(4)
Balance at end of year
23
26
(b) ESOP share-based payment liability
The liability relates to the cash-settled share-based payment transaction following the award of ESOP SARs to qualifying employees through the
Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust. Refer to note 31 for more details.
US dollar
Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised on an ongoing basis. An accrual is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of
services rendered by employees up to the balance sheet date. The movement in the liability recognised in the balance sheet is as follows:
US dollar
F-46
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
29
CASH GENERATED BY OPERATIONS
Figures in million
2016
2015
2014
Reconciliation of profit/(loss) before taxation to cash generated by operations:
Profit/(loss) before taxation
109
(436)
(145)
Adjustments for:
Amortisation and depreciation
149
216
207
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of assets
(3)
285
135
Share-based payments
23
18
26
Net decrease in provision for post-retirement benefits
(1)
(8)
(1)
Net decrease in provision for environmental rehabilitation
(7)
(6)
(4)
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
-
(1)
(3)
Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment
4
42
-
(Profit)/loss from associates
-
2
10
Profit on disposal of investments
-
-
(1)
Net gain on financial instruments
(1)
(1)
(16)
Interest received
(16)
(20)
(21)
Finance cost
19
22
27
Inventory adjustments
7
18
(9)
Non-cash net foreign exchange translation difference
20
34
16
Provision for bad debts
4
1
2
Exploration (amortisation and depreciation)
-
4
4
Other non-cash adjustments
(3)
2
1
Effect of changes in operating working capital items
Receivables
12
10
18
Inventories
5
-
(4)
Payables
1
(14)
(24)
Cash generated by operations
322
168
218
ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
(i)  The income and mining taxes paid in the statement of cash flow represents actual cash paid less refunds received.
(ii)
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEARS ENDED 30 JUNE 2015 AND 30 JUNE 2016
(a) Principal non-cash transactions
Share-based payments (refer to note 31).
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014
(a) Acquisitions and disposal of investments/businesses
(i)  Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
(ii)  Investments in financial assets
(b) Principal non-cash transactions
Share-based payments (refer to note 31).
Joel/Sibanye ground swap (refer to note 26).
During 2014, a cash offer for Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited's (Wits Gold) entire share capital was made to all Wits Gold
shareholders by Sibanye. Harmony accepted the offer and on 14 April 2014 a total consideration of US$4.9 million was received.
US dollar
At 30 June 2016, US$177.9 million (2015: US$74.0 million) of borrowing facilities had not been drawn down and is therefore available for future
operational activities and future capital commitments. Refer to note 27.
During May 2014, the ground swap between Joel mine and Sibanye's Beatrix mine was completed, resulting in a non-cash profit being recognised for
the difference between the carrying value of the Joel portion and the fair value of the Beatrix portion.
F-47
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
30
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
ACCOUNTING POLICY
2016
2015
Number of permanent employees as at 30 June:
South African operations
25 861
26 000
International operations
1
1 339
1 465
Total number of permanent employees
27 200
27 465
Figures in million
2016
2015
Aggregate earnings
The aggregate earnings of employees including directors were:
Salaries and wages and other benefits
459
592
Retirement benefit costs
34
43
Medical aid contributions
13
16
Total aggregated earnings
2
506
651
2
These amounts have been included in cost of sales, corporate expenditure and capital expenditure.
1
The total number of employees in Australia, including the Brisbane office, at 30 June 2016 was 72 (2015: 75). The total for the international operations includes the MMJV
employees.
Remuneration for directors and executive management is fully disclosed in note 32.
During the 2016 financial year US$6.5 million (2015: US$25.2 million) was included in the payroll costs for termination costs. Termination costs include
the cost relating to the voluntary retrenchment and restructuring process as well as retrenchments due to shaft closures (refer to note 5).
Pension, provident and medical benefit plans are funded through monthly contributions. The group pays fixed contributions into a separate
entity in terms of the defined contribution pension, provident and medical plans which are charged to the income statement in the year to which they
relate. The group's liability is limited to its monthly determined contributions and it has no further liability, legal or constructive, if the fund does not
hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Refer to note 25 for details of
the post-retirement medical benefit plan.
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary
redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the group can
no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and
involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are
measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after balance sheet date are
discounted to present value.
US dollar
F-48
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
31
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The total cost relating to employee share-based payments is made up as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
2012 employee share ownership plan (a)
2
5
2006 share plan (b)
21
13
Total employee share-based payments included in cost of sales
23
18
(a) 2012 employee share ownership plan
The scheme shares are accounted for as equity-settled.
The total cost relating to the 2012 ESOP is made up as follows:
Figures in million
2016
2015
2012 employee share ownership plan
Equity-settled
1
3
Cash-settled
1
2
2
5
The vesting of the SARs is linked to the positive share appreciation of Harmony’s share price from the grant of the award. The SARs incorporate a cash
bonus with a minimum pay-out guarantee of R18 (applicable where there is no share appreciation or share appreciation less than R18) and a maximum
pay-out ceiling of R32 per SAR over the vesting period. The SARs include an equity-settled portion as well as a cash-settled portion related to the cash
bonus. The cash-settled portion has been recognised as a liability in the balance sheet (refer to note 26 and 28), the fair value of which is remeasured at
each reporting date.
US dollar
On the fifth anniversary of the first allocation date, any unallocated scheme shares and SARs will be distributed to all employees who participated in the
ESOP and who are still employed with the company pro rata in accordance with the number of scheme shares previously allocated to the employees.
ACCOUNTING POLICY
The group operates the following employee share incentive plans:
Equity-settled share-based payments plan where the group grants share options to certain employees in exchange for services received;
Equity-settled and cash-settled employee share ownership plan.
Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value that includes market performance conditions but excludes the impact of any service
and non-market performance conditions of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. The share-based payments are expensed over the vesting
period, based on the group's estimate of the shares that are expected to eventually vest. The group used an appropriate option pricing model in
determining the fair value of the options granted. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are
expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable are revised. The impact
of the revision of original estimates, if any, is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The proceeds received net
of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised.
Cash-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value. The liability is remeasured at each balance sheet date until the date of settlement.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The fair value of options granted is being determined using either a binomial, Black-Scholes or a Monte Carlo valuation model. The significant inputs into
the model are: vesting period, risk free interest rate, volatility, price on date of grant and dividend yield.
The group has the 2012 employee share ownership plan (ESOP) and the 2006 share plan that are active. The objective of these schemes is to
recognise the contributions of employees to the group's financial position and performance and to retain key employees.
US dollar
The 2003 scheme expired during 2015 with the remaining 614 476 options with a weighted average price of R44.76 lapsing. There was no cost for the
2015 and 2016 years.
The directors are authorised to issue up to 60 011 669 ordinary shares to participants who have received awards in accordance with Harmony's
employee share incentive schemes.
Subsequent to the annual general meeting held on 1 December 2010, 1 039 794 ordinary shares have been issued in terms of the 2003 scheme and 3
218 067 ordinary shares have been issued in terms of the 2006 share plan. 49 990 794 outstanding share option awards have been granted in terms of
the 2006 share plan. The Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust is authorised to allocate 12 864 000 ordinary shares to the employee share ownership plan.
During August 2012, Harmony issued the first awards under its ESOP. The ESOP is overseen by the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust. In terms of the
ESOP rules, qualifying employees are offered one scheme share for every two share appreciation rights (SARs).
F-49
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
31
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
(a) 2012 employee share ownership plan
continued
Activity on awards
Activity on awards outstanding
Number of
awards
Number of
awards
average
award price
(SA rand)
For the year ended 30 June 2016
Balance at beginning of year
1 052 032
2 104 064
75.11
Awards granted
25 600
51 200
39.48
Awards exercised
(549 276)
(1 098 552)
75.42
Awards forfeited
(22 236)
(44 472)
68.36
Balance at end of year
506 120
1 012 240
73.26
For the year ended 30 June 2015
Balance at beginning of year
1 699 748
3 399 496
77.65
Awards granted
46 760
93 520
20.47
Awards exercised
(651 442)
(1 302 884)
77.95
Awards forfeited
(43 034)
(86 068)
73.06
Balance at end of year
1 052 032
2 104 064
75.11
List of awards granted but not yet vested (listed by grant date)
Number of
awards
Award price
(SA rand)
Remaining
life (years)
As at 30 June 2016
Scheme shares
8 August 2012 allocation
422 900
n/a
0.7
8 March 2013 allocation
19 800
n/a
0.7
15 March 2014 allocation
17 000
n/a
0.7
15 March 2015 allocation
21 140
n/a
0.7
15 March 2016 allocation
25 280
n/a
0.7
506 120
Share appreciation rights
8 August 2012 allocation
845 800
80.03
0.7
8 March 2013 allocation
39 600
56.35
0.7
15 March 2014 allocation
34 000
40.32
0.7
15 March 2015 allocation
42 280
31.01
0.7
15 March 2016 allocation
50 560
39.48
0.7
1 012 240
Total awards granted but not yet vested
1 518 360
Figures in million
2016
2015
Gain realised by participants on awards traded during the year
3
4
Fair value of awards exercised during the year
3
4
Scheme
shares
SARs
Weighted
US dollar
F-50
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
31
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
(a) 2012 employee share ownership plan continued
Measurement
(i) Assumptions applied at grant date for awards granted during the year
Scheme
shares
SARs
Price at date of grant (SA rand per share):
15 March 2015 allocation
20.47
20.47
15 March 2016 allocation
39.48
39.48
Risk-free interest rate:
15 March 2015 allocation
n/a
6.53%
15 March 2016 allocation
n/a
7.38%
Expected volatility: *
15 March 2015 allocation
n/a
52.62%
15 March 2016 allocation
n/a
87.06%
Expected dividend yield:
for all allocations
n/a
1%
Minimum payout guarantee (SA rand per SAR):
for all allocations
n/a
Vesting period (from grant date):
15 March 2015 allocation
2 years
2 years
15 March 2016 allocation
1 year
1 year
(ii) Fair values used as a basis to recognise share-based cost
Scheme
shares
SARs
Minimum
payout
guarantee
15 March 2015 allocation
19.97
0.50
17.09
15 March 2016 allocation
38.98
0.50
16.72
(iii) Cash-settled liability
Figures in million
2016
2015
Cash-settled liability
Non-current
-
1
Current
1
1
Total cash-settled liability
1
2
Movement in the cash-settled liability recognised in the balance sheet:
Balance at beginning of year
2
3
IFRS 2 share-based payment charge for the year
1
2
Awards paid
(1)
(2)
Translation
(1)
(1)
Balance at end of year
1
2
SA rand per award
US dollar
*
The volatility is measured as an annualised standard deviation of historical share price returns, using an exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) model, with a
lambda of 0.99. The volatility is calculated on the grant date, and takes into account historical data matched to the term of the allocation.
The fair value of equity instruments granted during the year was valued using the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial tree on the equity-settled portion of the
SARs. The minimum payout guarantee is valued at net present value and the spot share price on grant date was used for the scheme shares.
18.00 to
32.00
F-51
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
31
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
(b) Options granted under the 2006 share plan
The 2006 share plan consists of share appreciation rights (SARs), performance shares (PS) and restricted shares (RS). The share plan is equity-settled.
Award
Vesting
Performance criteria
SARs
PS
RS
The participant is still employed within the group.
Termination of employees' participation in the share plan is based on "no fault" and "fault" definitions.
  Fault
All unvested and unexercised SARs and all PS and RS not yet vested are lapsed and cancelled.
  No fault
Accelerated vesting occurs and all unvested and unexercised share options are settled in accordance with the rules of the plan.
Activity on share options
PS
RS
Activity on options and rights granted but not yet exercised
Number of
options and
rights
Weighted
average
option price
(SA rand)
Number of
rights
Number of
rights
For the year ended 30 June 2016
Balance at beginning of year
16 419 967
38.86
14 322 508
673 102
Options granted and accepted
-
-
25 652 631
508 920
Options accepted
669 824
18.42
-
-
Options exercised
(432 650)
24.58
(803 301)
(272 482)
Options forfeited and lapsed
(2 500 359)
59.21
(4 193 800)
(53 566)
Balance at end of year
14 156 782
34.74
34 978 038
855 974
For the year ended 30 June 2015
Balance at beginning of year
12 222 725
54.85
9 123 758
629 056
Options granted and accepted
6 998 079
18.46
7 255 423
83 000
Options exercised
(137 276)
20.41
(336 931)
(29 350)
Options forfeited and lapsed
(2 663 561)
59.55
(1 719 742)
(9 604)
Balance at end of year
16 419 967
38.86
14 322 508
673 102
Options and rights vested but not exercised at year end
2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015
Options and rights vested but not exercised
1 427 179
1 884 175
-
-
-
-
Weighted average option price (SA rand)
85.22
82.29
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
The PS will vest after three years from the grant date, if and to the extent
that the performance conditions have been satisfied.
2015 allocation
  50% of the number of the rights awarded are linked to
the total shareholder return of the group on an absolute
basis.
  50% of the number of the rights awarded are linked to the
total shareholder return of the group as compared to that of
the South African Gold Index.
2014 allocation
the number of the rights awarded are linked to the group's
performance in comparison to the South African Gold
Index.
2012 to 2013 allocation
  50% (senior management) or 70% (management) of the
number of the rights awarded are linked to the annual gold
production of the group in relation to the targets set
annually.
 50% (senior management) or 30% (management) of the
number of the rights awarded are linked to the group's
performance in comparison to the South African Gold
Index.
The RS will vest after three years from grant date.
SARs
SARs
PS
RS
SARs will vest in equal thirds in year three, four and five, subject to the
performance conditions having been satisfied.
The SARs will have an expiry date of six years from the grant date and the
offer price equals the closing market prices of the underlying shares on the
trading date immediately preceding the grant.
2009 to 2013 allocation:
The group's headline earnings per share must have grown
since the allocation date by more than the South African
Consumer Price Index (CPI).
F-52
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
31
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
(b) Options granted under the 2006 share plan continued
List of options and rights granted but not yet exercised (listed by allocation date)
Number of
options and
rights
Award price
(SA rand)
Remaining
life (years)
As at 30 June 2016
Share appreciation rights
15 November 2010
576 377
84.81
0.4
15 November 2011
591 440
104.79
1.4
16 November 2012
1 369 526
68.84
2.4
15 November 2013
4 926 488
33.18
3.4
17 November 2014
6 692 951
18.41
4.4
14 156 782
Performance shares
15 November 2013
4 617 529
n/a
0.4
17 November 2014
6 391 388
n/a
1.4
16 November 2015
23 457 121
n/a
2.4
17 February 2016
512 000
n/a
2.4
34 978 038
Restricted shares
1
15 November 2010
79 281
n/a
0.4
15 November 2011
64 000
n/a
1.4
16 November 2012
143 353
n/a
2.4
15 November 2013
79 281
n/a
0.4
17 November 2014
60 000
n/a
1.4
16 November 2015
430 059
n/a
2.4
855 974
Total options and rights granted but not yet exercised
49 990 794
Figures in million
2016
2015
Gain realised by participants on options and rights traded during the year
2
1
Fair value of options and rights exercised during the year
3
1
Measurement
(i) Assumptions applied at grant date for awards granted during the year
SARs
Performance
shares
Restricted
shares
Price at date of grant (SA rand per share):
17 November 2014 allocation
17.95
n/a
17.95
28 October 2015 allocation
1
n/a
n/a
10.85
16 November 2015 allocation
n/a
n/a
8.92
Risk-free interest rate:
17 November 2014 allocation
7.21%
7.44%
n/a
16 November 2015 allocation
n/a
7.77%
n/a
17 February 2016 allocation
n/a
7.70%
n/a
Expected volatility:
2
17 November 2014 allocation
44.39%
53.81%
n/a
16 November 2015 allocation
n/a
71.53%
n/a
17 February 2016 allocation
n/a
71.53%
n/a
Expected dividend yield:
17 November 2014 allocation
1.00%
0.00%
n/a
16 November 2015 allocation
n/a
0.00%
n/a
17 February 2016 allocation
n/a
0.00%
n/a
Vesting period (from grant date)
for all allocations
5 years
3 years
3 years
2
The volatility is measured as an annualised standard deviation of historical share price returns, using an exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) model, with a
lambda of 0.99. The volatility is calculated on the grant date, and takes into account the previous three years of historical data.
1
All awards for this allocation were exercised in the 2016 financial year.
1
The 2010, 2011 and 2012 restricted shares vested in November 2013, November 2014 and November 2015 respectively. Restricted shares that were not exercised,
partially or fully, at that time remain restricted for a further three years, but were supplemented by a matching grant of restricted shares. All restricted shares are then only
settled after the end of a further three year period.
US dollar
The fair value of equity instruments granted during the year was valued using the Monte Carlo simulation on the market-linked PS, Cox-Ross-Rubinstein
binomial tree on the SARs and spot share price on grant date for the RS.
F-53
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
31
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued
(b) Options granted under the 2006 share plan continued
Measurement continued
(ii) Fair values used as a basis to recognise share-based cost
SARs
Performance
shares
Restricted
shares
17 November 2014 allocation
7.86
11.19
17.95
28 October 2015 allocation
n/a
n/a
10.85
16 November 2015 allocation
n/a
36.96
8.92
17 February 2016 allocation
n/a
37.01
n/a
OTHER SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
In all cases, valuation date is the same as allocation date, except for the 16 November 2015 and 17 November 2014 allocation of performance shares
with a valuation date of 16 February 2016 and 2 June 2015 respectively.
SA rand per award
On 20 March 2013 Harmony signed transaction and funding agreements to give effect to an empowerment transaction to dispose of 30% of its Free
State based Phoenix operation (Phoenix) to BEE shareholders, which includes a free-carry allocation of 5% to a community trust that has been created
and is currently controlled by Harmony. The transaction closed on 25 June 2013, following the fulfilment of the last condition precedent. In terms of the
agreements Phoenix was transferred to a newly incorporated subsidiary (PhoenixCo).
The awards to the BEE partners have been accounted for as in-substance options as the BEE partners will only share in the upside, and not the
downside of their equity interest in PhoenixCo until the date the financing provided by Harmony is fully repaid. On this date the options will be exercised
and a non-controlling interest in PhoenixCo will be recognised. The award of the options to the BEE partners is accounted for by the group as an equity-
settled share-based payment arrangement. The in-substance options carry no vesting conditions and the fair value of the options of US$2.3 million was
expensed on the grant date, 25 June 2013.
F-54
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
32
RELATED PARTIES
The following directors and prescribed officers own shares in Harmony at year-end:
Name of director/prescribed officer
2016
2015
Directors
Andre Wilkens
101 303
101 303
Frank Abbott
521 790
203 243
Graham Briggs
1
n/a
24 718
Harry 'Mashego' Mashego
593
3 096
Ken Dicks
35 000
20 000
Prescribed officers
Alwyn Pretorius
2
n/a
7 987
Beyers Nel
3
2 907
n/a
Johannes van Heerden
-
28 184
Phillip Tobias
4
11 750
n/a
1
Graham Briggs resigned as a director with effect from 31 December 2015.
2
Alwyn Pretorius resigned from the group with effect from 30 November 2015.
3
Beyers Nel appointed as chief operating officer of the South African operations with effect from 1 March 2016.
4
Phillip Tobias appointed as chief operating officer: safety, mining projects, new development and corporate strategy with effect from 1 March 2016.
All the production of the group’s South African operations is sent to Rand Refinery in which Harmony holds a 10.38% interest. Refer to note 19.
Figures in million
2016
2015
Sales and services rendered to related parties
Joint operations
1
1
Associates
1
1
-
Total
2
1
Purchases and services acquired from related parties
Associates
2
2
Outstanding balances due by related parties
Associates
1
4
6
1
Refer to note 18 and 19 for details relating to the loan to associate. The outstanding balance is not secured.
33
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES
Figures in million
2016
2015
Capital expenditure commitments
Contracts for capital expenditure
14
11
Share of joint venture's contract for capital expenditure
4
2
Authorised by the directors but not contracted for
35
21
Total capital commitments
53
34
US dollar
US dollar
During 2015, the executive directors received remuneration of US$1.9 million, comprising of US$1.5 million for salaries, US$0.03 million for retirement
contributions, US$0.3 million for bonuses and US$0.04 million from the exercising of share options. The non-executive directors received US$0.7
million in directors’ fees. The aggregate of remuneration received by executive management was US$3.0 million (including share options exercised).
During 2016, the executive directors received remuneration of US$3.4 million, comprising of US$1.2 million for salaries, US$0.1 million for retirement
contributions, US$0.4 million for bonuses and US$1.7 million from the exercising or settlement of share options. The non-executive directors received
US$0.6 million in directors’ fees. The aggregate of remuneration received by executive management was US$2.4 million (including share options
exercised).
None of the directors of Harmony or, to the knowledge of Harmony, their families, had an interest, directly or indirectly, in any transaction from 1 July
2013 or in any proposed transaction that has affected or will materially affect Harmony or its subsidiaries, other than as stated below.
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the group,
directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of the group.
Number of shares
F-55
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
33
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES continued
COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES continued
Figures in million
2016
2015
Guarantees
1
Guarantees and suretyships
1
1
Environmental guarantees
2
33
38
Total guarantees
34
39
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The following contingent liabilities have been identified:
(a)
US dollar
1
Guarantees and suretyships of US$0.1 million (2015: US$1.0 million) and environmental guarantees of US$2.5 million (2015: US$3.3 million) relating to the Evander
group, have been excluded. These guarantees were cancelled shortly after year end.
2
These guarantees relate to our environmental and rehabilitation obligation (refer to note 24). At 30 June 2016, US$4.0 million (2015: US$3.8 million) has been pledged as
collateral for environmental guarantees in favour of certain financial institutions. Refer to note 15.
Contingencies will only realise when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The exercise of significant judgement and estimates of the
outcome of future events are required during the assessment of the impact of such contingencies.
Litigation and other judicial proceedings as a rule raise difficult and complex legal issues and are subject to uncertainties and complexities including, but
not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case, issues regarding the jurisdiction in which the suit is brought and differences in
applicable law. Upon resolution of any pending legal matter, the group may be forced to incur charges in excess of the presently established provisions
and related insurance coverage. It is possible that the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the group could be materially affected by
the outcome of the litigation.
On 3 March 2011, judgement was handed down in the Constitutional Court in the case of Mr Thembekile Mankayi v AngloGold Ashanti Limited
regarding litigation in terms of the Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act (ODIMWA). The judgement allows claimants, such as Mr
Mankayi, to institute action against their current and former employers for damages suffered as a result of them contracting occupational diseases
which result from their exposure to harmful quantities of dust whilst they were employed at a controlled mine as referred to in ODIMWA. In this
regard, should anyone bring similar claims against Harmony in future, those claimants would need to prove that silicosis, as an example, was
contracted whilst in the employ of the company and that it was contracted due to negligence on the company’s part to provide a safe and healthy
working environment. The link between the cause (negligence by the company in exposing the claimant to harmful quantities of dust whilst in its
employ) and the effect (the silicosis) will be an essential part of any case.
If Harmony, or any of its subsidiaries were to face a significant number of such claims and the claims were suitably established against it, the
payments of compensation of the claims could have a material adverse effect on Harmony or the group's results of operations and financial
position. In addition, Harmony or the group may incur significant additional costs arising out of these issues, including costs relating to the payment
of fees, levies or other contributions in respect of compensatory or other funds established (if any), and expenditures arising out of its efforts to
resolve any outstanding claims or other potential action.
i) Consolidated class action:
On 23 August 2012, Harmony and certain of its subsidiaries (Harmony group) were served with court papers in terms of which three former
employees made application to the South Gauteng High Court to certify a class for purposes of instituting a class action against the Harmony
group. In essence, the applicants want the court to declare them as suitable members to represent a class of current and former mineworkers for
purposes of instituting a class action for certain relief and to obtain directions from the court as to what procedure to follow in pursuing the relief
required against the Harmony group. Similar applications were also brought against various other gold mining companies for similar relief during
August 2012.
On 8 January 2013, the Harmony group, alongside other gold mining companies operating in South Africa (collectively the respondents), was
served with another application to certify two classes of persons representing a class of current and former mine workers who work or have worked
on gold mines owned and/or controlled by the respondents and who allegedly contracted silicosis and/or other occupational lung diseases, and
another class of dependents of mine workers who have died of silicosis and who worked on gold mines owned and/or controlled by the
respondents. The Harmony group opposed both applications and instructed its attorneys to defend the application.
Following receipt of the aforesaid application, the Harmony group was advised that there was a potential overlap between the application of 23
August 2012 and the application of 8 January 2013. On 17 October 2013, the five certification applications were consolidated by order of court.
The applications were heard in October 2015. On 13 May 2016, the Johannesburg High Court ordered the certification of a silicosis class and a
tuberculosis class, which are to proceed as a single class against the mining companies acted in the application. The companies requested leave
to appeal to the Supreme Court of Appeal, which was granted by the Supreme Court of Appeal on 13 September 2016. Harmony submitted its
notice of appeal in respect of the transmissibility of the general damages order on 22 July 2016.
There are no significant commitments for operating leases. Contractual obligations in respect of mineral tenement leases amount to US$17.2 million
(2015: US$57.2 million). This includes US$16.8 million (2015: US$57.1 million) for the MMJV.
F-56
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
33
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES continued
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES continued
(a) Silicosis continued
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)   Legal proceedings commenced in December 2010 against the Hidden Valley mine in PNG over alleged damage to the Watut River (which runs
adjacent to the Hidden Valley mine), alleged to have been caused by waste rock and overburden run-off from the mine. The damages sought by
the plaintiffs were not specified. The defendants intend to defend the claims. No active steps have been taken by the plaintiffs in this proceeding for
more than five years. It is not practicable to make any reasonable assessment of the prospects of the plaintiffs succeeding should they proceed
with these claims, nor the potential liability of the defendants if the plaintiffs were to succeed. As a result, no provision has been recognised in the
financial statements for this matter.
Due to the limited information available on the above claim and potential other claims, and the uncertainty of the outcome of the matter, no costs
estimation can as yet be made for the possible obligation.
ii) Individual claims:
On 3 May 2013, Harmony and one of its subsidiaries received a summons from Richard Spoor Attorneys on behalf of an employee. The plaintiff is
claiming R25 million (US$1.7 million) in damages plus interest from Harmony and one of its subsidiaries, and another gold mining group of
companies. The plaintiff alleges to have contracted silicosis with progressive massive fibrosis during the course of his employment. At this stage,
and in the absence of a court decision on this matter, it is not yet certain as to whether the company will incur any costs (except legal fees) related
to the above claim.
Due to the limited information available on the above claim and the uncertainty of the outcome of the consolidated class certification application, no
costs estimation can as yet be made for the possible obligation.
On 1 December 2008, Harmony issued 3 364 675 Harmony shares to Rio Tinto Limited (Rio Tinto) for the purchase of Rio Tinto’s rights to the
royalty agreement entered into prior to our acquisition of the Golpu deposits in PNG. The shares were valued at US$23 million on the transaction
date. An additional US$10 million in cash will be payable when the decision to mine is made. Of this amount, Harmony is responsible for paying the
first US$6 million, with the balance of US$4 million being borne equally by the joint operators.
The group may have a potential exposure to rehabilitate groundwater and radiation that may exist where the group has and/or continues to
operate. The group has initiated analytical assessments to identify, quantify and mitigate impacts if and when (or as and where) they arise.
Numerous scientific, technical and legal studies are underway to assist in determining the magnitude of the contamination and to find sustainable
remediation solutions. The group has instituted processes to reduce future potential seepage and it has been demonstrated that Monitored Natural
Attenuation (MNA) by the existing environment will contribute to improvement in some instances.
At 30 June 2016, the group was in the process of implementing water treatment facilities at Doornkop and at Kusasalethu. These treatment
facilities will reduce our dependency on Rand Water and allow the mines to supply their own water. The facilities will also enable the operations to
manage any post closure decant should this ever arise.
In terms of Free State operations, Harmony has taken the initiative to develop a comprehensive regional closure plan which will ensure that there is
sufficient water for our organic growth initiatives. The geohydrological studies confirm that there is no risk of decant in Welkom.
Should the group determine that any part of these contingencies require them being recorded and accounted for as liabilities, that is where they
become estimable and probable, it could have material impact on the financial statements of the group.
Due to the interconnected nature of mining operations in South Africa, any proposed solution for potential flooding and potential decant risk posed
by deep groundwater needs to be a combined one, supported by all the mines located in these goldfields. As a result, the Department of Mineral
Resource and affected mining companies are involved in the development of a regional mine closure strategy. Harmony operations have
conducted a number of specialist studies and the risk of surface decant due to rising groundwater levels has been obviated at the entire Free State
region and Kalgold. Therefore there is no contingency arising from these operations. Additional studies have been commissioned at Doornkop and
Kusasalethu. In view of the limitation of current information for accurate estimation of a liability, no reliable estimate can be made for these
operations.
The individual Harmony mining operations have applied for the respective National Water Act, Section 21 Water Use Licenses (WUL) to the
Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS). As part of the Water Use License Application (WULA) process for the respective operations, Harmony
has requested certain exemptions (relevant to the respective mining operations) from GNR 704 of 4 June 1999, “Regulations on the use of water
for mining and related activities aimed at the protection of water resources”. The respective WULA’s have subsequently not yet been approved by
DWS. The WUL conditions for the respective operations are subsequently not yet known and the subsequent potential water resource impact
liability as part of the mine rehabilitation and closure process (to which DWS is an important participant and decision maker) is uncertain.
In terms of the sale agreements entered into with Rand Uranium, Harmony retained financial exposure relating to environmental disturbances and
degradation caused by it before the effective date, in excess of R75 million (US$5.1 million) of potential claims. Rand Uranium is therefore liable for
all claims up to R75 million (US$5.1 million) and retains legal liability. The likelihood of potential claims cannot be determined presently and no
provision for any liability has been made in the financial statements.
Anglo American South Africa, AngloGold Ashanti, Gold Fields, Sibanye and Harmony (the companies) announced in November 2014 that they
have formed a gold mining industry working group to address issues relating to the compensation and medical care for occupational lung diseases
in the gold mining industry in South Africa. Essentially, the companies are seeking a comprehensive and sustainable solution which deals both with
the legacy compensation issues and future legal frameworks which, while being fair to employees, also ensures the future sustainability of
companies in the industry. The companies have engaged all stakeholders on these matters, including government, organised labour, other mining
companies and legal representatives of claimants who have filed legal suits against the companies.
F-57
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
34
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
35
SEGMENT REPORT
ACCOUNTING POLICY
A reconciliation of the segment totals to the group financial statements has been included in note 36.
The group has one main economic product, being gold. In order to determine operating and reportable segments, management reviewed various
factors, including geographical location as well as managerial structure. It was determined that an operating segment consists of a shaft or a group of
shafts or open pit mine managed by a single general manager and management team.
After applying the quantitative thresholds from IFRS 8, the reportable segments were determined as: Kusasalethu, Doornkop, Phakisa, Tshepong,
Masimong, Target 1, Bambanani, Joel, Unisel, Target 3 and Hidden Valley. All other operating segments have been grouped together under all other
surface operations.
When assessing profitability, the CODM considers the revenue and production costs of each segment. The net of these amounts is the production
profit or loss. Therefore, production profit has been disclosed in the segment report as the measure of profit or loss. The CODM also considers capital
expenditure when assessing the overall economic sustainability of each segment. The CODM, however, does not consider depreciation or impairment
and therefore these amounts have not been disclosed in the segment report.
Segment assets consist of mining assets and mining assets under construction included under property, plant and equipment which can be attributed
to the segment. Current and non-current group assets that are not allocated at a segment level form part of the reconciliation to total assets.
On 7 July 2016, Harmony repaid the remaining R300 million (US$20.0 million) outstanding on the R1.3 billion Nedbank ZAR facility.
During July 2016, Harmony entered into short term gold forward sale contracts for a total of 13 440 kg/432 000 oz over a period of 24 months.
These contracts manage variability of cash flows for approximately 20% of the group’s total production and were concluded at an average gold
price of R682 000/kg. We plan on applying cash flow hedge accounting to these contracts. The financial effect will be determined as the contracts
mature as the realised gain or loss is dependant on the R/kg gold price on the date of maturity.
On 15 August 2016, the board declared a dividend of 50 SA cents (4 US cents) for the year ended 30 June 2016. US$14.9 million was paid on 19
September 2016.
On 19 September 2016, Harmony announced that it would acquire Newcrest's 50% of Hidden Valley for a cash consideration of US$1, subject to
certain regulatory approvals. Harmony will assume all liabilities and expenses related to the Hidden Valley joint venture and mine, including all
closure, rehabilitation and remediation obligations, with effect from 31 August 2016. Newcrest will pay an amount of US$22.5 million as its once-off
contribution towards Hidden Valley’s future closure liability. Harmony and Newcrest will remain joint venture partners in the Wafi-Golpu project.
The trasaction became uncondition on 25 October 2016.Management will begin the process for the purchase price allocation in accordance with IFRS 3,
Business Combinations . An updated life-of-mine plan will be completed for Hidden Valley. On completion of the transaction, 100% of the operation's assets,
liabilities, income and expenses will be recognised in the financial statements.
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The chief
operating decision-maker has been identified as the executive committee.
F-58
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
35 SEGMENT REPORT continued
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
South Africa
Underground
Kusasalethu
143
169
189
125
174
169
18
(5)
20
256
298
341
25
40
49
124 198
127 092
150 916
736
1 001
1 260
Doornkop
102
107
109
72
95
106
30
12
3
203
184
319
14
21
23
87 772
85 618
83 687
695
665
812
Phakisa
151
124
124
95
103
103
56
21
21
288
354
433
22
35
35
128 217
100 246
95 680
756
674
636
Tshepong
190
170
176
127
141
132
63
29
44
283
331
372
21
27
29
161 751
137 540
135 772
1 200
1 095
1 044
Masimong
91
98
113
72
87
95
19
11
18
33
73
100
8
15
16
78 190
79 187
87 385
716
739
739
Target 1
126
152
188
86
104
101
40
48
87
192
229
261
22
26
28
108 895
122 944
144 453
814
826
851
Bambanani
2
112
116
124
56
62
66
56
54
58
55
68
79
7
10
12
96 870
93 495
95 424
256
253
263
Joel
84
91
96
57
67
64
27
24
32
49
48
42
15
16
14
73 239
72 596
75 072
597
607
604
Unisel
64
67
77
52
60
58
12
7
19
37
49
63
4
9
8
54 785
54 495
59 093
467
460
450
Target 3
3
-
19
59
-
15
54
-
4
5
36
44
51
-
2
13
-
15 529
45 429
-
99
331
Surface
All other surface operations
110
117
122
88
95
95
22
22
27
30
40
45
4
4
4
95 553
94 105
93 236
12 112
11 488
11 516
Total South Africa
1 173
1 230
1 377
830
1 003
1 043
343
227
334
1 462
1 718
2 106
142
205
231
1 009 470
982 847
1 066 147
18 349
17 907
18 506
International
Hidden Valley
91
118
138
84
100
105
7
18
33
44
114
340
5
11
12
72 565
94 619
105 840
1 906
2 012
2 207
Total international
91
118
138
84
100
105
7
18
33
44
114
340
5
11
12
72 565
94 619
105 840
1 906
2 012
2 207
Total operations
1 264
1 348
1 515
914
1 103
1 148
350
245
367
1 506
1 832
2 446
147
216
243
1 082 035
1 077 466
1 171 987
20 255
19 919
20 713
-
-
-
-
-
-
1 009
1 140
1 406
1 264
1 348
1 515
914
1 103
1 148
2 515
2 972
3 852
1
Production statistics are unaudited.
2
Includes Steyn 2 for the June 2014 amounts.
3
Target 3 was placed on care and maintenance in October 2014.
Reconciliation of the segment
information to the consolidated income
statements and balance sheets (refer
to note 36)
Tons milled
1
30 June
US$ million
US$ million
US$ million
US$ million
US$ million
oz
t'000
Revenue
30 June
Production cost
30 June
Production profit/(loss)
30 June
Mining assets
30 June
Capital expenditure
30 June
Ounces produced
1
30 June
F-59
BACKGROUND IMAGE
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the years ended 30 June 2016
36
2016
2015
2014
Total segment revenue
1 264
1 348
1 515
Total segment production costs
(914)
(1 103)
(1 148)
Production profit
350
245
367
Cost of sales items other than production costs
(174)
(542)
(401)
Amortisation and depreciation of mining assets
(144)
(211)
(202)
Amortisation and depreciation of assets other than mining assets
(5)
(5)
(5)
Rehabilitation credit/(expenditure)
3
1
(1)
Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts
(8)
(9)
(6)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
(1)
(22)
(26)
Share-based payments
(23)
(18)
(26)
Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of assets
3
(285)
(135)
Other
1
7
-
Gross profit/(loss)
176
(297)
(34)
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
(28)
(33)
(42)
Social investment expenditure
(4)
(6)
(9)
Exploration expenditure
(13)
(23)
(44)
Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment
(4)
(42)
-
Foreign exchange translation loss
(13)
(32)
(18)
Other income/(expenses) (net)
(3)
-
1
Operating profit/(loss)
111
(433)
(146)
Profit/(loss) from associate
-
(2)
(10)
Profit on disposal of investments
-
-
1
Net gain on financial instruments
1
1
16
Investment income
16
20
21
Finance costs
(19)
(22)
(27)
Profit/(loss) before taxation
109
(436)
(145)
Reconciliation of total segment assets to consolidated assets includes the following:
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
527
598
670
Intangible assets
59
73
84
Restricted cash
4
4
4
Restricted investments
170
196
217
Deferred tax asset
-
-
8
Inventories
3
3
5
Other non-current receivables
12
7
-
Current assets
Inventories
79
106
145
Restricted cash
1
1
1
Trade and other receivables
44
62
90
Income and mining taxes
-
2
10
Derivative financial assets
25
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents
85
88
172
1 009
1 140
1 406
RECONCILIATION OF SEGMENT INFORMATION TO CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS AND BALANCE
SHEETS
US dollar
Figures in million
Reconciliation of production profit to consolidated profit/(loss) before taxation
F-60